Skip to main content

Full text of "Ollendorff's new method of learning to read, write, and speak the French ..."

See other formats


This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 
to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 
publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 

We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at http : //books . google . com/| 



StaiKlard BVenolx "Works. 



French Text-Books. 



Andrews 6c Batdielor^s Neiv and CompreliensiTe 

French Instructor* Baaed upon an Original and Philosophical 
Method, applicable to tho study of all langaagea, with an Intro- 
duction explanatory to tho Method, and a Treatise on French 
Pronunciation. 12mo. 4»6pagea, 1 W 

Practical Prononnccr and Key to tbe 

Above.* Containing the lessons of the Instructor, with a phonetic 
rendering In parallel columns, a French tranalatlftn of the exer- 
cises, together with an Appendix. 12ma 8i7 pages, . 1 25 

Colloids Dramatic Frencli Reader.* Being a Selection of 
some of the best Dramatie Works in the French langnage. ISmo. 
621 pages .;.... 1 26 

€outan^s Select Poetry for Yoangr Persons. 12mo. 
829 pages, 1 25 

CiEonqaefs Guide to Frencli Composition. 12mo. 
29T pages, 1 00 

ConTcrsattons and Bialosnes. 16mo. 202 

P*gw, ' . . 68 

De Flvas' EleBientarf- Frencli. Reader.* An Introduc- 
tion to the French Language; contalnlnjr Fables, Select- Tales, 
Bemarkable Facts, Amusing Anecdotes, &c, with a Dictionary. 
16mo. UT pages, 68 

Classic Frencli. Reader ; * Or, Beauties of the 

French writers, Ancient and Modem; with a Vocabulary of all 
words and idioms contained in the work. 12mo. 888 pages, 1 25 

Fenelon's Telemaelins. Standard Edition. Edited by 
SmucsnrE. ISmo. 893 pages, 68 

Greene's Companion to Ollendorff's Nepv Method 

of French. 12mo. 275 pages, . . • . 1 00 

First I^ejssons In the Frcncli I^an^rna^e: 

Being an Introduction to OllendorfiTs Larger Grammar. By G. 
W. OEKKmL 16mo. 183 pages, . . . . 68 



dbvGoOgk 



Digitized 



by Google 



Digitized 



• \ 
by Google 



V/ 



Digitized 



byGoooW 



Digitized 



by Google 



6l] 



►LLENDORFFS 

NEW METHOD 

OF LBASimiO TO 

READ, WKITE, AND SPEAK 



THI 

FKENCH LANGUAGE: 

WITH 

THE LESSONS 

DIVIDED INTO SECTIONS OF A PBOPER LENGTH fOR DAIIfT 

TASKS, AND NTJBIEROUS CORRECTIONS; ADDITIONS; AND 

IMPROVEMENTS, SUITABLE FOR THIS COTJNTRT. 

BY V. VALUE. 

TO WHIOH ASM ADDED 

VALUE'S SYSTEM OF FKENCH PBONUNCLAlTION, 
HIS GRAMMATICAL SYNOPSIS, A NEW INDB?, 

AXD 8B0BT MODELS OF 

COMMBECIAL C0RRB8P0NDEHCI. 



NEW YORK: 

D. APPLETOl^A CO., 448 & 446 BROADWAY. 

1864. 




Digitized 



by Google 



Ki>30o7/ 






^^S^ 



HARVARD 

lUNIVERSITY] 

LIBRARY 



fiut«rod| acoordiog to the Act of Couf tom, in t)H» yet IfiOD, by 

D. APPLETON & COMPANY, 

In tli« CUirk'a OAc« of the Diitrict Court of the United States for tho Bouthora 



Diitrict of Now York. 



m^ NoTiOB. — A KEY to the EzereUei of Uub Grammar to pub. 
lifllicd in a separata Toliiine. 



Digitized 



by Google 



PREFACE. 



in Yiiidertakiiig to edit ml improred edition of OLLiiTDOKrf'B Fauob 
OmAMKAB, I m»7 be Allowed to state my penonal familiarity and 
experience with the system which I have practically taught for many 
years. Howeyer, as the Method is called a New Method; if it deserrei 
that title, its aetwe principle must differ from that ef the old mode 
of tuition, and consequently any one, let him be ever so talented, 
who, without being well acquainted with its modtu operandi, would 
attempt to correct, improTe, or compotse a work based on that princi- 
ple, would be as likely to fail, as an experienced stage-driyer would 
be, if he were to endeavor to take the management of a steam or loco- 
motiye engine. It is then incumbent on me to show that I am fully 
acquainted with the fundamental principle of that New Method, 

In 1832, before the publication of Ollendorff's or Manesca*s System, 
I published a pamphlet entitled ** Experience Consulted ; or Y. Value's 
System for teaching Modem Languages.*' At page 8 of the introdue 
tion, is ibis passage : 

« We will merely notice that the principle which furnishes the stu- 
dent with the means, from the first lesson, ai forming hie own eenteneet, 
or, in other worde, of making an immediate and continued uee of the worde 
he leame, so as to speak, will appear new to the public, althoujsh it has 
iere been acted upon for many years." 
. At page 6, will be found : 

** Since the means ought always to be made subserrient to the ena 
in riew, and since immediate is in direct opposition to postponed use, we 
must reverse the practice usually adopted, and consequently furnish 
the student with words susceptible of inter-combinations, instead of 
teaching him such as, not being combinable together, cannot be incor- 
porated into the same sentence, and must, of course, render his efforts 
sntiiely fruitless." 

This is what Ollendorff hat practically carried out ; and, as I have 
long used his system, its details are perfectly familiar to me. 

The difference in the extent of the lessons cannot have escaped the 
Mtlce of teachmrs and scholars who have practically used the worx. 
fhe let, 2d, and 8d are of a proper length for one recitation, srea 



Digitizegl 



by Google 



IV P&XFACX. 

Willi an ordinary oapadtj ; but from the 4th they be^ to assume a 
■iie that makes it diffioalt to learn one, at a single lesson. Tme, a 
part only of a lesson may be assigned as a task, bat the teaoher must 
then daily ascertain the extent of the lesson, in order to portion it 
according to the capacity of his class. With a priyate scholar, eyen 
with a priyate class, that may be done irithont mnch inconyenience ; 
but the case is different when applied to classes in schools, where 
more regularity and uniformity are required, and where, the soholan 
haying to pass quickly from one study to another, haye no time allowed 
for measuring the fractional part they ought to haye for the next reci- 
tation. With the yiew of remedying this serious objection, the equali- 
sation of the lessons was thought expedient 

To diyide each long lesson into two, three, or four small ones, would 
in a great measure haye destroyed the unity which characteriies each 
particular and succesdye lesson in the boolc This was thought objec- 
tionable ; and hence the idea of diyiding each lesson, according to its 
length, into two, three, or four sections, so as to obtain the equalisa- 
tion of the parts without destroying the unity of the whole. 

It is what has been accomplished, and which is now presented to the 
American public. 

One of the strongest proofs that can be adduced of the superiority 
of the principle here followed is that, in spite of the numerous faults, 
inaccuracies, defects, omissions, and errors with which the former book 
is teeming, scholars learn, and learn well. The half of .those errors 
would destroy the reputation of any other grammar or method, was 
Qot the fundamental principle so self-efficient. Those defects are like 
grades on a railroad: they may partially impede the way, but the 
moying power of the engine easily oyercomes them. We will notice a 
few of them. At page 24, we find : 
This or that ox. This or that hay. | Ce boeuf. Ce foin. 

As the three words ihit or that are translated by ee alone, it is yery 
natural that the student should, in the fourteenth line of the ISth 
Exercise, translate <* Has the peasant thu or that ox?'* by '< Le paysan 
a-t-il ee boeuf?'' and nothing more ; and the answer, " He has neither 
this nor that,^ by <* H n*a ni ee,** without adding anything else. 

This is one of those results that experience alone can teach and 
record ; and which no reasoning a priori could suggest At the same 
time it shows how carefully we must weigh and analyse the expres- 
sions offered to the learner. For, in this instance, the error came not 
from any fault of his ; but solely from the combination of the three 
words thit or that being carelessly translated by ee. To obyiate the 
difficulty, say: this, that— C0; this, that ox — ee boeuf. And then, when 
he comes to : this or that ox, he cannot possibly translate by ee haeuf 
•lone, but he will use Ce boeuf-ci ou celui-lil, &o. Some may eonsider 



Digitized 



by Google 



PREFACC. V 

this M a trifle. So it is ; but the teacher^s or aatbor's bnainen U te 
fiTe right directions. Below will be foand a few of OUeDdorff'l 
defects.' 

The h grave has pwrpo^dy been placed on the e of siigt, ptiml^e^ Ac, 
to conform to the pronunciation ; although, from mere habit or whim, 
tkose w<Hrds nsnallj have an acute accent, {nige.) 

Some have found fault, because the feminine was not introduced 
before the ft^Ui Lesson; but experience prores it to be one of the hap« 
fieet innoTations in the Method. 

The mann!«r her^ adopted^ of forming the subjunatiTe present from 
tBe third person plural of the indicatiTe present, and of placing that 
third person plural at the bead of the tense, will have a tendency to 
make the acquisition of the tense much more easy. For instance : 
Boivent, boive, boives, boiTe, being pronounced in the same way, may 
be considered as a single word, already known to the student, (since it 
is the third person plural of the indicatiTe present,) and the first and 
second persons plural being similar to those of the imperfect, the pupH 
has in fact nothing new to learn. He actually knows the tense befors 
he comes to it. 

A great portion of the difficulties attending the subjunctiye, arise firom 
4bt manner of presenting that mood, in the coigugations intended to teach 
French to the Americans. It is one of the most inaccurate and deficient 
parts of all grammars. From its nature, the subjunctiye being subser- 

4t p«fe 9S, w find jMrjoiuM and im aepanted by a hyphen (•)— wroBf . 

30. Porte-fenille, no directions anywhere how to form the plaral q( 

compound nouni of this class. 
73. What, nominative, que : it should be qu^est-e* qui? {No tri/l4.) 
73. Obs.B.vrrong. 60. To, with whom, for, to whose honse : cksM qwt, 
00. Soldier in 71st Exercise, the French given only at 160. 
IM. Do and Am, for all persons and tenses, should be for the pn»mt 

lis. Obs. A. wrong, because the preposition does not belong to the M- 

cond, but to the first verb. The list there given by OUendorlT 

is transferred to the Synopsis, because the verbs not being 

introduced in the exercises, uselessly encumber the lesson. 
US, 119. Kiiles on the past participles, not fully explained. The word 

objtet, applied both to U, Its^ and en, show that the author uras 

not aware of their difference in French. 
m, Ml. How long. No explanation, so that the pnpU is constantly at a 

loss. 
100. Je, me, (separated.) Wrong; they should be connected. 
183. Rule on the future and note below, wrong. 199. Obi. E, defective 
906. 6th and 6th line of Exercise : Has he already kept something from 

you ? wrongly translated by A't^U dijd gardi qu*lqmt ehott tfi 

vousf 
SIS. 06s. X not correct. 273. O&s. j1. wrong. 325. Oba.A,ynov% 
SO. n t^tnfaut Uaucoup, a knotty point nselessly presented to tht 

student, who can already traas^te in stTeral ways the qae» 

tiont there askei, fto. Ac 
l» 



Digitized 



by Google 



ft P»XFAOX. 

Hnt to, or goyemdd by an antecedent, can separately lia?e no tpeelAe 
meaning, and ought oonseqnentlj ncTer to be osed by itself. Now, as 
in grammars, the sabjimcti?e is mostly giren by itself, independently 
of the goTcming expression, it follows that the English translation 
attached to it, is calculated to lead into nomeroos errors. Let os 
select a few examples. In the Tcrb, to haye, avoir ; to know, ssToir ; 
to go, aller ; the sobJunctiTe present Is in all grammars, and in Ollen- 
dorff's also, given thus : ^im /om, thai I may have; que je taehsy that 1 
wMty know; que faille, that I may go; and as the English is the 
prototyx>e of the French, the student must necessarily connect the 
idea of the French subjunctiTe with ihai I may, and with no other 
Kngliah. Hence the phrases, William says thai I may haw his dic- 
tionary ; She says that I may know my lesson; He thinks that I may 
go; haying each the English that I may, which is intimately linked in 
the student's mind with the French subjunctiTe, must inevitably lead 
him to use that mood, and translate by, Guillaume dit que faie son 
dictionnaire ; EUe dit que je sache ma le9on ; n croit quefaOle. And 
such translations would hardly be understood by the very authors of 
the grammars, if unconnected with the English. Now, such modes of 
expression abound in English : what an inexhaustible source of mis- 
takes 1 1 But this is not all ; it is only one side of the medal ; let us 
see the reverse. The French sul^unctive being connected exclusively 
with that I may, will never be thought of, when this prototype does not 
constitute a part of the English phrase: consequently, I mutt have; 
unleta I know ; he wiahea meiogo; cannot by the student be translated 
by the French subjunctive mood ; for they do not remind him of his 
English prototype, that I may, which alone can recall the idea of the 
French subjunctive. Here, then, is another source of iimumerable 
errors. What a sad dilemma is then presented to the student I Both 
the presence and the absence of his prototype mislead his steps. He 
is in an intricate labyrinth, and there is no Ariadne to famish him 
with a clew to escape. 

The unpleasant dilemma in which the student is involved, is avoided 
by always presenting the subjunctive mood, as I do, in connexion with 
the expression by which it is governed. 

All those defects and many others have oeen rectified. The Gram- 
matical Synopsis wHl be found to contain many useM explanations, 
the result of experience. The PHiirU, Conditionnd, Imperative, Sub- 
junctive, the Beflected Verbs, the Negations, are new and important 
articles. It was thought preferable to transfer into the Synopsis many 
of the rules and directions given in the body of Ollendorff's work, so 
as to have under the same head everything relating to the subject il 
Iraats of. 

V. VALUE. 



Digitized 



by Google 



CONTENTS. 



Pkvface . . VwgB iii 

System of Pixmnncimtion ii 

Directions for using the Method xziii 

Explanation of the ^gns used in this book zzit 

Lessons— 1 to 86 S5-456 

Grammatical Synopsis . . 457 

BecneU llpistolaire 639 

Index . . 547 

Idiomatical Expiesiioni .671 

m 



Digitized 



by Google 



Digitized 



by Google 



DireciuHu far using Y. Yalxts'b System of Frenoh Pbo- 
NUNGIATION; by which an accurate knowledge of the mmndi 
of that Language may he acquired in a few Leuon$ 



ATOM BBADINO TIES l>EWUtmOH OF YOWBLB. 

Teieher. — Please to pronounce the English word, add. 

Student pronounces it 

T, — ^What is the sonnd of the letter a in that word T 

5. giTes it, if he can. If he does not giye it correctly, the teacher 
does it, and tells him to dwell on the sonnd ; as, aaaa-^ and finally 
9aa . . . alone, so as to abstract the sonnd of the Towel a. When done— 

T, — This is the sonnd of the French letter a, marked 1 on the 1st 
colnmny aaa, a. 

8. repeats the prolonged sonnd. 

T, — ^WhencTcr yon wish to ascertain the French sonnd, marked 1 
(one), yon mnst recnr to the English word add^ and yon cannot misis it. 

5. repeats the word, prolongs the sonnd aaa, and abstracts it, a. 

T, — ^The sonnd of d (with a circumflex accent), marked 1' (one two, 
to show that it is the second sonnd of the same letter a), is fonnd in 
tlie word far . .faaa-r , , , &. Prononnce the word, dwell npon the vowel 
ionndf and abstract it. 

8, tries to do it. If he does not sncceed, the teacher mnst go 
through the same process as for the a of add, "When done — 

T, — In what English word do yon find the French sonna marked 1 
(one) T 8, gives it. 

T. — ^What is the sonnd f 8. gives it. 

T. — How is it represented ? 5. — By the letter a, in add. 

T, — In what word do yon find 1" (one two) ? 8. gives it. 

T. — ^What is the sonnd? 8, gives it 

T. — How is it'represented ? 8. — ^By the letter d, with a circumflex. 

r. —What is the last sound in the word take f 

8. tries to give it. If he cannot, the teacher will do it, and tell 
him to dwell on the sound e e e — ta-ke-e e e. This is in fact the sonnd 
heard at the end of every English consonant sounded. The name of 
this letter (k) is kay ; but its sound in bankf for instance, is not bankap, 
but bank e e, ending with a prolonged mute sound, which is exactly 
the sound of the French mute e. It is a very important sound with 
them ; it is marked ' {little two), to indicate its faintftess. 

The cough sound, as I have called it (marked 2), is that heard in 
the French words peu, deux. If, in coughing, both teacher and pupil 
get that sound, it will be secured ; but if they do not, then the teacher 

d by Google ^ 



Digitized b 



< rREKCH PRONUNCIATION 

most make him pronounoe either deux or ptu^ and make him refer the 
•onnd to the word he pronounces best, and retain the word as a modeL 

The letter u, marked 6, represents the sonnd heard immediately 
after «, in sw&'ty as it is usually pronounced by Americans. Howerer, 
some say 9ootei, With those, the teacher must deyise some iray to 
make them pronounce the u properly. 

The French nasal sounds are not difiScult to acquire ; for the Ameri- 
eans haye many words in which they give to an^ in, otty t<n, the same 
sound as the French do; but, in general, they end it by dwelling 
separately on the n, while the French never do. With t^e latter it is 
a simple or a Towel sound ; with the former, a compound one. For 
instance, the English combination in is pronounced ae-n, having 
nothing of a nasal nature at the beginning, but ending with the full 
nasal sound of n, thus presenting two distinct parts, while the French 
in has but ene sound, as heard in the ain of fainty or m of pent So 
that, to pronounce the French nasal sonnd properly, yen must retain 
throughout the sound you i)egin with, and not dwell separately^ on 
the n. 

ON DIVIJDINO AND MARKING WOR])8. 

There are, at pages xr, xyi, xvii, xviii, words given to be divided into 
syllables, and to be marked. When the pupil has learned as far as 
the words to be divided, (page xv, a very important onty) let him, on 
some paper or a slate, divide the first word thus : fi-fdj saying Den- 
tally, the firat eyUable muet he ri, th order to end in a vowd sound, ana 
beeauee the n being foUotped by the wnoel, i mutt go vnth it; the second 
syllable is m. The vowel sound of the first is t, like the e in 6e, 
marked 4, whioh is to "be put under fi. The vowel sound of the second 
is also 4 ; so that the word divided and marked will assume this form : 
fi-ni. The second, me-n€, &e. 
4 4 I 8 

Let the pupil take but one line here at a time ; then proceed with the 
lules at XV and xvi, dividing and marking the few words they contain 
as examples, until he comes to the paragraph (page xvi) of words to 
be divided and marked, then he must take one line of them, with the 
one at page xv. When, in going through the other rules, at xvi and 
zvii, he comes to the paragraph of words (p. xvii) to be divided, let 
him take one line there also, with those at xv, xvi, &c. This gradual 
progress by line is essential ; for, the words to be divided and marked^ 
although intended to exemplify the rules under particular heads, 
contain rules belonging to other sections, which the student is thus 
enabled to reach just in time to divide and mark thfem correctly. 

I have said, one line at a time ; but, although the progress must be 
gradual, it must vary according to the aptness of the class or scholar; 
for, in some instances, two lines will hardly be enough ; while, in 
•thers, three words would be too much. The teacher must br guided 
by circumstances. 



Digitized 



by Google 



FBENCH PRONUNCIATION. 
BT Y. YAIUE 



Tablb L—Votpel Sounds. 



YowBLfl are simple 
•huige In the pontion 

TheFmeh 

1 a Bounds 
1« A 

« e 

2 eii* 
2* m 

8 4 (acute) 
j,fi(graTe) *» 

I i (eironmflex) / 



sounds, which can be lengthened without 
of the organs that produce them. 

Cither eombiiiAtions. 
ft, ea. 

ea. 



as a in add 

as a in for 

as e at end of take. 

as the congh sound ( en, oen. 



as u 
as a 

Me 



4 

6 o 

6* 

6 u 

7 ou 

8 ofii «fi 

9 M 



10 
11 



on 
un 



inbtid 
in gate 

ing«t 

inb« 
in no 

in nor 
in street 
as 00 in good 
as an in wont 

as am in f omt 

as on in wont 
as tin in grtmt 



f I etil, ced, en, csn, ea. 
r ai, ei, («r, at, finaL) 



raljei, («r, 
tlai,al,eL 



as 9 

aso 
as o 
as 



l,y(<greo). 

8, «^*M»,eo, eft. 

8, My ean, eo, 68. 

h, li, (en, in aootr.) 

oh, otL 

am, em, en, aon. 

{im, in, aim, ain, ein, jm^ 
jn (iH, final.) 
om, eon. 
nm, enn; 



Tabu H. — Two Irregtdar D^hlhongM, 

12. oi sounds like wa in troter— or (ou-4-&) (7-f>l>) of. 
18. c4n sounds like uam in quomt— or (ou-f.in) (7-4-0). 

They are irregular, because in those combinations the i and the • 
ehange their primitiTe sounds. As in regular diphthongs each yowel 
retains its proper sound, thej offer no difficulty. 

* Th«re is inp««, denx^ htuuuXf «a«x, ftc, a •onnd of French •«, aii, that hM 
■o re p r— m tation in Ei^liih, except the gnttonl eoond heard in coughing ; httighJ 
ksmfk! (if eo ipelt.) It is between the « of budg9 and the final < of the mom 
iperd. In French it is not gnttnral, and not difficult to soond. 

t Ralee will be glren to determine the sound of theee eooibinatioBi. 

11 



Digitizsd 



byGOOgl 



Zii FEXVCH PROVVMCIAriOV. 

Srery French Bonnd haTing a repratentatiTe in an EngUah word, H 
U eyident that the mere recollection of the Engliah word secnres the 
pronunciation of the French sonnd, and lecnres it effectoally ; for the 
scholar ie expected to be correct in the utterance of his own language. 
(See Appendix, Note 1.) 

Tabli in. — French ContonarUs differing in Sound from the EnglUk 

14. ( (with a cedilla) like « before a, o, u — «a, to, «ti. 

16. cA, in French words, like mK in «Aow. 
\^. gn sounds like the gn of mignonette. 

17. UyiU (when liquid), sounds like Ui, of brifitant 

18. j (and g^ which is alwats soft before e, t, and y), like i, in aiure 
10. qn like Ar, — gu like g at the end of fi^. 

20. 8 like 2, when single and between two vowels, — ^ro«e, no«e. 

21. th sounds AI.WAT8 like t alone. 

22. ti, when in English thej sound like «A (as in n Aiton, pa/tent, &o.), 
sound in French like the English word tee, 

Tablb IV. — Consonant Letters. 

Consonants have no sound without the help of a Towel. Such is the 
definition ; yet, in the word abstraetf the 6, the s, the t, and the r, &c., 
are each sounded, and sounded respectiyelj as 6 in tube ; as « in base ; 
as t .in rate ; and as r in glare ; or else, as if connected with the faint 
or mute French «, or e at the end of tak^ So that, any consonant 
sounded by itself, or at the end of a word, is supposed to be connected 
with the mute or faint e. 

Each consonant, in French, as in English, has a sound differing 
from its NAMB; This distinction is important Although the French 
names will be found in this table, yet the student is inyited, particu- 
larly at first, to use the English names, bee, cee, dee, &c;, or else the 
final sound of the English consonants, b, c, d, f, g, gt h, j, k, 1, m, n, 
p, qu, r, s, t, ▼, X, f. 
b (bay), as in English at the end of mob. 
1 1« 2 2 28 8 8« 4 6 6« 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 18 
ba, b&, be, b«a, ben, bft, bd, bi, bo, b6, bn, boa, ban, bin, bon, bun. ooi, boia. 
^e (say), hard before a, o, u, as the English k in banA;. 
en, tk CO, cd, CQ, cou, can, con, con, eoi, eoin- 

f (say), soft, always before e, i, y, like s in so. 

ce, cnn, ceo, eh, ei, ei, cy, cin. 

9 (say), hard, as k before a consonant or at the end 3f a word. Ac, 
cl^ ere, creu, creu, cl^ cl^, cti, oc, cdo, ctu, clou, cran, erii^ 
cloi, cloin- 
^f (with a cedilla), only before a, o, u, like s in «o, instead of k. ^a. 
9a, ce, ceu, c^, cfe, ci, 50, 911, 90U, 9an, cin, 9on, ynn, foi, 5oln. 

*e, it ueomd and iti componnds, soundi like g hard ■cy on,— gn^ndnire, 4e. 
t8«e Table m. 



Digitized 



by Google 



rmXNCB PEOMUMOIATIOM. XIU 

*ek (imj, Mh), like ih in tAow. eha, ohft, ohe, cheo, oheu, eh^ eh^ 
chi, cho, chn, ohon, chan, chin, chon, dmn— choi, ohoin. 

i (day), as in English at the end of Itkd, Note .—When final, it soundf 
like /, if united to the following initial Towel ; as yroru^ amiy pro- 
nounced gran tami—dA, dk, de, &c. 

/ as in English in proof. Note. — In neuf (9) it soondi 

/(eff), N like v, if joined with the following Yowel; as neuf. 

ph (pay, ash), y hommes, pronounced, neu-vom — ^ph, does not — fa, tk. 



f (shay,) hardf alwats hefore a, o, u,.or a consonant, like g hard in 
the English word ba^ — garde, fagot, figure, gloire. Note. When 
final, like k^ if joined to the following Towel ; as, rang honorable — 
pronounced, ran-konorable, ga^ ga, go, go, gu, gou, gan, gon, 
gun— goi, goin. 

*g (ihay), always soft before *, i, y, — like z in azure— gea, gea, ge, 
geu, geu, g^, g^, gi, geo, geo,— geou, gean— gin, gecn, geun— 
geoi, geoin. 

*gn (zhay, enn), like gn in mi^fionette. Note. — Hg and n are separated, 
they sound as in English in magna^ mag-na, 

*gUj like g hard. The u is usually silent. 

4 (ash). This letter, at the beginning of words, is called either muU 
or iupiraUd; but it it never tounded. The word aspirated usually 
leads the Eng^sh student to think that the A in French must have 
the same guttural sound as in English ; but that is not the case. 
When aspirated in French the A, without being pronounced, pre- 
sents the elition or cutting off of the preceding vowel. For instance, 
the A being aspirated in the French word Mrot (hero), you must 
write le hSroe (the hero), and pronounce ^ ^o in two words. On 
the contrary, when the A is mute, you write Vhomtne (the man) and 
pronounce Tom, in one word. But in both cases the A is entirely 
silent — ^ha, hft, he, heu, &c. 

*j (zhee), always toft, like z in asure, jotgou— ja, j&, je, jeu, kc. 

h (kah), as it in English at the end of pac^ — ^ka, k&, ke, &c. 

•A (say, ash), when followed by a consonant, like A, as in English. 
CArist. Note. — It is usually in words of foreign origin. 

{ (ell), as in English, when not liquid, as in untt7. La, lH, le, &c. 

*/ (dl mouill6), liquid, always written il, ill, sounds like the Ui of the 
English word briZZiant Examples : Ail, aille, paille, veille, fille, 
juillet, ceil.— Ula, ilia, illo, iUeu, illeu, ill^, illfe, Ulo, iUo, illu, 
illou, illan, iUan, iUin, illon, illun, illoi, illoin. 

M (emm), 1 as in English, when not combined with the preceding Towd 

% (enn), / sound, as in clam, din — ma, me, mo, &c. 



* Bm Table lU. 
2 



Digitized 



by Google 



SIT FESVOB PKOVUKCIATIOll. 

P (paj)* M in Sng^flh in pump. Note. — Silent after m, iriien th^ tii 

ill the same syllable, ae prompt, ten^w. Pa, pft, &e. 
f (ku), as in En^ish like k. 
fu (kn-u), like the English k^ not the KngHsh qu^ as quand, hm; ^^ 

ibee, not kwu. Do not mark qu 6, and i 4, bnt qui <4) ; qna, qnAy 

que, qnen, qaen, qn^, qn^, qui, quo, qno, qn, quon, qnan, qfdn, 

qnon, qu'nn, qnoi, quoin, 
r (air), as in English in roor-Hitronglj artionlated— ra, rft, re, fte. 
f (en), hard, like « in «o. 

1st. At the beginning of words, as sage. 

2d. When final and pronounced, as atlas, moeors. 

8d. When doubled, as passer, possession. 

4th. Single and preceded by another consonant; as c^naerrer, 

alMoln, obferration. Note. — ^Althongh the English « ftt* 

quentlj sounds like a i, after the letter b, as in abtolTC, 

ob«erre, ftc, it does not in French; — sa, sfl, se, ko, 

*« (ess), Mofl or like i , when single and between two Towels, as plaitant, 

ro«e. Note. — ^When final, if joined to the following rowel, it sounds 

like I ; as i2t orU, eelson,f &o. ; — asa, ase, aseu, as^ as^, asi, iso, 

iso, isu, isou, esan, esin, eson, asun, usoi, tmoin. 
t (tay), as in English in fa&— ta, ta, te, ten, ten, &c. 
*<i (tay ee). Note.— When the <i, in English, sounds like M, as ia 

nation, patient, minvtia, the French ti sounds like tee in English. 

Examples : Nalibn, patient, minu^ — ^tia, tifl, tie, &c 
•tk (tay, ash), like the English initial t Examples: TAalie, tAeatre, 

— tha, th&, the, then, then, th6, th^, &o. 
9 (ray), as in English at the end of drive — ra, rft, re, reu, &o. 
IP (double Tay), as o, or as the rowel ou (7th.) 

k ki fi 

X (eeks), like k, ks, gx, s, z ; as ezcepter, eartrdme, earerciee, Bruxelles 

s 

(Brussels), siod^me. 
s (zed), as in phii. Examples: Zone, azur, amazone. ' ^ 

DIVISION or WOEDS IKTO SYLLABLES. 

This is a rery important exercise, and one which should be daily 
practised for a considerable time, and now and then renewed. 

In diriding the words, attend to the combination of letters in Tables 
L, IT., m. For instance, in the word hautement, the combination au, 
being at No. 5 in Table L, take them together and mark them 5>. In 
kma, the combination ua not being in the table, separate them into « 
and a, and mark them 6 and 1. So with oi, which being in Table IL; 

• 0M Table 111. 

t Acd •omatimea before m« u enihmmafme, ineeiii6rime. 



Digitized 



by Google 



yRMlTGH PRONUMCIATIOV. Xf 

to Bnrked 12^ whilst to must be sepamted, beeauae thai ccjubinatloa 
Is Bot in the tables. Ai, in the table; ia, not in, &c. 

The fipostrophe (') is nsed to connect two words into one, and tafcei 
the place of a rowel suppressed before another. L*eau sonnds just 
like lo; qt^nvex-vcutf like kahvayvoo. 

The BiTD OF Airr stllablb must be a rowel sonnd. ThU it an M- 
mpartarU direction. Note. A rowel sonnd maj (as is the case with an, 
•B, in, on, oin, &o.) end with a consonant letter. 

A consonant, when final or sounded by itself, is supposed to form a 
compound syllabU with the mute or faint e. So eh^ is separated inte 
eh^-fe ; avec into a-r^ke ; fil into fi-le ; ver into r^'-re ; parte into 
po-r-te. Hence each consonant is marked ' from the faint e. ' 

m or n, mm or imi, followed by a rowel, goes with it; if not, it goea 
with the preceding. Imoffe separates into i-ma-ge, and not as in Eng- 
lish (im-age). Note, h after n is always nulL Inhirent separates into 
i-nh^rent, (the k being mnte, is noil in inherent ;) mAttmom, becomes 
i-nhtt-main; inkumaku^ i-nhn-mai-ne. 

Diride and mark: — ^Fini, men^ promen^, ambie, ananas. Homme 
becomes ho-mme; doxm€, do-nn6 ; comme, commnne, commfere, connn, 
somm6, pomm6, adonna, ronde, campagne, enfant, son, mon, pardon, 
parfnm, instrument, commun, commence, innocent, incui, inhabits, 
continental, inharmonieux, immobility. 

A final consonant haring no rowel connected with it, ougktj from its 
definition, to be mknU Itia eoin French, Hence it is united to the last 
syllable, or to a monosyllable ; as, avamt becomes a-rant — the final t 
being silent goes with van, so as to make vmU; four letters, although 
but three (ran) are pronounced. In the French word port the four 
letters are taken, although ovlj por are pronounced ; \}vXporte becomes 
por-te, because the last e causes the t to sound. 

Diride and mark: — Comment, dents, prudent, prudente, camp, 
temps, nid, pied. (4-|-8.) 

Bulb. — ^Final consonants are silent, except c, /, 2, and r preceded by 
a, i, 0, u. Sac, arec, lac, rif, actif, sel, miel, fil, car, par, finir, cor, 
leur, auteur. See Appendix, Note 2. ^^ 

RULXS OK 7&XN0H B. 
Lettere mnd Comhinationi, marked > {little /tco), and proymunced like thee at 
the end of take,* 
Any sound marked ' (little two) is in French called mute or faint; 
$ (without accent) is mute or f^t, in the following cases. 
Bule Ist 0=' at the end of words, sls ee, de, traii«, p^r«, doniN^ 

* Thit it the only vowel toimd that is lUghtad or lappreMed in Fniaeb— «, #, i 
», n, Ate., bare always their tdil loonds. 



Digitized 



by Google 



en rRXMCH PRONUNCIATIOV. 

Bole 2d. e=s ' before a ringle consonant not final, (except the com 
sonant x, which has nsoallj a compound sound.) Venn, d«vant| 
r0C0Toir, <femande, redonande. 

Role 8d. e=' before two consonants, the second of which is Z, or r; 
as in rfplace, r^pr^sente, s^cr^te^ient, repliant. 

Rule 4th. et=s at the end of words of more than one syllable, ae 
Biblei,* placef, dite«, faite«. 

Rule 6th. en<=* at the end of the third person plural of verbs ; ae 
ohantevi^ ils ionent, ils disaient When immediately after a rowel, idth- 
onl any interrening consonant, they merely lengthen the preceding 
Towel soond. 

Rule 6th. ' is placed orer a consonant sounded by itseli^ either in 
the body or at the end of a word, for the e mute is supposed connected 
with it Examples: pour, pou-r; corde, oo-r-de; fil, fi-1; soldat, 
so-l-dat. 

Obserration. — ^E is null, and therefore not marked, when, without 
AN ACCXKT, it is bcforc a and o, as Q«orge, nageait It is frequently 
so in English, as Qeorge, pageant, dungeon. It is thus placed to soften 
the ff- When pronounced in French, the 6 is accented. 

These constitute what the French oaU mute tyUahUi, 

Diyide and mark: — L^, me, que, t^te, habite, €l^ye, montagne, reyenu, 
rerenant, dcToir, repos, repose, reposant, celui, retire, retire, c^d^, 
c^de, accable, devant, replace, repla^ant, repli, replie, une, moia^ 
moins, prenant, revise, tu reftises. Tie, lui, jou^, jou^e, petit, petite, 
il entre, ils entrent (8d pers. pL) montagnes, ils replacent (dd), roies, 
flares, ils prient (8d), ils disent (8d), poindre, mangea, mange&mes 
Qeorgie, col, protocol, sel, chef, U, foin, cordial, plongea, seul, parasol 

nCPOBTAXT BSKABK OR R MITTR. 

When e without accent is mute or faint, it inyariably (we may eren 
say univeraallf/) lengthens the preceding syllable. 

In French, in the following cases, it does not merely lengthen, but it 
likewise alters the sound of the preceding Towel. 

A, ed, before a mute syllable, is open and marked 1' : mftle. 

«, before a mute syllable, usually takes the grare or circumflex 
accent, and is marked 8' or e open : p^re, m^re, mdme. 

at, at, et, before a mute syllable, are marked 8': aime, connattrt 
peine. 

o, 6, ail, eaUf before a mute syllable, 6* : p^riode, c^te, haute. 

eifas2*, before a mute syllable: riet/se, meute.f 

The same Towel sounds, yiz : &, e, ai, &c., o, &o., eu, are open and 
narked in the same manner, -before two or more contonantt; as, ftpre^ 

* Bee ApMndiz, Nota 3. f 0m Appmi lis, Note 4 . 

Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



TEXNCB PEOMUNCIATIOM. XlH 

ferm€y ptraitre, faiblo, autre, noble, heurte. And Ukewise b^€ § 
fmal eonnnanU mounded: yer, fer, air, chef, cor, parasol, lenr, senl. 
Because, in both oases, the following consonant is supposed to be con- 
nected with the i mute or funt, and may be considered as forming a 
mute syllable : T^re, f^re, af-re, ch^fe, co-re, &c. In these two last 
situations (before two or more con^csants and before a final 'consonant 
Bounded) the e takes no accent, though marked 8'. 

DiTide and mark : — Ghangea, ohange&mes, ^e, h&te, diaddme, bref, 
plough, plong^rent (8d), fir^re, nagea, nage&tes, Utc, prom^ne, prom^ 
nera, supreme, rieur, rieuse, haut, haute, c5t6, cdte, cdtes, ose, relief^ 
es^, saut, saute, osant, gueux, gueuse, saut^, sonne, eonn^, liberty 
fameux, fameuse, faible, heureux, heureuse, espoir, aube, ode, odeur, 
preneur, preneuse, sel, mer, sec, bonheur, malheur, €l^Tes, gloire, 
mouToir, €gale, ^gales, ^goAt, retirent (8d), s^che, sec, compagnes, 
^galera, entreprises, replantent (8d), boxmes, ^gal^ent, mange&tes, 
peUtes, pour, mer, noircir, George, lient (8d), jouent (8d), coucounr, 
foui, fouine, neige, neigea, Toient (8d), bel, beau, belle, yendent (8d), 
▼endant, content, content (8d), neigeant, plongea, replong^rent (8d}, 
diagonal, replient (8d), moindre.>J 

lAtt$n and Combmatiaru marked 8, a»id pronounced like a m gate, or 4 
{doee or wUh acute accent,) 

Rule 1st. 4 {with acute accent) called e dose, is marked 8. 

Rule 2d. i«s8 in the coigunotion U (and). The- 1 is nerer sounded, 
and never connected with the following initial Yowel : un et un (un i 
un) ; et enfin {€ enfin). 

Rule 8d. «"*8 before ee, dd^ /*, or any other double consonants not 
followed by a mute eyllahU: effacer, dessin, reddition, excellent, terri- 
toire, paresseux. 

Rule 4th. «^8 in ex followed by a rowel: exact, enger. The % 
sounds then like yf , egtaet^ egsigL 

Rule 5th. ef >=8 when final, or taken in combination at the end of 
words ; as arez, prenez, net. 

Rule 6th. €rB8, when final, in words of more than one syllable; 
and then the r is nerer sounded, as part^r, pommier.* 

Rule 7th. oi, eat, ei=8, when not followed by a mute syllable, and 
likewise when final : J'm, aimer, to lore — aimons, let us lore— je man- 
geai, I ate— pein^, griered— gal, gay. 

Diride and mark the following words :—£t^, 4-t6; all^, a-U^; €cart^, 
bord^ chants, r^p^t^, d^dd^, pil^, pdgn^, et, trois et un, errant, 
vronn^ eccUsiastique, efface, errata, exag^rer, effacer, exactement, 
wnit ^carter, ^cartes, effort, bouches, bouches, exister, exjstes, exit 

• See Appradix, Not« S. 



Digitized 



by Google 



mil FRXMOH PEONUHOIATIOH. 

•ffaronche, effarouoh^, exaction, ^cart^» paressenx, paresMixMy M 
donnes, effaroticher, donnas, effarouohez, donnez, donner, oaiisai, et 
avec, et an, et apr^a, Terrai, prendrai, ain^, U et ici, et avant, peinai^ 
aimant, aimez, aim^, neig^, neigeant, neiger, mangeai, nous nageom, 
d^angeaison, raison, plaisir, poignant, plein, pleine, peign^ ohci, 
raidei-YoAB, prendrai, peindrai, effir^n^, effarouch^ 

I 
L^tttri and CombmatioM marked 8*, and pronounced UJte e m gtt, or k 
{grave or open) and d. 

Hole Ist. 2 (with a grave accent) called e open, and also I, xaarkedS*. 

Role 2d. 0=8* in monosyllables ending with a consonant; as oes, 
des, estj les^ mes, ses, tes, &c. Note. — If the consonant is e, /, Z^ or r. 
It sounds after the e ; as, sec, s^-k; chef, chb-f ; ael, s^-l; ver, Y^-r. 

Rule 8d. e=8> before two or more consonants ; as, esp^rer, restons, 
liberty. Note. — The consonant that immediately follows the e is pro- 
nounced separately, and of coarse maiked': as esp^rer, e-s-p^rer: 
restons, re-s-tons. 

Bale 4th. e=8s before doable consonants, ec^jft m, rr, U, &o., when 
the following syllable is mate : as nette, qaerelle, cesse, terre, richesse, 
paresse. 

Hole 5th. 0=8* before a sounding final consonant; as ayec, relief, 
miel, Oreb, hier,* respect ; and in every monosyllable ending in €r, as 
fer, mer. 

Rule 6th. aii, aiti aient^ oient,f aix, e^s.Ss when final: as j'avais, il 
<tait, Us ^talent, ils ^toient, palx, objet 

Rule 7th. ear 8* in ex, followed by a consonant ; as extreme, exp^- 
enee. Note. — ^The x is usually pronounced ke ; ekstrSme, eksp^iience. 

Rule 8th. at, eai, «» 8* when followed by a mute stable; as aime, 
ai-je? peine, enseigne. 

Divide and mark: — S^vtee, sc^ne, mdme, supreme, mes, est, bref, 
■ec, tel, mer, espoir, destitution, ferments, serment, telle, cette, quelle, 
jd^oe, oaohette, richesse, richesses, grief, griefe, miel, fiel, j'avais, tu 
avals, 11 donnait, ils portaient, eUe Joignait, ils jouaient (8d), fait, elFet, 
•Ilea ^talent, otjet, si^et, porteftdx, ils ^talent (8d), elles priaient (8d), 
venaient (8d), aime, sem^, shne, aiment (8d), ils sem^rent (8d), pein^, 
peine, peign^, peigne, secret, men^, mtoe, sain, saine, anden, andenne, 
le mien, lee miens, les miennes, boulet, faite, Jeter, jette, baudet, cachet, 
met, mets, paix, exprbs, extravagant, extraordinaire, expos^rent (8d), 
fcf , ver. 

J _^____ 

* Bm Appendix, Note 5. 

f t4mt fi the tcrmiintioB of the third penoa pMMl of the inperfeet aad eoadi 
«o!m1, oI4 OTthofiephy 



Digitized 



by Google 



FEXMCH PEOMVIICIATIOV. 



TA&IOUfl SXPLAHATIOIIS. 



# (without aoeent)sl, or aonnds like French a in the combipfctfea 
iMfiM. Examples : femme (pro. fam) — d^oemment, d^e-mment (8-|-l 
+8.) 

en at the end of words ss 9. Examples: hi-erit well; Hen^ nothing. 
Note. — ^In the words eomposed from biaij the combination en, althov|^ 
It may no longer be final, retains the ninth Yowel sound. Examples: 
M-«i-tAty soon; bi><n-fe-sant, benoYolent. 

MS 9, in the termination iene, when « is the mark of the plnraL 
Examples : mien, miens ; entreUen, entretiens. 

«iis9, in the combinations un, iene, ient, of the verbs tenk, to hold, 
to keep ; venir, to come, and their compoonds. Examples : Je li-en- 
drai, I shall come ; je tiensy I hold ; elle oonyient, she agrees. 

en ererywhere else, except in the termination ent of the third person 
plural, (see Bule 6 on e mute, page xir.) always^S: entends, senti- 
ment, en. 

Bemarkt an iht letter t. 

When the letter y in any word is preceded by a Towel, it is equira- 
lent to t, i. The first i unites with the foregoing Towel, and must be 
marked accordingly. The second i sounds separately, or unites with 
what foUoihi. Examples : ayant, ai-i-ant ; eitoyen, d-toi-i-en ; pays, 
pai-is. 

The disrens (**) separates two letters, which otherwise would sound 
together. Thus, in Saul, (the apostle's name,) ati=5S; but in the 
name of the Hebrew king SalU, with the disreMs, a and u are sepa- 
rated, and pronounced Sa-u-L (1, 6, '.) 

0/the liquid toundt, ail, xil, il, ixtil, (EIL, ottil, ails, bils, &o. 

Note. — The sound of lU in the English word brUUant is similar to 
the French liquid U, HI, 

When tZ or tZf final is liquid, the preceding rowel is pronounced 
separately with its open sound, Tiz: a=l', e=2^, eu=2^, as^V, and 
then follows the liquid sound of il or il8=17. Examples: ail, a-il; 
r^yeil, r6-Ye-il; scuil, seu-il; fenouil, fe-nou-lL Note.— ceil is pro- 
nounced like euU, (2*, 17.) 

Those Towels, a, e, t, &c., have a long sound, because the U final If 
wppoeed to hefoQoved by e mute, 

AILL, bill, ill, BUILL, dlLL, OUILL. 

When followed by a mute eyUdbUy the preceding Towel a, e, 1, fto., 
iouiMla as it does with the final tZ, as explained abore. Exampleti 
pa-ili-e, Te-ill-e, fi-ill-e, fcu-ill-e, fou-ill-e. 

Whm not foUovtd hy a mute eyUable, the preceding vowel is oloM^ 



Digitized 



by Google 



XX rftXMJR PRONVNCIATIOR. 

Tis: ad, es8, euz=2, <ts=2. fizamples: ma-ill-et, Te-ill-er, ^4B^ 
ft-ga, f«i-m-et, fou-iU-ant, oeiUet, ce-Ul-et. (2, 17, 8«.) 

cusiL, onsiL, iohm final. 
In these combinatioxiB the u serves only to make the c hxA the g hard : 
the i represents the long sound of eu marked 2>, and the letters ii hart 
the liquid sound s= 17. Examples: re-ene-il, o-r-gue-lL 

cuxiLL, ouEiLL, not final. 

When followed by a mute syllable, the preceding Towel sounds as It 
does with the final euea, yueU, as explained above. Example ; je re- 
ene-Ul-e. 

When not followed by a mute eyllable, the preceding vowel is short or 
^ose ; that is, e soonds like eu marked 2, and the letters HI have their 
osnal liquid sound =17. Examples: re-cue-ill-ant, o-r-gue-ill-eux. 

Stress of the voice. 

The stress of the voice is placed on every vowel preceding a mute 
syllable. The faint or mute « is the only slighted sound, all the other 
vowels receive a ftill and distinct utterance. 

Entre; en, distinct; tre, faint— entreprise ; m, ftill; ire, faint; pri, 
fWl ; se, faint In communication, every syllable is dLstinot, and the 
stress of the voice rests on the last. 



APPENDIX. 

NoTX 1, (page xii.) 

In this I differ totally from Mr. Charles Picot, who in his excellent 
system of pronunciation says (page 6): "The English words at^ 
father, &c., are merely given as means of comparison and association, 
to enable the pupil to proceed from what he knows to what he is to 
learn, and must be dispensed with as soon as the sounds are well 
mastered." Far from discarding those words, I strongly recommend 
the scholar to retain them caref^y as unerring guides. If they are 
useftil at first, they must ever be so, and would it not be ungrateful 
to throw aside those that befriended us in the begiiming of our career t 
Treasure theift up, therefore. 

NoTx 2, (page xv.) 

In French, final consonants are not generally pronounced ; for, not 
being followed by a vowel, they ought naturally to be silent Henoe 
the French words />or^ and yrand are pronounced as if written j»or and 



Digitized 



by Google 



FR^MCB PaONUMCIATION. XZI 

but the t and the d are pronounced as in English, when spelled 
Im French with a final e, as portej pratuU, 

The aboTe obserration will sufficiently explain why the final conso- 
nants are silent in the following 

TMe^ exhibiting the tixteen vowel taunde and ttoo diphthimgt, <u rtpntmiti 
at the end of words. 

No. 1. as, at, aU li at, &t8. 

* es, (in words of two syllables and more,) Ml* 

2. eux, eut, oeud, oeuds, oeufs. 

2*. with this vowel, the next consonant sounds, as boei\f, leaf, 
sen/ ; but the second consonjuit is silent ; leur«, sosur«, ciBiir«. 

8. aie, ed, eds, ^e, ^es, ^s, er, et (ooigunction), ez. 

P, ais, ait, et, ^s, ect, ets (and es in monosyllables), aientf* oient^-f 

4. id, ie, is, it, ies, ys. imL* 

5. aud, aut, aux, op, os, ot, ots, auds, auts, eaux. 

5*. with this vowel, the consonant which immediately follows 
sounds. Examples : fol, Jacob, soc, cor ; but the second con- 
sonant is silent : socs, cors, mort, port 

6. ue, ues, (it, hts, ud (and in the verb arotr, eus, eut, eue, cues), 

uent.* 

7. one, ones, oud, ouds, oup, oups, ous, out, outs, oux. ouent* 

8. amp, amps, ant, ants, ems, emps, ent, ents, ans, ens. 

9. ins, int, ingt, ingts, ains, aint, aino, aincs, eins, eint, eints, 

(«n, «u.)t 

10. ons, out, ond, onds, amb, ombs, ompt, one, ones. 

11. uns, ums. 

12. oie, oies, ois, oit, oid, oids, oix, oienL* 
18. oing, oins, oint, oints, oings. 

NoTB 8, (Page xyi.) 

The reason why et is marked ' and pronounced like the faint e, may 
be stated as follows. 

In English, thi bookf rwi friend, wipen^ &c., are expressions used In 
the singular number. Now, as thx and mt undergo no change in the 
plural number, should book, friend, and pen, be spelt and pronounced 
as before, there could be no distinction between the singolar and the 
plural. To render that distinction sensible, an « is added to the end of 
each noun, (for the eye,) and is articulated to apprise the ear that the 
Idea of plurality is intended. In French, on the contrary, the articles 
ta the singular, le, la, being changed into lee for the plural, mon, ma, 

• Third ptr$<m plural o/vrbs. 

t oiemt, old orthography, third p«T«>n plural of imp«rf«et and eonditiouL 

I (m and §n$) final, and in th« varbi temr, vtnir, and their eorapoonda. 



Digitized 



by Google 



JCZiS 7RX1ICH PROMVNCIATIOM 

into meif &o., when those words la, nut, &o., are hemrd, they st onoi 
intimate to the ear that the plnral is meant, hence the alteration of 
the norm becomes useless ; and aUhongh the « is added, (for the eye,) 
it is not prononnced, and of course final et is marked liUle i. 

NoTB 4, (page xyi.) 

The e mute or famt, marlced little >, after a consonant, has the effect 
of lengthening and idtering the sound of the preceding vowel or sjl- 
iable, in English, as may be seen below. 

haty on account of the faifU e that follows, becomes Kate ; 

met decomes mete; hit becomes bite; 

hop becomes hope; tub becomes tube. 

In French the e mute always lengthens the preceding syllable, but it 
alters the Towel sound, when it is after a consonant, only in four 
instances, instead of doing it in tyerj case, as in English. 

mal (marked 1) becomes m&le (marked 1^. 

heureuz (2, 2), heureuse (2, 2>); c^d^ (8, 8), cMe (8*,*); haut (6), 
haute (6*, '). Hence the following rule : 

Silent ■ lengthens the preceding syllable, and when the TOwel has two 
sounds, that yowel takes the sound marked with double figures ; 2*, 
8^ 5^, and likewise 1' when there is a circumfilx on the & ; not other- 
wise. 

When the funt e comes immediately after a vowel, no consonant 
interrening, as ie, ue, €e, eue, &c., it lengthens that Towel without 
altering its sound. 

Note 5, (pages x<<ii and zriiL) 

The r is sounded only in a few words of two or more syllables 
Anwr (1, 8«, «), bitter ; cuUler, ou-i-U-e-r (6, 4, 17, 8« *), spoon ; er^fer^ 
hell: fier, proud; Mer, yesterday; Atvtr, winter ; magister, oountry 
icho-i-mafter; emeer, ether, frater, Alger, Jt^nier, Lueffer, Stat?)audet. 



Digitized 



by Google 



DIRECTIONS HOW TO USE THIS KETHOD 



Am there is now a SjBtem of Pronimciation wi^ tMs Method, let the 
int ten or twelve lessons be deroted to acqniring a complete know- 
ledge of that important branch of a modem language. If that is 
thoronghij done, the teacher will haye no farther trouble with the 
pronunciation, for the pupils will be able to read correctly by them- 
selres. 

Each lesson now consists of one, two, three, &c., separate Tocabu- 
laries, each followed by exerdsee, SngJuk at first, but Frtnch and 
EngUth at the Twelfth Lesson; that is, when the student's ear begins 
to become a little familiar wil^ French sounds. 

The first Tocabulary must be read by the pupils, each taking a line 
and pronouncing aloud both the English and French, the latter being 
diyided into syllables, and distinctly uttered under the direction of the 
teacher, who ought, as they proceed, to ask questions respecting the 
pronunciation. This done, the students are directed : — 1st, to learn 
for the next redtation, the English and French Tocabularies, so as to 
be able to glre the French when the English is mentioned, or the 
English when the French is given out ; and, 2dly, to write down the 
translation of the first exerdse, to be handed to the teacher, who, 
directing them to oloee their books, will, while correcting the errors, 
giTC out the English of efery question and answer, to be put in French 
by the students. 

The correction and translation ended, let the next rocabulary be 
read, or rather syllabled, slowly and distinctly, and explained by the 
teacher, if need be, and so on, the Tocabularies being learned and the 
exercises translated. ^ 

As this method is simple and gradual enough for erery capacity, 
should there be pupils too young to write the translations, let them 
prepare the exercises and recite them to the teacher, who will do well 
to make them speU out a number of words at each recitation. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



EXPLANATION OP THE SIGNS USED IN THIS BOOL 



Tm Uregolar yerbs are designated by a (*) star. 
The figures 1, 2, 8, 4, placed after yerbs, denote that they are ref» 
Ikr, an^indicate the conjugation to which they respectiyely belong. 
Idiomatical expressions are marked thns : f . 
The rerbs taking kre (to be) as auxiliary, are marked thns ; *. 
{ 1 to 164, refer to paragraphs in the Synopsis, {from p. 467 to 688.) 
Dir. 1, means first Direction, &o., (p. 467 to 460.) 
R. 1, means first Rule, &c., (from p. 460 to 461.) 
Obs. or Ob. 7, means Obserration 7th, &c. 
24>, 24', means 24th Yocabnlary, first Section ; second Section 
24^, N. 2 ; 24th Yocabnlary, Note 2. 
28>, Ob. 66; 28th Vocabulary, Obeerration 66th. 
J24-R.2,-\ 

{ 24 — ^A. 2, ( mean the 2d article or rule of 24th paragraph. 
J 24-2, 3 

490-^, means the article marked 8, at p. 400. 
Pa. or p. 419, means page 410 ; 406, 6, 7, mean 406, 406, 407. 
Bm Pronun. Sse filysleai of PronmciatioB. 



Digitized 



by Google 



OLLENDORFF'S 



FRENCH METHOD. 



FIRST LESSON, lat— Premwre Lt^on, he. 



VOOABULAXT. 

Qmw yonf 
Yes, Sir, I htTe 
I. 

The. The hat. 

Hate yon the hat f 
Yea, Sir, I have the hat. 
The hread. The sugar. 

The broom. The paper. 

The loap. 

My. My hat. 

Your. Your bread. 

Hare you my hat f 
Yes, Sir, I have your hat 
Have you your bread ? 
I have my bread. 

Wkieh or what t 
Which hat have you 7 
I have my hat. 
Which bread have you f 
I have your bread. 
My ezerciBe. 



YOOABULAXRB.' 

Aves-voust* 
Oui, Monsieur, j'ai. 
Je, which heeome$ j* he/ore a vmuI 
or silent h. (See Pronnnciatioii.) 
Le, Leehapmu. 

Avez-voiis le chapeau t 
Oui, Monsieur, j*ai le chapeao. 
Le pain. Le Sucre. 

Le balai. Le papier. 

Le savon. 

Mon. Mon chapeau. • 

Voire. Voire pain. 

Avei-vous mon chapeau f 
Oui, Monsieur, j'ai votro chapen. 
Avez-vous votre pain T 
J'ai mon pain. 

Quel t (before a noun.) 
Quel chapeau avez-vous f 
J'ai mon chapeau. 
Quel pain avez-vous f 
J'ai votre pain. 
Mon ezercice. 



FmsT EzBKCisB. Ist— Pbxmieb Exxbcice. ler. 

Which exercise have you, Sir ? I have the first exercise. — Have 
y«a tbe bread 1 Yes, Sir, I have the bread. — ^Have you yonr bread ^ 



1 For the manner of teachiitg the lesson, see Msoner of udng tho Method. 

■ When the verb is interrogative tbe French always put a hyphen (0 be« 
tvaen the verb and the nominative pronoun. fMind thit in writifig.) 
a (26) 



Digitized 



by Google 



fl6 SKCOMD LX880H. 

I hare my bread. — ^Have you the broom? I have the brocm^— 
Have you the soap ? I have the soap. — ^Have you your soap ^ 1 
have my soap.-^Which soap have you 1 I have your soap. — Have 
you your sugar? I have my sugar. — ^Which sugar have you? ! 
have yoxr sugar. — Which paper have you ? I have my paper.— 
Hav3 yaa my paper? I have your paper. — ^Which bread hav* 
you? I have my bread. — Which broom have you? I have yooi 
broom . — Have you your exercise ? Yes, Sir, I have my ezercisa^— 
Whicii ezereise have you? I have my first exercise.' 



DaUjf Salutatiotu, 
Good day, Miss. 
How do yoa do, Madam f 



Salutan^tu Joumaltirt9. 
Bon jour, Mademoiselle. 
Comment voua portei-vous, Ma 

dame? 
TrSa-bien, merci. 



Very well, thank you. 
Oh$. 1. Trig is always connected, by a hyphen, with tke following wofd. 
Good evening. | Bon soir.' 



SECOND LESSON, 2d.^Secom2e Le^on, 2de. 

VOOABVLABT. VOCABULAIXS. 

. ^. . . ^ 5 Xe, before a consonant. 

It. (Objecuve pronoun.) J^', before a vowel, 4.c. (Pronan.) 

I have. I have it. | J*ai. Je I'ai. 

Obt, 2. Objective pronoons are usually placed before the verb, w 
French. Instead of: I have it, the French say : I i( have. Je Tai. 

Have ]rou my hat f I Avez-voos men chapeau T 

Yes, Sir, I have it | Oui, Monsieur, je Tai. 



Good. * Bad. 

Fretty. Ugly. 

Old. Fine, handsome. 

My cloth. My fine cloth. 

The salt. The good salt. 



Bon. Mauvais. 

Joli. Vilain. 

Vieux. Beau. 

Mon drap. Mon beau drap. 

Le seL Le bon sel. 



1 Pupils desirous of making rapid progress may compose a great many ' 
phrases, in addition to those given in the ezercisAs ; but they must pro- 
Donnce them aloud, as they write them. They should also make separata 
ustsof such substantives, adjectives, pronouns, and verbs, as they meet with 
m the course of the lessons, in order to ^e able to find those words more 
readily, when required to refer to them in writmg their lessons. 

' When no daily salutations are found in some of the lessons, the teachei 
may introduce some, or else nse the preceding ones. 



Digitized 



by Google 



fCCOMD LESSON. 



9) 



Tht shoe. The Ad shoe. 
My wood. Your pretty wood. 

Your stocking The ugly stocking. 
The thread. Your bad thread. 
The dog. The horse. 

Not, (See negations in Synopsis.) 

I have. I have not. 

I have not the bread. 

No, Sir. 

No, Miss. 

Have jrou my old hat f 

No, Sir, I have it not. 

Which cloth have you f 

/ have the fine cloth. 

What dog have you T 

I have my old dog. 

Of. 

The thread stocking. 



Le souliei . 
Mon bois. 
Votre bas. 
Le fil. 
Le chien. 



Le y'wAX. Soulier. 
Votre joli bois. 
Le vilain bas. 
Votre mauvais fil. 
Le cheval.. 



Ne (before), pas 'after liae verb). 
J'ai. Je n'ai pas. (See Proaia; 
Je n'ai pas le pain. 
Non, Monsieur. 
Non, Mademoiselle. 
Avez-vous n^n vieuz chapean f 
Non, Monsieur, je ne Tai pas. 
Quel drap avez-vous f 
J'ai le beaundrap. 
Quel chien avez-vous f 
J*ai mon vieuz chien. 



De. 



Le bas de fil. 



Ob$, 3. As no noun can in French, as it is in English, be used as an 
adjective to another noun : the preposition, de, is always put between the 
name of the thing and the name of the substance of which it is made, 
which latter, in French, is alwajrs placed last. 



The paper hat, [the hat of paper.] 
The gun. The velvet. 

The wooden gun, [the gun of wood.] 
The velvet shoe. 
Which gun have you f 
I have the wooden gun. 
Which stocking have you Y 
I have my thread stocking. 
Have you my velvet shoe 
No, Miss, I have it not. 
Yes, Miss, I have it. 



Le chapeau de papier. 

Le fusil. Le velours. 

Le funl de bois. 

Le Soulier de velours. 

Quel fusil avez-vous T 

J'ai le fusil de bois. 

Quel bas avez-vous f 

J'ai mon has de fil. 

Avez-vous mon Soulier de velours f 

Non, Mademoiselle, je ne Tai pas. 

Oui, Mademoiselle, je I'ai. 



SXCOND EXKBCISB, 2d. — SXCOKD EZEBOIOB, 2d. 

Good day, Miss. — Good day, Sir. — Grood day. Madam. — How do 
you do, Sir? Very well; thank you, Miss. — How do you do, Ma- 
dam ? Very well. Sir, thank you. — ^Have you my fine horse ? Yes, 
Sir, I have it. — ^Have you my old shoe ? No, Miss, I have it not— 
Which dog have you ? I have your pretty dog. — ^Have you my bad 
paper 1 No, Sir, I have it not.— Have you the good velvet cloth 1 
Yes, Sir, I have it. — ^Have yoxx ray ugly gun? No, Sir, 1 have h 
not — Which gun have you ? I have your fine gun. — Which stock- 
ing have you ? T have the thread stocking. — Have you mv thread 



Digitized 



by Google 



m THIRD LE880F 

Stocking? I have not your thread stocking. — ^Have you my wooden 
guni No, Sir, I have it not. — Have you the old bread! I have 
not the old bread. — ^Which shoe have jou? I have the fine velvet 
shoe. — ^Which velvet shoe ? Your velvet shoe. — Which soap have 
you? I ha\e my old soap. — Which sugar have you? I have your 
good sugar. — Which salt have you ? I have the bad salt — ^Whicb 
exeicise have you? I have my second exercise. — Have you tAe 
first exercise ? No, Madam, I have it not — Which hat have yon 1 
I have my bad paper hat — ^Have you my ugly wooden shoe? No, 
Sir. I have it not. — What vocabulary have you ? I have the second 
•-Have you the firSt? Yes, I have it ^ 



THIRD LESSON, 3d.— Trotstem* Legon, 3me. 



VOCABULABT. 

Something, anything. 
Have yoa anything ? 
I have something. 
Nothing, not anything. 



Vooabulahii. 
Quelque chose. 
Avex-vous quelque chose T 
J'ai qaelqae chose. 
Ne (before), rien (after the verb). 



Ohs. 4. Quelque chote (something, any thing), is never used with a n«f« < 
lion. Not .... any thing, as well as nothing, must be translated by ur 
fbefore, and) rien (after the verb), and not by fM . . . . pas quelque ehoee. 



I have not anything. 
I have nothing. 
The wine. 
My money or silver. 
The gold. 



Je n'ai rien. (Not: je n'ai pmt 

quelque chose.) 
he vin. 
Mon argent. 
L'or. (PromiD.) 



Oha. 5. Le, the, becomes V before a vowel or silent h. 



The string. The ribbon. 

The golden ribbon. The button. 
The coffee. The cheese. 

The coat My coat. 

The silver candlestick. 

Are you hungry t 
I am hungry. 
I am not hungry. 
Are you thirsty 1 
I am thirsty. 
I am not thirsty. 

Any thing or tomeihing good. 
Have you anything good ? 
Nothing or not anything bad. 
I have not anything ^nothing) good. 



Le cordon. Le ruban. 

Lo ruban d'or. Le bouton. 

Le cafe. Le fromage 

L'habit. (Pronun.) Mon habit. 
Le' chandelier d' argent 

t Avez-vous faim t 

t J'ai faim. 

t Je n*ai pas faim. 

t Avez-vous soiff 

t J»ai soif. 

t Je n*ai pas sold 

(fielque chose de hen, 
Avez-vous quelque choM dm bta f 
iV« . . . . rien de mauvais. 
Je n*ai rien d(i bon. 



Digitized 



by Google 



Qu'avez-voua de bon 7 

J'ai le bon cafe. 

Avez-Yous quelque tko89 d% joli f 

Je n'ai Hen de joli. 

t Avez-vous Bommeil ? 

t J*ai Bommeil. 

t Je n'ai>pas sommeil. 



THIRI LKSftOa. 81 

Cb: 6. What t is quel f before a nono, as : Qud bcjuton avez-vons t bnt 
pte f vbefore a verb.) 

Whatt WhathayeyovLi | Quef Qn'aYez-YOUB f 

Oil. 7. Quelque chose and n« . . . . rien require de when they are before •■ 
•4jectiYe ; and 80 does what T Examples : 

What have you good t 
I have the good coffee. 
HaTe yoa anything pretty t 
I hacve nothing pretty. 
Are you sleepy ? 
I am sleepy. 
I am not sleepy. 

Thikd BxMBGiBB, 8d. — TEOisiiHB ExEBOiox, 8me. 

What have you? I have the third exercise. — ^Have jou j-oui 
second exercise, Miss? Yes, Sir, I have it. — Good evening, Ma- 
dam, how do you do ? Very well, Sir, thank you. Good morning, 
Miss. Good morning, Sir. — ^Have you my good wine ? I have it. — 
Have you the gold ? I have it not. — ^Have you the money ? I have 
it — ^Have you the gold ribbon? No, Sir, I have it not — Have you 
your silver candlestick ? Yes, Sir, I have it — ^What have you ? I 
have the good cheese. I have my cloth coat. — Have you my silver 
button ? I have it not. — Which button have you ? I have your good 
gold button. — ^Which string have you? I have lie gold string. — 
Have you anything 1 I have something. — ^What bare yon 1 I have 
the good bread. I have the good sugar. — ^Have you anything good ? 
I have nothing good. — ^Have you anything handsome? I have no 
thing handsome. I have something ugly. — What have you ugly ? 
I have the og^y dog. — Have you anything pretty ? I have nothing 
pretty. I have something old — What have you old ? 1 have the 
old cheese. — Are you hungry? I am hungry. — Are you thirsty? I 
am not thirsty. — ^Are you sleepy ? I am not sleepy. — What have 
you beautiful? I have your beautiful dog. — What have you bad? 
I have nothing bad. — Which paper have you? I have your good 
paper. — Have you the fine horse ? Yes, Sir, I have it. — ^Which shoe 
have you? I have my old velvet shoe.— Which stocking have 
you? I have got your fine thread stocking. 

Obs. 8. Always translate / have or I have got, by : J'ai. I have not or J 
kave not got, by : Je n^aipas,^ &c. 

Salutationt joumaliires. — To day. Aiyourd'hui. 

« N. B.— rhe use of the word, got, is condemned by grammarians, bat, 
M it is constantly introduced in common practice, it is perbi^s expedient to 



Digitized 



by Google 



rOVHTB LK8S01I. 



IfOURTH LESSON, 4th.— Quatrtem« Le^on, 4me 

YocABULAiBE. Ire Section. 
Ce (before a consonant, ^ 34.) 



VooABiuLAiLT. Ist Section. 
Thu f tJuUf (with a noun.) 
This , that book. 



Of the (before a consonant). 
Of the 4og. Of the tailor. 
Of the baker. Of the neighbor. 



Ce livre. 

Du ^enitif) avant t 

Du chien. Da taiUenr. 

Du bouianger. Du Toinn. 



That or the one. 


Celuu (^35.) 


The neighbor's, or that of the neigh- 


Celui du voisin. 


bor. 






case.) 


The baker's, or that of the baker." 


Celui du bouianger. 


The dog's, or that of the dog. 


Celui du chien. 


Or. 


Ott. 


Have you my book or the neigh- 


Avez-vous mon livre ou celui d« 


bor's t 


voisin? 


I have the neighbor's. 


J'ai celui du voisin. 


Have you my bread or that of the 


Ave2-vous mon pain ou seloi dta 


baker 7 


bouianger f 


I have yours. 


J'ai le vStre. 


I have not the baker's. 


Je n'ai pas celui du bouianger. 


Mine or my own. 


Le nuen. 


Of mine or of my own. 


Dumien. 


Yours or your own. 


Le vStre. 


Of yours or of your own. 


Dnydtre. 



Oht, 9. Votre, your, has no circumfliaz acoent. Le vStre, yours, has 
one. Notre, our, has no accent. Le n^tre, ours, has one. 
Of ours or of t or own. | Dn ndtmk 

FOURTH ExBRCiSB. Ist Seo. — QuATRiiMi ExEBCiOB. Irc Sec. 

Have you that book ? No, Sir, I have it not. — Which book have 
you got? I have that of tlie neighbor. — Have you my bread or the 
baker's? I have not yours; I have the baker's. — Have you the 
neighbor's horse? No, Sir, I have it not. — Which horse have you 
got ! I have that of the baker. — Have you the pretty gold string of 
my dog? I have it not — ^Which string have you? I have my sil* 

insert it now and then. When entirely omitted, pupils, after learning a 
oonsiderable time, are frequently at a loss^how to translate : Have you got 
my hat f thinking that they do not know the French of got ; while tney 
snould not hesitate to translate : Have you mgkatf drc. 



Digitized 



by Google 



FOURTH LKISOM. 



81 



rer string. — Have yon my gold button or the tailor's t I hare not 
yours J I have the tailors. — Which coffee have you 1 I have tjie 
neighbor's. — Are you sleepy 1 I am not sleepy ; I am hungry. — 
Are you thirsty? I am not thirsty. — ^Which stocking have youl I 
have my own or mine. — Have you your thread stocking or mine 1 
I have not yours ; I have mine. — Which shoe have you 1 I have 
the neighbor's wooden shoe. — ^What have you ? I have nothmg.— 
Have you anything good ? I have nothing good. Have you any- 
iSbiag badt I have not got anything bad. — ^Are you hungry or 
thirsty 1 I am hungry. — ^Which exercise have you got"? I have the 
fourth. — Have you your neighbor's exercise ? No, Sir, I have got 
mine. — Have you our velvet ? I have it not. — Have yoi our coffee? 
I have not ours; I have the baker's. — ^Have you the neighbor's golden 
candlestick? No, Sir, I have got ovrs. — ^How do yotl do to-day^ 
To-day ? Yes, to-day. Very well, thank you. 



VooABULAKT. 2d Section. 

Are 3^u warm t 

Ian warm. 

I am not warm. 

Are you oold f 

I am not oold. 

Are you afraid f 

I am afraid. 

I am not afraid. 

The, (before a vow4 or h mute). (See 

Ob$. 5, p. 28.) 
Man. Friend. 

The^iend. The man. 

Of the, (before a vowel or h mate). 
Of the friend. 

That, or the one, of the friend. 
Of the man. 
That, or the one, of the man ; the 

man's. 
Of the gdd or silver. 

The stick. The thunble. 

The coal. My brother. 

My brother's, or that of my brother. 
Tonr friend's, or that of yom* friend. 
Our gold thimble, or the silver one. 
The wooden one. The leather one. 
The feather. Of the leather. 



YocABULAiBB. 2do SecUoB. 
t Avez-vous chaud ? 
t J'ai chaad. 
t Je n'ai pas chaud. 
t Avez-vona froid f 
t Je n'ai pas froid. 
t Avez-vous pour t 
t J'ai peur. 
t Je n'ai pas peur. 

L', (avant one voyelle »a on h miiet^ 
(Vifyez Obi, 5, p, SB.: 
Homme. Ami. 

L'ami. L'homme. 

De r , (avant une vc yelfe ou h muet) 
De l'ami. 
Celui de I'amL 
De l'homme. 
Celdi de l'homme. 

De Tor ou de 1' argent. 

Le b&ton. Le d^. 

Le charbon. Mon frere. 

Celui de mon fr^re. 

Celui de votre ami. 

Notre d^ d'or, ou oeioi d'argent 

Celoi de bois. Celui (fe ear 

Le cuir. Du ouir. 



Digitized 



by Google 



K 



FIFTH LKISOa. 



FOU&TH EXIBCIBB. 2d Sec.— QVATBliMS EZEBOICB. 2d6 S#e. 

Have you my stick, or that of my friend 1 I have that of yoni 
finend. — ^Have you your thimble, or the tailor's? I have mine oi 
my own. — Have you my brothers coat or yours? I have yooi 
bnyther's. — Have you your dog or the man's? I have the man's. — 
Have you your friend's money? I have it not. — ^Are you cold? I 
am cold. — Are yon afraid ? I am not afraid. — Are you warm ? I am 
not warm. — ^Have you my coat, or the tailor's? I have the tailor's. 
•^Have you my gold candlestick, or that of the neighbor? I have 
yours.— Have you your paper or mine ? I have mine. — Have you 
your cheese or the baker's ? I have my own. — Which cloth have 
you ? I have that of the tailor. — ^Have you the old wood of my 
brother? I have not got it — Which soap have you got? I have 
my brother's good soap. — Have you my wooden gun or that of my 
brother ? I have yours. — Have you your friend's shoe ? Yes, Sir, 
I have the velvet shoe of my friend. — What have you pretty? I 
have my friend's pretty dog. — ^Have you my handsome or my ugly 
stick ? I have your ugly stick. — ^Have you the second exercise of 
your good friend ? No; I have the third. — ^Which soap have you? 
I have ours. — Have you your friend's bread ? No ; I have ours.— 
Have you the man's? No; I have it not — ^Have you the silver 
button ? No ; I have the golden one, or that of gold.— Have you the 
first or the second section to-day ? I have the second section. 



Pretty well, well enough. 



I Aseeibien. 



Oh§, 10. Good day, good morning, good afternoon, good evening /[and 
good night, before bed-time), are expressed in French by : bon Jour or h^M 



FIFTH LESSON, 5th.— Ctn^ime Lefon, 5me. 



YOOABTTLABT. Ist SecUoU. 

The merchant. 

Of the shoemaker. 

The boy. The merchant*s boy. 

The pencil. The chocolate. 

Tne penknife. The boy's penknife. 

Have you the merchant's stick, or 

yom-st 

Neither, Nor, 

1 have neither the merchant's stick 

nor mine. 



VooABVLAiBB. Ire Section 
Le marchapd. 
Da cordonnier. 

Legaryon. Le gar^on da marchand 
Le crayon. Le chocolat. 
Le canif. Le canif da gar^on. 
Avez-vous le b&ton du marchau^ 

oale votre? 

Ne . . . «t. . . . . nt. 

Je n*ai ni le bftton da marohand b u 

le mien. 



Digitized 



by Google 



rirra Lstaoii. 



te 



Have yott the shoemaker's leather f 
Are you hungry or thirsty 7 
I am neither hungry nor thirsty. 
Are you warm or cold ? 
I am neither warm nor cold. 
Have you the bread or the wine t 
I have neither the wine nor the bread. 
I have neither my thread nor that 

of the tailor. 
I have neither yours normine. 
My boy's thimble, [the thimble of . . .] 
Your brother's penknife. 
That of mine. That of oiu-s. 

Miss Rose's velvet. 
My baker's breads or that of yours. 



Avez-votts le coir da cordomiier f 

t Avez-vous faim ou soif ? 

t Je n'ai ni faim ni soif 

t Avez>vous chaud ou froid I 

t J'^ n'ai ni chaud ni froid. 

Avez-vous le pain ou le \in f 

Je n'ai ni le vin ni le pain. 

Je n'ai ni mon fil ni celui du taillMB 

Je n'ai ni le vdtre ni le misn. 
Le d^ de mon gar^n. 
Le canif de votre frere. 
Celui du mien. Celui du ndtre. 
Le velours de Madempiselle Rose. 
Le pain de mon boidanger, ou celoi 
du votre. 



FuTH ExBBCisB. Ist Sec. — Omaui^HX ExsBOiOE. Ire Sec. 

flow do you do to-day 1 Pretty well, thank you. — ^How are you 
iii^ evening, Miss Charlotte ? Very well, thank ypu. Good even- 
•zg. Sir. — Are you hungry or thirsty? I am neither hungry nor 
iiirBty. — Have you my shoe or the shoemaker's? I have neither 
yours nor the shoemaker's. — Have you your pencil or the boy's ? I 
have neither mine nor the boy's. — ^Which pencil have you ? I have 
that of the merchant. — ^Have you my chocolate or the merchant's? 
I have neither yours nor the merchant's; I have my own. — Which 
-penknife have you?* I have my brother's penknife. — Have you 
Miss Rose's velvet? No, Madam, I have it not. — ^Are you warm, 
or cold? I am neither warm nor cold; I am sleepy. — Are you 
a£raid? I am not afraid. — What have you? I have Miss Charlotte's 
fine ribbon. — ^The velvet ribbon? No, the golden ribbon. — Have 
you anything. Sir? I have something. — ^What have you? I have 
something fine. — What have you fine? I have the shoemaker's 
fine dog. — Have 70U my gun or yours ? I have neither yours nor 
mine. — Which gun have you? I have my friend's. — ^Have you my 
velvet ribbon or my brother's? I have neither yours nor yom 
brother's, but ours. — Which string have you? I have my neigh- 
bor's thread string. — Have you the book of the tailor or that of tht 
boy? f have neither the tailor's nor the bf y's. ^ 



This morniug. This evening. 
Are you well, Miss Clara ? 
Not very well. 



Ce matin. Ce soir. 

t Vous portez-vousbicn, Mlle.CUraf 

Pas trcs-bien. 



Digitized 



by Google 



;» 



riFTB i^aSSOB. 



yoOABiTi.ABT. 2d Section. 

Wliat have you? (ails you f) 
What is the matter with you f 
( have nothing ; or 
Nothing is the matter with me. ' 
(s anything the matter with you f 
No. Nothing, or Not anjrthing. 

OhM. 11. When the verb is understood, nothing, or not anyihng, n 
translated not by : ne . . . rten, but by : Hen alone ; and no, nothing, by t 
non, rien. 



YooABULAixi. 2d«Seeti4Ni» 
t Qu*avez-vous t 

Je n*ai rien. 

t Avez-vous quelque chose T 
Non, rien. 



Have you anything very pretty t- 

No. nothing. 

Have you anirthing ugly, or old f 

No, not anything. The shawl. 
The parasol. The umbrella. 



The dictionary. 
The Frenchman. 
The carpenter. 
The hammer. 
The nail. 



The cotton. 
Of the Frenchman. 
•Of the carpenter. 
The iron. 
The iron nail. 



The golden nail ; that of silver. 



Avez-vous quelque chose de tret- 

jolif 
Non, rien. 

Avez-vous quelque chose de vila'.n 
. ou de vieuz f 



Non, rien. 
Le parasol. 
Le dictionnaire. 
Le Fran^ais. 
Le charpentier. 
Ld marteau. 
Le clou. 



Lechale. 
Le parapluie. 
Le coton. 
Du Fnngais. 
Du cP^cntier. 
Le fer. 
Le clou de fer* 



Le clou d*or ; celoi d* argent. 



FiTTH ExBsoiSE. 2d Sec. — CiVQUiiMB ExsKoiCE. 2de Sec. 

Are you well this morning? Yes, Sir, pretty well, thank you.— . 
How do you do. Miss Clara? Not very well, Madam. — Are you 
well, Mr. Robert? Yes, Sir, this evening I am very well. — Have 
you the fifth exercise? Yes, I have it. — Have you my dictionary 
or my book ? I have neither your dictionary nor your book. — ^Have 
you your parasol or mine ? I have neither yours nor mine ; I have 
Clara's. — Which shawl have you? I have the neighbor's. — ^Have 
you the iron or the silver nail? I have neither the iron nor the sil- 
ver nail; I have the gold one. — Have you my hammer or the car- 
penter's ? I have neither yours nor the carpenter's ; I have ours.— 
Which nail have you? I have the iron nail. — Which hammer 
have you? I have the wooden hammer of the carpenter. — Have 
you anything very fine ? I have something very fine. — What have 
you? This fine shawl. — Have you the Frenchman's pretty umbrella? 
No, I have not the pretty one, I have the old one. — ^The old um- 
brella? Yes, the old one. — ^Have you the cotton, or the thread stock- 
ing ? I have neither the cotton nor the thread' stocking. — ^Have you 
tne book of the Frenchman or that of the merchant? I have nei- 
ther tlte Frenchman's nor the merchant's. — Which book have ynu? 



Digitized 



by Google 



IIXTH LSS80H. 



1 baye ocrs. — What is the matter with you ? NMhiDg. — Is anything 
the matter with you, Mr. Robert? No, Miss, nothing. — ^Are yoo 
a£raid % No, I am not afraid. Nothing ails me. — ^Have yon the cot- 
ton, the cloth, or the shawl 1 I hare neither the cotton, nor the 
cloth, nor the shawl. — ^What haye yon ? I haye Webster's Dictionary. 



I am glad to beat it. I am glad of iu, 
And f9a, Sir, how are you f 



J'en suifl bien aise. 
Et V0U8, Monsieur, comment 
portez-vou8 f 



-K 



SIXTH LESSON, e\L—Sixieme Le^n, 6me. 



VOOABUULBT. 

rhe beef, or ox. 
Of the captain. 
Of the cook. 



Ist Section. 
The bifljuit. 
The mutton. 
The knife. 



Have If Have J it jr 

You haye. You haye got it. 

You have not. 

You haye not got it. 

fdnhaye nothing, (not got 8n]rthing}. 

Am I afraid f 

You are afraid. 

Am 1 ashamed f 

You are not aahamed. 

Are jrou aahamed f 

I am ashamed. 

Haye I anything ugly f 

You have not got anything ugly. 

What haye I got f 

What is the matter with me f (ailsmef ) 

The fine one The ugly one. 

Wkiekf meaning whidk one t 

Oftf 12. Tl^idk is translated by : 
out the noun. 

Which parasol f Which one f 

Am I afraid or aahamed f 
You are neither afi^ nor ashamed. 
You are neither hungry nor thirsty. 



YooABULAiBi. Ire SectioB. 
Le bant/. Le bucuU. 

Du capilaine. he wufktoH, 

Du cuisiniet . Le cotjeau, 

Ai-jet Vm^.Jet 

Voue avtz, Verne PaweB^ 

Voue «'aees pae, 

Verne ne Vavex pae, 

Voue n'avez rien, 

t Ai-je peur f 

t Vous ayex peur. 

t Ai-je honte f 

t Vous n'ayez pas honte. 

t Ayei-Tous honte f 

t J'ai honte. 

Ai-je quelque chose de yilain f 

Vous n'ayei rien de yilain. 

\ Qu'ai-jet 

I Le beau. Le yilain. 

I Leq^tlf 

quel^ with a noun, — by : lepid, with 



Quel parasol f Lequel f 

t Ai-je peur ou honte f 
t Vous n*ayez ni peur ni honte. 
t Vous n*ayes m4aim ni soif. 

drzTR EzBBOiss. Ist Sec. — SixdlMB ExsaoiOB. Ire See. 

Good eyening. Miss; are you wtfll? Very well, thank yotu— ^ 
•m g^ad to hear it And yon, Mr. Louis, how do you dot Not 
▼ery weU to-day. — ^Are you well, this eyening. Madam? Pretty 
weU, thank you.— I am ^ad of it I haye neither the baker's dog 



Digitized 



by Google 



SIXTH LK880H. 



nor that of my friend. — ^Are you asliamed 1 I am not afiliamed,p— 
Are you afraid or ashamed ? I am neither a£raid nor ashamed. — 
Have you my knife ? Which one ? The fine one. — ^Have you my 
beef or the cook's? I have neither youn nor the cook's. — Which 
(liquet) have you ? I have that of the captain. — Have I your bis 
cuiti You have it not. — Am I hungry or thirsty ? You are neither 
hungry nor thirsty. — Am I warm or cold 1 You are neither warm 
nor cold. — Am I afraid? You are not afraid. You are neither 
afraid nor ashamed. — ^Have I anything good? You have nothing 
good. — ^What have II — You have nothing. — ^Which pencil have 1 1 
You have that of the Frenchman. — Have I your thimble or that of 
the tailor? You have neither mine nor that of the tailor. — ^Which 
one have I? You have your friend's.^-Which umbrella have II 
You have mine. — Have I the baker's good bread ? You nave it not 
— ^Which dictionary have I ? You have your own. — Have you my 
iron gun? I have it not. — Have I it ? You have it. — Have I yom 
mutton or the cook's? You have neither mine nor the cook's. — 
Have I your knife? You have it not. — ^Have you ij? I have it— 
Which biscuit have I ? You have that of the captain. 



YooABULABT. 2d Seotion. 

Am I hungry f 

You are hungry. 

You are not hungry. 

Am I wrong ? 

You are wrong. 

You are not wrong. 

Am I right f 

You are not right. 

You are right. 
The butter. 

The grocer. Our grocer. 

The grocer's butter or that jf the 

cook. 
Have I the boy's penknife f 
You have it not, (not got it.) 
Have I Miaa Clara's f 
You have neither Miss Clara's nor 

the boy's. 
Which one have I ? 
You have the grocer's. 
Have I the cook's butter f 
You have it not. You have nothing. 
Have X a9ything bad or old f 

You hare neither anything bad nor 
old. (nothing.; 



YocABULAiBB. 2d6 Scotion. 

t Ai-je faim ? 

t Vous avez faim. 

1 Vous n'avez pas faim. 

t Ai-je tort t 

t Vous avez tort. 

t Vous n'avez pas tort 

t Ai-je raiaon f 

t Vous n*«ves pas raisoD. 

t Vous aves niison. 
Ls heurre, 

Uipkier, Notre spicier. 

Le beurre de T^picier ou celui di 

cuisinier. 
Ai-je le canif du gargon T 
Vous ne Tavez pas. 
Ai-je celui de Mile. Clara f 
Vous n'avez ni celui de Mile. Clara, 

ni celui du gar^n. 
Lequel ai-je t 

Vous Qvez celui de I'^picier. 
Ai-je le beurre du cuisinier f 
Vous ne I'avez pas. Vous n'aveznen. 
Ai-je quelque chose de mauvais (n\ 

de vieuz f 
Vous n'avez rien de mauvais ni dt 



Digitized 



by Google 



IXTBMTH LE8801I. 81 

(hi. 13. JTau June neither, anjfihing bcut nor old, being a negative sen* 
lence, must not be translated by : Vous n*avez pas quelque chose de maikvaii 
ni de vieuz ; but by : Vout n'avez rien de mauvais nijUe vienx. 

Have you anything ugly or old I 



I have neither anything ugly, nor 
old, nor pretty. 



Avez-voua quelque chose de viiaiB 

ou de vieux ? 
Jo n'ai rien de vilain, ni de vieuz, m 

de joli. 



Sixth Exeecise. 2d Sec. — Suaiins Exeecioe. 2de See. 

Have you the fifth vocabulary to-day? No, Mies, I ha re the ezer* 
-Which one : the fifth or sixth? I have the fifth to-day. — Sir, 
have I the sixth vocabulary, this evening 1 No, Miss, you have it not 
— ^Which one have I? You have the fifth vocabulary, second section. 
— Which cloth have I ? You have the merchant's. — Have you my 
oofiee or that of my boy ? I have that of your good boy. — ^Have you 
your shawl or mine 1 I have neither yours nor mine. — What have 
you? I have m^ brother's good candlestick. — ^Am I right? You 
are right. — Am I wrolJg?^ You are not wrong. — ^Am I right or 
wrong? You are neilher right nor wrong ; you are afraid. You are 
not sleepy. You ,afe neither warm nor cold.— Have I the good 
cofiee or the good sugar? You haVe neither the good cofiee nor the 
good sugar. — Have 1 anything good or bad? You have neither any 
thing good nor bad. — ^What have I? You have nothing. — What 
have I pretty ? You have my friend's pretty dog. — Which buttex 
have I? You have that of your cook. — ^Have I your parasol or the 
merchant's? You have neither mine nor the merchant's. — ^Which 
chocolate hikve you ? I have that of the Frenchman. — Which shoe 
have you ? I have the shoemakers leather shoe.^Which one have 
I ? You have that of the old baker. — Which one have you ? I have 
that of my old neighbor. — What is the matter with you? I am 
afraid, — ^Have I anything? You have nothing. 

You are well, I hope f I Vous vous portez bien, j*esp^re f 

I am well, perfectly well. I Je me porte bien, parfaitement biea 

I amno very well. | Je ne me porte pas tr^s-bien. 



SEVENTH LESSON, Ith.-^eptieme Le^on, 7me. 



VOCABFLABT. Ist Scction. 

Who? Has. Who hue t 
Who has the peneQ-eoMe t 
The man has the pencil-case. 
The man has not this pencil-caso. 

4 



VocABiTLAiEX. Ire Seotion. 
Qui t n. Qui a t 
Qui a le poTte-crayon t 
L'bomme a le porte-crajron. 
L'homme n*a pas ce porte-ctayon. 



Digitized 



by Google 



SXTXaXH LSISOH 



Qniraf 

hefermier I'a. 

Le fermier ne Ta jm«. 

SoHt (toi^yours avec un aom.) 
Le poulet. Son poulet. 

Le coflre. Son coffie. 

Lb gilet. Son gilet. 

Le bfttiment, le vaisseau. 
Le jeune homme. Jeune, 



Who ha$iit 

The farmer has it 

The farmer has not got it. 

Hi$ or her, (always with a noun,) tia. 
The chicken. His chicken. 

The chest, trunk, cofier. Her chest. 
The waistcoat, the vest. His vest. 

The ship, vesse". 

The young man. Young. 

fhe youth. His rice. 

de, (or it, nominaiive case.) 
iie has, it has. He has not. 

^ fle has got his ohest. 
Ho has not his waistcoat. 
He has H. He has it not. 

Sas he or has it T Has he it ? 
Has he hit oid knife f 
iias the fanner f 

Oht. 14. In French, when in the third person, a noun is the nomimave 
IT subject of an interrogative sentence, begin the question with the noun. 
md piece the pronoun, i{, after the verb, as shown above. 

Has our friend got ? i Notre ami a-t-il f 

Has this young roan f I Ce jeune homme a-t-il f 

Has the dog got the mutton f | Le chien a-t-il le mouton f 

Ohs, 15. The l«)Uer (-<•) between a and tZ, is inserted for the sake ot 
<q;)hony, and must be used whenever the verb ends with a vowel. 



L' adolescent. 
11. 


Sonips. 


II a. 

II a son coffire. 


n n'a pas. 


U n*a pas son gilel 

lira. 

A.t41t 


t. 

n ne Ta pas. 
L'a-t-ilt 


A-t-il son vieuz oouteau f 
Le fermier a-t-il f 



He has neither . . . nor . . . 

He has neither mine nor yours. 



In n*a ni . . . ni . . . 
II n'a ni le mien ni le 



v6tre. 



Setznth Exebgisb. lat See. — SEPnixB Ezsboiob. Ire Sec. 

I'oii are well, I hope, Miss? Yes, Sir, I am perfectly well. — ^And 
y,.u, Sir, how are you ? Pretty well, to-day, thank you. — I hope 
yoa are well, Madam ? Yes, Miss, I am yery well this morning. 
I am very glad to hear it — Are you cold thb morning ? No, Sir^ I 
am not cold. — ^Has the youth his chicken ? He has got it. — Who has 
my waistcoat ? The young man has it. — ^Has the young man his 
pretty ship? The young man has it not. — Who has it? The cap- 
tain nas got it. — Has the grocer my knife or yours ? He has neither 
yours nor mine. — ^Which knife has he ? Which knife or penknife ? 
Which penknife 1 He has ours. — Has he it 1 Yes, he has got it — 
Has ms orother got my gold 1 He has not got it. — Have you it 1 No, . 
I have n not. — Who has got it % You have it — ^Haa the youth your 
.wabtcoa) or mine? He has neither yours nor mine. — ^Wi^h one 
las he 1 He has the tailor's. — Have you his hammer or his nail ? 



Digitized 



by Google 



SKYXMTH LXSSOll 



m 



I hare neither his hammer nor his nail. The carpenter has the 
hammer^ his boy has the nail. — Have you hii» umbrella or his stick! 
I have neither his umbrella nor hb stick. — What have you ? Not 
anything. — Has this farmer his horse or his dog? Iii*JHP4flMI&r 
«titu^ — ^Have I the merchant's ricel Which merchant 1 
The old one or the young one ? The young one. — ^You have it not , 
the old grocer has it — ^Has he his cofiee or my sugar t He has 
neither hb coffee nor your sugar. — Has the boy his dictionary, my 
brother's, or that of the Frenchman 1 He has not his dictionary nor 
your brother's ; he has the Frenchman's. — ^Who has my pencil-case 1 
Which pencil-case 1 The gold pencil-case or the silver one ? The 
gi.id one* I have it. — ^Has the young captain the old ship of Mr. 
Henri (Henry) 1 He has not Mr. Henry's old ship : he has Mr. 
Robert's good ship, the Helvetius. -/- 



Kow 18 your friend f 
He is not very well. 
He is better. 

VooABULABT. 2d Seotion. 
What baa he f What has he got ? 
What ails hinii or is the matter with 

himf 
What has the farmer ? (ails him 7) 



He has something. 
The bird. 



He has nothing. 
His bird. 



His or hers (without the noun.) t^i. 

My money or his or hers. 

My bag or his. (hers.) 

His bag of rice— of money 

This servant. 

Has his ser^^ant your trunk or mme f 

He has Am own, (no nonn being used.) 
He has neither ours nor ymn, he 
has his oVn. (its own.) 

Somebody, anybody. 

Some one, any one. 
Has anybody my book f 
Somebody (some one), has it. 
Has any one got it f 

No one, nobody, not anybody. 

Nobody has your stick. 

No ODS has it 

fs any ons hungry, deepy, or.iliiiBtsrt 



Comment se porte votre ami I 
II ne se porte pas tres-bien. 
II se porte mieux. 

VocABXTLATBS. 2do Sectloii. 
► Qu'a-t-ilf (06». 4, p. 28.) 

Qu'a le. fermier? Le fermia* 

qu*a-t-il 7 

II a quelque chose. 11 n*a rien. 

L'oiseau. Son oiseaa. 

Le sien, (sans nom.) 

Mon argent ou le sien, 

Mon sac ou le sien. 

Son sac de riz — d* argent. 

Ce domestique. 

Son domestique a-t-il son coiire oi 

le mien f 
II a le sien. 
II n*a ni le ndn-e ni le vdtre, il a la 

sien. 
Quelqu'un, (not used with a nega* 

tive.) 
Qaelqu*an a-t-il mon livre f 
Qaelqu*an Ta. 
Quelqa* on i* a-t-il t J 

Personnene. (Notninali£y 
PeriiMMai^a^TOtre bfttbn. 
Pevs^ti^Mra. 

Qttekra'ud H-t-fl ftim, atunmall, oa 
•oift 



Digitized 



by Google 



fEVSMTH LKffOH. 



Some one ie warm, cold, or afraid, i Quelqu'un a chaud, froid, ou pear 
No one is ashamed, wrong, nor right. | Peraonne n'a honte, tort, ni raison. 

Obt. 16. Never translate : No onej not any one^ nobody, not anybody 
ha$, by : Quelqu^un n^a ptu ; but by : pertonne n'd. 



Digitized 



by Google 



BIOUTB LX8801f. 



EIGHTH LESSON, Sth.-^Huitiime Legon, Sine. 



VooABULABT. Ist Section. 



YocABULAiEE. Ire Secdi^ 



Ce mouchoir. 

Ce bceuf. Ce/otn. 

Get ami. (Get, always before a vowel) 

Celt (avant une yoyelle on iin ll 

muet). 
Get bomme. 
1 Getencrier. Monencrier. 



Iliis, that baiidkercbie£ 

This, that ox. This, that bay. 

This, that friend. 

Ohn. 17. Cetf (before « Towel or h 
mate.) 

This, that man. 
This, that inkstand. My inkstand. 

Obt. 18. Ce, meaning : this or that .- Ce livre, does not offer the me$ 
distinction fotmd in EngUsh, between : this book and that book. To obtain 
the same degree of precision, the French say as follows : 
This book. That book. | Ce livre-cL Ce livre-ld. 

This inkstand. That inkstand. I Cet encrier-ci, Cet encrier-U 

Ob$. 19. Mind the hyphen (•) before ci and Id, 



The sailor. This sailor. 

That tree. The tree. 

His looking-glass, (or her.) This . . . 

His (her) pocket-book or portfolio. 

The mattress. . Which mattress T 

This garden. That pistol. 

The stranger, the foreigner. Our. . . . 

This or that glove. 

Have you this or that book t 

I have this one, I have not that one. 

This one. That one. 



he matelot. Ce matelot ci. 

Get arbre-Ia. L'arbre. 

Son miroir. Ce miroir-d. 

Son porte-feuiile. 

Le matelas. Quel matelas f 

Ge jordin-ci. Ce pistolet-la. 

L'^tranger. Notre Stranger. 

Ce gant. 

Avez-vous ce li\re>ci ou celui-la t 

J*ai celui-ci, je n'ai pas celui-la. 

Cdui'Ci. Cdui'U. 



Obs. 20. Instead of: this or that book, the French say: This book or 
that, because, that, (a true pronoun in this case) most have an antecedent to 
agree with. (Mind the construction, and see % 35.) '^ 



Have I this one or that one t 

You have this one, you have not that 

one. 
Has the man this or that glove 7 

(Mind the French construction.) 



Ai-je celui-ci ou celui-la t 
Vona^avez celui-ci, vous n*aves pas 

celui-ld. ; 

L*homme a-t-il ce gant-d ou celui- 

lat 



EianTH ExsBoiSE. Ist Sec. — ^HurntHB Exsboice. Ire See. 

Good evening, Miss Clara, how do you do ? I am not very will, 
Sir, thank you. — And you, Sir, are you well? Pretty well, tha^k 
you. — I hope your brother is better. Yes, Sir, brother (xnon f.) is 
better. — Which inkstand has the stranger? He has that of the 
sailor. — ^Has the sailor my looking-glass? He has it not: I have 
It.— Have joxk this pistol or that one ? I hare this one. — ^Have yon 



Digitized 



by Google 



EIGHTH LXifO». 



tho Aksland ol my neighbor or that of yours ? I have neither thai 
of your neighbor nor that of mine. — Which one have you ? I have 
the stranger's. — ^Which glove have you got ? Which one % Yes, 
which one. I have the sailor's. — ^You have the sailor's glove 1 
Yes, I have it. — Have you his mattress 1 I have it not. — Which 
Docket-book has the sailor ? He has his own. — Who has my good 
handkerchief? This stranger has it. — ^Has he got it? Yes, he hai 
it — What has he ? He has my pretty handkerchief. — Have I Miss 
Victoria's handkerchief or pencil-case ? You have neither this nor 
that — What have I ? You have not anything. — Who has that pis- 
tol ? The stranger's friend has it — What has your servant ? He 
has the farmer's old tree. — Has he that grocer's old handkto^hief ? 
He has not that of the grocer; he has the sailor's. —Has that ox he 
hay of tnis horse ? No, it has its own. — Which ox has the farmer ? 
He has that of our neighbor. — ^Have I your inkstand or his? You 
have neither mine nor his; you have your brother's. — Has the 
foreigner my bird or his own ? He has got that of the captain. — 
Have you this tree? I have it not. — ^Are you hungry or thirsty? 
I am neither hungry nor thirsty ; I am sleepy. — ^Has the old sailor 
this bird or that one ? He has not this ; he has that. — Has our ser- 
vant this broom or that one ? He has the ugly one. — ^Has your cook 
this or that chicken ? He has neither this nor that ; he has his own. 
— ^Am I right or wrong ? You are not wrong. — ^Who is right? No- 
body. — Have I this or that penknife? No ; nobody has either thii 
or that 



Take a seat and sit down. 
I thank you. 

YooABULAKT. 2d Seotion. 
The note, the billet, the ticket^ 
The garret, the attic, the granary. 
His com, his grain, its grain. 
This copybook. That copybook. 
Big, balky, thick, coarse, large. 
Thaf big tree. 

Your coarse cloth — thick paper. 
But But not 

He has not this one, but he has that. 
He baa this one, but not that one. 
I have (hat one, but not this one. 
Have you this or that note t 
(Mind the constructwn in French. > 
I have not this one, but that one. 



Prenex un si^ge et tsseyex-vous. 
Je votts remercie. 

YooABULAiai. 2de Sectioii. 
LehaiH. 
he grenier, 
Son grain, 

Ce eakier-ci. Ce eoAter-lft. 
Gro$. 

Ce gros arbre-li. / ? 
Votre gros drap — gros papier. 
Mais, Mai§ non. Mais non pa$. 
n n*a pas celui-ci, maia il a ceioi-lii 
II a celui-ci, mais non celui-ld. 
J'ai celui-la, mais non pas celui-cL 
Avez-vous ce billet- ci ou celai«i& f 



Jon*aipasoelm-ci, 



rmaia j'aicaW 
i-ci, < la. 

(maiiMhu J^ 



Digitized 



by Google 



XIOHTH LXSfOir. 



( have this one, but not that one. 

Has my friend my dog or hia t 
He haa mine, but I have kia. 
That or whkht (relative pronoun.) 

Have I the copybook that you have t 
(Have I the copybook jrou have T) 

I have not the note which your bro- 
ther haa. (the note your, &c.) 

Tkai which, the 9ne which.^ 

I have not that which you have. 

1 have not that which he has. 

Have I the glove which you have f 

Vou have not that which I have. 



r mais je U ai pas coluc 
J*ai celui-ci, < la. 

\ mais non celui-la. 
Mon ami a-t-il mon chienou le sien f 
II a le mien, mais j'ai le sien. 
Que, (never understood in French, 

as it is frequently in English.) 
Ai-je le cahier que vous avez t 

Je n'ai pas le billet que votre frere a. 

Cdui que, (^% 35, 36.) 
Je n*ai pas celul que vous avez. 
Je n*ai pas celui qu*il a. 
Ai-je le gant que vous avez f 
Vous n'avez pas celui que j'aL 



BiQHTH EzxsoiSB. 2d Seo. — HinnixB Eiqbcios. 2de Sec. 

Good erening, Madam, you are well, I hope ? Perfectly weH 
Sir, I thank you. — I am glad to hear it And you, Sir, how do yon 
do? Not very well; but take a seat and ait down. Thank you, I 
have a seat — Have you the com of your granary or that of mine^ 
I have neither that of your granary nor that of mine ; but I have 
that of our merchant. — ^Have you the grocer's? ,No, i have it not 
Who has my glove ? That servant has it. — What has this servant ? 
He has the old farmer's big tree.-^Hasthe farmer this or that ox (mind 
the French construdion.y He has neither tUSs nor that ; "but lie haa 
the one which the boy has not — Which boy? The big one or the 
good one ? The big one. — ^Have you that young horse's com ? I 
have it not; our servant has it — ^Has your brother my note or his r 
He has neither yours nor his own ; but he has that of the big sailor. 
— Have yon the copybook ? Which copybook ? The big copybook. 
— ^The big copybook ? No, I have it not ; but Charles has it — ^What 
have you got ? I have my copybook, yotirs, his, or hers, and the 
grocer's. — Have yon the chest which I have? I have not that 
which you have. — ^Which handkerchief have you? I have the one 
which your brother has not — ^Which inkstand has our friend's bro- 
ther ? He has that which the farmer's boy has not — What copy- 
book have you ? I have the big one which you have not. — What 
horse has the shoemaker ? He has that which our brother's farmer 
baa not— What has the grocer? He has the bag of rice which I 



Translate : tiUone, by celui, except when the one is n appo«itio3 uo th« 
(Leas. 15.) 



Digitized 



by Google 



M 



MINTH LESSOR. 



have not J — ^\VIdch waistcoat have, you? I have tLat which xnj 
young friend has not got. — Are you cold or hungry ? I am neithei 
cold nor hungry; but Jean (John) is afraid. — Is he afraid? Yes, 
he is afraid of that big ox.— Who is sleepy ? I am not sleepy, but 
T am thirsty. — Have you the iron or the wooden ship 1 I hav« 
neither this nor that ; but I have that which the big captain has not 

I am very sorry to hear it, (or for it.) ' J*en euis bien fach6. 



NINTH LESSON, 9th.— ^euvirfiw Lefon, 9me. 

TooABULiUiT. Ist Section. Vocabulaibe. Ire Section. 

FORMATION OF THE ?LVR Ah.— Fornuitwn du PlurieL 
As the plural of nouns, in French, is shown by the preceding article of 
attending word, we will, in the first place, give the plural of those diflerept 
ezproseiona. 



Singular. 


Singulier. 


Plural for 


Pluriel pour 


Masculine. 


Maaculin. 


both genders. 


let deux genres. 


The. 


Le. 


The. 


Lee. 


Of the. 


Dutfbr: deU, 


Ofth.. 


ThBifoTideles.) 



Ob€. 21. JDet, (contraction of: de Us, preposition and article pltual,) u 
not, [and mind it carefully] the plural of : de, which, being a preposition, ia 
invariable; but that of: Ju, (contraction of: de It, preposition and article 
singular.) 



My, of my. 


Men, de mon. 


My, of my. 


Mes, 


de mea. 


Your, of your. 


Votre, de vou-e. 


Your, of your. 


Vos, 


de vos. 


His, her, of his. 


Sonf de son. 


His, her, of her. 


Ses, 


de ses. 


Our, of our. 


Notre, de notre. 


Our, of our. 


Nos, 


denos. 


Their, of their. 


Leur, de leur. 


Their, of their. 


Lenrs, 


deleurs. 


Which t 


Quel? 


Which t 


Quels t 




Which one t 


Lequel? 


Which ones ? 


Lesquel 


9t 


This , that. 


Ce, cet. 


These , those. 


Ces. 





Oeneral Ride for iheformaHon of the Plural, 

The plural number, is in English, is formed by adding an i to the singu 
lar. But, in French, this rule is not only applicable to nouns, but also ti 
articles, adjectives, and pronouns. 



The books. 
Of the book. 
The sticks. 
Of the sticks. 



Les livres. 
Du livre. 
Lea batons. 
Des b&tons. 



Of the copybooks. Des cahiers. 



The good books. Les bona livres. 
Of the books. Des livres. 
The good sticks. Les bona b&tons. 
The copybooks. Les cahiers. 
The pretty copy- Les jolis cducra 
books. 



Digitized 



by Google 



VTITTH 1.28809. 



Hie good frienda. Lea bona amia. 

Oar pretty ahawla. Noa joUa chalea. 

My penknivea. Mea canifs. 

BmalL Petit. Petita. 

Wliich large fana have 1 1 
Yon have my large fana. 
Who haa the merchant' a ahawla t 
Nobody haa hia ahawla, but aome one 
has hia pretty paraaola and ribbona. 

Which onea t The aroall onea. 
Haye you my leather ahoea f 
f hare not your leather ahoea, but 
your cloth coats. 



Of the friends. Desi 

Of our ahawla. De noa chAleau 

Of his penknivea. De aea canifs. 

Great, large. Grand. Grands 

Quels granda ^ventaila ai-je t 
Voua ayez mea granda dventails. 
Qui a lea ch&lea du marchand f 
Personne n*a aea chalea, maia 

quelqu*un a aea jolia partaola et 

aea rubana. 
Lesquela t Lea petita. 
Avez-Toua mea aouliera de cuir t 
Je n'ai paa voa aoolieis de cuir, maia 

Toa habits de drap. 



Ninth Exbboisb. Ist Sec — ^NBTTViiME Exsbciob. Ire Sec. 

Good erening, Miss, I hope you are well 1 Perfectly well, Sir, 
I thank you. I am glad to hear it — How is your father 1 He is 
well, I hope. No, Sir, not very well. I am eony to hear it But 
take a seat and sit down. Thank you. — ^Have you my ^oves? 
Yes, Sir, I have your gloves. — Have you the stranger's gloves ? No, 
Sir, I have not his gloves. — ^Have I your looking-glasses? You 
have our looking-glasses.—- ^hat has the little sailor? He has the 
pretty parasols. — Has he my sticks or my guns ? He has neithei 
youi sticks nor your guns. — Who has the tailor's good waistcoats? 
Nobody has his vests; but somebody has his silver buttons. — ^Has 
the Frenchman's boy our good umbrellas? He has not our good 
umbrellas, but our parasols. — Has the shoemaker the shoes of the 
strangers? He has not their ^hoes. — ^Has he their bags? Which 
bags ? Their leather bags. No, he has neither their shoes nor their 
leather bags ; but he has the velvet shoes of the merchants. — ^Wha« 
has the captain ? He has his go^ sailors. — Which brooms has our 
servant * He has the brooms oi our grocer.— Of the young or of 
the old grocer? Of the old one. — ^Has this man those large fans . 
He has not those large fans. — Ha^he your copybook or your friend's? 
He has neither mine nor my friend's ; he has his own. Have you 
three of the exercises? Of which exercises? Of the exercises of 
V. Value. Yes, I have three of his exercises. Has your brother 
the wine which I have or that which you have ? He has neither 
that which you have nor that which I have. — Which wine lias he ? 
He has that of his grocer. — Have you the bag which my servant 
bas ? I have not the bag which your servant has. — Have you the 
chicken which my cook has or that which the peasant has ? I have 
neither that which your cook has nor that which the peasant Iias.— 
U the peasant cold or warm? He b neither cold nor warm. 



Digitized 



by Google 



10 NINTH LNfiOM 

y YooABULA&T. 2d Section. Yooabulai&e. 2de Sectioa. 

ExceptioMio the OeneralRuU to form the Plural. 

Ist EzcxPTioK. — Nouna ending in «, x, or z, admit of no variation in the 
plural ; becauae thoae terminations are considered as plural ones. 



The stockings. 
The French. 
The Englishman. 
Our choice. 
The noae. 



Les bas. 
Les Fran^ais. 
L' Anglais. 
Notre choix. 
Le ncz. 



My mattresses. Mes matelas. 
Their woods, forests. Leurs bois. 
The English. Les Anglais. 

Our choices. Nos choix. 

The noses. Les nez. 



8d ExcspnoN. — Nouns ending in ati, eti, and some in cm^^ take x instead 
off. 



The hats. 
The place. 
This fire. 
That jewel. 
The cabbages. 



Les chapeaux. 
Le lieu. 
Ce feu-ci. 
Ce bgou-la. 
Les choux. 



The burds. 
The places. 
Those fires. 
These jewels. 
Your toys. 



lios olseaux. 
Les lieux. 
Ces feux-li. 
Ces b|joux-ci. 
Vos joujoux.i 



3d ExcxPTioir. — Nouns ending in aZ,' or aU,^ change those terminatione 
into oMx, As : 

The horses. Les chevaux. I General,gener&Jh. G^n^ral,g^n^atix. 

The work, labor. Le travail. I The works, labors.Les travaux. 

OU. 22. There are a few more exceptions in the formation of the plural 
df nouns and adjectives, which will be separately noted as they occur. 
The ships. | Les b&timents or bfttimens. 

Oh$. 23. According to some grammarians, nouns of more than one sylla 
ble, (polsrsylfables,) ending in the singular in lU, drop t in the plural, but 
nouns of one syllable /monosyllables) having this ending, never do. 
The gloves. | Les gants. 

> The other nouns ending in <m, that take s in the plural, are : le eaillout 
the pebble; le genoUt the knee ; le hiboUt the owl. All others that have 
this termination i»)w follow the general rule, taking § in the plural ; as, /i 
dov, the nail, plut les cUnu, the nails ; le verrout the bolt, plur. let verroue, 
the bolts, &c 

* Of the nouns ending in aZ, several follow the general rule, simply taking 
f in the plural, particularly the following : le half the ball ; le cal, the callo> 
•ity ; lepalt the pale ; le rigal, the treat ; le camaval, the carnival, ^o. 

* The nouns ending in at7, which make their plural in auxt are particulariy 
ihe following : le baUf the lease ; le loui •6atZ, the under-lease ; le eorail, 
the coral ; Vimail^ the enamel ; le eoupiraU^ the air-hole ; le travail, the 
work ; le vantailf the leaf of a folding-door ; leveniail, the ventail. All 
others having this termination follow the general rule, t. e. take § in the 
plural , as, VattiraU, the train ; le ditaU, particulars ; Viventail, the fan ; 
le gouvemaU, the rudder : leportail, the portal ; le wdraU, the seraglio ; dLO 



Digitized 



by Google 



milTH LXffOM. 



«l 



The scissors. 



Vowl. 

Les ciseauz. 



Wliich hones have yen f 

I have the fine horses of your good 

neighbors. 
Have I his small gloves t 
YovL have not his small gloves, but 

you have his large hats. 
Which gloves have I t 
Ton have the pretty gbves of your 

brothers. 
Have you the large hammers of the 

carpenters f 
I have not their large hammers, but 

their large nails. 
Has your brother my wooden gima t 
He has nohyour wooden guns. 
Which ones has he f 
Have you the Frenchmen's fine um- 
brellas f 
I have not their fine umbrellas, but I 

have their fine sticks. 

The oxen. 

Of my gardeni. 

Of jrour woods or forests. 

Have you the trees of my gardens T 

I have not the trees of your gardens. 

Of my pretty gardens. 

Of my fine horses. 



Lesyenz. 

Les ports- feuilka.! 



The eyes. 
The pocket. 

books. 
Queb chevaux avez-vous f 
J'ai les beaux chevaux de vos boni 

voisins. 
Ai-je ses petits gants ? 
Vous n*avez pas ses petits gants, maia 

vous avez ses grands chapetux. 
Quels gants ai-je t 
Vous avei Us jolis gants de vos 

fi-eres. 
Avez-vous les grands marteaux des 

charpentiers f 
Je n'ai pas leurs grands marteaux, 

mais j'ai leurs grands clous. 
Votre frere a-t-il mes fusils de bois f 
n n*a pas vos fusils de bois. 
Lesquels a-t-il t 
Avez-vous les beaux parapluies' des 

Francis t 
Je n*ai pas leurs beaux parapliues, 

mais j'ai leurs beaux bitons. 

Les bceufs. (in the plural, f silent) 

De mesjardins. 

De vos bois. 

Avei-vous les arbres de mesjardins t 

Je n'ai pas les arbres de vos jardins. 

De mes jolis jardins. 

De mes beaux chevaux. v _— 



NnrTH ExERciss. 2d Sec. — ^NsnyiiiiB Eiaaoici. 2de Sec. 

Aie you well, Miss Gertrude ? Yes, Sir, I un very well, thank 
you. — ^And you, Sir, how do ybu do ? Not very well, thank you, 
Miss. — ^Indeed ! I am sorry to hear it. Take off your shawl and hat, 
mnd sit down . — ^Thank you, thank you. With pleasure, I will. — HaT« 
I your pretty pocket-books ? You have not my pretty pocket-books. 
—Which pocket-books have I ? You have the small pocket-books 
of your {Hends. — ^Has the foreigner our good pistels? He has not 
our good pistols, but our old sticks. — ^Who has our ships ? The fo- 
leigner has our ships. — Who has our fine horses? Nobody has our 
filiie horses; but somebody has our fine oxen. — Has your ^eighboi 
the choice of those trees ? Our neighbor has not the choice of those 
trees; but the great general has it. — Who has the old jewels of Mrs. 

> (^ 140.) For tlie formation of the plural of compound worda. 



Digitized 



by Google 



Hi TENTH LK8SON. 

Le Noir ?/f Her brother has her jewels. — Has the little boy hi toys 
or his birds? He has his birds, but little John {le peM) has his play- 
things. — ^Has the farmer got the horses' hay % He has not their hay, 
but their com. — Has that tailor my fine gold buttons ? He has not 
your fine gold buttons ; but our old silver strings.r^Has our frieild 
our bi^ pencils ? /lie has not oar big pencils, but he has the u^y 
dogs of the generals. — ^Has little John the choice of those to3rst 
No, he has not the choice of thos^ toys } but little Robert has it 
—Who has the merchant's fine inkstands? Nobody has his fine 
inkstands ; but I have his large copybooks. — Who has their coarse 
handkerchiefs ? The captain's sailor has their coarse handkerchiefs 
— Have you the grocer's coal? No, I have it not. — ^Have I got it? 
You have it not — Who has his coal? The servants of the generals. 
»-What have you? I have something bad. — What have you bad? 
[ have the bad chocolate. — The grocer's bad chocolate ? No, the 
old sailor's. — Has your Mend the small knives of our xnerchants? 
He has not their small knives, but their golden candlesticks. — ^Have 
you the big cabbages or the little ones? I have neither the big 
cabbages nor the little ones. — Which have you ? I have the farm- 
er's good cabbages.-— Have you the choice of the cabbages? No, I 
have it not; but my brother has it. — Which choice has he ? He hae 
the first — Who has the second choice ? I have it not. — ^What fan 
have you? What fvn have I? Yes, what fan have you? I have 
not yours, but mine 

A 8ore throat. Mai de gorge. 

A cold. A bad cold. Un rhume. Un mauvais rhume 

A headache. Mai de t@te. 



YOCABULABT. Ist SeoUoD. 



FENTH LESSON, lOlh.— DixiVwc Legon, lOme. 

YocABULAiBB. Ird Section. 
Ceox. Ceox dea g^n^auz. 

Avez- V0U8 mea dictionnairea ou ceiui 

du g^n^al ? 
Je n*ai paa lea vdtres, j'ai ceuz da 
g6n6ral. 

Ceuxque, {%36.) 
Avez-voua lea mouchoira que j'ai f 



Those. Thoae of the generals. 

Have you my dictionariea or those of 

the general 7 
I have not youra, I have those of the 

general. 

Those tofttcft. 
Ba«e you the handkerchiefs which I 

have? 

( have not those (which) you have. 
The ctoak. Our cloaks. 

This seat These seata. 

Has the ip-.'^r thia gentleman* i 

cloak r ^ 



Je n*ai paa ceux que voaa avez. 
Le manteau. Noa nianteaujL 

Ce aiege. Ces sieges. 

Le tailleur a-t-U le manteau de e 
Monsieur f 



Digitized 



by Google 



TKMTH LESSON. 



ntg6Dt]«men. Les Mesaeurs. 

Lsdiee. Young ladies. Mesdames. Meademoiaelltff. 

(Used when speaking to them.) 

Have you my silver knives T Avez-vous mes ooutoaux d' argent f 

No, I have mine. Non, j'ai les miens. 

Oht. 24. As mine refers to a plival noun, it must be translated by a 
plural pronoun. Then use : Ze« mientf which is plural, and not the singular i 
Isi 







Singulicr. 


PlurieL 


Mine, 


my ovm. Of mine. 


Le mien. 


Les miens. 


des miens. 


Tours, 


your own. Of yours. 


Le votre. 


Les votres. 


des vdtres. 


His or 


bars (his or her own.) Of his. 


Le sien. 


Les siens. 


des nens. 


Ours, 


our own. Of our own. 


Lendtre. 


Les notres. 


des notres, 


Theirs, 


their own. Of theirs. 


Le leur. 


Les lews. 


des lours. 



lliese substantives. Those nouns. 
The article. The articles. 

Which adjective t Which adjectives t 
llua verb. Those verbs. 

The pronoun, — pronouns personal, 
namely, or viz : I, you, he, it, Slc. 
Also. The catabgue. 



Ces substantifs-cL^vCes noms-la. 
L' article. Les articles. 

Quel adjectif ? Quels adjecti&f 
Ce verbe-ci. Ces verbes-la. 

Lepronom. Les pronoms personnels, 
savoir : Je, voue, il, le, e( cetera, 
Aussi. Le catalogue. 



TsxTH ExEBCisx. Ist Sec — DDuiMB ExsBcios. Ire Sec. 

Good day, Miss, you are well, I hope ? Very well, Sir, I thank 
yoiL — ^And you, how do you dol Not very well, this momiDg. 
-^Indeedl I am very sorry for it. — ^What is the matter with yoal 
1 have a bad odd and a sore throat. How is the general? (M. le 
g^n^ral ?) He is pretty well. — And his brother? He is pretty well 
also. — ^Take a seat and sit down. — Have you these or those nouns? 
I have neither these nor those nouns. — Which ones have yon? J 
have those which litde Robert has — namely, (sovotr:) handker- 
chief, inkstand, cloak, dictionary, fan, penknife, &cr-J9aTe you: 
the eye ? Yes, I have : Z^jqL-— Have you the plural of oej^? I have it, 
and he has got it, also. — ^Has Charies the catalogue 6f ^ verbs 
si^ch you have ? He has the catalogue of thps^ wh^h I have and 
(^t!of yours, also. Have you me Prenchdf: to f give 1 I have 
ifioqA but I hetve that of, He is better^ and that of the places. Have 
^ou the horses of the French or those of the English ? I have those 
of the English, but not those of the French.— Which oxen have you 1 
I have those of the foreigners. — ^Have }0U the tans which I have ^ 
1 have not those which you have, but those which your brother 
hsa. — ^Has your brother his biscuits or mine ? He has his own and . 
mkom oiso.-^Has he got yours or those of the young general ? He 
has neither ours nor those of ^ young general.— Which horsea has 
6 



Digitized 



by Google 



TXXTH LXffON. 



ycfox iriend'e grocer! He has those which the stranger has not-* 
Has jTOUr fanner my copybooks or theirs ? He has neither ours not 
theirs, but he has those of the captain. — Have I ^'our vests or those 
of the tailors? You hare not theirs, you have mine. — ^Have I the 
large cloaks? No, you have not got the large cloaks. — Which ink- 
stands have I ? You have not ours, but those of our neighbors.— 
Have you the birds of the sailors? I have not their birds, but their 
fine sticks. — ^Which jewels has this ugly boy ? 'He has mine. — Have 
I my shoes or those of the shoemakers ? You have not yours, but 
theirs.-^ Which paper has the man 1 He has ours. — ^Has he our 
coffee ? He has it not — ^Have you our big coats, or those of the 
strangers! I have not anything. — Has your brother this or that 
lawyer! He has that one. — Have I these or those books? — ^Yoa 
have not anything. 
I hope you are better ? I J'espere que vousvbusportexmieiu 

Much better, at your service. Raaucoop mieoz, a votre service. 

The toothache. I Mai aux dents. 



YooABULAiBa. 2de Section. 
Ce mot'Ci. Ces mots-la. 

i Aves-vous ces mote-ci ou ceux-lft? 

Ceux-cL (pluriel de : ednucV) 
CeMx-U. (pluriel de : edmi-li.) 
Je n*ai ni ceuz>ci ni ceux-la. 
A-t-il ceuz-ci on ceux-li t 
II a ceux-ci ; il n'a pas ceuz-li. 

* Vous n'avez ni ceuz-ci ni ceux-lft. 



YocABULAXT. 2d Sectlon. 

This word. Those words. 

Have jrou these words or those t 
Have you these or those words t 
TkeMt (plural of : thU one,) 
ThoM (plural of: that ono.) 
I have neither these nor those. 
Has he these or those f 
He has these ; he has not those. 
You have neither these nor those. 
You have neither the one nor the 

other. 
You have neither the former nor the 

latter. 

Ohi, 25 The English phrases : the former or the latter ; the one and fh- 
other, are generally expressed by : eeiui-ci, eeux'ci ; eelm-ld, eeux-U / but 
in an inverted order : edui^ci, referring to the latter or neareet object ; muk 
eeluula, to iht former or more distant one. 

Have you my guns or yours f | Avez-vous mos fusils ou les vStres t 

I b.T« neither yonr. nor mine. > j, „.,j ^ ,,, ^^tre. ni le. mien.. 

I haw neither the former nor the J j, „.^ ^ ,^.,j^ „j ,,^.^ 



Have you not f 

Have you nothing t (not anything.) 

Nobody, (no one, not any one) (ob< 

Jective.) 
You have nobody. 
Wkki have yon not t (or not gor f) 



N/avex-voue pa$ t 
N'avet'Vout rien t 
IVe . . . . pertonne, (Rigims,) 

Vans n^avoM poreommo. 
Que n*aveth9im» pa» f 



Digitized 



by Google 



TSNTH LXSfOM. 



61 



Hm Iio4 Umb he not t 

'Has hie aDything t vlas he nothing t 
Has he any one f Has he nobody 7 
What has he not 7 
Has not the man got 7 
Has not the dog got anything 7 
Have you my penknife 7 
Yesi Sir, I have got it. 
Have you not (got) my penknife 7 
No, Sir, I have^ it not. 
HaTe you not got it, Miss 7 
Yes, I have it. 



A-t-ilf N^a-t^aptut 

A-t-il quelque chose 7 N^a-t'U ritmf 

A-t-il quelqu*un 7 N^a't-Upenomnet 

Que n^C't-il pat t 

L'homme n' a-t-il pas f 

Le chicn n' a-t-il rien f 

Avez-vous mon canif 7 

Oui, Monsieur, je Tai. 

N'avez-yous pas mon canif I 

Non, Mdnsieur, je ne Tai pas. 

Ne r avez-vous pas. Mademoiselle t 

Si fait, je Tai. 



Ob$. 26. When the question is asked nej^tively, the French answer 
aifirmatively by: Si fait, instead of: OuL The negative answer remains 
■8 usual. 



Has he nothing 7 ' No, nothing. 

Yes, he has something. 

Have you not your money 7 

Yes, I have it. No, I have it not. 

Has not the idtolar his book 7 

Yes, he has it. 

The scholsTr pupil, student. 



N*a-t-il rien 7 Non, rien. 

Si fait, il a quelque chose. 
N'avez-vous pas votre argent 7 
Si fait, je Tai. Non, je ne I'ai pas. 
L^deolier n' a-t-il pas son livre 7 
Si fait, il Ta. 
L'^colier. 



TsHTH EzxBOiSB. 2d Sec. — ^DixitMi Ezx&ciOB. 2de S«o. 

I hope you are better this eyeaing, Miss. — I thank you, I am much 
better ; but my young brother has the toothache. — ^I am very sorry 
for it. — How is Mr. Chailes t He is not well ; he has a bad cold. — 
Has he a sore throat? * 'No, he has not a sore throat ; but he has a 
headache. And you,' Sir, are you well ? I am perfectly well, thank 
you. — I am glad of it. — Has your carpenter (Mir hammers or those 
of the scholars, our friends 1 He has neither^ ours nor those of the 
scholars — Which nails has he ? He has his good iron nails. — ^Has 
any one the fans or shawls of the English? No one has those of 
the English, but some one has those of the French. — Have you not 
my cloak 1 Yes (si feit), I have it— Have you not the hats of the 
generals 1 Yes, I have the generals' hats. — ^Has not the dog the 
cook's chickens? Yes, it has his chickens. — ^Has he not his larg* 
knives ? Yes, he has his large knives. — ^Who has his cheese ? His 
cheese ^ He has it Has he got it ?— Who has my old gun ? The 
sailor has it — ^Has not the shoemaker the student's old shoe ? Yes^ 
he has it — ^Has not our cook the stranger's money ? No, he has 
not — Have you not got that money ? Yes, I have. (Ist Direction)— 
Have I an3rthing? Yes, you have something. — What have I ? You 
have your friend's leather gloves. — Has not big /ohil something 
good ? Ye4. he has something good. — And little Charles, what has 



Digitized 



by Google 



00 TENTH LXfSOir. 

he ? Nothing.— What have yoa small t I have Lamaitine's pretty 
little bird {jolt petit) — ^Who has our copybooks and his? I haT« 
neither these nor those. — ^Has the general's boy nothing? Yes, ha 
has his dictionary of French, his inkstand, his pencil, his copybooks, 
and his little brother's toys. — Have I that farmer's bags? You hav« 
not his bags, but his com. — Has he your books or her shawls? He 
has neither these nor those ; but he has the old handkerchiefs. — 1» 
the stranger's brother hungry ? He is not hungry, but thirsty. — Is 
your friend cold or sleepy? He is neither cold nor sleepy; but he 
is afraid. — ^Is he afraid of your dog ? He is not afraid. — Has not the 
young roan the brooms of our servants? He has not their brooms, 
but their soap.-^Wbich pencils has he not? He has not mine. — Has 
he not large eyes? Yes, he has laige^eyes. — W^t eyes h;^ the 
bird ? It has small eyes. 

How is the weather T 

Wliat kind of weather is it f 

Is it warm ? It is warm. 

It is not warm. 

It is fine (bad) weather. 

It is cold. Is it cold t 

Is it not cold t 

1 wish (or bid) you a good morning. 



VooABULAaT. 8dSeotioiL 
Who has r Who has not t 

Who has something ? 
Who has nothing t 
Who has some one ? 
Who has nobody T 
Who has not got the young bird f 
Has he nether this nor that t 
Has he neither these nor those f 

I'he comb. These large combs. 

My glass. Their little glasses. 

Have you the glasses t I have them. 

Them, (objective, ^ 43.) 

Has he my fine glasses t 

He has them. [He them has.] 

He has them not. 

Have I got them f (Them have 1 7) 

You have them. You have them not. 

Have you them not ? (not got them ?) 

Yes, I have them. 

Has he not got it f Yes, be has it. 

Has not the sailor got my old pistols f 



; t Quel temps fait-il t 

t Fait-il chaud f II fait chaud. 

II ne fait pas chaud. 

t n fait beau (mauvais) temps. 

t n fait firoid. Fait-il froid t 

Ne fait-il pas froid f 

Je vous souhaite le bom'our. 

YooABULAiaa. 8me Section. 
Qui a t Qui n'a pas f 

Qui a quelque chose ? 
Qui n'a rien ? 
Qui a quelqu'un f 
Qui n'a peraonne 7 
Qui n*a pas le jeune oiseau ? 
N'a-t-il ni celui-ci ni celui-la t 
N'a-t-il ni ceux-ci ni ceux-la t 

Le peigne. Ces grands peign** 
Mon verre, Lenrs petits verrea. 
Avez-vous les verres ? Je les ai. 
Lest (regime direct : avant le ver^.| 
A-t-il mes beaux verres f 
II lea a. (^51, &c.) 
II ne les a pas. 
Les ai-je f 

Vous les avez. Vous ne les aves paa 
Ne les avez-vous pas ? 
Si fait, je les ai. 
Ne Ta-t-il pas f Si fait, il Ta. 
Le matelot n'a-t-il pas mra vlaaa 
oistolets ? 



Digitized 



by Google 



*"'^"^"" TXMTB LX8S0B. 



past 
avez. 



o«4t 



arient 



r 

BOift 

peurt 

it. 
tt 



Tenth Ezebcibs. 8d Sec.— BiziftiiB Ezsrciob. 8me Seo. 

MUe. Charlotte, I wish you a good morning. — How do you do 
Thank you, Sir, I am very well, but very cold. — Is it cold? Yes, i« 
is very cold. — I am sorry for it How is your young friend ? I hope 
he is better this morning. — ^Yes, Sir, he is better. — ^And how is Ma- 
dame? Madame is perfectly well. — ^Mlle. Anne is well, I hope! 
No, not yery well And her brother has a bad cold. — ^Take a seat 
and sit down. Tnank yoc— Is it warm to-day? No, it is not 
warm. — Have you my fine glasses? I have them. — Have you not 
the fine horses of the English? I have them not. — ^Who has thom ? 
The old minister has. (Dir. 1st.} — Which sticks have you ? I have 
those of the foreigners.— Who has our small combs? My boys have 
them. — Which knives has the lawyer's servant ? He has those oi 
vour friends. — Which (ones) has he not? He has not ours. — Have 
1 not your good guns? No, you have not got them; but the M 
general has them.— What has the farmer got ? He has the grocer's 
bag of rice. — ^Has not the pretty young man Miss Clara's beautiful 
6» 



Digitized 



by Google 



KLXVfiMTH LKSiON. 



handkerchiefis? He has them not, I have them. — ^Have yon themi 
Yes, I have them. I have also her velyet shawl, her gold pencil- 
case, her silver inkstand, her small copybooks, her two large dic- 
tionaries of French; her fans, and the toys of her friend Auguste.— 
Who has the fine cloaks of the generals? The minister's servant 
has them. — Has the scholar the words which you have ? He has 
them not. — Has not the scholar got good dictionaries? Yes, he has 
good dictionaries of French. — Which plajrthings has the grocer't 
little boy ? He has little Henry's playthings. — Have you the nouns, 
adjectives, and pronouns of the (/a) ninth lesbon? I have those 
of the ninth vocabulary and those of the exercises. — Has tLe lawyer 
or the minister the choice of the farmer's cabbages? The lawyer 
has itf-Has he not also the choice of the grocer's cheese ? Yes, he 
has. — ^Who has the choice of the merchant's wine ? Th^ minister, 
the lawyer, or the generals? Neither the minister, the lawyer, nor 
the generals, but the grocer. — Are yon not ashamed ? No, I am 
not. — Is the scholar ashamed*? Yes, he is. — Is he right or wrong? 
He is not wrong, he is right. — ^Is not the tailor ashamed of his coats? 
Yes, he is ashamed of his coats. Who is not cold ? I am not — 
Who has nothing ugly? Their brother's friend has nothing ugly.— 
Has the youth Anne's handkerchiefs? Which handkerchiefs? The 
small ones. — ^No, he has them not ; but he has those of her brother. 
Who has the cook's mutton ? Nobody has it ; but the carpenterb 
dog has. (Dir. 1st} — Has the stranger got the farmer's fine mutton 1 
He has it not — Have you my pretty pistols or those of my brothers* 
[ have neither yours nor your brothers', but my own. — Who has 
these or those nails? Nobody has either these or those. 



1 am glad to hear it. 

I am glad to see you. 

I am sorry to hear that you have the 

toothachf. 
Oat of doors. Pleasant, agreeable. 



Je auis bien aiae de Tapprendre. 

Je Buis bien aiae de voua voir. 

Je suia fich^ d^apprendre que vous 

avez mal aux dents. 
Dehors. Agr^able. 



ELEVENTH LESSON, 1 1th.— Ofmm« Le^on, 11m. 
YooABVLABT. Ist Section. VooABULAiaB. Ire Section. 



They. have. They have got. 
They have not. They have nothing. 
They have it. They have it not. 
They have them. 
They have not got them. 
The Germans. The Tarkf. 



lis. ont. 
lis n'ont pas. 
lis Tont 
Ha les ont. 
lis ne les ont pas. 
Les Allemands. 



lis ont. 

lis n'ont lien. 

IId ne Tout pas 



LesTiscs. 



Digitized 



by Google 



ELKTFMTB LS880N. W 



Digitized 



by Google 



XLBTXMTH I.B880V. 



EuTxiTTH ExsBoiSB. Ist Seo. — OiradtMB EzxBCios. Ire See. 

Good day, Miss Amanda, I am glad to see you. You are wel.^ 1 
hope? — Vary well, thank youj but my father is not well. — Indeed! 
I am sorry to hear itw — ^What is the matter with him ? He has a 
bad cold. — I am sorry to hear that he has a bad cold. — Has he a 
•ore throat too? No, but he has a pain in his head. — Is the general 
well? No, but he b much better. — I am glad to hear it. — Is it cold 
*« warm to-day out' of doors? It is neither warm nor cold; but 
oleasant I am pleased at it. — Sit down. With pleasure. — ^Take 
thb seat. Thank you. — Which ships have the Germuis? The 
Germans have no ships. — Have the sailors our fine matti jsses?. They 
have them not. — ^Have the cooks got them? They have them.-- 
Has the captain your big copybooks ? He has no copybooks. — ^Have 
I them ? You have them not ; but I have.— Has the Italian the 
boys' steel inkstand ? He has it not — Have the Turks any steel guns ? 
They have no steel guns. — ^Have not the Spaniards got them? Yes, 
They have them. — Has not the Spaniard the pretty umbrellas of the 
Germans ? Yes, he has them. — ^Has he them ? Yes, indeed, he 
has them. 

Have not the two big Italians our pretty thread gloves? They 
have not (Dir. Ist) — Who has? The Turks have them, and they 
have also our big paper fans. — ^The pretty ones or the old ones f 
The pretty ones. — ^Have not the tailors our cloth waistcoats or those 
of your friends? They have neither the latter nor the former; but 
they have those of the general, of the lawyer, and of litde John.-^ 
Which coats have they? They have the velvet coats which the 
Turks have not. — Which dogs have you? I have those which no- 
body has. — ^Have I the handkerchiefs that nobody has ? Yes, indeed^ 
you have those which nobody has. — ^Have you not any wood ? — ^Yes, 
I have some wood. — Has not your small brother got some soap ? 
No, he has no soap. — HaVe I not some mutton ? No, you have no 
mutton, but you have some birds and chickens. — ^Have I no beef* 
No, you have no beef. — Who has beef? Nobody has beef. — Have 
your friends any money ? They have money. — ^Have they no milk 9 
They have no milk, but they have butter. — ^Have I no wood ? No, 
you have no wood, but you have some ooab. (sing. in. Fr.) — Have the 
old merchants any cloth ? They have no cloth, but they have ooiXOf- 
thread, ribbons, and stockings. 

I wish you a good evening. (I bid you.) Je vous aouhaite le bonaoir. 

How have you been ? Comment vous dtea-vous port^ ff 

I have been pretty well. Je me snia aaaez bien portiS. 

I have not been very weU. Je ne me auia paa trea-biei port4 



Digitized 



by Google 



■LXTHTB LSflOll. 



»f 



VOOABITLAKT. 2d SecUoiL 

t or any (befi>re an kti^^^®)- 
6ome or any good cheeae. 
dome or any fine velvet. 
Some or any excellent wine. 
Some or any excellent cofiee. 
Some or any very pretty glaaaes. 
Some or any large fens. 

Borne or any old wine. 

Sooie or any excellent cabbages. 

Naon not any .... 
Have yoa any good butter f 
I have no good butter, but some ex- 
cellent cheeae. 
Has not this man some good booke ? 

He has not any good books. 

Have the young merchants pretty 

gloves and pocket-books T 
They have neither pretty gloves nor 

pocket-books, but fine jewels. 

The clerk. These clerks. 

Our bookseller. 
Their shoe-dealer. 
Those cloth-merchants, (drapers.) 
The milkman — butter-man. 
This wood (coal) merchant. 
The painter. The picture. 

Some coals. 



What has the baker T 

What have the cloth-merchants t 
They have excellent clerks. 
Ajre the Amerieant afi'aid f 
The Americans are not afi'aid. 



YooABULAiBB. 2de Seotion. 
De, (not du nor d€$.) ($ 26.) 



De bon firomage. 
De beau velours. 
D*excellent vin. 
D* excellent caf<^. 
De tres-jolis venres. 
De grands ^ventails. . 

Du vin vieux. 



De and d* i 
the adjectives 
coming beforr. 
the nouns. 
Repeat it bef. 
every noun. 

} Duvnddet; 

t the nouns be« 



DeschouxexoeUents. "«»>«foro^ 
i adjective. 

Ne.. . .pasde,, 

Aves- VDus de boL deurre f 

Je n'ai pas de bon beurre, mais 

d'excellenf fiY>mage. 
Get homme n*a-t-il pas de bons 

livresT 
n n*a pas de bons livres. 
Les jeunes marchands ont-ils de jolis 

gants et de jolis porte-feuilles f 
Us n'ont ni de jolis gants ni de jobs 

porte-feuilles, mais de beaux 

bijoux. 

Le eommU. Ces commis. 

Notre marchand de livres. 
Leur marchand de souliers. 
Ces marchands de drap. 
Le marchand de lait— ide beurre. 
Ce marchand de bois — de charbon. 
Le peintre. Le tableau. 

Du charbon, (always sing, in Fr.) 

r Le boulanger qu'a-t-il T (14 et 15 

0b9, p. 38.) 
l Qu*a le boulanger T 
Qu*ont les marchands de drap f 
Us ont d*excellents commis. 
Les AmirtcainM ont-ils peur f 
Les Am^cains n'ont pas peur- 



Ej^bvsnth Bxxsoibs. 2d See. — Ovuiiu ExsBmcx. 2de Sec 

I wish you a good evening, Mr. Charles.— How have you been 1 
I have been pretty well ; and you, Miss, how have you been t I 
have not been well. I am sorry to hear it — What kind of weath«r 
U it out of doors'? The weather is fine enough, (pretty iine^• »^ 



Digitized 



by Google 



56 ELETBMTH <LE880«. 

cold.- -It it Tery cold ? Not Very cold; but pleasant. — I hope, Mm 
Emil^e, that yoa are well % Thank you, but I am not well, I have a 
Bore throat — ^And your friend Robert, how is he to-day? He is 
better, much better. — I am very glad to hear that he is better.— 
Which exercise have the scholars to-day ? They have the eleventh, 
the tenth, and the ninth. — ^Which ones has the young clerk ? He 
has the fifth, first and second section. — ^Havethe English any silver^ 
They have no silver, but they have excellent iron. (}25.) — ^Has the 
grocer any good cofibe ? He has no good cofiee, but some excellent 
wine. — ^Has the bookseller no old dictionaries ? Yes, he has those 
of Boyer and Chambaud. — Has he those which your brothers have 1 
No, he has not those which they have. — ^Has the milk-man no milk t 
Yes, he has some milk. — ^Have the French any good gloves ? They 
have excellent gloves. — ^Have they no birds % No, they have no 
birds, but they have pretty jewels. — Who has excellent chocolate f 
The Spaniards have excellent chocolate. — Have they not some fine 
horses? Yes, they have some very fine horses. — Have not the 
Germans got large dogs? Yes, they have large dogs and oxen.' 
— Have the Americans large oxen ? No, they have litde oxen and 
horses.' — ^Has your friend's brother got some pretty litde fans! 
Yes, he has some pretty little fans, shawls, and ribbons.' — ^What 
has he not? He has neither my shoes, nor yours, nor theirs. — Who 
has those of the French? They have them and ours also. — ^Are 
not the coal-merchants ashamed? No, but they are a&aid. — Is the 
clerk, the lawyer, or the minister wrong ? No, they are not wrong; 
but right. — Have the wine-merchants an3rthing good? No, they 
have nothing good. — Have not the Americans something beautiful? 
Yes, they have the electric telegraph, (Uligraphe Hectrique,) — ^Haa 
the painter any umbrellas? He has no umbrellas, but he has 
beautiful pictures. — Has he the pictures of the French, or those of 
the Italians? Who? the painter? Yes, the painter. — He haa 
neither the latter nor the former. 



Comme a Tordinaire. 
Mieux qu'a Tordinaire. 
Pas si bien qu*a Tordinaire. 
N'est-il pu mieox? Si fait, oi 
Pardonnez-moit il e9\ un pen i 



As usual. 
Batter than usual. 
Not io well as usual. 
Is he not better f Yes, he is a little 
betur. 

06$. 28. Fardonnex'mot, is as frequently used as : Si fait^ by the 
French. {Obn. 26.) 

I present my respects to yon. | J'ai I'honneur de vous saluer. 

1 Repeat the article and adjective : (et de grands bcaufs.) 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWSJLFTH I.X880N. 



(Ml 



TWELFTH LESSON, 12th.— JDouziVme Xe^m, 12ine. 



VooABUULBT. Ist Sootion. 
Sotie ofity any of it, of it, some. 
Some or any of them, of them, tome, 
Bxwe you any wine f 
I have some of it— of it some — I haTe, 
Have yoa any ooaia f 
Have you no coals ? 
I have none, not any — ^I have not. 
Have you not any T Yes, I have. 
Have you any good steel f 
I have some good ... or I have. 
Have I good cloth and velvet f 
You have not any good. You have not 
Has the grocer any sugar and salt f 
He has sugar, but no salt 
He has (some). He has not (any). 
Has he good sugar and soap T 
He has (some good). He has not 
Have I any bread and butter f 
Have I no bread and butter f 
You have some bread, hut no butter. 

You have neither bread nor butter. 

You have some. You have none. 

Have you any ahoes and stockings T 

I have shoes ; I have no stockings. 

I have (soQe good). 

I have not (any good). 

Has the farmer got good horses f 

He has (some good ones). He has not 

Has he any pretty knives and scis- 
sors t 

Has he no small penknives ? 

Yes, he has (some small ones). He 
has not. 

Have I no gold pencil -ei^es f 

Yes, you have. 

Who has any f Who has none f 

The derk has some. 

The man has none. 

Who has DO clerk f . 

The lawyer has none. 



VooABULAiAB. Ire Section. 

En, (before the verb.) ($ 4, i 29.) 

Avez-vous du vin f 

J 'en aL (Ire directbn.) 

Avez-vous du charbon ? 

N' avez-vous pas de charbon f () 26.1 

Je n*en ai pas. 

N'en avez-vous pas T Si fait, j*en at 

Avez-vous de bon acier t 

J'en ai de bon. 

Ai-je de bon drap et de bon velours t 

Vots n'en avez pas de bon. (Ire dir.) 

L'^picier a-t-il du sucre et du ssl f 

U a du Sucre ; mais pas de seL 

II en a. II n'en a pas. 

A-t-il de bon si ere et de bon savor f 

II en a de bon. II n'en a pas de bon. 

Ai-je du pain et du beurre T 

N' ai-je pas de pain et de beuire t 

Vous avez du pain, mais pas de 

beurre. 
Vous n'avez ni pain ni beurre. 
Vous en avez. Vous n'en avez pas. 
Avez-vous dee souliers et des has f 
J'ai des souliers : je n'ai pnjt^ff^tm. 
J'en ai de bona. 
Je n'en ai pas de bona. 
Le fermier a-t-il de bona chevauz ? 
II en a de bona. II n'en a pas de bona. 
A-t-il de jolis couteaux et de jolii 

ciseauzf 
N'a-t-il pas de petits canifs f 
II en a de petits. II n'en a pas. 

N' ai-je pas de porte-crayons d'or f 

Si fait, vous en avez. 

Qui en a f Qui n'en a pas ff 

Le commis en a. 

L'homme n'en a pas. 

Qui n'a pas de commis f 

L'avocat n'en a pas. 



TwiLTTH £xsBCi8B. Ist bec — ^DoTTziiinE ExnoicB. Ire S«e. 

Je Toos Bouhaite le bonjour, Mr. Camot, j^espere que toos rotm 
portez mie ix aBJourd'hui.-^Merci, Madame, je me porte beanconp 



Digitized 



by Google 



0i rWBLVTH LBtBOV. 

Tnieox.— Maiti Tons, M. Napoleon^ comment rons dtes-vens poit^ 
Je ne me snis pas bien porte, oomme k I'ordinaire. Je suis bien 
fdchb de Papprendre. Asseyez-vons. Prenez ce siege. — Avez-youf 
aaeez chand ? Oui, je vous remeicie, je n'ai pas froid. — Avez-vons 
mal de gorge % Non, mais mal de tite. — ^Votre ami se porte-t-il 
mienx qn'^ I'ordinaire? Oni, beaucoup mieux. Je suis bien aisa 
d'apprendre qu'il se porte mieux. — Fait-il froid? Non, il fait agre- 
able. — ^Mr. Charles, ayez-yous mon petit canif ? Non, M., je ne Tai 
pas. — Qui Pa? Votre ami Jules (Julius) Pa. — ^Non, Jules n'a pas 
le mien, il a le ydtre. — ^Le mien 1 Non, je P,ai. — Pardonnez-moi. 
Jules Pa. — Les Espagnols n'ont-ils pas de beaux cheyaux ? Us en 
ont de beaux. — ^Le domestique de Payocat qu'a-t-il ? 11 a le yieux 
diapean du jeune Fran^ais. — ^Le commis de Pepicie: n'a-t il pas 
mon joli petit chien ? Non, M. il n'a pas de cbien.«-^n frere ne 
PaF-t-il pas? Pardonnez-moi, il Pa. — Ayez-yous peur de ce chien-ci ? 
Oui, j'en ai peur. — Ayez-yous peur de celui-lA ? Non, je n'en ai 
pas peur. — ^L'adolescent n'a-t-il pas peur de ce boeuf-li ? Pardonnez- 
moi, il en a peur. 

Haye you any coal? I haye. (Ist dir.) — Have you any wood? 
I haye not — ^Haye you any good beef? I haye (some good). — Any 
young mutton ? I haye not. — Haye you no good cloth ? No, I have 
none. — ^No good paper ? Yes, I haye. — Have I the silver ribbon 1 
No, you have it not. — ^Which haye I ? The velvet one. — ^Have I 
the grocer's rice ? You have it not. — Have I any rice ? You have 
(some.) — ^Has the lawyer any thread handkerchiefs ? 'He has none. 
— ^Who has any ? Miss Rose has some very pretty ones. — ^Has the 
clerk any money? He has none. — What has he? He has not 
anything. Who? The clerk. — Has the lawyer's servant any old 
cheese ? He has some. — ^Have not the Spaniards the scholar's dic- 
tionary? Yes, they have it — ^Have they our books? No, they 
have them not — ^Who has them? Your good friend, the minister, 
has them. — ^Has the American any gold? He has some. — Have 
the tailors our vests ? No, they have thein not. — ^Have they any 
vests? They have some. — ^Have the French the pictures? Which 
pictures ? — ^Those of the young painter. — No, the French have them 
not ) but the Italians have. — ^What have they ? The young painter's 
pictures. — Has not the milkman some fine oxen ? Yes, he has some 
fine ones. — What leather has the shoemaker? He has some excel- 
lent. — Has the big general any jewels ? He r)as not any. — ^Wbo hat 
playthings ? The hutterman'9 son has. 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWELFTH LCSflOM. 



VOCABULAKT. 

The hatter. 



2d SeoUon. 
This joiner. 



nes. 

T 
dir.) 



Has the hatter any hats f 

Haa he any ugly onea f 

Haa he neither ugly nor old ouea f 

)f es, he haa eld onea. 

Have the joiners any hammera T 

They have (Ist dir.) and the hatters 
also. 

Have not the carpenters got some f 

Yes, they have, and so have the doc- 

^ tors. 

Are the Spamarda cold f 

No, they are not ; they have fire. 

Have the Italians any T 

Are the Turks afraid of the Ger- 
mans T 

No, they are not afraid of them. 

Are they not afraid of the JRuisians f 

Fea, they are. (let dir.) 

Are they neither warm, sleepy, hun- 
gry, nor thirsty T 

No, they are neither warm, sleepy, 
hungry nor thirsty, but wrong. 

Are not the hatters ashamed of their 
velvet hats T 

No, they are not (ashamed of them). 

The Ruasian's apothecary. 



VooABULAiBi. 2de SeotittB. 
Le chapelier. Ce menuintr, 

laapothicaire. Cea apothieairei, 
Nos amis ont-ils de vieux manteauzt 
lis en ont de vieux. 
lis n*en ont pas de vieux. 
N'en ont-ils pas de vieux f 
Si fait, ils en ont de vieux. 
Ont-ils de bons ou de mauvaia livrea t 
Ila en ont de bons. 
Qu* ont-ils de bon ? 
Ils ont de bon livres. 
En avez-vous de bons aussi f 
N*en avez-vous pas ce jolis f 
Le chapelier a-t-il des chapeaux t 
En a-t-il de vilaina f 
N*en a-t-il ni de vilaina ni de vieux f 
8i fait, il en a de vieux. 
Lea menoisiera ont-ils dea marteaux f 
Ila en ont, et lea chapeliera aussi. 

Les charpentiers n*en ont-ils pas 7 
Si fait, ils en ont et les m^decinv 

aussi. 
Les Espagnols ont-ils froid t 
Non.ilan'ontpaafroid; ilaontdufeu. 
Lea Italiena en ont-ila f 
Les Turcs ont-ils peur des Alle^ 

mandsf 
n n*en ont pas peur. 
N^ont-ils paa peur des Busses f 
Si fait, ils en ont peur. 
N'ont-ila ni chand, ni sommeil, nJ 

faim, ni soif f 
Non, ils n'ont ni chaud, ni aommeil, 

ni faim, ni soif, mais ils ont tort. 
Les chapeliers n'ont-ils paa home d* 

leura chapeaux de velours 7 
Non, ils n*en ont pas honte. 
L'apothicaire du Russe. 



TmBLTTR ExEBOiSB. 2d Sec. — ^DovziftMB ExEROics. 2de See. 

M. Lamartine; j'ai Phonneur de vous saluer. Comment Touf' 
portez-vous ce matin, et comment vous etes-voua port6 ? Bien: et 
vous, Mr., j'espere que vous vous portez mieux aujourd'hui. TJn peu 
mieuxy k votre service. — Quel temps fait-il? Fait-il ohaud oa fn^l 
Q ne fait ni chaud ni froid, mais agreable. — Comment se porta notrt 
6 



Digitized 



by Google 



Si TWELFTH LXBftOll. 

miiiistivf U ne 88 poite pas bien. — Qa'a-t-il? n a un mauvau 
rhume et mal do gorge. — ^A-t-il aussi mal aux dental Non, il n'a 
pas mal anx dents. — J'en snis bien aise. — Le bon commis a-t-il lea 
^ventails de nos marchands? II n'a pas d'^ventails, mais il a leurs 
gants de cuir. — Avez-yous du grain du fermier? Oui, j'en ai.— 
Auguste a-t-il froid ou faim % U n'a ni froid ni faim, mais il a chaud, 
— Le marcliand a-t-il quelque chose de joli ? II n'a rien de jdi.-* 
N'a-t-il rien de beau ? — Non, il n'a rien de joli ni de bean. — Qa'ai-je 
Vous avez de bon chocolat — Avez-yous le bois du menuisier? Jo 
ne I'ai pas, mab j'ai son marteau. — ^Lequel ; le grand ou le petit t 
J'ai le grand. — N'ayez-yous pas le petit ? Si fait, ou pardonnez-moi, 
je I'ai. — J'ai celui que yous n'avez pas. — ftuels exercices ai-je ? Vous 
avez ceux de Mr. Charles, ceux de Mr. Robert, ceux de ce Mon- 
sieur-l^. {gentleman) et les miens. — Avez-yous le dixieme, le onzi- 
eme, ou le douzieme ? — Je n'ai pas ceux-1^, mais le huitieme, et le 
neuvieme. — ^Lequel ont les Italiens ? lis ont le septieme. 

Has the captain any good sailors? He has some good ones.-* 
Have the sailors any fine mattresses? They have not (1st dir.)— 
Have the painters any very old pictures ? No, they have no old 
pictures ; but the booksellers have. — ^Have not the minister and the 
lawyer got some also? This one has some, that one has none.— 
Who has beautiful shawls, ribbons, and handkerchiefs t Messrs. 
Boutilliers and Cowell have some. Has the apothecary's clerk my 
penknife or his? He has his own penknife, but not yours. — Who 
has biscuits? The young baker of our big neighbour has. — Who has 
beautiful ribbons? The French have.— Have not the carpenters 
some gold and silver nails? No, they have iron nails; but the 
. joiners have gold, silver, and steel nails? What is the matter with 
Uieir brothers? They are wrong and ashamed. — What is the mat- 
ter with the foreigners ? Which ? These or those ? Those.— Those 
»ue afraid of the general's dogs. — ^And these ? These ? Nothing is 
the matter with them. — ^They are neither cold nor warm, hungry 
nor thirsty. — ^Have you Miss Clara's shawl and gloves ? No, I have 
them not. — ^Who has them ? I have some, but not hers. — ^Who has 
any of the grocer's rice ? The lawyer, the general, the apothecary, 
and the joiner have some of it — ^Have the painters fine pictures 
and gardens ? They have. — ^Have not his joiner and his carpenter 
^ot some beautiful old wood ? The former has, but not the latter.— 
Have the hatters good and bad hats ? They have good and bad 
ones. — Who has no pocket-book ? The milk and butter men have 
none.^-Haye you none ? I have none. — ^Has your little derk got 
any ? No, he has none. — ^Who has any ? The booksellers have 
tome leather ones. — ^Has the apothecary anything pretty? He has 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWXLFTH LESSOlf. 



not anything pretty, but he has something good. — Who has youi 
birds? The fanner has them. — ^Has he their grain? He has it 
also. 



How are they at home f 
All well: — ^Everybody is weU. 
Almost all are sick. 

YooABiTLAaT. M SeotioA. 
Fr«8h. 

This fresh butter. Fresh bread. 
A dry goods store. 
K journal, daily paper, gazette. 
To-day's paper, the paper of to-day. 
A or an (article indefini, $ 3). 
In, into. In a or an. Of a. 
A horse. One horse. Of a horse 
HsYe you a book f I have a book. 
Have you a glass f I have no glsss. 

Oht. 29. The French use : je n*aipa» 
I hare one, (meaning: one qf ike 
tkingi tpoken of.) 

Hare you a good journal f 

( have a good journaL 

I have a good one— two good ones. 

I have two good journals. 

I have three, no, four good ones. 

Have I an eye f You have an eye. 

You have one. You have a large 

one. 
You have two large ones. 
Has your brother a dry goods store f 

He has a dry goods store. 

He has one. He has a small one. 

He has two. A large and a small one. 

He has two fine ones— three fine ones. 

Four — five — six— seven— eight. 

Has the scholar' a paper of to-day f 

He has not any (none). 

Have the gentlemen five good horses 7 

They have six. No ; they have seven 

or eight. 
Who has a fine satin umbrella f 
Nobody has one* Oh I je9 ; soms 

body has one. Anna has one. 
Vome or any good fivsh butter. 



Comment se porte-t-on chez tons f 
Tout le monde se porte bien. 
Presque tout le monde est malade. 

YooABULAiBB. 8ma Secticii 
Fraii (after the noun). 
Ce beurre fraU. Du pain fi^ 
Un wkaga$in ie lumeeoul^. 
Vn journal — Un papier. 
Le papier d'aujourd 'hui. 
Un. (mas. sing, before all letters.) 
Dans. Dans un. D'un. 

Un cheval. D'un cheval. 

Avez-vous un livre t J'ai un nvre. 
Avez-vous un verreT Je n'ai pai 

de vcrre. 

de...m preference to : je n* at pai un. 
J*en ai un, (literally : /, ofthem^ havi 

one. The quantity placed afU« 

the verb.) 
Avez-vous un bon journal f 
J'ai un bon journal. 
J*en ai un bon — deux bone. 
J*ai deux bona journaux. 
J*en ai trois, non, quatre bona. 
Ai-je un oeil f Vous avez un osil 
Vous en avez un. Vous en avez us 

grand. 
Vous en avez deux grands. 
Votre fi^re a-t-il un magasin de no'i* 

veautto. 
II a un magasin de nouveautes. 
II en a un. II en a un petit. 
II en a deux. Un grand et un petit 
n en a deux- beaux— trois beaux. 
Quatre — cinq — six — sept — huit. 
L' ^lier a«t-il xm papier d'an^^'^ 

d*huit II n* en a pas. 

Lea messieurs ont-ils cinq bons clie 

vaux f lis en ont six. Non 

ils en ont sept ou huit. 
Qui a ua beau parapluie de satin f 
Perscnne n* en a. Oh ! si fiut ; quel 

qu'nn en a un. Anne en s un. 
fW bon beure fiais, (/naif, after) 



Digitized 



by Google 



M TWXLrTR LXltaH. 

TwsLTTH ExiKCisB. 8d Sec. — ^DoTTZiiMB ExsBOioi. 8me 3eo. 

Mr. Louis, j'ai Phonnenr de vous saluer. Comment se porte4-oa 
ehez TOI18? Tout le monde se porte bien, merci. £t chez yoqbI 
comment se porte-t-on ? Fresque tout le monde est malade. Ma- 
dame a mal de goige. Greorge a mal aux yeux. Clara a mal aux 
dents. Le petit Jean a un vilain rhume. J'ai un peu mal de t^te. 
En y^rite, tout le monde est malade. Asseyez-vous, et prenez un 
|)eu de caf^. Non, je vous remeicie. 

Have you any fresh butter? I have some; but I \aye no fresh 
t read. — ^Which bread have you? I have some old baker's bread.— 
Have they any coffee? They have not.^-Who has any good wine? 
The grocer has some in his store. — Has the cloth merchant any gold 
cloth ? He has some silver cloth. — ^Have I not got good sugar ? Yes, 
you have in your chest ; but the farmer has not. — What has the 
clerk got? Which one? The bookseller's. That one has nothing; 
but mine has something good. — What has he good ? He has, in his 
bag, some of the good rice of the big stranger. — Have the Germans 
any fresh cheese? They have none. — Have not the English got 
any ? Yes, they have some good fresh cheese. — ^Which words have 
the scholars ? They have the words of seven lessons. — ^Who has 
those of the eighth? The minister, the lawyer, and Robert have 
them. — Have they also those of the ninth? No, they have them 
not. — Have you a pencil ? I have one, and a pencil-case also. — ^Has 
the apothecary a young clerk? He has none. — ^Has not the general 
a fine satin handkerchief? Yes, he has, and the sailor also. 

Has the old tailor a satin coat ? He has three. — ^Has the captain a 
fine dog ? He has two. — Have your friends two fine horses ? They 
have four. — ^Has the young roan a good or bad pistol? He has no 
good one. He has a bad and ugly one in his trunk (( 18.) — Have 
you a copy-book ? I have six or eight. — Has your servant a pen- 
knife ? He has. — Have I a friend ? You have an old and good 
one. You have two old ones. He has three ugly small ones. — ^Has 
Mr. Cowell a dry goods store ? Yes, he has a fine one. — Have not 
the Germans a cloth store ? No, they have a dry goods store. — ^Have 
his carpenter and her joiner iron and steel nails ? They have, and 
they have also a small silver hammer. — Who has the youths' jour- 
nals? Nobody has their journals; but ^mebody has their fane^ 
their satin vests (} 140), velvet shoes, steel toys, cloth cloaks, and 
liread gloves. — Has the ugly Turk a young and good cook? H« 
has two; one young, and one old. Have you none of his coffee • 
Ves, I have some, in my big cotton bag. 



Digitized 



by Google 



THIRTXKHTH LKliOM. 



THmXEENTH LESSON, 13th.— rrmirm* Le^oiij ISme. 

YocABiTLAiKs. Ire Section. 
Combien de ^ (ayant un nom. Dir. 7.) 
Combiende satin ? Combien d*acterf 
Combien de mota? Combien d*!!- 

seauxf 
Comhien en a-t-il f (pas de Dom.) 
Cambiem en. a-t-il ? 



YoCABULABT. Ist Section. 
Bom muck t How wuuiyf (bef. a noun.) 
How much satin ? How much steel ? 
How many words T How many birds f 

How much {of it) has he t {no n&un.) 
How many (o/ them) has be f 



O69, 30. Of a, eftkem^ being usually omitted, idien there is afr 



How much f How many f 

How many friends hsTe you t 
How many has he f 
Only, but, (with a noun.) 
Only, but, (without a noun). 
Brfore, After. 

Only one (of them). But two, 
I hare bal one friend. 
I hare but one — but two or three. 
How many horses has your brother T 
He has but one — but two young ones. 
M'Mh, many, a good deal of, very 

mudi, many, a great tnany, (with 

nouns.) 
Muck, many, &c. (without a noun.) 
Much fresh batter (a great deal of)- 
Much gold. Many words. 

Has he many cabbages f 
He has (many)— not (many). 

Have they neither much iron nor 

steel r 
Tbo siuc^ Too many, (with and 

without noun). 
Have you too many words ? 
I hare (too many). I have not (Dir. 1.) 
He has neither too much of this one 

nrr of that. 
Has he many thingit He has too 

many by far (a great deal too much). 

Tbxbtxxkth Exxbcisb. let Sec. — TuMvatu* Exbboios. Ire Sec. 

CommeDt! {How!) Yoasavezmaldegoige? Oui, j'ai tin tre» 
maavais xnal de gorge. — Avez-vous un'rhurae ansai? Non, je n'ai 
pM de rhame. J^espere que votre jeune firere se porte tieow — Oiu, 

* Cardinal numbers answer the question: Combien f How manyf 
^Sm— Deux, &c. 
6» 



en (arant le Terbe.) 
Combien d*ami8 avez-Tous? 
Combien en a-t-il ? 
Ne (avant) que, (apres le verbe.) 
N*en .... que .... 
Avant. Aprie, 

Tfen , . . qu*un, N*en . . . que deux. 
Je n'ai qu*an ami. 
Je n'en ai qu'un— que deux ou trois. 
Combien de chevaux a votre frere 7 
n n*en a qu'un — que deux jeunes. 
BeoMcoup de .,., (avcc les noma.) 
(Dir. 7.) 

En heaucoup (sans noro). 

Beaucoup de beurre frais. 
Beaucoup d*or. Beaucoup de mots 
A-t-il beaucoup de choux t 
n ed a beaucoup — H n'en a pas beau 

coup. 
N'ont-ils ni beaucoup de fer, ni 

beaucoup d*acier 7 
Trop de (avec). En .. ,, trop (sans 

nom.) 
Avez-vous trop de mats t 
J'en ai trop. Je n'cn ai pas trop. 
n n'a ni trop de oelui-ci ni de oelui- 

la. 
A-t-il beaucoup de ehoees 1 II en a ' 

heaucoup trop. 



Digitized 



by Google 



06 THIRTEEHTB LKllOH ^ 

U 86 porte tres-bien. Quelqu'un est-il malade chez voos ! Penonni 
a'est malade. Mr. j'ai I'honneur de vous saluer et j'espere que 
▼0U8 vous portez mieux. — Je me porte beaucoup mieux, je yom 
remercie. Fait-i1 chaud ? II ne fait pas froid. — Asse}rez-vous, pre- 
nez ce siege-ci. Non merci. — Votre cuisinier se porte-t-il mieux ^ 
n se porte bion. J'eu suis bien aise. 

How many friends have you ? I have two good Mends. — Have 
you eight good trunks ? I have nine. — ^Has our servant three brooms t 
He has only one good one. — Has the captain two fine ships ? He 
.has only one. — How many sailors has he 1 He has too many ; he 
Aas thirteen. — How many hammers have the carpenter and joiner^ 
They have many. — Have they too many? They have not. (Dir. 1.)— 
Have not the shoemakers many shoes? Yes, they have many, but 
cot too many. — Has not the young man an old copy-book ? Yes, he 
has. — Has the clerk ten fans? No, he has but seven; but he haa 
ten handkerchiefs, nine inkstands, eight combs, and many pencils.— 
How much money have the Spaniards ? They have not much.— 
Have they not many fine horses ? Yes, they have. — ^Has your neigh- 
bor much cofiise ? He has some. — ^How many bags has he 1 He 
has only six or seven. — ^Who has too much grain? Nobody has.— 
What has he got in his hat? He has some journals. — How many 
has he ? He has three or four. — Has he but three or four? No, hf 
has but three or four. 

How many good generals have the Americans? They have » 
great many. — What have the Russians? They have much salt: 
but not too much. — Have the farmers much fresh butter ? They have 
some old, but none fresh. — Have you brothers? I have but one.— 
What have the apothecaries got in their stores? — They have man} 
things. — ^Have they too many ? Yes, too many by far. — Has the dry 
goods me<x2hant any satin, cotton and thread ? He has neither satin 
cotton, nor thread — What has he got? He has many things. — ^Hac 
he anjrthing pretty? Yes, he has. (Dir. 1.) — Has the sohoiar a 
copybook ? No, he has none. Oh ! yes, he has one in his trunk.— 
What has the grocer got in this and in that bag? In this he ha» 
some clothes. In that, he has cabbages, grain, and fresh cheese.— 
Has he biscuits? He has. — Is the man afraid? No, he is no- 
afraid. — Are not the generals cold and hungry? No, but they an 
warm and thirsty. — Who is ashamed? The minister's litdc boy i- 
ashamed. He is wrong. — Who has the electric telegraph ? The 
Mnericans have it.— Has the youth any pretty sticks? He has w 
-Metty sticks, but some beautiful birds.— What chickens has aa 
oook ? He has some pretty chickens. — How many has he ? He bai 
six. — Has the hatter any ha^s? He has a good many.— Has tlM 
ioiner much wood ? He has not a great deal ; but enough. 



Digitized 



by Google 



THIBnCENTH LX880V. 



YooABULAiBB. 2de Beetioa. 
AvoDB-nous r Nous tTons. 
Nous n'aTODs pas. N'a 

pas? 
Qu'aTons-nous T 
Nous n^avons rien. 
L'avoDs-nous f Nous les aYons. 
ATons-noos qnelqa'un T ^ 

Nous fi'ayons personne.- 
Qui t Qui avoii8>iioiis f 

Nous aYons nos jeunes et cos Tietu 



YooABQiABT 2d Section, 
flave we f We have. 

We have not. Have we not got t 

What have we f is the matter with usf 
We have nothing, or nothing is, &c. 
Have we it t We have them. 
Hnve we anybody T 
W© have nobody, (not anybody). 
Whom T Whom have we t 

We have our young and old friends. 

Are we warm ? We are not cold. 

Enough. (Dir. 6.) Enough o/iti of them. 
Money enough. Enough knives. 
We have enough (of it or them). 
But little, only a Utile, not muck, not 

many, but few. (Dir. 7.) 
Who has but little money T 
I have not much, or but little. 

Not much of it, but few of them. 
Have we not many friends f 
We have but few. 
Have I but few T 
You have not many. 
Has he but litUe t 
The lawyers have but few 
Who has but little T 
Nobody has much (man^). 
The merit. Some merit 

This lawyer has great merit. 
XiM«— Little merit. (Dir. 7.) 
LiUle of ti— He has litth tf it. 

A little A little of it. 

A little cloth. He has a little. 

Nine — ten — eleven —twelve. 

Courage. 

Pepper. Some vinegar. 

Thibtxbiith Exbroiss. 2d Seo. — Tusaitia Exxroioe. 2de Sec. 

Pai llionnetir ie voaa Valuer, Mle. Sophie. Monsieur, je voui 
•oahaite Ie bonjour — Comment vons etes-vous porte? Je vom 
remercie; Mle., je me sub tres-bien porte, comme k I'ordinaire — 
Comment ee porte-t-on chez voas? Chez moil Tout.le monde ec 
porte bien, meici — Le menuisier se porte-t-il mieux ? II ne se porte 
%ui mieux. Je suia £au;h6 de Tapprendre. Qui a mal do t^e ehei 



Avons-nous chaud T Nous n*avoni 

pas froid. 
Asiez de (av. Ie nom.). En . . assez. 
Xssez d*argent. Assez de couteaux. 
Nous en avons assez. 

C Ne,,pa»beinieoupde3 
Qui n'a guere d' argent f 
Je n'en ai guere — Je n*en ai pas 

beaucoup. 
N'en . . guere — N*en . . pas beaucoup. 
N'avons-nous pas beaucoup d'amis I 
Nous n'en avons gn^re. 
N'en ai-je guere t 
Votis n*en avez pas beaucoup. 
N*en a-t-il guere f 
Les avocats n*en ont guere. 
Qui n*en a guere f 
Personne n*en a guere. 
Le merite. Du m^rite. 

Cet avocat a un grand ro^te. 
Peu de (av. le n.). Feu de m^te. 
En,.,, peu — ^11 en a peu. 
Un peu de.... En,..,un peu 
Un peu de drap. 11 en a un pea 
Neuf— dix— onze — douze. 
Du coBur, (du courage). 
Du poivre. Du vinaigre. 



Digitized 



by Google — 



BB FOUKTKKMTH LE880K. 

rcmsf PeiBonne n'a ma) de tlte chez moi ; mais mon frere a ma 
aox dents. 

Haro we many notes t We have only a few. — ^How many notei 
have we ? We have only three pretty ones. — Have you firesh battel 
enough? We have not enough. — Have our boys too many ink- 
stands? They have not too many, but enough. — Has our young 
friend too much milk 1 He has only a little, but enough. — Who haa 
good many words? The scholars have enough, but not too many.— 
Have they many gloves? Who? The farmers or scholars vM5)1 
The fiEurmers. They have not any. — Has the cook any pepper ( ^ 26), 
salt, and vinegar ? He has not enough vinegar, but he has toe much 
pepper and salt Have we much soap? We have only a little.- 
Has the merchant much cloth? He has a good deal. — Who has a 
good deal of paper? Our neighbors have. — ^Have these tailors 
many buttons? They have but few. — ^Has the painter many gar 
dens? He has not many. — ^How many gardens has he? He has 
but two. — Have we the Germans' knives? We have them. — Have 
we the captain's fine horses? We have them not; the general ^'as 
them. — ^Have we any good and fine (f 18) jewels? We have a 
good many. — What jewels have we? We have gold, silver, and 
steel jewels ( fl 40) . What candlesticks have our friends. They have 
the old iron ones (les vieux de fer.) Have we not Sarah's satin ribbons? 
No, we have them not. — Have we not any ribbons ? Satin ribbons? 
Yes, satin ribbons? Yes, we have many, but not Sarah's. — ^Has the 
clerk any of the grocer's chocolate, sugar, cofiee, vinegar, pepper, 
salt, and biscuits (^ 140) ? He has not. — Whom have you to-day? 
We have the minister of merit — Whom has your brother ? He has 
nobody. — Whom have I? The lawyer who has little merit. — Who 

has merit? Doctor (Docteur) M has much merit. — ^Have we 

neither gold nor silver? Yes, we have. — What have they? They 
have something fine. — ^Have you an}rthing bad ? Yes, and I am 
ashamed of it 



FOURTEENTH LESSON, Uth.-^uatorziime Legony 14fiw. 



VocABUiiABY. Ist Section. 
A f em—Some. (^3.) 
A few books. A few friends. 

Have you a few eiercisesf 
Some (of them). A few (of them). 
A few of.... 

TIfey have a few of mine (some of). 
Have we not a few f 
One or a son. Some sous. 



YooABULAniK. Ire Section. 
Quelques (no <?e, before the noun). 
Quelques livres. Quelques aiiiif 
Avez-vous quelques ezercices 7 
En .... quelques «fi«. 
QudqueM unt des .... 
lis en ont quelques ims des misiif. 
N'en avons-nous pat quelques ansl 
Un sou. Dot soma. 



Digitized 



by Google 



rOURTXXMTB LX180M 



Oae or a franc 

A dollar. 



Some franca. 
Half a dollar. 



Unfr^nc. 
Un dollar. 



Qaelqnea franea. 
Un demi-dollar. 



Obi. 31. In tha United States, the French nae the word : dollar; giring 
to the ar final, its French sound. 



A one dollar note. Two dollars. 

A three., five, or ten dollar note. 

A two dollar one,or one of two dollars. 

Other. One or another. Some others. 

Another dollar. Some other dollars. 

Have we another franc f 

Have wc some other francs f (some 

more? 
We have another. We have some 

more. 
iVtf otker hone .... A#r««9 (^ 26). 

I have no other horse. 

I have no other. 

Etave they other horses? 

They have otbera. 

We have i.: others (^ 28). 

The arm. The foot. 

The heart. The month. 

The work. The volume. 

I have but a few dollars. 

You have but a few (of them). 

We have but a few volumes. 

They have but a few. 

He has but a few. 



Un billet d'un dollar. Deux dollars. 
Un billet de trois, de cinq ou de dix 

dollars. — Un de deux dbllara. 
Autre, Un autre. D*autras (,% 26). 
Un autre dollar. D'autres dollars. 
Avons-nous un autre frimc f 
Avons-nous d'autres fitmcs t 

Nous en avons im autre (d autrea). 

iVe . . . . pa» tTauire €kivah^atUrt§ 

Aevaux, 
Je n'ai pas d* autre cheval. 
Je n'en ai pas d' autre. 
Ont-ib d'autres chevaux f 
lis en ont d'autres. 
Nous n*en avons pas d'autrea. 
Le bras. Le pied. 

Le ccBiur. Le mois. 

L'ouvrage. Le volume. 

Je n'ai que quelques dollars. 
Vous n'en avez que quelques uns. 
Nous n' avons que quelques volumes 
lis n'en ont que quelques uns. 
n n'en a que quelques uns. 



FouBT£BNTH EzxBOisi. Ist Sec. — QuATOBKiiMB EzBBOiCB, Ire Sec. 

Have you many knives? I have a few. — Have you many pen- 
cils ? I have only a few. — ^Has the painter's friend many looking- 
glasses ? He has only a few.-^Have your boys a few sous ? They 
have a few. — Have we not a few francs? Yes, we have. (Dir. 1.)— 
How many francs have we? We have ten. — Have we but ten? 
We have but ten. — ^How many dollars has the Spaniard? He has 
not many, he has only five. — How many half dollars has he? He 
has ten. — Who has a ten dollar note ? I have a five dollar note ; 
little John has a three dollar one ; the clerks have two two doUai 
notes 3 the doctor has one of a dollar: but nobody has a ten dollar 
one. — ^Who has the beautiful glasses of the Italians? We have 
Aem. — Have the Engiish many ships ? They have. — Has the milk- 
min many horses? No, he has but two. — What have the Germans ? 
They have many dollars. — How many have they? They liave 
eleven.- -Have we the journals of the English or those of the Ge^ 



Digitized 



by Google 



70 



POU&T£BirTH LSUOir. 



i1 We haye those of the former, but not of the latter.-- I]m« 
we the satm parasols of the Spaniards? We have them not, bat 
the Americans have. — ^Has the butter man much fresh butter I Ha 
has only a little, but enough. — Have the sailors the cotton mattreBsei 
that we have ? They have not those which we have, but those 
which their captains have. — Has the Frenchman many francs ? He 
has only a few, but he has enough. — ^Has your servant sous enough 1 
He has only a few, but he has dollars enough. 

Have the Russians dollars, half dollars, francs, and so Js ? No, they 
have none. — Who has any ? The Americans have dollars and half 
dollars, and the French have francs and sous. — ^Have you a ten doUai 
bill in your pocket-book ? No, but I have two five dollar octes, and 
a few of one and two dollars. — How many feet have men ? They 
have two. — ^How many has that one ? He has but one. — How many 
has that other one ? Which one T The big or the tall one ? The 
big one. He has two. — ^How many feet h^^re horses, oxen, birds 
and chickens ? ( H 5-) Horses and oxen have four feet, but birds an^ 
CLickens have but two. 

N. B. — Let the pupil try to compose a French exercise on the words of 
daily salutations, as none is given here. 



VOCABTTLAET. 2d SectioU. 

What day of the month is it f 
What day of the month have we f 
It is the first. The second. 

We have the first. The second. 
It is not the third; it is but the 
second. 



VccABTJLAnii. 2de Section. 
Quel jour du mois est-ce f 
Quel jour du mois avons-nous f 
C'est le premier. C'est le deux 
Nous avons !e premier. Le deux. 
Ce n'est pas le trois ; ce n'est que la 

deux. 



Oh». 32. The cardinal numbers are used in French for dates, though the 
ordinal be used in English sxcept : le premier ^ for the first of every mon^ 



It is the eleventh. 
We have the eleventh. 
It it not the twelfth ff 
Have we not the twelfth f 



C'est leonze (not Z'oam). 
Nous avons le onze. 
N 'est-ce pas le douze f 
N*avon8-nous pas le douze f 

Obi. 33. The ordinal numbers are formed of the cardinal by adding time, 
(and when they end in e, this is dropped.) Premier and tecond are irregular 
and used for first and eecondt but not in compound ntmibers, such as : twenif 
first i twenty -tecond ; which are not : mvigf •premier, vm^C-aecofM^ ; butvts^pi 
et uniime, vingt-detunime. 



Which volume have you T 

I have the eleventh — the thirty-first. 



One, 
Two. 



un. 
deux. 



The first. 
The second. 



Quel volume avez-vous f 

J*ai le onzieme — le trente ei unidmf 

Singulier, Flurid, 

Le premier. Les premiers. 
Le deuxidme, le Les deuxidmea, las 
second. seconda 



Digitized 



by Google 



POU&TKKNTH LK880K. 



71 



rkrae, trois. 
Four, quatre. 
Five, cinq. 
Nine, neuif. 
eleven, onze. 
Twenty, vingt. 



The third. 
. The fourth. 
The fifth. 
The ninth. 
The eleventh. 
The tvrcnty-first. 

The twenty-second. 



rhirt> , trente, The thirty-first. 
Hundred, oent. The hundred and 
first. 
The last 
These last exercises. His last dollar. 

Our last i^aper or journal. 
The first and last day of the month. 
That is right. That's not right. 
b this, is that, or is it his copy-book f 
[t is, this is, that is his. 



Le troisieme. Les troisidmes. 

Le quatrieme. Les quatriemes. 

Le cinquieme. Les cinquiemes. 

Le neuvieme. Les neuvicmes. 

Le onzieme. Les onziemes. 

Le vingt et uni- Les vingt et uni* 

erne. ernes. 

Le vingt-deuz- Les vingt-davs* 

ieme. iemes. 

Le vrente et unieme. > 

Le cent-unieme. Les cent-Tinidmea. 

Le dernier. Les demiers. 

Ces demiers exercices. Son dernier 

dollar. 
Notre dernier papier ou joomal. 
Le premier et le dernier jour du mois. 
C'est bon. Ce n*est pas bon. 

Est-ce son cahier f 
C*eat le sien. 



N. B. — No French exercise is given here. . Let the pupil try to compose 
)ne on the words of daily salutations. 

FoumTxxHTR ExEKOisB. 2d Sec. — QuATOBziiiis ExjEsoiOB. 2de Sec. 

Monday, April fourteenth, 1849. \ L""^^' ^"^^^™ ^^^' "»' ^^^ ^^'^^ 

C quarante-neuf. 

How many exercises have we, to-day ? We hare but one. — ^Have 
jve but one 1 No, we have but one. — What day of the month is it 1 
it is the fourteenth. — ^Is it the fourteenth, indeed ? Yes, it is (the 
1 4th). — Have you the paper of to-day? To-day's paper? No; but 
iie clerk has it. — Has he but one ? No, he has three. — Is this the 
last journal ? Yes, it is. — Is not to-day the fourteenth ? No, it m 
only the thirteenth. — Indeed! yes, indeed! That's right. That's 
7er> well. — ^How many stockings has the merchant ? He has but 
few ; but he has many shawls, gloves and ribbons. — Have you any 
other biscuits? I have no other. — How many servants has that gen- 
tleman ? He &as but three ; but these foreigners have five. — ^Has 
die general much merit ? He has. — ^Has W. living's last work much 
merit? Yes, it has. — ^How many arms has this man ? He has one.— 
How many feet has the captain? He has but one. — How many has 

> Let the leianer write the date, before his task. Ex. Lundi, seiie 
4vril, mil huit cent quarante-neuf. Monday, April 16th, 1849. 

Days of the week — Jours de la Semaine — Sunday, Dimanche ; Mondajt 
tiondi; Tuesday, Mardi; Wednesday, Mercredi; Thursday, Jeidi; FrV 
4af , Vendredi ; Saturday, SamedL 

Fer the names of the months, (^ 143.) 



Digitized 



by Google 



78 FIFTEENTH LESSOK. 

the general? He has two. — What heart has your boy? He has a 
good heart. — ^Have you no other servant ? YeS; I have another^— 
Has your friend no other buds ? Yes, he has. — How many ! Ha 
has six others. — ^Have the Spaniards and Italians many trees in their 
gardens? No^ they have but few; bat the lawyer of merit has a 
great many in his. 

Which volume have you ? I have the first. — Have you the second 
volume of my work? I have it. — ^Have you the third or fourth 
exercise? I have neither the former nor the latter. — Have the 
boys the fifth or sixth volume? They have the fifth, but we 
have the sixth. — ^Which volume has your fiiend? He has the 
twenty-first. — Is not to-day the eleventh of this month ? The eleventh 
of the month? No. It is the twelfth. The twelfth! indeed!— Has 
the youth much money ? No, but he has our gold. — ^Who has cou- 
rage? The baker's little friend. — Have we the naib and hammen 
of the joiner, or those of the carpenter? We have neither those of 
the joiner nor of the carpenter, but those of the grocer. — Is this 
your copy-book ? Yes, it is mine. — Is not this Miss Anne^s velvet bon- 
net ? Yes, it is hers. — ^Has your clerk or mine got the good two dollar 
note? Mine has it not. — What has he? He has the five dollar 
one. — Has the minister this or that work? He has but that one. — 
Who has the other ? Nobody has it. It has no merit. — Whom have 
we to-day ? We have our young friends and those of the farmer. — 
Have the Russians (Jes Russes) pepper ? They have but little pep- 
per, but a good deal of salt. — Have the Turks much wine ? They 
have not much wine, but a good deal of cofiee. — ^Who has a good 
deal of milk? The Germans have a good deal. — ^Have you no 
other gun ? I have no other. — Have we any other cheese ? We 
have some other. — Have I no other pistol ? You have another. 



FIFTEENTH LESSON, 15th.— Quinzwnw Le^on, 15me. 



VooABULABT. Ist Sectlon. 
The tome (volume). The last tome. 
Have you the first or second tome of 

my work t 
Bothf or both the one ahd the other. 
I have both. 

Have you their gold or silver Y 
I have neither (the one nor the ether). 
The one and the other^ (plural.) 
Has your brother my gloves or his 7 
He has (bo*W your) and his. 



YocABULAiBB. Ire Seoti<Mft. 
Le tome. Le dernier tome. 

Avex-vous le premier ou le deoziSmt 

tome de mon ouvrage f 
L*un et r autre. 
J'aiTunetr autre. 
Avez-vous leur or ou leur argent t 
Je n'ai ni Ton ni Tautre. 
Les uns et les autres. 
Votre fr^re a-t-il mes gants ou les 

siens ? II a les uns et les autres 



Digitized 



by Google 



rirTKKKTH LKSSOir. 



73 



Hm he theirs or those of the clerks? 
Oe hss neither. (Mind Dir. I.) 
HsTe they neither f (sing.) 
HsTe they neither f (plar.) 
They have the one, but not the other. 
The Scotchman. The Dutchman. 
The Irishman. The Swiss. 

StUlt yetf sowut or any store, store. 
Ajny more satin. Some more steeL 
Tst some dollars. A fisw more francs. 

Bftve you any more cloth f 

I have still some cloth. I have more. 

Has he any more steel t He has. 

Have I yet many things f 

Ton hare still many (many more). 

Hare the Datch any more pepper f 



A-t-il les leors ou oeuji des eommis I 
II n*a nr les uas ni les autres. 
N*ont-ils ni Tun ni T autre f 
N'ont-ils ni les uns ni les autres? 
lis ont Tun mais non pas Tautre. 
L'^cossais. Le HoUandais. 

LTrlandais. Le Soisse. 

Encore (affirmatif )• 
Encore da satin. Encore de Taoier. 
Encore des dollars. Encore quelques 

francs. 
Avez-Toos encore dn Irap ? 
J'ai encore du drap. J*en ai encore. 
A-t-il encore oe Tacier? II en a 

encore. 
Ai-je encore beanconp de choses t 
Vous en aves encore beauoonp. 
Les HoUandais ont-ils enoore da poi- 

Tre? 
Us n'en ont pas ; mais nous en avons. 
Avez-TOUfl encore assez de vinaigre 

et de Sucre ? 
Nous avons assez de Tun ; mais pas 
de Tautre. 



They have not, bat we have. 
Have you yet vinegar and sugar 

enough f 
We have enough of the one, but not 

enough of the other. 

N. B. — Let the pupil compose a French Exercise. 
FxnsaicTH Exbboibb. Ist Sec. — Qunxiiia Exsboioi. Ire Sec. 
Tuesday, April 1849. Write the date fully in French. 

Which exercises have these gentlemen to-day ? We haye two.-* 
Which? The fourteenth and fifteenth. — ^Have you many words 1 
No, not many. — Which volume of Cuvier's great works has your 
brother f He has the last. — Has he not the seyenth, also 1 He has 
it not. — ^Ho;r many tomes has that workt It has ten. (Dir. 1.) — 
Have you my work o: my friend's ? I have both. — Has the foreigner 
my comb or your knife ? He has both. — Have the Dutch the fresh 
bread or cheese ? They have neither the one nor the other. — Have 
I your penknife or my friend's 1 You hare neither. — ^Who has them 1 
I have. — ^Has the Dutchman my glass or that of thb scholar 1 He 
oas neither. (Dir 1.) — ^Has the Irishman our horses or chests? He 
has both. — What have those Irishmen? They have some one dol- 
lar notes. — Has the Scotchman our leather shoes or cotton stockings? 
He' has neither. — What has he ? He has the iron guns of the Swiss. 
—-What has the Swiss got ? He has thA Scotchman's stick/— Have 
^ Dutch our ships or those of the Spaniards ? They have neither. 
—Which ships have they ? They have their own. 

Has oui grocer any more pepper ? He has some more.-*Ha8 the 
7 



Digitized 



by Google 



74 



PIFTBENTH LK880II. 



lawyer's derk any more half dollars? He has some more. He bai 
yet four or five. — Has he any more jewels ? He has no jewels.-^ 
Is the Swiss warm and hungry ? No, he is neither warm nor him* 
gryj but the Irishman is dry and sleepy. — Who is ashamed? No 
one is ashamed, but the minister is afraid of our big dog. — Is not 
the Scotchman right? Yes, he is, and the Russian too. — Are not 
the doctor and the apothecary wrong? No, ♦hey are not wrong.— 
Have the Irish anything old ? They have. — Who has something 
ugly? No one has. — ^Have the Americans anymore salt? They 
hare, and some fresh butter, too. — ^Have the painters anything pretty ? 
No, to-day they have nothing. — ^Haye they not one pretty fan ? CWi, 
yes ! They have still one. — How many lawyers have you ? We 
have a great many ; we have also many (Dir. 7) physicians, minis- 
ters, grocers, gentlemen, apothecaries, and merchants. — ^Has the 
youth Miss Anne's shawl? He has, and he has also her velvet 
bonnet (M^), her gold pencil-case, satin bag, handkerchief, and 
jewels. That's right. — Is this the last journal ? No, it is that of the 
eleventh. Very well. 

VocABULABT. 2d Section. Vocabulairi. 2de Section. 

Obs. 34. More, affirmative, is encofe. But with a negation, use, for : 



Not any more, no more. No longer 

any — no longer any more, 
1 have no more fire, and he has no 

more. 
He has no more rice. He has no more. 
Have we any more fresh butter f 
I have no more (do longer any). 
We have no more (no longer any). 
Has the wine merchant any mov^a 

vinegar ? No, he has no longer any. 
We h^^e no more of that good coffee. 
Have the grocers no more of it f 
They have no more. I have no more. 
Have they no more gold nor silver? 
ITes, they have a little more. 

Not much more, not many more. 

Have you much more velvet 7 (Dir. 7.) 

I have not much more. 
Has the boy many more toys 7 He 

has not many more. 
One mors inkstand. No more tnk- 

ttand. 
4. frw words. No more word: Encore quelques mots. Plutdetwta 

INf 35. flu$ d'eneritr-'Pluo de mote, which seem to signify : moro mh 



Ne . . .plus de, (avec un nom.) 

Nen.. . ,plutj (sans le nom.) 

Jo n*ai plus de feu, et il n'en a plus. 

II n'a plus de ris. II n'en a plus. 

Avons-nons encore da beurre frais f 

Je n'en ai plus. 

Nous n'en avons plus. 

Le marchand de vin a-t-il encore da 

vinaigre 7 Non, il n'en a plus. 
Nous n'avons plus de ce bon cafS. 
Lcs ^piciers n'en ont-ils plus 7 
lis n'en ont plus. Je n'en ai pliuL 
N'ont-ils plus ni or ni argent 7 
Si fait, ils en ont encore un peti. 
Ne.,. pZtft guire de, (avec un nom.) 
'"en . . . ,plu9 guire, (sans nom.) 
Ave2-voua encore beaucoup de w* 

lours 7 Je n'en ai plus gu^re. 
Le gar9on a-t-il encore beanconp di 

joujoux 7 II n'en a pins gudre. 
Encore nn encrier. Plu$ d\ 



\Ni 
\N 



Digitized 



by Google 



FirTMNTH LXSrfOM. 



7» 



rwonlf, 18, howcTer, inBirench, an6gainat)X|»reeflion. As the 
<erb : / have, he hat, Slc, is imderitood, so is th« «c, which precedes it. 
» 171, R. 8.) 
One more cabbage. A few moie. Encore nn chou. Encore quelqnes 



Avez-vous eiicore quelques dollars f 
J*en ai encore (quelques uns). 
Ai-je encore trop de sous f 
> Vous n'en avez pas trop, mais assat. 
Combien d*or a-t-il encore t 
II en a encore on pen. 
Combien en a-t-il encore f 
Le demur. Les deux, lee troji det • 

niers. 
Le bSton da g^n^ral et sec gants. 



Have you a few more dollars f 

I have (a few more). 

Have I still too many sousf 

You have not too many, but enough. 

How much more gold has he f 

He has a little more (yet a jittle). 

How much or how many more has hef 

The last. The last two, three. 

The general's stick and gloves. ($ 32, 

N.3.) 

FiTTUNTH ExBBCiBi. 2d Seo. — QciKziiMK ExxBcioB. 2de Sec. 
Wednesday, April .... 1849. Mercredi, Avril, 1849. 

Have yoa one more exercise,lVIeBsrs. ? We have two more.— 
Which? The last two. — Has our cook much more fresh beef? He 
has not much more. — Has he many more chickens? He has not. — 
Has the farmer much more milk ? He has not much more milk ; 
but he has a great deal more butter. — Hare the French many mora 
horses? They have not many more. — Has our friend one more 
umbrella? He has no more. — Has the tailor no more buttons ? He 
has no more. — ^Has our carpenter no more nails? He has no more 
nails; but he has a little more wood. — ^Has this cook no more fire? 
YeSj he has a little more. — Have those Spaniards a few more half 
dollars? They have a few more. — ^Have you a few more francs? 
We have no more francs ; but some more dollars. — ^Have the Swiss 
still vinegar enough ? They have theirs and mine. — Have they ? 
(Dir. 1.) Yes, they have. — Have we any of the grocer^s sugar? 
No, we have no more. — ^Has the joiner wood enough? He has 
enough. — ^Has he the stranger's wood? He has it not. — ^Has he his 
iron and wooden hammers ? He has them not. — Have the sailors 
got their rice (} 32), biscuits, beef, bread, and wine? They have 
them ; but they have neither fresh butter nor cheese. 

How many ships has the little Russian ? These two. — Has he no 
more ? No, he has but two. — ^Is this to-day's paper ? No, it is not.— 
Which journals has the lawyer? ,He has the last three. — What day 
of ihe month is it? It is the sixth. — ^How many friends have you? 
1 have but one good friend. — Has the farmer^s horse too^'much grain 1 
He has not enough. — Has he not much money ? Yes, he has a greai 
Aeal.^-Has he much iron ? He has still mvch. — Have we the cotton 



Digitized 



by Google 



W fIXTKKNTR LKSSOH. 

OT thread stockings of the Americans 1 We have n fither theii thread 
nor cotton stockings. — ^Is John cold, in the garden ? No, he is not.^— 
Are you very thirsty I I am thirsty enough. — Is the Irishman too 
(trop) warm? Too warm? No, indeed, he is not too warm. — Who 
is too warm? Nobody is too warm; but I am too hungry and 
•leepy. — What ails your young dog? Nothing ails him. — What ails 
those Dutchmen? They are afraid of the farmer's oxen and dog. 
(i 32, N. 3.) — Who has my friend's book and dictionary? I have 
them not; but we have Edward's (Edouard) penknife, copy-book, 
and pencil. 



SIXTEENTH LESSON, 16th.— ^etrtfW Le^on, 16me. 



VooABVLABT. Ist Bectiou. 
Several. 

Several (of them). 

Several men. Several children. 

Several copy-books and pencils. 

(Dir. 2.) 
The father. This child. 

A ion ... A cake. Tea. 
Has thb gentleman several sons f 
He has several. 
As mnch, as mauy. 
As much . . . aS| as many ... as. 

As much soap as sugar. 

As many men as children. 

Have you as much gold as silver f 

t have as much of this as of that. 

I have as much of the one as of the 

other. 
Has he as many shoes as stockings f 
He has as many of these as of those — 

as many of the one as of the other. 
QuUe (or ju»t) as much, at many. 
Quite as much ... as, as many ... as. 

Have I quite as much velvet as satin t 

You have {quite orjuet at much). 

Quite or just as much (of it). 

They have just as much of this as of 

that. 
Jost as many of these as of those. 



VocABTTLAnuB. Ire Section. 
Pluaieure, (no de before the noon.) 
En . . . plutieure, 

Plusieurs homme8.Plu8ieursen£uits 
Ploiisars cahiers et plusieurs cray- 
ons. 
Le pire. Get enfant. 

Vnjih. Vngdteau. DvLthi, 
Ce Monsieur a-t-il plusieurs tils ? 
n en a pksienrs. 
Autant de, (avant un nom.) 
Autant de .., que de . . . (avant tef 

noma.) 
Autant de savon que de sucre. 
Autant d^hommes que d^enfants. 
Avez-vous autant d'or que d* argent f 
J*ai autant de celui-ci que de celui-Uu 
J'ai autant de I'nn que de Tautre. 

A-t-il autant de souliers que de has t 
II a autant de ceux-ci que de ceux-la. 
— autant des uns que des autres. 
Tout autant de,.. (avant un nom.) 
Tout autant de . . . que de (av. lea 

noma). 
Ai-je tout autant de reloors que ds 

satin t 
Vous en avez Umt autant. 
En . . . tout autant. 
Us ont tout autant ce celui*d que dt 

celtu-li. 
Tout autant de ceuz-d que dt 

oeuz-ll. 



Digitized 



by Google 



Qmtm M much of the one aiof the 

other. ' 

Quite as many of the one as the other. 
Quite as much of the grocer's coffee 

•8 sugar. (^ 32, N. 3.) 



tlXTUHTH LXSfOH. 71 

Tout aotiuit do Fun %(qb de l*aiitre. 



Tout antant des nns que des aotrea. 
Tout autant du cafe de r^icierqiM 
de son sucre. 



SixTsxHTH EzxKciBB. Ist Seo. — SKgitifB Exsscioi. Ire See. 
Thursday, April, 1849. Jendi, April, 1849. 

How many exercises have we, to-day 1 We have but one.— 
Which is it? It is this. Thai's right.— What have yoal I haipv 
several horses. — ^Has he several coats 1 He has only one. — Who 
has several looking-glasses? My^brother's painter has. (Dir. 1.) — 
What looking-^asses has he ? He has pretty ones. — ^Who has our 
good cakes ? Several boys have them. — ^Is this yoor friend's child ! 
Yes, it is (his child). — Has he several children? Yes, hehas.— Ts 
not this his son 1 No, it is not (his son). — ^Have yon as much cof£be 
as tea ? I have. — ^Has this stranger a son ? He has several.^ How 
many sons has he ? He has four. — ^How many children have the 
minister and the physician ? Have they as many, the one as the 
other? No; the first has foar, and the last six. — ^Indeed! Yes, 
indeed. That is a great many. — Have we as much old cheese as 
fresh butter ? You have as much of the one as of the other. — Have 
we as many shoes as stockings? We have. (Dir. 1.) — ^Have I as 
much good as bad paper? You have. — ^How many small pistols 
have the Swiss? They have as many small ones as large one& — 
Have you as much of your wine as of mine ? I have. 

Has the ugly cook as much fresh butter as beef? He has not 
(as much of the one as of the other). Has the carpenter as many 
sticks as nails? He has just as many of these as of those. — ^What 
has the hatter ? He has velvet and satin hats. — ^Has he not as many 
of the one as of the other? Yes, he has just as many. — Who has 
my books, his pencils, your copy-books, Robert's inkstand and pen- 
kidfe {i 32, N. 3), and many other things ? The little scholar has.— 
Have you as many biscuits as cakes ? I have not as many of these 
as of those. — ^Have the Dutch as many horses as the Germans ? No, 
they have not as many. — What has the Irishman ? ' He has another 
note. — ^Has your son one more pocket-book? He has several more. 
— Have you much money? We have only a little money; but 
enough bread, beef {repeat the jn-ep. bef, every n(mn)j fresh better, 
eheese, and old wine. — Has this boy as much courage as our neigh 
Iwr's son ? He has just as much. — ^Has the youth many notes ? Hci 
has. — Has th« merchant cloth and velvet? (^25.) He has doth, 
bat no more velvet. {Obs, 35.) — Have the boys your farmer's oi 
and horse ? They have that one, but not this. 
7» 



Digitized 



by Google 



78 



fIXTKKNTH LKSSOir. 



VooABVLAmT. 2d Section. 
An eHcmy, eftemie§. 
The finger. Tk* thumb, inch. 

More, (a comparative adverb.) 
More bread. More men. 
Than, 

More bread than wine. 
More knives than sticka. 
More of this than of that. 
More of the one than of the other. 
More of these than of those. 
More of the ones than of the others. 
I have more of your su^ar than of 

mine. 
He has more of our books than of his. 
Les9t fewer t not so much or many. 
Liess satin than velvet (not so much . .). 
Fewer penknives than pencils. 
Not so many penknives as pencils. 
Le»» than, mqre than, (bef. a number.) 
I have more than three dollars. 
He has not more than five francs. 
They have not less than te-. 
More than I, (bef. a pronoun.) 
More than As. More than we. 
Less than you, hen than they. 
They, Than they. 

Ai much 08 you. Just as many as he. 
As much as I. Quite as many as they. 
So much, so many. So much as that. 
Not so much. Not so many as that. 
They have six servants. 
Have they so many f No, they have 

not so many as that. They have 

but four. 



YooABiTiAi&B. 2de8eeti«A. 
Un ennsmi, des ennemis. 
Le doigt. Le pouee. 

Plus de, (avant un nom.) 
Plus de pain. Plus d'hommea. 
Que de, (avant un nom.) 
Plus de pain que de vm. 
Plus de couteaux que de b&tons. 
Plus de celui-ci que de celui-la. 
Plus de Tun que de T autre. 
Plus de ceux-ci que de ceux-la. 
Plus des uns que des autres. 
J'ai plus de voire sucre que du 



II a plus de nos livres qye des 
Moins de, (avant un nom.) 
Moins de satin que de velours. 

Moins de canifs que de crayons. 

Moins de, plus de, (av. un nombre.) 
J'ai plus de trois dollars. 
II n*a pas plus de cinq francs. 
Us n'en ont pas moins de diz. 
Plus que moif (avant un pronom.)i 
Plus que (lit. Plus que nous. 
Moins que vouf . Moins qu^eux. 
Eux, Qu^eux, 

Autantquevous. Tout autant que lui. 
Autant que moi. Tout autant qu'eujL 
Tant de, Tant que ceUt, 

Pas tant. Pas tant que cela. 

lis ont six domestiques. 
En ont-ils tant f Non, ils n'en om 

pas tant que cela. Ils n*en ont que 

quatre. 

BiZTBBHTH EzxBoui. 2d Sec. — SxiutMS ExBBOiOE. 2de Sec. 

Friday, April 1849. Vendredi, Avril, 1849. 

Have you three exercises to-day, Mr. Charles? No, Miss, I have 
not 80 many. — ^How many have you t I have got but two. — Wa 
have as many as you ; but those young scholars have more than 
we. — ^Have they five or sixl No, they have not so many; ihey 



Moi, I, instead of: Je. 
Tsi, thou, " tu,' 



^Ar? used in French as no-' 
minative cases, when the 
verb is understood or 
separated from the pro- 

^ noun. (^ 38.) 



iMi, he, instead of • il. 
'J5i<«,they, •• ils 



Digitized 



by Google 



fXYJEVTSKirTB LXfSOH. 79 

tiare only four. Four 1 That's a great deal.-^Has this lawyer more 
friends than enemies? He has more enemies than friends. — Has 
the farmer as many sheep (mo 
many. — Have you as many small 
Has me ugly foreigner as much 
we. — Have our neighbors as m 
have more of the latter than of 
■s many books as copy-books ? 
■8 ot those ; they have fewer < 
How many noses has that stran| 
has but one. — How many finger 
ten 1 No, he has not so many.- 
less than ten. — ^How many has 
two thumbs. — ^How many thumbi 
He ? {mind the last note,) (Lui 1 
seven fingers and one thumb.- 
L Ave just as many as we (nous) 
Has the minister more childre 
has more than he^hui he^ihe la^ 
How many pistols have you 1 I 
more than I and they. He hat 
Yes, he has just as many. — John 
No, I have less than that. I hav 
as much courage as yours t Yo 
as much money as you? You 1 
Have you as many books as I? 
more than nine. — Have I as m 
have fewer than he; but more 
many children as we ? We have 
ais mavy ships as we ? They hi 
more feet than the horses ? No 

your bird two feet? Yes, it has two. — ^Has not this little boy more 
arms than feet? Yes, he has two arms ; but he has only one foot— 

What is the iasi ^erb of the last exercise ? It is — What ii 

the last noun of this exercise ? It is 



SEVENTEENTH LESSON, nth.—Dix-septume Le^on, 17me. 

VocABULABT. Ist SectioD. | V0CABU1.AIBE. Ire SeoUon 

OF THE INFINITIVE -De V Infinity. 

There me in French four Conjugations, which are distinguiahed by tba 
.frmination »f the Present of the Infinitive, via: — 



Digitized 



by Google 



ao 



•XTJBVTKKVTH LKISOV. 



1. Tksfint has iUinfiiudTe terminated in E£,w: parUr, to 4>«akj 

which will be the wufdel of iti regular Terbs. 
8. The eeooDd in IR, its model fintr, to finish, to eoi 

2. The thffd in OIR, " rece voir, to receive. 

4 The fourth in RE. " vendre, to sell. 

Obs. 36. A verb, in French, is regular^ when conjugated like the mode. 
of its conjugation. Irregular t of course, when not conjugated like it. Each 
ferb given, hereafter, will have the number of its class. Those marked 
with an asterisk (*) are irregular. 



To buy. 
To choose. 
To perceive. 
To wait for 



Acheter, 1.* 
Choisir, 2. 
Apercevoir, S. 
Attendre, 4. 



To cut, cut off. 

To build. 

To owe. 

To render, restore, 



Couper, 1. 
Bfitir, 2. 
Devoir, S. 
Rendre, 4. 



Fear, peur. — Shame, hont§. — Time, le temps, — Courage, le courage. 
Wrong, tort. — Right, ration. — ^A mind, a desire, a wish, envie, 

Ob$. 37. These seven words require the preposition (ie, of,) after then, 
when followed by an infinitive. Ezample.-^Are you afttdd to speak f A vcr 
vous peur de parler f ^ 



To work. 

Have you a mind to work f 

I have a mind to work. 

He has not the courage to speak. 

Are you afraid to speak t 

I am adiamed to speak. 

Have they time to wait f 

They have neither time nor a wish 

to wait. 
To cut it, him. To cut them. 
To cut some. To cut one more. 

Has he time to cut the bread ? 
He has (time to oil it). 
Has he a mind u cut other trees f 

He has (a mind to cut others). 



Travailler, 1. 

Avez-vous envie de travailler f 

J*ai envie de travailler. 

n n*a pas le courage de parler. 

Avex-vous peur de parler f 

J'ai honte de parler. 

Ont-ils le temps d'attendre f 

lis n*ont ni le temps, ni envie d'at> 
tendre. 

Le couper. Les couper. 

En couper. En couper encore on. 

A-t-il le temps de couper le pain f 

n a le temps de le couper. 

A-t-il envie de couper d*autresar* 
bresf 

n a envie d*en couper d'autres. 
Sbvxntxinth EzxBOisi. Ist Sec. — Dix-sKPnibMi Exbbciob. Ire Seo. 

Saturday April, 1849. Samedi Avril mil huit, dtc. 

Haye you more than one exercise this rooming % We hare no 
exercise, but we have a vocabulary. — Have you not more than one 

* Questions to be asked and answered in French, on the introduction of 
a verb. Of what conjugation is it f De quelle eonjugaison est-il t Of the 
Ist, 2d, 3d, or 4th. De la Ire, 2de, 3m«, ou 4me.— Why t Pourquoi t Be- 
cause it ends in : er, tr, oir, or re. Farce qu* U finit en : er, tr, oir, ou r«.— 
Is it regular f Est U rigtUier f It is. II V est.—Why t Pourquoi T Be- 
^ eause it is conjugated like the model : parler, finW, recevoirt or venHre," 
Parce qu*iZ est conjugud comme le modiL : parler, &,c. — ^It is net. U M 
Vest pas. — ^It IS not corgugated, d&c. 72 n'est pas eonjugui, &c. 



Digitized 



by Google 



SKTBHTXBHTB LKSfOB. 



roeabotA j ^ No, we have not. (Dir. 1.) That is not much. No, thai 
M not mnch, bnt it is eftoogh. — ^Hare yon still a mind to boy my 
Mend's hoTse and sheep % (^ 32, N. 3.) I hare 'still a mind to buy 
them ; but I have no more money. — ^Have you time to work * ' 
have time, but no mind to work. — ^Has your brother time to eut 
some beef or mutton ? He has. — Is he afraid to cut any 1 He is 
not. but he has no mind to cut any. — ^Has he got no knife! (^ 26.) 
Yes, he has one. — ^Hare you time to cut some cheese ^ I havew— 
Has he a desire (a mind) to cut the cabbages t He has, but he is 
ashamed to cut them. — Is the tailor of the minister wrong to cut 
the coarse cloth ? He is not wrong in cutting it — ^Who has time to 
jut the trees % What trees ? The general's big trees. The farmer 
has time to cut them. — How many trees has he time e cut? He 
has only time to cut two. — Who has time to cut more than two? 
Nobody has. — Are the little scholar and the little boy ashamed to 
speak ? They are not ashamed, but afraid to ^>eak. 

Am I not right in buying as many cakes as they ? Yes, y^n are 
right in buying as many cakes as they. — Is our friend right in buying 
that ugly old horse? No, he is wrong; but we are right in bnjring 
this pretty little dog. — ^I^ any one a mind to speak ? Yon, he, 
John, and I, hare (469, N. 1) a mind to speak ; but we hare not 
courage enough. — ^Have you tb lose gende- 

men ? I have the courage anc lem. — Is he 

not wrong to receire that note ? it. Has that 

sailor the courage to cut off the is little boy^ 

No, he has not ) but the doctor has. — Has the cloth merchant a mind 
to ch >ose a few more cloaks ? He has a mind to choose a few 
more, Dut he has no more money. — Are the carpenters ashamed tc 
b\aild a ship ? They are not ashamed to btiild a small one ; but the 
captain is afraid to build a large one. — What are they afraid tc 
build ? They are afraid to build a great many things. — Is not tht 
lawyer of merit wrong in receiving his young friends in his garden * 
No, he 15 not wrong in receiving them in his garden ; but he is n(/ 
right in choosing those old cakes and that bad wine. 

YocABVukiax. Zde Section. 
Casser, 1. Raccommoder, 1. 

De qaelle conjugaison c»t-il t 
De la premiere. Pourqsoi f 
Parce qu'il finit en : er. 
Est.il rentier f Oui, il Test. 
Poarqnoi f Parce qa*il est oonJQgni 

oomme Ic modele : jnirhr. 
Ramaseer, 1. Chercber, 1. 



YocABULAaT. 2d SecUon. 
To break. To mend, to repair. 

Caster. Of what conjugation is it f 
Of the tirst. Why ? 
Because it ends in : er. 
Is it regular f Tea, it is. 
Why r Because it is conjugated like 

be model : patier. 
To pick up. To look for, to seek. 



Digitized 



by Google 



ffXyKMTBKNTH LE8801I. 



To buy, purchase. To buy one. 
To buy eome more. To buy two. 
Fo buy one or two more. 
Have you a mind to buy one more 

horser 
I have a mind to buy two more. 
Im I not right to pick up that beau- 
tiful satin ahawl f 
f ea, but you are wrong to break that 

pretty paper fan. 
fs he afraid to mend this cloak f 



Acheter, 1. En acheter on. 

En ach^er encore. En acheter deuA 
En acheter encore un ou deux. 
Avez-vous envie d*acheter enoora 

un cheval f 
J'ai envie d'en acheter encore deux. 
N'ai-je pas raison de ramaseer c€ 

bean ch&le de satin ? 
Si £ut : mais vous avei tort de cassei 

ce joli ^ventul de papier. 
A-t-il peur de racoommoder ce man- 

tean-ci 7 
II n*a pas peur de le raccommoder. 
Qu*ont-ils envie de chercher f 
lis n'ont envie de rien chercher. 
Ces enfants ont-ils le courage d'at 

tendre dans le jardin f 
lb en ont le courage. 
Le jeune ^colier n* a-t-il pas Cort de 

vendre son dictionnaire ff 
Non, il n'a pas tort de le vendre, par- 

ce que c'est un vieux dictionnaire. 
Le marchand a-t-il plus de sucre que 

r Spicier ? II n*en a pas tant. 



He is iiot afraid to mend it. 

What have they a mind to look for 7 

They do not wish to look for anything. 

Have those children the courage to 
wait in the garden f 

They have (the courage). (Dir. 1.) 

Is not the young scholar wrong to 
sell his dictionary T 

No, he is not wrong in selling it, be- 
cause it is an old dictionary. 

Has the merchant more sugar than 
the grocer Y He has not so much. 

Sktbhtsbnth Exercise. 2d Sec— Dix-sspniME Ezsboice. 2de Sec 
Monday, May ...... 1849. Lundi, Mai, 1849. 

Have we not the two exercises of the seventeenth lesson (de la) 1 
Yes, we have the seventeenth lesson. — ^How many verbs have we 
in our vocabularies? We have ten. — ^Have we not more than teni 
Is it not enough? Yes, it is enough. — Have we any adjectives and 
nouns? We have several. — Have we not many nouns and pro- 
nouns? We have more of the last than of the first. — Has the 
young sailor any more biscuits or bread? He has biscuits, but 
(0^5. 35) no more bread. — What has the old grocer got? He has 
fresh cheese, but no more rice. — Who has fresh butter? I have 
some yet, the physician has a little more, but the lawyer and the 
minister have no more. 

What has our tailor a mind to mend ? He has a mind to mend 
our old friend's (467, N. 1) coais and vests. — Has he not a mind to 
mend our hats and theirs? No, but the hatter has a mind to mend 
tliem. — ^Has the little shoemaker time to mend our old shoes? He 
lias time, but he has no mind to mend them. — ^Are you afraid tc 
look for my horse ? I am not afraid, but I have no wish to look foi 
it. — What are the carpenters right in building? They are right in 
Vniilding vessels. — Are their children afraid to pick up some nails t 



Digitized 



by Google 



BI<IHT£XVTH SbXfSOB 



li it not as Isayf It it not tot ^ N'est-ce pas f (Idiom.) 

Ob$. 38. {Important.) This French : N*o*t-ce pat T answers to any nega 
dve interrogation in the same person as a preceding affirmation, as : 

1. Yon are going t« write, are tou not 7 meaning: is it not so f 

2. You would write, wotjld tou wot t meaning : is it not so f 

3. They wrote, did test iror f meaning : is it not so f 

4. He has the cloth, has hb not f meaning : is it not so f 

5. We were reading, were wb not f meaning : is it not so t 

These five negative interrogations (in the same person as the five pre- 
ceding affirmations and immediately connected with them) are all translated 
in French by : n'eat-ce pat t and so are all similar ones, in all mo^ds, tenses, 
and persons. 



Digitized 



by Google 



BXOHTXBVTH LStSOII. 



Vqub avei Je Fraiigais dei to d^,U 

make t N'est-ce pas f 
Oui, nous Tavons. C'est : fair*. 
VouB avez aussi celui dex to he «fi- 

ling : N*est-ce pas t Nous I'aivonf 



Aller,* 1. 



Yoa hsTe the French of: to do, to 

make t Have you not f 
Yes, we have it. It is : faire. 
You have also that of: to be wiUuig : 

have you not f We have it also. 

Tbgo. To be. 

TOf att or in the kouee of 

To be at the man's house. 
To go to the grocer's. 
To be in one's friend's house. 
To go to their father's. 

To go to) ™y house— his house. 

To be at, to go to, our house. 

To be in, to go to, your house. 

To be at, to go to, their house. 

To be at some one's house. 

To go to no one's house. 

At home. To go home. 

Will you wait at home f 

Att m, or to whote house T 

To whose house do you wish to go ? 

I do not wish to go to any one's. 

ElOHTIBNTH EXSBOIIS. Ist SeC- 

Tuesday, May 1849. Msrdi, Msi, 1849. 

Have you a mind to work? Yes, I have. — ^What will you dol 
I wish to do an exercise. — Which 1 This one. Very well. — ^Does 
the little son of the general wish to break that big stick ? No, ha 
does not wish to break it. — Are you willing to look for my son t I 
am (willing, &c.). (Dir. 1.) — ^What do you wish to pick up? I wish 
to pick up the shawl, hat, and gloyes, of Miss Clara. — ^You wish to 
pick up that dollar, do you not Yes, I wish to pick it up.— Will 
you pick up that old pencil ? No, I will not — Do you wish to go to 
that man's house ? No, I wish to go to the minister's. — You wish to 
go to the physician's, do you not? No, I do not wish to go to the 
physician's, but to the lawyer's and grocer's. — ^Who wishes to go to 
the doctor's? Nobody wishes to go to his house. — Does our neigh 
bor wish to buy these or those combs? (mind the French construe* 
tian,) He wishes to buy them. — Does that fanner wish to cut youi 
tree* He does not wish to cut mine, but his own; — Which? The 
big tree. — ^What does the shoemaker wish to mend ? He wishes to 
mend our old shoes. — Does the tailor wish to mend anything ? He 
wiflOM to mend (f 25) waistcoats. — He wishes to mend their coats, 
ion he^f He does not. — Do the Swiss wish to wait for vour son 1 



£tre:*4 



Itre chet I'homme^ 
AUer chez I'^picier. 
£tre chex son ami. 
Aller chez leur pere. 

11 > chez moi — chez lui. 

ttre chez nous. Aller chez nous. 

itre chez tous. AU^r chez tousl 

itre chez euz. Aller chez euz. 

Itre chez quelqu'un. 
N' aller chez personne. 
A la maison, Aller a la maison. 
youlez-vous attendre a la maison f 
Chez qui t 

Chez qui voulez-yous aller ? 
Je ne veuz aller chez personne. 

Brx-HViTiftMi ExxBOiOB. Ire 8eo. 



Digitized 



by Google 



BIOHTHMTH LE8S0M. 



Tbey do« — ^Wbat do they wish to choose ? They wish to choose 
•ome coarse cloth. — ^And their children, what do they wish to 
choose 1 They wish to choose some fine handkerchiefs. — Who has 
any 1 The dry goods merchants have. — Do they wish to sell them * 
Yes, indeed ! 

Is Charles willing to wait for the lawyer's son 1 No, he is not.— 
Robert will wait for him ; will he not 1 He ! No, he will not — ^Who 
will do it? Nobody will do it. — Are the Scotchmen willing to wail 
for the minister at your father's or at the doctor's? They will wait 
for him neither at my father's nor at the dcotor's, bat at the book 
seller's. — Am I wrong to go to the halter's? No, you are not wrong 
to go to his house. — At whose house is their father? He is at his 
friend's, the apothecary. — ^To whose house do your sons wish tc 
go ? They ? They do not wish to go to anybody's house. — Wifi 
/ou go to my house ? I will not go to yours, but to my brother's. — 
Does not this little child wish to go to the cake shop (chez le mar- 
chand de gateaux)? Yes, indeed, he does. (Dir. 1.)— Why? Be- 
cause he has two sous, and he wishes to buy two cakes. — Will nm 
your children buy some cakes, too ? No, they do not wish to buy 
any; they are not hungry. — Have you the French of: a quarter of t 
dollar f No, I hare it not Do you wish to have it? Yes, Sir. 
It is: un quart de doUar. — ^Have you two quarfers of a dollar ? I have 
two. — ^How many quarters has he ? He has several quarters. — Has 
Charles his brother's pretty little stick and playthings? (4(f7, N. 1.) 
He has his pretty little stick, but not his toys. — ^The general's and 
doctor's horses are hungry } are they not? No ; but the cook's birds 
and chickens (i 140, Art 2,) are tMrsty. 



VooABULABT. 2d SectioD. 
To bum. To warm. 

To tear. T) put, put on. 

The broth. My linen clothes. 
Beautiful, superb. 
Will joa put on this satin vest T 
I will put it on ; it is beaatifol. 

At whose bouse is your brother 7 

He is at ours, in ours. 
Is he at home 7 at his house 7 
He is not at borne — in his bouse. 
He is at or in yours. 
Who is at or in theirs 7 — at mine 7 
Kobody is a\ theirs ; yours ; mine. 
4re you 7 I am. 

THretf, fatigued. Are ycu tired f 
'8 



VooABULAiBX. 2de Section 
Brfller, 1. Chauffer, 1. 
Dechirer. Mettre*4, (17», N. 1). 
Le bouillon. Mon linge, (singular.^ 
Superbe. 

Voulez-vous mettre ce gilet de satin 7 
Je veux le mettre ; il est superbe. 
Ches qui est votre frere f 
Chez qui votre frire est-il 7 
n est chez nous. 

Est-il a la maison 7 Est-il ches lui f 
II n*est pos a la maison-^hes loi. 
II est chez vous. 
Qui est chez eux 7 — chez moi 7 
Personne n' est chez euz; vous; moi 
£tes-vous 7 Je suis. 
Fatigud, ^ee-voui/atigmdf 



Digitized 



by Google 



KI«HTKBVTR LX8S0V. 



Jenujfatigii^ JenesaispaBiatifai 
Je sais tin peu fatigu^— «r«4-faUgii^ 
Est-il. II est. II n*e8t pas. 
Occupy. II est occupy ; n^est-ce past 
Sommes-nousf Nous ne sommes pas 
Sont-ils f lis Bont. lis ne sont pas. 
€ont-ils occup^ f Oai, ils sont oe 

cnp^. (^ 137.) 
II est occupy et nous sommes fatigu^. 
Boire* 4. Boire encore un pen. 
(Hit Ou Youlez-Yous aller f 
Que Youlez-Tous faire 7 
Votre frere que i>«ut-il faire f 
Voire frere est-il a la maison T 
Lcs Suisses que veulent-ils boire 
Ils Teulen* boire du bouillon. 
' lis Teulent boire quelqne chose de 

bon. lis ne veulent rien boire. 
Veulent-ils d^chirer ce vieuz papier f 
Ils ne veulent pas le ddchirer, maia 

le bruler. 
Tout. Est-ce tout ? C'est tout. 



i am tired. I am not tired. 

I am a little tired. Very tired. 
Is be f Ee is. He is not. 
Busy ... He is busy ; is he not f 
Are we f We are not. 
Are they ? They are. They are not. 
Are they busy t Yes, they are. 

He is busy, and we are tired. 
To drink. To drink a little more. 
Wliere t Where do you wish to ^ f 
What do you wish to do 7 
Whnt docs your brother wish to do 7 
Is your father at home 7 
What will the Swiss drink 7 
They wish to drink some broth. 
They wish to drink something good. 
They do not wish to drink anything. 
Do they wish to tear this old paper 7 
They do not wish to tear, but to 

bum it. 
All. Is It, IS this, is that all 7 It is. 

EioHTBBNTH ExxRciSB. 2d Seo. — Dix-HUiTiftMB EzBKOici. 2de Sec. 
Wednesday, May ...... 1849. Mercredi Mai, 1849. 

You have the 18th exerciBe to-day, have you not? No, we have 
onlv the 18th vocabulary. — Have you but the vocabulary ? Yes, 
indeed, that's all. Very well. — Miss Caroline, will you put on this 
or that hat ? I will put on neither this nor that ; but the other. — 
Which ? This ugly old hat {vieux vtlain) 1 This ugly old hat ! It 
is superb. Superb ! indeed. — Will you not put your velvet shawl 
on? Yes; I will put it on, because I am cold. — Has the young 
painter any fii3? He has. — ^Does he wish to bum anything? Yes, 
he has a mind to bum these old papers. — ^What will you tear ? I 
will tear this coarse handkerchief. — Who is busy? I am busy. — 
Who is tired ? I am not tired. — ^Who is good ? The grocer's little 
son. — Are you busy, very busy? I am very busy. — ^Are you not 
tired ? Yes, I am a little tired. — ^What does the cook wish to warm ' 
He wishes to warm our tea, and our father's coffee. — ^Is that all ? 
Yes, that is all. — Do you wish to warm my brother's broth and 
coffee ? I am willing to warm this, but not that. — ^Is the farmer wil- 
ling to put some wood in the fire ? Yes, he is-r— Will they put any 
grain in the bag? No, they do not wish to put any in the bag, but 
in the granary ; that's all. 

Is not the grocer's clerk willing to put your rice in his bag ? Yes, he 
is willing to put u in his bag. — ^Am I not right in wanning youi bro>th? 



Digitized 



by Google 



iriVKTKKirTH LKISOV. «f 

Ym, joa are. — Is not the meiohant wrong in tearing the satin ? Yes^ 
he is. — ^Have we time to go in the garden t No, we have not time.— 
What does Charles wish to tear? He does not wish to tear any- 
thing; but we and they (467, N. 1.) wish to (nous voulons) tear the 
eotton bags. — ^Is he afraid to tear your coat ? He is not ', but to bum 
it — What are you willing to put on 1 I am willing to put on my 
eoat, (Dir. 2,) rest, shoes, stockings, and gloves; that's all. Yeiy 
well; that's enough. — Are you tired? I am not tired. — ^Who is 
tired ? My brother is tired. — Has the Spaniard a mind to buy as 
many horses as oxen? No; but he haft a mind to buy as many 
birds as you and I. — Do you wish to drink anything t I do notr* 
How many chickens have you at home? We hare four; that^a 
all. — Where is your father ? At his friend's house. — Is the physician 
at the lawyer's ? No ; but the minister is at the lawyer's. — Do the 
strangers wish to go to the American's or to the Dutchman's ? They 
wish to go neither to the American's nor to the Dutchman's ? — Where 
do they wish to go? They do not wish to go to anybody's house.—* 
Where are your litde friends, Robert and John ? They are at theii 
father's. — ^That's all. — ^Is your friend's brother's horse sick? (M40, 
Art. 3.) No, it is not sick. 



NINETEENTH LESSON, 19th 
VocABULABT. Ist Section. 
Are you going f do you go t 
I am going. I go. I am not going. 
Are you going to choose a hook f 
I am going to choose a book. 
Inmfi9tyet going to choose any. 
I am not g<ing to choose anything. 
Are you gomg home f I am (going 

there). 
Toit,atitt in it, there, thither. 
To go thither. To be there. 

It to it, it in it, him, there, or thither. 
To take, to carry. To send. 
To take, to lead, to condnct— him 

there. 
To take you there. To take us there. 
To carry it there. To send him there. 
To commence, to begin. To proceed. 
T%em, there, or thither. 
B^me of it, there, or aitker. 
To c&Tf them thither. 



I. — Dix-neuviime Legotif 19in«. 
VocABULAiRB. Ire Section. 
Allez-vous f 

Je vais. Je ne vais pas. 

Allez-yous choisir un livre T 
Je vais choisir un livre. 
Je ne vais pas encore en choisir. 
Je ne vais rien choisir. 
Allez-vous chez vous 7 J*y vair 

F, (avant le vcrbe.) (^ 47.) 
Yaller,*!. Y gtre.*4. 

L*y, (avant le verbe.) (^ 57.) 
Porter, 1. Envoyer,* 1. 

Mener, 1. L*y mener. 

Vous y mener. Nous y mener 
L'y porter. L*y envoyer. 

Commencer, 1. Continuer, l; 
Le$ y, (av. Ic verbe.) {% 57.) 
Y en, (av. le verbe.) {% 6a) 
Les y porter. 



Digitized 



by Google ^ 



MIVKTICVTH i.S«fOX. 



To carry kome chore or thitner. 
Will you send him to my &ther*8 ? 

I am going to send him there. 

I am not yet going to send him there. 

Ob$. 39. The adverb y always stands before the verb. When there is s 
pronoun like Z«, it, him, 7es, them ; that pronoun stands unmediately belbn 
the adverb y ; but en, some of it, stands after the y, as may be seen aboi* 
To come. To come to it, thither. 
Areyougotngtoeome )tomy 

r house? 



Will you come (meaning) 

Are you coming 

I am coming (going to come) there. 

When t To-morrow. To-morrow 

morning. 
With. With pleasure. 

At first, in thefirttplace, Afterwarth. 
What are you going to do first 7 
First, I am going to the grocer's, and 

then to the apothecary's. 
With me — with him — with them — 

nobody. 
To study. To recite. 



Y en porter. 

Voulez-vous Tenvoyer chsz moa 

peref 
Je vais^ Vy envoyer. 
Je ne vais pas encore I'y envoyer. 



Vcnir,»2. Y venir. 

AUeX'Vout venir ches moi f 



Je vais y venir. 
Quand ? Demain. 



Demain 



Avec. Avec plaisir. 

ITahord. BnnkUe, 

Qu*allez-vous fiure d'abord T 
D'abord, je vais chez I'^picier, et en 

suite chez I'apothicaire. 
Avec moi— avec lui— avec eaj[^-evei 



personne. 
£tudier, 1. 



Reciter, 1. 



NiHSTEBNTH ExBBoisi. Ist Sec. — ^Dix-ratmiba Exnoioa. Ire See. 

Thursday, May 1849. Jeudi Mai, 1849. 

Have you aa exercise or a vooabulary, to-day 1 We have both.— 

Vre you golug to recite the vocabulary first 1 Yes, with pleasure , 
and then the exercise: will we noti (wonH wel) — ^Vory well. — 
Will you begin, Mr. Charlemagne ? Yes, Sir, with pleasure. — What 

is the French of : I am going? It is — Is it right 1 Yes, or 

no (according to the ansyocr). — Do you wish to go home! I do. 
(Dir. 1.)— Does your son wish to go with ^ou? He does. — ^Is your 
brother at home 1 He is. — ^Where are you going, Mr. Charles % I 
am going to the minister's. — Do your children wish to come with 
me % They do not (wish to go with you). — ^To whose house are 
you going to send this note 1 I am not going to send it, but I am 
going to cany (take) it to the general's. — Will your servant take my 
note to the American's house? He has no time to take it there 
but little Henry will take it there. — Will those children take the 
stranger to the Russian's? They will take him there. — Are you not 
going to take the painter to the physician's? No, but I am going to 
send him there. — Is the painter willing to begin that picture, to-day? 
No, he does not wish to commence it before to-morrow. — ^To-mor 

* When the will is not particularly referred to, use vaxM, xaf sad ot tvKx. 



Digitized 



by Google 



VINETEfilTTH LSSSOIT. 



m 



iovr moming? (demaia madn?) YeS; to-moirow moniing.-«~What 
Aie you going to study first, to-moirow morning? To study? I am 
not going to Btudj 
vocabulary? I a 
Where will the 
will not take the 
horse. — Where w 
louse. — ^When w 
moming ? Neitl 
are yon coming I 
to-m OTTOW. — ^Wil 
Carnot has. — Wi 
take the boy's 
because he b afr 
thirsty; is he no 
one is. — ^We will 
Italian's; won't i 
your son begin T 
yet got it, and b 
Has he not got it 
it. — When do the 
morrow ? No, tl 
doctor very busy 
ning. — Are yon 
am ; but not this 
What is the stud 
cofiee and milk, 
NiABTSBKTH YocAB., 2d Sec. — Dix-msiTyiiMx VooABULAntB. 2de S«o. 



Somewheret anywhere. 

Are you going ahywhere 7 

Notoheret not anywhere (^ 151). 

I am not going anywhere (nowhere^. 

To write. To write tnem. Some. 

To translate. To correct. 

To read. To copy. 

Will you read the last vocabulary T 

Does he not wish to copy anything T 

Will they translate this or that ex- 
ercise? 

Will you not correct it ? Yes, I will. 

Is he going, does he go ? 

He goes (is going.) He is not going. 

Who is going ? Nobody goes, (is 
going.) 
8* 



Quelque part, (not used with a nega- 
tion.) AUes-vous quelque part f 

Ne . . . nuUe part, 

Je TV? vais nulle part. 

Ecrire,* 4. Les ecrire. En ^crire. 

Traduue,* 4. Corriger, 1. 

Lire,* 4. Copier, 1. 

Youlez-vous lire le dernier vocaba 
laire T Ne veut-il ricn copier I 

Yeulent-ils traduire cet exercice-d 
ou celui-la ? (^ 37.) 

Ne voolez-vous pas Ic corriger ? F| 
fait. Va-t-at 0&..15) 

II va. II ne va pws. 

Qui va ? Personne ne va. 



Digitized 



by Google 



VIVSTSKNTH LBffOH. 



if be going to read, traoBlate, and 
write t He is going neither to 
read, translate, nor write. 

What is he going to do f 

He is not going to do anything. 

Is the teacher going to correc-. an- 
other of our exercises? He is 
(going to do it). 

Is he coming (going to come) to the 
teacher's or to the minister's f 

He is coming neither to this one's 
house nor to the other's. 

The teacher, master. French teacher. 

This professor. Our professor of 
English. 

At what o'clock f 

At one o'clock. At two o'ck>ck. 

Half. The or a quarter 

At half past one. 

At a quarter past one. 

At a quarter past two. 

At a quarter to (or of, or before) three. 

At t weWe, noon. Half past tweWe. 

At twelve at night, or midnight. 



Now, at present. Not now. 

Ready. 

Are we ready T I am ready. 

Ready to. They are ready to go. 



In a quarter of an hour. 
•nhoiir. 



Before half 



Va-t-il lire, traduire, et 6crira f 

n ne va ni lire, ni traduire, ni toim 
Que va-t-il faire ? 
II ne ya rien faire. 
Le maitre va-t-il corriger un antn 
de nos ezercices ? II va le fair*. 

Va-t'U venir chez le mattre on cfaM 

le niiniatre f * 
II ne va venir oi chez I'un ni cbflf 

I'autre. 
Le mattre. Le mattre de Fran^iia. 
Ce professem-. Notre profeseew 

d* Anglais. 
X quelle heure ?' 
X une heure. X deux heurea. 
Demi. Le ou un quart. 

X une heure et demie.* 
X une heure et quart (or et un quart). 
X deux Keure* im quart. (Mind the a.) 
X trois heures moina un quart. 
X midi. Midi et demi. 

X minuit. X minuit et un quart. 
Moins, (comparative of peu,, little.) 
X pr^nt. Pas a present. 

PrSt. PrSts. (plur.) 

8ommes-nous pr8ts 7 Je suis prdt. 
PrSt a— prSts a. lis aont prSta i 

aller. 
Dans un quart d'heure. Avtnt de- 

mi-heure. 



Dix-HBtTYiiMK EzBBOioi. 2de Section. 

Friday, Miy 1849. Vendredi, Mai, 1849. 

Gentlemen; what are you going to do, to-day? Recite the voca- 
bulary, translate and correct our exercises. — Very well. Will you 

' Va-t'U venir t literally, u he going to comet Allez-voue venir f &c., are 
awkward expressions in English, but much used in French, and philosophi- 
cally so. He i$ writings is never used in English for : he i$ going to write. 
Why should he is coming be substituted for : he is going to come t [Ditto 
of: Sortir, to go or come out, &c.] 

' Heurct hour, if a feminine noon. This class of nouns will be apokei 
of hereafter. For the present, the learner has only to write them as he seel 
them written in the lessons. 

' The adjective demie is here in the feminine gender, agreeing with the 
feminine noun heure. But when this adjective precedes the noun, it doei 
not agree with it in gender and number, as : une demi-heurt, half an how. 



Digitized 



by Google 



MIKBTEENTB LESSO.t. 

begin, Sir? With maoh pleasure. — What is the French of: 

where ? It is is it not? Yes, or no (as the case may require). 

Have you the French of: b he coins? Yes. we have. — What is 
It? {quel est'ilf) It is... 
the youth going, in a qua 
Jie Irishman's? He is gc 
house I but I am going to 
man's. — When are you ( 
ready ? No, he is not yet 
(Je vais.) — Do you go to 
not. — Do you go any when 
Will their children go an; 
go nowhere, because they 
anywhere ? I do not wish 
have a mind to go to the I 
uow* He is at home. — J 
now.— Are you ready to w 
late, but not to write. I h 
butter? No, he has no mo 
is he going to buy any? 
man's. — Has he much? I 
make some this evening.— 
When will you go with i 
I am busy at six o'clock. — 
eight or half past eight. — y 
to come) to my house ? 
half past twelve. — With vi 
Is not the student going to 

he will (va) study first, and recite afterwards. — Is he ready to com- 
mence ? No, not yet. — Why is he not yet ready ? Because he has 
but little time^ not much time. — Who is going to correct our exer- 
ci.ses ? The old professor is. — What is the vounsr teachev croinfr to 
do ? He is going to put on hi 
Will you read, translate, and 
am afraid to do it. — Are you i 
\ am only afraid. — Who haf 
exercises? These, or those 1 
courage, aud a desire to cop) 
Uiwyer's and to the teacher's 
first to-day, and then to-morr 

IS many bags of cofiee as of m^x,^ . ^^^ •» o^**^ *^ ■^*>/ M•^#.«« ^m. mk> 
former tnan of the latter. — We have biscuits; but have we enough! 
We have not too many. — ^How many more bags have we? We 



Digitized 



by Google 



NINKTEEMTB LKISOV. 



hare yet six. — ^Have we but six? Hare we not eight? \9t, «r« 
have eight; and the baker is going to send another. — At wha' 
o'clock 1 At a quarter to six or at a quarter to seven. — ^Very well 



TWENTIETH LESSON, 20th.— Ftngttenw Le^on^ 20me. 
VooABULABT. Ist Soctioo. I YooABULADUB. Ire SectioiL 
Tot in order ioyfor the purpose of, \ Four^ (avant an infinitif.) 

Obi. 40. In English, all prepositions (fo, excepted) are nsoally foUoweC 
by the present participle,' as: of eommgi without having, d&c In Fre.*ach, 
aU prepositions are followed by the infinitive mood, except en (in), which it 
followed by the present participle. (Mind this Obi, Rul. 1.) 



To see. In order to see him. 

Have you money to buy (or, for the 

purpose of buying) bread 7 
I have some to buy some. 
Are you going to your brother* s to 

(in order to) see him T 
I have no time to go there to see 

him. 
Has your servant a knife to cut the 

cheese t 
He has none to cut it. 
To be (Me^ (can.) 
Can you f Are you able T 
I can. I am able. 
I cannot. J am not able (unable). 
Can you read t Are you able to write f 

I can read and write. (Rul. 2.) 
I can neither read nor ¥Tite. 
To sweep. To kill. 

To salt. To sweeten. 

Can I f may I f \.m I able T 



Voir,* 3. Pour le voir. 

Avez-vous de Targent pour achetef 

dupain? 
J'en ai pour en acheter. 
Allez-vous chez votre frere pour k 

voir? 
Je n'ai pas le temps d'y aller pour le 

voir. 
Votre domestique a-t-il un conteac 

pour couper le fromage f 
II n'en a pas pour le oouper. 
F<mvoir* 3. 
Pouvex'-voui t 
Je peux (ou je puis). 
Je ne peux pas (ouje ne puie)* 
Pouvez-vous lire f Ponves-roui 

^crire? ' 
Je peux lire et ^ire (ouje pnia). 
Je ne puis ni lire ni ^crire. 
Balayer, 1. Tuer, 1. 

Saler, 1. Sucrer, 1. 

Puis-jef (never peux-^e f) 

Obi. 41. Peux'ji t Ne peux-je pae t are not used interrogatively x say 
therefore : Puis-je ? Can I T iVe puis-je pai t Can I not T (of whidi here 
after, Lesson 28th.) 



May I or can I see that picture 7 
You can, or may. You cannot. 
Can he 7 may he 7 Can he not 7 
He can, or may^ He is not able. 

Can we, may we 7 Can we not 7 

We ceo, are able. We cannot. 
'^vk we see the vessels 7 



Puis-je voir ce tableau-la 7 
Vous pouvez. Vous ne pouvez pas. 
Peut'U t Ne peut-il pas f 

11 peut. II ne pent pas. 

Pouvoni'noui t Ne pouvon0-««rat 

pas 7 
Noui pouwmi. Nousnepouvonep«« 
Pouvons-nous voir les vaiaseavx f 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWSHTIETH LS8S0B. 



Are we going t Do we go f We do. 

Do we go there T We do. 

We are njt going. We vre not going 

to ii. 
Are we going to kill the oz f 
To try. 



AUonB-Dons t Nona alkot. 
Y allona-noaa t Noufl j allons. 
Nous n' allons pas. None n* y alloDi 

pas. 
Aiions-noas tuer le bcBuf f 
Essayer. 



Twentieth Exercise. Isi Sec. — ^YciGTitMs Ezebcicb. Ire Sec. 
Saturday, May, 1849. Samedi, Mai, 1849. 

Are we going to recite our lesson now ? Not now. Mr. V. is not 
ie«dy. — ^Where is he ? He is at his friend's. — ^Is he coming (going 
(D come) 1 Yes, he is coming. — ^Very well^T^an you translate to- 
day's exercise ? ' We can translate it. — At what o'clock can we com- 
mence ? We can commence in a quarter of an hour. — Can you^ 
gentlemen, read and correct these exercises? We can commence, 
and you can continue (or proceed). — Can you cut the bread with the 
knives that you have ? We are going to try. — Can you mend my 
gloves? You may mend them. We are going to look for some 
thread to mend those of the young professoi. — ^Are you going 
to the tailor's to look for the old vests? We are not going 
there to look for them. We have neither the time nor the 
wish to do it. — Can you put those shoes on? We are going to 
try them. — Will you tiy our scissors? No, thanir you, I have mine, 
and mine are very good (are sharp). — Can the tailor make a coat 
to-day ? No, he cannot make any. — ^Have we glasses to drink our 
wine? We have glasses to drink it; but have we any wine? We 
can send the servant to buy svne. — Can you drink as much coffee 
as tea? We can drink more tea than coffee, can we not? — Have 
you any sugar to sweeten the coffee ? I have some to sweeten the 
coffee, but not the tea. — Has not the young man time to see my 
brother's child ? Yes, he has time to see him. — Where is he ? He 
is in the garden. — ^No, not in the garden, but in the large and beau- 
tiful vessel of the big captain. 

How much money have you with you ? I have a good deal. — 
Have you a hundred dollars ? I have more than that. More than 
a hundred dollars? Why have you so much? Because I have a 
mind to buy a horse. Which one ? The general's? Will he sell 
his 1 He wilL It is not that (which) I wish to buy ; but the farmef^'s 
young horse. — Are we going to take any cakes home ? We are noi 
going to take any. — Can we not take some ? No, we cannot. — Can- 
not the cake-merchant send them to our house ? Yes, he can send 
them there in half an hour. That will do. (C'est I on.)— Will the 
Swiss send his son to the painter's? No, not to the painter's, but to 
the bookseller's. — Will he send him there now < No, he is not going 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWKKTXBTH LE880V. 



to Bend him there now, but to-morrow. — Is not to-morrow Saturday I 
No, it is Sunday. — What day of the month is it? It is the 18th. 
The 18th, indeed 1 — Who is going to read and copy the last vocabu- 
lary 1 Nobody is. — ]^ not Mr. Lenoir wrong in going to Mrs. Ver- 
dier's house? Yes, he is wrong to go there ; but he will go. — Aim 
you going to put on but one glove ? No, because I have but one. 

Is the servant going to buy a broom to sweep the store (magasin) t 
No, he is afraid to sweep it. — Why is he afraid to sweep it? Be- 
cause the big aog is there (in it). — Who can sweep it? Little Robert 
ean. — Has he a broom to sweep it ? He has a broom to sweep it- 
Has the cook sugar enough to sweeten the cakes ? He X as enough 
to sweeten them : but he has no more salt to salt the bicth, nor the 
beef. — ^Is he not going to salt them ? Yes, he is ; because he is 
going to the merchant's to buy some salfto salt them. 

YocABJLABT. 2d SecUon. I Yocabulai&k. 2de Section. 
To, at, in. 1. To the. 2. To the. I X. 1. A T. 2. Au, mux. 

Oht. 42. X i' is used before a vowel or silent h, in the sing. (Oh$. 5.) 
Au (the contraction of: a le, ^ 9), is used before oonaonants. 
Aux (contraction of: d lea^ ^ 9)f is the plural, before all letters. 



To the friend. 
To the man. 
To the captain. 
To the penknile 
The basket. 
This carpet. 
His boor. 
My cat. 
To mine. 
To yours. 
To him, to her 
Tome. 



To the friends. 
Te the men. 
To the captains. 
To the penknives. 
To the basket. 
To this carpet. 
To his floors. 
To my cat. 
To mine (plur). 
To ours (plur). 
irjidircct object.) 



To us To you. To fhem. 

Are they able T Can they ? May theyf 
They can. They cannot. 

Cannot these men work I 

What can your children do 7 

To speak to me. 

To speak to him, (to her.) 

To ¥rrite to him, (to her.) To me. 

To speak to the general and to his 

friend. 
To send the grocer a dollar. (^ 51i.) 
To give, give away. To lend. 



X I'ami. 
X rhomme. 
Au capitaine. 
Au canif. 
Le panier. 
Ce tapis-ci. 
Sc* plancher. 
Mon chat. 
Au mien. 
Au votres. 



Aux amis. 
Aux hommes. 
Aux capitainea. 
Aux cani£i. 
Au panier. 
X ce tapis>ci. 
X see planchers 
X mon ehat. 
▲ox miens. 
Aux ndtres. 



Lui, (r^ime indirect av. le verbe4 
Me, (regime indirect av. le verb*. 

^47, &c.) 
Nous. Vous. Leur. 

Peuvent-ils f 

Hi peuvent. lis ne peuvent pas. 
Ces hommes ne peuvent-ils pas tra 

vailler T 
Yos enfants que peuvent-ils fairs f 
Me parler. Peuvent-ils me parler I 
Lui parler. lis peuvent lui parle* 
Lui 6crire. M'^crire. 

Parler au g^n^ral et a son ami 

Envoyer un dollar a I'^icier. 
Donner. Prfiier. 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWSKTIETH LK880N. 



To giT< JOII--UMII1— 118. (^ 45.) 

To lend a friend some money. (( 51 i) 

Can you write to me 7 

They can write to you. 

Can the clerk apeak to you f 

He cannot apeak to ua now. 

Can they not write to your brother I 

Vea, they can vrrite to him. 



Vous donner. Leur donner. Nous 

donner. . 
PrSter de Targent a un ami. 
Pouvez-voua m*&rire T 
lis peuvent vous ecrire. 
Le commis peut-il vous porler ? 
II ne pent pas nous parler a present 
Ne peuvent-ils paa Ecrire a votra 

ireret 
Si (ait ; ila peuvent lui ecrire. 



TwBKTisTH ExBBOisi. 2d Sec. — YutQTitKm ExBBCios. 2de Sec. 
Monday, June 1849. Lundi, Juin, 1849. 

At what o'clock are you going to recite, to-day 1 My brotheia 
isannot recite before twelve o'clock. — Can they not recite at ten ? 
No, they cannot. — Will you take your big basket to my house ? 1 
will not take my basket there, but to the general's. — When 1 Now 1 
No, I will take the basket there to-morrow. — Do your sons wish to 
take mine to the physician's? No, they cannot take it there. — 
Why can they not? Because they have not time enough. — Is the 
farmer going to kill anything? He is going to kill his big ox. — ^Is 
he going to kill it now ? Yes, he is. — Can they write to me ? They 
cannot write to yt>u. — Can they speak to you ? They can speak to 
ns. — Can they not wait for their friends? Yes, they can. — Can they 
not bum as much coal as wood ? No, they cannot bum so much of 
the former as of the latter. — Hare we more friends than the Dutch ? 
We have more than they. — Has the grocer less coffee than tea ? He 
has less tea than coffee ; but we have more of that than of this. — 
Who has a cat? The sailors have a cat. — Where is their cat? 
Their cat is in a small basket of wood. — Can the little servant 
sweep the carpet ? He can. — Can he sweep the garret floor? Yes, 
he can do it. — Will you lend him a broom to sweep that floor? Wo 
cannot lend any to sweep the floor, but we can lend one to sweep the 
carpet. — ^Who is going to write to the merchant and to the grocer? 
The clerks can write to them. , 

Is the professor of English going to write a book ? Yes, he is 
going to write one. He can write a good one; can he not? Yes, 
he can. He is a man of merit 39, N. 3.) — Are we not going to 
Pratt's garden to-night? No, we are not going there to-night, but 
to-morrow, at nine or ten o'clock. — Will you give a dictionary to 
your son ? Yes, I will give him a good dictionary. — ^Will they 
end me their horse ? They cannot lend you their horse, because 
the old minister has it,— Are we going to lend the lawyer (♦ 51}) 
fcaything? We ai^e going to lend the physician something. — ^Are 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWBMTIKTH LKllOV. 



yott not going to lend many things? Yes, we are going to lend 
many things. — What are we going to lend ? We are going to lend 
first, handkerchiefs, shawls, and hats; and afterwards cloaks, bags, 
and parasols, to the friends of the lawyer. — Why ? Because they 
have none. You are very good. — Who is busy ? The grocer and 
bis clerk, the doctor and his neighbor the minister, the captain and 
bis son, are busy. — Are you not busy, also? Yes, we are busy, but 
not Tory busy. — ^Are you ready to go id the garden of the Scotch- 
man ? I am ready to go, but Charies is not — ^Why is he not ready ? 
He is gobg to the grocer's to buy some good salt — Is he going to 
buy much? He is. — ^What does he wish to do? He will salt the 
beef and the mutton which we hare. — Cannot the lenrants salt 
them ? No, they cannot, or they will not. 



VooABULABT. 8d SeotloD. 

Are they going f Do they not go f 

They are going, or they are. They 
go, They do not. 

To the muBeum. To the wharf. 

Are they going to the museum 7 

No, they are going to the wharf. 

Are the carpenters going to the ship t 

They go there to work. 

They go neither to the wharf, nor 
the museam. 

Are they going to see anybody 7 

They are not going to see anybody. 

What are they going to do 7 

They are not going to do anything. 

Where are they going 7 They go 
nowhere. 

Do they wish to send the good book 
to the man 7 

They are going to send it to him. 

When are they going to send it to 
him7 

They are going to give it to him to- 
morrow. 

Can they lend you the old diction- 
ary 7 

They can (lend it to me) on Thursday. 

Cannot your firiend lend jrou one be- 
fore Thursday? No, he cannot 
(lend me one) before Friday or 
Saturday. 



YocABULAiBE. 6me Section. 
Vont-ils 7 Ne vont-ila pas f 

lis vont. lis ne vont pas. 

Au mus^. Au quai. 

Vont-ils an mus6e 7 
Non, ils vont au quai. 
Les charpentiers vont-ils au biti 
ment 7 lis y vont pour y travaillec 
Ils ne vont ni au quai, ni au muste. 

Vont-ils voir quelqu'tm 7 

Ils ne vont vou* personne. 

Qus vont-ils faire 7 

lis ne vont rien faire. 

Oil vont-ils 7 lis ne vont nulle paru 

Veulent-ils envoyer le hon Imn 

dVhommet 
lis vont le lui envoyer. 
Quand vont-ils U lui envoyer f 

lis vont U lui donner demain. 

Peuvent-ils vous f>r8ter le vieai 

dictionnaire 7 
lis peuvent me le pr^er, jeudi. 
Votre ami ne peut-il pas v&us em 

prdter un avant jeudi 7 Non, il ne 

pent pas m'en prSter un avant 

vendredi ou samedi. 



For the order in which objective personal pronouns must be invariably 
eonnected in sentences, before the verb, ( i 57), and with the partitive prs 
Mun en (^ 59 and ^ 60). 



^ 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWSNTIJETH LSS801I. 



Are you going to send it to them 7 
We are going to send it to them. 
Will you send the cabbages to the 

cook? 
We will send them to him (to her). 
Who is going to give the jewels to us f 
Oor good friends are going to give 

them to us. 
Am I going to give them to them T 
Can he not lend them to you T 



Vont-ils me donner du i 
lis Tont vauM en donner. 
Peut-il preter de I'argent a nee 
frere f 

II ne peut pas lui en pr§:er. 
Veulent-ils nous en prater T 
Us ne veulent pas voxu en prdter, 

mais ils peuvent leur en prdter. 
Vont-ils me donner le livre | 
Us ne vont pas vous le donner, mais 

vous le priter. 
N'allez-vous pas nous Tenyoyer t 
Je ne vais pas vous retivoyer. 
AUez-voas Is leur envoyer f 
Nous allons le leur enyoyer. 
Voulez-vous envoyer les chonx am 

cuisinierf 
Nous voulons les lui envoyer. 
Qui va nous donner les bijoux f 
Nos bons amis vont nous les donner. 

Vais-je les leur donner ? 

Ne peut-il pas vous les prSter T 



TwKNTXBTH EzK&cisi. 8d Seo. — ^VnraTitei Exsboioi. 8me Seo. 
Tuesday, June, 1849. Mardi Juin, 1849. 

Who is going to recite to>day ? We are going to recite. — Can yon 
copy the rocabulary ? We cannot copy it ; we have not time to 
fopy it ; but we can translate it. — Will you try 1 With pleasure. — 
Is a le the French of: to the? No, Sir, au is the French of: to the. 
Very well, that is right.— Can you giro me the Frencii of: to the 

wMueum ? We can giv6 it; it is is it not? {Yes, orno, om 

he tcae fiun/ 6e.) — And that of: to the baskets? — ^Hare you that of: 
Are )hey going to see any one? Yes, we hare. — What is it? It 

is Is it right? Yes, or no — Who is going to the 

wharf? To which wharf? To Girard wharf (cm quai Girard). Our 
merchant is go^i jf there to see his ship.— To see what ? His ship. 
Is his ship at the wharf? It is there. — Has he many sailors ? He 
has more than ten. — More than what? More than ten. — ^How many 
has he ? He has twelve or thirteen. — Has he so many ? Yes, he has. 

Can you cut me some bread ? I can cut you some. — ^Have you a 
soife to cut me some? I have one. — Can you mend my gloves? 
I ean mend them, but I have no wish to do ii Can the tailor make 
mm a ooat ? He can make you one. — ^Will you speak to tne phjrsi- 
^mn ^ I will speak to him.— Does your son wish to see me in oidm 



Digitized 



by Google 



iS TWSKTIXTH LXfSOlr. 

to speaK to me Y He wishes to see you io ord«r to giye yoa a del* 
lar.r— Does he wish to kill me ? He does not wish to kill you ; ha 
only wishes to see you. — Does the son of our old fanner wish to 
kill an ox 1 He wishes to kill two. 

Who has a mind to kill our cat? Our neighbor's bad boy has a 
mind to kill it. — ^How much money can you send me ? I can send 
yon twenty francs. — Will you send me my carpet? I will sand it 
to yoa, — ^Will you send the shoemaker anything? (qud^ ckoH cu 
tordonnUrf) I will send him my shoes. — ^Will you send him your 
eoats ? No; I will send them to ihe tailor. — Can the tailor send me 
my cloak? He cannot send it you. — Are your children able to write 
to me ? They are able to write to you. — Will you lend me your 
basket? I will lend it you. 

Hare you a glass to drink your wine ? I haye one, but I have m 
wine ) I haye only tea. — ^Will you give me money to buy some ? I 
will give you some, but I have only a little. — Will you give me that 
which you have with you? I will give it you. — Can you drink as 
much wine as milk ? I can drink as much of the one as of the 
other. — Has our neighbor any wood to make a fire ? (dufeu'f) He 
has some to make one, (pour enfaxre,) but he has no money to buy 
bread and butter. — Are you willing to lend him some ? I am willing 
to lend him some. — Do you wish to speak to the German ? I wish 
to speak to him. — Where is he? He is at the museum. Very well, 
I am going to see him and speak to him. 

RSOAPITVLATOKT ExiBCISl. BisUlfi. 

L'adolescent va-t-il venir aujourd'hui? L' adolescent va venii 
pour nous apporter de Paoier et du fer. — Qu'allons-nous acheter ! 
Nous n'allons rien achate r que du velours. — N'ai-je pas un bon ami 
allemand ? Vous n'avez pas d'ami allemand ; mais vous en avez 
nn Suisse. — ^Les maichands de nouveautes n'ont-ils pas de chMes, 
de rubans, de gants, de bas, de velours, de drap ? Si fiait, Us ont de 
tout cel9 : et c'est ce que nous aliens acheter. — Chez qui allez-vous 
acheter lout ceU^ Quelque chose chez celui-ci; quelque autre 
chose, chez celui-l&. — Qui va acheter des livres ? Ces deux ecolieri 
vont en acheter. — ^Le ministre et Pavocat ne vont-ils pas eif acheter 
quelques uns aussi? Si fait; mais il ne vont pas en acheter beau 
coup. — Chez qui vont-ils les acheter? Chez Appleton. — Le petit 
garQon de Pepicier ne va-t-il pas y acheter un joli canif de bon 
aoier, un porte-crayon d 'argent, un encrier de fer, du papier, et dea 
orayons ? Si fait, il va y acheter tons ces ariidts. Non, non, pal 
Ions ces iirtioles. {Obs, 34.) II ne veut ni encrier, ni eani£ - 



Digitized 



by Google 



tWSNTIBTH LKISOJI. 9t 

A-t-il tm oanif et an encrier ? Ha encore un encrier, mais pas de 
eanif. — Ponrqnoi ne reut-il pas en acheter un ? Paice qn'il a celui 
de son frere. 

Comment se porte-t-on chez le general* Toat le monde s'y 
po»te bien. Je snis bien aise de I'apprendre. — Et chez le ministre ^ 
Chez lui, {dnsienis personnes sont malades. — Qa'a Jean? Jean 
a mal de goige. — Chailes I'a-t-il aussi? Non, celoi-U a mal 
aux dents. — Qn'ont les denx petits? lis ont mal de t6te. — ^Et 
Sophie % Sophie n'a rien. J'en suis bien use. — Le ministre est-il 
malade '^ Ooi, comme k Pordinaire. U a nn manyais rhnme.-— 
Comment vous ^tes-vous port^ % Je ne me suis pas bien porte. — 
Vous Tous poitez bien, k Pordinaire; n'est-ce pas? Je me 
porte parfaitement k Pordinaire, mais pas ce matin. — II fait si 
chaud, n'est-ce pas? Oui, il fait trop chand. — 0^ dlez-vous? Je 
yab chez Papothicaire, chez le maichand de souliere.— On le 
cordonnier, n'est-ce pas ? Non pas le coidonnier, mais le maichand 
de sonliers. — Est-ce tout ? Non, je vais chez le maichand de charbon 
et an telegraphe ^lectrique. Je tous souhaite beaucoup de plaisir. — 
J'ai Phonneur de yous saluer. — ^Je tous souhaite le bonjour. Le 
Rnsse se porte-t-il mieox ? Oui, un pen mieux. J'espere que votre 
firere se porte bien? Tres-bien, je vous remoicie. Comment se 
porte-t-on chez lui? Tout le monde s'y porte bien. Personne n'y 
est malade. 

Yotre cuisinier a-t-il assez d'argent pour aoheter du bceuf et du 
mouton ? Oui, il en a assez pour acheter Pun et Pautre. — ^Va-t-il 
porter autant de celui-ci que de cehii-l^? II va porter plus de 
celui-l& que de celui-ci. — Les matelots ont-ils des billets pour acheter 
du chocolat? lis n'ont pas de billets; mais, ils ont de Por. C'est 
assez bon, n'est-ce pas ? — En ont-ils assez pour acheter des poulets, 
du sel, du poivre, des biscuits, du beurre frais, du pain frais, du 
bceuf fiais, du vin, du sucre, du the, du cafe .... est-ce tout? Non, 
ce n'est pas tout — Des choux, du vieux fromage, du vinaigre, du 
pjrain, de la farine. — De la farine ? Quel est Panglais de cela ? 
N'arez-vous pas Panglais de farine ? Non, nous ne Parens pas. — 
Qui Pa ? Personne ne Pa. — ^Votre domeslique a un balai pom 
oalayer le plancher du magasin, n'est-ce pas ? Non, il n'en a pas. — 
Voulez-vous lui donner un quart de dollar pour en acheter un ? Je 
rais lui en donner un. — ^Je n'en ai pas. Je n'ai que des demi-dol- 
ars. N'avez-vous pas un quart de dollar ? Non, je n'en ai plus. 

Quel est P Anglais de : faire ? C'est: to do, to make. C'est bien, 

c'est cela. — De quelle conjugaison est-il ? II est de la conjn 

gaison.— Pourquoi ? Parce qu'il finit en : Est-il regulier ? 

Pourquoi? Paroe qu-U n'est pas oonjugu6 comme le modele 



Digitized 



by Google 



100 TWSMTT FIBST LSSSOM. 

(Le maftre peat faire les mtoes questions sur qnelques 
verbes, comme : Voir — porter — ecrire.)~Quel est votre dernier vo^ 

cabnlairo ? C'est le Quelle section ? La Y avez-yocu 

des verbes? Oui, nous en arons plusieurs. — Quels rerbes avez- 

Yous? Les avez-Yous dans Yotre catalogue 1 Ayoz-yous des 

Doms dans le Yooabulaire ? Combien en ayez-YOUs? Lesecolien 
ont-ils des adjectifs dans le leur ? — En aYez-YOus dans le Ydtre ?— 
L'etranger en a^t-il dans le sieu'^ — Qu'aYons-nous dans le ndtre ? — 
Frenez mon parapluie pour le prater k Robert — Oi^ ya^t-il ? n Ya 
■ortir. — Oui, mais, oH va-t-il 1 Ne Ya-t-il pas au inus6e '^ A quel 
musee ? Sara, Jean, et Guillaume n'y Yont-ils pas aussi % PouYez- 
Tous sucrer mon the ? Ne Yeut-il pas sucrer son cafe t — N'allez- 
Yous pas mettre du sucre dans le ohocolat \ Nous aliens y en 
mettre. Qu'allez-Yous mettre dans le Yin? Je ne Yais rien y 
mettre. — Pouyoz-yous ecrire au commis?....ik P^picier?....auz 
Strangers '^ . . . . ik nos amis ? . . . .. — Quelqu'un Yeut-il tuer I'oiseau du 

petit enfant? Le cuisinier art-il tue les jeimes ou les Yieuz 

pouletsi 



TWENTY-FIRST LESSON, 2l8t.— Ftngf et uniime Le^^ 21me. 

VOCABULABT. Ist SeotioU. 
INTSRROOATIYK PRONOUNS. 

For persons. Pour les personnes. 
NominatiTe. What Nominati£ Quit 
Object direct. Whomt Regime direct. 

Quit 
Objective with a preposition. 

Towkamt A quit 

Of or from whom t Dt qui t 

With whomt {whom , . wUht) Avec qui t 

For whom t (whom . ,for t) Pour qui t 

Qui t Who f has no plural, and always refers to persons, without distine- 
tion of sex ; as, who^ in English. 
Que? and Quoit What? have no plural, and always relate to things. 

Ohi. 43. As direct objeet, use que before the verb in an interrogatiYS 
form ; and quoi after the verb, in an affirmative form. After a preposition 
nse ftMt, never que. [Mind that all those pronouns are not reZattve, but 
interrogative.] 

What have they f Qt»'ont.ils f What will you »ayfl Qitevoulei- 

I What do you mean?} vous^tref 



VooABULAiBB. Ire Section. 

PmONOMS INTKRROOATIFS. 

For things. Pour les choses. 
Whatf Qu^eeUcequit 

What? Quet Qu't Quo%9 

Regime indirect, avec une pr^- 

sition. 
To what r 1 quot t 

Of or from what f De quoi t 
With what f (what . . with f ) Awm 

quoit 
For what f (What . . for t) Pour qu»% f 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWXMTT-FiaST LSSSOH. 101 



Obi. 45. — Any affirmative answer aHer: Ihdieve, may be expressed by: 
f«e out. A negative answer, by : que non, (Dir. 6.) 
Can they speak German well f I Peuvent-ils bien parler I'Allemandf 

I believe not. I beHeve they cannot. I Je crois que non. 

TwvxTT-nBST ExBBCiss. let Seo. — ^Yihot it mftn Exbboioi. Ire Sec. 

Wednesday, Jane, 1849. Mercredi, Juin, 1849. 

What are we going to try to-day ? We are going to try to recite.— 
To recite what? To recite a vocabulary. — Which 1 This one. — Is 
it the 20th ? No, it is not the 20th, but the last.— It is the : what! 
The last, the 2l8t.— Very well. Will you begin 1 With pleasure.— 
Will you ask us questions in French or in English ? I am going to 
ask you some in £ngli«h first, and in French afterwards. — We are 
ready to answer you. Are yon ready, indeed ? I believe toe are, 
{que out.) — Can I begin? I believe you can. — ^To how many note* 
can you reply (answer) this eveming ? I can reply to six or seven.— 
9» 



Digitized 



by Google 



UB 



iwsMTT-riRiT Lesson 



Can you answer so many! (a autant que cela?) I belieye I can.^-* 
' Have you as many brothers as H We hare just as many as yon 
and more than they. — How many volumes of Irving's works hav6 
ihey? They have eight. — lAve they so many t Yes, indeed, and 
they are going to buy more. — How many morel Two more, 1 
believe. — Has Miss Clara as many shawls as Miss Emily (Emilie) 1 
No, Miss Clara has less of them than Miss Emily. — Have you my 
copybook? U No, I believe not — Has he got it? He? I believe 
not.— -Who has it? I cannot tell you. — Have not those children got 
it? They ? I believe not. — Are you not going to give a handsome 
fan to Miss Victoria ? Yes, I am going to give her one. 

Will you write to the Italian? I will write to him. — Will your 
brother write to the English ? He will write to them, but they have 
no mind to answer him. — Will you answer jour friend? I will 
answer him. — But whom will you answer? I will answer my good 
father. — Will you not answer your good Mends? I will answer 
them. — ^Who will write to you ? The Russian wishes to write to 
me. — Will you answer him ? I will not answer him. — ^Who will 
write to our friends? The children of our neighbor will write to 
them. — Will they answer them? They will answer them. To 
whom do you wish to write ? I wish to write to the Russian. — Will 
he answer you? He wishes to answer me, but he cannot — Can the 
Spaniards answer us? They cannot answer us, but we can answer 
them.— To whom do yon wish to send this note ? I will send it 
•to the joiner. — From whom is this boy going to receive a hat? He 
is going to receive one from his friend, the lawyer. — For whom is 
this coat? It is for our father. — ^Whom are these gloves for? They 
are for our friend's clerk. With whom are your children going to the 
museum ? They are going there with the old professor. — Are they 
not also going to the wharf to see the merchant's beautiful vessel < 
Yes, they are going there with the young teacher, the old captain^ 
and the good sailor. 



VocABULABT, 2d SeotioD. 
The play, the theatre. The haU. 
To or at the play. To the theatres. 
To the ball. To the balls. 

The parlor, drawing-room. 
The itordumeej magatine, tDarehouee. 
This counting-house. 
The market. In, at, to the market. 
There, thither. To go there ; to be 

there. 
To tend there. To carry it there. 



VocABULAnuB, 2de Sec. 



Le thiitre. 
Au theatre. 
Au baL 
Le talon, 
Le magoixn, 
Ce comptoir. 
Le marihi. 
Y, Y 

Y envojrer. 



Le&oZ. 

Aux th^&tres. 

Aux bals. 

Le grand salon. 



Au marchd. 
alier. Y dtra 

L*7 porter. 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWSMTT-riRST LXSSOM 



Will they go to the theatre f 

They wiph to go there. 

Will yoa go there f I wUL rDir. 1.) 

Are yoa going now f I am. 

b your anuin in the parlor t 

He is ; or, he is there. He is not. 

My cousin. This cousin. 

Where is our cousin f 



i>o ym kmam t / kmam nai (iio ««<). 
Do yOn know the French of : to fee f 
I do, I know it. I do know it. 
I know something. I know nothing. 
Do jroQ know the French of: to have t 
I do not know it. 

I will tell yoa (I am going to). (19 N. 1.) 
To have, to get. To have got. 
To have to. 

Oba. 46. — When avoir, to hare, expresses obligation, use the 
i, before the following infinitive, and repeat it with each Terb. 



Venlent-ils aller as tbtttre ff 
Ds Teolent y aller. 
Voolez-Toosy aller r JeTeozyaUer. 
T allez-Yoas a present ff J*y vak. 
Votre cousin est-il dans le salon f 
n y est. B n*y est pas. 

Mon cousin. Ce oossin. 
Ou est notre oonsinf Oa notra 

coosin est-il t 
Savez-vous t Je^-e aats fms. 

Savez-Yoos le Fran^ais de : to see f 
Je le Mt«. 

Je saisqoelqoe choae. Je ne mis riem, 
Savez-Toas le Fran^ais de : tohmmf 
Je ne le sais pas. 
Je vais toos le dire. 
Avoir. 
Avoir a. 



What have you to do ff 
I have to copy and tranabte thaL 
I hare nothing to recite, nor read. 
Have 3rour cousins nothing to say f 
Tes, they have something to say. 
What has John to answer (reply to) f 

He haa to answer our <tuestions. 
Then. If, if he. U he can. 



Qu'ovex-voaa a faire t 

J'ai a copier et a tiaduire oela. 

Je n*ai Hen a r^ter, ni a lire. 

Vos cousins n*ont-ils rien a dire f 

Si fait. Us ont quelqoe chose a dira. 

X quoi Jean a«t-il a r^pandie f Jeaa 
a a r^pondre a qooi f 

n a & r^pondre a noa questjona. 

Alors. Si, s'il. S*il peuL 
Obs. 47. — The i, of ti, is cut off, only when followed by tl, or tZt , but ia 
%o other case. If he has, they have ; s'il a ; a'ils ont — s'il veut, Slc, 
We are well I Nous nous portons bien. 

TwnrTT-rzBST Ezsbcub. 2d Sec — l&xMmciom 21mm. 2de See. 



Thursday, June 1849. 



Jeudi Juin, 1849. 



Good moming, ladies and gentlemen! I hope yoa are welL 
Yes, Sir, we axe vreU, thank yott — ^How is Mias Emily's coosin t 
Is he better! I belioTe he is. — ^How is yonr brother's cold! His 
sold is better, bat he has the toothache. — ^I am sorry to hear it. — Do 
yon know how the general is? Yes, I know that he is well ; bat 
Captain Henry is sick. — I know it; bat he is better; is he not? 1 
cannot tell yon. — ^What have we to do this evening? We have to 
recite, as usaal. — ^Who is going to begin ? I and he. — Why not in* 
and I? Very well; he and I, then.— I am going to ask i faire) a 
qaestioo of the one and the other, (a Vun et d Toirfr*.)— Will yoa 
answer me in French? I am going to try. — ^What nave yo» got' 



Digitized 



by Google 



HM TWKNTT-PW8T LXIIOIT* 

Nothing.— What haye you to do? I hare only to write.— WhiM 
have you to write t I have to write a note.— To whom 1 To the 
caipenter'8 ooosin. — ^What have you to give him? We have to 
give him some fresh bread and batter. — Has yot, orvant anything 
to drink ? I believe that he has to drink some tea. — Are we not 
going to drink some, too % Yes, we are going to drink some. — ^Al 
what o'clock? At eight.^At half past eight, you mean (vous vou- 
lez dire). — No, I mean at a quarter to nine. — ^Have we to send muck 
rioe to the cook of Mr. Giraid's vessel? Yes, we have to send him 
much. — Has he any ? I believe that he has but litde more.— Then, 
we have to send it to him to-day; have we not? Yes, indeed.— 
Who is going to take it to him ? Do you know ? Yes, I do. — ^Who ? 
The joiner's little boy. 

When will the lawyer go to the play ? He is going only to-mo^ 
row night — ^When can his cousin go with him ? He cannot go to 
the play if he is going to a ball. — ^To which ball is he going ? To that 
of the physician. — ^Is he going to give a grand ball ? Yes, he is, to- 
morrow evening. — ^Where is your son ? I believe he is at the counting- 
room. — ^Where are they going to take me ? To the counting-room, 
m their waiehouse. — ^Where.are the cook and the grocer going ? If 
they are going anywhere, they are going to market. — Can I go with 
them? Yes, you may (Dir. 1), if you have nothing to do. — ^To 
which market are they going? To the laige one. — Are the farmer 
and his cousin at market ? No, they are in the shoe-store. — Can you 
come to my house to go to the wharf? I have no wish to go to your 
house first, and afterwards to the wharf; but I am ready to go to 
the wharf now. — ^Have you your hat, gloves, and umbrella? Um- 
brella? Is it bad weather? Yes, it is. Then, I will not go thera 
but to the museum, if you wish to go with me. — ^Are they going 
too? Yes, they, also. — ^Very well; then we may go (y), if you are 
ready.— Is the picture of the Italian in the parlor? Yes, it is there 
— Is tne servant going to sweep the parlor? No, he cannot sweep 
it now. — ^Why can he not? Because I believe somebody is in the 
parlor.— Who is in it (y) ? Madam Vemet and her cousin Frede- 
rick.— Will you send them some biscuits, fresh butter, and some 
wine ? I cannot, because the servant is not at home. — If you wiH 
send them something, I can take it to them ; can I not ? Very well 
you may, if you wish. — How many biscuits have you ? I havf 
only six or seven ; is that enough ? It is. 

Khl Since. I Ah! Depuia. 

Since last Sunday. I Depuia dimanche dernier. 

Not quite well. ! Pas tout-i-fait bien. 

I am glad to aee yw, them, kim, I Je auia bien nee de voug, lef, levUfc 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWXllTT-8Xc«MD LSSSOH. 



im 



rWi:NTY*S£COND L£SSON, 22d,^Vingt'deuxume Le^on, 22nu 



YooABVLAXT. Ist Section. 

Tot at, or in the comer .... corners. 

To^ at, or in the hole .... holes. 

In th^ bole. In the holes. 

To, or at the bottom. 

Id the bottom of the bag ... of this 
cheat. 

At the comer of the fire ... of the 
garden. 

The office. The lawyer's office. 

This workshop. The joiner's work- 
shop. 

To, or at the end. The road. 

At the end of the road ... of the roads. 

That cousin of yours, of mine, of his, 
of theirs, &c. 

To send for. To go for, to fetch. 

To come for. To come for me. 

To tend for me To go for them. 

Whom are you going to send for f 

I am going to send for nobody. 

At what o'clock are you coming for 

himt (19", N. 2.) 
Are you going for any one t 
I f No. But John is going for his 

cousin, who is in our office. 

Ib not the cat in the workshop f Yes, 

it is at the end. 
llieae gentlemen are going to send 

for cakes and wine ; are they not f 
Yes, they are going to send for some. 
Will your boy go for some fresh 

batter and vinegar for us f 

He will not go for any for you. 

He is Yery kinl (or good), indeed ! 
Are you not going to send for the 
doctor, for the clerk who is sick f 

Tes, we are going to send for him. 

He ws2! send for my brothers. 
Ho, be has a mind to go for them. 



YooABULAiBx. Ire SectioA. 
An coin, Auz coins. 

Au trou. Auz trous. 

Dans le trou. Dans les trous. 
Aufond, 
Aufonddusac Aufonddeceooflkw. 

Au coin da feu. Au coin du jardin 

Le bureau. Le bureau de Tavbcat 
Get atelier. L'atelier du menuisier. 

Au bout. Le chemin. 

Au bout du chemin . . . des cheminii 

Votre, mon, son, leur, dbc., cooaiik 

(^ 108.) 
Envoyer chercher. Alter ehereher» 
Venir diercher. Venir me dterdktr. 
IVTenvoyer chercher. Les aller cher- 

cher. 
Qui allez-YOus envoyer chercher f 
Je nevais enroyer chercher personne. 
k quelle heure allez-voas venir le 

chercher t 
Allez-vous chercher quelqu'un t 
Moi t Non. Mais Jean va chercher 

son cousin, qui est dans notre bu- 
reau. 
Le chat n'est-il pas dans I'atelierf 
Si foit, il est au bout. 
Ces messieurs vont envoyer cherohit 

des gateaux et du vin, n'est-ce pail 
Oui, ils vont en envoyer chercher. 
Votre gar^on vent-il aller cherchet 

da beurre frais et du vinaigre poor 

DOUSf 

n ne veut pas en aller chercher po« 
vous. 

II est tr^s-bon, en v^t^ ! 

N'allez- vous pas envoyer cherckcr it 
docteur pour le commis qui Ml 
malado r 

Si fait. Nous aliens 1' envoyer cher- 
cher. 

n veut envoyer chercher mes frdrea 

Non, il a envie de les aller chercher 



Digitized 



by Google 



106 



TWEMTT-SKCOHD LBIIOX. 



Will yoa send for more glasses, or 

have we enotigh f 
I will send for more, because we 

have only three. 



Vonlez-vons envoyer chercher ploi 
de verres, ou en avons-nous asaez f 

Je veox en envoyer chercher, parce 
que nous n*en avons que trois. 



TwBHTT-flEOOKDExxsoiss.lstBec. — ^yiiraT-DXTJxiti»EzBBOiOE.lrel$eo. 



Friday, June 1849. 



^endredi, June, 1849. 



Ah ! Mr. Robert; I am glad to see you. How have you been onoa 
fast Monday 1 I have not been very well. — Ah! indeed! lam 
very sorry to hear it. — But you are well now, I hope ? Not quite 
but much better. Thank you. — How is it with you at home 1 (Com 
ment se porte-t-on chez vous 1) We are all well, at your service. — ^It 
IS cold, is it not? Yes, it is. — Where is Samuel going? I am going 
to send him for something. — At what o'clock are you going to send 
6im? At half past nine. — Is it not yet half past nine ? No, not 
quite. It 18 only a quarter past nine. Then he can wait a quarter of 
an hour. — What is he going for ^ He is going to buy sugar, biscoita 
and cheese, if we have no more. — ^Who is m the garden' TLf 
children of our friends are there. — ^Will you send for the physician \ 
We ^iU send for him. — Who will go for him at the joiners work- 
shop? Little Thomas (Thomas) will go for him. — Can he do it 1 
Yesj indeed. — ^Will you give me my broth ? Will you drink some 
oroth now ? I wish to drink a little. — ^Where is it ' It is at the 
comer of the fire. I will give it to you (vais). 

Will you give little Thomas three sous to fetch some milk ? Is 
(hat enough ? It is enough. — Where is he going to buy it 1 He can 
buy it at the market. — Very well. I am going to give him three 
cents to get milk, and another to buy a cake. You are very good. 
But I have no money with me ; it is at the counting-house. — ^Will 
yon go for it ? I am not afraid to go for it.— Will you buy my Web- 
ster's Dictionary 1 I cannot; I have no more money. — ^No more 
money (plus d') ! No, I have no more with me. — ^Where is youi 
catt At the bottom of the garret, in a hole. — In which hole is itt 
In its hole. — ^Where is that old man's dog? It is in a comer of the 
ship Have the sailors any cats ? Yes, they have. — ^Has not the 
servant to sweep the office and parlor ? He has to sweep them.*- 
Has their cook got a good fire ? He has an excellent fire, because 
he has to bum the cofilee. — Has he not to make tea? He has to 
make it. — Where is our cat ? I believe it is in Miss Sophia's basket 
in the parlor. — Is not my Fleming's Dictionary in the parlor? Yes, 
it is there, and Surenne's also. 

Have you anything to do ? I have something to do. — What have 
yon to dot I have to mend my clothes, and go to the end of the 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWKNTT-8XC0KD LXfSON. 
load.— Whj have von to 00 to thtk 0mA nf iKa ma<1 1 

to the grocer's 

the professor t 

the lawyer^ ai 

Caa you giro 

more of the I 

(votrc) drink 1 

much of the fi 

one % I have 

of the road. 

(19«, N. 1) th« 

answer this y< 

it. (y. Ob. 44.) 

Yesterday. Yesterday morning. 

Yesterday evening; last evening, 

night. 
Come in, walk in, go in. For (because) 
Some (meanmg, some of us, yon, 

them). 

VooABULABT. 2d SecUoB. 
Thoo. Thou halt. Hast thou f Thou 

hast not. 
Hast thou my peDcil-case t 
Thou art. Art thou t Thou art not. 
Art thou not busy and in a hurry f 
I am busy, but not hurried. 
Are the fivmers tired f 



167 



Hier. Hier matin. 

Hier soir on hier au soir. 



EntreE. 
Quelques \ 



Csr. 



VooABULAiu. 2de Section. 
Tu.« Tuas. As-tuT Tun'apaa. 



As-tu mon porte-crayon f 
Tu es. Es-tu f Tu n'es pas. 
N'es-tu pas occup^ et pressd t 
Je suis occupy, maia non pas press^ 
Les fermiers sont-ils fatigues f 
Obi. 48. Adjectives agree in number with the nouns or pronouns they 
qualify. If the noun or pronoun is in the plural, the adjective takes an «. 



They are not tired but busy. 

Thou wilt, thou wishest, (srt willing.) 

Canst thoi ! Art thon able f Thou 

canst, Slc, 
Art thou willing to make my fire f 
I am, if I can. 
Art thou afraid f cold or hungry f 

1 am not afraid, but I am cold and 
hungry. 



lis ne sont pas fatigues mais occup^ 
Tu veuz. Veuz-tu f Tu ne venz rien. 
Peux'tn f Tu peux. Tu ne peui 

pas. 
Veuz-tu faire mon feu t 
Je veuz le faire, si je peuz. 
As-tu peur t As-tu froid ! As-tn 

faim t 
Je n'ai pas peur ; mais j'ai froid et 

faim. 



1 In addressing one another the French use the second person plural, as ia 
English. The second person singular, however, is employed : 1. In sub- 
fime or serious style, and in poetry ; 2. It is a mark of intimacy among 
friends, and is used by parents and children, brothers and sisters, husbanda 
■nd wives, towards one another : in general it implies ^am'liarity fowidad 
•n aflsction and fondness', or hatred and contempt. 



Digitized 



by Google ^ 



MB 



TWUTT-SBCOITD LXSIOV. 



N'as-tu ni honte lu Bommeil f 
Vas-tu f Tu vtB. Ta ne vaB pM 
Y vafl-tu T Tu y vas. Tj n*y vw 

pas. 
Tu TBB t r atelier I n'est-oe pas f 

Sanadoute, 

Taut de tittle. BientSt. 
Vendre qudque ckoa* d qmlqu*um. 
Qu*allez-Y0U8 vendre au Suisse f 
Nous n'allons rien lui vendre. 

Dire (* 4) quelque Aote d qudqWun, 
Veuz-tu dire un mot a Thomas f 
Oui, je vetix lui en dire un. 
Dire a . . . . de . . . (li, avant le nom ; 

<2e, avant Tinfinitif.) 
Youles-vous dire a« ^arfon d'appor 

ter dn charbon f 
Je vais lui dire de le faire. 
Te, t'. Te le. Te les. 

Ton, sing. Tee, plur.— Ton de. T«i 

d6s. 

Le tien. Les tiens. 

T'en. Je peuz t'en donner. 

tLe matin. 

tLe soir. 

TwENTT-ssooKD ExxBOiBB. 2d Sec— YiifaT-DsuxiftMS BxxiioiCT. 2de Sec 
Saturday, June, 1849. Samedi, Juin, 1849. 

Bonjouiy Mr.j eiuToz, prenez nn siege et aaseyez-Tons. Avee 
plaisir, car je suis fatigue. — Yons n'fttes pas malade, j'aspezel 
Non, je ne suis que fatigu6.— Comment vous ^tes-vous port6 depuis 
hier matin t Tr^s-bien, comme k Pordinaire. £t vous? Moi aussL 
Quelqu'un est-il malade chez-vous % Non, peisonne n'est malade k 
la maison depuis dimaQche deraier. — Yotre oousiu Pavocat est-il 
tout-^-fait bien? Non, pas tout-4-fait bien; mais beaucoup mieux. 
J'en SUIS blen aise. 

Who is in the joiner's workshop ? The three boys are there.- 
What have they to dol They have a great deal to do. — Can they 
do it? To be sure. — ^Have they as much to do as the carpenter's or 
the baker's boys ? They have just as much. — ^Hast thou enough to 
study? .To be sure. — ^Hast thou too much ? No, not too much, but 
•ioough.^Art thou going to £opy thy exercise soor ? I am going to 



Art thouneither ashamed nor sleepy f 

Art thou going f Thou art not going. 

Dost thou go there f Thou art go- 
ing. Thou art not going. 

Thou goest to the work-shop, dost 
thou not r 

To be sure; of course; wtikonudomht, 

InrnedicUdy, i^oan, vxrt soon. 

To sell §omethmg to touubody. 

What are you going to sell the Swiss f 

We are not going to sell him any- 
thing. 

To tell, (to say) 8omeUkm0 to 9tme one. 

Wilt thou say a word to Tbonas t 

Yes, I will tell him one. 

To tell .... to ... (d before the noun ; 
de, before the infin.) 

Will you tell the boy to bring some 
coals f 

I will tell him to do it. (19*, N. 1.) 

Thee, to thee. It to thee. Them to 
thee. 

Thy Thy thimble. Thy thim- 
bles. 

Thine. 

Some to thee, thea some. I can give 
thee some. 

In the morning, (meaning) any morn- 
ing. 

In the evening, (that is) any evening. 



Digitized 



by Google 



rWKKTT-tXCOlID LXS801I. IQ§ 

oc^^ it immediatelj. — ^What will thy brother do first? He will firrt 
read, then translate, and afterwards write. — Canst thou translate 
well ? Yes, when I wish to do it — To how many comers is John 
going t He goes only to thi ee. — ^To how many lawyers hast thou to 
speak ? I have to speak to four. — ^When hast thou to speak to them ? 
This evening. — At what o'clock ? At a quarter to nine. — ^Not befmre ! 
I believe not — ^When canst thou go to Uie office of the big general I 
I can go there only in the morning (t<Hnorrow morning). — ^At what 
o'clock t At half past seTea^r— When^wilttlMmgo to the old Fmneh- 
man's I I am going to his house immediately .-^WUl thou not gc* 
first \o the hatter's store, or work-shop, to choose a hati Oh, yes^ 1 
havt) to go there first, and then to the Frenchman's. — Will thou go 
to the physician's to-morrow morning, or to-morrow evening 1 I will 
go in the morning, at a quarter past ten, if it is fine weather, or at a 
quarter of eight in the evening. 

Have you to write as many notes as the Englishman ? I have to 
write fewer of them than he. — Will you speak to the German? I 
will speak to him. — ^When will you speak to him ? At present — 
Where is he ? He is in his office, at the other end of the wood. — 
Will you go to the market? I will go thither to ipour) buy some 
linen. — Do thy neighbors not wish to go to the museum and wharf? 
They cannot go there ; they are fatigued, and too busy to go. (y>)^ 
Hast thou the courage to go to the wood in the evening? I have 
the courage to go thither, but not in the evening. — Are your children 
able to answer my notes ? They are able to answer them^ — ^What 
dost thou wish to say to the servant ? I wish to teQ him to make 
the fixe and to sweep the warehouse, our office, and the boy's gar- 
ret — ^Wilt tLou tell thy brother to sell me his horse ? I will tell 
him to sell it to thee. — What do you wish to tell me ? I wbh to tell 
you a word. — Whom do you wi^ to see ? I wish to see the Scotch- 
man.— Has thou to tell him to send thee some milk? I have to tell 
him to send me some. — Will you tell your cousin to go to the gene- 
ral's in the morning, for he wishes to see him. With pleasure. — 
Which book does my brother wish to sell them ? He wishes to sell 
only thine and his own.— Thou hast the last exercise, hast thou not? 
Yes, I have it — ^My young friend wishes to see me, does he not 1 
I believe he does. — ^He has a mind to see thee, to t^ thee i 
pietty. 
10 



Digitized 



by Google 



110 



TWXMTT-THl D LC880V. 



TWENTY-THIRD LESSON, ZZd^—Vingt-troisieme Le^on, 23m 

VDrOT-TROISllMB YOOABULAIBB, IrO SOC. 

To go oat. To remain, to suy. | Sortir,* 2. Rester, 1. 

Obt. 49. Sortir, meant lo leave the place one is in, without any refe- 
rence to the place one goes to ; when the latter is mentioned, ;i8e : oiler, 
and not sortir. An : 



Are yon going ont f Yes, I wiah to 
go out to my friend's. 

To remain, to stay at home. 



Allex-Tons sortir f (going tr go Mrt.) 
(19*, N. 1.) Ooitje Teuz otter (DOI 
sortir) chex mon ami. 

Rester d la ssauon, (fem. noun, of 
which hereafter.) 

lei, y. id, y. 

Vcux-tn rester ici f . . . resfet la f 

Je Teuz y rester. 

Y most be 



Here. . There. 

Wilt then stay here f . . . stay there f 

I wish to stay here. . . . there. 

Obe. 50. Lit ieif require no antecedent ; y requires one. 
repeated. 

Wilt thou go to thy friends f 
I am going there, but he is not. 
The pleasure, the favor. 
Will you be so kind as (good enough) 
to read that t 



To do a favor. 

All, enery. 

Every day. Every Snnday. 

Every morning . . . evening . . . month. 

All the velvet. All the scholars. 

Obe. 51. All of the velvet ; all of the scholars ; are frequently used in 
English, but the of must not be ezpreesed in French. [Mind that.] 



Yeuz-tu t..er chex tea amis f 
J'y vais, mais il n'y va pas. 
Le plaisir. (de avant nn infinitif.) 
Youlex-vous me faire le plaiatr da 

lirecelaf 
Faire un plaisir. 
Sing. Tout, Plur. Tout. 
Tous les jours. Tons les dimanchea 
Tons les matins . . . soirs . . . mois. 
Tout le velours. Toas les tfcoliera. 



A tore finger. A sore thumb. 

Is your little finger sore f 

My little finger pains me. It is sore. 

Whose ibot is sore t John's is. 

Late. It is late. Is it late f 

Is it not late f ^t is not late. 

What o'clock is it f 

It is twelve o'clock, mid-day. 
Is it not a quarter past twelve f 
No ; it is but half past twelve. 
Is it not too late to go out f 
No, it is but a quarter to six, or it 

wanta only a quarter to six. 
Is it half past one f 
Write the date of the month. 



t Mai au doigt. Mai au ponce, 

t Avex-vous mal au petit doi£t f 
t J'ai mal au petit doigt. J'y ai maL 
t Qui a mal au pied f Jean y a maL 
Tard. II est tsrd. Est-il tard f 
N'est-il pas tard f II n'est pas tard. 
Quelle heure est-il f (qudle is fem 

to agree with heure,) (19*, N. 8.) 
n est midi. (Never use douze keuret.) 
N'est-il pas midi et demi f 
Non, il n'est que midi et quart. 
N'est-il pas trop tard pour sortir f 
Non, il n'est que six heures mointo 

un quart. 
Est-il une heure etdetnie f (N. 3, 19*J 
Ecrivex le quantiSme du roois. 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWKMTT-TUIBD LXtSOlT. Hi 

Writ« it every day. I ^crivei-le tona lee jonre. [i 54.) 

The namee of the months ore after Lee noma dea moia aom aprea lea 
the numbers. > nombrea. 

TwBMTT-THiBsExsmcxss, IstSeo. — ^YiHaT-TBOisiiMs ExxBoiOB. Ire See. 
£crivez ici, en Franca, le quantidme dn mois. 

Ah ! Mr. Charles, I am glad to see you; come in. Take a seat 
Take tills one, and sit down. Thank yon. I have one here. It is 
good enough. — ^How have you been since last month? Quite well ; 
and how are you all? We are pretty well now. — ^How is your cousin 
Samuel t He is not well. He has a bad cold, a sore throat, and the 
headache. I am sorry to hear tha. he is sick. — Who is in the parlor ? 
In the large parlor? No, in the little parlor. Your father, the 
minister, his young brother) yours, my cousin Louis, Madame Leblanc, 
her son, and two or three other persons are there. — Is anybody in the 
large parlor ? No ; nobody is there. — Is the olerk going to stay at 
home? No, he is going out (going to go out) to look for steel 
knives. — Has the Turk's tailor an iron or steel thimble ? He has 
neither a thimble of iron nor of steel; he has none. Then I will 
leiid him one. (19*, N. 1.) — One of silver? No, a steel one. — Which 
dictionary liave you here ? Here, I have Surenne's Dictionary, French 
and English, and there, Webster's. — ^Art thou going to the theatre ? 
No, I am not. — ^Then thou art going to a ball, art thou not ? No, I 
am not (going there). — ^Where then? To my friend's the doctor. 
Is that all? — ^Will you be so kind as to copy ihzX note for me ? I 
have not time to copy it, but little Robert is going to copy it for you, 
in his cousin's office. 

Is it late? It is not late.— What o'clock is it? It is a quarter 
past twelve. — At what o'clock does the captain wish to go out J He 
wishes to go out at a quarter to eight. — What are you going to do ? 
I anr going to read. — What have you to read? I have to read a 
gooa book. — Will you lend it to me ? I will lend it to you. — When 
will you lend it to me ? I will lend it to you to-morrow, if you 
have time to come for it then, {ventt le chereher.) — Have you a 
mind to go sut ? I have no mind to go out.— Are you willing to 
stay here, my dear {cher) friend? I cannot remain here. — Whithei 
have you to go ? I have to go to the counting-house. — Wnen will 
you go to the ball ? To-night — At what o'clock ? At midnight— 
Do you go to the Scotchman's in the evening or in the morning ? 1 
go there (y) both in the evening and in the morning. — Where are 
f ou going to now ? I am going to the theatre. — ^Where is your son 
going to? He is going nowhere; he is going to stay at home to 
Ipour) study his French and translate it; for he has a sore foot.— 
Where is your brother ? He is in the parlor.— Is he not going to hii 



Digitized 



by Google 



lis 



fWXVTT-THXRr LXtSOM. 



ooanting-houfle I No, he is not going there. — Ib he going to 8lJ| 
here? Ves^heis. — Why? Because he has a sore thumb and finger^ 
and he cannot write. — Cannot liis clerk write for him ? Ye.«i, he canj 
and brother is going to send for him to do it. — ^Wilt thou come foi 
John at seven ? With pleasure. 



8inc« I had the pleasare of teeing 

yoQ, of seeing them, him. 
I have been perfectly well. 
Oh ! Will you oome in and $U down t 



Depuis qne je n*ai eu le plaieir dt 
▼oas ?oir, de lea voir, de le yoir. 

Je me euia parfaitement port6. 

Oh I Voulex-Yous entrer et Toni 
Mteoirt 

Je ne peux ai entrer ni m*a$9eoir, 

Je TOus rends ^acea. 

Le chaud. Trop chaod. 

YocABULAiaa. 2de Section. 
Beioim. Avoir heiom de..* 



I can neither go in nor mU dowi. 

Many thanks. 

The beat. Too warm, too hot. 

YooABULAaT. 2d Section. 

N§ed. T\> Mate need of 

To have need of it. To want it. 
To be in want of it. To have use 

for it. 
I have need of that. I want that. 
I am in want of it. I have need of it. 
Have you need of this knife t 
Do yott want this knife f (in want of) 
I do not want it, (have no need for it.)| Je n'en ai pas beeoin. 
Are we in want of these scissors f 
I believe that you have need of them. 
Do you want them any more t 
I do not want them any more. 
Has ha need of money t 
He has great need of it. 
He is much in want of *t. 
Has the merchant need of any f 
He does not want any. 
Who wants er has need of any f 
Nobody wants any. 
They have need of it. of them, of 

some. 
Do John and Charles need the horses f ) Jean et Charles 
Have J. and C. need of the horses f S chevaux f 
They do not want them. 
Of what t Of what have you need f 
I have need of all that 
I want nothing. 
What is he in want off 
What does he want f 
What has he need off 
(He wants) nothing, that, everything. 
To be acquainted with. To know. 



> En avoir besoin. (^ 50.) 

Pai besoin de cela. 
J'en ai besoin. 

^ Avex-vous besoin de ce couteau f 

Je n'en ai pas besoin. 
Avons-nous besoin de ces ciseauzl 
Je crois que vous en aves besoin. 
En svex-vous encore besoin f 
Je n'en ai plus besoin. 
A-t-il besoin d'argent f 

S n en a grand besoin. 

Le msrchand eu a>t>il besoir f 
n n'en a pas besoiu. 
Qui en a besoin f 
Personne n'en a h'^soin. 
lis en out l>esoin. 

Qt-ils besoin dm 



Us n'en ont pas beboin. 
Det^uoif De quoi aves- vous 
J'ai besoin de tout cela. 
Je n'ai besoin de rien. 



^ De quoi a-t-il besoin t (^ 95.) 



De rien. De cela. De tont 
Connaltre,* 4. 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWXtfTT-THIBD LKtSOM. 



119 



To b« acquainted with (to know) a 
man ; somebody ; a good teacher. 
To be acquainted with nobody. 
Of me, of thee, of him, of it. 
Of us, of you, of them. 
Is your father in want of met 
He is in want of you. 
Are you in want of these books t 
I am in want of them. 
Is he ii. want of my brothers f 

He is in want of them. 

Does he want that t He does (want it.) 
Whom do I want f (hare I need oft) 
Tou want the lawyer's clerk. 

What else or what more i 



Connaitre un binmo; quelqn'im; 

un bon mattre. 
Ne connaitre personne. 
De moi, de toi, de lui, \em, % 47/ 
De nous, de vous, d'eux, (en.) 
Votre pere a-t-il besom de wuti t 
II a besoin de vout. 
Avez-Tous besoin de ces liTres f 
J'en ai besoin. 
A-t-il besoin de mes freres 7 
II abesoin d'eux. (pour les personnes.) 
n en a besoin. (pers. et choses.) 
A-t-il besoin de cela 7 II en a besoin. 
De qui ai-je besoin 7 
Vous avez besoin du commis d« 

Tavocat. 
Quoi encore t De quoi encore 1 



TWSRTT-THIBD EXBBCISS. 2d SOO. — ^YlNQT-TKOISlftME £XBR0I9S. 2de SeO. 

£crivez, en Franfais, le quantieme du mois. 

I am much pleased at seeing you. Miss Clara. Sit down ; take 
this seat. How do you do, this morning ? I am pretty well ; better 
than last Tuesday. — I am glad of it. How is your father? I do 
not know. Father is not here, but he is coming in two or three 
days. But you, Sir; how have you been since I had tht) pleasure 
of seeing youl I have been perfectly well, I thank yva. — Is it 
oold or wann, out of doors 1 It is warm, quite warm. — ^Indeed ! I 
am soriy for it. — ^I bid you good morning. Sir. Miss, I present my 
respects to you. Adieu! 

Is the professor going to make us recite (nous faire reciter) im- 
mediately 1 No, not before a quarter of an hour or half an hour. — 
Then, I may still study my vocabulary ; can I not ? To be sure you 
can. — But do you not know it yet I Yes, I know it pretty well; but 
not too well, (trop bien. Obs. 35.) — ^May I go in the parlor, to study 
there? Can you not study here? I can write, read, copy, and 
translate here ; but I can study better in a comer of the parlor. — ^If 
you will stay here, I can ask you (vous faire) a few questions, and 
then you can ask me some. — Very well, I am going to stay. Will 
you begin or may I (puis-je?) ask you the first questions? You 
may begin, if you are ready ; for, 1 am ready to answer you. — ^I am 
not quite ready. I wish first to correct a word there. Now I am 
feady. You know th? date of the month; do you not? I believe 
I do. And you ; do yon know it ? To be sure. — ^And he ; can ha 
My it? I beUeve not— Who cannot teU the date of the month? 
10 ♦ 



Digitized 



by Google 



114 TWBMTT-rOURTH LBlfOH. 

Robert cannot. — I? Yes, I can. Is it not the 8th of May? Yet^ 
It is (or that's it). 

Are you going out? (N. 1, 19*.) To be sure ; have I not my hat, 
cloak, and gloves? Yes, you have. — Have you to purchase (buy) 
anything? Yes, I have to purchase many things. What? A large 
shawl, for Sarah; a pretty little stick, for Henry; some gloves, 
handkerchiefs, and velvet, for Charlotte. — Is that all? AU! No, 
indeed \ — What else (or more) ? What more ? A great many things. 
— Have you not to buy something for our little cousin, John ? Yes, 
I have several things to get for him. First, a wooden gun and other 
loys; and afterwards some little books. — Is that all for him? To bo 
sure ; it is enough; is it not? Yes, indeed. — Have you a catalogue 
of those things? No, I have none; but, will you do me the faVoi 
of making one for me ? Yes, with pleasure. — Where is the paper, 
where is the pencil? The paper is here, and the pencil ^there.— 
Have you money enough to buy all that? I believe so.^-What oaa 
you lend me ? A knife, if you have need of one. — A what ? A 
knife. — ^Thank you, I have no need of a knife. — What have yoa 
need of? I have need of a good gun. — ^An iron or a steel one ? A 
steel one. — Why do you want it? I want it to kill a cat, a dog, and 
some birds. — Are you in want of this picture ? Which? Our good 
painter's last picture. I? No; but he wants it. — Who wants iti 
This young man does. — ^How much will he give for it? I do mn 
know how much. — Does your brother want money ? He does ooc 
want any. — Who wants sugar? Nobody wants any. — Oh! yea; I 
want son^e, to sweeten my tea. — ^Has anybody need of pepp«r^ 
Nobody has. — Has the grocer but one eye ? No, he has tin 9 ; but 
he has but one thumb. 

Always. (^ 170.) A moment, a little while. Tovuours. Un mommAf 
un petit moment. 



TWENTY-FOURTH LESSON, 24th.— Ftngf-^uafnVme Lefon^ 24iiM. 

TooABULABT. Ist Sectlon. VocABULAias. Ire Section. 

INDICATIVE MOOD.— /iMiidili/. 

THE PRESENT TENSE.— Tengw FrdgetU on Priaent. 

For its formation see ($ 144.) That article must be carefully studied. 

Ob$. 52. The three present tenses: 1 htve, I do love, lam laving, will fcf 

Uie present be expressed in French by : fame, (Mind that : am loving, art 

rea^g, &.c., are never translated literally.) 

To love, to like, to be fond of. I Aimer, 1. (4, avant im infinitiD 

I love. I do not love. I J'aime. Je n'aime pas. 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWSITTT-FOVRTH LESSON. 



lis 



0M8 he like 1 He does. (Dir. 1.) 

Does he not love f He does not. 
Are you fond of I We are (fond of). 
Dosi ihou love ? Thou lovest tea. 
Who loves to read ? They like to 

read. 
Do you like him 7 . . . them 1 

I do (like him, them). 

I do not (like him, them). 

Nat at all. I do not like him or it 

a. all. 
Does he sell his horse t He does. 
Vo you sell anything f I do not. 

Do those fiu-mers sell cabbages f 

They do. They do not. 

Do you finish your task t 

\ do. I do not (finish it). 

What do the pupils finish 7 

This one finishes his exercise, those 
finish their tasks. 

Whom are jrou waiting for 7 I ex- 
pect the boy whom he expects. 

Do you receive any notes to-night f 

Yes ; as many as they receive. 



Aime-t-il 7 II aime. 

N'aime-t-ii pas 7 II n'aime pas. 
Aimez-vous 7 Nous aimons. 
Aimes-tu 7 Tn aimes )e th6. 

Qui aime a lire 7 lis aiment a lire. 

L'aimez-Tous 7 Lei aimez-vous I 

(^ 51.) 
Je I'aime. Je lee aime. 

Je ne Taime pas. Je ne les aime pas 
Pa$ d% tout, Je ne Taime pas dv 

tout. 
Vend-il son cheral 7 H le vend. 
Vendez- vous quelque chose 7 Je ne 

vends rien. 
Ces fermiers-la vendent-ils des 

choux7 
Us en yendent. Us n*en yendent pas. 
Fmissez-vous yotre devoir? 
Je le finis. Je ne le finis pas. 

Que finissent les ^ooliers 7 
Celui-ci finit son exercice, ceux-la 

finissent leurs devoirs. 
Qui attendez-yous 7 J*attends le 

gar^on qu*il attend. 
Recevez-vous des billets oe soir 7 
J*enre{ob autant quails en re^oi vent. 



TwxNTT-rouRTH ExKBCiSB. Ist Sec. — ^ViKGT-QTTATRiftMB £x. Ire Sec. 
Mettez (puO ici le quantieme du mois en Fran^uis. ^ 

Are yoa going to see Mr. Charles, to-day 1 I am. — ^How is he 
nowl Hens better^ bat not at all well. — How is his old cousin ? Ho 
is quite well. — ^How have you been since I had the pleasure of seeing 
you at your friend's 1 I have always been well, as usual. — ^How 
are you all at home ? Every one is well. — ^Is any one sick at your 
house 1 No, nobody is sick. — ^Is not your little boy sick ? Oh ! yes ; 
he is a litde sick ; but not much. — ^Are you not coming in t Yes, I 
am coming in (N. 1, 19*), to sit down a moment —Come in, come 
in. Take this seat.— No, thank you; I will (vais) sit here. (N. 19>.) 

Do you always speak French? No, we do not always speak it 
— Why do you not always speak iti Because I do not speak it 
fery well, Jules does not speak much better, and the children do 
not speak it at all. — How many exercises do the scholars copy every 
dayl They copy two; one in the moming, the other in the eve- 
ning. At what o'clock do they copy tlie moming one ? They copy 
k at i past 9. — ^And the evening one ; do they also copy it at i past 9 1 



Digitized 



by Google 



116 TWXMTT-FOVRTH LIttOR. 

They copy it at J past 7. — When do you correct them? I coired 
them at two or i of two. 

Do you not dine (diner) at one? No, we dine later. — Who 
dines at one? All our neighbors do. — Why do you not dine at one 
also ? Because we like to dine later. — Do your children dine, o% 
eat dinner, when you do? No, they dine before us. — Do they like 
to eat dinner before you ? Yes, they do like to do it, because they 
are always hungry. — Do they like to drink tea or coffee ? They 
like to drink neither tea nor coffee, but milk. — Do you Xovm 
your brother? I do love him. — Does your brother love you? 
He docs not love me. — Dost thou love me, my good child? 
I do love thee. — ^DoA thou love this ugly man? I do not love him. 
— Whom do you love? I love my children. — Whom do we love? 
We love our friends. — ^Do we like any one ? We like no one. — 
Does anybody like us? The Americans like us. — Do you want 
anything? I want nothing. — Whom is your father in want of ? He 
is in want of his servant. — What do you want? I want the note. — 
Do you want this or that note ? I want this one. — ^What do you 
wish to do with it? (en?) I wish to open it, in order to read it.— 
Does he receive as many notes, as I ? He receives more of them 
than you. — What do you give me ? I do not give thee anything. — 
Do you give this book to my brother? I do give it him. — Do 
you give him a bird ? I do give him one. — ^To whom do you lend 
your books ? I lend them to those scholars. — Does your friend lend 
me a dollar? He lends you one. — To whom do you lend yom 
clothes? (habits?) I do not lend them to anybody. 

YooABULABT. 2d Section. VooABULAiBa. 2de SeotioiL 

PRESENT TENSE CONTINUED —/;« Pr<«cnf Cofftinui, 
Are yoa fond of, do you like bc«f f | Aimex-vous le boeuf f 

Obi. 53. As the noon berf is here used in its general sense, the French 
use, not the partitive, but the definite article, le, les, (the.) (^ 15.) 

Does be like the Prusivuu t 

To eat. To arrange, to set in order. 

Do yon like to eat beef f 



Aime-t-il les Pntwieiw f 

Manger, 1. Arranger, ranger, 1. 

Aimez-voiis a manger du boBuf f 

Obs. 54. As the noun berf is here used to express a portion of beef, nol 
^U the beef, the French use the partitive, du, det, (some or any.) 



Does he like to eat cakes f (^ 20.) 
They like to eat some. 
To eat, eating, we eat. 

To change, changing, we change. 

(^ 144, R. 2.) 
1 o neglect, neglecting, we neglect 



Aime-t-il a manger des giteanz I 
lis aiment a en manger. 
Manger, mangeant, nous mangeon^ 
Changer, changeant, nous chan* 

geons. 
N^gliger, n^gUgeant, nous n^gU* 

geons 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWKMTT-FOaRTH LXStOR. 



in 



Do yoa neglect your French f 
We do not neglect it at all. 
Does he send you the hank-nolet 
He does. {% 144— *3.) He does not. 
[send, thousendest, he sends, they 

■end, who sends ? What does he 

sendf 
I iweep, thou sweepest, he sweeps, 

they sweep, who sweeps t does he 

not sweep ? 
Who sweeps the parlor carpet 7 
I do not know who sweeps it. 
Open, to open one, opening. 
I open, thou openest, he opens. 
Does he open his chest f He does. 
Does he open hi§ eyea t He does. 



N^ligez-Tous votre FrangaiA I 
Nous ne le ndgligeons pas du tout. 
Vous envoie-t-il le billet de banquet 
II me Tenvoie. II ne me I'envoie pas. 
J*envoie, tu envoies, il envoie, ilp 
envoient,quienyoief Quenvoie-t« 

iir 

Je balaie, tu balaies, il balaie, ila 
balaient, qui balaie t Ne balnie-t-il 
past 

Qui balaie le tapis du salon f 

Je ne sais pas qui le balaie. 

Ouvrir,* 2, en ouvrir un, ouvranL 

J'ouvre, tu ouvres, il ouvre. 

Ouvre-t-il son coflre T II Touvre. 

tOuvre-t-il Us yeuz f II lee outre. 



Oke. 55. Uie the definite article, Ze, lea, (the,) instead of the possessive, 
when the sense clearly indicates the possessor. Set may be used, but In 
is preferable. 



To sufler. I cannot bear it, (them.^ 

To put away, to put by, lay up, (put 
any article in its proper place.) 

Will you put away your hat, clothes, 
money, shoes, books, pencils, d&c. 
(Dir.2.) 

To ahut, to shut up the store. 

Is the servant shutting up the office f 

He does not now, but he is going to 
shut it in a moment (presently.) 

This soldier. Some cider. 

Has the captain more than thirty sol- 
diers T He has less than twenty. 

Often, pretty often, (enough.) 

What does the American like f 

He is very fond of cofiee and tea. 

To dine, to eat dinner, to eat supper. 
The dinner, at dinner. The supper, 

at supper. 
Do they often change their servants? 
We often change them. 
To change something. 



Souffiir. 

soufirir. 
Serrer, 1. 



Je ne peuz pas le (Ics) 



Voulez-vous serrer votre chapeau, 
vos habits, votre argent, vos sou- 
liers, vos livres, vos crayons, && 

Fermer, 1. Fermer le magasin. 

Le domestique ferme-t-il le bureau f 

II ne le ferme pas a present ; mais il 
va Ic fermer dans un moment, 

Ce soldat-ci. Da cidre. 

Le capitaine a-t-il plus de trente sol 
data 7 II en a moins de vingt. (16*. 

S<mventt assez souvent. 

Qu'aime TAm^ricain f 

n aimo beaucoup le cafi^ et le thi. 
(0&«. 53.) 

Diner. Souper. 

Le dTner, a diner. Le souper, I 
souper. 

Changent-ils souvent de domes 

tiques t Nous en changeons souvent 

Changer de quclque chose, (de.) 

Tw BJ iTT-fOTTBTH ExxBOiBi. 2d Sec — ^ViNOT-QuATRitMB Ex. 2de Seo 
Mettez ici le quantieme en Fran^ais. 
Ah ! Mr. Arago, I am glad to see you. You &*e well, I hope. 
ToleraMy well, thank you. I am glad to hear it.— Do you know where 



Digitized 



by Google 



118 TWIMTT-FOtTRTH LSSSOW. 

Mr. Lamaitine is! Yes, he is at home. Thank yoa, Sir. I \ta,r% to 
write to him. — Well ! oome in my house and sit down a little. Mioy 
thanks. I am not tired. I am, as usual, in a hurry (presse), far I 

want to see Mr. Rush who is going to Liverpool at i past 10. 

AdieU; then; for you have not much time. Adieu. — It is warm, 
very warm, is it not 1 No ; it is not too warm for me. — ^Not too warm 
for you ! Then you like the heat (Ze chaud), indeed ! I do. — ^Do 
yon not like the heati Not quite so much as you, I believe. 

Do you recite this evening at 6 or at 7 o'clock? We recite only 
•t 7, I believe. — Do you know what vocabulary we recite * Yoo 
lecite the last one.— Which is the last one 1 The ... is it not!— 
I believe not. — Which, then 1 This one. — I know these two. And 
I also. — ^Then, I am ready to recite. And you 1 I also. — ^What aie 
jou looking for (or, do you seek), Miss Charlotte? Is it your shawl 
or cloak that you seek (are looking for) ? No, Sir, I vn looking foi 
my copy-book of French, to translate my exercise in it. 

What do you eat at breakfast ? We eat a little beef or mutton, 
bread and butter, &c. — ^Do you like beef at breakfast ? Yes, a little , 
but I like it very well (beaucoup) at dinner. — ^Do you like to eat il 
also at supper? I do not like it so much (tant). As for me (mot), 
I do not like it at all. I cannot bear it. — You cannot bear it ? indeed \ 
No, indeed, I cannot. — Do you eat much cheese ? We do not eat 
much; we do not like it; we cannot bear it — Do you often change 
servants (de domestiques) ? Yes^ we often change them. We change 
them every month. — ^Does not Julius neglect his task often ? Yes, 
he does ; but we do not neglect ours. — ^What do you neglect ? 1 
believe that we do not neglect anything. (055. 4.) You are good 
s'holars, then, if you neglect nothing. Thank you. — What are you 
going to fix or arrange ? When ? To-day. To-day ? We do not fix 
anything, but these boys set their books in order (fix). — Does your 
father send you an3rthing? He sends me all I wish. — Does he send 
you shoes, stockings, an<f gloves ? No, but he sends me money to 
buy some. — ^How much does he send you ? He sends me more than 
ten dollars every month. — ^Is that all ? Yes, and that is enough. — 
Will you be kind enough to tell Isaac to open the parlor? He is 
opening it now (Fouvre). — ^Very well. Then you need not tell him 
to open it ; but you may tell him to sweep it. I will. (Je vais le 
faire.)(19i, N. 1.) 

Do you cut anything? We cut some wood. — ^What do those mef>- 
ehants cut ? They do not cut anything ; hut their clerk cuts soma 
coarse cloth. — Does he not cut the fine cloth too ? No , he is afraid to 
eot it. — ^You mean, he is afraid to tear it, do yoii not? Yes, T meanj 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWKNTT-FOURTH LSSSOK 



119 



10 tear It. — Does he not tear the cottoo ? Yes, he tears it, and the 
coarse cloth tdO ; but he tears neither the velvet nor the satin. — 



more ? You or your son ? We work as much the one as the other. 
Very ill. Worse. Much worse. Tres-mal. Plus mal. Beaucoup p. m. 
Does the doctor hope yet 7 Go (imper. Le docteur espdre-t-il encore f AUex 
To rest yourself, myself. Good-by. Vou8repo8er,merepo. Jevoussalue 

VocABULABT. 8d Seotion. VocABULAiaB. 8me Section. 

PRESENT TENSE CONTINUED (^ 144.)— Xe i'r^toa C^ltn«tf. 

Exceptions to the general rale given in ^ 144). 



This desk. The teacher's desk. 

What are your brothers doing f 

They are doing nothing. 

Are you not doing an exercise 7 

No, we do not do one. 

What are you doing in the office 7 

We do the task we have to do. 

Do you say anything to me 7 
W) tell you that they wish to eat. 

Do you say nothing 7 

No, nothing. 

That may be. 

At the comer of Walnut and 13th. 

That cannot be. 



Ce pupitre. Le pupitre du maitre 

Vo& fireres que font-ils 7 

lis ne font rien. 

Ne faites-vous pas un exercice 7 

Non, nous n'en faisons pas. 

Que faites-vous dans le bureau 7 

Nous y faisons le devoir que nof» 

avons a faire. 
Me dites-vous quelque chose 7 
Nous vous disons qu*ils veulent 

manger. 
Ne dites-vous rien 7 
Non, rien. (^ 151. A. 8.) 
Cela pent 6tre. 

Au coin de Walnut et de la 13ma. 
Cela ne pent pas 6tre. 

TwBNTT-FonBTH ExsKoisB. 8d Sec. — YiNGT-QUATaixMB Ex. 8mx Sec 
Mettez ici le quantieme du mois, en Fran^ais. 
Mr. Jean, je snis bien aise de vous voir. Ponvez-vous me dira 
eomment se porte votre cousin Armand? n est tres-mal. En 
f *ritc ! Pen suIb bien £fitche. Est-il plus mal que hier ? Oui, SI 
Mt beaucoup plus mal. Le docteur espere-t-il encore? Oui, il 
aspere eriOore, parce que Armand est jeune ; mais il est tres mal.— « 



Digitized 



by Google 



Itt TWENTY-roURTU LBSSOH. 

Prenez un si^. Aseeyez-yoos. NoD; je ne peax pas m'aaseoir a 
present. Ne pouyez-vous pas vous asseoir un jietit moment, poai 
vous reposer? Non, je ne le peux pas; car j'ai k aller chez Papo- 
thicaire pour acheter quelque chose. £st-ce pour Armand? Oui, 
o'est pour lui. Alors, allez, allez. Adieu ! Je tous salue. 

Miss E^ilie, what are you waiting for 1 I am waiting for the 
scholars. — ^Are they coming, or do they come ? {Obs. 52.) I be- 
lieve ihey are coming. — What are they doing? Who 1 The shoe- 
makers. Th^y are making shoes (i 4). — ^Are the carpenters making 
a ship ? No, they are not making one. — ^What do they do ? They 
do something, but we do not know what — Do you know where are 
my dictionaries 1 Which 1 The French ones. We kno r where 
they are. — Will you tell us where they are? No, we wiu not tell 
you. You may look for them. — ^You are very good, indeed ! Do 
the teachers owe anything to the butter-man ? They do not owe 
him anything. ^Do they not owe something to the tailors? They 
owe them something. — How much? Not much. Not more than 
two or three dollars.— Do they owe more to the joiner? No, they 
do not owe him so much; for, they owe him nothing. — ^Nothing at 
all ? No, nothing at all. 1 believe they owe him nothing at all — 
I know they owe him something for their last desk. — ^That may be, 
(cela pent ^tre.) 

Do the Messrs. Cowell & Son keep a dry goods store ? Yes, they 
keep one. — Where do they keep it ? They keep it at the comer d 
Chestimt and Seventh (de Chestnut et de la 7me). — What do they 
keep? They keep gloves, ribbons, satin, velvet, fine cloth, and 
many other things. — Do they receive their satin, velvet, gloves, and 
ribbons from France (France) ? No, I believe they do not receive 
them from France ; they buy them (ach^tent) from our merchants. 
—What do they receive from France ? They do not receive any- 
thing. — Do the French take much tea ? No, ihey do not take much. 
— They take more coffee than tea; do they not? Yes, they take a 
little more. — Do they not take a great deal more of it? No,' they 
do not take a great deal more ; but they take more wine than either 
tea or coffee j (que de th6 ou de cafe.)— -What do the Italians and 
Spanish drink ? They drink chocolate. — Do they not drink wine 
also ? Yes, they do. — Do you know that the general's old brothe; 
is very sick ? Yes, we know it ; and we know also that he is bettei 
this morning. — We are glad to hear it — Do you say anjrthing to 
me ? We do not say anything to you. — Do you tell them anything? 
We do not say an3rthing to them. — Do you say anything pretty to 
your good neighbor? We tell him something pretty. — What do 
you tell him pretty i We are not going to tell you of it, or it to yon. 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWXVTT-riFTB LXJfOV. 



181 



You hare been well. I beiieve it. 
At the hour. Before the hour. 
Punctual. On the way, the road, 

coming. 
I think. Dust. 

It if very dusty. 



Vous Yous dtes bien port^. Je la cvoul 
A rheure. Avant I'heure. 

Ponctuel. En chemin. 

Je pense. De la poussiere, (femi.) 
II fait beaucoup de poussiere. 



IWiaNTY-FlFTH LESSON, 2!i\h.^VingL'Cinquiinu Le^an, 25m 

YooABvuLiBB. Ire Seetioii. 

PRESENT TENSE CONTINUED.— /;« Pweni Contii ui. 

As the rule given in (^ 144), on the formation of the plural of the presen* 
tense, is applicable to irregular as well as regular verbs, it remains now onl> 
to point out the present tense singular of a few irregular verbs, to enabk 
the learner to use them in his exercises. They are the following : 



11 



Digitized 



by Google 



m TWXMTT-rirTH LStSOV. 

ViNOT-oiNauiftMB ExiBoioB. Ire See< 
Mettez (put) le quantieme, en Franyaii, ici 

Bonsoir, Mr. Je suis bien aise de tous voir. J'esp^re que todi 
▼OUB etes bien porte depuis que je n'ai eu le plaisir de vons Toir. 
Tre»-bien, meroi. Suis-je le premier ici, ce soir ? Vous dtes pre- 
mier. Vous I'^tes assez souyent, mais pas toujours. — Je suis souyeni 
trop occupe pour yenir toujours k I'heure. Je le crois, car yous ^tes 
bien ponctuel. Ou sont les autres ^coliers? En chemin, je pense, 
oar ils sont ponctuels aussi. Mais pas tant que yous. — ^Vailez-yous 
prendre un siege ? Non, je yous remercie, pas encore. Je yeux 
d'abord chercher un mot dans le dictionnaire. — Quel mot % oulez- 
yous sayoir? Je yeux sayoir le Fran^ais de: dust, — Que youlez* 
yous dire en Fran^ais? Je yeux dire : it is dusty. Le Fran(^ais de 
it 15 dusty J est: il fait de la paussUre. A present, je peux yous dire* 
n fait beaucoup de ponssiere. Oui, je le sais, et la poussiere n'est 
pas agreable. Prenez un siege k present. Merci, je yais en pren* 
dre un. 

Dost thou see anything? I do not (see anything). — Does youi 
father see our ships ? He cannot see them at all from there ; but we 
see them yery well from here. — How many soldiers do you see I 
We see a good many j we see more than thirty of them. — ^The c^ 
tain expects more soldiers, does he not ? I do not know if he expects 
any others. — Do you know the captain ? No, I belieye I do not 
know him ; but I know the general — Do you also know the general's 
cousin? Who? that tall and handsome young man who comes 
often to the museum to see the pictures? Yes, that one. I do not 
kr.ow him, but I see him yery often. — What do these sailors and 
soldiers drink ? They drink wine and cider. — ^Do they drink more 
cf the latter than of the former ? No, they drink more of the former 
than of the latter. — Do they drink wine eyery day ? They do ; but 
they do not drink cider every day. — ^Why not? Can they not get 
some ? (en avoir ?) No, they have not money enough to buy any.— 
What do we drink? You know that we drink tea, coffee, and 
wine. — Do we not drink chocolate too ? Yes, we do. We do like 
it as much as the Italians and Spaniards. — Do we drink as much oi 
it as they ? No, we do not, for they drink it in the morning, at din 
ner, and supper. — ^What art thou writing? I am not writing, I am 
reading.— Who writes ? (is writing ?) The lawyer is writing.— What 
Is the Prussian doing ? He does nothing. Does he not study £ng- 
lish ? Yes, he is studying it. — Does he not write it ? He does not 

What dost thou say ? I say nothing. I am too sleepy to say any 
dung.— Does thy brother say anything ? He is afraid to say a word.— 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWXMTT-riFTH LXSSOlf. (2.) 



13S 



Do yoa say anything? Yes, I tell our servant to go to the book 
seller's to bring me the la^t work of Cooper. — Do you like his last 
work 1 Do you not like it? I say that I like it very much. — ^Who 
does not like it? Several gentlemen whom (que) I know. ( i 77.)— 
Do you tell me anything? I tell you something. Yes; but you do 
not tell me something pretty. — Is it not pretty? No, not at all. — Do 
f ou do (are you doing) anything for me ? We do not do anything 
for you ; but those boys are (doing something for you).^-Wlwt are 
they doing for me ? Do you not see it t No, 1 do not see iL— Dost 
thou see my shawl or gloves? (Dir. 2.) I see neither ^lea^ nor 
that — What dost thou see ? I see nothing. — Who sees them ? Who 
sees what ? My shawl and gloves. Nobody sees them. — Are they 
not here ? No, they are not I see but this old eotton shawl. — What 
do you say to the tailor and shoemaker? I do not tell them any 
Uiing. — What do our friends say to them? They tell the latter to 
mend their shoes, and the former to make them some coats and 
vests. — Have they time to do it? They have time and a wish to do 
it. — ^What are you doing? I am putting my gloves on. — ^Is he put- 
ting on his laige hat ? No, he puts on the old one. — Do you not put 
any sugar in your coffee ? Yes, I put some, for I have not enough. — 
Do you not put milk in it? No, I do not. — Do you know those Ger- 
ipans? I know one, but not the others. — Who is acquainted with 
this Swiss ? We know him . — Does he know us ? He does. — ^Whom 
dost thou know? I know nobody. — Does he not know you. I 
believe he does, {que si.) 



Do I look sick r Yoa do (look sick). 

Toa look very well. On the contrary. 
You do not look well. You look 

cold, (as if you were cold.) 
Miss, how have you been T 



Ai-je Tair maladef Vous avei 

Tair roalade. 
Vong a^es tr^s-bon air. Au contraire 
VouB n*avez pas tres-bon air. Voui 

avez Tair d'avoir froid. 
Mle. comment vou9 6te8-vou8 port^ 

{(im.) 



VocABULAiBB. 2de Section. 
7W gwe Momething to do to some one. 



Do you give anything to the dog to 
cat 7 Do yott feed the dog f 

1 give it some beef to eat. 

I give him nothing to eat. 

What do you give the scholars to 
translate f 

I give them the 25th exercise. 

To bring. To find. 

To, at the play. 



Donner qudque dioee d /aire 4 quel> 

qu^uH, 
Donnei-vousquelquo choM a roauftt 

an chien f 
Je loi donne du boBuf a manger. 
Je ne lui donne rien a manger. 
Que donne z- vous i tradaire au 

dcoliers T 
Je leur donne le 25me ezerfie*. 
Apporter, 1. Trotov^ I 

Au spectacle. 



Digitized 



by Google 



IM 



TWXNTT«FIFTH LXStQH. (2.) 



Onr batcher. Hit sheep. 

What, that which, (relative pronoun, 

objective case.) 
Dp you bring me what I wish t 
I 3o not bring you what you want, 

(or what you wish.) 
Do you find what you look for, (or 

what you are looking for f) 
I find what I look for. (am looking.) 
He finds not what he seekB. 
We bring what we find. 
AU, or all that, aU that whidL 

They do not find all they look for, 

(or all that whidk they seek.) 
Do you mend ott I do not f (Dir. 1.) 



I mend it all. 

We eat all we have. 



Notre boucher. Sos movton. 

Ce que, (pronom relatif, r%ime 

direct.) (^ 89.) 
M'apportez-vons ce qtt$ je veux T 
Je ne vous apporte pas ce que voua 

voulez. 
Tronvei>vous ce qLt vous cherchez f 



Je trouve cefve je cherche. 
II ne tronve pas ce qu'il cherche. 
Nous apportons ce que nous trouvon». 
Tout ce que, (pron. rel. r^g. direct. » 

(♦91.) 
Us ne trouvent pas tout ce qu*i\9 

cherchent. 
Raocommodei-vous tout ce qu^ je 

ne raoooramode pas f 
Je le raccommode tout. 
Nous mangeons tout ce que nous 

avons. 
Instead of. Instead of reading. Au lieu de. Au lieu de lire. 

Obs. 56. Instead of is in English followed by the present participle, bat 
in French it is followed by the infinitive, as all other prepositions, except 
en, (Rule let.) 



This room, apartment. 

Put yourself, (imperative.) 

year. iViear Miss Ann. Near the Bare, 

Now that I think of it. 

As you think of it, he thinks of it. 

Come, (imperative.) (♦ 150.) Come 

here. Here I am. 

If you please. If he pleases. 

To finish, to quit studying. 
At least I do, or I, at least. He, at least. 



Cet appartement-c\, 

Mette9'Vous, 

Prisde, Pr^tde Mile. Anne. 

du fen. 
X present que j'y penae. (♦ 50.) 
Cowune vous y pensez, il y pense, 
Venez,(imper.) 

voici. 
S'il vous plait. 
Finir d*^tudier. 
Moi, du moins. 



Venez id. Me 
S'illuiplatL 
Lui, du moins. 



YnroT-CDiQuiiMB Ezxbcioi. 2de Sec. 
^crivez ladateici, en F/an^ais, (the date noun fem.,of which hereafter.) 
Ah ! Mr. Chailes, j'ai llionneur de YOtis saluer. Je vois que yoaa 
vous portez bien. Tres-bien, meioi. Et yous, Mr., gtes-vous ma- 
lade^ Ai-je Voir malade? Un peu. Je Buis un peu fatigue, mail 
non pas malade. J'en suis bien aise. Vous n'^tes pas le premier, 
ee soir. Non, je vois que MUe. Clara est ici avant moi. Com* 
vaent vous Stes-vous portee (fern.), Mile., depuis jeudi dernier. Je 
me suis tres-bien portee, merci. Je n'ai pas Pair malade, j^espere. 
Dh! non. Au contraire, vous avez tres-bon air, comme k Fordi* 
vaire. Meroi, Mr Coiriment est le mal de gorge du g^n^ral ? 800 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWSRTT^riFTH LESSOIT. (ft.) 121 

mal do gorge est mieuz, mais non pas son rhame. Entrez, Mr. 
Lenoir. Vons arez Fair d'avoir froid. Oni, j'ai froid. Mettez-vous 



Do you go to the play, in the evening? I do no< —Why ? What 
have you to do ? I have to study. — Does your teacher give you any- 
thing to study in the evening 1 Yee, he gives us something to do 
then. — At what o'clock do you finish studying? We finish at 9 or 
10 oclock ; in a word (en un), we finish when we are tiiBd, c 
sleepy, (when we are,) — Does he give you anything to write 
Yes, he always gives us (^ 170) the quarter or the half of an 
exercise to write ; because he says that we know it better then.— 
Do you know it better when you write it 1 To be sure. I do (moi) 
at least. — Do you copy your father's notes in the evening ? We 
copy them only in the morning, and afterwards we send them 
(away). — ^Do the scholais Vrrite all they translate ? No, they do not 
— ^Do they mend all they tear? They do not — Do they find all 
thry look for? They do. — Does the captain find all he looks for^ 
No, indeed, he does not. — Who finds all he looks for? Nobody 
does. — ^What do they wish to find? They wish to find but their 
books. — Do they not put them away? They do not. — ^Who puts 
them away? Nobody does. — ^Where are they? You know; do 
you not? No, not at all. — ^The Swiss wants something; do you 
bring him all he wishes ? I bring it to him, when I can find it — 
Where dost thou take me to? I take thee to the museum. — Do you 
not take me to the wharf? I have neither time nor a mind to take 
you there, because it is bad weather. 

Do not the merchants put away what they do not sell? They 
put away all (ney do not sell. — At how much does the butcher sell 
his beef? He sells it at ten cents, or sous. — Does the butcher 
wish to buy your sheep? He does. — What will he give you for 
it (en) ? He will give me two dollars and a half for it. — Is it 
enough ? I think not. — ^If this butcher will not give you more than 
that, I know another who can give you more. — ^Have our butchen 
11* 



Digitized 



by Google 



126 TWENTT-FIFTU LK880N. (3.) 

as many oxen as sheep ? No, they have many more of ihe lattai 
than of the former. Do they sell as much beef as mutton ^ They 
sell much beef, but they seU only a little mutton. — ^What is the old 
cook looking for? He is looking for a young chicken, which he 
does not find. Where can it be I Who knows?— What is the Ger- 
man doing in his room 1 He is reading the journal and feeding his 
birds. — ^What does he give them to eat ? (lohat does he feed them 
with?) He gives them but grain to eat, {feeds them trith,) — What 
journals does he read ? He reads those which your cousin lends 
him. — Does not your father lend him some, too? He has three in 
his desk, which my father lends him ; but he is not leadk.g them 
now. 

John, come here. Here I am. — Come with me. Where ? Here, 
near the fire. — Near the fire ? No, indeed ! I am warm enough 
where I am. — ^Take that seat. No, I am going to take this one ; 
that one is too big for me. — ^Very well ; take that little one, if you 
please. — Now that I think of it, go in that apartment to bring me 
the cake which is in my desk. — Which one of your desks ? The 
French one. I am going to bring it to you, if you please. — ^You are 
going to give me sornej are you not? Yes, to be sure. It is to 
give you some that I tell you to bring it to me. — Have you a knife 
to cut it? I can cut you a litde with my penknife. — You cannot 
cut me enough with your penknife. — Do you want so much ? Yes, 
I want a great deal ; you know that I like it much. Go, then, go, 
instead of speaking. — Will you go with me to the grocer^s? Here 

9t? Why? To put in it 
)ny; are you not? Yes, I 
grocer can put it in pi^i 

ection. 

1. £eouter (sans pr^pos.; 
I d'^oouter — de jouer. 
rouB an lieu d'^tudier f 
9 au lieu de joner. 
nme parle an lieu d'^couter. 
vous mal au doigtf Au pouoef 
al au doigt. Au pouce. 

fi^re a>t-il mal au pied 7 
al a roeil. Au nez. 
Eivons— Us ont mal aux yeox 
ie. Le ooude droit. 

I droit. Le bras gauche 

>a gauche. Le droit. 
Le «lo8 du chien. 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWEHTY-riFTH LXS801I. (8.) 



137 



Has the dog a sore back ? It has. 
Is the dog^s back sore f It is (sore). 
Is your left arm sore f 
It is (sore). It is not. • 

Whose elbow is sore ? Who has a 

sore elbow T Nobody's. Nobody. 
Are not the child's fingers sore? 
Has not the child sore fingers f 
rhey are — ^He has. 
Which of his eyes is sore t The left. 
U not my right eye sore? Yes, it is, 

or your right eye is sore. 
This bed. Those beds. 

Does the servant make the bed 7 
He makes the fire instead of making 

the bed. The bedstead. 

To learn, to learn how, learning. 

I do learn, thou leamest, he learns. 

They learn. 

I learn to read, how to read. 

They learn to write, how to wnte. 

Do they not learn to speak French f 

Yes, they do. 

Do Arthur and his cousin go out t 

NeitherArthur nor his cousin does. 



Le chien a-t-il mal au dos ? 
II y a mal. 

Avez-Tous mal au bras gauche t 
J'y ai mal. Je n'y ai pas mal. 
Qui a mal au coude f 
Personne n'y a mal. 

L'enfant n* a-t-il pas mal aux doigta f 

II y a mat 

A quel oeil a-t-il mal f Au gauche. 

N'sl-jepasmaiarceildroitf Si fait, 

Yous y avez mal. 
Ce lit-ci. Ces Ata-ll, 

Le domestiqne fait-il le lit T 
n fait le feu au lieu de faire le lit I« 

hois de lit. 
Apprendre,* 4, aff renant, (il prend 

d, avant un infinitif.) 
J'apprends, tu apprends, il apprend 
lis apprennent. (^ 144.) 
J'apprends a lire, 
lis apprennent a ^crire. 
N'apprennent-ils pas a parler 

Francois r Si fait, ils Tapprennent. 
Arthur et son cousin sortent-ils f 
Ni Arthur ni son cousin ne sortent. 



Oht, 57. NBrrBER, connected with nominatives, is : iVt .... n« .... «e, 
befiire the verb. {% 162, R. 6.) The following verb is usually in the plural :— 



Ni cet ^oolier-ci ni celui-li^ n'dtu- 

dient assez. 
Le dentists. Le sofiiu 

Le charpentier raccommode-t-il le 

hois de lit f 
Non, parce qu'il a mal au pouce. 
t A quel pouce a-t-il mal T Au droit. 



Neither this scholar nor that one 
studies enough. 

The dentist. Thesofii. 

Does the carpenter mend the bed- 
stead? 

No, because he has a sore thumb. 

Which of his thumbs if sore ? The 
right one. 

YiNaT-oiNQXTiftanB Exbboiok. 8me Sec. 
Mettez la date ici, en Fran^ais. 
An ! Mr. Letourneur, je suis bien aise de vous voir. C cuiment 
06 porte-t-on chez vous? Tout le monde s'y porta bien. Personne 
n'est malade k la maison ; mais chez mon voisin, le ministre, totit 
le monde est malade. Qu'ont ils? L'uUj a mal de gorge, nn autre, 
mal de tete ; celui-ci a un rhume, celui-l4 mal aux dents. Alois, ils 
le sent pas tres malades. Non, mais il fait si mauvais, qu'ils souf- 
jrent beaucoup. Je sub f&che d'apprendre qu'ils soufifrent. Celui 
qui a mal aux dents ne pent pas dormir. Pourquoi ne . va-l-il patf 



Digitized 



by Google 



198 TWXNTT -FIFTH LX880M. (3.) 

ohez le dentiste? II a peur. En T^rite! Qm est-cel C'eit le 
jenne Arthur. II a tort d'ayoir peur. II le sait, mais il continue h 
ftToirpeur. Qui a le rhume ? C'est George. Prend-il quelque chose 
pour sonrhume? Oui; sans doute. ^'est-ce que c'est? Je ne 
sais pas quoi. 

Does your father go out % He does not — What does he do ? He 
writes. — ^Does he write a book ! He does. (Dir. 1.)— rWhen does ha 
write it ? He writes it in the morning, in the evening, and when he 
has time. — He is at home now, then t To be sure. — Do you wish 
lo see him ? No, because he is too busy. — Does the Prussian go 
outt No, neither he nor the Swiss goes out. — Why do ihey not go 
out 1 They have sore feet. — ^What do they do for their sore feet ? 
They do something, but I cannot tell you what. — Does the shoe- 
maker bring our shoes? He does not. — Does he drink? Does he 
not work? He does not work, because his left knee is sore. — ^Has 
anybody the toothache ? Yes, thb youth has it. — Is he not going to 
the dentist? No, he is not. — Is he going to send for him ? He does 
not send for him. He does not wish to have the dentist. — Has any- 
body a sore elbow ? I believe so. Let me see. (i 154.) Yes, the 
dentist has a sore elbow. — ^Which of his elbows is sore ? The right 
or his right (le.)-— Who has a sore arm ? I have. — Do you not see it ? 
No, I do not see it — Which of your arms is sore ? The left — ^Doei 
the minister write now ? No, he cannot yet. — ^Is not his right thumb 
better? It is better, but not well. 

Do you read your pretty book? I do not I have a sore e3re. — 
Which of your eyes is sore ? Do you not see ? My right eye is 
sore. — Let me see it See it or look at it (voyez-le.) — Who haasore 
eyes? The old cooks have sore eyes. — What day of the month 
is to-day ? It is the . . . — ^And to-morrow ? The . . . — ^What is the 
German diing in his room? He is learning to read. — Does he 
not leam to write ? Yes, he does. — Does your son learn to trans- 
late ? He learns to trandate, and to copy French. — Does the Prus 
sian speak instead of listening ? He speaks instead of listening.— 
AVhat does he do then ? Afterwards he goes to the farmer's to drink 
milk. — Does the dentist fix (arranger) the teeth of your son ? He 
does not— What does he? He makes teeth for the Dutchman, 
instead of fixing my son's teeth.— Who studies instead of playing? 
A few boys study instead of plajring; but a great many play instead 
of studying.— Does our English teaclxer speak French to us instead 
©f speaking English ? He does often.— Do the chQdren of the Swiss 
drink wine in the morning, instearl of drinking tea or coffee ? They 
drink neither wine, tea, nor coffee. 

Can you find the French of: to offer, in this small dictionary? ^ 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWEKTT-8IXTH LX8S0N. (1.) 



129 



am going to look for it immediately. Very well ; take the dictionary 
I have it — Do you find the word in it 1 No, I do not. Indeed ! Lei 
me see. I see why yon cannot find it. You are looking for it in th^ 
French instead of the English. — What is the grocer putting in tha/ 
paper bag? I believe he puts in it salt instead of sugar. — Is tha/ 
salt, Sir? No, it is sugar, but it looks like (a Pair de) salt, does i/ 
not! Yes, it looks like it. (i 50.) — Let me, let me, I want to say 
Let me taste it, but I do not know the French of: to taste. Will you 
tell me J William t To be sure; it is goiUer. OoUUr^ very well. 
Now I can say: Let me taste it. Do. (Dir. 1.) Take some and 
taste it { *i 54.) — Is it sugar or salt 1 You are fight, it is sugar. Then 
we can sweeten what we eat and drink. — ^Do his little ^ends receive 
more books than copy-books ^ They zeceive less of the former than 
of the latter. — ^Do you sleep in this pretty little bed % No, I sl&ep 
in that laige bed. — Who sleeps in this one? Sophia doe8.^Do the 
joiner's bo3rs make sofas, desks, and bedsteads ? Yes, they make 
fiofas, bedsteads, and desks. — Do they work as much as the boys 
of the carpenter? They work quite as much. 



TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON, 26th.— 7tngt-sixtem« Le^on^ 26»i«. 
VooABTnLAiaa. Ire Section. 



• ^ you learn French f Russian t 

I do. I do not. 

The Polish. Runian. Turkish. 

Latin. Greek. Arabian, Arabic 

Sjrrian, Syriac. Swedish. 

Does your ton learn Latin 7 

No, he does not. 

The Pole. The Roman. The Greek. 

The Swede. The Arab. The Syrian. 

To speak French. Grerman. 

Oha, 58. After the verb, parler, the 
Francis, Anglau, dtc., although it is 

Who speaks Swedish 7 Not I ; but 

I am studying Polish. 
This minister reads Latin well, and 

translates Greek and Syrian. 
Are you an Englishman — English 7 



Apprenez-vous le Fran^ais? Le 

Russet 
Je Tapprends. Je ne Tapprends pas. 
Le polonais. Le russe. Le turc. 
Le latin. Le grec. L*arabe. 

Le syriaque. Le su^dois. 
Votre ills apprend-il le latin 7 
Non, il ne Tapprend pas. 
Le Polonais. Le Romain. Le Grec. 
Le Su^dois. L'Arabe. Le Syrien. 
Farler Fran^ais. Parler Allemand. 

article {le) is usually omitted before : 
used after all other verbs. (^ 47i.) 

Qui parle su^dois 7 Pas moi ; mail 

j*^tudie le polonais. 
Ce ministre lit bien le latin, «i I 

traduit le grec et le syriaque. 
Etes-vouB Anglais 7 



Obs. 59. Where the indefinite article is used in English to denote quaB 
tiers, the French make use of d > article. (^ 38, R. 2. p. 469.) 



Digitized 



by Google 



i;^ 



TWKNTT-8IXTU LBSfOM. 1 1.) 



No, Sir » 1 am m Frenchmao. (French.) 

M be a Turk, a Greek, or on Arab 7 

\b your cousin a minister ? He ? 

So, he is an apothecary. 

Crazy, foolish. 

Sure, certain. 

Are they sore they have it T They are. 

To take away, pull off, throw off. 

fake away, off. 

Well, very well ! 

Kre you tired and sleepy T 

t am tired and sleepy. 



Non, Monsieur, je suis Frau^ais. 

Est-il Turc, Grec, ou Arabe t 

Votre cousin est-il ministre f Lui i 

Nonj il est apothicaire. 

Fou. (plur. s. 9«.) 

Sur. (de avant nn infinit.) 

Sont-ils sQrs de rmvoir f Us en aon 

flvlrs. 
Oter. 
Ote%. 
Eh bien I 
£te8-Y0U8 fatigu^ et avez-voua bobb 

meilf 
Je suis fatigu^ et j'ai sommeil. 



Ob». 60. Change the verb when the adjective requires a different one. 



Je Yous (lui, leur) suis bien oblig6. 
De rien. 



i am roucb obliged to you, (him, them.) 
Vou are welcome. It is not worth 
mentioning. 

YiNaT-sixiiMB ExBBoiOB. Ire See. 
N'oubUet paa (do not forget) le quantieme en Fran^ais. 

Quel jour du mois est-cel C'est le.... De quel mois? Da 
mois de ... En ^tes-TOUs sCal Oui, j'en suis silir. N'est-ce 
pas aujourd'hui jendi % Si fait, c'est jeudi. Eh I bien, le papier 
dit: jeudi le .... N'ai-je pas raison? Si fait, je crois que tous 
Bvez raison. Je yous remeicie. De Hen. Yous ^tes bien bon. Je 
Buis bien aise de savoir le quantieme, parce que j'ai un billet k ecrire. 
Avez-Yous besoin de papier I Non, je vous suLh bien oblige. J'en 
ai, je crois ; mais je ne puis trouYer mon encrier. fites-Yous sAi 
qu'il n'est pas dans YOtre pupitre 1 Je n'en suis pas tout-&-fait sur, 
mais je crois, qu'il n'y est pas. Laissez-moi Yoir (( 54) si je ne 
peux pas Py trouver. Cherchez. (} 150.) Eh bien! L'y trouvez 
YOUS ? Non, il n'est pas ici. Qui pent PaYoir ? Votre cousin Arthur, 
je pense. Car il ecrit son devoir dans son appartement. Puis-je 
aller le chercher? Non; s'il en a besoin, il pent I'avoir. Je Yaia 
ecrire mon billet aveo mon crayon. 

Do you go for an3rthing! I do go for something. — What do you 
go fori I go for some cider. — Does your father send for anything! 
He sends for some wine. — Does your servant go for some bread * 
He goes for some. — ^For whom does your neighbor send 1 He sends 
for the pftjrsician. — Does your servant take off his coat in order to 
viake the fire ? He takes it off in order to make it. — Do you take 
aff yooi gloves in order to givo me money 1 I do take them off in 
•rder to g^ve you some. — Do you lea-n Fiench? I do leam it^ 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWSMTT-8IXTH LESSON. (2.) 



181 



Utws your brother leam German ? He does leam it. — Who learni 
English? The Frenchman learns it. — Do we leam Italian? You 
do leam it. — ^What do the English leam ? They leam French and 
German. — Do you speak Spanish? No, Sir, I speak Italian. — Who 
speaks Polish ? My brother speaks Polish. — Do our neighbors speak 
Russian % They do not ^eak Russian, but Arabic. — Do you speak 
Arabic ? No, I speak Greek and Latin. — ^What knife have you ? I 
Hare an English knife. — What money hare you there ? Is it {est-ee) 
Italian or Spanish money? It is Rusuan money.*— Hare you an 
Italian ha*^ No, I hare a Spanish hat. — Are you a Frenchman? 
No, I am an Englishman. — Art thou a Greek? No, I am a 
Spaniard. 

Are these men Germans? No, they are Russians. — ^Do the Rus- 
oians speak Polish ? They do not speak Polish, but Latin, Greek, 
and Arabic. — Is your brother a merchant ? No, he is a joiner. — ^Are 
these men merchants ? No, they are carpenters. — ^Are you a cook ? 
No, I am a baker. — ^Are we tailors? No, we are shoemakers. — ^Axt 
thou crazy ? No, I am not crazy. — ^What is that man ? He is a phy- 
sician. — Does the son of the painter study Greek ? No, he studies 
En^ish before Greek. He is right. — ^Is he going to leam Greek 
before Latin ? No, he is going to leam Latin before Greek. — Does 
the butcher kill anything to-day ? He kills oxen and sheep. — Does 
he kill some every day ? He does. — ^Why does he kill some ? He 
sells the beef and mutton in market. — ^Do you listen instead of doing 
your task? Yes^ I do, because what you say is very pretty. — Do 
they listen also? No, they neither listen nor study, nor copy; but 
they sleep. They do right, if they are tired and sleepy. Afterwards 
they can work oetter. ( ♦ 170.) 

YooABTjLAiax. 2de Section. 



To wish. 

I wish you a good morning. 

Does be wish me a good eyening f 

He does. 

What do they wish me T 

They wish you much pleasure. 



Souhaiter, 1. 

t Je vous Bouhaite U bom'our. 

t Me sotthaite*t-il le bonsoir f 

II voos le BOuhaite. 

Que me souhaitent-ilt f 

lis vous Bouhaitent beaucoop 

plaisir. 
Le front. 



The forehead. 

He has a large forehead. ) n . i^ «. .1 

Hi. foxeheJiB large. (04.. 55.) J ^ a 1. front large. 

He has blue eyes. His eyes are blue. 

Blae. Black. Large. 

The blue ones. A black one. 

Round. Square Long 



n a les yens bleus. 
Bleu. Noir. Large. 

Les blens. Un noir. 

Rond. Carrtf. Long. 



Digitized 



by Google 



m 



TWENTY-SIXTH LSSSOK. (2.) 



A great, or large knifb. A great man. | Un grand oouteau. Ungrand homine. 
A French book. An English penny. | Un livre Fran^. Un eou Anglaia 
Ob$. 61. Adjectives of nations, colors, and shapes, come after the nouxL 



A square handkerchief. A square bed. 
A round hat. A round tree. 

Russian money. Italian velvet 

A good American sailor. 

Do the Italians make fine black satin T 

To listen to iomething. 

To listen to some one, to somebody. 

Do you listen to what your teacher 

tells you f I do. 

Does he listen to what I tell him f 
He does. He does not at all. 

Do you listen to what I tell you t 
7\> you listen to me T I do. 

Whom do you listen to T Nobody. 

Do you listen to my brother T 

I do not (listen to him). 

Do you not listen to the men f 

Tes, I do (listen to tkem). 

The exercise. The last exercise. 

To take, to drink oofiee. 

To take, to drink tea. 

Obi. 62. With the verbs, to take and to drink, (le) or (du) may be used 
mdifferantly, vrith tea, coffee, and chocolate, but not so with other verbs 
andnojjis. 



Un mouchoir carr6. Un lit carr^. 
Un chapeau rond. Un arbre rond. 
De I'srgent Russe. Du veloun 

Italien. 
Un bon matelot Am^cain. 
Lea Italians font-ils de beau satia 

noir T 
t £couterquelque ehoee, (sans pr^poeO 
t £houter quelqu'vn* 
t £coutez-vous ce que votre maltr€ 

vous dit r Je T^coute. 

t ]&coute-t-il ce que je lui dis f 
t U r^coute. U ^e T^ooute pas d« 

tout, 
t ]£lcoutez-vous ce que je vi. is dis f 
t M'^ooutez-vous T Je vous ^ute 
t Qui ^coutez-vous T Peraonne. 

(^ 171, R. 8.) 
t Ecoutez-vous mon frere f 
t Je ne T^ooute pas. 
t N'dcoutez-vouB pas les hommes t 
t Si fait, je let ^ute. 
Le thdme. Le dernier thdme. 

t Prendre, boire du caf(S ou le cafi^. 
t Prendre, boire le t\i6 ou du thd. 



Will you eat bread f 

Will he take the bread f 

Do you take (drink) tea ? 

I do. 

Do they drink tea every day T 

They do take some every day. 

My £ither drinks cofTee. 

The French take cofiee after dinner. 

r 
Do they take it at breakfast f 
Does her brother take chocolate T 



Voulez-vous manger du pain f (not le.) 
Veut-il prendre le pain T (not du,) 
t Prenez-vous (buvez) du (le) th€ ? 
t J'efi prends. Je le bois. 

t Prennent-ils le th^ tons les joivs T 
t Us le prenncnt tous les jours, 
t Mon pere prend du cafd. 
t Les Fran^ais boiveut du caf<< apr^ 

din^. 
t Le prennent-ils a dijeuner t 
t Son frere prend-il du chocolat t 



^ Un grand homme means a great man, but un homme grand a tall mast 
A similar distinction is made with respect to the word pautre, poor, which 
expresses pittful, or a want of intellect, when before, and indigent, when 
liter the substantive. Ex. Un pauvre homme : a sorrowful pitiful, miserablet 
mn ; and un homme pauvre, an indigent man. 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWSNTT-SIXTH LS880N. (2.) 181 






t II prend le chocolat tous les madns. 
Votre theme est-il aise aujourd'bui f 
II n*e8t pas iTea'difficUef maia il etH 
long. 



He ddnkfl chocolate every morning. 

Ib your exercise easy to-day T 

It is not very difeuU, (or it is not) a 

very d^fieult m«, (or hard one,) but 

it is long, or it is a long one. 

YiNGT-siziiMB Th^iib. 2de Seo. 
N'oubliez pas le quantieme en Franks. 

IvUle. Victoria, j'ai I'honneur de vous saluer, -^ovlb tous portal 
Lien, n'esl-ce pas? Oni, Mr., je me porte bien, merci. £t Yoas, 
Mr., comment tous €tes-vous porte depuis que j'ai eu le plaisir da 
Tons Toir an mns^ % Je ne me suis pas tres-bien porte, je tous 
suis tres-oblige. Je snis filche de Papprendre. Mais tous ^tes 
mieux, j'espere ? Oui, beaucoup mienx ; je peux dire : bien k pre- 
sent. MaiS; je Tois M. Guillaume. II Ta entrer, je crois. J'espere 
que non. Pourquoi done ? (so ?) Ne Paimez-Tous pas ? Non, je 
ne peux pas le souf&ir. Je Tois qu'il n'entre pas. Pourquoi ne 
pouvez-Tous pas le souiSrirl II est trop t^otn. N'a-t-il pas raison 
d'etre Tain? N'est-ce pas un joli jeune homme ? Si fait ; mais il a 
tort d'en etre Tain. — ^A present que j'y pense, savez-TOus ou est 
Totre ami, Edouard 1 Oui, il est & Burlington, chez un de ses cou- 
sins. Va-t-il Tenir ici bient6t ? Je ne peux pas r^pondre k TOtre 
question ; car, j 1 va Tenir ici. 

Do yoQ wish sh you a good morning. — ^What 

does the young He wishes you a good oTening. 

— ^Where are tl bu« at your father's. — Why are 

they there? To wisn mm mucn pleasure. — ^Has the German black 
eyes? No, he has blue eyes. — ^Who has black eyes? The Spa- 
niards, Italians, and Turks have black eyes. — Has not that Greek 
small feet, a large forehead, and a big nose ? Yes, he has smaU 
feet, a large forehead, but he has not at all a big nose. Do yon 
listen to me ? I do, with much pleasure. — ^Does the lawyer lister 
to the minister? He does listen to him, in order to answer him, 
{reply to him.) — Are you going to listen to him ? No, I am going to 
study my exercise instead of listening to him. I do not wish to 
know what he is going to say. — Have you your cousin's note ? To 
oe sure I have it. — ^HaTe you to answer it immediately ? Yes, I 
have to answer it immediately. — Are you answering il now '^ Yes, 
i am ; but my eyes are sore, and I cannot answer it very wellw— 
A.nswer it (4 150, Art. 8) for me; will you? With pleasure, if I 
Jan. — ^Tell me what I haTe to write. — ^Tell him first why I do not 
ftnswar, and then tell him that I send him his round hat, his blue coat, 
Ida black satin Test, his black velvet shoes, his French fan, hif 
12 



Digitized 



by Google 



194 



TWSNTT-SSTSVTH ISSfOM. (l.| 



EngLsK gun, and several other articles, by (par) one of my friend^ 
who goes where he is. 

Listen to what the professor says, instead of speaking. Now, 1 
listen to what he says. — Is the doctor a man of merit? listen to 
him, and then you can say whether (if, si) he is a man of merit. 
— Do the scholars listen to their English teacher? Those who are 
good, listen to him ; the bad onea play instead of listening. — Are 
four gloves French? Yes, they are French gloves. (3, §39.) — 
Do you give me English or German paper? I give you neither 
English (repeat papier) nor German paper j but I give you some 
fine French paper. — Do you read Spanish well ? ( ( 170.) I do not 
read Spanish well, but German. — ^\Vhat book is the soldier reading ? 
He is reading a pretty French book. — Do the sailors drink tea oi 
coffee, in the morning? Some take coffee, others drink tea. — ^Whal 
do you drink, in the evening? I take tea, then. — ^You take coffee 
in the morning; do you not? No, I take tea in the morning, also. — 
Do you drink no coffee ? No, I do not drink it any more. — ^Who 
takes chocolate ? The Spaniards and Italians drink a great deal of 
it. — Do the French take it also? They take somsi but not so much 
as the others. — ^Do the Turks take tea, chocolate, or coffee? They 
take neither tea nor chocolate, but they are very fond of coffee. 



Why sot Then. 

How goes it f (First rate.) 

Is it possible f It is possible. 

It is true, however. Is it true T 
b it not true f It is not true. 



t Poorquoi done f done. 

Comment vaf Celavabien,tre^ien. 
Est-il possible t C'est possible. 
C'est vraii cependant. Est-ce vrai t 
N*e8t-ce pas vrai f Congest pis vrai. 



TWENTY-SEVENra LESSON, 27th.— Ftngt-scptietiw Legan, 27me 
yooi3ULAi£B. Ire Section. 



To show. 

I show, do show, am showing. 

He does not show. 

Dost thou show T 

Show him the apartment. 

To show something to some one. 

To show one something. 

Do you show me your gun f 

I do. 

What do you show the roan T 

T show him my fine clothes. 

Tobacco. Tobacco, (for smoking.) 



Montrer^ 1. Faire'* voir, 

Je faii voir. Je montre. 

n ne fait pas voir. II ne montre poa 

Fais-tu voir f Montres-tn f 

iMontrex'lui ) Tappartement. 

iFaiteS'lui voiri (^ 150.) 

fMontrer ) quelque chose 
Faire vourS & quelqu'un. 
Me fiiites-vous voir votre fusil f 
Je vous le fais voir, (le montre.) 
Que faites-vous voir a Thomme ff 
Je lui montre mes beaux habits. 
Du tabac. Du tabac a fiuner. 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWSNTT-SKVBMTH LK880N (].) 



181 



Dtt tabac en poudre, (a priau-.) 

FumeTf 1. Prendre* du t^bac ou priser. 

Fumez-voua on prisez-voua f 

Je ne fume ni ne prise. ($ 162, A. 6.1 

Voua chiquez, n'est-ce pas T 

Je ne fume, ni ne prise, ni ne cbique. 

Est-il possible! C'est eztraordinairv* 

Chiquert 1. Ne (Aiyuex pa$, 

Le jardinier. Ce valet-cL 

Ce concert-la. Au concert de M. . . . 

Compter 1 1, (sans prepos.) 

Comptez-vous aussi alkr au bal f 

Je conpte y aller. 

Savairt* 3. ($ 144, sans pr^poa.) 

Sais-tu r Ne sais-tu pas f 

L'enfant sait-il T II ne salt pas. 

Mi^«r,l. iVageaiK. (i?*4,R.2.> 

> Bavez-Yous nager f 

Lit-il T n ne sait pas lire. 

Un cigare. Un cigare espagnoL 

Penser, 1, de. .. . 

Que pensez-vous du temps f 



Snuft 

To smoke. To snufl*, take snuff. 

Do fou smoke or take snuflTt 

I neither smoke nor snufl*. 

You chew ; do jrou not t 

[ neither smoke, snuff, nor chew. 

Is it possible ! It is wonderful ! 

To chew. Do not chew, (imperat.) 

The gardener. This valet. 

That concert. To the con cert of Mr. . . 

To intend, to intend to. 

Do you also intend to go to the ball f 

I intend to go to it, (going there.) 

To know, to know Aoi0, (bef. a verb.) 

Dost thou knowf Dost thou not know? 

Does the child know T He does not. 

To swim. Swimming. 

Do you know how to swim T 

Can you swim T 

Does he read f He does not know 

how. 
A cigar. A Spanish cigar. 
To think of, [meaning, what is your 

opinion of.] What do you thimk 

of the weather I 

ViiroT-SKPniin THftxE. Ire Sec. 

N'oubliez pas d'^crire la date en Frangais. 
Bon soir, Michel, comment vous portez-vous aujourd'huil Je 
me porte tres-bien, merci. Et vous, Mr., comment va? Cela ym 
bien, je vous remercie. Yous voyez que je fume un cigare espa* 
gnol, en voulez-vous un? Non, je vous suis bien oblige ; mais je ne 
fume plus. Yous chiquez, n'est-ce pas ? Non, je ne chique pas. 
Est-il possible! Yous ne fumezni ne chiquez! C^est extraordi- 
naire! N^est-ce pas? Oui, en verite ! Mais vous prisez? Non, 



Yous ne chiquez, ni ne fumez, ni ne 
C'est possible. Ce que je vous dis est 



je ne prise pas. Quoi! 

prisez ? Est-il possible ! 

vrai. Mais, pourquoi est-ce extraordinaire ? Farce que tout le 

monde fume ou prise ou chique. Non pas tout-lk-fait. Que pensez- 

vous du temps ? Je pense qu'il est superbe. Quoi ! Ne fait-il pas 

crop chaud pour vous? Pour moi ? Non, en verity. 

What does your father want? He wants some tobacco. — Will 
you go for some? I will go for some. — What tobacco does he want? 
He wants some snuflf. — Do you want tobacco, (for smoking?) I do 
not want any; I do not smoke. — Do you show me anything? I 
ihow you gold ribbons, (des rvhans d^ar,) — Doep your father show 



Digitized 



by Google 



136 TWJBNTT-SXTEMTH LK880H. (S.) 

his gun to my brother? He does show it him. — Does he show him 
his beautiful birds? He does. — Does the Frenchman smoke? Ha 
does. — Do yon go to the ball ? I go to the theatre instead of going 
to the ball. — Does the gardener go into the garden? He goes to the 
market instead of going into the garden. — Do you send your valet 
to the tailor? I send him to the shoemaker instead of sending him 
to tlie tailor. — Does your brother intend to go to the ball this eve- 
ning? He does not intend to go to the ball, but to the concert- 
When do you intend to go to the concert ? I intend to go there this 
evening. — At what o'clock ? At a quarter past ten. — Do you go for 
my son ? I do go for him. — ^Where is he ? He is in the counting- 
house. — ^Do you find the gardener whom you are looking for? — I 
do. — Do your sons find the gardeners whom they are looking for? 
They do not 

Do your friends intend to go to the theatre ? They do. — When 
do they intend to go thither? They intend to go thither to-morrow. 
— ^At what o'clock ? At half past seven.— AVhat does the merchant 
wish to sell yon? He wishes to sell me some pocket-books. — Do 
you intend to buy some ? I will not — Dost thou know anything? 
I do not know anything. — ^What does your little brother know ? He 
knows how to read and to write. — Does he know French ? He does 
not. — Do you know Grerman ? I do. — Do your brothers know Greek ? 
They do not, but they intend to study it. — Do you know Eng^h? I 
do not, but intend to leam it.-r-Do my children know how to read 
Ijidian ? They know how to read, but not {mais non) how \o speak 
it — Do you know how to swim ? I do not know how to swim, but 
how to play. — ^Does your son know how to make coats ? He does 
not know how to make any; he is no tailor. — ^Is he a merchant? 
He is not, (ne Vest pas.) — ^What is he ? He is a physician. 
W6 are well. We thank you. i Nous nous portons bicn. Nous voui 

I remercions. 
VocABULAiBB. 2de Section. 



To conduct t conducting. 
I conduct, thou conductest, he con- 
ducts. 
Conduct htm to his uncle' 9 house. 
Conduct me there also. 
T will, willingly, with pleaeure. 
To extinguish, put out, extinguishing. 

00 you extinguish (put out) the fire T 

1 do not put it out. Put it out. 
Ho extinguishes it. Thou puttest it out. 
To light, to kindle, to fire. 

The gas. This burner. Which 
burner f 



Conduire,* 4. Condui$anL 
Je conduis, tb conduis, il conduit. 

Conduisez'le chcz son oneU. 

Conduisex-y-moi aussi (^ 58.) 

Volon tiers. 

Eteindre,*4, iteignant, 

Eteignez-vous la fen f 

Je ne T Steins pas. £teignez-Ie. 

II Teteint. Tu Teteins. 

AUumer, 1. 

Le gaz. Co bec-ci. Cniel bee f 



Digitized 



by Google 



TlVKNTT-SSyrNTH LESSON. (2.) 



187 



How many burners do you light 7 
A Bingle gas burner is enough. 
Put out this humeri and light up the 

other. 
Oflefi, At often as you. (^ 170) 
As often as I. As often as we, thou. 

Do you often go to the wharf 7 
As often as he. As often as they. 
Am good a$ he, we, they, I, thou. 
Not «e often. Less often. 

Do you frequently see my uncle T 
I do not see him so often as you. 
Not 80 often as I, as they. 
Oftener, more often. Often enough. 
Oftener than we, than they. 
Too often. Does he come too often T 
I believe he comes too oflen. 
To count. To count in French. 
The number. The numbers. 

Do jrou know this number in French ? 
What number ? This, 76. 

To pronounce. 

Can you pronounce my name f 
I can try. Well, try. Value. 
Can I pronounce it t Yes, pretty 
well. 



Corabien de bees allumez-vona t 
Un seul bee de gaz est asses. 
^eignez ce bec-ci et allumez I'l 



Souvent. Aussi souvent que Tous, 
Aussi souvent que moi, que nous. 

que toL 
Allez-vous souvent au quai f 
Aussi souvent que lui, qn*euz. 
Aussi hon que lui, nous, eux, moi, toi 
Mains souvent, 

Voyez-vous souvent mon oncle ? 
Je le Tois moins souvent que vous. 
Moins souvent que moi, qu*eux. 
Plus souvent. Assez souvent. 
Plus souvent que nous, qu'eux. 
Trop souvent. Vient-il trop souvent t 
Je crois qu'il vient trop souvent. 
Compter. Compter en Fran^ais.' 
Le nomibre. Les nombres. 
Savez-vous ce nombre-ci en Franks! 
Quel nombre f Celui-ci. (^ 38.) 
Prononeer, 1. (^ 144, R. 1.) 
tSavez-vous prononeer mon nom t 
Je puis essayer. Eh bien ! essayez. 
Puis-je le prononeer? Oui, assez 

bien. * 

ViHOT-SBPTiiMB TH^m. 2de Sec. 
N*oubliez pas d*dcrire la date ici, en Fran^ais. 
Bon jonr. Messieurs, comment vous portez-vous ? Nous nous por- 
tons bien, excepte M. le Blanc, qui n'est pas ici. Va-t-il yenirt 
Non, il ne yient pas aujourd'hui. N'est-il pas assez bien pour venir ? 
Non, il n'est pas bien du tout Qn'a-t-il ? Je ne bsm pas; et le Doc- 
*eur ne le salt pas mieux que moi, du moins, je le crois. Lui donne- 
t-U quelque chose k prendre % U lui donne quelque chose. Je suis 
bien aise, Messieurs, d'apprendre que vous vous portez bien. Nous 
▼ous remercions. Le thdme que vous avez est-il difficile ? Moi, je 
le tronve difficile ; mats ces trois messieurs ne le trouvent pas diffi- 
rile. C'est vrai, au contraire nous le trourons ais^. Que trouvez-rous 
difficile ? Je ne peux pas vous le dire en Fran(?ai8. Vous pouvez 

1 The teacher is invited to make the pupils count in French, by the 
minute — slowly at first ; but when they pronounce the numbers well and 
regularly, let them count as fast as they can ; not for the mere satisfaetioD 
of knowing whether they can count 150 or 170 in a minute, but to give east 
md readiness to their utterance. Pupils are generally fond of this exercii» 
12* 



Digitized 



by Google 



188 TWKNTT-SBTJBNTfi LK880M. (2.) 

ORsayer, n'est-ce pas ? Qui, sans doute. Eh bien ! essayez. Voloih 
tiers. Nous avoiis beaucoup de ruw mots. Ne sayez-vous pas 1« 
Frani^ais de: nevf? Je ne le sais pas. Ces autres messieurs e 
savent-ils? Moi, je le sais. Nous, nous ne le savons pas. Je yaia 
vous le dire, c^est nouveau, Pouvez-vous I'ecrire ? Moi, non — moi, 
oui — n, o, u, V, e, a, u. Comment formez-vous le pluriel 1 Avec x, 
n'est-ce pas? Oui, o'est vrai, vous avez raison. 

Do you wish to drink some cider 1 I wish to drink some wine: 
ha»e you got any? No, I have none, but I will send for some.^ 
Has not your uicle got some excellent? Yes, he has. — Conduct 
me to his house, then. I will, or willingly. Now ? No, not now, 
but very soon.— Do you know how to make tea? I know haw to 
make it; but I cannot make coffee. — Who knows how to make 
chocolate? I; it is not difficult — ^Where is your father's dentist 
going to ? He is going nowhere. He remains at home to fix the 
teeth of his uncle. — Dost thou conduct anybody \ I conduct no 
body. — And you, whom do you conduct ? I conduct my son's valet. — 
Where are you conducting him ? I conduct him to the lawyer's 
office, to show him where it is. — Does your valet conduct this German 
boy ? He does. — ^Where to ? He conducts him into the garden to 
speak to our old German gardener. — Does your old Grerman gardenei 
snuff? No, but he smokes. — Does he work well ? Yes, he does, for 
he cannot talk (parler k) with the other servants ; and he has to work. 

Do we conduct any one ? We conduct our children. — Where are 
your children conducting their uncle ? They are conducting him to 
the museum, to show it to him. — Conduct me there also. Come 
with us. — Are they going to show him the theatre ? No, they have 
no time to show it to him to-day ; they have time only to show him 
the museum. — Can you pronounce the French of: to extinguish? 
I believe I can. Let us see, (Voyons, i 150, Art. 2.) Try. Pronounce 

it is it right ? Not quite. Try it again. .... is it better ? It 

is right now. I am very ^ad of it, for it is a difficult word. — ^The 
imperative is not easy. Do you know it? Yes, I do. — Pronounce 
it, if you please. With pleasure. — . ... is it right ? Not quite. Pro- 
nounce the gn like gn, in the English word mignonette^ gne 

That is better. Try it again That's right now. — Can you 

count a little in French ? Not much, but I intend to learn. — Will 
you count? Willingly. — Begin. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 — No, 5—5, 6, 7, 8. 
No ; do not pronounce the h of huitj say: tat. Uit, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, &o. 
(Let the teacher correct, in French^ the mistakes as they occur, anc 
note down the number counted in a minute, whenever this exercise 
t«kee place.) 

titeiguez-vous le feu? Je ne I'eteins pas, le cuisinier P6teini 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWSNTT-ITOHTH LBSBON. (1.) 18ft 

Qai allume le feu le matin ? Le cuisinier allume son feU; et mon 
Talet allame le mien. Qai allume celui de votre oncle et de votre 



XnUCO WUgCtt* *#ivu wwu||o. 



TWENXy-EIGHTH LESSON, 28th.— Fingf-AuiaViiw Lemony 28m6. 

YooABTTLAisE. Ire Section. 

Obi. 63. Do and Am, when used to interrogate, in the present tense, may 
be rendered by Est-ce qub, which muit be used with the first person sin- 
gular, of those verbs in which the transposition of the pronoun would pro> 
duce in unpleasant or a difficult sound. i (Dir. 8.) 



Do 1 wish r Am I willing T 

Am I able f Can I r 

Am I doing f Do I do f 
What am I doing T 



Est-ce que je veuz f 
Est-ce que je peux f 
Est*ce que je fais f 
Qu*eBt-ce que je fais f 



> Verbs whose first person singular forms only one syllable, as : je ient, 
I feel ; Je prendtt I take ; Je tende, I tend ; jefonds, I melt : or whose last 
■yllmble sounds like Je, such as : Je mange, I eat ; Je venge, I revenge ; je 
•nmge, I rauge ; je eonge, I dream : and others, such as : J'unie, I unite ; > 
««nMf«, I permit ; ftfre, I offer ; &c., &c. 



Digitized 



by Google 



140 



TWBMTT-KIOHTH LSStOK. (1.) 



What dolnyt 

Where am I going to T 

To whom do I speak 7 

Am I going T 

Am I coming T 

You are. Are you coming T 

Do you tell or say T 

I do say or tell. He says. 

He does not say. What does he not 

sayT 
What do we not say f 



Qu*e8t-ce que je dis ! 

Ou est-ce que je vaia ? 

X qui est-ce que je parle I 

£^t-ce que je vais T 

E^t-ce que je viens T 

Vous venez. Elst-ce que vous vonea 1 

Dites-vous 7 Est-ce que yous 6itm f 

Je dis. n dit. 

II ne dit pas. Qu'est-ce qa*ii &• 

dit pas 7 
Qu* est-ce que nous ne disons pas ? 



1 



Obt, 64. Some verbs, however, ending in e mute in the first person sin- 
gular, present tense, may be used interrogatively in that person, but thei 
they change e mute into 4 with the acute accent, followed hyje. 
Do. speak? i ParW-je T (pot ti &m y««) 

Do I love f 

Are you acquainted with that man f 
I am not at all acquainted with him. 
Is your brother acquainted with him f 
He is weU acquainted vrith him. 
Do you drink cider f 
I begin to drink cider, but my brother 

drinks milk. 
To begin to (commence) beginning, 
I begin to like it. 
Does he begin to study well T 
I begin to be cold— to be warm — 
He begins to be ashamed — sleepy. 
We commence to be hungry and 

thhvty. 
Badly, awkwardly. (^ 170.) 
Does your uncle speak English well 7 
He speaks it badly. 
They both write it well. 
A minute. In a few minutes. 



Est-ce que je parle 7 
Aim6-je f 

Est-ce que j*aime7 
Connaissez-vous cet homme 7 
Je ne le connais pas du tout. 
Votre frere le connatt-il f 
II le connatt beaucoup. 
Buvez-vous du cidre 7 
Je commence a boire du cidre, *fiaia 

mon frere boit du lait. 
Commencer a, commen^nt. 
Je commence a I'aimer. (a av. rint:i 
Commence- t-il a bien ^tudier 7 
Je commence aavoirfroid — chaod— 
II commence a avoir honte — sommeil* 
Nous commengons a avoir faim ei 

soif. (^ 144. R. 1.) 
Mai — trSs-mal — plus mal — trop mal. 
Votre oncle parle- t-il bien Anglais f 
II le parle mal. 

lis r^crivent bien Tun et Tautre. 
Une minute. (f€m.) Dans quelquas 
minutes. 

Yinot-huitiAmb THfim. Ire Sec. 
£crivez le quantieme au commencement (at the beginning) du thime. 
Que pensez-vous du lempsl Nous le trouvons Xies-desagrtabU. 
est froid et humide. Je ne le trouve pas froid ; mais tres-humice. 
C'est un temps malsaia. Tres-malsain, en verity. II n'est paa 
bon pour ceux qui ont des rhumes. Non, et je suis fich6 de yout 
dire que Louis en a un tres-maurais. Depuis quand? Depuia 
mercredi. — J'ai Phonneur de vous soubaiter le bonsoir. Comment 
va le mal de dents ? II va mieux, bien oblige. J'en snis bien aisb. 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWBNTT-BIOHTH LBBBON. (1.) 



141 



Comment se porte-t-on chez le g6n6ral ? Tout le monde s'y porte 
bien, except^ le valet irlandais. Qq Vt-il ? Nona ne saTonfi pas oe 
que o'est Est-il trds-mal? Oai, il est oblige de roster dans son lit 
Depnis qnand est-il malade ? Depnis plnsienrs jonrs. Oependant 

A\ mienx ; le ma- 
Mr. Qu'a Henri 7 
:anohe? Je crols 



frellf Yon do.— 
does. — How does 
ites it well ? Oui 
the Sw'ps dentist^ 
w who writes the 
drink too much . 
lot ; you are not a 
-Am I doing my 
You are doing 
doing nothing. — 
to speak? You 
ill? You do not 
well, {mais a bien 
your friend's. — Is 
Ls often as the son 
than you. — Can I 
as often as you? 
I speak as well 
IS I. — Do I go to 
le to mine, and I 
Every morning, at 



I do not know the 



go to 3'0ur8. — When do you come to mine? 
half past six. 

Do you know the Russian whom I know ? 
one you know, but I know another. — Do you drink as much cider 
as wine ? I drink less of the latter than of the former. — Does the 
Pole drink as much as the Russian ? He drinks just as much. — Do 
the Germans drink as much as the Poles? The latter drink more 
than the former. — Dost thou receive anything? I do. — What dost 
thou receive ? I receive some money. — Does your friend receive 
books? He does. — What do we receive ? We receive some cider. 
—Do the Poles receive tobacco ? They do. — From whom {de qui) 
do the Spaniards receive money? They receive some from lE5 
(des) English, and from the (des) French. 

Comptez-vous tons les jours en Fran^ais ? Oui, nous comptons. 
N'aimez-vous pas k compter? (Let the pupil give his or her own 



Digitized 



by Google 



142 



TWSNTT-KIOHTH LSB90N. (2.; 



answer.) Combien comptez-vous dans une minute ' a minute) % Jo 
compte 125. — Et vous? Moi, je ne compte pas tant. Je ne r-ompta 
que 98. — £t vous, et votre cousin Annand ? Nous comptons 128 
Est-ce plus que lui ? Oui, c'est plus. Combien de plus ? Trois de 
plus. (30'.) C^est vrai, yo^is avez raison. Et vous, combien comp* 
tez-vous de moins qu'eux ? Je compte trois de moins. Combien 
de plus que lui 1 Je compte 27 de plus que lui. C'est beaucoup^ 
n'est-ce pas? C'est assez, du moins. 



A degree, 32°, zero, 75©, lOO©, 212o. I 
Thank God. I 



Up degr^, 32«=, ^o, 75<', 10O>. 2li^ 
Dieu mercL 



YooABUXiAnui. 2de SeotioiL 

Avant, {de, avant an infinitii.) 
Parjez-vous avant cT^coiiter f 
J*^coiite avant de r^poiidre. 

Oh$. 65. Ab gpeak and lUten have you for nominative, dispense with the 
second yoit, and use the infinitive mood after the preposition. (Rule 3.) 



Before, (previous to.) (R. 1.) 
Do you speak before you listen I 
T LSten before I answer. 



Va-t-il au march^ avant de dejeuner f 

Dejeuner, 1. 

II y va avant d'^ire. 

Otez-vous voB baa avant d'6ter voa 

souliers T 
PaHir* 2; partant, 
Quand comptez-vous partir f 
Je pars demain pour Paris. 
Jeparg, tupari, ilpart. 
Vont-ilsvoirleuroncle avant de par* 

tir pour Charleston I lis y vont. 
Mouiller, 1. Mouillant. 
Mouill^, (sing.) Mouill^, (plur.) 
Vos souliers sont-ils mouill^s T 
Oui, ils sont tout mouill^. 

Ohs. 66. Tout, quite, being an adverb Lb invariable, that is, does not taki 
an 8. 



Does he go to market before he 
breakfasts f 

To hredkfoMt. To eat hreakfa§t. 

He goes (there) before he writes. 

Do you take off your stockings be- 
fore you take off your shoes T 

To depart, tet out, start ; departing. 

When do you intend to depart T 

I set out to-morrow /or Paris. 

I depart, thou startest, he sets out. 

Do they go to see theur uncle before 
they start for Charleston? They do. 

To wet, to moisten, to damp, wetting. 

Wet, damp, {adjectives.) 

Are your shoes wet T 

Yes, they are quite wet. 



To dry, to get to dry. 

I dry, thou driest, he dries. (^ 144, 

R. 5.) 
Dry your shoes. 

Take a seat near the fire and dry 

your shoes and feet. 
It is vsry warm ; very cold. 
M use. Much, commonly, greatly, 



Almost, an, always, too much. 



S^cher, 1. Faire s^cher. 

Je sdche, tu s^ches, il sdche. 

S6chez vos souliers (better) fahat 

B^her, Slc, 
Prenez un siege pr^s du feu, et fmtet 

sdcber vos souliers et vos pieds. 
II fait grand chand ; grand froid. 
En usage. En grand usage. 

Pr^sque, presque tout, toi^oors, trcp 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWXMTT-KIOHTH LK880N. (2.) Ill 

YiiYOT-HUiTiiMB Th&ms. 2(le See. 
£crivex le jour du mois au commencement du th^e. 
Mr., nous vous souhaitons le bonjour, et nous esperons que roui 



than he? more than we ? The apothecary does. — From whom {de 
qui) do your children receive books ? They receive some from me, 
(de moi,) and from their friends. — Do the English receive as much 
Turkish as American cotton ? They receive more American than 
Turkish cotton. — Our New Orleans merchants receive more French 
than English cloth, do they not? I believe they do. — ^What gloves 
do we receive? We receive French gloves. — How many books 
does your neighbor lend you ? He lends me three more. (30*.) — 
When does the foreigner intend to depart? He intends to depart 
to-day. — Depart with him, can you not? Can I not? No, indeed; 
and you know very well that I am not ready. — But you can soon 
be ready. Do you think so? (le?) To be sure I do. Does the 
Swede depart soon ? He departs in a few minutes — Does he depart 
alone ? No^ he takes a valet with him, because he does not sp«ak 
English well enough to go alone. He is right.— Dost thou set otit 



Digitized 



by Google 



144 TWKNTT-MIMTH LKSfOM. (1.) 

lo-morrow ? Dost thou intend to go with me ? No, for we do om 
intend to depart before 10 days. Then I have to bid you adieu. 

Do the Clintons (Les Clinton, (} 140, Art. 5) answer you imme- 
diately when you write to them ? They usually answer me imme- 
diately, when they are not sick. Well ; write <o tl^em to know if I 
can go to their house on Saturday, and tell them to answer directly. — 
Are you not going to read the dentists' note before you answer it? 
Yes, I am reading it now. Ah ! pardon me, (pardonner.) — Does 
this Irish servant of yours (votre domestique irlandais, i 108) sweep 
your apartment before he makes your bed ? No, he makes the bed 
before he sweeps the room. — Dost thou drink before thou goest out* 
I do. — Do you like to go to market before you eat breakfast? I do 
not, for I am almost alwajrs sick when I do it — Henry, put on your 
shoes and stockings. No, indeed, I intend to put on my stockings 
before I put on my shoes. — Dost thou read first and translate after- 
wards? Yes, I do so; but I translate the exercise first, and write it 
afterwards. You do well ; that is right — Do you gc to the Pole's 
house before you breakfast? Yes, I do. — At what o'clock do your 
children breakfast ? They breakfast at seven o'clock. — Do you take 
snuff before breakfasting ? No, but I smoke after breakfast. — Does 
your son smoke also after breakfast ? He does not smoke at all, and 
I am glad of it. Does he chew or snuff? No, he does neither. 



TWENTY-NINTH LESSON, 29th,— Vingt-neuvieme L^tm^ 29m« 
YocABtTLAiBE. Ire Section. 
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS. 
The French have two kinds of comparison ; that of equality ^ formed by 
autant de before nouns, and au««t, before adjectives or adverbs, and qiu 
after them ; (16'. 27*.) and that of inequality^ formed by pine or tneint, 
before, and que after the same parts of speech. The superlative is formed 
by prefixing to the comparaiive, not only the definite article le, les, but any 
of those which we have called articles (^ 1), mont mes, &>c. ce, cet, ces. 



Positive, Comparative. Superlative, 

Great, greater, the greatest 

Small, smaller, my smallest. 

Rich, richer, these richest. 

Poor, poorer, my poorest 

Learnad, more learned, the most 

learned. 
Quickly, quicker, the quickest. 
Often, more often, most often. 



Fositif. ' Camparatif, Superlatif. 
Grand, plus grand, le plus grand. 
Petit, plus petit, mon plus petit. 
Riches, *plus riches, ces plus riches. 
Pauvres, pluspauvres, mes plus pan- 

vr^s. 
Savant, pltis savant, le plus savant 

Vite, plus vite, le plus vite. 
Souvent,plusBOUvent,le plus aoa- 
vent. 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWCXTT-iriMTH LBflflOK. (1.) 



14a 



Ait book is small, that is smallsr. 
Bad tlus is the smallest of all. 

This bat is large, but that is larger. 

Ib your hat as large as mine f 

It it larfer than yours. 
It is not so Ivge as yours. 
Bxlky, less bulky, the least bulky. 
Rne, less fine, the least fine. 
Slowly, not so slowly, the least 

slowly. 
Sood, not BO good, the least good. 
Are our neighbor's children as good 

as ours f (good is oage when spplied 

to ehilffaren.) 
They are better than ours. 
They are not so good as ours, they 

are the least good of all. 

O&t. 67. To express the abiolute tuptrlative, that is, the highest degrm^ 
wiikofut comparison, the French, like the English, use one of the adrerbs, 
iris, fort, hien, very ; tstrimement, extremely ; tnfinimentf infinitely. 

Un tres-beau sofa. De tr^s-beaai 

iofas. 
Un tres-joli couteau. 



Ce livre-d est petit, oeliii*l& est plui 

petit, et celui-ci est le plus peut 

de tous. 
Ce chapcau-ci est grand, mais celui 

la est plus grand. 
Votre chapeau est-il aussi grand qu« 

le mien f 
n est plus grand que le Ydtrs. 
11 em, rooins grand que le ^tre. 
Ghros, moins gros, le moins gros. 
Beau, moins beau, le moins beau. 
Lentement, moins lentement, le 

moins lentement. 
Sage, moins sage, le moins sags. 
Les enfants de notre Totsin sont-fla 

aussi sages que les ndtresf 

Us sont plus sages que les n6tres. 
Us sont moins sages que les ndtres, 
ce sont les moins sages de tons. 



A very fine sofa. Very fine sofas. 
A ▼ery pretty knife. Very well. 



To be used to ... . 

To be used to it. 

Why do you speak more in English 

than in French f 
Because we are used to it. (Ohs, 48.) 

HThat are they used to take in the 

morning anc evening f 
They are used to take coffee in the 

morning and tea in the erening. 
What am I used to f 
He is not yet used to it. 



TrSs-bien, 

fort bien. 
Etre acooutumi & . . . . 
Y dtre aocoutumtf. (% 50.) 
Pourquoi parlei-Yous plus en Anglais 

qu'en Fran^ais f 
. Farce que nous y sommes accov- 

tum€s. 
Que sont-ils accoutum6i a prendre 

le matin et le soir f 
Us sont accoutum^ & prendre du 

cafiS, le matin, et du th<, le soir. 
A quoi est-ce que je snis aceoutum< t 
II n'y est pas encore accoutum^. 

ynroT-HBuntm THftm. Ire Sec. 
Mettez le quantieroe du mois ici en Fran^ais. 
FtLtes-nous des questions aujouidlini, s'il vous plait. Volontiers 
4m1 temps fait-il ? Qui peut me r^pondre ? Nous pourons tout 
fOfOi r^pondre. Commencez, M. Legris. Yous roulez saToir qufl^ 
mmps U fedt 1 Oui, M., s'il yous plait. Je vais feus le dire area 
frrand plaisir, le pins grand plaisir du monde. Dites-lo done, (then.) 

1R 



Digitized 



by Google 



140 TWKMTT-IIINTH LXSSOM. (1.7 

Laisaes^moi voir si j'ai le Fran^ais de unwholesome. Oh ! oui; noni 
I'aTons. Alora, il fait un temps homide et maleaia. Oui, tooi 
ayez raisoii; il fait un temps humide et malsain, depuis deux oa 
Irois jours. N'est-ce pas extraordinaire? Si fait; c'est extraordi- 
naLe, car le temps change tres-souvent Mais il ne fait pas froid. 
Au contraire, il fait chaud. II fait presque toujours chaud quand il 
fait humide, n'est-ce pas? Oui, sans doute. Ce temps humida 
a'est pas bon pour le rhume du petit Robert, qu en pensez-rout^ 
ie pense que non, et j'en suis fiELch^, car c'est un bon petit garpon 
Comment se porte le £rere du dooteur? II se porte tres-bien k pr6« 
tent. Et comment va le vieux ouisinier du general ? II va maL 
U est presque toujours malade, n'est-ce pas ? Oui, mais ce n'est pas 
extraordinaire, car il est tres-yieux. 

Are you taller (grand) than I? I am taller than you. — Is yoiu 
young brother taller than you? No, but I beliere that he is just as tall. 
— Is thy leather hat as bad as my father's? It is better, but not so 
black as his. — Are the clothes (les habits) of the Italians as fine as 
those of the Irish? They are finer, but not so good. — ^Who makes 
the finest glores? The French make them. — Who makes the 
finest cloth? The French and Spanish do. — ^Who has the finest 
horses? Mine are fine, yours are finer than mine, but those of our 
friends are the finest of all. — Why do the French take wine at 
breakfast ? Because they are used to it. — See, those poor children 
have neither shoes nor stockings; are they not cold? No, indeed! 
they are used to it. — Am I used to write quick or slow ? You are 
used to write slowly; but your cousin is used to write very quick.^* 
Who is more learned than this old Prussian ? I do not know who 
IS more learned than he. — Is the minister more learned than the 
druggist? Yes, he is more learned than the druggist ; but the law- 
yer is the moe^. learned of all. — Who is the richest merchant here ? 

Mr. is the richest. — Do wo read more books than the Dutch ? 

We read more (of them) than ^ey, but the Prussians read (of them) 
more than we, and the Russians read the least, (le moins.) 

Hast thou a finer garden than that of our physician ? I have a 
finer one than he. — Have the Americans a finer telegraph than the 
other nations ? They have the finest of all. — Are the shawls of this 
merchant larger and finer than those of that one ? They are larger, 
but not so fine. — Have we as fine children as our neighbors? We 
have finer ones. — Is the weather as bad as yesterday ? No, it is no! 
BO bad ; but it is warmer, and I am not sorry for it. I believe it, fox 
I know that you like the heat — Do the French speak more quickly 
than the English, Irish, Scots, and other nations? I believe not. 
Some (quelques uns) speak quickly, but others speak slowly. ({ 38.1 



Digitized 



by Google 



TWXMTT-MZVTH LXSSOV. (2.) 



147 



«-Aie your olothes as wet as mine or his ? Yours are more wel 
dian mine, bat his are not wet at all. — Do yon depart for Washing- 
ton, soont I start to-morrow.— Do yon go alone 1 No, consin 
William starts with me. — When do you set out ? We set out at 3 
o'clock. — George, go for some cigars; these gentlemen want some 
to smoke. — Yes, Sir; but before going, I have to put my sloes on. 
They are wet, and they are near the fire to dry. — Which of these 
two children is the better ? (sage ?) The one (N. pa. 43) who stndiai 
IS better than the one who plays. 

2de Section. 

AdjecAft Irrigulur$. 
Bon, |[ieillear, men me. ilea 

Mauyaifly pire, le pire. 

Petit, moindre, Je moindre. 

Advtrbtt IrriguiuTM, 
Bien, mieux, le mieuz. 
Mai, pie. le pie. 

Peu, moine, le moine. 

Beaucoup, plus, le plus. 



YocABULAnii, 
Irrtgular Jdjeelivts. 
Good, better, my best. 

Bad, worse, the worst. 

Small, little, leas, the least. 

Imgtdttr Advirbs. 

better, the best, 
worse, the worst, 
less, the least, 

more. the most. 



Well, 
Bad, 
Little, 
Much, 



Oht. 68. We may with equal correctness say : plus mauvaisi plu§ wud 
fHu9 petite but never plu» hortt plus Hen, plus peu. 

O&fl. 69. Never use pire immediately before a noun. Do not say : ua 
pire ehien ; but, un plus mauvais chien. Yotre chien est ptVeque celui-ci 
is correct, but : plus mauvais^ b to be preferred. 



Whose, {to tofcom f) (^ 109./ 

Wliose hat is this t 

It is. It is mine — ^hers — yours. 

It is my uncle's d'ctionary. 

It is the dictinnary of my uncle. 

It is my uncM's. 

Whose kidglooes are those f 

They are ours- *hiiie— theirs. {% 39.) 

They are (he cb'fdren's cloaks. 

Who has the best rice f • 

Whose lice is the nest 7 



A qui f (Pronom poss. non reUuif.) 
A qui est ce chapeau>ci t 
C'est. C*est le mien — ^le sien — 1« 
voire. (^ 104, &c.) 



jo. 



est le dictionnaire de mon oncle. 



X qui sont ces gouts de ehamois t 
I Ce sont les votres, les tiens, les lennk- 
I Ce sont les manteauz des enfants. 

> Qui a le meilleur riz t 

The grocer has it. It is the grocer's. | L'^icier Ta. C'cst celui de r^icier. 

Who has the smallest feet T \ r\ » \ i .•.•■!« 

> Qm a les plus petits pieds 7 

Mile. C. a les plus petits. 
Ce sont ceux de Mile. C. 
Celui de mon pere est le plus b^aa. 
Quel ruban est le plus beau? Ls 
votre ou lo mien 7 Le vdtm 
Test. 
So, in '^mJor MOiences, whether expressed or not, is rsntfera^ 
by i* or r 



Whose tee' are ihe smallest 7 

Miss C. has the smallest 

Miss C.'s are. 

Thai of my .aiher is the nnest. 

Whose ribbon iS the handsomer, 

yours or minv 7 Yours is, (so left 

out.; 

06f. 70 
to French 



Digitized 



by Google 



148 



TWXMTT-MINTH LXSftCII. (t.) 



DoM tkst bo7 r«ad better than the 

man? 
He does <o. He does not (do lo). 
Is thifl grain better than the last f 



Ce gar^OB lit-il mieaz que 1*1 



II U fait. II ne le iait pas. 

Ce grain-ci est-il meilleur que U 

dernier T 
II Test. II est beaucoup meilleur. 
Les SuMois 6criyen; ils moins qua 

les Polonais r 
lis toivent moins que les autre* 

nations. 
Qui fait le plus d'argent f Le bon 

langer, le boucber, ou le laitier t 
Us en font tons beaucoup. 
Votre jardinier est-il bon f 
n Test, mais son cousin ne Test pee 
VoieL Lo voici. 

En Yoici. 

Ou sont les gros couteaux f 
Les Yoici. 



It is. It is much better. 

XX> the Swedes write less than the 
Poles? 

Tbey write less than the other na- 
tions. 

Who makes most money? The 
baker, th a butcher, or the wuOcman t 

They all make a great deal. 

U your gardener good, or a good one t 

He is, but his cousin is not. 

Here i». Here he is or it is. 

Here is some. 

Where are the big kniyes ? 

Here they are. 

YiNOT-KEuyiixB THfiMi. 2de Seo. 
Ici, n*oubliez pas de roottre le quantieme, en Fran^ai^ 

Vous arez Pair d'avoir firoid. Fait-il firoid dehors! Oui, il fail 
grand froid. X quel degre est le thermometre ! Je n'ai pas de thei^ 
mometre ; je ne sais pas k quel degr6 il est. Mais j'ai froki, ^ 
(4 38, N. 6,) je le sais. Comment se porte le medeoin ? U se ports 
plus mal. Son rhume est-il pire? Oui, il Pest. Quelqu'un a-t-L 
mal de t^te ? Moi, je Pai un peu ] ayez-yous quelque chose k me don- 
nerl Oui, j'ai quelque chose qui est tres-bon pour le mal de tdte. 
Donnez-le-moi. Je Paidaasmonportefeuille. Ldissez-moi le cher 
cher. Tres-bien, cherchez-le et donnez-le-moi. Je Pai k present 
Le yoici. Prenez-le. Je Pai. Lisez le papier pour savoir comment 
le priparer (to prepare) et le prendre. Je vous suis bien oblige. Je 
rais le lire tout de suite pour le preparer et le prendre. Preparez-le 
bien. Je yais essayer. Est-ce difficile k preparer! Non, ce n'est 
pas difiicile k preparer. Adieu : je yais Parranger. Adieu, adieu. 

Whose big book is this? It is mine. — Whose hat is thati It is 
my father's. — ^Is your baker good ? (or a good one ?) He is good, 
but yours is better; and that of the Prussian is the best of all our 
bakers. — ^Take some pretty Telret shoes. I haye yery pretty ones^ 
but my brother has still prettier ones than I. — From whom (de qui) 
does he receiye them 1 He receiyes them from his best friend in 
Paris. — ^Is your wine as good as mine ? Here is some ] taste it, aoc 
then you may know, and tell me. Is it better, c r as good, or worse I 
It is better.— Does your merchant sell good kniyes ? He sells the 
-Do we not read more books than the Irish '* Yes, we read 



Digitized 



by Google 



THIRTIKTH LESSON. (1.; MS 

more than they, but the RassianB read (of them) more than we, and 
the Prussians read the most. — Why do they read the most ? Because 
they wish to be the most learned. — Do the merchants sell more 
sugar than coffee ? They sell more of the latter than of the former- 
Does your shoemaker make as many shoes as mine 1 — He makes 
more of them than yours. — Can you swim as well (aussi Men) as 
my son 1 I can swim better than he, but he can speak French bettet 
than I. — Does he read as well as youl He reads better than I.— 
Does the son of your neighbor go to market? No, he remains at 
home ; he has sore feet. — ^Do you leam as well as our gardener's 
son? I leam better than he, but he works better than I. — ^Whose 
gun is the finest ? Yours is yery fine, but that of the captain is still 
finer, and ours is the finest of all. — ^Has any one finer children than 
you ? No one has finer ones. — Does your son read as often as 1 1 
He reads ofiener than you. — ^Does my brother speak French as often 
as yon ? He speaks and reads it as often as I. — ^Do I write as much 
as yoa? You write more than I. — Do our neighbor's chfldren read 
German as often as we? We do not read it so often as they.— Do 
we write it as often as they? They write oftener than we. — To 
whom do they write ? They write to their friends. — ^Do you read 
English books? We read French books instead of reading English 
books. 



THIRTIETH LESSON, ZOih,—TrerUieme Le^on, ZOme. 
YocABULAiRi. Ire Section. 



To belieye, believing. 

I belieye, thou believest, he believes. 

I believe that you know it 

I believe you know nothing of it. 

To pat, put on. Put, put on, (impera.) 

Do I put on your kid gloves f 

Deetbenotputonf is he not putting t 

He pute on. He does not. 

What do you put on f I put this on. 
Do they put on anything more f 

Obs. 71. We aaw in {Obt. 7,) that : quelque ckote; we . . . .rim and fm% 
require de before the following adjective ; now we add : when a nono, pro* 
Doan, number, or adjective precedes an adverb or past participle, the prepo 
■tion de (as a connecting link) must be put before the adverb. 
18* 



Croire,* 4, croyant. 

Je crois, tu crois, il croit 

Je crois que vons le saves. 

Je crois que vous n'en savez rien. 

Metu-e. (251.) Mettes, (impera.) 

Est-ce que je mets vos gants de cl«. 

ntoisr 
£st-oe qu'il ne met pas f Ne met-fl 

pasf 
n met. II ne met pas. 

Que mettez-vous f Je mets ceci. 
Mettent-ils quelque chose de plu$ f 



Digitized 



by Google 



MO 



THIRTIETH LBSSOIT (1.) 



Ilfl ne mettent rien de pluM. 
Sortez-iroiis f Je won, 
Ne mettez-TouspasYOsgrossoulier^f 
Si fait, je lea meta. Je ne eors pai 

sans lea mottre quand il fiut man 

vaia temps. 
Sans vous, moi, lui, euz, nous, toi. 
Sort-il tans prendre eon paraplnie et 

aon manteaa f (R. 1.) 
n ne aort paa aana lea prendre. 

Pleuvoir* S. Fleut-U t II pUmi, 
Le temp9 est-U couvert t II 2*ef t 
Eat-ce que je aors quand le tempa 

eat oouvert f Ni voua ni noua ne 

aortona. 
Debonueheure. D^ asset bonne keurt. 
D^aussibonneheure que voua, q«'euz. 
II aort d*aussi bonne keure que nooAi 
Trop Utf de trop bonne keure. 
Trap peut trop petit, trop grand. 
Voua parlez trop pen, et lui trop. 
Ensemble. Nous sortona enaemble 
Plus tard que voua. 
Je aors plus tard que youa. 
Allez-Toua au apectacle d'auaai bonne 

heure que moi f 
J'y vaia plus tot (de meilleure heure) 

que voua. 
Plus tdt, (de meilleure heure.) 
Votre pere y va-t-il plua tot que moi, 

(de meilleure heure que moi T) 
Essay ez d*y aller aussi tot que luL 

TRSNTiftMB Tnim. Ire See. 
N'oubliez paa la date ici. 
Bon jour, M., ^ous vous portez bien, j'espere ; mais pourqnoi ares- 
vons on parapluie 7 Pleut-il 7 Non, il ne pleut pas encore ; mail 
le temps est couvert, tres-couvert, et quand il Test, je ne sors ptm 
sans prendre un parapluie. Vous avez raison de le faire, car il est 
tres-desagr^aWe d'etre dehors sans parapluie, quand il pleut. N« 
pleut-il pas k present ? Si fait, je crois qu'il commence k pleuvoir. 
Oui, c'est vrai. II commence k pleuvoir, mais pas beaucoup encore. 
Moi, je suis bien aise de voir la plutej (the rain,) car nous avons trop 
de poussiere. C'est vrai, vous n'avez pas tort; il fait beaucoup trop 
de pousddre. N'avez-vous pas mal aux yeux quand il fait de !a 
poussiere 7 Si fait, j'y ai souvent mal alors. Pas moi. Comment 



They put nothing more. 

IX) you go out T I do. 

Do yon not put on your big ahoea ? 

Yea, I do. I do not go out without 

putting them on when the weather 

ia bad. 
Without you, rae, him, them, us, thee. 
Does he go out without taking hia 

umbrella and hia cloak f 
He doea not go out without taking 

them. 
To rain. Does it rain 1 It does. 
la the weather cloudy 7 It ia (to). 
Do I go out when the weather ia 

cloudy t Neither you nor we go 

out. 
Early, Early enough. 

Aa early jia you, as they. 
He goes out as early as we. 
Too aoon, too early. 
Too little, (adv.), too amall, too great. 
You speak too little, and he too much. 
Together. We go out together. 
Later than you. 
I go out later than you. 
Do yovL go to the play aa early aa 1 7 

I go thither earlier thaniyou. 

Ea-'liert (aooner.) 

Doea youi father go thither earlier 

than I T 
Try '^ go aa aoon as he 



Digitized 



by Google 



THIRTIBTH LX880N. (1.) 161 

06 porto-t-on chez tous 7 Tout le monde y est assez biej. Per* 
Bonne n'est malade, excepte notre domestique. Qn'a-t-il 7 11 a un 
gros rhume et nn pen mal aux dents. — ^11 pleut, mais il ne fait pai 
firoid, n'est-ce pas 7 C'est rrai, il ne fait pas froid, mais tres-humide 
et malsain. Nous le croyons comme tous. Qnand il fait froid et 
kumide, mettez quelque chose de plus. Et quand il fait chaud, 
quelque chose de moins, n'est-ce pas 7 Oui, c'est cela. C'est le 
^us prudent. 

Do you put on another coat in order to go to the play ? I put on 
my French coat to go. — ^Do you put on your kid gloves before you 
put on your big shoes ? I put on my orershoes before I put on my 
kid gloves. — Does the lawyer put on his round hat before he puts 
on his blue coat ? He puts on his coat first, instead of putting on 
his round hat. — Is he not right in doing so 1 Yes, he is. — Do yr n 
go out early, every morning 1 Yes, we do. — Do you go out when 
your son docs ? Yes, we go out together. — Early ? No, not very 
eady. We breakfast first — Do you breakfast together? To be 
sure. — At what o'clock do you begin to breakfast? We begin at 
half past 6. (Do you, indeed ?) En verite 1 Then you breakfast 
early. — Do you eat dinner early, too ? I think we dine earlier than 
you, for we dine at half past one. — Is it possible? Do you dine as 
early as that? — We dine then, when we are all at home ; but if we 
wait for those who are absent, {absents,) then we dine together, and 
later. — Does your uncle write before he breakfasts ? No, he does 
not. — ^What does he? He reads the paper. — ^Is he fond of reading 
the paper ? Yes, he likes it very much. — When it is cloudy wea- 
ther, does he go out without his umbrella? No, he always takes 
it. — Does he often go to the museum ? He does, often. — Does he 
go there oftener than your cousin ? No, they always go together. 

Do you translate your exercise early or late? I always 
translate it in the morning, as eariy as I can. — Do you translate 
it from the book or do you read it, when you recite it to your 
teacher? ' We translate it instead of reading it, when we recite il 
to him. — Do you begin to like mutton ? No, I cannot bear it — 
Does your cousin like it? No, he does not; he cannot bear it. — 
But your uncle William does like it ; don't he ? He ! yes, he likes 
it — Do you eat supper early? We do not eat supper late. — At wh^^t 
o'clock do they take tea at the doctor's? They take tea quite late. 
—Later than you do? Yes, much later; but at the general's they 
take it very early. — Do the Pole and Russian go early to the con- 
wrt? Yes^ they do. — Let us go earlier than they ; will you' Will- 
inf^y. Let us go before them. — At what o'clock can you be ready I 
I can be ready at 6 or i past 6. It is soon enough; is it notf I 



Digitized 



by Google 



IM TRIRTISTH LXSSOll (9.) 

beliere sc for the concert does not begin before 7. — ^Do y^ia na 
put on something more ? NO; this is enough , I wish nothing more. 
— Do I write too much? No, but you talk (speak) too much. — Do 
I speak more than youl You do, very often, and so does youx 
brother. — Do you count quick ? Yes, in English I count pretty 
fast. — No, I mean in French. — I do not count very fast in French. — 
Does he count as fast as you ? Who 7 This youth 7 Yes, he ; this 
youth. Do I know 7 — How many do you count in a minute 7 — ^How 
many does he count 7 Try, both of yoti. — We are going to try to 
count as fast as we can. — ^Very well; try to do it. — Must we try 
anything more 7 No, nothing more, now. 

YocABULAiRi. 2de Section. 



Already t yet. Is it already done I 

Do you speak already 7 

Does he start already 7 (depart.) 

Not yet. No, not yet. 

I do not speak yet. 

He departs immediately. 

Do yoa finish your exercise already 7 

I finish it at tki$ verynwment. (ttme,) 

Do you give us anything to do 7 

Do I not always give you something 
to do 7 



Dijd. Est-ce d6ja fait 7 
Parlez-vous ddja 7 
Part-il d^ja 7 

Ne . . . pas encore. Non, pas encore 
I Je ne parle pas encore. 
II part tout de suite. 
Finiases-Tous d^ja Totre thdme 7 
Je le finis i pritetU mime. 
Nous donnez-vous quelque chose a 

faire7 
Elst-ce que je ne vous donne pas 

toujours quelque chose a foire 7 

Oht, 72. We have seen, in the preceding lessons, that when two verbs 
are joined, the first sometimes requires no preposition' to connect itself 
with the second ; that sometimes it takes the preposition i8 ;* at others de. * 
See lists of those verbs ($ 156), preceded by a short explanation. 

The scholar was directed to form for himself lists of those verbs, of nouns^ 
atyectives, &c., as they are presented in the Toeabularies. In order to see 
how he has performed that task, I here insMt the model of a dialogue on 
the subject, which teachers may modify accordiog to circumstances. 



Mr. Armand, have you a catalogue 
of the verbs wluch govern oUier 
verbs without a preposition 7 Yes, 
Sir, I have. Which is the first verb 
en your catalogue 7 It is voulez- 
vot^ t That is right. But instead 
of writing down vouUt-wmg t make 
use of the infinitive. Do you know 
it 7 Yes, Sir, I do. It is vouloir, 
is it not 7 Yes, that is it. iSo.your 
first verb which governs another 



M. Armand, aves-vous un catalogue 
des verbes qui en gouvement d'au- 
tree sans proposition 7 Ou^ M.^ 
j'en ai un. Quel est le premier 
verbe snr votre catalogue 7 C'est 
voulex-vouMf C'est bien. Mais 
an lieu, d'ecrire, voules-vons7 
faite$ uiagedeVinBnitit Le saves- 
vous 7 Qui, M., je le sais. C'etf 
vouLnr, n'est-ce pas 7 Oui, c*esi 
cela. Aintii votre premier verbs 



'/18«. 19U 



«(21«, 25».) 



«(17». ! 



Digitized 



by Google 



THIRTIXTH LSSSOM. (2.) 



1« 



witlMmt a preposition is vouloir, is 
it not f Yes, Sir, it is that. In 
what vocabulary is it T I do no; 
know, but I have the folio, (pa^e.) 
That vUl do. What is the second 
verb of your catalogue t It is allez- 
wntM f What is iu infinitive f It 
is otter. Very well Make use of 
mUer, instead of allez-vous f On 
what page is it t Onthe.. ., 



To hear, to understand. Hearing. 
I understand. I do not understand. 
Do you understand me f • I do. 
I understand you m part. 
I do not understand you at all. 
Is it possible f Do you not understand 

a single word f No, not a single 

one. 



qui en gouveme un autre sana 
preposition esL vouloir, n*est-ce 
pas r Oui, M .^'est cela. Dans 
quel vocabu!aire est-il7 Je ne 
sais; mais j'ai \e feuillet. Cda 
9u/U. Quel est le second verbe 
de votre catalogue f C'est allex- 
voust Qud en e$t Vinjinitifl 
($ 31.) C'est aUer, Tres-bien. 
Faites usage de aUer au lieu dc 
allez-voust A quel feuillet est- 
ilr Au...,^ 

Entendre, 4. Entendant, 

Tentends, Je n*entends pat. 

M*entendez'Vous t Je tous entends. 

Je TOUS entends en partie. 

Je ne vous entends pas du tout. 

Est-il possible 7 N*entendez*vous 
pas un seul mot 7 Non, pas un 
seuL 

Ob$. 73. The infinitive has no preposition before it when it is used in a» 
absolute sense, or as a nominative case. 



To eat too much is dangerous. 

To tpeak too much is foolish. 

To do good to those who have ofiended 

us, is a commendable action. 
Sometimee. Several times. 
Never mind, no matter. 



Manger trop est dangereux. 

Parler trop est imprudent. 

Faire du Men a ceux qui nous ont 

offenati, est une action louahle. 
Quelque foit. Plusieurs fois. 
NimpoHe. 



TiucKTitMi Th^mi. 2de Sec. 
N'oubliez pas le quantieme en Frin^ais. 
Comment vous Stes-vous port6 depuis que je n'ai eu Je plaiair de 
▼0U8 voir? Quelque fois bien, quelque fois mal; mais vous, com- 
ment TOUS £tes-yous porte ? Je me suis toujours bien port^. Je la 
crois, c^r vous avez tres-bon air. Le pensez-vous 1 Tout le monde 
me dit que j'ai I'air malade. Moi, au contraire, je pense que voua 
avez tres-bon air. Mais, ce petit garpon-lk n'a pas bon air. C'est 
vrai, et je crois qu'il est un peu malade. L'dtes^ous, mon petit 
amil Oui, M., j'ai un peu mal de tfete. Depuis quandt Depuii 
ce matin de bonne heure. Avant ddjeuner? Oui, un peu avant 
Entendez-vous ce que ce petit garden dit ? Non, je ne I'entends pai 
bien. L'entendez-vous, vous? Oui, je Tentends parfaitement, paroe 
que je suis accoutum^ k Pentendre. Et moi, je ne I'entends pas, 
parce que je n'y suis pas accoutum^. Vous avez raison. Voyez 
vous quelquefois le cousin du vieux general? Je le vois souvent. 
mais savez-vous qu'il part 1 Pour ou'' (where to?) Four la Call* 



Digitized 



b'y Google 



IM TUIKTIBTH LMSOM. (S.) 

fornie. Bst-il possible ? Quand pan-il % Je crois qu'il est dej4 prM 
k partii. Dans ||uel b&dment part-il ? H part dans le .... Est-ce 
an bon b^timent 1 Je crois que oui. N'est-ce pas le b&dment de 

M. C ? Non, il n'est plus k Mr. C ; mais k M. H 

Allons le yoir. Oui, allons-y. Mais, voyez donCj (see there,) il pleut 
NHmporte. Prenons nos parapluies. Je n'ai4)as le mien ici. N'im- 
porte. Nous pouvons tous en prater un. Pourquoi n^ayez-vous pas 
(e r6tre ? Je ne le prends pas toujours quand te temps est courert 
Moi, au contraire, je ne sors pas sans prendre le mien quand le 
temps est courert Vous ^tes plus prudent que moi. N'importe. 
Partons. Vous faut-il un mouchoir de plus ? J'eu ai im ; c'est assez. 

Is my Italian hat too large ? It is neither too laige nor too small. — 
Do you speak French oftener than English? I speak the latter 
oftener than the former. — Do your uncle and cousin buy much New 
York corn 1 They buy but litUe. — Have I enough fresh bread 1 You 
have only a little, but enough. — Is it late ? Why do you believe it is 
late ? Because 1 begin to be sleepy, (k avoir sommeil.) You may 
be sleepy, but it is not late. — What o'clock is it ? It is only half past 
nine. — Is it too late to go to your father's? W uy do you wish to go 
to my father's? I wish to return {rendre) him this French book. — 
Is it, (3, \ 39,) a pretty "book ? It is a very prett>' book. Will you 
conduct me there ? Can you not find the way alone ? I believe I 
cannot in the evening. — I do not wish to go there now. Give me 
the book, I can return it to him. No; I have to leturn it to him 
myself. (Moi-m^me, } 41}.) Very well. Do it, then. — ^Does the 
young Spaniard buy an Arabian horse ? He cannot buy one. — Why ? 
Is he poor? He is not poor; he is richer than you. Why can he 
not buy one then ? Because (no Arabian horse can be found here) he 
cannot find any Arabian horse here. — Is this Swiss as learned as that 
Pole ? He is just as learned, I believe ; but you are more learned 
than they and I. — Are you studying already? No, not yet I am 
smoking. — Do you smoke so early ** Yes, sometimes; when I am 
cold. 

Do you understand that gentleman ? I do. — Is he learned ? He 
is. — What is he ? A lawyer ? A minister ? An apothecary ? A mer- 
chant? Or nothing at all? I believe he is a little of everything, (un 
peu de tout.) — ^Is your horse worse than mine ? It is not so bad a.^ 
yours. — Is mine worse than the Dutchman's? It is worse. Il is the 
worst horse (0^5. 69) that I know, (connaissej subjunct.) Do you 
give those men less silver than paper? (Dir. 3.) I give them more 
of the former than of the latter; for some of them cannot read, and 
ihey do not like the paper. — Who receives the most money' Th« 
English do. — Cannot your sen write a note in French ? He cannot, 



Digitized 



by Google 



IHIRTIXTH LESSON. (2.) IfiB 

bat he begins to read a little. — Do the Americans write more than 
we 1 They write less than we j but the Italians write the least. — 
Are they as rich as the Americans ? They are less rich than they.— 
Are your birds as fine as our neighbor's ? They are less fine ; but 
never mind, ours are fine enough. Faites du bien; do you under^ 
•Umd that, Mr. Charles? Is it do well 7 No, Sir, that's not it, or it 
ii not that. Then I do not rmderstand it all, lut ia part. And you, 
Mr Durand, do you understand it? I believe I do not understand it 
Nevermind. Who understands it? I. Whatis its English? (} 31*1.) 
Do good. That's right. I see that yoi: understand it. I believe I do. 

sicAPiTULAToar szsBCisx. — ntaxmit. 

L^oiseau a-t-il son grain ? Non, il ne Fa pas. Ne le lui donnez- 
vous pas tc b aujour- 

d'hui il n'a L au pied. 

— Qui a le ] z-vous lea 

porte-feuiIi( le porte- 

feuille de Pi 3. £st-ce 

ceiui du grs du jeune 

et petit que J Si fait, 

s'illeveut; plus d'ar- 

gent? Je cj -Le bcBuf 

et le cheval gent-ils le 

foin que vo > mangent 

bien. Que — Qu'a ce 

garQon? I ■ quelque 

chose de joli. — L'enfant du tailleur a-t-il quelque chose de vieux ou 
de vilain ? Non, il n'a rien de vieux ni de vUain; mais il a un joli 
porte-crayon d'acier. 

Qu'avez-vous ? Rien. — Qu'a M. Camot ? 11 n'a rien. — Qu'a son 
frere ? Qui ? le frere de Camot ? Oui, son frcre. D n'a rien. — Ce 
jeune homme-l& a-t-il faim ? Non^ il n'a pas faim, car il a du pain, 
du fromage, des biscuits, et il n'en mange pas. — Pourquoi faites- 
vous cela? Nous avons honte de vous. Quoi ! Vous avez honte do 
ce que je fais? Nous en avons honte, pour vous. Vous fetes bien 
bon, en verite ! — lis ont soif ; avez-vous beaucoup de cafe ce soir k 
' Icur donner? Je n'en ai guere } mais j'en ai assez pour eux. — Que 
pensez-vous de Phabit de ce garQon-li? II a trop de boutons, n'est* 
ce pas? Oui, vous avez raison'de le dire, et son gilet n'en a pas 
assez. Combien en a-t-il ? II n'en a que deux, je crois. — Le fermier 
n'a-t-il pas de vieux chevaux ? Non, il n'en a que de jeunes. — Nous 
avons faim, avez-vous du pain k nous donner? Je n'ai pas de pain 
mais j'ai d'excellents biscuits. — Le jeune etranger a-t-il soif? Je croi* 



Digitized 



by Google 



H$ THIBTT-F1K8T LBttOlT. (1.) 

^ue ooi, cir il bolt soayeni. (} 170.) II boit qnoi ? Un pea de laM^ 
un pen de vin. 

Pai besoin de savon ; dites-moi 0(^ je puis en trouver de bon f 

Voas pouvez en acheter de tr^s-bon ehez M Oii est sob 

magasin t Dans la me Chestnut, prte de la. . . . Je yons re> 
mercie. De rien. N'avez-vous besoin de rien de plus ? Non paa 
ce matin^ — Qui a le gros et grand couteau du euiainier ? Eln tMl 
besoin pour tuer quelque chose ? Je ne sais pas ponrquoi il en a 
besoin; mais il lo cberche. L'ayez-vons? Savez-yous oi^ il pent 
le trouyer ? Non, je n'en sais rien. — ^Le Hollandais a^t-il quelqne 
ehose k boire 1 Pourquoi ? A-t-il soif ? Oui, il a soif, et le Prussien, 
llrlandais, et TEcossais ont soif aussi. Donnez-leur du yin, s'ils ont 
soif, et de yienx pain, s'ils ont faim. — Ce Suisse n'a pas bon air ; est-U 
malade? Je ne sais pas, et comme il ne parle ni Anglais ni Fran9ai8 
nous ne pouyons pas parler ensemble. Qu'est-ce qu'il parle t Suisse, 
je pense. — Quel joli oiseau Mile. Emilie a I Qu*est-ce que o*est ! 
Je n'en sais pas le nom. Chante-t-il ? Parle-t-il ? N^importe. 8*2 
est joli, n'est^c^ pas assez 1 C'est beaucoup ; mais s'il fvt quelque 
chose' de plus, c'est encore meilleur. 

Madame Leblanc, je suls bleu aise de yous yoir. Comment se 
porte-t-on chez yous ? Tout le monde se porte bien, je yous remercie. 
Entrez ; yenez yous asseoir. Non, je n'ai pas le temps de m'asseoir. 
Pourquoi done? Pai k aller chez notre spicier pour acheter beau- 
coup de choses. Qu'ayez-yous k acheter 7 Je ne peux pas yous 
dire tout, mais en yoici le catalogue. Lisez-le, si yous youlez sayoir 
ce qu*il nous faut — ^Voyons. D'abord : du beurre. Quoi I n'achetez- 
yous pas yotre beurre an march6? Si fait, mais quand nous ne 
pouyons pas y en trouyer de bon, je yais chez cet spicier, oii je suis 
sftre (f(§m.) d'en trouyer de bon, d'excellent C*est bon k sayoir. 
Du sucie blanc, du poiyre, des biscuits, du fromage, du yinaigre, dn 
sel, &c., &c C'est assez. En y^rit6, yotre catalogue est bien (very) 
long. Mais pourquoi n*aohetez-yous pas tout cela pr^s de chez 
yous? N'y ayez-yous paa des ^piciers? Si fait, nous en ayons, 
mais leurs articles ne sont pas aussi bons que ceux de celr* cbex 
qui je yais. 

THIRTY-PIRST LESSON, 31st.— TVente et uniimeLegon, 9lnm, 

VocABULAiRE. Iro Scctiou. 

OF THE PAST PARTICIPLE.— Du Pariicipe Passi. 

The Past ParUciple is usually placed after the auxiliaries, to havt^ ayoir, 

and to Af , Atre, to form the past ot compound tenses. The past participles 

of regular yerbs may be formed by changing the terminations of the hAv^ 



Digitized 



by Google 



THIBTT-FIR8T LEtSOM. (l.) 



m 



liM, iir the Uat conjugation into d with the acute accent, thus : paHer^ 
forU; for the second, into £, thus: finir—Jini ; ibr the third, into «. 
thua : receeotr--rep» ; and for the fourth, also into u, thus : vendre — vemdtk 
Bxamplea:-^ 



PBUOteX COHJUOAIBOH. 



Aimer, 
Pleurer, 
Manger, 
Commencer, 



to love, 
to weep, 
to eat, 
to begin. 



P.P. 
aimi. 
pleuri, 
mangi. 
coffwienci. 



T&OIBltia CONJUGAISOH. 



to owe, Jtl.* 
to conceive, eonpi. 
to- receive, refu. 
to perceive, aptrpt. 
been. 



Devoir, 
Con ec voir, 
Recevoir, 
Apercevoir, 
To he. 
Perfect Tense. 
Eiave you bera to market f 
I have (been there). I have not. 
Have I been there f You hfre. 
Have you been there f Have you not f 

Has he been there T Has he not T 

He has been there. He has not. 
Beer. JTeeer. 

A bridge. To ike iron bridge. 

The covered bridge, Tkie wire bridge. 

Have you ever been at the bridge f 

[ have never been there. 

Thou hast never been there. 

He has never been there. 

Von have never been there. 

Afr. Brunet, have you a catalogue of 
the verbs which govern other verbs 
with the preposition a f No, Sir, 
I have no catalogue of them. Make 
one, if you please. Write down in 
French: Verbs with the preposi- 
tion d. Have 3rou the title now f 
Not quite yet. Sir. — ^Now, I have 
It. Read it aUmd, if you please. 



SXCOlfDB OONJUOAIBOir. 



Inf. 
Batir, 
G^mir, 
B^nir, 
Choisir, 



to builo, 
to sigh, 
to bless, 
to choose, 



P.P. 
bdtu 
gimi.' 
bini. 
ehoiei. 



QUATBIImE C0NJT70AIB0N. 

Vendre, to sell, vendu. 

Rendre, to render, rendu. 

Entendre, to hear, entendu. 

IWendre, to defend, diferdu. 

ttre* Hi.^ 

Parfait ou Pr^nt Compost. 
Avoz-vous M au march6 7 ^ 
J*y ai M. Je n'y ai pas ^t^. 

Y ai*je ^t^ f Vous y avez ^\i. 

Y avez-vous ^\€ % N'y avez-vou 
pas kxk r 

Y a-t-il ixi ? N'y a-t-il pas ete ? 
II y a ^t^. U n'y a pas dte. 

Jamaie. Ne . . .jamais. 

Un pont, Au pont defer. 

LeponteouveH, Cepont defil defer, 

Avez-vous jamais M au pont ? 

Je n'y ai jamais dt^. 

Tu n'y 88 jamais M. 

H n'y a jamais 6t^. 

Vous n'y avez jamais ete. 

M. Brunet, avez-vous un catalogue 
des verbes qui en gouvernent 
d'autres avec la proposition df 
Non, M., je n'en ai pas de cata- 
k>gue. Faites-en un, s'il vous plait. 
Ecrivez en Fran^ais : Verbs with 
the preposition d, Avez-vous le 
tUre a present 7 ^on pas tout- 
a-fait encore. — A present, je I'ai 



' It will be perceived, that in the third conjugatbn it is not air, but ewnr 
which in the past participle roust be changed into u. Irregulars hereafter. 

' The pupil, in repeating the irregular verbs already given, must not fai 
i> mark in his list the past participles of those verba. 

' Avoir Hi is used for toeni and did go. 
14 



Digitized 



by Google 



159 THIBT1-FIR8T LXSSOlf. (1.) 



VerboB eyoc U proposition d. 
That's it. Now, what is the first 
rerb of that elati which you have 
to set dmon, do you know f Not 
jret, Sir. — You moy find it if you 
look for it. Where can I find it f 
In some of the Tocabularies. I am 
going to k>ok for it. I believe it is 
tbe Terb to have, at the 21st to- 
cabttlary, 2d section. 



Lisez-le kaut, s*il vons gHA 
Verbes ayec la proposition i. C*efl( 
cela. A present, quel est le pre* 
mier verbe de cette dasae (f^m.) 
que vous avez a Ocrire 7 Le savei- 
Tous t Non pas encore, M. — Vons 
pouvez le trouver, si vous la 
cherchez. Ou puis-je le trouver f 
Dans quelques uns des vocabv- 
laires. Je vais le chercher. Je crois 
que c'est le verbe Avoir, au 21mc 
vocabttlaire, 2de section. 

T&BiTTi ST uviiMi Th^mb. Ire Seo. 
N*oubliez pas le quantieme. 

Bon jour, Messieurs^ il fait chaud, n'est-ce pas ? Pas trop cuauA 
Pas ausd chaud qu'au commeDcement du mois. Voas croyez) 
Qui, je le crois, ou plutdt (rather) j'en suis sur, car le thennometie 
n'est k present qa'& 78 ou 79 degres, et au commencement du mois, 
il a ete (was up) & 81 et 82. Je n'ai rien k dire k cela, vous avez 
raisbn. Mais comment va? Cela vajassez bien. Se porte-t-on 
bien chez vous? Pas tout le monde. Qui est malade? Jules a 
^e malade, mais il est mieux k present, je puis dire presque bien. 
Je Papprends avec plaisir. Jeanne a mal au pied droit, et ne peut paf 
Bortir ; Victor a mal de tete depuis trois jours. Je suis bien filche 
de cela. Ne trouvez-vous pas la poussiere bien d6sagreable ? Si 
fait, mab comme le temps est convert, j'espere que nous aliens 
avoir de la pluie. Je Pespere aussi. Mes amis m'ont dit de vons 
prisenter Uurs complimentSf {present their compliments to you.) Je 
ieur suis tres-oblig^. Youlez-vous me faire le plaisir de leur pre- 
senter les miens ? Sans doute. 

Where have you been ? I went to the market to Duy some fresh 
butter. — Have you been to the ball? I have. (Dir. 1.) — Did I not 
go to the bridge with you? Yes, you did. — Hast thou been to the 
play ? No, I have not. — Has your oldest son ever been to the thea 
tre? He has never been there, but his young brother has^(been 
there). — Hast thou already been to my large store ? I never was 
there, (have never been.)---Do you intend to go there ? I do. — When 
will you go ? I will to-morrow, if I can. — At what o'clock ? — Why 
do you wish to know ? — Because I wish to be there, if you come.— 
Very well ; at 12 o'clock. — Has your good uncle already been in 
my large garden ? He has not yet been there. — He intends to see 
it; does he not? I believe he does. — When can he go there ? To 
day, may be. — Have you already been to the wire bndge ? No, not 
fet; but I have been to the covered bridge. — ^Have yon not been to 



Digitized 



by Google 



THlRTT-riRST LX880H. (1.) 



t5t 



iha other 1 Is it poesil^e ! No, I have not yet; but I intetid tc go 
foon, if I have time to go. — Go there early in the morning; that ii 
the best time. — ^I have been somewhere early every morning. 

Has your uncle been at the lawyer's ofRce ? Yes, he has. — Has 
he been to the wharf and museum ? He was at the former, but he 
has not yet gone to the latter. — Are you not going to take your two 
eounns there? No, they have already been there. — ^Have they 
mdeed ! When did they go? They went yesterday. — Did they gc 
tlone; without you? They did not go alone; we went together. — 
How many went together ? Five or six. — Has the Italian been to 
the workeJiop of the joiner or that of the painter? He has been 
neither in the one nor in the other, but he has been all the day with 
the German dentist. — ^Is not that Germai« or Prussian dentist in our 
parlor now? He has been there, but he b no longer (no more) 
there. — ^When was he (has he been) there ? This morning, early. 
—Before breakfast? Yes, before breakfast. — Has the son of oui 
gardener been to market ? I believe he is there now.— What does 
ne intend to do there ? He intends first to sell his cabbages and 
several other things, and then to buy some chickens, com, (Dir. 2,) 
wine, cheese,- and cider. Is that all he has to buy? No, he has 
to buy several other articles; but he is going to buy them at the 
grocer's. — What other Articles is he going to buy? Tea, coffee 
sugar, bifiouits, cakes, and pepper. 

TOOABULAIKB. 

Have 3rou already been at the play f 



[ have already been there, and he too. 

You have already been there, have 
you not ? I have been there seve- 
ral times. 

I have not yet been there. 

Hast thou ever been there alone f 

I have neve ' been there alone. 

Where have we never been T 

We have never been at the bridge. 

At which bridge has he been f 

He was (has been) at the wire one. 

We have not yet been there. 

Thou hast not yet been there. 

You have not yet been there. 

He has not yet been there. 

Have Julius and Lewis ever been at 
the museum 7 (Did they ever go f ) 

They have not yet been there. 

Never mind. They may go there 
this evening or on Tuesday. 



2de Section. 

Avez-vous il^ja 6t6 au spectatsle f 
J'y ai deja ete» et lui auasi. 
Vous y avez d^ja ^t6, n'est-ce pa^< 
J*y ai d^ja 6t6 plusieurs fois. 



Je n'y ai pas encore 4ti. 

Y as-tu jamais 4x6 seul 7 

Je n'y ai jamais 4t6 seul. 

Ou n'avons-nous jamais itil ^ 

Nous n'avons jamais 6t4 au pont. 

A quel pont a-t-il it6 1 

II a 6\6 a celui de fil de fer. 

Nous n*y avons pas encore 6ti. 

Tu n'y as pas encore ^t^. 

Vous n*y avez pas encore M. 

n n'y a pas encore 6t4. 

Jvles et Iiouis ont-ilt jamais 4i6 m 

musket 
lis n'y ont pas encore 4t4. 
N'importe. lis pearent yallsf, ot 

sour ou mardi 



Digitized 



by Google 



160 TBIRTT-riRST LKSBOM. (t.) 



Where did yoA go this morning t 
I went to (have been in) the garden. 
Where has thy uncle been f (Did he 

got) 
He went to the store near the bridge. 
Did he go there as early as 1 f 

He was there earlier than you. 



Ou »«^z-vous 6i6 oe matin f 

J'ai bid au jardin. 

Oil ton oncie a-t-il 6i4 t 

n a 6t6 au magasin pres du pout. 
Y a-t-il 6t4 d'aussi bonne heure qai 

moi 7 
U y a tf td de meiileure heure qua to6« 



ObM, 74. M:tit past participle of the verb itre^ to be, is in French often 
employed for aU^t past participle of the verb aller, to go. We say fm 
4t4 au ipectaeU, when the meaning is, that I went to ihe play, and am to* 
turned from it ; and, U ett alU au speetade, that he is gone to the play, bat 
is not yet returned. Accordingly it is better to say, in the first and second 
persons sing, and plur. : Ty at iti, I have been there \ tuya$ iti, thou hast 
been there; noua y avonn iti^ we have been there ; voiu y avez 4U, you 
have been there, — than,/y suis alii, lu y e$ alliy nous y BommeM allit, v€U§ 
y ilea aVUi^ when motion is not particularly to be expressed. 



To havct to get. Had, got. 

Have you had my book f 

I have bad it. I did get it. 

[ have not had it. Have I had it t 

You have had it. You had it not. 

Who has had it f You had it. 

\ have had it, but I have it no longer. 



Avoir,* 3. eu.» 

Avez-vous eu mon livre t 
Je Vai eu, (not j*ai Ten, ^ 52.; 
Je ne Tat pas eu. Vai-je eu f 
Vous Vavex eu. Vous ne Vavex pas eu. 
Qui Va eu 7 Vous Taves eu. (Dir. 8.) 
Je Tai eu, mais je ne I'ai plus. 



Tbenti bt uviftiiB THfixB. 2de See. 
fScrivez la date en Fran^ais ici. 
Mile. Clara, je suia bien aise de vous voir. Comment thus ^teft- 
TOMS portU (f^m.) depuis maidi dernier, jour de notre le^onl Je 
me suis tres-bnen porteej je vous remeicie. Je le crois, car vous arez 
tres-bon air. Comment se porte M. Jean 1 Jean n'est pas bien da 
toot. Alors je pense qu'il ne va pas venir aujourd'hui. Je ne saU 
pas, car il aime beaucoup k prendre le^on. Aussi, il apprend bien, 
car il etndie aussi bien que possible. Les autres ^coliers Tont-ila 
fenir? Pourqnoi pas? II est un peu tard, n'est-ce pasl II u'est 
que 5heares et 3 minutes. Est-ce tout? n'est-U pas 5 heures et 
10? Non, j'ai Pheure exacte. Je crois qu'ils sont ici, k present. Oai| 
c'est vrai, les voici. J'ai I'honneur de vous saluer, Messieurs. Ah ! 
M. Jean, je suis bien use de rous voir. II fait chaud, n'est-ce pas? 
Je trouve qu'il fait agr^able. Nous avons un air frais (cool) et agre 
able. Mais le soleil est chaud, M'entendez-vous ? Je n'entendi 
pas tout. J'entends une parde. Vous entendez le mot: chaud, 
n'est-ce pas? Oui, j'entends cela. Que n'entendez-vous pas nlors* 

* Gu. This combination, throughout the verb avoir, sounds like FrenrI 
*. -See Pronun.) 



Digitized 



by Google 



THIETT-riRfT LXffOll. (2.) 161 

Un mot aa commencement Est-ce le mot: sdeUj que voas n'en 
taodez pas? Oni, c'est celui-U. Sayez-Yoos si M. Louis Pentead . 
le crois qu'il ne Pentend pas. Je vab tous en dire PAnglais. C'est. 
the sun, Entendez-Tous la phrase k present? Oui, parfaitemeot 
Je peux TOUS en donner r Anglais. Faites-le, s'il vous plait. C'est. 
the sun is warm or hot, Tres-bien, c'est vrai. 

Hare you a mind to write, translate, or study an exercise ? I have 
a mind to translate and write one. (Dir. 2.)— To whom do you wish 
to write a note 1 I wish to write one to my son. — ^Does he imice- 
diately answer your notes, when you write to him 1 He does. — Do 
your brothers answer (reply to) the Swiss's notes t No, they do 
not— Do they not answer them ? No ; I tell you, no, (que non.)— 
Hare your uncle and father already been at . . . . museum ? The 
former has, but not the latter. — ^Why did not the latter go ? Because 
he has not had lime. — ^Has he time to go there this afternoon ?— At 
what o'clock t At i past 3. — ^No, he has no time then ; for he has 
an engagement (un engagement) at 4. — Never mind ] he may go 
another day. — When does your cousin set out? He does not set out 
yet — ^When, then ? He does not set out before Monday. — Did you 
not go to the iron bridge, yesterday 1 Yes, we went (have been) to 
the iron bridge, near the lawyer's garden. — Is it not a beautiful 
bridge? Yes, i* •' ^^-autiful- — Do you like it as much as the wire 
bridge ? I lika quite as much. — ^Did you go to the play, last 
night; I ? No, I drd not go, because I never go.— Who went to the 
wharf early thb morning? Thomas went there before he break- 
fasted. — Did you go there together? I did not go with him; he 
went there alone. — Why did you not go with him ? Because I had 
not time to go then. — What have you had to do? I had (have had) 
to speak to the gardener. 

, Has our neighbor been at the theatre as often as we ? He has 
been there oftener than we. — Do our friend's brothers go to their 
ooonting-house too early ? They go too late, sometimes. — t)o they 
go as late as we ? They go later than we. — Has the clerk been as 
often as you at the dentist's, to-day ? He has been (was) there 
oftener than I. — Where do your friends Charles and Thomas re- 
main ? They remain at home, because it is very warm. — Do they 
not go out ? They do not go out before i past 8 in the evening, 
Oecause then it begins to be cool. — Are they sick ? No, but they 
are afraid of the heat. — Have you had my blue gloves? I have 
had them. — Have you got them now ? No, I have had them, but I 
have them no longer. — ^When had yon (have had) them ? [ had 
them in the parlor, and I thine they are there yet. — Go and gel them 
14 » 



Digitized 



by Google 



103 



rHIRTT-SSCOND LKSSOM. (I.) 



for mn, d yon please. — Can you not go yooraelf? ({ Hi.) No; do 
joti not see that I am very busy ? Very well ; I am going for thorn 
—Hast thou had my old umbrella ? I have not had it — Have I had 
your English penknife ? You had it. — When had I it? (I'ai-je eu?) 
— ^Had you it not yesterday, in the garden, to cut a bouquet ' Oh ! 
yes; that's true. I had it then ; but now I do not know where it is. 
i— Can it not be in your apartment? It maybe there. — ^Who has 
had my Russian stick? Nobody has had it; you have had it your* 
sell (41i.) 



THIRTY-SECOND LESSON, 32d.— Jrenfe-d«ttxtfm« Legtyn, ;>2mi. 



VooABULAiRE. Ire Section. 



Hast thou had it ? 
Thou haat not (had 

Has he had it ? 
He has not had it. 
I have not 



Hast thou had f 
Thou hast (had). 

it). 
Has he had ? 
He has had. 
Hast thou had the coat ? 

had it. 
Who has had it! The tailor has 

(had it). 
Somebody has had it. Nobody has. 
Have you had anything f 
I have not had anything, (nothing.) 
Have we had f We have not had- 

Have we not had ? Yes, we have had. 

We have had it. 
Have the children had the gun 7 
They have had it. They have not. 
What hav€ they had t 
What have you had f 
What was the matter wiih you f 
What has been the matter with him f 
What has he had f 
He has had a headache. 
Has anything been the matter with 

us f What have we had T 
Have I had anything good T 
Huve you had the books f 



As-tu eu t 
Tu as eu. 



L'as-td eu ? 

Tu ne I'as pas eu. 



A-t-il eu t 

II a eu. 

As-tu eu rhabitf 

eu. 
Qui Ta eu t Le tailleur Ta eu 



L'a-t-il eut 
II ne Vtk pas eu. 

Je ne Tai paa 



Quelqu*un Taeu. Personne ne Taeo. 
Avez-vous eu qnelque chose t 
Je n*ai rien eu. ( Obi. 4.) 
Avons-nous eu f Nous n'avons pas 

eu. 
N*avon8*nous pas eu ? Si fait, nous 

avons en. Nous Tavons ea. 
Les enfants ont-ils en le fusil f 
lis Tout eu. lis ne Tont pas so. " 
Qu'ont-ils eu ? 

i Qu* avez-vous ea f 
I Qu'a-t-ii eu t 

II a eu mal de tdte. 
> Qu' avons-nous eu t 

Ai-je eu quelque chose de bon t 
Avez-vous eu les livres t 

Ob«. 75. The French past participle, with : atoir^ to have, (or auxiliary 
must agree with its direct object ($43) in number^ when that object cmms 
^r«(, snd only then. If the object is plural, the past participle takes an «. 



Digitized 



by Google 



TBIRTT-fKCOHD LXB80H. (I.) 



188 



) hftTe had thein. I have not had them. 
ia?e I had them ? Tou had them. 
iou have not had (did not get) them. 
^aa he had them ? He had them. 
iVhich gloves have you had ? Theirs t 

Heither he nor I have had them. 
9ave you had mine f (obj. after.) 
Neither they nor you have had them. 
Have you had bread f (any.) 
I have had some. I had' none. 
Have I had any ? Tou had some. 



Je 2ef ai eu§. Je ne 2ef ai paa eui. 
Le9 ai-je «m f Voua l€9 avei eaui* 
Voua ne lea avex paa eua. 
Lea a-t-il eua! Illea a eua. 
Quds gatUi avez-voua eu9 T hn 

leursf 
Ni ini ni moi, ne lea avona eua. 
Avez-vouB eu lea miens? (obj. apr^a.! 
Ni euz ni voua, ne les avez eua. 
Avei-voua eu du pain f 
J*en ai eu. Je n'en ai paa eu. 
En ai-je eu ? Vous en avez eu. 

Obt. 76. The past participle, with avoirs never agrees with its indired 
dject, (^ 44,) even when the object comes first. Consequently, when the 
pronour en, which is an indirect oitfectt is before the past participle, the 
latter d^es not take an f . 



YovL have not had any. 

^iaa he had any f He had none. 

Have they had any? They have. 

(Dir. 1.) 
Who has had any ? We have (had 

some). 
What has he had ? He (has) had 

nothing. 
What did I get ? You got that. 
We had aomebody. (We have had.) 
You have had nobody, (had.) 



Voua n'en avez pas eu. 

En a-t-il eu ? II n*en a paa eu. 

En ont-ils en ? lis en ont eu. 

Qui en a eu ? Nous en avona ev 

Qu' a-t-il eu ? II n' a rien eu. 

Qu* ai-je eu ? Voua avez eu eela. 
Nous avons eu quelqu'un. 
Vous n*avez eu personne. 



TaiNTB-DBUxilxB Th&mb. Ire Sec. 
Mettez ici le quantieme du mois en Frangais. 

Ah ! bon jour, M. Geoige, comment vous ^tea-vous porte depuii 
qae je n^ai eu le plaisir de vous voir T Merci, Mile., je me suis tort- 
bien porte depuis ce temps-ldf (time.) £t vous aussi, j^espere 1 Mo 
Busai, merci. Mais, avez-vous et^ absent? Oui, j'ait ete absent 
presque dix jours. En v^ril6 ! Ou avez-vous ^te 1 J'ai ete It. New 
York, dans le Connecticut, et It. Providence. Avez-vous eu beaucoup 
de plaisir 1 Oui, beaucoup. Je suis bien aise de Tapprendre. Com- 
bien de jours avez-vous ete a New York ? Je n*y ai et^ que deux 
jours. — Ce n'est pas beaucoup. — Avez-vous aussi eie deux jours k 
Providence ? Oui, j'y ai 6te un peu plus de deux jours. Qu'en 
pensez-vousl (How do you like if?) Je Paime beaucoup. — Y con- 
naissez-yous beaucoup de monde ? Oui, j'y connais dcs personnel 

> Had, alone, in English, ia frequently used insteac* of have had ; Vi \ a 
French, ai eu is used when the action is fully past. 



Digitized 



by Google 



184 TUIRTT-SKCOMO LKBBOM. (2.) 

lrM-«imable8.—- A prieent que j'y pense, votie ami Jules j a-t41 M 
areo tous, oomme k Pordinaiie % Non, il n'y a pss et^. Qu'arez- 
T0U8 eu d'agr^able? Beaucoup de choses. 

Has your brother had my wooden hammer 1 He has. — Has he 
had my golden, yelvet, and satin ribbons 1 (Dir. 2.) He has had the 
Rrst and the second, but not the third. — Have the English had my 
beautiful ship ? They have had it. — Who has had my thread stock- 
ings % Your servants have had them. — Have we had the iron trunk 
of our good neighbor? We have had it. — Have we had his fine 
pistol? We have not had it. — Have we had the mattresses of 
the foreigners? We have not had them. — Has the American had 
my good work? He has had it. — Has he had my silver knife ? He 
has not had it. — Has the young man had the first volume of my 
work ? He has not had the first, but [mats il a eu) the second.— 
Has he had it? Yes, Sir, he has had it. — ^When has he had it? 
He has had it this morning. — ^Have you had any sugar? I have had 
some. — Have I had any good paper? You have not had any. — Has 
the cook of the Russian captain had any chickens? He has haa 
some. He has had none at all. 

Has the Frenchman had good old wine? He has had some, aind 
he has some yet. — Hast thou had large cakes ? I have. — ^Has thy 
brother had any ? He has not. — ^Has the farmer's son had any fresh 
butter ? He has had a great deal, has ho not ? To be sure, be has. — 
Have the Poles had good Spanish segars and tobacco ? They havo 
had some, because they are very fond of smoking and snuffing.— 
Wha/ tobacco do they usually smoke and snufi*? They usuall} 
smoke Turkish and Polish tobacco ; but sometimes they have th« 
best American and Spanish tobacco. — What have the Spaniards 
had ? They have had fine merino sheep, (de beaux moutons meri- 
nos.) — ^Who has had courage ? The American sailors and soldiers.— 
Have the Germans had more friends than the Scotch ? They have 
had less. — Has your little son had more toys than his big cousin! 
He has had many more. — Have the Turks had more pepper than 
com and tobacco ? They have bad less of the former than of these. — 
Has the Italian painter had anything? He has had nothing at jll.— 
Who has been at the garden of Carr? The garden which is near 
the covered bridge? Yes, that one. Many of our fiiends have. — 
What have you had to do ? I have had to vnite notes.— Had the 
gardenei^s son to write notes also? He has had to work in his 
father's sc^rden. — ^Have we had to work ? No, we have had to trmn»> 
late and copy. — Have the boys sore feet? No, they have had sore 
feet, but they are well now. — ^Who has had a sore nsse ? The litd« 
Russian baker. — ^Has the tobacco merchant had sore eyes? Yfh 
tyes are always sore. 



Digitized 



by Google 



TBIETT-BKCOUD i«K880N (2.) 

YooABVLAisi. 2de Section. 



165 



&. Sa well. Not to often as 

Have you been hungry or cold ? 
1 have been thirsty and warm. 
Who has been right, and who wrong ? 
If John has been wrong, then Julius 

has been right. 
Mo, they have both been vnrong. 
We have been afraid to show any. 
To take place. The ball will take 

place. 
When is the ball in honor of the 

Pretidmt going to take place f 
Doet the concert take place to-day f ] 
Is the concert to come off to-day ! \ 
It takes place. It takes pUce this 

evening. 
It does not take place to-day. 
When did the grand dinner take place f 
It took (has taken) place yesterday. 
It has not yet taken place, [had place.] 
The day before yesterday. 
Where had you a mind to go the day 

before yesterday f To Bristol. 

How many times t Once, (or one time.) 
Twice, (two times. Thrice, (three 

times ) 
Many times, a great many times. 
Form^ly. More than six times. 
Has t^ie President a bad cold t 

No, be has had one, but he is well 

now. I am glad to hear it. 

/ thought he vias sick. 
1 thought you were in New York. 
/ thought they were Prussians. 
/ thought I had your hat. 
Did you think you had it f I did. 
JHd you think you knew your lesson f 
Did you think you knew that man ? 
I thought I did, but I see that I do 

not (know him). 
Gone. To have gone. To have gone 

there. 
Did you go to the concert of V. f 
I wont or did go. I did not go, 
He went (there.) He did not go (there.) 
Who. has gone? Who went 7 Lewis 

has. 



Si. Si bien. iVe . . . . pas «i souvent 

que .... 
Avez-vous eu faim ou froid f 
J*ai eu soif et chaud. 
Qui a eu raison et qui a eu tort f 
Si Jean a eu tort, alors Jules a su 

raison. 
Non, ils ont Tun et Tautre eu tort. 
Nous avons eu peur d*en montrer. 
t Avoir lieu. Le bal va avoir lieu. 

t Quand le bal en honneur du Pr4st' 
dent ya-t-il avoir lieu ? 

t Le concert a-t-U lieu aujourd'h«i t 
t II a lieu. n a lieu ce soir. 

t n n'a pas lieu aujourd'hui. 

t Quand le grand dtner a-t-il eu lieu i 

t n a eu lieu hier. 

1 11 n'a pas encore eu lieu. 

Avant-hisr. 

Ou avei-TOus eu envie d'aller avant 

hier t A Bristol. 

Combien defois T Unefois. (cdv.) 
Deux fois. Trois fois. 

Bien des fois. 

Autrefois. Plus de six fois, (16*.J 

Le Prudent a-t-il tm mauvais 

rhume ! 
Jl en a eu un, mais il se porte bien I 

present. J'en suis bien aise. 
Je le eroyais malade. 
Je vous eroyais d New York. 
Je les eroyais Prussiens. 
Je eroyais avoir votre chapeau. 
Croyies-vous V avoir t Jele eroyais 
Croyiex-vous savair votre Ic^n f 
Croyie^'Vous eonnaitre cet homme- 

la f Je eroyais le eonnattre, mais js 

V01S que je ne le connais pas. 
Alls, itre alU, J itre alU. 

6tes-vous aII6 au concert de V. f 
J'y ai M. Je n'y suis pas ail^. 
n y a ^t^. II n*y est pae alM. 

Qui y est all^ ? lionis y er dli 



Digitized 



by Google 



IW THZHTT-iKOOMD LXfSOlf. (2.) 

Has ha had a aore arm f He haa. : A-t-il eu mal au braa? II j ac aui 

What has been the matter with him f Qa*a*t-il eu ? 

He had a aore elbow, and he has it II a eu mal au coi de, et il y a «ooori 

yet. ' mal. 

How many children has the Presi- Combien d'enfants le Prdsident a-t-i] 

dent had 7 (eus, because the object eus ? (eu»t parce que Tobjet eal 

precedes.) i avant.) 

He has had three, I believe. II en a eu trois, je croia. 

Tkat it to fay, that is, (t. e.) ' Ce$td dire, 

TEXNTB-DBuziiia Th£mb. 2de Seo. 
Voua continuez a mettre le quantieme, u'est-ce paa ? 

Quoij Madame ! vous etes ici ? Je vous croyab k Baltimore. J'/ 
•i et6, M. ] mais je suis ici depuis deux jours. Est-il possible ! Ei 
je n'ai pas ea le plaisir de vous voir. Je pense que vous vous por* 
tez bien, car vous avez tres-bon air. Le President a-t-il elk k Balti- 
more 1 Non, il n'y a pas ete. Oil est-il sUlel II est all6 k Richmono 
pour y voir ses meilleurs amis. N 'a-t-il pas et6 malade ? Si fait, 
il Pa ete, roais tres-peu. II a eu un rbume, n'est-ce pas? Oui, aa 
commencement du mois d'Avril ; mais cela n'a pas ete grand^ choxe' 
(much — expression constantly used.) Je le croyais encore malade 
En verite I II ne Pest plus, et nous en sommes bien aises. — N'avez- 
vous pas eu mal de tete ? Si fait, mais cela n'a pas 6\^ grand' chose. 
— A present, j'ai mal au pied, mais ce n'est pas grand' chose. — Je 
croyais avoir voire eventail. Mile Sophie, mais je vois que vous 
I'avez, — Je Pai, mais il est k votre service. Merci. Si vous n'avez 
plus chaud, pr^tez-le-moi im moment, s'il vous plait Le voici, 
prenez-le. II est joli et bon. Oh ! ce n'est pas grand' chose. Ea 
avez-vous besoin, k present ? Non, je n'en ai pas encore besoin, 
vous pouvez en faire usage. Votre cousin a-t-il 1p cheval du fer- 
mierl Nou, le fermier en a eir besoin, lui-meme. (§ 4ti.) 

H-^ve the English had as much sugar as tea? They have had aa 
much of the one as of the other; but they want more sugar than 
tea. — Has the physician been cold, this evening ? No, he has been 
warm. — Has he been warm enough ? He says that he has been 
too warm. — Can that be ? Has the Dutchman been right or wrong? 
He has been right or wrong. — If he has been right, he has not been 
wrong. — If he has been wrong, he has not been right. — I believe 
you are right when you say that. — ^To be sure. — Have I been right 

* Pas grand* chose, not much, no great tiling. As chose is femininey 
grand* chose ought to be spelt : grande chose. But as, in pronouncing those 
words, the (f is not sounded, the French use the apostrophe to show that 
tlte e ia suppressed and the d silent. So in : grand* /aim, grand* soif, grantT 
' rtt dtc. Grand* chose is alwaya used with a negative. 



Digitized 



by Google 



THIETT-THIRD LESSON. (1.) 107 



Digitized 



by Google 



lie 



rHIETT-THIRD LK880N. (1.) 



P«f/ee<. / have itudied this day. 
I have studied this month. 
Columbos has diteovtred 
America. 
Jmperfeet. I studied yesterday. 
I studied last month. 
Columbus discovered Ame- 
rica in the year 1492. 
To make, to do. Made, dont, 

What have you done ! 
I have done nothing— bad. 
Eas thar shoemaker made my shoes f 
He has. He has not.^ 

He made some. He did not make any. 
No (nominative) No man has, (^ 171, 

R. 6.) 
tfo (objective) before a noun. (^ 171 , j 
R.5.) . I 

L have done no ill or evil. 
[ have been to no bridge. 
Has the tailor any of my clothes ? 
He has none. None, (^ 171, R. 5.) 
To ptUf to put on. Putt P^ on. 
Have you put on your shoes 7 
( have (put them on). I have not. 
[ have put some on. I have put none 

on. 
Did we not take off our gloves f 
Yes. we took them off, and our vests 

also. 
Take off your coat if it is wet. 
To tell, to say. Told, said. 

Have you said the word f the words f | 
I have. 

Have you told me the word f 
I have told you the word. 
I have told it to you, (or told you of it.^ 
That, (meaning that thing.) 
This, (meaning this thing.) 
That is the very thing. 
Has he told you that t 
He told me this. 
What have you told them ? 
Have you told them nothing t 
We have told them neither this nor 

that. 
Have they told you anything f 
They have told us nothing. 
To whom have they told that ? 
They have said it to nobody. 



J'at itudii ai^oard'hiiL 

J'ai 6tudi^ ce mois-ci. 

Colomb a decouveH TAmeriqaa. 

J^ai it\idi6 hier. 

J'ai 6tu6i6 le mois dernier. 

Colomb a dto)uvert I'Am^ique 

dans Fannie 1492. 
Fotre.* faa. (31».) 

Qu*avez-vous fait ? 
Je n'ai rien fait — de mal. 
Ce cordonnier a-t-il fait mes souliers t 
II les a faits. II ne les a pas faits. 
II en a fait. U n'en a pas fisdt. 
Aucun ...ne isujet.) Aucun homoM 

n'a. 
Ne... auatn (objet.) (avant un nom.) 

Je n'ai fait aucun mal. 

Je n'ai ^te a aucun pont. 

Le tailleur a*t-il aucun de meshabit^f 

II n*en a atieun. Nen . . . aucun, 

Mettre* Mis. (31. ») 

Avez-vous mis vos souliers f 

Je les ai mis. Je ne les ai pas mis 

J 'en ai mis. Je n'en ai mis aucun 

N'avons-nous pas ot^ nos ganta t 
Si fait, nous les avons ot^, et noa 

gilets aussi. 
Otez votre habit s'il est mouill^- 
Dire.* Dit. 

Avez-vDus dit le mot ? les mots f , 
Je I'ai dit. Je les ai dits. 

M'avez-vous dit le root ? 
Je vous ai dit le mot. 
Je vous I'ai dit. 
Cela. (^38, N. 4.) 
Ceci. 

(Test cela mime. 
Vous a-t>il dit cela ? 
II m'a dit ceci. 
Que leur avez-vous dit f 
Ne leur avez-vous rien dit f 
Nous ne leur avons dit ni ceci nl 

cela. 
Vous ont-ils dit quelque chose T 
lis ne nous ont rien dit. 
A qui ont>il8 dit cela f 
lis nfi I'ont dit n peraonne. 



Digitized 



by Google 



THIRTT-THIRD LE8801I. (L) M 

TBRKTE-TaOISliMB ThAuM, Itt Sm. 

Yous continuez a mettre le quantieme, n*e8t-ce pas? 
Qv wez-TOUs fait ce matin 7 Nous avons fait notre devciir. — Qael 



15 



Digitized 



by Google 



m 



TBIKTT-THIKD LXf 80K. (f.j 



and bad. — Hmb your fiUfaer put on his coatf He has not yet put U 
on, bat he is going to put it on. 

Has yoor brother put his shoes on ! He has pat them on. — ^Pul 
on yoor shoes and stockings. (Dir. 2.) We are going to pot on 
neither, (m cetcx-ct m ceux-ld.) — ^What has the physician taken 
away 1 He has taken away nothing. — What have yoa taken off* 
I have taken off my large hat-^Have your children taken off their 
gloves ? They have taken them off. — When did the ball ^e place t 
It took place the day before yesterday. — Who has told you th^tl 
My servant has told me of it. — What has your brother told youl 
He has told me nothing. — Did I tell you that 1 Yoa did not tel me 
of it. — ^Has he told it you ? He has told it me. — Who told yooi 
neighbor of it? The Eng^h have told him of it — ^Have they told 
at to the French t They have told them of it — Who has told it to you 1 
(or you of it?) Your son has (told me of it). — Has he told H to you I 
He has told me of it. — ^Are you willing to tell that to yOUr friends! 
I am willing to tell them of it 

YOOABITULIBX. 

Have yoa told it to me ! (or me of it f) 
I have not. I did not 

He has told it to me, (or he told roe.) 
He did not tell me, (or me of it) 



Have you told (did you tell) him that f 

I have. I did. 

I have not. I did not (tell him so). 

What have I told you ! 

You told me that John is sick. 

You did not tell me anything. 

Did I say 80 to you 7 (tell you that f ) 

Yes, you did. 

You did not. 

Did we say so to you f (tell 3rou bo f ) 

Ton said so to us, (told us of it) 

You did not say so to us. 

What did you tell us ? (to us f) 

What did you tell him f (to him f ) 

I told you that your horse has a sore 

foot. 
I told them that you are here. 
I told him but a vrord. 
You have told him of it. 
You told us of it. 
You did not tell them (of it). 
Did any one tell you of it f 
tfsmebody did 
ifobody di4 



2de Section. 

Me Taves-vous dit? (^57.; 

Je ne vous Tai pas dit. 

II me Ta dit 

n ne me Ta pas dit 

Lui avez-vous dit cela t 

Je le lui ai dit 

Je ne le lui ai pas dit 

Que vous ai-je dit f 

Vous m'aves dit que Jean est malade 

Vous ne m*avez rien dit. 

Vous I'ai-je dit f 

Oui, vous me Taves dit 

Vous ne me I'sTes pas dit 

Vofts avons-nous dit cela f 

Vous nous Tavez dit 

Vous ne nous I'sves pas dit 

Que nous avez-vous dit f 

Que lui avez-vous dit t 

Je vous ai dit que votre cheval a tm 

au pied. 
Je leur ai dit que vous dtcs iei 
Je ne lui ai dit qu'un mot. 
Vous le lui avez dit. 
Vous noui Tairez dit. 
Vous ne le leiv avez pas dit 
Quelqu*un vous I'a-t-il dit f 
Quelqu*un me l*a dit 
Personne ne me I'a dit 



Digitized 



by Google 



THIR1Y-THIRD L£f|ON. (t.) 



171 



Wbo told them f 

Have you told them of it t 

I have. I did. 

Have you told them the words they 

wish to know t 
I did. I have (told them to them). 
He told them to me, to us. 
He has not told them to jrou, to thee. 
Have you tpolun to the men t 
I have spoken to them. 
To whom did you speak X 
I spoke to no one. 



Qui le leur a dit ? 

Le leur avez-vous dit t 

Je le leur ai dit. 

Leur avez-vous dit lef luts qu'ils 

veulent savoir ? 
Je les leur ai dits. 

n me les a dits. II noi i les a dits. 
II ne vous les a pas dits vM te les.) 
Avez-\ous parli auz ho «mes f 
Je leur ai parld. 
A qui avez-vous parl^ t 
Je n*ai parl6 a personnt 



Obi, 77. The pronoun Z«» which is sometimes rendered into English by 
fo, and very frequently omitted, may in French relate to a suh^tantive, an 
aajective, or even a whole sentence. It changes neither its gencMr nor nun» 
ber when it relates to an a4jective or a* whole sentence. (29^, yil; 70.) 



Are you the brothers of my friend t 
We are. (We are so — we are they.) 
Are they rich t They are not. 
Are those men learned f 
They are. They are not. 

Are you and your friend fatigued ? 
I am not, but he says he is. 
Is he so indeed ? He says he is. 
Are our neighbors as poor as they 

say (they are) t They are. 
I believe they are not. 
Did your brother speak yesterday f 
I do not know. He says he did. 



£tes-vous les freres de mon ami ? 
Nous les sommes. 
Sont-ils riches f lis ne le sont pas. 
Ces hommes sont-ils savants ? 
lis le sont. lis ne le sont pas. 
Vous et votre ami, Stes-vous fatigu^f 
Je ne U suis pas, mais il dit qu'il Test 
L*est-il, en v^ritd ? II le dit. 
Nos voisins sont-ils aussi pauv'es 

qu'ils le disent f lis le sont. 
Je crois qu*ils ne le sont pas. 
Votre frere a-t-il parl^ hier t 
Je ne le sais pas. II le dit. 



TBXNTB'TsoisiiMi THJboB. 2de Sec. 
Mettez la date en Fran^ais. 
Avez-vous parl^ k votre roaitre 1 Oui, je lui ai parle. Ou est-il 1 
n est dans son appartement. Pourquoi n'en sort-il pas ? II est ma- 
lade. Est-il bien (very) maladel Non; mais il Pest trop poui 
donner des lemons aujourd'hui. Le m^decin lui a-t-il donne quelque 
chose k prendre 1 Oui, il lui a donne quelque chose. Que lui a-t-il 
donn^ % Je ne sais pas ce qu'il lui a donn^. Est-il (mlitl (in bed ?) 
Non, il n'est pas au lit, il est dans son grand fauteuil. Son fauieuil t 
Qu^est'Ce que c^est ? (What is that ?) N'en savez-vous pas TAnglaisi 
Non, en v^rite. Votre maitre ne vous en a-t-il pas dit P Anglais' 
Nod, je suis sur qu-il ne me Pa jamab dit Charles, ne vous Pa-t-d 
pas dit? Lui, non plus. — ^Eh! bien, je vais vous le dire. C'est: 
orm-chair, Fauteuil : Arm-chair 1 Est-il possible 1 C'est tres-pos- 
sible, car c'est cela m^me. C'est tout-li-fait different (difierent) d« 
''AiiglaiA. C'est vrai, vous avez raison. 



Digitized 



by Google 



119 THIRTT-THIRD LXSSON. (S.) 

Have you spoken to my Esther t I have. — ^When did yoal « 
spoke to him the day before yesterday. — ^How many times have yon 
spoken to the captain ? To which captain % To the French, no, no, 
I do not mean the French, but the Greek. I ha^'9 not spoken to the 
Greek captain ; I do not know a Greek one ; bu; 1 have spoken to 
the American. — How many times have you spoken to him t I spoke 
to him many times. — Have you ever spoken to his sent I have, 
often. — To which strangers has your young cousin ^>oken ? He has 
q>oken to these and to those. — ^To these three ^d those four % Yes, 
to them all, {d tous, ou a tux tcus.) — Are you the brother of that 
handsome young man, (ce hemt gargon, is as often used as: u beau 
jeune komme.) — Is that other young man the minister's cousin % That 
one or this ? That one. No, that one is not ; but this one is. — I wish 
to speak to him. Have you never done it? No, never. And I 
neither. Are your friends as busy as they sayl They are (so). — 
Are the carpenters as tired as they think? I believe they are. 

Is the valet tired because he sweeps the stores? He is. — Does ho 
sweep them often ? He does it as often as he can. — ^Has the Pole 
money enough to buy wood or coal ? I believe he has not got any. 
Give him this three dollar note. — ^Is the dentist at home ? No, he 
has gone to the wire bridge. — ^Has your old cook gone to market ? 
No, he has gone to bed instead of going to market — ^Is he ill ? (ma- 
lade?) He is not ill, but only tired. — ^Is he very tired? He is, 
because he made a great dinner in honor of the uncle of the French 
minister. — Who is ill? I do not know who is. I am not. — Are you 
as tall (grand) as I ? I am.— Is your son much taller than you ? He 
is. — Are these young men clerks? They are. — Are you as busy as 
your brother ? I am more so than he. — Do you know the name of 
the English minister? No, I do not. — ^Does Thomas know it? He 
neith^. Has not Lewis told it to you ? No, he did not. — Did ha 
not tell it to your uncle ? I do not know if he has told it to him.— 
To whom has he to^i it? He has told it neither (t 56, i 64) to him. 
nor to them, nor to you, nor to me, nor to anybody. 
VoGABULAiRR. 8me Section. 



To write, written. 

Which notes have ]rou written f 
I have written these. 
Which words has he written t 
He has written those which jron see. 
To drink, dmnk. 

To see, seen. 

To read, read. 

To be acquainted with, been ac- 
quainted with. 



ficrire,* dcrit. {Ohs. 75.) 

Quels hillets avez-vous Merita 7 
J'ai fecrit ceuz-ci. 
Quels mots a-t-il Merita f 
II a 6cni ceuz que vows vojres. 
Bou^e,* ba. 

Voir/ vu. 

Lire,* lu. 

Connattre,* conna. 



Digitized 



by Google 



THIETT-THIRD LESfOlf. (8.) 



m 



Wbicb men have you seen f 

I have seen those. 

Which books have you read ? 

I have read those which you have 

lent me. 
Have you been acquainted with these 

men 7 I have not. 

Which ones have you knownj 
Have you seen any sailors f 
I have seen some. 
I have not seen any. 
To ctdlj to name, (not to call at, upon.) 
To eaU at, upon. Call on me. 
To throw, throw away — them— some. 
Do yon call me f 
I do not call jrou. 



Queb hommes avez-vous tu t 

J*ai vu ceux-la. 

Quels livres avez-vous lus f 

J*ai lu ceux que vous m'arezprSt^ 

Avez-vous connu ces hommes f J^ 
ne les ai pas connus. 

Lesquels avez-vous connus 7 

Avez-vous vu des matebts 7 

J'en ai vu. 

Je n*en ai vu tucun. (32*, OIm. 76.) 

Appeler,!, 

Faster, I, ehez. Passez chez moi. 

Jeter, 1. Les jeter, en jeter. 

M*appeleZ'VOus 7 Je vous appelU, 

Je ne vous appeUe pas. 
O&f . 78. In verbs ending in der and eter, as appeler, to call ; jeter, to 
throw ; the letter loft'iB doubled in all persons or tenses where it is fol 
lowed by e mute.* 



Who calls me 7 

Your father calls you. 

Have you called the men 7 

I have called them. 

Do you throw your money away 7 

I do not throw it away. 

Who throws away his books 7 

Haive you thrown away anything 7 

I have thrown away my gloves. 

Have you thrown them away 7 



Qui m'appelle 7 
Votre pere vous appelle. 
Avez-vous appeU les hommes 7 
Je les ai appells. 
Jetei-vous votre argent 7 
Je ne le jette pas. 
Qui jette ses livres 7 
Avez-vous jet^ quelque chose f 
J*ai jet6 mes gants. 
Les avez-vous jetis 7 



TRBNTB-TKOuiiMX TniiiB. 8me Sec. 
Vous mettez le quantieme ici, n*est-c8 pas 7 
Bon jour, mon cher Monsieur, j'espere que yous vous portez bien 
OU, Dieu merci, je me poite parfaitement bien. J'en suis bien aise, 
j'en suis charnu, Savez-vous que nous attendons le professeur 
grec 1— Va-t-il passer chez vous ce matin ? II va passer ici, nous 
I'attendons k 9 heures. J'en suis charm^ ; car, j'ai grande envie de 
le connaitre. Ne le oonnaissez-Yous ji'is encore 1 Non, je n'ai pas 
encore eu le plaisir de le voir. Comment Pappelez-vousl Je ne 
sais pas son vrai nom, mais je I'appelle Miaulilz. — Comment epelex^ 
vous son nom ? Je I'^pelle M, i, a, u, 1, i, t, z— mais je ne sais pas 
s'il I'^pellfe comme cela. N'importe, s'il vous r^pond quand voui 
'appelez comme-^a. Mais, k present que j'y pense, parle-t-il Fraa« 

' Custom, however, does not observe this rule with reg^ard to the verb 
, to bvy, and its compound, raeheter, to redeem, to buy again. (25M 
16* 



Digitized 



by Google 



174 THIRTT-THI&D LE880N. (3.) 

^aia ! Sans dcmte. 11 le parle bien pour un ^tianger. 11 parle i 
iialien^ allemand, et un peu Anglais. II est done savant? Qui; il 
Pest. N'est-il pas encore neuf heures? Non, pas tout-i-fait. Je 
pen 56 que com me il est professeur, il est ponctuel. Je le ponse 
aussi ; et comme il est pres de Pheure, je pense qu'il yient et qu'il 
est en chemin. N'entendez-vous pas quelqu'un? (30*.) Si fait, 
j'entends quelqu'un. £st-ce lui; croyez-vous? Oui, e'est lui- 
meme. (Hli*) Voyez. Ah! il est bien grand, n'est-ce pas? 

What have you to tell me ? I have to tell you to call on ProfeStfOt 

C . — Does he wish to see me 1 He does. — What does ne tsant 

with me? (me veut-ill) I do not know what he wants with you; 
he did not tell it to me. When? Immediately after breakfast. — 
Does he breakfast early? He finishes usually at ^ of 7 o'clock.— 
Which exercises has your friend written ? He has written those.— 
Which men have you seen at the wharf? I have seen these. — 
Which books have your children read? They have read those 
which you have lent them. — Have you seen these strangers or those ? 
I have neither seen these nor those. — ^Which strangers have you 
seen ? I have seen those to whom (a ^t) you have spoken. — Have 
you been acquainted with these men ? I have been acquainted with 
them. — With which boys has your brother been acquainted ? He 
has been acquainted with those of our merchant. — Have I been 
acquainted with these Frenchmen ? You have not been acquainted 
with them. — Which wine has your servant drunk ? He has drunk 
mine. — Have you seen my brother's pretty little cousins ? I have. — 
Where have you seen them ? I have seen them at their own house, 
{chez eux.) — ^Have you ever seen Greeks? I have never seen any. 
{Obs. 76.) — Has your father seen any ? He has sometimes seen 
some. — Do you call me ? I do call you. — Who calls your brother! 
My father calls him. — Dost thou call any one ? I call no one. — Have 
you thrown away your hat ? I have not thrown it away. — Does your 
father throw away anything? He throws away the notes which h» 
has read, if they are not important, (tmportonto.)— Have you thrown 
«way your pencils? I have not thrown them away, for I want 
them. (23".)— Dost thou throw away thy book? I do not throw it 
away ; I want it to (pour) study French. — Do yon translate and writs 
three exercises every day ? No ; I translate and write only orm hot 

ftiidy av^ ' sad several. 



Digitized 



by Google 



tHIRTT-FO0RTH LESSON. (1.) ITS 

rHIRTY-FOURTH LESSON, SUh.—Trente-q.iatrume Legon^ 34m#^ 
VocABULAntB. Ire Section. 

IXPUflTIFS. PARTICIFBS FASSis IRRioUL^RS. 



Digitized 



by Google 



190 THIRTT*rOURTB LS880M. (I.) 

Diea meici, tont le monde se poite bien ; mab presque tons ont M 
malades. — Qu'ont-ils eu 1 Non p&s le chd^ra, j'espere ! Non, pu 
le cholera. Qaoi done ? L'nn a eu le tie doi:doureax, Pautre mal 
snx dents; celui-ci a eu un violent mal de tite, celui-1^ quelqu'aa- 
tre chote, en un mot lis ont presque tons ^t^ malades. Je suii 
eharme d'apprendre quHls se portent bien h present Quand avez- 
Tous vu Yotre ami le jeune secretaire du general 1 Je Pal yu arant- 
hier. Comment Pappelez-voust Je Pappelle Lucien. Lucien est 
le nom d'un des freres de Napoleon, n'est-ce pas % Qui, ce Pest Je 
■ais le nom It present. £st-il ici encore, ou est-il parti t Parti pour 
oil? Je le croyais k Boston. Le general n'y est-il pas all6 'i Non, 
le g^n^ral est malade, au lit. Ne sort-il pas? Non, en v^rite. 
Qu'a-t-il ? Le m^decin dit que c'est la goutte, (gout.) 

Where are your cousins gone to t They have gone to the bridge. — 
Have your fnends left ? (partis 1) They have not yet left. — When 
do they set outt This evening. — Early or late % At what o'clock t 
At half past. nine. — ^When did the French boys come to your 
brother's? They came there the day before yesterday. — ^Did they 
come alone, or did their friends come also? They came also.^ 
Has any one come to see us? The Swiss came. — Who came to the 
Englishman's office ? The French did. — ^When did you drink any 
German wine ? We never drank any. — Did you not drink some the 
day before yesterday and to-day, at the secretary's house ? Is the 
wine that we drank there German wine ? To be sure it is. — ^Then 
German wine is very good. — Has the big servant carried my notes? 
He has. — Where did he carry them ? He carried one to the law- 
yer's office, the other to the merchant's coimting-house. — Did you 
not cany a pocket-book to the captain's? Yes, I did carry there 
that which you gave me to carry. — Which papers has the gardener's 
son brought here? Did he bring any (aucun) here? Yes, he 
brought here those which you lent to his father. — ^Where has he put 
them ? I have not seen them. — ^I believe he gave them to Jacob, 
who has put them in the secretary, or under it, in the parlor. 

Which books has the clerk taken ^ He has taken the one which 
you do not read, and those which you have read. — ^Have the 
clerks opened the stores? They have. — Which did they open? 
They opened those you have seen, under the lawyer's offices.— 
When did they open them ? They did early in the morning. — Did 
they shut them last night? No, the servants did. — Do they shut 
them every night, and open them every morning? They do.^ 
Why did they not open them this moming? Because they are busy 
on the vessel, at the wharf. — Did Jacob conduct the foreigners to 
the museum ? He did. — Did he not concuct them to the wire 



Digitized 



by Google 



TBIETT-rOURTB LStSOM. (S.) 17? 

tuidge wlBb i He did not, bat he intends to conduct them theiw very 
90on. — ^Has the cook extingoished the fires t He has nd yet extin- 
guished them. — Who has extinguished the parlor fire 1 The Irisn 
servant has. — ^Have you received any (aucun) bench, sofa, and 
arm-chair ? We have received some. — Has your brother received 
his? He has not received them^ but our friends have received 
theirs. 

YocABULAiaa. 2de Section. 



Digitized 



by Google 



178 



TIIIRTT-rOUKTH LBttOlf. (2,) 



I wipe, thou wipost, he wipes. 
Haye jrou not men my book ? 
Yes, I have put it away for you. 
When did you see my brother? 
I saw him last evening at the bridge. 
Where did you see my cousins f 
I saw them at the museum. 



J'essuie, tu essuies, il ( 
N'avez-vous pas vu mon livre f 
Si fait, je I'ai scrr^ pour vous. 
Quand avez-vous vu mon frere f 
Je Tai vu hier soir au pont. 
Ou avez-vous vu mes cousins f 
Je les ai vus au mus^. 



TRXNTS-QUATBiifciiB THfiMB. 2de Seo. 

Ou est le ch^e de velours de MUe. Clara? II est sur le 80&, 
n'est-ce pas? Ne Py voyez-vous pas? Ses gants de fil sont-ils dea- 
8US aussi? Non, ils sent sous le banc. Desnous! avez-yous diti 
Oui, c'est-ce que j'ai dit. Qui les a mis dessous? Je ne sais pas 
en verite. Ramassez-les done vite, et mettez les sur le sofa avec 
son ch&le. — Comme son chapeau de satin est sur le grand fauteuil 
de cuir, je vais mettre ses gants de fil dedans et son cMle sur le 
dos du fauteuil. Tres-bien, faites-le. Mes souliers sont-ils sur le 
banc ? Non, ils sent dessous. Je les ai mis dessus : Qui les a mis 
dessous? Moi. C'est moi qui les ai mis dessous. Jevousremercie. 
De rien. (26.) — Le charbon est-il dans le coin ou sons le banc ? II 
est dans le poele. — Avez-vous mis du bois dedans? Oui, d'abord, 
j'ai mis du bois dedans, ensuite j'y ai mis du feu pour Pallumer, 0I 
apres cela du charbon. BhUe-t-il? Oui, lebois et le charbon brii- 
lent bien. Nous avons bon feu. Si vous avez froid, mettez-vous 
pres du po^le. Je n^ai pas grand froid. J'ai vu un peu de bois dans 
un coin, est-il |^ut dans le poele ? II est dedans et brule. Ou sent 
mes joumaux ? Je les ai 6tes de dessus le poele, parce que je n'ai pas 
voulu les bruler. Les avez-yous mb sur le secretaire ? Non, ils sont 
dessous. Avez-vous envoys votre petit gargon au marche ? Je n'ai 
pas voulu Py envoyer. — ^Pourquoi n'avez-vous pas voulu Py envoyer ' 
Je n'ai pas voulu Py envoyer, parce qu'il a ete un peu malade. 
Qu'a-t-il eu ? 11 a eu un violent mal de tftte. Avez-vous ecrit k votre 
oncle, Papothicaire ? Je lui ai deji ecrit. — ^Vous a-t-il repondu ? D 
ne m'a pas repondu. — ^Vous a-t-il envoye Pai^ent que vous voulez? 
II ne me Pa pas encore envoye. — ^Avez-vous dejk fait faire un habit ? 
Je n'en ai pas encore fait faire. — ^Avez-vous fait faire un gilet ? Je 
n'en ai pas fait faire. N'avez-vous rien fait faire ? Non, xien, parCe 
que je veu.x avoir mon argent avant de faire faire quelque chose. 

Are you getting your floor swept ? I am. — Have you had your 
office swept? I have not yet had it swept, but I intend to have it 
swept to-day. — ^Have you the same servant? The same! No, in* 
deed, we have not the same. We have changed several times, (eo, 
♦ 50.) — But you have the same cook; have you not? Yes, we have 
the same yet — Have you wiped yc:ur feet 7 I have. — ^VVhere did 



Digitized 



by Google 



THIETT-riFTH LE880JI. (1.) 



ITS 



THIRTY-FIFTH LESSON, Zf^.-^TrenU-cinquume Le^an, 35m€. 
YooABTJLAnui. Ire Section. 



To promise, promised. 

{Promettre est oomme son primitif, 

mettre.) 
To promise some one to come. 
To compose, to compound, composed. 
Compound Tenses, Thtis, so. 



Promtttre,* 4, promiSf (prend. i 
STsnt le nom ; de, avant I'inf.^ 

Promettre d qnelt^u'im de Tenir; 
Composer, 1, compost. 

Xes Temps eomposis, Ainai, 



Obs. 81. Les verbes eomposis sont eonjuguis eomme lee primUifs. Ainsi, 
Promettre est comme mettre; Apprendre, comme prendre. (24>, 25', 
W«. 34^) 

Ouhlier, I, OMiS. Oabliez, (impfr.) 

de avant I'mf. 
J'ai oiibli6 de porter tela au dentiita 



To forget, forgotten, forget, (impera.) 
I forgot to take that to the dentist. 



Digitized 



by Google 



im 



TBIKTT-riFTH LBStOJi. (I.j 



How t Sot 90. 

[n this manner, (Way.) Like that. 

Do you promise me to come f 

I do promise you. 

What have you promised the man f 

I have not promised him anything. 

Haye you ever learned French f 

I learned it formerly. 

To wear out. To spell. 

Tm refute. 

H3W has your brother written his 

exercise 7 He has written it well. 
To put to dry, put to dry. 

Do you put your vest to dry f 
I have already put it to dry. 
How old are you f 
I am twelve years old. 
How old is your brother 7 
He is thirteen years old. 
Almost, hardly ever. 

He is almost fourteen years old. 
About, about sixteen years and i. 
I am alxmt fifteen years old. 
Nearly, (before numbers.) 
He is nearly fifteen years old. 
Hardly. Scarcely. Scarcely nine. 
You are hardly seventeen years old. 
Not quite eleven years and two 

months. 
I an not quite sixteen years old. 
Art thou older than thy brother f 
I am younger than he. 
I cannot tell you how old I am. 
Tkero it, there are. 
How many fi'ancs are there in a* 

crown f Three. 

Thrare are five centimes in a sou. 
There are twenty sous or a hundred 

centimes in one fi'anc. 
A, or one hundred. 
The centime. 
How many firancs are there in a 

dollar? 
There are 5 francs and 7 sous. 



\ Comment t t C^sMieisk. 

t J)e cttte man'Ure, Cemmt cclft. 
Me promettez-vous de venir t 
Je vous le promets. 
Qu*avez-vous promis a Thomme f 
Je ne lui ai rien promis. 
Avex- vous jamais appris le FranfaSe 
Je Tal appris autrefois. 
Utor 1. £peler, 1. {OU. 78.) 

Router, 1, {fie, avant Tinf.) 
Comment votre irere a-t-il ^crit act 

thdxne 7 II T a bien ^crit. 

Mettre d sicker, mit d sidker, 
Mettez-vous votre gilet a archer f 
Je Tai ieja mis a s^cher. 
t Quel fige avez-vous f 
t J*ai donxe ana. 
t Quel age votre frere a-t-il 7 
t II a treize ans. 

Presque, pretqut hmait. 

t n a presque quatorze au. 
Environ, environ seize ans et denri* 
t J'ai environ quinze ans« 
Pret de, (avant les nombres.) 
t n a pres de quinze ans. 
A. peine, A peine neoC 

t Vous avez d peine dix-sept ana. 
Fas tout-d-fait onze ans et doui 

mois. 
t Je n'ai pas tout-a-fait seize ans. 
Es-tu plus fig^ que ton fi^re 7 
Je snis plus jeune que lui. 
Je ne puis pas vous dire quel 8ge j*ai 
llya. 
Combien de fi'ancs y a-t-il dans tm 

dcu 7 Trois. 

II y a cinq centimes dans un son. 
n y a vingt sous ou cent centtmet 

dans un firanc. 
Cent. 

Le centime. 
Combien de fimncs y a-t-il c 

dollar 7 



H y a 5 firancs et 7 sous. 
TsBNTB-^iNQiniMB Th£m]1. Ire Sec. 

oabliex de mettre le quantiSme aa commencement du t&Ane, votti 
pouvez le mettre a la fin, (end (6m.) 
Bob jofoij mon cher ami, j'ai re<?u votre billet et je vols avec plaiui 
qD« Tons me promettez de venir k notre petit concert. Je vous U 



Digitized 



by Google 



TBlRTT-rirTU LE8801I. (1.) • 181 

promets, si je me porte bien. Je suis sur de tous avoir, oar roxw 
vons portez toujotirs bien. Non, je vous assure (assure you), car hier 



Digitized 



by Google ^ 



MB m TBIRTT-riFTH LStftOM. (2.) 

b a gocd way, (une bonne maniere,) is it not' I belieTe il is^ ai 
least, I like that way. — Have you called me % I have not oalled 
you; but I have called your brother to tell him to piepare hisclothea 
(habits) to start to-morrow for Boston. — ^To start so soon? Yes, 1 
want to send some one to Boston, and he has time to go. — Is ha 
oome ? No, he has not yet come. Do you know where he has 
gone ? He has gone to the tailor's to bespeak a coat and a vest. 

YocABULAiKE. 2de Section. 



To understand, to comprehend. 

To hear, to understuid. 

To Wait for, to expect To lose. 

Do yoa undenttnd me t 

I do. 

Have you understood the man t 

[ have understood him. 

I hear you, but I do not understand 

you. 
The noise. The wind. 

The noise (roaring) of the wind. 
Do you hear the roaring of the wind f 
I do. I do not. 

To hark. 
What (211.) barks X Dogs bark. {% 15.) 

The barking. Have you heard the 

barking of the dogs f 
I have. I have not. 

To wait for some one or something. 

To expect some one or something. 

Are you waiting for my brother T 

I am waiting for him. 

Do you expect some friends f 

I do expr?t some. 

How much has your brother lost t 

He has lost about a crown. 

I have lost more than he. 

To remain, to stay, to dwdL 



Comprendrt^ 4, (conjugu^ oomm« 

prendre, (24», 25», 34«.) 
Entendre, 4. 

Attcndre, 4. • Perdre, 4. 

Me eomprenez-vouef M'entendea- 

▼ousf 
Je wme camf "ends, Je tous entendt 
Avez-Tous compris i'homme t 
Je Tai compris. 
Je Yous entends, mais je nf yous 

comprends pas. 
Le bruit. Le vent. 

Le bruit du vent. 
Entendei-TOUB le bruit du vent f 
Je I'entends. Je ne Tentends pas. 
Aboyer. (^ 144, R. 3.) 
Qu'est'Ce qui aboiet Les chiens 

aboieut. 
L*aboiement, Avez-vous entendu 

Taboiement des chiens f 
Je Tai entendu. Je ne I'ai pas 

entendu. 
> Attendre quelqu*un on quelqus 
) chose. 
Attendez-vous mon fr^e f 
Je r attends. 

Attendez-vous des amis T 
J' en attends quelques una. 
Combien votre frere a-t-il perdu t 
II a perdu environ un ^cu. 
J'ai perdu plus que luL 
Bester, I, (prend plus souvent Hn 

que avoir pour auxiliaire.)' 



> This verb takes avoir when it signifies to live in, and itre, when it 
signifies to remain. Ex. Tai resti sept mots a Colmar sans partir de ms 
ebunbro, (Voltaire ;) I remained (lived) seven months at Colmar without 
leaving my rooni. Je Tattendais a Paris, mais il est reati a Lsron, (The 
French Academv :) I waited for him in Paris, but be remained at Lyons. 



Digitized 



by Google 



TBIKTT^FirTH LX880M. (2.) » 181 

Tte nobleman. i Le gemilhomme. 

Noblemen. | Lea geDtilsbommes. (^140-*7.) 

Ohs. 82. Qoand mi mot est compost d'wi nom et d'un B4jectif, Tun el 
Tautre prennent la marque (the mark) da pluciel.* 

Genteel, pretty. Gentil. 



Whtt-e has the nobleman remained ? 
He has remained at home. 
HaTe you remained with him t 



Ou ie gentilhonune est-il rest^ f 
II est rest^ a la maison. 
Etes-vous rest^ avec lui ? 



TBXNTE-<;iKQni£ia Th^me. 2de Sec. 
Si TO OS ne mettez pas la date ici, mettez-Ia a la fin du thSme. 

Ou avez-vous mouille tos habits de celte maniere 1 Un des gar* 
90ns ra'a mouille comme cela. N'importe. Olez vite votre habit, 
yos souliers, et vos bas, et mettez-les pres du feu, k etcher. Je ne le 
peux pas, j'ai besoin d'etre k la maison k six heures et demie, et il est 
presque six beures et quart k present, ainsi vous voyez que je n'ai 
pas assez de temps pour faire secher mes habits. Vous ayez raison. 
Alors, allez chez vous, changez-y d'habit, de bas et de souliers, aus- 
Bitot que possible. Mais quel est le garden qui vous a mouille 1 
C'est celui qui a mouille le petit Jules Pautre soir. Le mime ! Qui; 
le mime, en verite. C'est done nn mauyais garden ! Out, je voua 
assure. Quel kge a-t-il ? Bad peifie dix ans. Me comprenez-yous ! 
Je yous comprends. Qu'est-ce qui a fait ce bniit-lli V Je pense que 
o'est le domestique dans le salon. Quel &ge a notre yoisia ? D n'a 
pas tout-&-fait trente ans. — ^Nos amis sont-ils aussi jeunes que nousi 
lis sont plus yieux que nous. Quel Age ont-ils 1 L'un a k peine dix- 
neuf ans, et Pautre en a pres de yingt — ^Votre oncle est-il aussi kg& 
que le mien ? Quel &ge a le y6tre ? Le notre a enyiron cinquante- 
sept ans-et demi. Combien le vdtie a-t-il ? II a i peu pres le mime 
Age. 

How old are you ? I am hardly eighteen years old.— How old is 
your brother % He is about twenty-one. — He is then older than you 1 
To be sure. But as you are much taller, Ilhought you were older. 
No, he is 3 years oloer than I, (il a 3 ans de plus que moi.) — How 
old art thou? I am not going to tell you how old I am. — Do you 
understand me? I do.— Does the Frenchman understand usi He 
does. — Do you understand what {ce que) we are telling you ? We 
do understand it. — Dost thou understand t'rench ? I do not yet, but 
I am learning it. — Do we understand the English 1 — ^We do not un- 
derstand them. — Do theEnglish understand us? They do. -Do we 
OcdaiBtand them ? We hajdly understand them. — ^Do you hear any 

• Except the adiJectiTe demi, half, which does not take it (19«. N. 3.) 

Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



Ii4 



THIET7-8IZTH LBttOK. (1.) 



Q-Jise? 1 hear nothing. — ^Have you heard the roaring of the wtndl 
I have heard it. 

What do yon hear 1 I hear the barking of the dogs. — Whose (29*-) 
do(7 is this ? It is the dog of the Scotchman. — Have you lost youi 
stick? I have not lost it — Has your servant lost my bank-notes 1 
(billets de banque 1) He has lost them. — Did you go to the balil 
I did not. — Where did you remain ? I remained at home. — Wheiv 
lid the noblemen remain t They remained in the garden. — Haa 
your father lost as much money as I '' He has lost more than you. 
— Hew much have I lost | You have hardly lost a crown. — Did 
vour friends remain at the ball % They remained there. — Do yon 
know as much as the English physician ? I do not know as much 
as he. — ^How many books have you read ? I have hardly read two. 
^Do you wait for any one ? I wait for no one. — Are you waiting 
ior the man whom I saw this morning? I am waiting for him.— 
Art thou waiting for thy book 1 I am waiting for it. — Do you expect 
jrour father this evening? I do. — Do you expect some friends I 
I do. 



THIRTY-SIXTH LESSON, 36th.— rrm(€-5txiVme Legon, SSwu. 
YooABULAiaB. Ire Section. 



To heat, heiUen, (oU. 

To bite. bitten, bite. 

Why do you beat the dog f 

I beat it because it has bitten me. 

To owe, owed. 

How mach do you owe me f 

I owe yon fifty crowns. 

How much does the man owe you I 

He owes me sixty francs. 

Do oar neighbors owe as mach as 

we? 
We owe more than they. 
How much dost thou owe ? 
Eighty francs. Two him Jred crowns. 

Eighty-three francs. 

Two hundred and fifty francs. 



BaUre, 4, lattu, hatt», 
Mordre, 4, mordu, mordei. 
Poorquoi battez-voos le chien f 
Je le bats parce qu*il m*a mordo. 
DeToir, dfi. 

Combien me devez-vous f 
Je voos dois cinquante ^ns.. 
Combien I'homme voos doit-il f 
II me doit soixante francs. 
Nos voisins doivent-ils autant qa» 

nous? 
Nous devons plas qu*eax. 
Combien dois-ta f 
Qaatre-vingts francs. Deux cents 

^eos. 
Quatre-vingt-trois francs. 
Deox cent cinquante francs. 



O&f . 83. A% seen above, quatrt'inngt and cent take a when they are fel 
owed by notms; but they have no s when followed by another nameral. 

Areyoato f I am to.... . t Devez-voas . . . T tJedois.... 

Where are you to go this morning | t Ou devez-voos aller co matm 

after breakfast f apres d^enner f 



Digitized 



by Google 



TBIRTT-8IXTB IB180N. (l.) « 166 

i am to go to the store. • t Je dois aller au nagaeiii. 

Is your brother to come here bood 7 t Voire firere doit-il venir ici bientGt t 

He is to come here very soon, \ t II doit venir ici bientdt, 

0b9. 84. Art you to, ..t I am to . . ., 4lc., not being used here in their 
natural or literal sense, but expressing duty^ obligation ; the French translate 
ihem by the verb to owe, viz. devez-vous . . . T Je dois . . ., il doit . . ., &,c. 

Tm return, (to come back.) 

;It is also translated by retoumerf 1.) 



Eevenir,* 2, revenu* (cox^JBguft 

comme son priroitif, venir, (24* 

25», 253, 34».) 
A quelle heure revenez-vous da 

march^ 7 
J*en reviens a midi. 
En, 
Le domestique revient-il de bonnft 

heure du magasin 7 
II en revient a six heures c^tf matin. 

t A neuf heures du matin, 
t A einq heures du soir. 
t A onze heures du soir 



ki what o'clock do you return from 

the market 7 
I return from il at twelve o'clock. 
Prom itf from there, thenee. 
Doea the servant return early from 

the warehouse 7 
He returns from it at six o'clock m 

tke morning. 
At nine o'clock in the morning. 
At five o'clock in the evening. 
At eleven o'clock at night. 

Tbxnte-siziImx Th^ms. Ire Sec. 
N'oubliez pas le quantieme ou (either) ici ou a la fin du thSme. 
Bon jour, mon cousin, comment va, ce matin ? Bien ; et vous 
Moi aussi. Avez-yons bien dormij (slept.) Oui, j'ai tres-bien dor 
mL Savez-Yous si le dejeun^ est pr^t? Pr^t! Avez-vons d6']k 
faim? Oui, j'ai grand'faim, je vous assure. Tres-bien. Je vaia 
voir si le cuisinier est revenu du march^. AUez, et revenez vite ; ou, 
plutdt (rather) laissez-moi aller avec vous. — Bien, allons ensemble 
Toir si le cuisinier a ^te au marche, et s'il en est revenu, et en (at 
the) memo temps, savoir quand il peut nous donner k dejeuner. 
Allons, venez, (come, let us go.) AUez-y, mes enfants. — Moi, je 
vais compter les i et les i de dollars que mon vieux fermier m^a 
apportes— 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 
19, 20 — 20 quarts de dollar, font 5 dollars. C'est bien. A present, 
co'mptons les i dollars. 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, et 1 font 19. 
J'ai mal compte. ComptoDs encore. 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, et 2 font 20. 
C'est juste, (that's right.) Ah ! vous voili, Messieurs, et bien, le 
cuisinier a-t-il ete au march^ et en est-il revenu? Oui, il en est 
revenu, et le dejeuner va ctre pr^t dans un instant. J^en suit 
oharm^, car je commence aussi k avoir faim. Tenez ! (hear !) Le 
domestique a donne le signal ; le dejeuner est pret. Allons dejeu- 
ner. — Donnez-moi mon mouchoir qui est sur le dos du fauteuil. Le 
▼oicL^Devez-vous diner en ville? (in town?) Oui, je dois diner 
wrec Favocat de mon oncle. X quelle heure devi^z-vons y aller 1 
16 » 



Digitized 



by Google 



186 



THIRTT-ftlXTB LK880K. (S.) 



Mon cousin et moi^ nous tleTons j aller k 2 heures i. Doit 41 j 
allor avec voas ? Oui, il doit y venir avec moi. — ^Nous devons tow 
deux diner avec I'avocat. 

Why does your neighbor beat his dog*? Because it has bitten hifl 
Doy. — How many times did it bite him ? It has bitten him only 
once; and that is enough, is it not? — Is your farmer returned from 
market? He is not yet returned from it. — At what o'clock did your 
brother return from the ball ? He returned from it at one o'clock in 
the morning. — ^At what o'clock didst thou come back from thy 
friend's? I came back (en) at eleven o'clock in the morning.— 
Didst thou remain long with him ? I remained with him about an 
nour. — ^How long do you intend to remsun at the ball ? I intend ?o 
remain there a few minutes. — How long did the Frenchman remain 
with you? He remained with me for two hours. — How long 
did the Prussians remain in town ? They remained there daring 
three months. 

Do you intend to remain long with us ? I intend to remain with you 
8, 10, or perhaps 15 day$^ (a fortnight.) — How much do I owe you? 
You do not owe me much. — How much do you owe your tailor ? I 
owe him eighty francs, or about sixteen dollars. — How much dost thou 
owe thy shoemaker? I owe him already eighty-five francs, that is, 
about seventeen dollars. — Do I owe you anything? You owe me 
nothing. — How much does the Englishman owe you? He owes 
me more than you. — Do the English owe as much as the Spaniards? 
Not quite so much. — Do I owe you as much as my brother? Yog 
owe me more than he. — Do our friends owe you as much as we ? 
They owe me less than you. — How much do they owe you? They 
owe me two hundred and fifty francs. — ^How many dollars b that? 
How much do we owe you ? You owe me three hundred frunca. 
that is, about 60 dollars. 



YoCABULAIAa. 
How long ? During J for. 

Whilst. Whilst I am here. 
How long has he remained there 7 
A. minute. 
An hour. 
A day. 
A month. 
A year. 
The summer. The winter. 



2de Section. 

Comhien de temps t Pendant,^ 

Pendant que. Pendant que je suis icL 

Combien de temps y est-il restS f 

Pendant* une minute.' 

Pendant une heure.* ' 

Pendant un jour. 

Pendant un mois. 

Pendant une annle.' 

V6i4. L'hiver. 



' The adverb fendint^ when it signifies/tfr, may be omitted in Fren^ 
as well as in English. 
^ Minute, keure, annSe, and rue, are feminine nomis, of which tht in- 



Digitized 



by Google 



THIVTT-IIXTH XKIION. (2.) 191 

Obt. 85, Les noma des iouotUt (MMone,) des moisi et dea jourtt WBt 
mcalins, ezcepte Vautomne, autumn, qui est maBculin et fdminin. 



Digitized 



by Google 



166 THIET7-8IXTH LE880H. |2.) 

le fennier a-t-il attvnda t II n'a pas attendu long- temps. — Jemi a-Sl 
^tudie long-temps ? Non, pas tres-long-temps. — Combien de tempi 
a-t-il etudie ? Presd'one demi-heure, (19^, N. 3.) Qu'a-t-il fait pen- 
dant le reste du temps ? II a dormi. Quoi ! II a dormi une heura 
et demie, et il n'a dtudi^ qu^une demi-heure 1 C'est conmie je roos 
le dis. A-t-il fait son devoir? II dit qn'il Pa fait. — C'est bon. Cela 
«uf!it. N'avez-Yous pas promis k M. P. d'aller k sdn concert ? Si 
fait; je le lui ai promis, s'il a lieu pendant que je suis ici. Partez- 
vous bientot? Oui; dans quelques jours. Voyez-vous le soldat qui 
est malade ? Non ; mais je vois oelui qui Pa et^. Combien de 
^emps Pa-t-il ^t^ 1 II Pa ^t^ pendant quinze jours, (a iortnight.) 
Votre cousin ne va-t-il pas k Charleston pendant Phivei . Si fait, il 
yvA. Y reste-t-il pendant P6t^ 1 II n'y reste pas pendant VM. Ou 
va-t-il alors 1 II en revient, pour rester avec nous. Combien de 
temps avez-vous demeur^ dans la rue Chestnut t Nous y avons 
demeur6 long-temps. Le chien est-il reste pres du feu pendant 
deux heures? II n'y est reste qu'une heure, parce qu'il a mal an 
dos. 

How much have you given for that English horse ? I gave 220 
dollars for it. — ^Did not your little son give something to that poor little 
boy 1 Yes, he has given him 5 cents. — Do you owe anything to 
the grocer? No, I believe I owe him nothing. — Does your neighbor 
take bread from your German baker? He does. — Does he owe bim 
anything ? I believe he does. — Does he owe the butcher ? I do 
not know if he owes him an)rthing. — Do you see the sailor who is 
in the ship? I do not see the one (i 87) in the ship, but the one on 
the wire bridge. — Do you know his name ? I do not. — Where are 
you to go? I am to go to the old bridge. — Is your friend's uncle to 
come here to-day? He is. — ^At what o'clock is he to come? He is 
to come very soon. — When are your sons to go to the play? They 
are to go to-night, (ce soir,) — When are they to return from it? 
They are to return from it at half past ten. — When are you to go to 
the physician's? I am to go at ten o'dook at night — When is 
your son to return from {de ckez) the painter's ? He is to return at 
five o'clock in the evening. — Where do you live ? I live in Rivoli 
street, number forty-seven. — ^Where does your father live? He lives 
att his friend's house, in Walnut street, (rue Walnut,) No. 251.— 
Where do your brothers live ? They live in William street, number 
one hundred and twenty. — Dost thou live at thy brother's hccse ? 1 
live at his house. — Do you still live where you did? I live there 
still. — Does your friend still live where he did? He no longer lives 
where he did. — Where does he live at present? He lives at his 
lather's hoas« 



Digitized 



by Google 



THIRTT*8BTKHTH LB88OJI. (1.) 



im 



THIRTY-SEVENTH LESSON, Zlth.-^Trente-septiinu Legaiij Zltne 
YooABULAJBE. Ire SecUoiL 



TiU, utua. 

Till, until noon, (twelve o'clock.) 

Till to-morrow. Till this evening. 

Till the day after to-morrow. 

Tai Sundaf . Till Monday. 

Till evening. Till morning. 

Until the next day. 

«Jn:il the day before yesterday. 

Till to-day. 

Until this moment — that moment. 

Till now— hitherto. 

Until then. 

How long T UntU tDhai timet 

WTuxt iunir t—What period ? 

Ohs. 66. How long, meanings until what time, what hour, or period, 
must be translated by jusqu*d quand. But when it means, How many 
hours, days, dec, or what length of time : (36S) translate by Combiem de 
temps 1 or Combien t For instance : How long did you stay in New York t 
may mean : Until what o*dock did you stay in New York, or in other words, 
wkt% did you leave or quit it t The answer might then be : At six o'clock^ 
or on Tuesday t ^c. Or else it may mean, How many hours or days, dec, 
did you stay there t The answer might then be, stx hours, three days, dec 
Hence, when How long is used, consult the answer to know exactly the 
meaning of the question. 
Until what hour do you take lessons f 



Jusque, (followed by a preposition and 
its objective case.) Jusqu'd midi. 
Jusqu'a demain. Jusqu'a ce soir 
Jusqu'apres demain. 
Jusqu*a dimanche — a lundi. 
Jusqu'au soir. Jusqu'au matin. 
Jusqu'au lendematsi. 
Jusqu'avant hier. 
Jusqu'a aujourd'hui. 
Jusqu'a ce moment-ci — moment-li^ 
Jusqu'a pr^8cnt-^usqu'*4. 
Jusqu'alors. 

> Jusqu'd quand t Jusques a quand f 



We take them till one o'clock, (we 

quit at 1.) 
Tuesday, on Tuesday— Wednesda 7. 

On ThiLnday — Friday — Saturday. 
Till I return, (till my return.) 
Till my brother returns, (till my bro- 
ther's return.) 
Till four o'clock in the morning. 
Till midnight, (till 12 at night.) 
The return or coming back. 
How long did you remain at my fa- 
ther's house ? 
I remained at his house tiU eleven 

o'clock at night. 
To be able, (can,) been able, (could.) 
Has the boy been able to read it f 
He was able to read it. He could not. 
Could you find the word T 
Ves. I found it immediately. 



Jusqu'i quand prenei-vous le^ns f 
Nous les prenons jusqu'a une heure. 

Mardi. Mercredi. (On is not trans- 
lated.) 
Jeudi. Vendredi. Samedi. (3^, N. 1.) 
Jusqu'a mon retour. 
Jusqu'au retour de mon fi-ere. 

Jusqu'a quatre heures du matin. 

Jusqu'a minuit. 

Le retour. 

Jusqu'a quand etes-vous rest£ chei 

mou pere 7 
J'y suis rest^ jusqu'i onze heurei 

du soir. 
Pouvoir,* pu. (20«, 34», 34».) 
Le gar^on a-t-il pu le lire ? (♦ 148.) 
n a pu le lire. II n'a pas pu. 
Avez-vous pu trouver le mot f 
Oui, je I'ti trouv^ tout de 1 



Digitized 



by Google 



IM THIETT-gEYBMTH LXS80X. (1.) 

TRKNTl'BKPTlftME TEd^MX. IrO SeC. 

N*oubliez pas de mettre le quantierae du mois ici ou a (a fin. 

Mon cher Lucien^ je suis charm6 de vous voir. Je toub croyaii 
absent. Depuis quand dtes-vous revenu ? Je suis revenu samedi 
dernier, Jusqu'k quand allez-vous rester ici? (How long or untH 
what tinu.) Je yais y rester jusqu'au retour de mon oncle, et peut- 
dtre plus long-temps. L'attendez-voos bient6t1 Je Pattends dani 
8 on 10 jours. Demeurez-vous aye(^ votre cher cousin ? Non, je nd 
tiemeure plus arec lui. — Avec qui demeurez-vous ? Je rie demeure 
avoc personne. Je suis dans un hotel. Allez-vous y rester jusqu'au 
retour de votre oncle 1 Je pense que oui. Laissez votre hotel et 
venez demeurer avec nous. Je vous suis bien oblige. Jusqu^i 
quand le commis du marchand de livres est-il rest^ au musee ? II 
n'y est rest^ que jusqu^a midi. Pourquoi done? (so.) Parce qu'ii 
n'a pas pu. Et pourquoi n'a-t-il pas pn y rester jusqu'li deux heures 
oomme les autres ? II n'a pas pu, pvce que son pere dine de bonne 
heure. Allez-vous k Lancastre cet et^ ? Non, je n'y vais pas. Et 
▼ous, Jules, y allez-vous? Moi non plus. Et Charlotte et son frere, 
y vont-ils ? Eux non plus. — Le professeur y va-t-il ? Lui non plus. 
Qui y va ? Personne n'y va. — Combien de temps etes-vous tons 
restes k Bordeaux? Mon oncle y a demeure pendant 6 ans, mon 
cousin pendant trois ans, moi pendant six mois; mais ces jeunes 
gardens n'y sont restes que quelques jours. 

Until what time do the carpenters work at noon ? Tbey work till 
twelve. — ^When do they leave oflf work in the evening ? (or, until 
what hour do they work ?) Until 6 o'clock, or rather i to 6. — How 
long did I work? (or, until what? &c.) You worked till 4 o'clock in 
the morning. — Has the physician still long to wait ? (encore pout 
long-temps ?) He has. — Am I to remain long here ? You are to 
remain here till Sun lay. — Is my brother to remain long with you » 
He is to remain with us till Monday. — How long (until what time) 
are we to work ? You are to work till the day after to-morrow.- - 
Have you still long to speak ? I have still an hour to speak. — ^Did 
you speak long? I spoke (at parle) till the next day.— Did yon 
remain long in my counting-house ? I remained in it till this mo* 
ment. 

Have you still long to live at the Frenchman's house ? I have 
still long to live at his house. — ^How long (till what time) have you 
itill to live at his house ? Till winter. — Has he swept the floor T fle 
has swept it. — How long did he remain here ? Till noon, (mtdi.)— 
Does your friend still hve with you ? He lives with me no longer. 

•How long did he live with you ? He lived wim me only a year.— 



Digitized 



by Google 



TBIBTT-SXYXNTH LS880N. (2.) 



19i 



How long (till what time) did you remain at the ball ? I remameo 
there till midnight. — How long (what time) did you renr ain in the 
ship 1 I remamed an hour in it. — Have you remained in the garden 
till now 1 I have remained there till now. 

VocABULAiRi. 2de Section. 



OtUt some or any one^ peopUt (and they^ 
we, yot,, in an indefinite seDse.) 

Have they brought my shoes f 

They have brought them. 

They have not brought them yet. 

What have they said f 

They have said nothing. 

What have they done t 

They have done nothing. 

To be willing, been willing. 

Haa one wished to burn my coat ? 

No one would bum iu (^ 148—4.) 

Could they find the books ff 

They could not find them. 

Can they do what they wish f 

They do what they can ; but they do 
not do what they wish. 

What do they say f Nothing new. 

What do they say new f 

They say nothing new. 

Something or anything new. 

V«o. 

IViy new coat. 
My new horse. 
Mf handsome horse. 
My new fi-iend. 
My handsome coat. 



On, (pronom inddfini, toujours singi^ 

her. ^ 38.) 
A-t-on apport^ mes souUers ff 
0« les a apport^ 
Oj» ne les a pas encore apport^ 
Qu'a-t-M dit r 
On n'a rien dit. 
Qu* a-t-on fait 7 
On n'a rien fait. 
Vouloir/ voulu. (18», 24», 34».) 
A-t-on voulu brfiler mon habit f 
On n'a pas voulu le bruler. 
A-t-on pu trouver les Uvres ff 
On n'a pu les trouver. 
Peut-on faire ce qu'on veut ff 
On fait ce qu'on pent; mais on nc 

fait pas ce qvt^on veut. 
Que dit-on ff Rien de nouveau. 
Que dit-Mi de nouveau ff (Oftt. 7.) 
On ne dit rien de nouveau. 
Quelque chose de nouveau. 
Neuft nouveau, (before a vowel o» I 

mute, nouvel.)^ 
Mon habit neuf. 
Mon nouveau choval. 
Mon beau cheval. 
Mon nouvel ami. 
Mon bel habit.* 



' Nouveau {nouod before a vowel or h mute) is used for things which ve 
new from nature or invention, as : du vin nouveau, new wine ; un nouf^wu 
cotnmis, a new clerk ; un nouvel ami, a new fiiend ; un livre nouveau, a 
book just published. Neuf, on the contrary, is used of things mad«» by 
men, as t un habit neuf, a new coat ; un Uvre neuf, a new book, (which has 
been printed long ago, but has not l>een used.) Thus we may say - C« 
livre neuf est-il nouveau t Is this new book a new publication ff N'uf 
figuratively means inexperienced. Ex. Ce valet est hien neuf, this valet m 
very inexperienced. 

' Bel and nouvel are used only before masculine substantives beginning 
with a vowel, or h mute, as may be seen fit)m our examples. But in thi 
plvml the adjectives remain beau and nouveau. Ex. Ces beaux mr^res, thoM 
Snt <rtts ; mes nouveaug awus, my new fiiends. 



Digitized 



by Google 



Itt 



THIJlTT-SKyXllTH LBS80V. (H.) 



T« hnuk, brushed, bnuh. 

This fine-looking man. 

These fine-looking men. 

This fine tree. 

Those fine trees. 

My new friends. 

Do they belieye that f They do. 

Th^y do not belieTO it. 

Do they speak of that f 

They do speak of it. 

They do not speak of it. 



Bro§$er, 1, hr0$$i, hro$$es, (impw^ 

Ce bel homme. 

Ces beaux hommes. 

Ce bel arbre. 

Ces beaux arbres. 

Mes nouveaax amis. 

Croit-on cela 7 On le croit 

On ne le croit pas. 

Parle-t-on de cela t 

On en ptrle. 

On n'en parle pas. 



Tebntb-septi^mb Th^mx. 2de Seo. 
Quel est le quantidme f Apprenez-le et mettez-le ici. 

Que faites-vous ce matin ? Je lis. Que lisez-vous ? Le journal 
d'aajourd'hui. Avez-vous deja tu quelque chose de noureau? Je 
n'ai encore rien la de nouveau. Je n'ai lu qu'un article. Que dit-oa 
du cholera ? Pas grand' chose encore. Parle-t-on de I'or de la Calip 
fomie 1 Je crois qu'on en parle ] mais iaissez-moi lire, et alors j# 
peux Yous dire ce qn'on dit de nouveau. Eh ! bien. Lisez. — ^Tra 
vaillez avant de dejeuner. Non, je ne peux pas travailler avant de 
dejeuner. Je n'ai jamais pu. Moi, je peux, et j'en suis bien aise.— 
George a-t-il lu et ^crit? II n'ayoulu ni lire ni ^crire. Qu'a-t-il 
fait? 11 n'a rien voulu faire. C'est extraordinaire ! £at-il malade 7 
Non, ii se porte tres-bien au contraire, car il a tres-bien dejeun^. 
Pourquoi n'a-t-il pas voulu etudier com me k Pordinaire ? II a dit : Ja 
veux jouer au lieu de travailler. A-t-il perdu son livre ? Non, je le 
lui ai donne ; mais au lieu de Pouvrir, il Pa serre dans son pupiire. 
Le voisin vous a-t-il pret^ son cheval ? Non, il a refuse de me le 
preter. Le fermier vous a-t-il prete le sien ? Non, il a aussi refus^^ 
parce qu'il en a besoin pour aller en ville. Ah ! Mile., je suis charme 
d'avoir le plaisir de vous voir. Otez votre ch&Ie et votre bonnet, e( 
asseyez-vous dans ce fauteuil. Ce fanteuil de velours est trop chaud, 
je vais prendre ce siege. Je veux voir Charlotte. Charlotte n'est 
pas ici. En verit^. Alors, je vais partir. Adieu, M. Adieu, MUe. 

Has the shoemaker been able to mend my shoes 7 He has not 
been able to mend them. — ^Why has he not been able to mend themi 
Because he has had no time. — Have they {on) been able to find my 
gold buttons ? They have not been able to find them. — Why has 
the tailor not mended my coat? Because he has no good thread.— « 
Why have you beaten the dog 1 Because it has bitten me. — Wh> 
do you drink ? Because I am thirsty. — ^What have they wished to 
say 1 They have not wished to say anything. — Have they said any- 
thing new ? They have not said anything new. — What do t}»ey (on) 



Digitized 



by Google 



TBIETT-XI6HTH XXI80V. (1.) MS 

mf new in the market? They say nothing new there. — ^Did they 
till any dogs this morning 1 They killed more than 66. — Do they 
believe that? They do not believe it. — Do they speak of that? 
rhey do speak of it. — Do they speak of the man that has been 
Killed? They do not speak of him. — Can people do what they 
wbh ? They do what they can ; but they do not what they wish. — 
What have they brought? They have brought your new coat. — Has 
my new servant brushed my fine carpets ? He has not yet brushed 
them. — Have you bought a new horse ? I have bought two new 
hones. — How many fine trees hare you seen ? I haTe seen but one 
fine tree. — Have you seen aLfine-looking man ? I have seer seyeral 
fine-looking men.-r-Have ^u a new friend f I hare sereral. — ^Do 
you like your new friends ? I do like them. 



THIRTY-EiGHTH LESSON, mih.^Trtnte'Kuitunu Lccon, S8m. 



Digitized 



by Google 



IM THIRTT-XIOHTH LKSiOM. (1.) 

O&f . 88. The namei of states, empires, kingdoms, and proVmce*, aik 
generally feminine when they end in « mute, and masculine, when thaj 
do not. 



Le milieu. Le puiu. 

Le tonneau. Le chateas.^ 

Voyager, 1. 
AlIes-TOusaParisf 



J'y vais. 

Est-il aU6 en Anglsiorre f 

n y est alld. 

Jusqu*ou est-il all^ f 

Jusqu'ou a-t-il voyagtf t 

n est a.W jusqti'en Am6riqu«. 



The middle. The well. 

The cask. The castle. 

To Uivel. 

Do you go to Paris f 

Do you trarel to Paris f 

I do trarel (or go) thither. 
Is hf gone to England f 
He is gone thither. 
How far is he gone f 
How far has he travelled to f 
He is gone as far as America. 

TBBKTX-HTJiTiiMS Tfliin. Ire Seo. 
Si vous ne savez pas le quantieme, apprene2-le et 6crivez-le ici. 
Ah ! Tous voildj M. Henri. Je vous croyais ik voyager. Je etn 
revenu depuis un mois environ. — Josqu'ou avez-vous ete 1 J'ai ct6 
jusqu'en Allemagne. Ainsi, vous avez voyag6 en Angleterre et en 
France % Oiii, j'y ai voyag^, et en Italie aussi. Avez-vous etk jus- 
qu'en Hongrie? Non, je n'ai pas eu le temps d'y aller; parce que 
j'ai rest^ trop long-temps ik Paris. Corabien de temps y Stes-voua 
rest6 1 J'y suis rest^ im mois. Ce n^est pas grand' chose. Pardon- 
nez-moi, c'est beaucoup quand vous avez beaucoup de pays k voir. 
Vous avez raison. — ^Avez-vous voyage seull Non, mon cher ami 
Francois a voyag^ avec moi, et nous avons ^t^ ensemble tout le 
temps. — Le pere Matthieu est-il venu jusqu'en Araerique ? Oui, il 
y est venu. Qui est le pere Matthieu 1 Le grand champion Irian- 
dais de la tempirance. — Jusqu'ou les E^pagnols sont-ils alles? Us 
sent all^s jusqu'k Londres. — ^Jusqu'ou ce pauvre homme est-il venu? 

II est venu jusqu'ici. Est-il venu jusque chez vous ? II est venu 
jusque chez mon pere. — Combien a-t-il perdu? II a perdu tout 
son argent. Mon ami est-il alle de ce c6t§-14? Oui, il est alM de 
ce c6t^-li. Je croyais qu'il itait (iUl) alle de ce c6t^-ci. Non, 
personne n'est all6 de c© cdt6-ci. — ^Voili votre gan?on, ou etoii-il! 
II itait avec moi. — Et ou etiez'vousf Moi? fetais en haut. — Vous 
itiez en haut, et moi fetais en bas. Qui ^tait en bas avec vous? 
Personne n'^tait en bas avec moi, j'y ^tais seul. 

How far di^il you wish to go '^ I wished to go as far as the wood. 
Have you gone as far as there 1 I have not gone as far as there.-* 
How far does your brother wish to go ? He wishes to go as &r as 
the end of that road.-^How far does the wine go? It goes to the 
suddle of the cask. — ^Where art thou going? I am going to thi 



Digitized 



by Google 



TillRTT-XIGUTH LESSON. (2.) IM 



Digitized 



by Google 



196 THIRTT-XIOHTH LKS80V. (1^.) 



He dyes it blue. 

The dyer. 

To get dyed, got dyed. 

What colour have you had your 

white nat dyed 7 
I nave got it dyed black. 
Bed. Smon, Oray, Pink, 
Spring. In (in the) spring. 

List spring. Next spring. 

Clear, light. Dark, deep. 

Light Una. Dark pink* 

Oray, light brown, and pink, are 
good for spring. 



t n le teint en bleu. 

Le teinturier. 

t Faire teindre, fait teindre. 

t Comment avez-voua fait teindn 

votre chapeau T 
t Je Tai fait teindre en noir. 
Rouge. Brun. GrU. Bote. 
Le prinlempt. Au priatempa. 

Le printamps paas^ — prochain. 
Clair. Fonc6. 

Bleu clair. Rose fonc^. 

Le gris, le brun clair, et le rose, aooi 

bona pour le printempa. 



TRXKTB-HTJiniMB Tb&hm, 2de Seo. 
Savez-voua le quanti^me f Qui, je le aaia. Mettez-Ie icL 

Achetez-you8 un chapeau blano ou noir ce printemps? J'en 
achete un blano. Le noir est bon pour Pautomne. Allez-voui 
Borrer le noir? Sans doute. Votre chMe est trop fonc6 pour le 
printemps, n'allez-vous pas en mettre un autre? Je n'en ai pas 
d'autre ici. — ^Vous a-t-on vol^ une partie de votre linge ? Non, on ne 
m'a rien vole ; mais on a voU quelque chose k mon firere. — Que Ini 
a-t-on vol6 V On lui a vol6 son parapluie et ses gants neufs. — Ou lea 
lui a-t-on roL^s 7 On les lui a vol^s dans le bureau de son cousin. 
Je suis bien fiche de Papprendre. Mais si vous n'avez pas d'antre 
chdle, Victoria pent vous en prater un plus clair. Trouvez-vous le 
mien trop fonc^ ? Oui, je le trouve trop fonc^. Votre chapeau est 
beaucoup plus clair, n'est-ce pas? Oui, vous avez raison. — ^Victoria, 
pr^tez-moi un de vos chAles. Lequel voulez-vous 7 J'en veux uo 
moins fonc^ que celui-ci ; en avez-vous de moins fence ? Oui, j'en 
ai un plus clair, un pen plus clair que le votre. Laissez-moi I'aller 
chercher. Allons^y ensemble. Allez-vous voyager le printempa 
prochain? Non pas le printemps prochain, mais Pautomne pro- 
chain. 

Have they stolen anything from you ? They have stolen all the 
good wine from me. — Have they stolen anjrthing from your father f 
They have stolen all his good books from him. — Dost thou steal any- 
thing? I steal nothing. — Hast thou ever stolen anjrthing? I have 
never stolen anything. — Have they stolen your good clothes from 
you ? They have stolen them from me. — ^What have they stolen 
from me? They have stolen all the good books from you. — ^When 
did they steal the money from you ? They stole it from me last 
spring. — ^Hare your servants ever stolen anything from us ? They 
tiave never stolen anything from us. — Does your son get his whit^ 
rest dyed ? He doer get it dyed. — Does he get it dyed red? Urn 



Digitized 



by Google 



THIRTT-MXMTH LX8S0M. (1.) JH 

gets It dyed gray. — What color have your fri^nd8 got their coats 
dyed 1 They have got them dyed green. — ^What color have the 
Italians had their hats dyed ? They have had them dyed light 
brown. — Have you a white hat? I have a black one. — What hat 
has the nobleman ? He has two hats ; a white one and a black 
one. — ^What hat has the American ? He has a round black hat.-* 
Rave I a white hat? Yon have several white and black hats.-^ 
Has your dyer already dyed your cloth? He has dyed it. — What 
color has he dyed it ? He has dyed it green. 



THIRTY-NINTH LESSON, ZSth.^Trente-neuviivie LeQO%., 39m«. 
VooABULAiBa. Ire Section. 



Digitized 



by Google 



i9B TfllETT-MIMTH LKB80M. (1.) 



/want only one ton. . 

U that all you want ? 

That ia all / want. 

How much must thou have f 

How much dost thou want f 

/ want only a franc. 

How much must your brother have T 

He wanta only two franca. 

Have you what you want f 

I haTO what / want. 

He has what he wanta. 

They have what they want. 

More, 

Ob§. 92. This adverb has the same aignification as plitt, with thia difla^ 
•nee only, that it cannot precede a noun. 



II ne me fant qu'nn ton. 
t Ne ume faut-il que cell f 
t U ne me faut que cela. 

Combien le faut-il f 

n ne me faut qu*un franc. 
Combien friut-il i votre/riref 
II ne lui faut que deux franca. 
Avez-vous ce qu*il wms faut f 
J'ai ce qu*il me faut. 
II a ce qn*il lui faut. 
lis ont ce qu'il leur faut. 
Davantage, 



No more (of it, them). 
Do you not want more f 
r do not want more. 
He does not want more. 



iV*eii pas davantage. 

Ne vout en faut-il pas davantag* f 
U ne m'en faut (as davantage. 
II ne lui en faut paa davantage. 



TREHTB-NsuYituB Tniifi. Ire Sec. 
Cherchez le quantieme et mettez-Ie ici. 

Faut-il envoyer au roarch^ ? Qui, 11 faut y envoyer. Poiuquoi 
frrat-il y enroyer? II nous faut du beurre, du bcBuf, et du lait Da 
lait ? Le laitier n'en a-t-il pas apport^ ce matin ? Non, il nous a 
oubli^s, ou il est malade. N'importe. Comme vous dites, il nous 
(aut du lait. — Le cuisinier a-t-il assez d'argent pour acheter tout ce 
qu'il nous faut ? Ne lui avez-YOUs pas donne un billet de deux dol- 
iars? n n'a pas voulu le prendre, et je ne lui ai donn^ que troif 
quarts de dollar. S'il n'a pas davantage, je crob que ce n'est pas 
assez. Alois, il faut lui en donner dstvantage. Combien daTantagel 
Un demi-doUar. £n avez-vous un? Qui, en voici un. Donnez4e- 
lui. Qui fait ce bruit-Ii? C'est Francois. Qu'a-t-il? Que lui fant 
il? II a mal & Tceil. Dites-lui de rester tranquille. II Ae peut paa 
roster traoquille. 11 lui iaxA roster tranquille, et dormir. Ce n'est 
pas difficile k dire ; mais o'est plus difficile k faire. 

Is it necessary to go to the market? — ^It is not necessary to go 
there. — ^What must they buy ? They must buy some gloves. — Musi 
I go for some salt ? You must go for some,— Am I to go to the ball? 
You must go. — When must I go? You must go this evening.— 
Must I go for the carpenter ? You must go for him. — What must 
be done to learn Russian ? It is necessary to study a great deal.^ 
Is it necessary to study a groat deal to learn German ? It is. (Dir. L) 
—What most I do? You must buy a good book. — ^What is be to 
lo Y He mtut stay still.— What are we to do ? Yon must not etay 



Digitized 



by Google 



THIRTT-NIMTH LXI8C H. (2.) Ut 

iblly bat work.-^Moflt yon work much in order to leam the Arabic t 
I mast work much to leam it. — Why must I go to the wharf t You 
must go there to bring the sailors here. 

Must I go anywhere 1 Thou must go into the garden. — Must 1 
Bend for anything? Thou must send for some wine. — What must I 
do ? You must write an exercise. — ^To whom must I write a note I 
Fon must write one to your friend. — Do you not want any shoes? 
I do not want any. — Dost thou want much money 1 I want much 
-—How much must thou havel I must have five crowns. — ^How 
much does your brother wanti He wants but six sous. — Does he 
not want more ? He does not want more. — Does your friena want 
more ? He does not want so much as I. — What do you want ? I 
want money and clothes. — ^Have you now what t'ou want ? I have 
what I want — Has your father what he wants 1 He has what he 
wants. 

VooABXTLAiEK. 2de Section. 



Digitized 



by Google 



/- 



800 THIRTT-HIMTU LSIIOM. (S.) 

Votre frere a-t-il d<ji comnLWied mm 

themes r 
Ptu encore, 

II ne lea a pas encore oommencds. 
Le don. Le present 

Ayez-Tous re^a un present f 
J*en ai re^ u plusieurs. 
ATes-TDos refu les liTres t 
Je les ai re^us. 
De qui t 
De qui avez-vous re^udes pi€santai 

De mes amis. , 

D'okt 

D'ou venez-vous f 

Je Tiens da jardin. 

D'oTi est-il vena f 

n est vena da th^fitre. 

D'ou sont-ils venas f 

TBxtm-njjYikMM THfim. 2de See. 
N'oubliez pas d*€crire la date ici oa a la fin du thdme. 

Voulez-vous sortir avec moi? Pourquoi sortez-voas? Je sore 
pour acheter quelque chose. Que rous faut-il ? H me. fant pla- 
sietirs articles. Allons — allons — sortez-voas sans chapeau? Je 
cro3rais I'avoir. — Je Tai k present, fltes-vous prSt, vous-mSmel 
( i 41i-) Je cfois que oui. Non, non, attendez, attendez. Je n'ai pas 
pris mon portefeuille. Ainsi vous n'ayez pas d'argent C'est uue 
bonne maniere d'aller acheter. Chez qui allons-nous? D'abord 
chez le maichand de drap. Vous faut-il du drap pour un habit f 
Oui, il xn'en faut. Vous en faut-il du bleu, du rert, du noir, ou da 
grist Je n'ai pas encore fait de choix. Nous sommes pres du 
magasin. Entrons, Bon jour, M. Bertrand. Messieurs, j'ai Phon- 
neur de vous saluer. Vous faut-il quelque chose ce matin ? Du 
drap, du velours, du satin ? Quoi ? II faut du drap k Monsieur. 
Et vous, M., ne rous faut-il rien? Non pas aujourd'hui. Voua 
sarez qu'avant-hier j'ai achet6 plusieurs articles chez vous. C'est 
Tiai J vous avez raison. 

What do you want, Sir ? I want some cloth. — How much is that 
hat worth ? It is worth four crowns. — Do you want any stockings 1 
I want some. — ^How much are those stockings worth? They are 
worth two francs. — ^Is that all you want? That is all. — ^Has youi 
little boy received a present? He has received several. — ^Prom 
whom has he received any 1 He has received some from my fathpf 
and from yours. — ^Have you received any presents? I have received 



Digitized 



by Google 



rORTIXTH LKttON. (1.) 



901 



some. — ^What preBonts bare you received ? I haTO received fine 
presents. — ^How much may that horse be worth ? It may be worth 
five hundred crowns. 

Is this book worth as much as that? It is worth more. — How 
much is my gun worth 1 It is worth as much as that of your friend 
•^Are your horses worth as much as those of the English ? They 
are not worth so much. — ^How much is that knife worth? It b 
worth nothing. — ^Is your servant as good as mine? He is better 
than yours. — Are you as good as your brother ? He is better than 
I. — Art thou as good as thy friend? I am as good as he. — Are we 
as good as our neighbors ? We are better than they. — ^Is your um- 
brella worth as much as mine ? It is not worth so much. — Why is 
it not worth so much as mine ? Because it is not so fine as yours. — 
How much is that gun worth? It is not worth much. — Do you wish 
to sell your horse ? I do wish to sell it. — How much is it worth ? It 
is worth two hundred crowns. 



FORTIETH LESSON, 40th.— QuarandVinc Legon, 40me, 
VooABXTLAiBi. Ire Section. 



After breakfast— dinner — sapper. 
After me, him, yoa, them, my friend. 
After having spoken. 
After having sold (selling) his horse. 
After having been (being) there. 
I put away the knife after cutting (or 

having cut) the beef. 
We took tea after dining. 

We ate a late supper 

To pay. (^ 144—3.) 

To pay a man /or a horse. 

To pay the tailor /or the coat. 

Do you pay the shoemaker for the 

shoes f * 
I pay him for them. 
Does he pay you ybr the knife f 
He does pay me for it. 
I pay what I owe. 
To aikf to oMk of, to ask for. Ask for. 



Apr^ dA}eiwa6 — apr^s dtni6r-8oup^. 
Apres moi, lui, vous, euz, mon ami. 
t Apres avoir parW. (RuL 1, N. 1.) 
t Apres avoir vendu son cheval. 
t Apres y avoir 4l6. 
t J'ai serr^ le couteau apres avoir 

coup6 le b<Bn£ 
t Nous avons pris le th^ aprds avoir 

dln^. 
t Nous avons soup^ tard. 
Payer, 1, pay€, payez (imp^ra. 
t Payer un cheval a un homme. 
t Payer Thabit au tailleur. 
tPayex-vous Ics souliers au oor 

donniert 
t Je les lui paie. 
t Vous paie-t-il le couteau t 
t II me le paie. 
Je paie ce que je dois. 
Demander, 1, demandez, (imptfra.) 

Ob$. 93. The English verhs ; to pay and to atk^ require the prepoailioo 
for, before the object. In French, the object has no preposition, but the 
person takes a. When the v^rb payer, however, has no object, do not use 
• before the person. 



Digitized 



by Google 



109 



rORTlXTB LK880K. (1.) 



I haTe paid tiie tailor. 

I ha^e paid him. 

Have yoa paid the shoemaker f 

I have paid him. 

Ask Lewis for some money. 

I ask my father /or some money. 

Ask him for some. 
Do you ask me/#r your hat f 
I do ask yon /or it. 
To ask him /or it. 
1 o ask him for them. 
What do you ask me /or f 
[ ask you for nothing. 
Ask (of) John if he has my pencil. 
[ did (ask him, or ask it of him). 
What did you ask of the clerk T 

I asked him to copy that. 
He does .-""t ask yq^ to come. 



J'ai paytf le taiUeur. 

Je l*ai pay^. 

Avez-vous pay^ le cordonnier t 

Je I'ai paye. 

t Demandez de Targent a Louis. 

tje demande de Targent & m-^ 

pdre. Demandez-lui-en. 
t Me demandez^voQs votre chap— tt t 
t Je VDus le demande. 
t Le lui demander. 
t Les lui demander. 
t Que me demandez- vous T 
t Je ne vous demande rien. 
t Demandez cl Jean s'il a mon crayon. 
t Je le lui ai demand^, 
t Qu'avei-vons demand^ au com 

misf 
t Je lui ai demand^ de copier cela. 
t n ne vous demande pas de venir. 



QxrA&Aiintei THftm. Ire Sec 

Qui est Ik? C'est le bodaager. — Lui avez-Tous demande troii 
fakM% (loaves?) Non, je ne lui en ai demand^ que deux^ coznme 
k Pordinaire. Demandez4ai-en an autre. Je vab le lui demander. 
Quel pain faut-il lui demander? Un rond ou un tortillon? (a twist 
loaf?) Demandez-lui on tortillon; et s'il n^en a pas, prenez-en uq 
rond. — Faut-il lui payer cet autre pain? Oui, roici cinq sous, 
payez-le. — ^Le laitier est-il venn ? Non, pas encore, il rient, k Pordi- 
naire, apres le bouianger. S'il a assez de lait, achetez-en pour 3 
sous de plus qu'k Pordinaire. II n'en a jamais assez. Alors dites-lui 
d'en apporter davantage, un pen plus, cet apres^iner. Faut-il le 
payer? '^on, n'importe. Le marchand me demande un dollar et 
an quart pour ce parapiuie, vaut-il cela? Je crois qa'il ne vaut pas 
tant — Quel &ge as-tu, mon enfant ? Je n'ai pas encore dix ans. — 
Etton frere, quel ^e a-t-il? II n'en a que huit. Appreue^-vous 
dejk le Fran^ais tons deux ? Je Papprends dej^ mais il ne Papprend 
pas encore. Pourquoi done ? Parce que notre pere groit qu'il est 
trop jeune. N'ecrit-il pas? Non, il n'ecrit pas. — Et toi? Moi, 
j'^ris. 

Have you paid for tne new gun? I have paid for it.— Has your 
oncle paid for the satin and the yelvet ? He has. — ^Have I not paid 
the tailor for the clothes? Yes, you have (paid him for them).— 
What is he asking for, then ? He is not asking you to pay him for 
the clothes, but for the handkerchiefs and gloves. He is right I 
have not yet paid him for them. — Have we paid for our cloaks? 



Digitized 



by Google 



rOETIKTH LKS80M. (2.) 



9US 



We have. — ^Has onr cousin already paid for his slices? Ha has not 
f et paid for them. — ^Does my broUier pay you what he owes you t 
He does pay it me. — Do you pay what you owe ? I do pay what I 
owe.— Have you paid the old baker 1 I have. — ^Has your uncle 
paid the butcher for the beeft He has. — ^Who has broken my 
knife t I have broken it after cutting the bread. 

Has your son broken my pencils? He has broken them afWr 
writing his notes. — ^Hare you paid the merchant for the wine after 
drinking it? I hare paid for it after drinking it.— What did you do 
after finishing your exercises? I went to my cousin's, in or0.erto 
conduct him to the museum. — ^What do you ask this man for? I 
ask him for the money he b to pay me. — ^What does this boy ask 
me for? He asks you for some money. — Do you ask me for any- 
thing? I ask you for a crown. — ^Do you ask me for the bread 1 I 
do. — ^Which man do you ask for money ? I ask it of the one who 
owes me some. (8*, N. 1.) — Which merchant do you ask for gjbye^ 
I ask for some from those who live in William street. What do you 
ask the baker for? I ask him for some fresh bread. 

VooABVLAiBB. 2de Section. 



Most I try to do that! 

Yes, try to do it and to do it well. 

You mutt try to do letter. 

To hold, held, bold. (84*.) 

I bold, thou holdett, he holds, (one.) 

Do you hold my dictionary f 

I do. I do not. 

Who holds the horse f The valet 

does. 
Do we not hold them f We do not, 

but they do. 
They hold what f The ladist' fans. 



t Me faut-il essayer de fiure cela f 
Easayez de le faire ^t de le bien faira 
t II voos fiuit essayer de mieux &in 
Tenir,* 2, tatu, temez, (impdra.) 
Je fiefu, tu (mim, U ttettt, on tUmt, 
Tenez-voufl mon dictionnaire f 
Je le tiens. Je ne le tiens pas. 

Qui tient le chevalf Le valet U 

tient. 
Ne les tenons-nous pas f Nous ne 

les tenons pas, mais ils les tiennent. 
Us tiennent qnoi f Les dventaik 

des domes. 



Ohi. 94. I§ay! Mer§ ! $top ! wait ! there ! or any int«»jection used to 
■itract the attention of the person one speaks to, is . . . Teiies. 



See ! here ! see here ! Is it what you 

seek? 
Vot I am looking for my thimble. 

Here ! Is that it f No, but there, 

that is it. 
My relation. All my relations. 
My parents, (mean exclusively my 

father and mother.) 
A brother of mine. (% 107.) 
A cousin oi yours. 



Tenes! Est-ce ce que voos oher- 

ches? 
Non, je cherche mond^. Tenei! 

E2at-ce cela f Non, mais tentz* jt 

voila. 
Mon parent. Toua mes paronts. 
Mes parents, (mean all my relatioBi^ 

including /a£Aer and sioCAer.l 
t Un de mes frdres. 
t Un de vos cousina 



Digitized 



by Google 



FOETIBTB LBttOM. (t.) 



A raUtbii of haB, (or hen.) 

A friend of ours. 

A neighbor of theirs. 

Be tries to see you. 

Does he try to see me f 

He tries to see an uncle of his. 

Toiryto 

Tb inquire after tome ome. 

After whom do you inquire f 

I inquire after a friend of mine. 

They inquire after you. 

Do they inquire after me f 

F/ioperZy. 

You write properly. 

They do then* duty properly. 

Try to do your iaek or dvA^, 

We have done it pipperly. (^ 170.) 

A glass of wine. 

A pieoe of bread. 



t Un de ses parv&ts. 

t Un de nos amis. 

t Un de leurs voisins. 

n cherche a vous voir. 

Cherche-t-il a me voir t 

II cherche a voir un de ses ontio^ 

derdber li 

t DesHm^er queiqM^un. 

t Qui demandez-vous ? 

t Je demufide un de mes amis. 

t On VCMS demande. 

t Me demande-t-on f 

Ccmmt Uftiut, 

Vous derives comme il faut. 

lis font leur devoir comme il firau 

Cherohes a faire votre devoir. 

Nous i'avons frit comme il faut. 

Un vcrre de vin. 

Un morceau de pain. 



QuABJUffntn tHftm. 2de Sec. 

Boa jour, Monsieur. Comment ai-je prononc^ cela ? Vous n^avea 
pas prononc^ : boUf comme il faut. Comment faut-il le prononcer f 
Comme ceci: borif sans continuer le son de Pn, (sound of the n.) Ja 
rais essayerde'le prononcer comme il faut. — Le sondel'n Fran^ais 
est difficile, n'est-ce pas? Non, ce son-la n'est pas tres-difficile. 
Comme je vous I'ai dit: il ne faut pas le continuer long-temps. 
Comment est-ce que je le prononce k present ? bon : Vous le pro- 
noncez mieux, presque comme il faut.--Comment mon cousin a-t-il 
6crit son thime 1 II Pa ecrit et traduit comme il faut. — Mes enfants 
cat bien fait leurs devoirs, j'espere? Qui, ils les out faits comme 
il faut — Ce general ne fait-il pas son devoir? Si fait, il le fait tou- 
jonis comme il faut, et ii ne pent pas faire davantage. — Ces deux 
jeunes soldats font leur devoir, n'est-ce pas? Ils le font aussi bien 
qu'ils le peuvent. — Faites toujours votre devoir. Je le fjeiis aussi bien 
que je peuz, c'est-li-dire, j'essaie. 

At whose house do you dine to-day ? My cousin and I (we) dine 
at the house of a friend of mine, in Walnut street, — ^With whom 
did you take tea yesterday, that is to say, the day before yesterday? 
Must you know it ? If you will tell me. I will (N. 19') tell you. I 
took jea at the house of a relation of yours. The one who has so 
much merit That very one, (ulm-ld mime ou lui-mime.) — ^Whcre 
are you going ? I am going to the house of a relation of mine, 
in order to breakfast with him. — Art thou will:ng to hold my 
|^OT68? I am willing to hold them. — Who holds my hat? Yo«i 



Digitized 



by Google 



rORTIBTH LSffOK. (2.) 901 

•on holds it.-- Doet thou hold my stick? I do. — Do you hdd any^ 
thing? See, I hold your gun. — Who has held my book? Youi 
seirant has. — ^Will you try to speak well ? I will try. — Haa youi 
little brother ever tried to do exercises ? He has tried. — Have you 
ever tried to make a hat ? I hare never tried to make one. — Whom 
are you looking for ? I am looking for the roan who has sold a 
horse to me. — Is your relation looking for any one ? He is looking 
fo: a friend of his. — Are we looking for any one ? We are looking 
fcT a neighbor of ours. — Whom dost thou look for? I look for a 
friend of ours. — Are you looking for a servant of mine ? No, 1 am 
looking for one of mine. — Have you tried to speak Spanish to you 
uncle ? I have tried to speak Italian to him. — Have you tried to see 
my father ? I have tried to see him. — Has he received you ? He 
has not. — ^Has he received your brothers ? He has. — Have you been 
able to see your relation ? I have not 

What did you do after writing your exercises? I wrote my note 
after writing them. — After whom do you inquire ? I inquire after 
the tailor. — Does this sailor inquire after any one? He inquires 
after you. — ^Do they inquire afler you ? They do inquire after me. — 
Do they inquire after me? They do not inquire after you, but after 
a friend of yours. — Do you inquire after the physician ? I do inquire 
after him and after the lawyer. — ^What does your little brother ask 
for ? He asks for a small piece of bread. — ^Has he not yet breakfasted ? 
He has breakfasted, but he is still hungry. — ^What does your uncle 
ask for? He asks for a glass of wine. — Has he not already drunk? 
He has already drunk, but he is still thirsty. Then give him a glass 
of wine. — ^Must I give a piece of old bread or of fresh bread to my 
little brother? Give him neither a piece of old bread nor of fresh 
bread ; but give him a small piece of the cake which the cook made 
last even*ng. — 7i he wants a glass of new milk, can I give him one ? 
No, do not give him a ^ass of milk so soon after breakfast. — What 
has the clerk got there ? He has his thread gloves. — ^Has he had them 
dyed ? He has. — How has he had them dyed ? He had them dyed 
yellow. Light or dark ? Neither light nor dark. — Did you ask the 
butcher for beef or mutton ? I asked him for beef. I do not like 
mutton. (Obs. 63.) 

Bistmi TOV% la 40i» Lx^ok. 
Les chevaux n'ont-ils pas assez de foin? Si fait, ils en out 
assez, mais nos petits oiseaux n'ont pas assez de grain. — ^N'avons- 
ftous ni poivre, ni vinaigre? Nous avons du poivre, mais noui 
n'avons pas de vinaigre. Le jeune etranger n'a-t-il pac» beau- 
ouap d'aigent? Si fait, il en a beaucoup; mais le commis du grand 
18 



Digitized 



by Google 



10$ rOKTIBTH LBffOH. (2.) 

maichaiid n'en a pas beaucoap. N'arona-nous pas de lait f Si (ak, 
Aous en arons nn peu. En avons-nous assez? Nous n'en aTona 
gaere, mais assez. — Le gan^on du cuisinier a-t-il le cordon de fil da 
notie vieuz voisin? Non, il ne I'a pas. Que n'a-t-il pas? II n'a 
pas le cordon de fil de notre vieuz Yoisin. — Le petit garpon nVt-^J 
pas les bas de coton 7 Quels bas de coton 7 Ceux du jeune avouat 
II ne les a pas. — ^Atoz-tous du firomage de Pepioier? J 'en ai no 
peu. En avez-YOUs assez ? Je n'en ai pas assez. — Avez-vous penr 
de ce jeune homme-lit % Non, je n'en ai pas peur. — Qui a soif ? 
Nous avons soif, et nous arons sommeil. — ^Le menuisier a-t-il -^eur 
du chien ? Non, le chien a peur du menuisier. — ^N'ayons-nous pas 
le parapluie de coton du chapelier? Non, nous ne Pavons pas, mais 
nous arons les gants de fil de son ami. 

Combien de bcBufs arons-nous? Nous en arons trois. Tombiea 
en a-t-il? U n'en a qu'un. Combien les AUemands en ont-ils, ou, 
Les Allemands, combien en ont-ils ? Us en ont cinq. N'en ont-ils 
pas six? Non, ils n'en ont que cinq. — Qui a du courage? Notre 
jeune commis en a. En a-t-il trop ? Non, il n'en a pas trop, mais 
assez. — Ce petit garpon-lii a^t-il du cgbui? H n'en a guere. — ^Lea 
peintres ont-ils beaucoup d'aigent? Non, ils n'en ont guero. En 
avez-rous beaucoup ? Je n'en ai qu'un peu. Qui en a beaucoup? 
Nous en arons beaucoup. — Qu'arons-nous? Nous arooj beaucoup 
d'or et d'argent. En arons-nous trop? Nous n'en arons pas trop, 
mais assez. — Les domestiques de P6picier Combien de rerres ont- 
fls7 lis en ont sept ou huit. N'en ont-ils pas neuf f Si fait, ils en 
ont neuf. N*en ont-ils pas dix 7 Us n'en ont que neuf. N'en ont- 
ils pas assez 7 Pardonnez-moi, ils en ont assez. — Combien d'yeuz 
cet homme-ci a-t-il 7 II en a deux. Et celui-1^ combien en a-t-il 7 
n n'en a qu'un. — ^N'arez-rous qu'un oiseau 7 Pardonnez-moi, j'en 
ai deux.— -Ces gardens ont-ils beaucoup de b&tons 7 Quels gardens f 
Ceux-ci ou ceux-l& 7 Ni ceux-ci ni ceux-1^, mais ceux du menui- 
sier. lis n'en ont pas beaucoup. 

Arez-rous le dernier papier? Non, je ne Pai pas. — Arez-rout 
un papier 7 Non, je n'en ai pas. — ^Le ministre a-t-il le journal do 
hier7 II en a un. — ^Votre frere a-t-il le parapluie du president 7 
Non, mais il a le bftton du gouvemeur, (governor,) — Qui a le cheraJ 
du gouremeur 7 Notre rieux matelot Pa. A-t-il les gants du pre- 
sident 7 Non, le president loi-mlme les a. — ^Le lieutenant-gouver- 
neur a-t-il les billets du pr6fet ? 11 ne les a pas. H n'a pas quoi 7 
n n'a pas les billets du pr^fet. Je les ai. — Combien de francs le 
president du Senat a-t-il 7 n n'en a pas; mais il a des dollani. 
Combien en a-t-il 7 n en a beaucoup. En a-t-il trop 7 II n'en a 
pas trop. En arons-nous assez ? Nous n'en arons pas assez. Lea 



Digitized 



by Google 



rORTT-FIftfT LBSSOH. (1.) 



901 



Amcricains n'en ont-ils pas assez 7 Us n'en ont pas ({"op. Qui en a 
tiop ? Personne n'en a trop. — ^Le president et le vice-president ont- 
ils beanooup d'amis f lis en ont beaucoup ; mais le prefet n'en a 
gu^re. N'en avons-nous pas beaucoup? Si fait, nous en avona 
beaucoup. Qui en a peu 7 Le Russe en a peu. 

Avez-vous quelques sous? Oui, j'en ai quelques uns. — Ai-je 
quelques 6cus? Yous n'en avez pas, mais vous avez des francs, el 
des billets de banque. Combien en ai-je 7 Vous en avez/lix.— N'ai- 
je pas deux billets de dix dollars 1 Non, vous n'en avez qu'un, 
mais YOUS avez trois billets de cinq dollars. — Jean a le premier 
volume de I'ouvrage de Thiers, n'a-t-il pas le second 1 Non, il n'a 
que le premier. L'Americain n'a-t-ii pas le dernier vdume ? .Non, 
il ne I'a pas. Qui I'a? Personne ne I'a.— Quelqu'im a le journal 
du cinq de ce mois-ci, n'est-ce pas? Le Russe a celui du six, du 
sept, et du huit, mais non pas celui du cinq. — Quels papiers le jeune 
chapelier a-t-il ? II a ceux que vous n'avez pas. — Les Allemanda 
n'ont-ils pas froid ? Non, lis ont chaud et soif. — ^Le menuisier et 
I'epicier n'ont-ils pas tort? Non, ils ont raison. — Notre cordonnier 
n'a-t-il pas les souliers de cuir du gouveroeur? II a ceux du lieu* 
tenant-gouvemeur. — J'ai le douzieme exercice, men ami Charles a 
le treizieme, les avocats ont le quatorzieme, qui a le quinziemel 
Personne n'a le quinzieme, mais nous avons le seizieme pi le dix* 
■eptieme. — Quel cahier avez-vous ? J'ai le mien. — ^Le fils de I'ami 
de votre maitre est-il ici ? Non, il est k BostOL. 



FORTY-FIRST LESSON, 41st.- 

VOOABULAIBX 
The one u/tOt he tohOf him wlio. 
Thoie u>k6 They who. 

To perceive, perceived, perceive. 

Do you perceive the scholar who 

comes? 
I do perceive the one who is coining. 
The one on . . . Those in . . . (^ 87.) 

I do not like the one (those) coming. 

Does your uncle perceive the eoldiera 
who sre going to the covered bridge 7 
Be does not perceive those who go. 
Whom do the children perceive f 
They oorcenre rj>body. 



Quarante et unieme Legorij Ainu, 
Ire Section. 
Cdui qui. (^ 40.) 
Ceux qui. 

Apereevoirt aperfu, apercevez^ (conju- 

ga€ corame recevoir. (24', 24*, 31'.) 

Apercevez-v(>us I'^olier qui vient t 

J'aper^is celui qui vient. 

Celai qui est sur . . . Ceux qui sont 

dans . . . 
Je n'aime pas celui qui, vient, ceui 

qui viennent. 
Votre oncle aper^oit-]X les soldats qirf 

vont an pont convert T 
II n'aperfoit pas ceux qui y vont 
Qui les enfanta aperfoiveiU-Hi f 
Us n'aper^oivent personne. 



Digitized 



by Google 



roftTT-nmsT KsttoH. (1.) 



Dow WM the fpmlMr fMUnlsy r 

What kind of weather was it jest. 1 
Whet weather had we yesterday f 
Was it fioe weather yesterday * 
It was bad weaiher yesterday. 
It is fine weather this momiiig. 
it IS neither oold nor wainit hut plea- 
sant and dry. 
Dark, obacore. Clesr, hfht. 

Dusky, gloomy. Dry. Wet, damp. 
U the weather damp T 
It is not damp, bat dry. 
The weather is too dry to be pleasant. 
The moonlight 1 moonBhine, The taa. 
b it moonhght f It is. 

Have we too much son t Is it loo 

sonny T 
It is too simny. It is not. 

This tyrup. His vinegar tyntp. 

Hare yoa tasted this Tinegar sjrmp f 
I hare. I hare not 

How do yoa like it f 

0h9. 95. The French seldom utt 
What do yoa think of it f 
I hka it pretty welL 

I do not like it at all. 

To loam hy hoart. Learned by heart. 

Learn erery day something by heart. 

I learn by heart. 

What have yoa learned by heart f 

We learned our ewcises. 

Who likes to learn by heart ? 

This fish. Do yoa like fish f {Oh$, 53.) 



S t Quel tempe a-t-il frit hier f 

, Qnel temps avons-noiis ea hidi f 
^ t A-t-il hit bean tempa hier f 

t n a hit manrais temps hier. 

t D frit beaa temps ce matin. 

t n ne iait ni chaad ni froid, mail 
agr^able et see. 

Ols car. Cletr. 

Somhrt. See. Hamide. 

t Fait-il hamide f 

t n ne fiut pas hamide, mais sec. 

t n fait trop sec poar £tre agr^able. 

t Le dair d*. ^une, Le $oleU. 

t Fait-il clair de lone f II fait clair 
de lane. 

t Fait-il trop de soleil f 

t n en £ut trop. II n*en &it pas trop. 
Ce eirop. Son strop de winaigre, 
Awet-rowB gquti ce sirop de rinaigre f 
Je I'ai goat^. Je ne Tai pas gout^. 
t Comment le troavez-TOos f 
aimer in ttsnlar easee, 
t Qa'en pensez-Toos f 
t Je le troare assez bon. Je I'a 



t Je ne le troave pas bon da toat. 
Apprendrepar coKur. Apprie pareetmr, 
Apprenez tons les joars qaelqae c boaa 

par ccsar. Pappreiida par earn. 
Qa'ayez-Yoas appris par coiir f 
Noas ayons appris noa thSmes par 

ccBur. 
Qui aime a apprendre par ccBor f 
Ce poisson. Aimez-toasle poSsaonf 



QuASAjm BT xnnkMM Tniba. Ire 8eo. 

Comment est le temps aujourd'hui? H Oait tres-beau tempt.-* 
A-t-il fait beau hier 1 II a fait maurais hier. Quel temps a*t-il fait 
ea matin ? II a fait mauvais, mais k present il fait agr^able. Fait-il 
ehaudi II fait tr^s-ohaud. Le thermometre est & 81 degi^s et i. 
II ne fait pas froid, alors. Non, en v^rit^, il ne fait pas froid, maia 
tres-ohaud| au contraire. — Ayez-rous dej^ ^t^ au nouveau jardin de 
M. . . . . t Non, je n'y ai pas encore 6te. Pourquoi done % Parca 
que nous ^vons eu mauvais temps. Avez-vous peur du mauvaib 
limps 1 Je n'en ai pas peur quand je suis obligi de sortir ; mais je 



Digitized 



by Google 



rORTT-riEfT LX880M. (2.) SOi 

n'ainia pas k sortir quand 11 pleut. Mais il n'a pas fait de {dtdo 
depuis plusieurs jotlrs. Vous avez oublie ; car, il eu a fait hier, 
ayanvhier, et le joar avant. C'est-^-dire : jeudi, mercredi, et mardi. 
Oui, 'DCS avdz raison. 

IX:; you perceive the man who is coming? I do not perceive him. 
— Do you perceive the soldier's children 1 I do perceive them.— Dc 
you perceive the men who are going into the garden ? I do not per- 
ceive those who are going into the garden, but those who are going 
to the market. — Does your brother perceive the man who has lent 
him money ? He does not perceive the one who has lent him, but 
the one to whom he has lent some. — Dost thou see the children whp 
are studying? I do not see those who are studying, but those who 
are playing. — Dost thou perceive anything ? I perceive nothing.— 
Have you perceived my parents' warehouses ? I have perceived 
them. — Where have you perceived them ? I have perceived them 
on that side of the road. 

AUez-TOus manger de ce poulet ou de ce poisson ? De ce poulet, 
s'il Yous plait. Je n'aime pas le poisson. Quel morceau voulez- 
Tous? N'importe. Donnez-moi le premier venu. N'avez-vous pas 
de choix ? Non, je n'ai pas de choix. Tenez, void un bon morceau; 
du moins, je Paime. L'aimez-vous aussi ? Je crois que oui, car, je 
mange de tout; j^aime tout. Voulez-vous un verre de vin ou un 
rerre de sirop ? Donnez-moi un verre de sirop ; mais n'y mettez 
pas beaucoup de sirop. Mettez-1'y vous-m§me. Donnez-le-moi 
Je vais y en mettre un pen. Tenez, voil^ le verre. Mettez-y le 
urop qu^il vous faut. Qui est ce petit Monsieur? C'est mon plus 
jetme frere. En verit^ ! £st-ce un bon enfant ? Iltudie-t-il comme 
il faut ? n fait assez bien son devoir. Aime-t-il k apprendre par 
ecnir ? Oui, il apprend tons les jours quelque chose par ccBur. Lea 
^coliers n'aiment-ils pas generalement (generally) k apprendre par 
coeur? n y en a qui aiment k le faire; mais beancoup aiment k 
etudier, mais non pas a apprendre par cceur. 

Do you intend going to see the new vessel of Mr. Tessier? I 
do.— When? to-morrow, or the day after? The day after to-mor« 
row, if the weather is fine. Is it light enough in your counting- 
house ? It is not light in it. — ^Do you wish to work in mine ? I do 
wish to work in it. — Is it light there ? It is very light there. — Why 
cannot your brother work in his warehouse ? He cannot wc rk there, 
because it is (i7 y fait) too dark. — ^Where is it too dark ? In his 
warehouse. — Is it light in that hole? Ii is darV there. — Is the wea- 
ther dry ? It is very dry. — Is it damp ? It is not damp. It is too 
iry. — ^Is it moonlight? It is not moonlight; it is very damp.— ^H 
18 ♦ 



Digitized 



by Google 



no 



roRTr-riRST L^ftoN. (2.) 



what does yooi unde speak? He speaks of the fine weatl^er.— Ot 
^hat do those men speak ? They speak of fair and bad weather.-^ 
B^ve you tasted that wioe ? I have tasted it. — How do you like iti 
I like it well. — How does your cousin like that cider? He does not 
like it. — Which wine do you wish to taste ? I wish to taste that 
which you have tasted. — Will yoa taste this tobacco ? I have tasted 
it already. — How do you like it ? I like it well. — ^Why do you not 
taste that cider ? Becaose I am not thirsty. — Why does your fnend 
not taste this beef? Because he is not hungry. 

VooASULAiBE. 2de Section. 



L*dleve. t Une foia par jour. 

t Trois ioM par moiB. 

t Tant par an. t Tanl par ttte. 

(La titCf the head, est un nom f<§mJ 

Tant par aoldat. Six ibis par an. 

Le matin de bonne heure. 

Nous sortons le matin de bonne 

heure. 
Quand votre pere est-il aorti I 
Parler de quelqu*un ou de qmeique 

choae, 
De qui parlez-vous f 
Nous parlona Jo Thonime aoa i 

connataaes. 
De quoi parlent-ila f 
lis parlent du teicpa. 
Etre content de,,.. 



'the pupil. Once a day. 

Hu'ice, or three times a month. 
80 much a year. So much a head. 

80 much a soldier. Six times a year. 

Early in the morning. 

We go out early in the morning. 

When did your father go out f 
To epeak of tome one or iomething. 

Of whom do yon speak f 

We speak of the man whom you 

know. 
Of what are they speaking t 
They are speaking of the weather. 
To be pleated, content, satisfied with. 

Oht. 96. To be pleated, cannot be translated literally in French ; becaoM 
Ih? verb p'aire is intransitive, and cannot be used in the pasaiva form. 

ifites-voua content de cet homme-ei f 

J'en suis content. 

^tes-vous content de votrc habil 

neuff 
yen Buis content. 
De quoi Stes-votis content f 
M^content. 
yen suis m^content. 
On parle de votre ami. 
En parle-t-on t Qu*en diton f 
Parie-t-on de votre livre t - 
On en parle. On n'en parle point 
Ne.... point (nearly aynonymoof 

to . . . pat,) 
Le mature et son fldve ne sont poiiil 

sortis. 
i Sojfet content de ce que vovs avsi. 



Are you satiafied with thia man f 

I am pleased with him. 

Arp you pleased with your new coat 7 

I am pleased with it. 

What are you pleased with f 

Displeased, discontented. 

I am displeased with him, or it. 

They speak of your firiend. 

Do they f What do they say of him f 

Are they speaking of your book T 

They are. They are not. 

Not. (^ 171, N. 2.) 

The teacher and his pupil have not 

gone out. 
Be satisfied with what you have. 



Digitized 



by Google 



r01BLTY'Wl^^T LBffOK. (2.) 



911 



I am not diantiflfied with it. 

Do they apeak of the cholera? 

They do. 
What do they talk off (or about ?) 
Nothing is epoken of. 
Water. The joater. Same water. 
Wine and water. Syrup- and water. 

A, glajs (or drink) of water. 
A drink of cider. 

A glass of wine and water — of mine- 
ral water. 



Je n'en auis point m^oontent. 
Parle-t-on du cholera 7 

On en parle. 
De quoi parle -t-on t 
On ne parle de rien. 
Eaut (feminin.) Veau. De Veau. 
Du vin et de Feaa. Da sirop et da 

I'eau. 
Un verre d'eao. 
Un Terre de cidre. 
Un verre de vin et d'eau — d*eaii 

min&'ale. 



QuABAiTTB BT UNiiMX TefiMB. 2de Sec. 

Ah ! Yous avez un morceau de pain et de benrre. Ailez-y. lis le 
"Sanger, ou le donner a quelqu'un 7 Je vais le manger, car j'ai 
grand^aira. — Comment ! Vous avez deji faim T II n'est pas tard 
cependant. Combien de fois mangez-vous par jour? Nous man- 
geons quatre fois. — Combien de fois vos enfants boivent-ils par jour? 
lis boivent plusieurs fois. — Buvez-vous aussi souvent qu'eux ? Je 
bois plus souvent — Combien de fois par mois alloz-vous au the&tre ? 
Je n'y vais qu'une fois par mois. — I'es eleves y vont-ils ? lis n'y 
Tont point — De quoi parlent-ils? Us parlent de leurs lemons. Font' 
ils trois themes par jour? lis n'en font que deux, mais ils lesfont 
comme il faut — Avez-vous pu lire le billet qn'on vous a ecrit ? Je 
n'ai pas pu le lire tout Est-ce qu'il est mal ecrit? Oui, je vous 
assure ; voyez, vous-m^me. C'est vrai. Soyez le bien venu, M. — 
AUons prendre un verre d'eau minerale. J'y mets toujours du sirop 
et vous 7 Moi, non. 

How many times a year does your cousin go to the ball ? He 
goes two or three times during the winter. —Do you go there aa 
often as he? I am not uaed to go. — How oftei does your cook 
go to market? He goes generally once a day; sometimes twice. 
— ^Then he goes every day, except (txcepU) Sunday; does he 
not? Yes, he does. — Whom are you inquiring for? I inquire 
for your Englbh cousin. Is he at home? No, he is not. — Do 
you like a large hat ? I do not like a large hat, but a large 
umbrella. — What do you like to do ? 1 like to write. — Do you like 
to see these little boys? I like to see them. — Do you like mineral 
watei, with syAip? I do. — Does your brother like cider? He does. 
—What do the soldiers like? They like wine.— Dost thou like tea 
or coffee? I like both.—Do these children like to rtudy? Tbey 
like to study and to play. — Do you like to read and tc write? I Jke 
to read and to write. How many times a day do you go out 1 .go 



Digitized 



by Google 



US rORTT-SKCOMD 1 |[S80M. (1.) 

OQt as often as I need to go out — Do you often go to my ancle's ? 1 
go there nix times a year. — Do you understand the man who it 
speaking to you ? I do not. — Why do you not? Because he speaks 
too badly. — Does this man know French? He knows it, but I do 
not know it. — Why do you not leara if 1 have no time to learn it 
Of whom have they (on) spoken ? They have spoken of your 
friend. — Have they not spoken of the physicians? They have net 
Rpoken of them. — Do they not speak of the man of whom we hav« 
spoken ? They do speak of him. — Have they spoken of the rxble 
men ? They have spoken of them. — ^Have they spoken of those of 
whom we speak? They have not spoken of those of whom we 
speak, but they have spoken of others. — Have they spoken of our 
children or of those of our neighbors? They have spoken neither 
of ours nor of those of our neighbors. — Of which children have they 
spoken? They have spoken of our master's. — Do they speak of 
my work? They do speak of it — Are you satisfied with your 
pupils? I am satisfied with them. — How does my brother study? 
He studies well. — How many exercises have you studied ? I have 
already studied forty-one. — Is your master satisfied with his scholar? 
He is satisfied with him, and with the presents he has received. 



FORTY-SECOND LESSON, 42d.—Quarante'deuxiefne Legon^ 4tm€. 
VocABULAiBX. Irs Ssction. 
OF PASSIVE VERBS.— Dm Verbet Pa^s^s. 
Passive verbs represent the subject as receiving or suflering from others 
Jie action expressed by the verb. In French, as in English, they are con- 
jugated by means of the auxiliary verb itre, to be, joined to the past par- 
ticiple of the active verb. Thus any active verb may be changed into the 
passive voice. The past participle agrees with the nominative. ($ 159.) 



Active voice. 


Paeeive voice. 


Vouc active. 


Foix pattivt. 


Ik>ve. 


I am loved. 


J'aime. 


Je suis aim^. 


TTiou condact*tt. Thou art conduct- 
-.J 


Tu conduis. 


Tu es conduit 


He praises. 


cu. 

He is praised. 


nioue. 


n est loui. 


We hear. 


We are heard. 


Nous entendons. 


Nous sommea 
entenduB. 


f on punish. 


You are punished. 


Vonspimissez. 


Vousdtespunia 


They blame. 


They are blamed. 


lis bl&ment. 


* lis sont blftm^ 


To^raue, 


praised, praise. 


LoueVf 1, lou€. 


louez, (imp^ra.1 


To punish, 


punished, punish. 


Pumr, 2, puni, 


pvAtftes. 


To blame. 


blamed, blame no 


Blftmer, 1, bl&m^, 


NeUdmet p^ 




one. 


tonne. 






Bf. 


Par or de. 


rme. 


By us. 


De or par moi, 


de or par nova. 



Digitized 



by Google 



F0KTT-8KC0MD LKtfOK. (1.) 



sia 



B J thee, by you. 

By him» by them. 

By whom ia the naughty punished t 
He is punished by his father. 
By whom is the good loved f 
He is loved by everybody. 



De or par toi, de or par vout. 
De or par lui, d' or pireui. 

Far qui le mechant est-il puni f 
II est puni par son pere. 
De qui le bon est-il aimi t 
II est aimi de to at le monde. 



Ob$, 97. Par ia used for physical or menial actions. Ve relates to the 



affections of the heart or soul. 
Which man is praised, and which is 

blamed f 
(iaoghty, wicked. The naughty. 
Skilfnl, clever. Diligent. 
Assid.'fous, industrious, studious. 
Idle, laay. Ignorant. 

The idler, the lazy fellow. 
To reward. To esteem. To despise. 

To hate, hating, hated. 

I hate, thou hatest, he hates. 

Good, .Wise.) 

These children are loved, because 
they are studious and good. 

To travel (to go) to a (to the.) 

Where has he travelled to f 

He has travelled to Vietma. 

Is it good travelling f 

It is good travelling. 

It is bad travelling. 

In the spring. 

It is bad travelling in the winter. 



Quel homme est lou£, et lequel eat 

bl&m€f 
Mechant. Le m^hant. 
Habile. Diligent. 
Assidu, industrieuz, atudieuz* 
Paresseux. Ignorant. 
Le paresseux. 
R^compenser, 1. Esimer, ]. Mtf- 

priser, 1. 
^afr,* 2, haUsant, hat. (24>.) 
Je hais, tu hais, il hait, (le sing, est 

irr^gulier.) 
Sage, (said only of childrta.) 
Ces enfanta sont aim^, parce qa'ib 

sont studieux et sages. 
AUer,* 1, a . . . (au) (avant un n^m.) 
Ou •st-il all^ T 
n eat all£ 2L Vienne. 
t Fait-il bon voyager f 
t II fait bon voyager, 
t n fait mauvais voyager. 
Dons le prin temps, an printemps. 
II fait mauvais voyager dans Thivar 



QirAKAKTi-Dxuziiia THfiMB. Ire Sec. 

De qui avez-vous parle ? Nous avons parle de vous. M'avez* 
vous Ipue 1 Nous ne vous avons pas loue, au contraire, nous vous 
avons bldme. Pourquol m^avez-vous blftme? Parce que vous 
n'^tudiez pas bien. — ^Votre frere vous a parle de quoi? II a parle de 
■es livres, de scs chevaux et de ses chiens. — Pourquoi ses enfaots 
8ont-ils aimes? Parce qu'ils sont bons, ils sont aim^s. Sont-ils plus 
sages que nous ? lis ne sont pas plus sages que vous, mais ils sont 
plus studieux. Votre cousin est-il aussi assidu que le mien ? II est 
aussi assidu que le vdtre, mais le y6tre est plus sage que le mien. 
Fait-il bon voyager au printemps'? II fait bon voyager au printemps 
•t dans I'automne ; mais il fait mauvais voyager dans I'^te et dani 

liver. — Aimez-vous k voyager? Avez-vous quelque fois voysge en 
luverl J^aime assez k voyager, et j'ai sou vent voyag6 en M mais 



Digitized 



by Google 



il4 rORTT-SKCOMD LESSON. (S.) 

pas en hirer. — Le general est souvent malade, vous sarez qu'ii a la 
goutte. Poiirquoi ne voyage-t-il pas 1 11 dit que le printemps est trop 
humide, VM Irop chaud, et I'hiver trop froid. El que dit-il de Paw 
tomne 1 II dit qu'alors il est* trop occupe pour voyager. 

Are you loved 1 I am loved. — By whom are you loved ? lam 
loved by my uncle. — By whom am I loved 1 Thou art loved by thy 
parents. — By whom are we loved ? You are loved by your friends. 
—By whom are those boys loved ? They are loved by their neigh- 
bors.— By whom is this man conducted t He is conducted by me. — 
Where do you conduct him to ? I conduct him home. — By whom 
are we blamed ? We are blamed by our enemies. — ^Why are wb 
blamed by them ? Because they do not love u.«. — Are you punished 
by your master? I am not punished by him, because I am good and 
•^udious. — Are we heard ? We are. — By whom are we heard 1 We 
are heard by our neighbors. — Is thy master heard by his pupils* 
He is heard by them. — Which children are praised ? Those iat are 
good. — Which are punished ? Those that are idle and naughty. — ^Aie 
we praised or blamed 1 We are neither praised nor blamed. 

Is our friend loved by his masters? He is loved and praised by 
them, because he is studious and good ; but his brother is despised 
by his, because he is naughty and idle. — Is he sometimes punished'' 
He is (t7 Vest) every morning and every evening. — Are you some- 
times punished? I am {je ne le sttis) never; I am loved and 
rewarded by my good masters. — ^Are these children never punished? 
They are (ils ne le sant) never, because they are studious and good; 
but those are so (2e sant) very often, because they are idle and 
naughty. — Who is praised and rewarded? Skilful children are 
praised, esteemed, and rewarded, but the ignorant are blamed, 
despised, and punished. — Who is loved, and who is hated ? He who 
is studious and good is loved, and he who is idle and naughty is 
hated.—Must one be {faut-il etre) good in order to be loved ? One 
must be so, (ilfaut r«/r«.)— What must one do {que faut-il f aire) in 
orde« to be loved? One must be good and assiduous. — What must 
one do in order to be rewarded ? One must be (ilfatU itre) skilful, 
vid study much. 

YocABVLAi&B. 2de Section. 



To drive, to ride in a carriage. 

To ride (on horseback). 

To gq on foot, to walk. 

Do yon like to ride on horseback t 

I like to drive. 

2V IwBf lived, living, 

f lifts, tboa liveet. he lives. 



AUer en voiture, ) , , , 
AUeracheval, V^^;; ^^^^ 
Alleripied. 5 »»»«ry ''-^ 
Aimez-vous i monter a cheval ff 
J'aime a aller en voiture. 
Ftvr«,* 4, vicu, ffivrnmU 
Je vis, to vis, il viL 



Digitized 



by Google 



rOKTY-fSOOKD LXS80M. (2.) 



am 



b it good living in Paria f 

Is the living good in PaiiB f 

It ia good living there. 

The living is good there. 

Dear. 

Is the living dear in London f 

Is it dear living in London! 

The living is dear there. 

Thunder. The thunder roars. 

This storm. This fog, mist. 

Is it windy f Does the wind blow ? 

It is windy. The wind blows. 

It is not windy. 

It is very windy. 

Does it thunder t 

Is it foggy T 

It is stormy. 

It is not stormy. 

Does the sun diine f 

^t thunders very much. 

Ji ioon at, at toon at I, at they. 

AS soon as I have eaten, I drink. 

As soon 88 1 have taken off my shoes, 

I take off my stockings. 
What do you do in, the evening ? 
Do I sleep f Thou sleepest. Who 

sleeps t 
Does the child sleep f He still sleeps. 
* Without money. Without speaking. 
Without saying anything, (a word.) 
At latU 

To arrive. Arrived. 

Has he arrived at last f 
He has not arrived yet. 
Is he coming at last f To be sure, he is. 
And then. 
As soon as he has supped, he reads, 



i t Fait-il bon vivre I Paria t 

S t II y flit bon vivreu 

I Cher. 

t Fait-il cher vivre a Londrest 

t II y fait cher vivre. 

Le tonnerre. Le tonnerre grondt. 

Get orage. Ce brouillard. 

t Fait-il du veni T 

t II fait du vent. 

t II ne fait pas de vent. 

t II fait beaucoup de vent. 

t Fait-il du tonnerre f 

t Fait-il du brouillard ? 

t II fait de Torage. 

t II ne fait pas d'orage. 

t Fait-il du soleil ? 

t II fait beaucoup de tonnerre. 

AuttUdt que, auttitdt que nun, qu^emm, 

Aussitot que j'ai mangd, je bois. 

Aussitot que j'ai ot^ mes soulien, 

j'dte mes has. 
Que faites-vous le soir ? 
Est-ce que je dors 7 Tu dors. Qui 

dortt 
L* enfant dort-il t II dort encore. 
Sans argent, t Sans parler. (Dir. 1.* 
t Sans rien dure, t Sans dire un mot. 
Enjln- 

Arriver, 1. Arrivd*. (^<r«pouraiudl.f 
Est-il enfin arrivd T 
II n'est pas encore arrive. 
Vient-il enfin t Sans doute, il vient. 
Puis, et puis. 
Aussitot qu'il a soup6, it lit, puis il 

dort. 



and then ho sleeps. 

QuABANTs-DBuxitinB ThI MX. 2de Sec. 
Aimez-voufl k monter k cheval le matin 1 Non, mais j^aime k 
monter k cheval le soir. Pourquoi ? Paice que le soir, il fait pltu 
frais, et voua dormez mieux apres votre retonr. Je crois que vous 
avez^raison, et cependant on moute plus k cheval le matin que le 
£oir. Votre fire re a-t-il jamais mont6 k cheval ? II n'y a jamaii 
monte. Votre oncle monte-t-il & cheval aussi souvent que votre 
pere ? lis vont souvent k cheval Pun avec Pautre. — Avez-vous et^ 
en voiture au pon: de 61 de fer ? Oui, nous y avons ete plusieuis foi» 
V avez-voua dej& ete k cheval ? Non, je n'y ai jamais ^t^ k cheral 



Digitized 



by Google 



216 rOETT-S£COND LES80H. (2.) 

Allons-y cet apres-midi. A cheval ou en yoitaie t A cheval. Non, 
mais a pied; si yous voulez. — Aimez-vous k aller a pied 1 Oai, j'aiiiie 
beauconp k aUer k pied, il fait trop de pouseiere pour y aller icheraL 

Have you been in London? I have been there. — Is the living 
good there ? The living is good there, but dear. — Is it dear living 
in Paris ? It is good living there, and not dear. — Do you like travel- 
ling in France ? I like travelling there, because one finds good peo- 
ple [de bonnes gens) there. — Does your friend like travelling in Hol- 
land ? He does not like travelling there, because the living is bad 
there. — Do you like travelling in Italy 7 I do like travelling there, 
because the living is good there, and one {et qu^on y) finds good 
people there ; but the roads are not very good there. — Do the En^iah 
like to travel in Spain ? They do like to travel there ; but they find 
the roads there too bad. — How is the weather ? The weather is very 
bad. — ^Is it windy? It is very windy. — Was it stormy yesterday? 
It was very stormy, {un grand orage.) Do you go to the market this 
morning? I do go thither, if it is not stormy. — ^Do you intend going 
to France this year? {utte annie?) I intend going thither, if the 
weather is not too bad. — ^Do you like to go on foot f I do not like 
to go on foot, but I like going in a carriage when {quand) I am 
travelling. — Will you go on foot ? I cannot go on foot, because I am 
tired. 

What sort of weather is it ? It thunders. — Does the sun shine ? 
The sun does not shine; it is foggy. — Do you hear the thunder? it 
roars. Yes, I hear it: it roars much. — Is it fine weather? Th# 
wind blows hard, and the thunder roars much. — ^What do you do in 
the evening? I work as soon as I have supped. — And what do you 
do afterwanis ? Afterwards I sleep. — When do you drink ? I drink 
as soon as I have eaten. — When do you sleep ? I sleep as soon as 
I have supped. — ^Have you spoken to the merchant ? I have spoken 
to him. — ^What has he said ? He has left (partis) without sajing 
an3rthing. — Can you work without speaking? I can work, but not 
{non pas) study French without speaking. — ^WUt thou go for some 
wine ? I cannot (point) go for wine without money. — ^Have f'ou 
bought any horses ? I do not buy without money. — ^Has your father 
arrived at last ? He has arrived.— When did he arrive ? This morn- 
ing at four o'clock. — Has your cousin set out at last ? He has not 
set out yet. — Have you at last found a good master? I have at last 
found one. — Are you at last learning German ? I am at last learning 
'^it. — Why have you not already learned it ? Because I have not been 
able to find a good master. 



Digitized 



by Google 



r^ftTT-THIRD LXffOH. (1.) til 

FORTY-THIRD L£SSON, A3d.—QuaranU'troisiink l^^v «, 48im. 



Digitized 



by Google j^^ 



SIS rOKTT-THIED LXIfOM. (1.) 

QuARAXTB-TBOTSiin THftiu. Ire See. 

Ah ! Tons Toili, enfin ! Je yous ai attendu long-temps. Je mm 
f&ch6 de vons avoir fait attendre ; mais je n'ai pas pu (^ 148) yenir 
platdt Quelqu'an est-il malade chez vous ? Non, mais .... N'im- 
porte. Parions de votre nouveau oheval. Vous plait-ii? (arc yon 
pleased 7) 11 ne me plait pas beaucoup. Pourquoi done ? 11 est 
bun, il va bien ; mais il est si grand; si grand que j'ai Pair d'un enfant 
quand je suis dessus. L'avez-vous essaye deja? Oui, deux fois.— 
Est-il difficile & monter? Non, pas du tout---Joseph. Joseph! Od 
m'appelle. Je crois que e'est mon oncle qui a besoin de moi 
Allez, alors. Adieu. Attendez. Je veux vous demander quelqi^e 
ohose. Quoi? Voulez-vous revenir ce soirl Ce soir? Je crob • 
que non. Je suis tres-occup^. Mais vous-m^me, venez me voir. 
Et pourquoi? Si vous Stes si occup^, nous ne pouvons ni parler ni 
nous amuser ensemble. Vous avez raison ; mais, il me faut partir. 
Adieu, au plaisir. Au plaisir. 

Who kindles your fire 1 Our servant does. — Does he kindle it 
well? He bums himself sometimes. — Does he make your coffee! 
Yes, and he does it first-rate j (excellent.) You have been in Eng- 
land, have you not ? Yes, I have. And in Ireland too ? No, I 
would not (did not wish to) go there. — ^Were you afraid to go ? Yes, 
a litde. — How is the living there? (y vit-on ?) So, so; not so well 
as in England and France. — ^Where is the living dearer, in Paris of 
in London ? It is dearer in Paris, no, I mean in London. — Do peo- 
ple despise the lazy and the wicked ? Yes, people despise them. 
— What is esteemed? Merit is. — Do scholars love or hate theii 
teachers ? Some love and esteem them ; others hate them. The 
studious is generally esteemed, is he not ? Yes, he is, by every- 
body. — ^Do parents punish their bad children ? Yes, they do, when 
these do something wrong, (mal.) 

Do you see yourself in that small looking-glass 1 I see myself 
in it.-<^an your friends see themselves in that large looking-glass* 
They can see themselves therein. Why does your brother not Kght 
the fire ? He does not light it, because he is afraid of burning him* 
self. — Why do you not cut your bread ? I do not cut it, because I 
fear to cut my finger. — Have you a sore finger? I have a sore finger 
and a sore foot. — Do you wish to warm yourself? I do wish to waan 
myself, because I am very (grand) cold.— Why does that man nol 
warm himself ? Because he is not cold. — ^Do your neighbors wans 
themselves ? They warm themselves, because they are cold. — How 
do you pass your time ? I pass it in the best way I can. — ^How do 
your children pass their time % They pass it in studying, writing^ 
•nd playing. — ^How does your oounn spend his? He amuses him- 



Digitized 



by Google 



FOETT-THIEO LXSSOJT. (2.) 



219 



felf in leading good books and in writing to bis friends. — ^Wbat do 
yon do when you have nothing to do at home ? I go to the play, 
and to the concert. — ^I often say, " Every one amuses himself as he 
likes.'' — Every man has his taste ; what is yours? Mine is to study, 
to read a good book, to go to the theatre, the concert, and the ball, 
and to ride. His, is to do nothing. Theirs, is to have fine dogs. 

VocABXTLAiBB. 2de Bectlon. 



Gach of you, us, them. 

The world, (the people.) Gented 
'people. 

Every one, everybody, says and be- 
lieves 80. 

Everybody speaks of it, them, you, 

Every one (any one) is liable to make 

a mistake. 
To be subjecf to (plagued with) the 

toothache. 
We are all liable to make mistakes. 

To mistake, to be mistaken. 
Do not make a mistake (impera.) 
Are you mistaken f I am. 
Is he mistaken f He is not. 



To deceive, to dbectf. 
He has cheated me. 
He has cheated me 

francs. 
You cut your finger. 



of a hundred 



Chacim de vous, de nous, d*euz. 
Le monde. Le heau monde. 

Tout le monde le dit et le croit. 

Tout le monde (chacOn) en parle. 

Tout homme (chaque homme) c 

Bujet a se tromper. 
Eure sm'et au mal de dents. 



nous 



1. 



Nous sommes tons sujets i 

tromper. 
t Me, te, se, nous, vous tromper^ 
t Ne vous trompez pas. {% 55.) 
t Voas trompez-vous 7 Je me trorope. 
t Se trompe-t-il f n ne se trompe 

point 
Tromper, 1. 
n m'atromp^. 
n m'a tromp^ de cent francs. 

Vous vous coupez le doigt. 



Ohi. 99. When an agent perfimns an act upon a part of himself, the verb 
b made reflectiva. 



I cut my nails. 

A hair. 

To pull out, pluck out, extract, snatch. 

He pulls out his hair. 

He cuts his hair. 

The dentist extracts one of his teeth. 

To go avDoy, (tear or take one's self 

away from a place.) 

Oh$, 100. Je m*en vait, is equivalent to : I take myself from here. 



Je me coupe les ongies. 

Un cheveu, (plur. x.) 

Arracher, 1. 

n s'arrache lea cheveux. 

n se coupe les cheveux. 

Le dentists aTrache une de sea d 

t M', t\ s*, nous, youB en aUer,^ 1. 



Are you going away f I am. 

I am not. 

Is he going away f He is not. 

Is he not going away f He b. 

Am I going f You are. 



t Vous en allez-vous ? Je m'en vab ^ 
t Je ne m'en vais pas. 
t S*en va-t-il f II ne a'en va point 
t Ne s'en va-t-il point I U s'en va, 
t M'en vab-je ? Vous vous en alltik 



Digitized 



by Google 



rORTT-THIRS LEttOV. (2.) 



Are we not going awtj f 

Yee, we are. 

Are theee papils going away f 

They are not. 

To feel sleepy. 

Do yoa feel sleepy f 

I do feel sleepy. 

To soiL Do not soil. 

IV /(Mr, dread, feared, fear nothing. 

Kh to fear. (% 171—7.) 

I dread. He fears he has nothing. 

He fears to soil his fingers. 

Do you dread to go out t 

I do dread to go oat. 

He is afraid not to go there. 

Do you fear that man f 

I do not fear him. 

What do yon fear f Nothing. 

Whom do you fear ? Nobody. 

I fear nobody. 



t Ne nous en aUons^nons pat f 

t Si feit, nous nous en allons. 

t See dleves s'en vont-ils I 

t lis ne s'en vent pas. 

t Avoir envie de dormir. 

t Avez-vous envie de dormir f 

t J*ai envie de dormir. 

Salir, 2. Ne saliasez pas. 

Craindre,* 4, craint. Ne craignu 

rien. 
Ne pd$ craindre (de av. TinEn.) 
Je Grains. H craint de ne rien avoir, 
n craint de se salir lea doi^ts. 
Craignez-vous de sortir ! 
Je crains de sortir. 
n craint de ne pae y aller. 
Craignez-voQS cet homme t 
Je ne le crains pas. 
Que craignez-yons f * Rien. 
Qui craignez-voos t Personne. 
Je ne crains personne. 



QuABAHTB-TROisiJba Th^mx. 2de Sec 

Vous arez Pair d'avoir chaud^ prenez un yerre de sirop. Avez^ 
Tous de Peau minerale ici ? Non, nous n'en avoas point ; mais nous 
pouvons en envoyer chercher, on plut6t, allons-en boire, chactrn nn 
rerre, chez Papothicaire du coin. Volontiers. Allons-y. Venez 
aussi, FridiriCj ne Tonlez-TOUB pas ? Non, je n'ai pas soif, mais j'ai 
faim. Ainsi, k yotre retonr, apportez-moi un ou deux gateaux. Ou 
pouvons-nous en acheter? Vous pouvez en trouverchez le mar- 
chand de g&teaux. Demeure-t-il au coin? Non, il demeure au 
milieu de la rue, De quel c6t^ ? De ce c6t6-ci. N'atez-vous jamais 
rien achete chez lui ? Non, je n'achete jamais de g&teaux. Pour- 
quoi done 7 Ne les aimez-vous pas? Si fait, je les aime beaucoup, 
au contraire, mais je n'ai pas sourent faim avant diner. Ayant de 
vous en aller, pr^tez-moi votre canif. Pour faire quoi ? (ou mieux : 
pourquoi faire ?) Pour me couper les ongles. Ne yous conpez-vous 
pas les ongles aveo des oiseaux f Non, je ne peux pas me couper 
les ongles ayec des ciseaux. N'ayez*yous pas de canif? Si fait, 
j'en ai un ; le voici ; mais il ne coupe pas assez, pour me couper les 
ongles. 

Do you cut your hair ? (les dieveux.) I do cut my hair. — Does 
your friend cut his hair ? He cuts his nails, but not his hair. — ^Why 
does that man pull out his hair? Is he crazy? Yes, he is. — Why 
does not your cousin brush his coat 7 He does not brush it, because 



Digitized 



by Google 



TOKTT-FOVRTH LKSSOV. (1.) 2Xk 



drank a glass of wine and water| and some syrup and water. 



Digitized 



by Google ^' 



rORTT-rOURTH LE880M. (1.) 



He hiA cut himielf. 

Hmve we cut ourselves T (^ 180—2.) 

We have not cut oureelvee. 

Have these men cut themselves I 

They have not cut themselves. 

To walk, take a walk, - a stroll. 

To go s walking, to stroll. 

To take an airing in a carriage. 

The coach. A new coach. 

To take a ride. 

Do you take a walk ? 

I do take a walk. 

Does he take a walk f He does. 

We take a walk. 

Thou wish est to take an airing. 

They wish to take a ride. 

Tc ^iU a chad. 

Do you take your children a walk- 
ing! 

I take them a walking every morn- 
ing. 

To go to bedf lie down. Go to bed. 

To go to bed, to get in bed. 

Go to bed. Get in bed, (impera.) 

To get up, to rise. Get up, rise. 

Do you rise early ? 

I rise at sunrise. 

I go to bed at sunset. 

The (or at) iunrite. 

The (or at) suneet. 

Gentlemen, at what time did you go 

to bed t 
At three o*clock in the morning. 
At what o*clock did he go to bed 

yesterday f 
He went to bed Iste. 



II s'est coup^. 

Nous sommes-Dons coup^ t 

Nous ne nous sommes pas coup^ 

Ces hommes se sont-ils coup^f 

II ne se sont pas ooup^. 

t Me, te. se, nous, vous, j 

t Aller me, te, &c., promener. 

t Se promener en carrosse. 

Le earroM8€, Un carroese neuf 

t Se promener a cheval. 

Vous promenez-vous I 

t Je me promene. (^ Hi 4 .) 

t Se promene-t-il ? H se proraeiM. 

Nous nous promenons. 

Tu veux te promener en ca r roass. 

lis veulent se promener a chevaL 

Promener un etrfani. 

Promenez-vous vos enfauts t 

Je les promene tous les matins. 

t Se toucher t 1. Couchex-voue. 

t AlJer ge coudter^ ie mettre au lit. 
i AUex'VouM eoudter, Mette%-vomi 

aulit. 
t Se lever, 1. Levei-vous. 

Vous levez-vous de bonne heore ? 
Je me leve au lever du soleiL 
Je me oouche au coucher du soleil. 
Le (ou au) lever du toleU. 
Le (ou av) eoudter du ioleU. 
Messieurs, a quelle heure vous itet- 

vous couches r (^180—^) 
A trois heures du matin. 
A quelle heure s*e8t-il oouch^ hier f 

n s*est couch6 tard. 



QnA.&AMTE-QUATBiim Th£mb. Ire Sec. 

Je n'at pas vu George, ce matin, ou est-il ? 11 est all^ chez la 
dentiste. — Pourquoi? A-t-il mal aux dents? Qui, il Pa eu iouie U 
nuitj (all night.) Va-t-U se faire arracher une derUf (fi^minin.) Oiii, 
si le dentiste veut I'arracher. — N'arrache-t-il pas toujoure les denti 
quand on le veut 7 Non, je vous assure. Pourqnoi done 1 Parce 
que quelque fois ce n'est pas n^cessotre.— Avez-vous jamais eu une 
dent arraehie 7 Non, jamais encore. Que vous a dit le jardinler ? 
Q m'a dit qu'on a arrach^ un de ses petits arbres. En vlrite ! Qui 
p0ul Pavoir arrache ? H n'en sait rien. J'ai oublid de tous randirs 



Digitized 



by Google 



rORTT-rOURTB LXSSOlf. (2.) 2S2I 

rotie caDif, mais le yoici, tenez, pienez-le. Merci. C'est moi qui 
V0U8 remeicie. Qa'ayez-vonB au doigt? Je me suis coup^. — ^Aveo 
quoi ? Avec nn des coufeaux du cuisinier. Qa'avez-Yous mis des- 
BUS? Rlen encore. N'allez-rous rien y mettre 7 Pardonnez-moL 
Un peu dUau de Cologne et un morceau de linge. 

Have you cut your hair 1 I have not cut it (myself), but I have had 
it cut, (me Us suis fait couper.)-— What has this child done? He hai 
cut his foot — ^Why did they give him a knife ? They gave him one 
lO {pour) cut his nails, aud he has cut his finger and his foot. — Do 
you go to bed early 7 I go to bed late, for I cannot sleep when I 
go to bed early. — ^At what o'clock lid you go to bed yeste-day ? 
Yesterday I went to bed at a quartet past eleven. — At what o'cloc]§ 
do your children go to bed 1 They go to bed at sunset. — Do they 
rise early? They rise at sunrise. — At what o'clock cdd you rise 
to-day ? To-day I rose late, because I went to bed late yesterday 
evening, {kier au soir.) 

Does your son rise late ? He rises early, for he never goes to bed 
late. — What does he do when he gets up 7 He studies, and then 
breakfasts. — Does he not go out before he breakfasts? No, he 
studies and breakfasts before he goes out. — What does he do after 
breakfasting 7 As soon as he has breakfasted he comes to my house, 
and we take a ride. — Didst thou rise this morning as early as 1 7 I 
rose earlier than you, for I rose before sunrise. — Do you often go a 
walking ? I go a walking when I have nothing to do at home. — Do 
you wish to take a walk 7 I cannot take a walk, for I have too 
much to do. — ^Has your brother taken a ride? He has taken an 
airing in a carriage. — Do your children often go a walking 7 They 
go a waJking eveiy morning, after breakfast. — Do you take a walk 
after dimier 7 After dinner I drink tea, and then I take a walk. 

YooABULAias. 2de Section. 



To refoiee at somMtking, 

i rejoice at your happiness. 

At what does your uncle rejoice f 

I have rejoiced. 

They have rejoiced. 

YovL have made a mistake. 

We have made a mistake. 

To hurt oomebody. 

The evUf the pain, the hatm. 

Have you hort that man f 

1 have hurt that roan. 

Why did you hnrt that man f 



t Se rejouir 2 de qudque dbte. 

Je me r^joois de votre bonheor. 

De quoi votre oncle se r^jouH-il t 

Je me suis r^joui. 

lis se sont r^jouis. 

t Vous vous 8tes tromp& 

t Nous nous sommes tromp^s. 

t Faire du mal d quelqu^un. 

Lemal, 

t Avez-vous fait da mal i oel 

homme f 
t J*ai fait du mal a cet homms. 
t Pourquoi avez-voit fait da imI I 

cet homme f 



Digitized 



by Google 



rOKTT*FOURTH LBSSOV. (t.) 



QuAKAxn-QUATBiiMi THftifB. 2dt Seo. 

Qui est cet enfant que youb louez tant 7 C'est Albsrti le plus jeune 
filsdenotre spicier. Ne le connaissez-vous past Non, je ne lo 
oonnaifl pas. Ne Pavez-yons jamais yu dans le magasin do P^picier f 
C'est possible. Mais pouiquoi Parez yoob tant lou6! On Palon^ 
paice qu'il a bien 6tadi6. Ma» il n'a fait que son deToir. Fant-i» 
le loner pour cela 7 Sans doute. Je ne croyais pas cela nicetwxm 
Quand on le Ion a, il ^tudie mieux. C'est diffhrerU, Pourou^ 
eet autre enfant a-t-il ^t^ puni ! Pourquoi punit-on les enfants gen* 
ralement? Farce c;a'ils sont m^hants et paresseux. C'est pov 
cela xnftme qu'or a puni cet autre. — Et celui-oi, Pa-t-on r^om- 
pens6 1 On Pa r^compens^ paice qu'il a bien travaill^. — Que faut-l^ 
faire pour ne pea itre m^pris^ 1 II faut dtre studieux, diligent, et sage. 
— Ah I Louis, V3U8 vous fttes fait couper les cheyeux, yous ayez nut 
nn habit neuf^ un joli gilet de satin noir, yous ayez Pair d'un autre 
garQon. Je yous ai k peine connu. Que pensez-yous de mon habi 
Deuf^ Jo le trovve supexbe. 



Digitized 



by Google 



rORTT*rOVRTH LBSSOM. (3.) XM 

What haye yon done with your money? I haye bob^t a book 
mth it — ^What has the joiner done with his wood? He has made 
a bench of it. — What has the tailor done with the cloth which you 
gaye him ? He has made clothes of it for {pour) yonr children and 
mine. — ^Has that man hurt youl No, Sir, he has not hurt me. — 
What must one do in order to be loved? One must do good to 
those that haye done us harm. — ^Haye we oyer done you harm ? 
No ; yon haye on the contrary done us good. — Do you do harm to any 
one 1 I do no one any harm. — ^Why haye you hurt these chttdren? 
I haye not hurt them. — ^Haye 1 hurt you ? You haye not hurt me, 
but your boys have, {m'en ontfcit.) — ^What have they done to youl 
They have beaten me. — Is it (est-ce) your brother who has hurt my 
son ? No, Sir, it is not (ce n^est pas) my brother, for he has never 
hurt any one. 

Have you drunk that wine ? I have drunk it. — ^How did you like 
it ? I liked it very well. — Has it done you good ? It has done me 
good. — Have you hurt yourself? I have not hurt myself. — Who has 
hurt himself? My brother has hurt himself, for he has cut his 
finger. — ^Is he still ill, (malade ?) He is better,- (mimx.) — I rejoice 
to hear that he is no longer ill, for I love him. Why does your 
cousin pull out his hair? Because he cannot pay what he owes. — 
Did your father rejoice to see you ? He did rejoice to see me. — 
What did you rejoice at? I rejoiced at seeing my good friends.- 
What was your uncle delighted with, {s*est il rejoui?) He was 
delighted with the horse which you have sent him. — ^What were 
your children delighted with ? They were delighted with the fine 
^lothes which I have had made for th^m, (queje leur cd fcdt fcdre.) 

VocABULAiBx. Sms Sectlon. 



A knife was given him to cut his 
bread, and he cut his finger. 

To fatter soms one. 
To flatter one*8 self 

Ee flatters himself that he knows 

French. 
Nothing but. 

He has nothing but enemies. 
To become, 

(Vevenir does not take de after it.) ' 
He has turned a soldier. I 

Have you turned a merchant f I 

I have turned (become) a lawyer. ' 

What ha» become of your brother? \ 



On lui a donn€ un oouteau pour cou- 
per son pain, et il s'est coupd le 
doigt. 

Flatter 1 quelqu^un. 

Se flatter, (takes de before the infini- 
tive.) 

t n se flatte de savoir le Fran^ais. 

Ne.,. que, 

n n*a que des ennemis. 

Devenir,' 2, p. pase^ devenu^, (cor 

jugu4 comme Venir. (25>, 34'.) 
t II 8*est fait soldat. 
t Vous dteS'Voua fait marchand \ 
t Je me auia fait avocat. 
t Votre frere qu'est-it dovenu / 
t Qu'cBt devenu votre friref 



Digitized 



by Google 



fl5 rORTT-rOURTH LStBOM. (3.) 

What hat become of hunt | t Qu'eet-a deTeim t 

[ do not know what has become of \ t Je ne eaia pas ce qvCU eat d»VBm 

him, I 

To enlist, to enroll \ S*enrdler, 1, se faire goldat. 

„ , ,. , J 5 t II s'est enroW. 

He haa enhated. \ ^ „ ^,^^ ^^ ^,^^ 



I cannot paj you, for I have no 

raonej. 
He cannot giTC you any bread, for 

he haa none. 
To believe $ome one. 
Do you believe that man f 
I do not belieye him. 

Obe. 102. The yerb croire goyema the accusative ; we say, howeter 
To believe in God. I Croire en Dieu. 

I believe in God. I Je crois en Dieu. 



Je ne puis voua payer, car je n'lrf 

paa d* argent, 
n ne peat paa vona do&ner de paia, 

car il n*en a pas. 
Croire!* 4 quelqu^un, 
Croyez-vous cet homme f 
Je ne le crois pas. 



Mentir,* 2; past part, menet, prea. 

part, mentant. Ne mentez pae. 
Je mens, tu mens, il ment. 
Le menteur. 



To fUter afaUAjoodt to lie. 

Do not lie, (impera.) 
I He, thou liest, he lies. 
The story-teller, the liar. 

QuABANTS-QUATBifeHB TH^tfE. 8me Sec. 

Promenez-vous souvent vos enfantsi Je les promene tons lea 
matins et tous les soirs^ quand le temps le permet. C'est-i-direy 
quand il fait beau temps? Non; mais quand il ne fait pas tiop 
mauvais. — Les menez-vous promener quand le temps est convert ou 
humide? Sans doute. Et quaad il pleut? Qui, s'il ne pleut pas 
beaucoup. Quand le tonnerre gronde ? Qui, m^me quand le ton- 
nerre gronde, s'il ne fait pas de pluie. Allez-vous les mener prome- 
ner ce soir ? Non, il fait tro^f de pluie et de vent. N'entendez-Youfl 
pas le bruit du vent ? Si fait, je Pentends. Et le bruit de la pluie 
sur la maison ? Qui, je Pentends aussi. On ne peut pas promener 
avec plaisir pendant un orage comme celui-l&. Vous ayez raisoo, 
je pense comme vous. — Croyez-vous ce petit garden avec les che- 
veujc noirs ? Qui, c'est un bon petit garden, mais cet autre-lii est un 
gmnd menteur. Sait-il quand il menti En v^ritS, je crois que non. 
-—Pourquoi n'entrez- vous pas? Avez-vous peur d'etre mordu par 
notre petit chien blanc ? Mord-il aussi bien qu'il ab6ie 1 II aboie 
beaucoup, mais il ne mord pas. 

What has become of your friend 1 He has become a lawyer. — 
What has become of your cousin? He has enlisted. — Has youi 
neighbor enlisted? He has not enlisted. — ^What has become of 
him ? He has turned a merchant — What has become of his children ? 
His children have become men. — What has become of your son 1 
He has become a great man. — Has he become learned ? He hat 



Digitized 



by Google 



rORTT*rirTB LSStOV. (1.) 



sn 



oaoome learoed. — ^What has become of my book % I do not biow 
wbat has become of it — Have you tom itt I hare not ton it— 
What has become of our friend's son ? I do not know what has 
become of him. — ^lu he in England or Italy ? I cannot tell you. — ^I 
belieye his father does not know what has become of him. — Whom 
did he go travelling with? He went with his cousin. — Do they 
know what has become ol the latter? Oh! yes; he has returned, 
and he is studying to become a doctor. It is extraordinary. — Whv 
ioes this man rejoice so much? {tant ?) Because he flatters himself 
ae has good friends. — ^Is he not right in rejoicing? He is wrong, for 
ne has nothing but enemies. — ^Is he not loved ? He is flattered, but 
he is not beloved. — Do you flatter yourself that you know French? 
I do flatter myself that I know it; for I can speak, read, and write 
it. — Has the physician done any harm to your child ? He has cnt 
his finger, (lui a coupi le doigt,) but he has not done him any harm, 
BO (et) you are mistaken, if you believe that he has done him any 
harm. — Why do you listen to that man? I listen to him, but I do 
not believe him ; for I know that he is a story-teller. — ^How do you 
know that ne is a story-teUer ? He does not believe in God ; and all 
:hose (tous ceux) who do not believe in God are story-tellers. 



FORTY-FIFTH LESSON, A6ih^-QuaranU'Cinquume Le^on, 45me. 

YooABULAiBB. Ire Section. 

OF IMPERSONAL VERBS.— Ferftet ITwpen^nmU. 

We have already seen (41', 42?,) ■ome idkmiBtical expressions with /aire, 

til of which belong to the impersonal verbs. These verbs, having no deter 

minate subject, are conjugated only in the third person, by means' of tht 

pronoun 'I, it. £z. 

To rain, it rains. | Fleuvoir,* 3. il pleut, pati pari. plu. 

To snow, it snows. Neiger, 1. il neige. 

To hail, it hails. I GrSler, 1. il grdle. 

The Bubetantivea belonging to these three verbs are feminine, as will be 
seen when we come to treat of feminine nouns. 

t Faire des ^clairsi. 
t Fait-il des flairs t II en fait 
L' eclair. til fait des ^aira. 

t n ne fait pas d'^clairs. {Obt. 27.) 
t II fait beaucoup d'^clairs. 
t Pleut-il r 11 pleut d verte. 
t Neige-t-il f H Migefort, (bMni* 
coup.) 



It does. 
It lightens. 



To lighten. 
Does it lighten I 
The lightning. 
It does not lighten. 
It lightens much. 
Jioes it rain f It rains very hard. 
I it snow r It snows hard. 



Digitized 



by Google 



FORTT-riFTH I^SttOV. {U) 



UlMdlsmach. 

Th« haH The 

The ran does not shine. 

The son is in mj eyes. 

To thunder, — it thunders. 

To shine, to glitter, shining, shineif 

The §kiUten. It hails, diut the 

■hulters quick. 
Is the walking good t 
It is good (had) walking. 
This country. In that country. 

He has made many friends in that 

country. 
Of wMckf cf whom, whoie, 
I see the man of whom you speak. 
I have bought the horse of which you 

spoke to me. 
I see the man whose brother has 

killed my dog. 
I see the man whose dog you have 

killed. 
Do you see the child whose fiither set 

out yesterday f I see it. 

Whom have you seen f 
I have seen the merchant whose 

warehouse jrou have taken. 
I have spoken to the man whose 
warehouse has been burnt. 



II fait beaucoup de gr^. 

La grile. La neige. (noms f(§i 

t II ne fait point de solell. 

t Le soleil me donne dans la vue. 

Tonner, 1,— il tonne. 

Luire,* 4, luisant, lui, (p. pa8s6.) 

Les voieta, U grdle, fermez vite 1m 

volets, 
t Fait-il bon marcher t 
t n fait bon (mauvaia) marcher. 
Ce pays-ci. Dans ce pays-li. 

t n s*e8t fait beaucoup d^amis daus 

ce pays-la. 
Dont, (pronom ? elatif. ^ 86^ 
Je vois rhomme dont vous parlei. 
J*ai achet6 le chevaldont vous m*avei 

parle. 
Je vois rhomme dont le frere a tu^ 

mon chien. 
Je vois rhomme dont vous avex tu4 

le chien. 
Voyez-vous Tenfant dont le p^ est 

parti bier f Je le vois. 

Qui avez-vous vu t 
J*ai vu le marchand dont vous avot 

pris le magasin. 
J'ai parl6 a Thorome dont le magasm 

a 'ei6 brul6. 



QuABAJTTB-oiHQTJiiin Th^mb. Ire See. 

Qael manvais temps il fait aujonrd'hui ! H pleut k verse ; il fiait 
dea Maira, le tonnerre groQde....Ne gr^le4-il pas ansa? Je la 
oioyais U y a un moment, (a minute ago.) Ne vant-U pas mienz 
faire firmer les volets ? (have .... shut 1) Je crois qu'il vaut mieux 
les faire fermer. Car s'il gr&le encore, la grftle pent casser nos ew- 
reatjoe de vitre, (panes of glass.) Dites k Salomon de venir fenner 
les volets. Ou est Salomon t Appelez-le, si vous ne pouvez pas 
le tiouver. Qa'est-ce que o'est que ce bruit 1 N'est-ce pas la grile 
qui vient contre les vitres ? Salomon, fermez vite ces Yolets. N'y 
a-t-il pas un carreau de cassS? (30*, Ohs. 71.) Non, M., je n'en 
vois ^as de casse. Voici un volet de ferm^. Fermez Wte Pautre, 
car je crains pour nos carreaux. 

Have you seen the gentleman from whom I have received a pre- 
sent? I have not. — ^Have you seen the fine gun of which I spoke 
to youl I have. — ^Has your unde seen the books of which you 
■p<^e to him ? He has-^Hast thou seen the man whose ohildrer 



Digitized 



by Google 



^ FOErr-JiTTH X.S8S01I. (2.) m 

III 'e been pnnished T I hare not seen luin. — ^To whom have yen 
been speaking in the theatre ? I hare been speaking to the man 
whose brother has killed my fine dog. — Have you seen the little boy 
whose father has become (s^estfait) a lawyer 1 I have seen him. 
— Whom have you seen at the ball 1 I saw the farmer whose horsei 
you bought (^ 88), and the men whose coach you had a mind to 
buy. — ^Whom do you see now ? I see the man whose servant hai 
broken my looking-glass, and my two panes of glassw — ^Have yov 
heard the man whose fnend has lent me Ekiglish money ? I have 
not. — Whom have you heard % I have heard the French captain 
whose son is my friend. 

Hast thou brushed the coat of which I spcke to thee? I have 
not yet brushed it. — Have you received the money which you have 
been wanting ? I have. — ^Have I the brown paper of which I have 
need ? You have it. — ^Has your brother the Italian books of which 
he has need ? He has. — Have you spoken to the merchants whose 
warehouse we have taken ? We have spoken to them. — ^H&ve you 
spoken to the physician whose son has studied German ? I have. 
— ^Hast thou seen the poor men whose warehouses have been burnt' 
I have. — ^Have you read the books which we have lent you ? Wr 
have. — ^What do you say of them? (en?) We say that they am 
very fine. — ^Do you give anything to the children who are idle ? We 
give them nothing. — ^Did it snow yesterday ? Yes, it did hail, lighten, 
and snow last evening and all night I am very sorry for it Why » 
Because we are going to have bad walking for a few days. A&a 
we noti 

VooABULAiBE. 2de Section. 



That of which. (No tntecedent.) 

That of which, l^withantecedenta.) 

Thoae or which. J ^ 

X have that of which I have need. ] 

I have whar I want. j 

He has wha- he wants. 

Have you the book of which you have 

need? 
I have that of which I have need. 
Has the joiner the nails of which he 

has need T 
He has thoae of which he has need. 
Which men do you see f 
I see those of whom yott spoke 



Ce dont, (n*a point d'ant^o^ent ) 

J'ai CO dont j'ai beaoin. 

TivLce dont il a besoin. 

Avez-vons le livre dont vooa avei 

besoin t 
J'ai cdui dont j*ai besoin. 
Le menuiaier a-t-il lea clous doni il a 

besoin f 
n a ceuz dont il a beaoin. 
Quels hommes voyez-vous f 
Je voia ceuz dont voua aves parld. 
Oho. 103. The relative, dont^ of which, d&c., being an indirect, not a 
iirect object, (or r^ime,) has no influence on the past participle. (99> 
Oh.. 75, 76.) 
20 



Digitized 



by Google 



rORTT-FITTH tBlBOlf (2.) 



Voyos-Toua let 6i6fM dont j« tooi 
ai pmrU f Je let vols. 

^ quit (relatif.) aus queU, (mas. plurO 

Je vols lea enfanta i qui voua avei 
donnd des g&teauz. 

A quels Aleves parlez-voua f (^ 79.> 

Je parle a ceuz aoxquels (a qui) vow 
Tons dtea adress^. 

X quels chiens donnei-votis a man- 
ger! 

A ceox auzquels voos n'ayez tiea 
donn^. 

Ob8. 104. 1 qui, for persons only. AuxqueU, for persons and things. 

S* •dresser, 1, i . . Adrettex-vomei.* 
Adressez-Yons au ministre. 
Je me suis adressd a lur.'C^ 64.) 
Reneontrer, 1, (transitif.) 
J'ai rencontr^ les hommes a qui (aux* 

quels) vous vous Stes adress^ 
De quels hommes parlez-yous f 
Je parle de ceuz dont les enfanta on! 

M studienz et ob^ssants. 
Ob^issant, dteb^issant. 
Complaisant. Dte>bligeant. 

De goHe que, (conjunction.) 
J*ai perdu mon argent, de sorte qua 

je ne puis vous payer. 
Je suis malade, de sorte que je ne 

puis sortir. 

QuASAim-ciHQuiiMi TsfiiiB, 2de Sec. 

Vous tenez votre chapeau ! MetUZ'Uf (put it on.) Non, meici. 
Alors, donnez-le-moi, je vais le mettre sur le porte-'ChapeaUj (hat- 
stand.) Vous ^tes bien complaisant Le voil^ sur un fauteoil. Eh ! 
bien, que penaez-vous du tableau dont nous ayons parle hier matin, 
et que vous avez sans doute vu hier apres-midi? (doubtless?) Je 
eoiH iAch^ de t ous dire que je ne I'ai pas encore Tu. Est-il possible 1 
Hier, j'ai ei6 tres-occup^, de sorte que je n'ai pas pu le Toir. Ditet 
que vous n^avez pas voulu le voir. Non, vous vous trompez: vous 
avez tort de croire cela. Car, je vous assure que j'ai grande envie 
de le voir, fees- vous encore tres-occup6 1 Qui, et tres-press^, (m a 
great hurry j) parce que mon b&timent va partir (19*, N. 1) dans un 
jour ou deux. Cependant, je veux essayer de voir le tableau dont 
Dous avons parle. Comme vous ^tes press6, je vais m'en aUer. 
Mieu, au plaisir. J'ai Phonneur de vous saluer. 

Have you at last learned French ^ I was ill, so that I could uol 



Do you see the pupils of whom I have 
spoken to you f I do. 

To vhom, (relative), to which. 

I see the children to whom you have 
given some cakes. 

To which pupils do you speak f 

t speak to those to whom you have 
applied. 

Which dogs do you feed f 

Those to which you gave nothing. 



To apply ««.... AppHjf to,... 

Apply to the minister. 

I did, (or, I applied to him.) 

To meet wUk. 

I have met with the men to whom 
you have applied. 

Of which men do you speak t 

I speak of those whose children have 
been studious and obedient. 

Obedient, disobedient. 

ECind, complaisant. Unkind. 

So that. 

I have lost my money, so that I can- 
not pay you. 

I am ill, so that I cannot go out. 



Digitized 



by Google 



rORTT-flXTB LXtSOM. ^1.) 2S1 

leam it — ^Has your brother lewnaed it ? He has not learned it, be 
canse he hae not yet been able to find a good master. — Do you go 
to the ball this evening? I hare sore feet, so that I cannot go to it. 
— Did you understand that German ? I do not know German, so 
that I could not' understand him. — Have you bought the horse of 
which you spoke to me 1 I haye no money, so that I could not buy 
It.— Have your children what they want? They have what they 
want — Of which man do you speak 1 I speak of the one whose 
brother has turned soldier. — Of which children have ^du spoken t 
I have spoken of those whose parents are learned. — ^Which new 
book have you read ? I have read that of which I spoke to you 
yesterday. — ^Which paper has your cousin ? He has that of which 
ne has need. — Which fishes has he eaten ? He has eaten those 
which you do not like. 

Of which books are you in want ? I am in want of those of 
which you have spoken to me. — Have you need of those which I am 
reading? I have not. — Do you see the children to whom I have 
given cakes? I do not see those to whom you have given cakes, 
but those whom you have punished. — ^To whom have you given any 
French money ? I have given some to those who have been skilful. 
To which children must one give presents ? One must give some to 
those who are good and obedient. — ^To whom do you give to eat 
and to drink ? To those who are hungry and thirsty. — Have the 
captains at last listened to that man? They have refiised (35*) to 
Usten to him ; all those to whom he applied have refused to heai 
him. — With whom have you met this morning? I have met with 
the man by whom I am esteemed. — ^Have you given any cakes to 
your pupils ? They have not studied well, so that I have given them 
nothing. You did right. 



FORTY-SIXTH LESSON, 45th.— Qaararrfe-wxteme Le^on, 46m€. 

YocABTTLAiaB. Ire Section. 

OF THE FIRST FUTURE.— ZH* J^ii<»r, on Fwinr Sin^e, 

See (^ 146) and study it carefully. — Among the exceptions (of which we 
will soon treat) are the auxiliaries, and the following : — 



To have. I shall or will have. 

To be. I shall or will be. 

To go. I shall or will go. 

To lend. I shall or will send. 

Riall or will he have money f 



Avoir,* 3. J'aurai, ras, ra, rons 

rez, ront. 
fitre,* 4. Je serai. 
Aller,*l. J'irai. Jjjl*^*^ 
Envoyer,* 1. J*enverrai. ) JTw m^ 
Aura-t-il de I'argent t 



Digitized 



by Google 



rORtT-BIZTB LS0SOM. (1.) 



He will have some. He will not. 
Shall you eoon have done writing f 
I ahall (soon have done). 
He will eoon have done his task. 
Shall we have the bird t No, but 
they shall have it. 



n en aura. II n'en rnra pta. 
t Anrei-vous bientot fini d'4 
J*aurai bientot fini. (^ 170.) 
II aura bientot fini son devoir. 
Aurons-nous I'oiseau t Non, i 
ils I'auront. 

QuAEAXTB-sixiiBcx ThSms. Ire Sec. 

Comment formez-vous le futur des verbes en Fran^ais 1 Faut-U 
Tous repondre en Fran^ais ? Sans doute. Le puis-je 7 Essayez. 
Est-ce que je sais tous les mots necessaires pour cela ? Je crois que 
ouL J a vais essayer. Attendez. Saye2-yons le Fran^ais de: final! 
Je ue suis pas sdr du (about the) Fran^ais de : final. Est-ce lo 
m§me que PAnglais ? Oui, c'est le m^me. Vous savez tiaduire : 
eJumging? n'est-ce pas? C'est: changeant. — C est cela. Com- 
mencez. Je vais repeter la question. — Je pense que : ripiUr est to 
repeat, n'est-ce pas? Oui^ c'est cela m^me. Comment formez- 
vous lo futur des verbes Fran^ais ^ En changeant (R. l), iV final de 
la Ire et 2de conjugaison, le otr, de la 4me, non, je me trompe, je 
vetix dire : de la 3me et le re de la 4me^ en rat. C'est cela. Pou- 
▼ez-vous me dire le futur de : former 7 Oui, c'est : formerai. Quel 
est celui de : devoir f C'est devoircd, Non, vous vous trompez. Ici, 
il faut changer oir en rai : alors c'est : devrai, Tres-bien. Quand 
vous avez la premiere personne^ pouvez-vous former les autres? Oui: 
car le futur finit toujours en : rai, ras, ra, rons, rez, ront. 

Shall you have any books? I shall have some. — Who will give 
you any? My uncle will give me some. — When will your cousin 
have money? He will have some next month. — ^How much money 
shall you have ? I shall have thirty-five francs. — Who^will have 
good friends "> The English will have some. — ^Will your father be 
at home this evening !• He will be at home. — Will you be there ? 
I shall also be there. — ^Will your uncle go out to-day? He will go 
out, if it is fine weather. — Shall you go out ? I shall go out, if it 
does not rain. — V^ili you love my son? I shall love him, if he if 
good. — Will you pay your shoemaker? I shall pay him, if I 
receive my money. — Will you love my children ? If they are good 
and assiduous, I shall love them ; but if they are idle and naughty, 
I shall despise and punish them. — Am I right in speaking thus? 
You are not wrong. — Is your friend still writing? He is still 
writing. — Have you not done speaking? I shall soon have done.^ 
Have our friends done reading? They will soon have done. — Wher 
will you send me the money which you owe me T I shall send it 
to you soon. — ^Will your brothers send me the books which I have 
•ent them ? They will send them to you.— When will they i 
ftiem to me ? They will send them to you next month. 

Digitized by VjOOQ IC 
/ 



rORTT-SIXTH LX880N. (2.) 



S» 



YoCABin&AIXl. 

To bold, keep. I shall or will hold. 

To come. I shall or will come. 

To sit down. I shall or vrill sit 
down. 

To be necesjNoy. It will be necessary. 

To provide. I shall provide. 

To be able. I will be able. 

To foresee. I shall or will fore- 

see. 

To know. I shall or will know. 

To suspend. I shall suspend. 

To be worth. I will be worth. 

To see. I shall or will see. 

To be willing. I shall be willing. 

To do. I shall or will do. 

When shall you do your exercises 7 

I will do them soon, (ere long.) 

My brother will do his exercises to- 
morrow. 

Next Monday. Next Tuesday. 

Last Wednesday. Last Thursday. 

Next month. 

This month. That age, century. 

When will your son go to the bridge ? 

He will go next Tuesday. 

Shall you go anywhere T 

We shall go nowhere. 

Will he send me the book ? 

He will send it jrou if he has done 
with it. 

Shall you be at home this evening ? 



2deSeotioiL 
Tenir,* 2. 
Venir.* 2. 
S'asseoir,* 3. 

Falloir,* 3. 
Pourvoir,* 3. 
Pouvoir,* 3. 
Pr^voir,* 3. 

Savoir, 3. 
Surseoir,* 3. 
Valoir,* 3. 
Voir,* 3. 
Vouloir,* 3. 
Faire,* 4. 



Je tiendru. 
Je viendrai. 
Je m'asseierai #« 

Je m*as8i6rai. 
II faudra. 
Je pourvoirai. 
Je pourraL 
Je pr^voirai. 

Je sauraL 
Je surseoirai. 
Je vaudrai. 
Je verrai. 
Je voudrai. 
Je ferai. 



Qnand ferez-vous vos themes ? 

Je les ferai bientot. 

Mon frcre fera ses thdmes demain. 

Lundi prochain. Mardi prochain 

Mercredi pass^. Jeudi dernier. 

t Le mois prochain. 

Ce roois-ci. Ce iHde-U. 

Quand votre fils ira-t-il au pont ? 

n ira mardi prochain. 

Irez-vous quelque part f 

Nous n'irons nulle part. 

M'enverra-t-il le livre f 

t n vous Fenverra s'il I'a fini. 

Serez-vons chez vous (a la maison) 

ce Boir! 
J'y serai. 

Votre p^re sera-t-il chez lui ? 
n y sera. 
They Vos cousins y seront-ils? lis y 
seront. 

Oht. 105. {IwKportant,) When a verb, in the future tense, is connected 
with another by the conjunctbn (f, ««,* the French verb following si most 
be in the indiaUioe mood, prtMent tente^ although, in English, it may be in 
the future ten»e, or mX^unctive mood. 

Will John go to the concert T Yes, i Jean ira-t-il au concert t Oui, m 
if you go, or will go, or should go, \ vous y allez. 

I Si, (if, meaning granting t iupposing that.) But when si means whether^ 
die folbwing verb most be in the future tense : I do not know whether ht 
Irill go or not, Je ne sais pat b'U ira ou non, 
20» 



I diall be there. 
Will your father be at home f 
He will be there. 
Will 3rour cousins be there f 
wilL 



Digitized 



by Google 



284 T0RTT*8IXTH LB880M. (2.) 

QoiAiuiTi-sixiiiDi Exiaoioa. 2de Seo. 

Allez-vouB k Washington aujouidliui ? Non, je n'ai pas le tempi 
d'y aller aujourd'hui. Quand irez-yous7 J'irai jeudi ou samedi 
prochain. Aurez-vous le temps de yenir nous voir? Sans doute ^ue 
je I'aurai. (Dir. 6.) Quand viendrez-TOus? J'irai domain. Non, 
je me trompe, apres-demain. Vraiment t Oui, vraiment. — ^Enyer- 
rez-vous du tabac en France ? Oui, j'y «n enyerrai. Par quel biti* 
ment Tenyenez-vous ? Je Vy enyerrai par le m^me que M. Lippard 
-'Y en enverra-t-ill Oui, il y en enyerra. Y en enyerra-t-il beau- 
coup ? n y enyerra tout ce qu'il a. — Qui tiendra le magasin du coin ? 
Je ne sais pas qui le tiendra. N'est-ce pas le petit marchand qu« le 
tiendra? Lui et ses freres le tiendront. Tiendront-ils des ncu- 
yeautes? Hs ne tiendront que du drap. Quand Pouyriront-ils? Qs 
Pouyriront dans quinze jours. Ne yous tronipez-yous pas ? Non. 
je yous assure. — ^Vos cousins yiendront-ils bientdt? II ne yiendront 
pas ayant quinze jours. Votre oncle yiendra-t-il ayec eux? II 
yiendra, si le capitaine ne yient pas. Croyez-yous que le capitaine 
yiendra? II yiendra s'il n'a pas la goutte. — Quand saurez-yous 
yotre th^me? Je le saurai dans r^n quart d'heure. Croyez-yous 
que yous le saurez si-tdt? Oui, je le saurai. Frederic saura-t-il le 
sien 1 II le saura. Les nouyeaux ecoliers sauront-ils les leurs? Da 
les sauront Nous les saurons tous. 

Has the tailor made my coat ? He has not made it yet ; but he 
will soon make it. — When will he make it? When he shall haye 
time.— When will you do your exercises? I shall do them when 1 
shall baye time. — When will your brother do his? He will do 
them next Saturday. — Wilt thou come to me? I shall come.— > 
When wilt thou come ? I shall come next Friday. — ^When haye 
you seen my uncle ? I saw him last Sunday. — Will your cousins 
go to the ball, next Tuesday? They will go. — Will you come to 
my concert ? I shall come, if I am not ill. — Will you be able to 
pay me what you owe me ? I shall not be able to pay it you, for I 
haye lost all my money. — Will the American be able to pay for hia 
•hoes? He has lost his pocket-book, so that he will not be able to 
pay for them.— Will it be necessary to send for the physician 1 No- 
body is ill, so that it will not be necessary to send for him. — ^Will it 
be necessary to go to the market, to-morrow ? It will be necessary 
to go there, for we want some beef, some bread, and some wine.— 
Shall you see your father, to-day 7 I shall see him. — Where will 
be be ? He will be at his counting-house. — Will you go to the ball 
to-night I I shall not go, for I am tco ill to go to it.->Will yooi 
friend go ? He will go ii yon will. 



Digitized 



by Google 



rORTT-tlXTH LXttON. (3.) 



%» 



VooABiTLAiBi. 8me Seotion. 

Oftt. 106. (Important.) When a yerb in the future tense is conueeted 
with another by the word when, quand ; the French verb following quand 
must be in the future tente^ although the present is then used in English. As, 



Will he go when I go ? (or I do.) 
He will go when you do. 
He will write it if you will. 
He will write it when you do. 
Will he send some white paper to 

my counting-house ? 
He will, if you will have some. 
He will, when you want some. 

8LaIl you be able to pay the shoe- 
maker li he send his biU t 

I will pay him when he sends it. 

Who will hold my parasol f 

Give it to me, Miss, I will (hold it). 

He williiold it, or they will. 

Will your cousin's fiiend come to 
my concert f He will. 

Shall you come f I will be there. 

To employ, use. I Mrill employ. 

To try. I shall or will try. 

What will you use to do it 7 

I will use this. 

Will you try soon t I will. 

Will he not try also ? 

Yes, he will, but they will not. 

Tou are mistaken, they will try also. 

To acquire. I will acquire. 

To run. I shall or will run. 

To gather, pick. Will I gather T 
To die, (lose life.) Who shall not die T 
What w«U you acquire f I will 

acquire uhat I can, 

Obt. 107. If, instead of when, quand, the words what, ce que ; oi §oon a; 
•ussitdt que, des que ; after, apr^ que ; a», comme ; wuere, ou ; connect 
the English verbs, use the future tense after the 2d verb in French. 



Ira-t-U quand firai t 

II ira quand vous trez. 

II Vicrira si vous Vicrivez. ( Ohs. 105.) 

II Tecrira quand vous Tecrirez. 

Enverra-t-il du papier blanc a mon 

comptoir T 
n y en enverra si vous en voulez. 
II y en enverra quand vous en vou- 

drex. 
Fourrez-vous payet le cordonnier, 

s'il envoie son mimaire t 
Je le paierai quand il Tenverra. 
Qui veut tenir mon parapluie f 
Doimez-le-moi, Mile., je le tiendraL 
II le tiendra, ou ils le tiendront. 
L'ami de votre cotisin viendra-t-il a 

mon concert f II ira. 

Y viendrez-vous T J'y serai. 
Employer. J'empbierai.) (*i44_a ) 
Essayer. J*essaierai. i 
Qu*emploierez-vous pour le faire f 
J*emploierai ceci. 

Easaierez-vous bientdt f J'essaierai 
N'essaiera-t'il pas aussi f 
Si fait, il essaiera, mais ils n*essaie- 

ront pas. Vous vous trompez, ila 

essaieront aussi. 
Acqu^ru",* 2. J*acquerrai.' 
Courir,* 2. Je courrai. 
Cueillir,* 2. Cueillerai-je f 
Mourir,* 2. Qui ne mourra .->as ? 
Qn'acquerrez-vons T J*acquerrai 

ce fve je pourraL 



Will yon run as soon as he runs t I 
We will run after he has run, and 
where he has rim. I 



Courrez*vous aussitdt qu'ii courra f 
Nous courrons apW« ^tt'il aura couru 
et 01^ il aura coiuru. 



> These 4 verbs, and the lists given in Ist and 2d sections, amooDtiBf 
^ atiziliaries included) to 21, are the most important exceptions. 



Digitized 



by Google 



06 rO&TT-8XyXNTH LXttON. (1.) 

QuA&AHTB-siziiMa TsiMB. 8me See. 

Si je viens samedi prochain, votre fils viendra-t-ill 11 Yieudn 
quand vous viendrez. Fera-t-il ce que je ferai? D fera ce qu'il 
pourra. Iront-ils ou vous voudrez ? Non, ils n'iront pas ou je too- 
drai; mais ou ils voudront — Quand cueiUerez-vous mon bouquet ! 
Je le cueillerai quand et ou vous youdrez. Ea cueillerez*vou8 auaid 
un pour Emma? Je lui en cueillerai un aussi, des que ronb ine It 
direz. — Acquerra-t-il de Phonneur s'il fait son devoir 1 11 en ae- 
querra des qu'il fera ce qu'il a k faire. — Courrez-vous si je oo«m! 
Qui, ^e courrai quand vous couirez, ou au8sit6t que vous aurei 
coun . — Comment est le vieux soldat? II est bien malade. Croit- 
on qu'il en mouirat Oui, on croit qu'il en mourra. Et le matelot! 
n est mieux, on espere qu'il n'en mourra pas. — Qu'acquerront cei 
ecoliers'? lis acquerront de Phonneur. — Ce jeune cheval vaudra-t-il 
deux cents dollars, quand il aura quatre ans? Je crois qu'il vaudra 
plus que cela. Vraiment ! / 

Will the farmer gather his com to-day ? No, he will gather il 
only to-morrow, or the day after. — Will he be ready then 7 He will 
be ready, we shall be ready, and our friends will also be ready. — 
Where will our young neighbors go ? They will go nowhere ; they 
will remain at home, for they will have a great deal to do. — What 
will they have to do ? They will have to cut their grain and to put 
it in their granary. You will lose your money, if you do not keep 
your pocket-book shut up, (ferme.) — Will your cousin keep an apo- 
thecary store ? He will keep one. — ^Where will he take a store t 
He will take one near the museum. — Will he be able to get one 
there, [y en trouver tin?) He hopes so. — ^When will he come? He 
will come when his lather gives him (Ohs. 106) the two thousand 
dollars which he has promised him.— Will he give them to him 
soon 7 He will receive them in a few days. — ^Will he receive any 
money from you 1 Yes, I will lend him some. — ^WiV he pay yoa 
back 7 (repaiera-t-il ?) He will, for he is diligent, assiduous, and 
he will without doubt do ]^ duty. I hope that you are not min* 
taken 



FORTY-SEVENTH LESSON, Alth.—Quarante'septieme Ugon. ifm 
Yooabulahib. Ire Section. 



To hdong. (24», 40». 46«.) 
Do you belong 7 I do. 

Does that horse belong to your bro- 
ther t It does (belong to him). 



Appartenir* 2. (conj. comme !«•*• 
Appartenez-voos f J*appartieni. 
Ce cheval appartient«il a votre fr^ 
II lui appartient. 



Digitized 



by Google 



rORTT-tXTXNTH LXttON. (1.) 



2n 



To whom do tlieae gloyes belong f 

They belong to the captains. 

Do these horses belong to the Ame 

I lean generals? 
They will soon belong to them. (^ 170.) 
To suit, (24*, 25», 252, 46«.) suited. 

{Uaed principally in the 3d person.) 
Did that cloth suit your brother f 
It did not. 

Do these shoes suit your children f 
They will suit them. 
Does it suit you to do that f 
It will suit me to do it. 
Does it suit your cousin to come with 

usf 
It will not juii dim to go out. 
To succeed, succeeded. 

Do 3rou succeed in learning French f 
I do (succeed in it). 

I do succeed in learning it. 

Do these men succeed in selling their 
horses f If they have not yet suc- 
ceeded, they will succeed in it. 

To succeed, succeeding, succeeded. 

Do you succeed in doing that f 

[ do ; .but he does not. 

Did you succeed? I did. (^50.) 

To clean. 

Immediately, directly. 

This instant, instantly. 

I am gomg to clean it presently. . 

i will do it immediately. 

I am going to work. 



A qui appartiennent ces gants f 
lis appartiennent auz capitaines. 
Ces chevauz appartiennent-ils auJ 

g^n^rauz Am^ricains f 
lis leur appartiendront bientot. 
Conventr,* 2.(comme vcnir) conTenn. 
(daTant le nom ; d«, avant Tinfini." 
Ce drap a*t-il convenu a yotre frore 9 
II ne lui a pas convenu. 
Ces souliers conviennent-ils a vos 

enfants 7 Us leur conviendront. 
Vous convient-il de faire cela T 
n me conviendra de le faire. 
Convient-il a votre cousin de veLir 

avec nous f 
n ne lui conviendra pas de sortir. 
Parvenir,* 2, d. (comme Tenir)' par- 
venu*, 
t Parvenez-vous a apprendre le Fran* 

9ajs f t J'y parviens. 
t Je panriens a 1* apprendre. 
t Ces hommes parviennent-ils i ven- 

dre leurs chevauz f S*ils n'y sont 

pas encore parvenus, ils y par- 

viendront. 
RiusMtr, 2, d. r^ussissant, r^ussi. 
R^ussissez-vous a faire cela f 
J'y r^ussis ; mais il n*y rdussit pas. 
Y avez-vous r^ussi f J*y ai r^uasi 
Nettoycr, 1. 
Tout de suite. 
A I'instant, sur le champ. 
Je vais le nettoyer tout i fkeur^, 
Je vais le faire tout de suite. 
Je vais travailler. 



QiTABAim-SBPTiiMB Tb^me. Ire Sec. 

Pai trouve des gants. A qni appartiennent-ils f Sotit-ce dea 
gants de chamois? Qui. Ce sont des gants de chamois. lis 
m'appartiennent alors. Donnez-les-moi. Attendez tin instant, s'il 
T0U8 plait Sont-ils blancs, jannes, verts, ou bleus 7 Les miens son! 
plutdt bnins que jaunes. Alors les voici. Ils vous appartiennent Je 
Tous remercie. De rten, {you are welcome.) Avez-vous achet^ 
qoelque chose? Qui. Qu'est-ce qui (21*) vous a convenu? Ceci 
m'a convenu, et cela conviendra & mon frere. Cela lui conviendra- 
t-il ? Oui, j'en suis sAr. Le cousin de Pavocat a-l-il ^t^ an mus6e 
tree vos amis? 11 no liu a pas conyenu d'y aller, de sorte qu'il a 



Digitized 



by Google 



:I88 FOBTT-SBYENTH LES80V. (t.) 

refuse d'y aller aveo eox. ParveQez-vous a faire votre ievoir tool 
les joard 7 J^ parriens Boavent. — ^Le menuisier est-il panrenu k 
iticcommoder voire pupitre ? Oui, 11 y est pan-enu tout de soile. 
Est-il aussi parvenu a raccommoder le secretaire ? Non, il n'a pas 
reussi k le faire. A-t-il mieux reussi avec le fauteuil ? Oui, il y a 
parfaitement reussi. — Qui a nettoye votre gilet de satin T Notre 
nouveau domestique Pa nettoy^. N'a-t-il pas bien reussi 7 Vrai 
ment, oui. — ^Vos souliers sont-ils nettoy6s? lis le sont Je mm 
trompe, on les a pris pour les nettoyer. 

To whom does that horse belong? It belongs to the English 
eaptain, whose son has written a note to you. — Does this money 
belong to you? It does belong to me. — From whom hkfe yoa 
received it? I have received it from the men whose children you 
have seen. — Whoso horses are those 1 They are {u sont) ours, 
(i 39* N. 3.) — Have you told your brother that I am waiting for him 
here? I have forgotten to tell him so, (jte,) — Is it (est-ce) your 
father or mine who is gone to Berlin? It is mine. — Have yon 
brought me the book which you promised mo ? I have forgotten 
it. — Has your uncle brought you the pocket-books which he promised 
you? He has forgotten to bring me them. — Have you already writ- 
ten to your friend ? I have not yet had time to write to him, — ^Have 
you forgotten to write to your relation? I have not. — Does this 
cloth suit you? It does not suit me ; have you no other? — I have 
some other; but it is dearer than this.— Will you show it to me ? I 
will show it to you. — Do these shoes suit your uncle ? They do not 
suit him, because they are too dear. — Are these {sont-ce^ the shoes 
of which [dont) you have spoken to us? They are (ce sotU) the 
same, {les nUmes.}— Whose shoes are these ? They belong to th» 
nobleman whom you have seen this morning in my warehouse. 

YooABULAiBi. 2d6 Sectiou. 
Is there? There is. |tYa.i.a? D y a. 



Are there ? There are. 

There is not. There are not. 

There is nothjng — nobody. 
Will th«»re be f There will be— not be. 

What is there ? — the matter there f 

Was there, or has there beeu ? There 



t II n*y a pas. II n'y a point. 

t II n'y a rien — peraonne. 

T Y aura-t-il ? II y aura. II n'| 

aura pas. 
t Qu*y a-t-il la f Qa'est-ce qa*ii | 

ala? 
t Y a-t-il ea f 11 y a ea. 



There has been nothing. I + n «»^ . »;-»« *.« 
»T .!-• L -.1- 1 • Tu n y a nen eu. 

Nothing has taken place. ) ^ 

la there wine ? syrup t i t Y a-t-il dn vin ? du sirop f 

There is some. There is nc moie. t II y en a. II n'y en a plusi 

Are ther« men of merit' t Y a>t-il des hommes de m^te ff 



Digitized 



by Google 



rO&TT-tKYEHTH LZttON. (%.) 



289 



Cht. 108. The interrogatiye : What is t folbwed by a preposition, if 
aenflUted by : Qu'y a-t-U t (^ 118.) The rolative : What is, by : Ce gu'U 
fa. ($87—4.) 

What is in the barrel f 

1 do not know tohat is in. 

Axe there to be many people at the 

ball of Mrs. Rush? 
There are to be a great many. 
The credit. On credit. To sell on 

credit. 



Rmdy money. In ready money. 

To buy lor cash. 
To sell for cash. 
To pay down. 
Will you buy for cash f 

Does it suit you to seii me on credit f 

TeJU. 

Does that coat fit me T 

It fits you. 

That hat does not fit your brother. 

It does not fit him. 

Do these shoes fit you f 

They fit me. 

That fits you very well. 

To keep. 

Will you keep the horse f 

I shall keep it. 

You must not keep my money. 



t Qu'y a-t-il dans le bariZ t (I muteO 
t Je ne sois pas ce qu*il y a dedans. 
Doit- 11 y avoir beaucoup de monde 

au bal de Mme. Rush 7 
n doit y en avoir beaucoup. 
Le cridit. A credit. Vendre & credit 



Argemt comptant. En argent i 

tant. 
Acheter comptant. 
Vendre comptant. 
Payer comptant. 
Voulez-vous acheter argent corop 

tant r 
Vous convient'il de me rerdr^ i 

cr^itt 
t AUer bien, 

t Get habit me va-t-il bienf 
t II vous va bien. 
t Ce chapeau ne va pas bien a TOf*« 

fi-ere. 
t II ne lui va pas bien. 
t Ces soulif^rs vous vont-ils bien f 
t lis me ront bien. 
t Cela '/ous va fort bien. 
Garder, 1. 

Garderez-vous le cheval T 
Je le garderai. 
II ne faut pas garder mon argent. 



QUAlLAKTE-SKPTliKS THilfX. 2d6 SeO. 

Qtiand rons serez en EuropCj irez-vous en Allexnagne ? Je croi 
que j^rai ; du moins, j'ai grande envie d'y voyager. Y voyagerez- 
▼ous k. pied 1 Non ; il ne me convient pas d'y vojrager k pied ; da 
sorte que j^irai en voilure. En voiture, ou en diligence t (publie 
eoach.) Quelque fois en voiture ; quelque fois en diligence. Croy- 
ez-vou8 que vous admerez k voyager en Allemagne autant qu' en 
Italie ? Je n*en sots run, en v6rit^, (I do not know anything about 
it.) — Le marchand que vous connaissez k Amsterdam a-t-il beau- 
coup de credit 7 Qui, c'est un des premiers marchands de la ville 

Comment Pappelez-vousl On Pappelle — Vous avez un habit 

qui vous va bien ; Pavez-vous fait faire ici ? Non, je ne Pai pa^ 
ftdt faire ici. Ou done 7 Nulle part. Je Pai achete tout fatty (ready 
made.) Pourquoi le dites-vous pas : dejdfait? j>out, already madx: / 



Digitized 



by Google 



M0 



F0BTT-8BTENTH LESSON. (8.) 



Paice que lea Fran^ais do Pemploient point Viaiment, ^ 
Bussi bien que possible. — ^Je vous ai pr^t^ mon canif, n'est-ce paaf 
L'avez-Tous garde ? Je Pai garde, et je le garderai encore, car j'en 
aural besoin tout a Pheure. 

Does this merchant sell on credit? He does not sell on credit.-^ 
Does it suit you to buy for cash ? It does not suit me. — Where did 
you buy these pretty knives? I bought them at (chez) the mer- 
chant's whose warehouse you saw yesterday. — ^Has he sold them to 
you on credit? He has sold them to me for cash. — Do you often 
buy for cash? Not so often as you. — ^Have you forgotten anything 
aere ? I have forgotten nothing. — ^Is there any wine in this barrel? 
Tbere is some in it. — Is there any vinegar in this glass f There is 
none in it — ^Is wine or cider in it ? {dedans ?) There is neither wine 
nor cider in it. — ^What is there in it? There is vinegar. 

Are there any men in your warehouse 7 There are some there. 
—Is there any one in the office ? There is no one there. — ^Were 
there many people in the theatre ? There were many there.— Wilt 
there be many people at yotir ball 7 There will be many there. — 
Are there many children that will not play 7 There are many that 
will not study, but all will play. — Hast thou cleaned my trunk 7 I 
have tried to do it, but I have not succeeded. — Do you intend buy- 
ing an umbrella? I intend buying one, if the merchant sells it me 
on credit. — Do you intend to keep mine ? I intend to give it you 
back, if I buy one. — ^Have you returned the book to my brother t 
I have not yet returned it. 

VooABULAm. 8me Section. 



You bad better . . . 

I had better . . . 

He had better . . . 

Instead of keeping your horse, you 
had better sell it. 

Instead of selling his hat, he had bet- 
ter keep it. 

To please, pleased, please. 



I please, thou pleaaest, he ph 
To pUate $ome onet (transitive.) 



t Vous ferez mieux de . . . 

t Je feral mieux de . . . 

t n fera mieux de . . . 

t Au lieu de garder votre cheval, vous 

feres mieux de le vendre. 
t Au lieu de vendre son chapeau, ii 

fera mieux de le garder. 
Flaire,* 4, «; p. p. flu, imp6r. 

pUdiez, 
Je plais, tu plais, il platt 
Plaire d qudqu'un, (Intransitif.) 



Obt. 109. Plaire, itant intrantitif, ne peut pa9 itre emphyi au pmss^, 
Aitui, U nefaut pas traduire : Are you pleased with this bookf par, dteii> 
vous plu avec ce livre 7 mats par Vunipersonnd, 

Does this book please you f i Ce livre vous pla!t-il 7 

I am very well pleased with it, but II me platt beauooup, mais il ne tai 
he is not much pleased with it I platt guere. 



Digitized 



by Google 



FOKTT-fSYBMTH LBgSON. (8.) 9Q 



Charles jb delighted with it 

What are jrou bo much delighted 

with f This. 

r will do what you please. 
You are pleased to say so. You joke. 



n platt beauooup a Charles. 
Qu'est-oe qui (21 >) tous platt tant t 

Ccd. 
t Je ferai ce qu*il vous plaira. 
t Cela Yous plait a dire. 



What 1. your pleasure f ) ^ Q„e vous platt-U t 

What do you want t r 

tPlalt-UT 

t Se plaire/ 4. (d, avant nninfiii.) 

t Comment vous plaisez-vous ici t 



What do you say f 
To delight in, to be pleased. 
How are you pleased here f 
1 am very well pleased here. 



t Je m*y plais beaucoup. 



Obt, 110. The impersonal it is, is rendered by cUst for the singular, and 
by ce $ontt yvhen followed by a 3d pers. plur., and only then. (^ 38, N. 3.) 



Whose book is this T It is his. 
Whose shoes are these f 
They are ours. 

It is they who have seen him. 
It is yoar friends who are right. 



A qui est ce livre T C'est le sien. 

A qui sunt ces souliers T 

Ce iont les notres. 

Ce iOfU eux qui I'ont vu. 

Ce 9ont Tos amis qui ont raison. 



QvA&AjrTB-siPTiixs THiba. 8me Sec. 

Fait-il du soleil ce matin ? Qui, il en fait. Alors je ferai bien da 
prendre mon parasol, n'est-ce pas 1 Ouii vous ferez bien de le pren- 
dre. — Fait-il beaucoup de soleil en Angleterre ? Non, le temps 7 est 
presque tonjours convert. Y tonne-t-il souvent ? Non, il n'y fait pas 
beaucoup de tonnerre. Avez-vous peur du tonnerre? Non, mais 
le petit chien blanc en a peur. Plait-il 1 Ne me comprenez-Yons 
past Si fait; mais, je n'ai jamais tu un chien craindre ie tonnerre. 
Celui-l^ en a peur, je vous assure. — ^Vous plaisez-vous ici 1 Qui, 
beaucoup, beaucoup, (very much.)* Cela vous plait k dire. Non, 
Tiaiment Je m'y plais beaucoup. — Que pensez-vous du dernier 

oavrage de C. D ? Je ne Paime pas du tout. Cela vous plait 

k dire, car il plait k tout le monde. S'il plait k tout le monde, je 
TODS assore qu'il ne me plait pas. — Quel parapluie youlez-yons! 
C'est celui-ci que je veux. £t quels ganU vous faut-il ? Ce sont 
ceux-l& qu'il me faut. — Que faut-il k votre cousin ? II a ce dont il 
a besoin. Alors, vous pouvez vous en aller. Nous aQons nous en 
aller dans un instant. Adieu, an plaisir. Je m'en vais aussi. Au 
plaisir, done. 

What is your pleasure, Sir ? I am inquiring after (40«) your &ther. 
—Is he at home? No, Sir, he is gone out. — ^What do you say! 
(Plait-ill) I tell you that he is gone out — ^WiU you sit down and 
wait till he comes back? When do you expect him? When mD 
be come back ? I do not know exactly. He may return in a quarter 
oi an hour or leas; he may retum only for dinner. That is, hettDun 
{tntre) 2 and 3 o'clock, I suppose, (supposer.) Not between 2 aod 
21 



Digitized 



by Google 



fMR rO&TT-JBIOBTB LXBIOK. (1.) 

8, ai yon suppose, bat between 1 and 2.^Nerer mind. I hare u 
time to wait now, so that I had better call again. As you pleaae.— 
What name shall I tell him ? Give him this note ; he will find my 
name in it. I will give it to him. Good morning. — ^Is it our baker 
or the doctor's, who has sold you bread on credit ? It is ours. Ii 
that your son 1 He is not mine ; he is my friend^s neighbor's son, 
{UjUs du voisin de mon omL i 140 — 2.) — Where is yours? He has 
beeorae a travelUr, (voyageur;) he is now in Paris. No, I am mie- 
laken, in Bordeaux. — Do you intend to sell your coat 1 I intern 
keeping it, for I want it. — Instead of keeping it, yiju had better sell 
it—- Do you sell your horses ? I do not sell them. — ^Instead of keep- 
ing them you had better sell them. — Does our friend keep his para- 
sol? He does keep it; but instead of keeping it he had better s^ 
it, for it is worn out — Does your son tear his book ? He does tear 
it; but he is wrong in doing so, for instead of tearing it he had better 
read it. 



FOBTY-EIGHTH LESSON, 48th.— QueroiUi-JktiittffiM Le^tm, 4Sm. 



YooABUUJBx. Ire Section. 



When will you go away f (43«.) 

I wUl go soon. 

By and by. 

He will go away soon, (by and by.) 

We will go to-morrow. 

They will go to-morrow. 

Thoa wilt go immediately. 

Wken^ (conjonction adverbiale.) 

What will become of you if you lose 

your money T (44*.) 
I know not what will become of me. 
What will become of him t 
What will become of utt 
What will become of them t 
I do not know what will become of 



The turn, my turn, in hit, in my turn. 

In my brother's turn. 

Each in hia torn. 

When it comes to your turn. 

Our turn will come. 

To take a turn, (a walk.) 



He Is fSM 10 tike a walk. 






Qoand tous en ires-TOUs f 

Je m'en irai bientoL 

Tout a rheure. 

II a* en ira tout a Theure. 

Nous noua en irons domain. 

lis 8*en iront demain. 

Tu t'en irna but le champ. 

Z^ortquef (never nsed iaterrogaiiTelyJ 

t Quedeyiendrei-twMsiToiiflperdsi 

votre argent t (O&i. 105.) 
t Je ne aais pas ce que je deyiendraL 
t Que deviendra-t-t? t 
t Que deviendrons-fioiM f 
t Que deviendront-tZf f 
t Je ne aais pas ee ^*ilf deTiendront 

Le tour^ montour, ieon, iwtomtem 
Au tour de mon fr^re. 
Chacun a son tour, 
t Quand votre tour viendra. 
t Nous aurona notre tour. 
Faire un tour. 

Fairs nn tour de promenade, 
n est all4 faire un tour, 
est all^ Aire un tour de proiM 



Digitized 



by Google 



re&TT-BiaHTX lbmov. (1.) 948 



To walk lomid the garden. 
To run, to hurrj. 

I nm, thoa runoeet, he rune. 
Do you run T I do. I do not. 

Sh«UInmf(46M YoaehallDOU 

Btkmd, behind him, them, me. 

Has that man ^ne awajr t 

He has gone away. 

Have your brothers gone away f 

They have gone away. 

They have not gone away. 

Have they gone away f 

They were not willing to go away. 



t Faire nn tour ^ jardin. 

Conrir,* 2, p. pass^ cooru. (imptfra.) 

courez. 
Je cours, tu cours, il court. 
Courez- vous f Je cours. Je ne coun 
pas. 

Courrai-je f Vous ne eonrrez point. 
Derriire, derriere lui, euz, moi« 
Get homme s'en est-il all^ f 
II s'en est aU& 
Vos freree s*en sont-ils allds \ 
Us s'en sont all^. 
Us ne s'en sont pas all^. 
S'en sont-ils allte f 
lis n'ont pas voulu s'en aL'er. 



QuAaAKn-HuiniMB THim. Ire Seo. 

Comptez-Tous acheter iin cheval ? Je ne peux pas en achete un, 
car je n'ai pas encore re^u mon aigent — ^Me faut-il aller an the&tre ? 
n ne vous faut pas y aller. Ce n'est pas votre tour d'y aller^ et il 
fait manvais temps. — Pourquoi n'allez-yous pas chez mon frere ? Ce 
n'est pas men tonr dialler chez lui. — £st-ce que c'est son tour de 
venir vous voir? Oui, c'est son tour, et je n'irai chez lui qu'aprea 
qu'il sera venu chez moi. Comme il tous plaira. — Le quel de ces 
deux eleves commence & parler ? Est-ce le plus grand ou le plus 
petit 1 Xe plus Age ou le plus jeune 1 Ce n'est pas cela qui fait la 
diffhrenu, (the difference, nom fem.) Quoi done 1 Celui qui est 
studieux apprend et commence k parler. £t que fait celui qui ne 
I'est pas ? II apprend k lire et II traduira im pen ; mais non k parler, 
et il n'apprendra jamais, s'il ne devient pas (Obs, 105) plus studieux. 
Pespcre qu'il le deviendra. Je Pespere aussi. 

Are you going away already ? I am not going yet. — When will 
that man go away? He will go presently. — Will you go away 
soon ? I shall go away next Thnisday. — When will your friends go 
away 1 They will go away next month. — ^When wilt thou go away ? 
I will go away instantly. — ^Why has your father gone away so soon? 
(n tdt ?) He has promised his friend to be at his house at a quarter 
to nine, so that he went away early in order to keep what be has 
iiromised. — ^When shall we go away? We shall go away to-mor 
row.— -Shall we start early? We shall start at five o'clock in the 
morning.— When will you go away? I shall go away as soon as I 
bEve done writing — ^When will your children go away ? They will 
go as soon aa they have done their exercises. 

WU you go when (larsque) I shall go? I shall go away when 
you go, (quand wms vous en trtz,) — Will our neighbors soon go 



Digitized 



by Google 



914 



rORTT-ZiaHTH LXBtOB. (2.) 



away t They will go away wheo they hare done speaking. — Wha 
win become of your son if he does not stndy t If he does not studr 
he will learn nothing.— What will become of you if yon lose yom 
money 1 I do not know what will become of me.— What will be- 
come of yonr Mend if he loses his pocket-book r I do not know 
what will become of him if he loses it— What has become of your 
•on! I do not know what has become of him.— Has he enlirtedl 
He has not enlisted.— What will become of ns if onr friends ip 
away! I do not know what will become of ns if they go away.— 
What has become of your relations? They have gone away. 

VooABUi.4XBa. 2deS«ctioB. 
A blow, a kiek, a knock, a stab. 



A clap, a al^>. 

Have you given that man a blow f 

I have given him one. 

A blow with a stick. 

A kick, (with the loot.) 

A blow with the fist. 

A stab of a knife. 

A shot, or the report of a gun. 

The shot of a pittoU- 

A glance of the eye. 

A clap of thunder. 

To giye a cut with a knife. 

To give a man a blow with a stick. 

To give a man a kick, (with the 

ibot.) 
To giro a man a bbw with the fist. 

T\f puUf to draw. 
To ihooti to fire. 
To fire a gun. 
To fire a pistol. 
To fire at some one. 

T have fired at that bird. 

I have fired twice, 

I have fired three timfes. 

I have fired several tiroes. 

flow many times have you fired f 

How many tiroes have you fired at 

thai bird f 
I havo fired at it several times. 



- Un coup. 

Avez-vous donn^ un coup a est 

hommef 
Je lui en al donn^ un. 
Un soup de bAton. 
Un eoup de pied. 
Un coup de poing. 
Un coup de couteau. 
Un coup de fiisil. 
Un coup de pistolet. 
Un coup d*oeil. 
Un coup de tonnerre. 
Donner un coup de couteaa. 
Donner un coup de b&ton 

homme. 
Donner un coup de pied 3L an 

homme. 
Donner un coup de poing a un 

homme. 



iL OS 



|| Tirer, 



1. 



t Tirer un coup de fusil. 

t Tirer un coup de pistolet. 

t Tirer un coup de fuai. snr quel* 

qu*un. 
t J*ai tird un coup de fusil a eef 

oiseau. 
t J*ai tird deux coups de fusil, 
t J*ai tir€ trois coups de fiisil. 
t J'ai tir6 quelque coups de fusit. 
t Combien de coups de fusil avss 

vous tir^ r 
Combien de fois avez-vous tir< sn 

cet oiseau ? 
J*ai tir£ plusieurs fois sur luL 



Digitized 



by Google 



rO&TT-BiaHTB XBBBOV. (2.) 



20 



1 htn heard a ahou 

He haa heard the report of a piatol. 

We have heard a clap of thunder. 

The fist. 

2V out an eye upon tome one or tome- 
iking* 

Have yon caat an eye upon that 
bookf 

I have caat an eye upon it. 



t J*ai entendu un coup de fiiaiL 
t II a entendu un coup de piatolet. 
t Nous avons entendu un coup de 

tonnerre. 
Le poing. 
Jeter un coup d'otU tur qudgu^umom 

quetque du»te. 
Avez-vous jet^ un coup d'ceil aor m 

livre? 
J*y aijet^ uncoup d'osil. 



QuAiLAHTB-HuiTiBMS Th^xb. 2de fiec. 

Combien de fob les ennemis ont-is tir6 surnousf Ilsonttr^ 
l^usieors fois sur nous. Ont-ils tn^ qnelqu'un ? lis n'ont tu6 per- 
eonne. — Qu'arez-yous fait de mon Uvre? Je Pal mis derridre le 
papitre, sur votre coffre. — Dois-je vous i^pondre ? Vous me repon- 
drez k ▼otre tour. — Est-ce le tour de mon frere ? Quand son tour 
Tiendra, je lui demanderai ] car, chacun k son tour. — Avez-vcus fait 
un tour de promenade ce matin T J'ai fait un tour de jardin. — Ou 
Totre oncle est-il all^ ? II est all^ se promener. — De quel c6Vk est-il 
alld ? De ce cdt6-l^.— ^Vous vous trompez, il est alle du c6te da 
pont; n'est-ce pas ? Oui, il est alle du cdtS ou il se promene tou- 
jours. — Pourquoi ce gan;on-l& court-il si vite? II a peur de cet 
toanger. L'etiaqger veut-il lui faire du mal 1 Qui, il veut lui don- 
ner un coup de pied ou de poing. — Pourquoi done ? Que lui a fait 
le garQon % Le petit mechant {wicked littU fellow) lui a tir6 lea 
cheveux. — Qui court derriere nous ? Notre cluen court derriere nous 
Apeicevez-Tous Poiseau qui est derriere Parbre? Je Paperpois. 

Does not your boy listen to what you tell him ? He does not listeh 
to it, if I do not give him a beating, (de coups.) — Why do those 
children not work ? Their master has given them blows with his 
fist, so that they will not work. — ^Why has he given them blows 
witii his fist? Because they have been disobedient. — ^Have you 
fired a gun? I hare fired three times. — At what did you fire? I 
fired at a bird. — Have you fired a gun at that man % I have fired a 
pistol at him. — ^Why have you fired a pistol at him ? Because he 
Las given me a stab with his knife. — ^How many times have yon 
fired at that bird ? I have fired at it twice. — Have you killed it 1 I 
have killed it at the second shot, {au deuxieme coup.) 

Have you killed that bird at the first shot {du premier coupf) \ 
have killed it at the fourth, (du quatriime.) — Do you fire at the 
birds which you see upon the trees, or at those which you see in the 
gardens? I fire neither at those which I see upon the trees, nor at 
I which I see in the gardens, but at those which I perceive on 
21 ♦ 



Digitized 



by Google 



Ml rORTT-irXHTH LBftON. (1.) 

the ematle behind the wood.— Have you a wish to file at that bM * 
I have a desire to fire at it. — ^Why do you not fire at those birds f I 
cannot, for I have a sore finger. — When did the captain fire t Hs 
fired when his soldiers fire4. — How many birda have you shot at I 
I have shot at all 'that I have perceived, but I have killed nou#^ 
because ray gun is good for nothing. — Have you cast an eye upoa 
that man? I have cast an eye upon him.-— Has he seen you? He 
Has not seen me, for he has sore eyes. — Have you drunk of that 
wine ? I have drunk of it, and it has done mo good. — Why hare 
your pupils gone away ? Why did they run so ? They went away, 
and they have run so quickly, because they did not wish to be seen 
by the man whose ( } 88) dog they have kiQed. 



FORTY-NINTH LESSON, AdtiL-^uaraMe-neuviime he^oa^ 49inc 

YocABULAiEB. Ire Section. 

To hear of . . . Heard of . . . Entendre parler de . . . Entendu par- 

ler de . 
Hare you heard of your brother f 



I hare heard of him. 

Is it long since you breakfasted T 

How long is it since yon breakiksted f 



t Avez-voos entendu parler de votre 
frdrer 

t J* en ai entendu parler. 
t Y a-t-il long temps que vons avei 

d^jeun^ r 
t Ck>mbien de temps y a-t-il q«t 
voua avez ddjeuntf T 

Oht. 111. The impersonal U y a cannot be rendered into Engliah by 
there ie, there are, when it is used in reply to the question : J£ow long m 
U tince t 

It i3 not long since I breakfiMted. 



It is a great while since. 
It it a short time since. 
How long is it since you heard of 
your brother f 



t-U n'y a pas long-temps que j*si 

d^jeun^. 
t II y a tres-long-temps. 
t II y a peu de temps, 
t Combien de temps y a-t-il que vous 
avez entendu parler de votre fi^re t 

it II y a un an que j'ai entendu par- 
lerdelul . ^ a. 

T II y a un an que j en ai entendf 
parler. 
It is only a year since. | t II n*y & qu*un an. 

It is more than a year since. I t II y a plus d'un an. 

Ohe, 112. Than, before a cardinal number, is rendered by ae (16*.) 
More than nine. I Plus dc. neuf. 

More than twenty times. I Plus de vingt fois. 

It is hardly six months since. | 1 1\ y a a peine six mois. 



Digitized 



by Google 



roaTT*HIHTH LKtflOH. (1.) tMl 



A few honn sgo. Those few honrt. 
Half an boor ago. This half hour. 
Two years ago. These two years. 
Two hours and a half ago. (19>, N. 3.) 
A fortnight ago. These two weeks. 
A fortnight. 
Have yoa been long in Prance t 



t n y a quelques hetnrea. 

t U y a une demi-heuro. 

t II y a deux ana. 

t II y a deux heures et demie. 

t II y a quinze jours. 

t Quinze jours.' 

t Y a-t-il long- temps que vous 8tei . 
en France f 

05s. 113. In English the state of existence or of action, when in its 
duration, is always expressed in the perfect tense, while in French it is 
•zpressed by the present tense. For : Hav you been Ung in France t means 
that you are etUl thore. Say, then, in French, que veue iiet and not que vens 
moez M, which would mean that you are no longer at the place. 
He has been in Paris these three 
years. 



II y a trois ans qa*il est a Paris. 
II y a deux ans que je demeure lei. 



I have been living here these two 
years. 

QuAKAim-innTTxiiCB TaiMs. Ire Sec. 

Vous avez-l^ de jolis liyres, combien y k-t-il qae vous lea avez? 
n n'y a que trois on quatre jours. Y a-t-il long-temps que vous 
avez commence k les lire % Non, 11 n'y a que quelques minutes. 
Est-ce depuis que votre cousin est paiti ? Oui, c'est depuis cela. 
Combien y a-l-il qu'il est parti? II n'y a pas long-temps. — Quand 
avez-vous rencontre mon pere? Je Pai rencontre il y a quinze 
joura. Y art*il autant que cela? Je le crois. Ne vous trompez- 
vous pas ? il n'y a pas si long-temps que Qa. Non, je ne me 
trompe pas. II y a juste quinze jours aujouid'hui, que nous nous 
Bommes rencontres an pont de fer. — ^Y a-t-il long-temps que vous 
oonnaissez ce marchand suisse? Quel marchand suisse 7 Je n'en 
connais aucun. II dlt qu'il vous oonnait, lui. II sq trompe. — II y a 
prec d« trois mois que yotre fils est en Europe, n 'est-ce pas? Troia 
mois. Laissez-moi voir. Mai, Juin. Non, il n'y a que deux mois. 
Yous a-t-il ecrit 7 Oui, plusieurs fois. D'ou? De Liverpool d'aboid : 
eosuite, de Londres, ou il est li present Y a-t-il quinze jours qu'il 
y est? Oui, il y a environ 15 jours. S'y amuse-t-il? II m'ecrit 
qu'il s'y plait beaucoup. Que pense-t-il de Liverpool ? II ne m'en 
a pas dit grand' chose ; il n'y est rest^ que trois ou quatre jours. 

Have you heard of any one 7 I have not heard of any one, for I 
have not gone out this morning. — ^Have you not heard of the man 
who has killed a soldier? I have not. — Have you heard of my 
brothers ? I have not.— Of whom has your conna heard ? He hat 

^ LUsrally 15 dayf. In 3 weeks there are 15 days and only 14 ni«hta« 
kence, fortnight. 



Digitized 



by Google 



MS rO&TT-NZKTR X.Xf0OK. (2.) 

heaid of his friend whio is gone to America.— Is it kog since 1m 
beard of him ? It is not long smce he heard of him.— How long is 
it? It is only a month. — ^Haye you been long in Paris? These 
three years. — Has your brother been long in London ? He has been 
there these ten years. — ^How long is it since you dined ? It is long 
since I dined, but it is not long since I supped. — ^How long is it sinoe 
yoa supped 7 It is half an hour. — ^How long have you had these 
books? I have had them these three months. — How long is it sinoe 
your coosin set out? It is more than a year since Le set out^ 

What is become of the man who has lent you money : I do not 
know what is become of him^ for it is a great while since (que je nt) 
I saw him. — Is it long since you heard {que vous n^avez entendn 
varler) of the sddier who gave your friend a cut with the knife % 
It IS more than a year since I beard of him. — How long have you 
been learning French? I have been learning it only these five 
months. — ^Do you know already how to speak it ? You see that I 
am beginning to speak it. — ^Have the children of the English noble- 
men been learning it long t They have been learning it these three 
years, and they do not yet begin to speak. — ^Why do they not know 
how to speak it ? They do not know how to speak it, because they 
are learning it badly. — Why do they not leam it well? They have 
not a good master, so that Uiey do not leam it well. 

VocABULAiBB. 2de Section. 
How long have you had that horse f 



I have had it these five years. 

How long f (since what time T) 

How long has he been here f 

These tlu-ae days. 

This month. 

It is six months since I spoke to him. 



Combien y a-t-il qae vous aves m 

chevalr 
n y a cinq ana qne je Tai. 
Depois quand ? 
Depuis quand eat-il ici f 
Depuis trois jours. 
Depois un roois. 
n y a six mois que je ne lui ai parU. 



Oh$. 114. The meaning of, It is S iiumth$ iinee I spoke U him, is »n- 
dently : / J«ve «•< tpoken to Ami tkeee 6 monUa, When a negative turn may 
be given to the English sentence, the French use hk, bat suppress fas. 
(That is, they suppress only a part of xbie negative, instead of suppressing t 
■Itogether, as the English do. ^ 145—1.) 



Since I saw you, it has rained very 

often. 
It is mdte than a year since I heard 

of him. 
To oome from. To havejntt, 
I oome from your brother's office. 
I nave just seen your brother. 

Oie. 115. To express an action very recently past, use the verfi 
'aimediateiy foUowed by the preposition de, and an infinitive, (t 145— 9J 



Depuis que je ne vous ai vu, il a pl« 

trSs-souvent. 
II y a plus d'un an qre je n*en m 

entendn parler. 
Venn-,* de. (24>.) 

Je viens du bureau de votre frte. 
Je viens de voir votre fr^re. 



Digitized 



by Google 



FO&TT-VINTH LX0BOV. (3.) 



^m 



Qo has just cb)ne writing. 

The men have just arrived. 

Has that man been waiting long f 

He has but juat come. 

T9 June hut juH. 

Tq do 9H9'9 bett. 

I will do my beat, (as well as I can.) 

He will do his best, (as well as he can.) 

To spend money. 

How much have you spent to-day f 

He has fifty crowns a month to live 

upon. 
Nephew, plur. my nephews. 
Near by, this way, here. 
Yonder. Thai way, there. 
Had yon t (imperfect.) I had. 

Had you not 7 I had not. 



t n yient d'^crire. 

t Lea hommes viennent d'arriver. 

t Y a-t-il long- temps que cet hommi 

attend f 
t It n< fail que d'vniYer. 
Nefaire que de, used only negatively, 
t Faire de son mieux, 
t Je ferai do'Vaon mieuz. 
t U fera de son mieuz. 
Depenser, 1. 
Corabien avez-vous d^pense avyour 

d*hui f 
II a cinquante ^us par mois i, d6 

penser. 
Neveu, plur. mes neveuz. f9K) 
Par id. 
Far Id. 

Aviez-vous f (imparfait.) J'avais. 
N*aviez-vous pas f Je n* avals pas 



(^ABAHTB-NEun&iai EzxBOios. 2de Sec. 

Y a-t-il long-teraps que vous n^avez vu le jeune homme qui a 
appris rallemand chez le maitre avec lequel nous I'avons appris ? 
H y apres d^an air que je ne Pai vu (} 145-1.) — Combien y a-t-il que 
cet enfant a mang^ t II a mang^ il y a quelques minutes. — Com- 
bien y a-t-il que ces enfants ont bu ? LesqueU ? Ces petits-l^ ou 
lea autresl Ces grands-ci. Ceuz-lli! Oh! ils ont bu il y a un 
quart d'beure. Ne vous trompez-vous pas'? Non, je ne me 
trompe pas, je vous assure ; car, j'ai vu le jeune valet donner du 
laitauz uns et de Peau aux autres. — Combien y a-t-il que votre neveu 
est en Espagne ? £n Espagne ? II n'y est pas. Je le croyais en 
Espagne, ou est-il douc? II est a Baltimore. Depuis quand y est- 
il? II y est depub six mois. C'est done votre cousin qui est en 
Espagne. Oh! c^est difierent. II y est, c^est vrai. Combien y 
a-t-il qu'il y est? II y a un m3i8. Y a-t-il vu notre ministrel D 
Pa vu plus de dix fois. Je me trompe, je veux dire plus de vingt 
fois; il le voit presque tous les jours. Que venez-vous de me direl 
Ils se voient ? Oui, sans doute. Je les croyais ennemis. lis ne le 
flont plus. J'en suis charme. N'aviez-vous pas mon journal Italien 
bier apres-midi ? Je Pavais alors, mais je ne Pai plus. 

When did you meet the lawyer's nephew ? 1 met him just now. 
—Where have you just met him 1 I met him close by here, (fovf 
jw» d'ici.) — Whom did you see with him ? I saw him alone. — Did 
he do you any harm ? He did me no (33') harm, for he is a very 
good lad. (gar<?on.) — Where are my gloves? They {(n) have 



Digitized 



by Google 



150 FORTT-NIMTH LBtfOV. (S.) 

thrown them awaj, for thej were worn out, quite. — Who is thir 
man who has just spoken to you? He is a merchant — ^What hv 
the shoemaker just brought? He has brought the shoes which ha 
has made us. — Who are the men that have just arrived % They aiB 
Russians. — Where did your uncle dine yesterday? He dined at tho 
hotel. — How much did he spend? He spent five francs. — How 
much has he a month to lire upon ? He has two hundred fianes • 
month to live upon. It is about forty dollars; is it not? Yes, a 
litde less. — Do you throw your hat away ? I do not throw it away, 
for it fits me very well. — How much have you spent to-day ? I 
have not spent much; I have spent only two francs. — ^Do you spend 
every day as much as that ? I sometimes spend more than that— 
Has that nephew of yours (votre neveu) been waiting long? He has 
but just come. — What does he wish ? He wishes to speak to you. — 
Are you willing to do that? I am willing to do it---Shall you be 
able (46t) to do it well ? I will do my best — Will this man be able 
to do that ? He will be able to do it, for he will do his best. — ^Havo 
you my yellow copy-book? I had it this morning^ but I have it no 
longer. — I thought you had it yet. — ^You have made a mistake. (43'| 
44«.) 

VooABULAiaa. 8me Sec. 



Have the horses been found t 

They have been found. 

The men have been seen. 

Our children have been praised and 

rewarded, because they have been 

good and stodious. 
By whom have they been rewarded f 
By whom have we been blamed ff 
To pa$». To go by, Brfore. 



Les chevanz ont-ils M trouvvs I 

Hs ont M trouv^ {42K) 

Les hommes ont ix4 vus. 

No8 enfants ont ^t6 louda et r^com- 

pens^, parce quails ont ^t^ sa^es 

et assidus. 
Par qui ont-ils €i6 r^compens^ f 
Par qui avons-nous M blfiro^ f 
FoMter, 1. DtMuU, 



Oba. 116. Brfore is expressed in French by avotU when it denotes pri 
erity, (13',) and by devant, when it signifies in presence of. Ex. 



To paas before some oi\e. 

To pass before a place. 

A place, this place, this fine place. 

I fiiBve passed before the theatre. 
He passed before 1 did h^ore the 

museum. 
To tpend ttm$ i» gomeihing. 
What do you spend your time in f 
I spend my time in studying. 
What has he spent his time in f 
What shall we spend our time in f 
To muf, to fail to. 



Passer devant quelqu'un. 
Passer devant un endroit. 
Un endroit, cet endroit, ce bel e» 

droit. 
J*ai passd devant le thddtre. 
II a paas^ avani moi devant Is 

mus^. 
Paooer U tempt d qudque eftof «. ■ 
t A quoi passex-vous le temps f 
t Je passe le temps a ^tudier. 
t A quoi a-t-il pass^ le temps f 
t A quoi passerons-nous le temps t 
Manquer, 1, (de av. Tinf.) 



Digitized 



by Google 



FO&TT-KIITTR LX880V. (3.) 



fOl 



D^ not fcil to go. Do not fail to do it, 

(do not neglect it.) Mind ! , (you 

hear?) 
The merchant has failed to bring the ^ 

money. Did he ? 

Ton haye missed your turn. 
Ton have failed to come. 
Bmd them to me. Don't yon forget 

k now, (don't you fail,) mind ! 
r« he good for tometking. 
Of what U80 is that f 
ft is good for nothing. 
4. good-for-nothing fellow. He is a 

good-for-nothing fellow. 
h the gun which you haye bought a 

good one f 
Ko, it is good for nothing. 
Have you thrown away anything f 
He has thrown away what is good 

for nothing, (worth nothing.) 



Ne manques pas d'y riler. N'f 
manqoez pas. Entendes-vons f 

Le marchand a manqu^ d'apporter 

Targent. Y a-t-il raanqu^ f 

Vous avez manqutf votre tour. 
Tous avez manqn^ de venir. 
Envoyes-les-moi. N'ymanquezpai, 

entendez-TOus f 
t Mtre hon d qvelquo cftot «. 
t A quoi cela est-il bon t 
t Cela n'est bon a rien. 
Un vaurien, C*eBtrvn Taarien. 

(^ 39, H. 3.) 
Le fusil que yous ayez s^bit.i ett-il 

bonf 
Non, il ne vaut rien. 
Avez-yous jete quelque chose f 
n a jetd ce qui n'est bon a rien, (ce 

qui ne yaut rien.) 

QuABAjm-xncTTYiftMa TniMB. 8me Sec. 

A-t-on tronre les oh^es? On les a trouY^s. On ont*ib M troa- 
r^? lb ont et^ tTouyes deiTiere4e sofa, de ce c6t6-ci du pnpitre^ — 
Avez-yous 6t& ra par qnelqa'im 1 Je n'ai M yxx par penonne. Is 
eroysds que yens ayiez M yu par le nouyeau jardinier. Je enjmM 
ne fas ayoir 6t6 yn. (^ 171 — 7.) — ^Attendez-yous qnelqu'un? Nont 
ci'attendons que notie couMn, le oapitaine. Est-il arriv^ 1 Oni, il 
vient f^'airiyer. Combien y a-t-il qu'il est ici? II ne fait que d'ar- 
river. Envoyez-moi chercher lorsqu'il viendra, n*y manquez pas; 
entendez-vous? Ne pouvez-yous pas Pattendre? II sera ici avant 
une demi-heure. Je ne peux pas, je suis presse dans ce moment 
41oiB, je vous eaveirai chercher. S'il yous plait: n'y manquez pas, 
entendez-vous ? Non, pon, soyez tranquillej (depend upon it.) Je 
n'y manquerai pas. — ^Le roi (king) a-t-il pass^ sur le pent de fil dd 
fert Non, il a paai«& devant.— Qu'est-ce que ce vaurien attend? Je 
ne sais pas ce qu'i) atttnd. Dites-lui de s'en aHer. H s'en va. — 06 
est yotre neveu t T«ne-: ; le yoili. 

Has the kinp pa^jsed here? {par ici?) He has not passed here, 
{par icij) but before the theatre. — Has he not passed before the 
castle ? He has passed there, but I haye not seen him. — How do 

you spend yoiu" time? (A quoi ) I spend my time in studyh.g. 

— What does yotur brother spend his time in ? He spends his time 
in reading and playing. — Does this man spend his time in workb^ t 
— He is a good-for-nothing fellow ; he spends his time in drinking 
•nd playing. — What do your children spend their time in ? They 



Digitized 



by Google 



«tt 



FIFTIETH LJCBSOM. (1.) 



spend their time in learning. — Can you pay me what yoa owe bm* 
— ^I cannot pa^r it you, for the merchant has failed to bring me my 
money. 

Why have you breakfasted without me ? You failed to come a] 
nine o'clock, so that we have breakfasted without you. — Has the 
merchant brought yon the gloves which you bought at his house, 
(cluz ltd!) He has failed to bring them to me. — Has he sold them 
to you on credit? *He has sold them to me, on the contrary, for 
cash. — Do you know those men? I do not know them; bat I 
believe that they are {ce sont) good-for-nothing fellows, for diefy 
spend their time in playing. — Why did you £»il to come \o my 
father's, thfti morning? The tailor did not bring me the coat whicli 
he promised me, so that I could not do what I had promised. 



. FIFTIETH LESSON, dOth.^-Cinquantiime Le^on^ bQme. 
YocABULAi&E. Ire Sec. 

, fort loin, trop loin, assex loin. 
le distance t 

be rendered into English by 
the question, How far t QudU 



The Parinan. 

He is a Parisian, (from Paris.) 
The king. The philosopher 
The preceptor, the tator. 
The innkeeper, the landbrd. 
Are you an Englishman t 
Whence do you come f 
I rome from Paris. 



le distance y a-t-il d*ici a Paris f 

t-il loin d'ici a Paris T 

t-il loin f II n'y a pas loin. 

bien de milles y a-t-U f 

lille. Y a-t-il diz milles f 

I plus de aeuz cents milles d« 

iw York a Washington. 

I environ centf milles de Berlii 

^ienne. 

-enise, da Havre. (^9.) 

is de Paris. 

quel pays Stes-vous T 

•V0U8 de Frrnce t 
. ... suis. Je n*en no pasL 

Le Paristen 
t II est Paristen. 
Le roi. Le philoscphe. 
Le pr^cepteur. 
L'aubergigte, Thdte. 
t^tes-vous Anglais f 
D*ou venez-vous t 
Je viens de Paris. 



Digitized 



by Google 



flFTIBTU LXStOK. (1.) 



r« jlec, to fly, run away. 

Run away. Do hot fly away. 

I run away, thou ronnest away, he 

runa away. 
Why do }ou fly? 
r fly because I am afraid. 
To asiure, 

I aMure you that he is arriTed. 
To hear a aound, a noiae. 
T> hear anewa 
Have you heara nothing new 7 

T hare heard nothing new. 



S*ei^ir,* 2, s'enfuyant, fui. 
Enfuyez-Yous. Ne vojia enfuyoi paa 
Je m'enfuia, tu t'enfuia, ii a'enfuiL 

Pourquoi vous enfuyez-voua ? 
Je m'enfuis parce que j*ai peur. 
Assurer f 1. 

Je Toua assure qu'il est arrive. 
Entendre un son, un bruit. 
Apprendre une rumveUe (nom (imJ) 
t N*ayez-vous rien appris de nou 

veauf 
1 Je n ai rie.i appris de nouveau. 



CiKQUAHTiJkHa Th^b. Ire See. 

Allez-Tous quelque part? Pourquoi me demandez-vous cela? 
Parce que je vois que vous etes pr^t k voyager. Vous avez tout ce 
qu'il faut pour cela. Chapeau, gants, parapluie, manteau. (4 140 
— 6.) Vous avez raison. Je vais partir pour Providence. Com- 
bien y a-t-il d'ici k Providence? H y a environ 250 milles. — ^Y a-t-il 
plus loin de New York k Washington que de Philadelphie k Provi- 
dence? n n'y a pas tout-&-fait si loin. — Qui craignez-vous? Ce 
mechant hoinme qui s'enfuit. — Ne craignez-vous pas ce gros chien 
noir? Je ne le crains pas, il n'est pas mechant; il n'a jamais 
mordu personne. N'a-t-U pas mordu Paubergiste ? Non, il ne lui 
a pas fait de mal. — Qu'est-ce qui (§116) vous plait tant, mon jeune 
neveu ? Ce petit chien-lL II est si obeissant qu'il fait tout ce (§ 91) 
qu'on vcut. — N'aviez-vons pas mon dictionnaire ce matin ? Si fait, 
je Pavais, et je Pai encore. En avez- vous eu besoin? Non, paa 
jusqu'i present. Si vous en avez besoin^ je vous le rendrai. Don 
nez-le-moi. Le voici. 

How far is it from Paris to London ? It is nearly two hundred 
miles trom Paris to London. — Is it far from here to Berlin ? It is 
far. — Is it far from there to Vienna ? It is almost a hundred and 
fifty n.iles from there to Vienna. — Is it further from Paris to Blois 
tnan fit)m Orleans to Paris ? It is further from Orleans to Paris than 
from Paris to Blois. — ^How far is it from Paris to Berlin? It is 
almost a hundred and thirty miles from Paris to Berlin. — Do you 
intend to go to Paris soon? I intend to go soon. — Why do you 
wish to go this time f {uttefois f) In order to buy good books and 
gcod gloves, and to see my good friends. — Is it long since you were 
thwe? (n'y, 49*, Obs, 114.) It is nearly a year since I was there. — 
Do you not go to Italy, this year {cette anneef) I do not go, for it 
is too far from here to Italy. 
22 



Digitized 



by Google 



9M 



FIFTIKTH LKStOJr. (S.) 



Who «re the men that hare just arrived I They are philoee- 
phers. - Of what country are they ? They are from London. — What 
countryman are you ? I am a Spaniard, and my friend is an It^ 
lian. — Are you from Tours? No, I am a Parisian. — How mocb 
money have your children spent to-day 1 They have spent but 
little ; they have spent but one crown. — Where did you dine yesteiw 
day % I dined at the innkeeper's. — Did you spend much I I spent 
a crown and a half. — Has the king passed here ? (par id t) He has 
not passed here, but before the theatre. — Have you seen himi ! 
have seen him. — Is it the first time (la premiere fois que) yon have 
seen him 1 It is not the first time, for I have seen him more than 
twenty times. — ^I thought you had seen him a few times, but I did not 
think that you had seen him twenty tithes.— Why does your servai t 
ran away t He is afraid of that ox. — ^Why do you run away? I ! 
i do not run away. 

YooABULAiBi. 2de Sec 
Arriver, 1. 



To happen. 

The happiness, fortune. 

The unhappineas, misfortune. 

A^eat misfortune has happened. 

He has met with a great misfortune 

What has happened to you f 

Nothing has happened to me. 

I have met with yora* brother. 

The poor man. 

I have cut his finger. 

You have broken the man's fi«Dlc 

To pity, pitying, pUud, 

I pity, thou pitieat, he pities. 

Pity that host and his nephew. 

[ pity him with all my heart. 

With all my heart. 

7h complain. 

Do you complaia f 

I do not complain. 

Do you complain of my friend t 

i do complain of him. 

( do not complain of him. 

To dare, to «potZ.^ Damage nothing. 

To ierve, wait upon, terved, terve. 

Dost thou wait upon, (serve f) 

I do wait upon, (I serve.) 

He waits upon, (he serves.) 

Do you wait upon f (do you serve t) 

To aerve some one, to wait upon 

some one. 



Lebonheor. 

Le malheor. 

II est arriv^ un grand malheur. 

t II lui eat arriv^ un grand^malheor 

Que vous est-il arrivi f 

II ne m'est iien arrive. 

J*ai reneontrd votre fr^re. 

Le panvre homme. 

t Je lui si coup^ le doigt. 

t Vous avei cass^ le eo« a rhomme. 

Plaindre,* 4, plaignant, plaint, 

Je plains, tu plains, il plaint. 

Plaignez cet h8te et son neveu. 

Je le plains de tout mon cosnr. 

t De tout mon ccaur. 

iSepimindre,*4. 

Vous plaignez- vous f 

t Je ne me plains pai. 

Vous plaignez-vous de mon aoH f 

Je m'en plains. 

Je ne m*en plaina pas. 

Oter, 1. Giter, 1. Ne gfttet rm 

Servir,* 2, (25>,) servi, ttrves. 

Sers-tot 

Jesers. 

Ilsert. 

Serves-vons f 

Servir quelqa'an. 



Digitized 



by Google 



FIFTISTH LKfltOir. (S.) 9Bi 

Am he been in your serrieef I A-t-il M a Totre wrriM t 

HaslieMnredyoiif | Voos i-t-il tern f 

^ , . , , } f Combien y a-t-il qu'il voua eert t 

Hoirlong has he been in your eer- \ ^ Combien y a-t-il qu'il est a ▼otre 

^^^^^ i service? 

The service. • Lo service. 

Tf9f€r, ojfered, ofer, I Of n>,* 2, tffert, o/rex. 

Do you ofler f I do. I offer nothing. I Oflrex-vons f JVffi«. Je n*olfre riea 

Dost tbon ofo t He offers. | O&es-tu t H offire. 

GiNQUAiTTiiMB THiiiB. 2ie Sec. 

M^ofirez-vous ce bouquet? Oui, Mile.; je toub I'offre de tout 
raon ccBur. — ^Vous plait-il? (47', Ohs. 109.) II me plait beauconp, 
et je Tous remorcie de Yotre don, (for your present.) De rien. 
(26^) — En avez-TouB offert nn k Sophie? Non, je ne lui en ai 
pas offert. Lui en offrirez-vous un domain? Je n'y manquerai 
pas. Ne Poubliez pas, je vous prie. Non, je vous assure que je 
n'y manquerai pas. — Avez-vous mon eventail Hollandais? Non, je 
croyais que tous I'aviez vous-meme. Je Pavais, il y a un moment, 
et je croyais que tous I'aviez pris. — Non, je ne I'ai pas eu. Ah ! 
je le Tois; il est deiriere vous. Le ToicL Merci. De rien.-* 
Qu'est4l arriT^ an neTOu de M. Lenoir? Oh ! pas grand' chose. II 
s'est fait un pen mal an doigt — Ne vous est-il rien arrive ? A moi ? 
Non, il ne m'est rien arriv^. — Qu'est-ce que vous apprenez? J'ap- 
prends ceci, et ce n'est pas difficile. Qu'est-ce que vous avez 
appris de nouveau ? Je n'ai rien appris de nouveau. On parle du 
cholera, de la Califomie ; mais ce n'est pas nouveau. 

Of whom has your brother heard ? He has heard of a man to 
whom a misfortune has happened. — Why have your scholars not 
done their exercises ? I assure you that they have done them, and 
you aro mistaken if you belioTe that they have not done them. — 
What have you done with my book ? I assure you that I have not 
seen it. — Has your son had my knives ? He assures me that he 
has not had them. — ^Haa your uncle arrived already? He has 
not arrived yet. — ^Will you wait till he returns? I cannot wait, for 
I have a good deal {beaueoup) to do. — Have you not heard anything 
new ? I have heard nothing new. — Has the king airived ? They 
say that he has arrived. — What has happened to you? A great 
misfortune has happened to me. — What? (lequel f) I have met with 
my greatest enemy, who has given me a blow with a stick.— Then 
I pity you with all my heart. * 

Why dc you pity that man ? I pity him because you have broken 
his neck. — ^Why do you complain of my friend ? I complain of 
him because he has cut my finger^ — Does that man serve you well I 



Digitized 



by Google 



FIf TXKTH LX880V. (3.) 



He does senre me well, bat be spends too macb. — ^Aie yoa wiiling 
to take tbis seryant 1 I am willing to take bim, if be will eenre 
me. — Can I take tbat senrant? You can take bim, for be baa 
aenred me very well. — How long is it since be is out of {hors de) 
jour service! It is but two montbs since. — ^Has be served yoa 
long? He baa served me for (pendant) six years. — ^Do you offer me 
anytbing? I bave notbing to (a) offer yon. — Wbat does my friend 
cfier you 1 He offers me a book. — ^Have tbe Parisians offered yoa 
tnytbing? Tbey bave offered me wine, bread, and good beef. 

VooABULAiRi. 8me Sec. 



To confide, intru$i. Trust me with it. 
Do yoa trust me with your money f 
I do trust you with it. 
I have intrusted that man with a 

secret. 
The secret- 

To keep anything secret. 
I have kept it secret. 

To take care of something. 

Do yon take care of your clothes f 

I do, I put them away. 

Will you take care of my horse f 

I will take care of it. 

To leave, left. Leave, let me. 

To tquander, to dUeipate, 

He has squandered all his wealth. 

To hindv" prevent, keep from. 

You hinder me from sleeping. 

Do not keef me from sleeping. 

To shop, to purchase. 

What have you purchased f 

I have purchased two handkerchiefs 

and a bag. 
Have you purchased ansrthing f 
Most lovely, charming. 

Admirably. 

That hat fits you admirably. 
That ooat fits him very ^ell. 
U is charming. 



Confier, 1, . . . i2 . . . Confiez-le-moi 
Me confiez-vous votre argent f 
Je vous le confie. 
J'ai confix un secret a cet homme. 

Le secret. 

t Garder le secret de quelque chose 
t J'en ai gard6 le secret. 
Avoir* soin, > ^^ , ^^j^^^ 
Prendre* som, j ^ ^ 
Aves-vous soin de vos habits T 
J'en ai soin, je les serre. 
Voulez-vous prendre soin de mos 

cheval 1 
Je veuz en prendre soin. 
Laitter, 1, laisti. Laissei-moi 
Dieeiper, 1. 

n a dissip^ tout son bien. 
Empicher, 1. {de av. Tinfini.) 
t Vous m'empdches de dormir. 
Ne m'empSchez pas de dormir. 
Faire emplette, (a feminine nooni 

takes de before the substantive.) 
Faire des emplettes. 
t De quoi avez-vous fait emplette I 
t J'ai fait emplette de deux moa- 

choirs, et d'un sac 
Avez-votis fait des emplettes f 
Charmant, (an adjective,) tres-bieiv 

extrSmement bien, (adverbs.) 
A merveille, (an adverb.) 
Ce chapeau vous va a merveilW- 
Cet habit lui va tres-bien. 
C'est diarmant. 



Digitized 



by Google 



riFTIXTH LK880N. (3.) SSfl 

CiKQxrANTiiia Tutia, 8me Seo. 

Quelqu^an vient de s^en aller, n'esl-ce pas? Oui, quelqu'un viert 
de sortir. Qui vient de e'en aller ? C'est un Anglais qui a dissip^ 
tout son bien (all his fortune, wealth) en France. Est-ce un An- 
glais? Oui, je vous assure. Je le croyais Allemand ou plutdt Hoi* 
iandais. Vous vous fetes trompe, car il est de Bristol, en Angleterre. 
— Pourquoi cet adolescent fuit-il? II s'enfuit parce qu^il craint 
d*&tre puni. Par qui craint-il d^etre puni ? II craint de I'etre par 
un de ses parents, parce qu'il n'a pas pu faire son devx)ir. — A qui 
confiez-vous votre argent? Je le confie k la banque, ou je le garde 
xnoi-mfeme. {Hi}.) — Ne confiez rien k ce gar<?on-li, car il ne peut 
pas flrarder un secret. Je ne lui confierai rien. — Qui a soin de vos 
oiseaux? J'en ai soin moi-mfeme. Qui en aura soin lorsque vous 
eerez chez votre oncle? Thomas m'a promis d'en avoir soin. — 
Laissez mes gants Wanes, (leave my tchite gloves alone.) Vous les 
ealissez, vous les gktez. Tenez ! les voila, (here ! there they are.) 

Why do you pity our neighbor? I pity him because he hai 
trusted a merchant of (de) Paris with his money, and the man (et 
que celui'Ci) will not return it to him. — Do not trust this man with 
anything. I do not trust him with anything. — Has he already 
cheated you ? I have never trusted him with anything, so that he 
has never cheated me; but it is said that he has cheated many 
people. — ^Will you trust my father with your money ? I will trust 
him with it. — ^With what secret has my eon intrusted you ? I can- 
not intrust you with that with which he has intrusted me, for he 
has desired me (jn^a prie de) to keep it secret. — ^Whom do you 
intrust with your secrets ? I intrust nobody with them, so that no- 
body knows them. — Has your brother been rewarded ? He has, on 
the contrary, been punished; but I beg you (prier) to keep it 
secret, for no one knows it. — ^What has happened to him ? I will 
tell you what has happened to him, if you promise me to keep it 
secfet. Do you promise me to keep it secret ? I do promise you, 
for I pity him wiA all my heart — Will you take care of my clothes? 
I will take care of them. — Are you taking care of the book which 
I lent you ? I am taking care of it ; I have put it away in my 
desk. — Who will take care of my servant? The landlord will 
take care of him. — Do you throw away your hat ? 1 do not throw 
it away, for it fits me admirably. — Does your friend sell his coat! 
He does not sell it, for it fits him most beautifully. — Who has spoiled 
rxy book ? No one has spoiled it, because no one has dared to 
jouoh it, {le totuhcr.) — Did not that Utde boy with black hair tonck 
22» 



Digitized 



by Google 



y^ 



106 FIFTIETH LXtSOV. (8.) 

it! No, I preyeuted him from touching it, (his touching il.) — Ft^ 
vent hb touching it ; for if he does, he will soil and qpoil it. 

UtBvui pouB LA 60inE Lb<;oh. 
ThSme en Fran^ais. 

Le chien de Pltranger a-t-il mal an dosi Oni, ii a mal an 
dos. Le jeune cheval du boucher a-t-il mal au dos ? Non, mail 
son rieux mouton a mal au dos. Va-t-ii tuer le mouton qui 
a mal au dos? Non, il ne va pas tuer celui-li. Lequel ra-t-il 
tuer? n va tuer celui qui a mal au pied. — Qui a mal an 
dos? Je ne sais pas qui a mal au dos. Le ioli petit mouton de 
Mile. Sara est-ii dans le jardin ? Non, il est dans son appartement 
—Quel appartement allez-vous prendre ? Je vais prendre celui qt^e 
Tous n'ayez plus. Aimez-vous cet appartement-lsi ? Non, mais 
j'aime celui-ci. Le trouvez-vous (do you think it) joli? Oui, assez 
joli. Ne le trouvez-vous pas trop petit ? Non, je le trouve assez 
grand. Quel jour allez-vous prendre votre appartement? Nous 
allons le prendre le 10 de ce mois. N'est-ce pas aujounPhui le 
huit? Si fait, c'est le huit Alors (then) vous allez prendre votre 
appartement dans deux jours? Oui, nous allons le prendre dans 
deux joxirs. — Avec qui allez-vous jouer? Je vais jouer avec lo fils 
du dentiste. Ou allez-vous jouer avec lui ? Nous allons jouer dans 
Tatelier de son pere. Voulez-vous venir jouer avec nous ? Avec 
plabir. — Qui est dans cet appartement-i^? Le petit garden qui a 
mal au coude et au genou. Avec qui les medecins sont-ils? Us sont 
avec les enfants qui ont mal aux yeux. — Ne voulez-vous pas venir 
avec nous voir le pent de fil de fer t Si fait, avec j^laisir, (yes^ 1 
xoilL) — Ce bois de lit-lli est-il assez grand pour Pappartement que 
vous prenez ? Celui que nous prenons n'est pas tres-grand. Pour- 
quoi vos petits amis vont-ils chez le consul ? lis y vont pour Hre 
les joumaux de France. Quels papiers de France re^oit-il? 11 en 
revolt plusieurs. En re<?oit-il autant que le President du conseH 
municipd ? (of council.) II en re^oit plus que lui. En lit-il plus 
de dix? n en lit moins de dix. II n'en lit que quatre ou cinq. 
N'est-ce pas assez? Si fait. Je crois que c 'est trop. Je ne peux 
pas en lire autant. Combien en lisez- vous ? Je c'ai le temp.s d'en 
lire qu'un.— Le boucher vous apporte-t-il ce que vous achetez an 
marche ? 11 ne me Papporte pas; mais il m'envoie ce que j'achete. 
Vous Tenvoie-t-il tous les matins? Non, nous n'allons au marche 
que tous les trois jours, le mercredi et le samedi. — Avez-vous deux 
grands bois-ds-lit 7 Non. J'ai un grand bois-de-lit pour moi et un 
petit pour mon fils. 

A qm est ce beau iardin ? C'est celui de . . . A qui aoat eat 



Digitized 



by Google 



FIFTT-FIBST LE880II. (1.) 280 

beaux ohevaux et oe joli earrossey (oarriage.) Je ne sais pas k qui 
lis Bont. — ^Vous ^tes grand ; mais je crois que in on cousin est plus 
grand que roos. Non, il est moins grand que moi. - Pai deux 
pouces de plus que lui. {Ohs. 71.) — Les Americains envoient-ils 
plus de coton en France qu^en Angleterre (England)? Non, ils en 
enyoient beaucoup plus en Angleterre qu'en France. — Ou les Bns- 
toniens achetent-iis leur charbon ? Ils I'achetent presqee toujours 
k Philadelphie. Combien le paient-ils k Pbiladelphie ? lis le 
paient S4 le tonneau (f 7) et ils le vendent S7 ou $8. — ^Votre oncle 
Ih-il beaucoup? II aime beaucoup k lire les ouvrages Fran^ais, 
Anglais, et Americains. — Vos cousins lisent-ils les journaux tons les 
jours? Ils commencent tons les matins k les lire. — Que lit votre 
pere ? II ne lit rien k present ; il a mal aux yeux. II fait lire notre 
plus jeune frere pour lui. — Quels ouvrages les Americains lisent-ils? 
Ds lisent les ouvrages de toutes les autres nations aussi bien que les 
leurs. Ont-ils, eux-m^mes, beaucoup d'ouvrages? Us en font tons 
les jours quelques-uns. 

L'ami du fils de son jardinier travaille-t-il autant que le cousin du 
menuisier? Non, il ne travaille pas taut que lui. — E^t-il plus jeune? 
Non, au contraire, il est plus ^e. — Combien a-t-il de plus ? (tlotr 
much older ?) U a 2 ans de plus. — II est done paresseux ? Oui, un 
peu. — ^Vous avez de jolis souliers, qui vous les fait ? Notre cordon- 
nier. — Les fait-il toujours aussi bien ? Oui, si vous les faites faire.— 
Combien vendez-rous ces gants, Mlle<? Nous les vendons demi- 
dollar. — En avez-vous k un quart de dollar? Oui, nous en avons; 
mais ce ne sont pas les meUleurs. — Laissez-moi voir les uns et les 
autres. Yoici ceux que nous vendons cinquante sous; ils sont 
superbes, com me vous voyez. Yoilk ceux de 25 sous. — lis sont 
bons; mab ils sont moins Dons que les autres. — ^Votre panier et^-il 
assez grand pour mettre votre march^ ( marketing) dedans? Je 
orois que oui. Nous j mettons, du moins beaucoup de choses. — 
Qu'a votre cheval ? II a mal au dos et i un pied. — Jules n'a-t-il pas 
mal k ToBil? Si fait; il y a mal. 



FIFTY-FIRST LESSON, 51^.— Cinquante et uniime Le^an, lime 
V0CABUI.AIBB. Ire Sec 



Will the people come mod t 
&o«h very sooih too soon, soon 

enough. 
A violm. A piano. 



Le monde viendra-t-il bientot t 
Bienidt, tiop tdt, eaaei tdt. 

Un violon. Urn puma, 



To play upon the violm. J t Joaer du viotoii. 

Tk pliy the vwlm. 



Digitized 



by Google 



see 



FIFTT-FUliT LB880N. (l.| 



Obi. 118. When a musical imtrament is spoken of, the verb, Jcuer^ m 
play, ukes de, but d, when a game is spoken of, As : 



To plaf at cards, at chess. 

To play the (upon the) piano. 

What instrument do you play ? 

To touch. To play the piano. 

Near me, near them, near the fire. 

Near the trees, near the hotels. 

Near going. Near breaking it. 

Where do you live t 

( live near the castle. 

What are you cbing near the fire f 

To dance. 

To fall, fallen, do not fall. 

Did you fall f I did not. 

To drop, (meaning to let fall.) . 
Has he dropped anything ff 
He has not dropped anything. 
To rkain, to hold, keep back. 

To approach, to draw near. 
Draw near the fire, (approach.) 
Do you approach the fire f 
I do approach it. 
Tb approach, to have access to one, 
He is a man difficult of access. 

I go away (withdraw) fi-om the fire. 
To withdraw (or go away) fi-om. 
I go away fi'om it. 
Why does that man go away fi:Dm 

the fire! 
Us goes away from it because he is 

not cold. 
Sc much, 90 many. 
I have Mrritten so many notes that I 

cannot write any more. 
Do you fear to go out f 
I do fear t^ go out. 

CiNQxrANTS BT TmitinB THfims. Ire See. 
J'ai entendu tomber quelqne chose, avez-vous rien laise^ tomber! 
Non, je crois ne rien avoir laiss^ tomber. Voycz, cependant — ^Ah! 
voici un de d'argent ; est-ce vous qui Pavez laiss^ tomber 1 Cert le 
d6 de Louise. Je Pai peut-^tre fait tomber. Je croyais I'arcir mil 
dans son panier. Je I'ai tronvS pres da pied da faateuil. MeroL 
De rien. — Qui va au mas^e cet apres-midi ? George y va; mais ja 
vains de ne pas pouvoir y aller. Potirqaoi done? Moa onda 



Jouer aux cartes, jouer aux tehees. 

t Jouer du piano. 

t De quel instrument jouez-vous f 

Toucher, I. Toucher Ic piano. 

Pres de moi, pres d*eux, pres du fe& 

Fresdesarbres, pres des hotels. ($ Ih) 

Pres d* aller. Pr^s de le c&ssor. 

Ou demeurex-voLS T 

Je demeure pres du ch&teau. 

Que faites-vous pres du feu ? 

Danser, 1. 

Tomher, 1, tombe *. Ne tombez point. 

£tes-vous tomb^ f Je ne suis pas 
tomb^. 

Laitter tomber. 

A-t-il laiss^ tomber qnelque chose f 

II n* a rien laiss^ tomber. 

Setenir,* 2, (comme tenir^ 24*, 
25«, 34«.) 

S^approcher, I, (deBY. un nom.) 

Approchez-vous du feu. 

Vous approchez-vous du fen f 

Je m'en approche. 

Approcher quelqm*un. 

C'est un homme qu*on ne peut ap- 
procher. 

Je m*^loigne du feu. 

S' Eloigner, 1, (de av. le nom.) 

Je m'en ^loigne. 

Pourquoi cet homme s* Soigne- t-il da 
feu? 

II s'en Eloigns psrce qu'U n'a pas 
fit>id. 

Tant. 

J*ai €crit tant de billets que je no 
puis plus en ^rire. 

Craignez-vous de sortir f 

Je crains de sortir. 



Digitized 



by Google 



rXFTT-FIEtT LBtSOV. (Sl) 



381 



nent de me dire qn'il attend 100 sacs de cai6 et qn'il fant les rece- 
voir et les faire mettre dans le magasin. N'importe, si vous n'j 
allez pas cet apres-midij tods irez une autre fois. Cela est vrai 
Jouez-Yous du violon et du piano 1 Non, je ne joue que du violon 
En jouez-Tous tous les jours 1 Un peu, pour ne pas oublier. 

Do you play the yiolin ? I do not play the violin, but the piano.— 
8ball we have a ball to-night 1 We shall have one, in the large par- 
lor.^— At what o'clock? At a quarter to eleven. — ^What o'clock is it 
BDwt It is almost eleven, and the people will soon come. — What 
Instrument will you play ? I shall play the violin. If you play the 
fiolin, I shall play upon the piano. — Are there to be (doit'il y avoir j 
4T) a great many people at our ball ? There is to be a great many. 
Will you dance ? 1 shall dance. — ^Will your children dance ? They 
will dance if they please, (si ula Uur convient, or si cela leur plait.) 
— How do you spend your time in this country? I spend my time 
in pla3dng on the piano, and in reading. — ^How does your cousin 
divert himself ? He diverts himself in playing upon the violin.-^' 
Does any one dance when you play? A great many people dance 
when I play. They never fail to do it. (On n'l/ manque jamms.) — 
Who? At first (d'ahord) our children, then our cousins, at last ouj 
neighbors. — Do you amuse yourselves ? I assure you that we amuse 
ourselves very much. 

Whom do you pity ? 1 pity your friend. — ^Why do you pity him 1 
I pity him because he is ill. — Has anybody pitied you ? Nobody 
has pitied me, because I have not been ill. — Do you ofier me any- 
thing? I offer you a fine gun. — What has my father offered you? 
He has offered me a fine book. — ^To whom have you offered your 
fine horses? I have offered them to the English captain. — Dost thou 
offer thy pretty little dog to these children ? I offer it to them, for I 
love them witJ. all my heart. — Why have you given that boy a blow 
with your fist? Because he hindered me from sleeping. — ^Has any- 
body hindered you from writing? Nobody has hindered me from 
writing, but I have hindered somebody from hurting your cousin and 
nephew. 

VocABULAnuE. 2de Sec 



To recollect, (do prep, in French.) 

Do yoa recollect that f 

I do recollect it. 

Does your brother recollect that f 

He recollects having seen it. 

Do you resoUect the words f 

I do recollect them. 

Have you reooUeoted the words f 



Se rappder^ 1, (39*,) rappelez-vour 

cela. 
Vous rappelez-vouB cela 7 
Te me le rappelle. 
Votre frere se rappelle-t-il cola T 
n se rappelle 1' avoir vu. 
YoQs rappelez-vous les mots f 
Je me les rappelle. 
Voas dtes'vous rappeM les roots f 



Digitized 



by Google 



riFTT-VI&8T LXfSOV. (2.) 



I haTB recollected them. 
1 have not recollected them 
Have yoa recollected them 
You have recollected them. 
Has he recollected them f 
He has recollected them. 
We have recollected them. 
They have recoUeeted them 
I recollect (rememher) comi 

T > remember, to recollect, 
venir,* 24», 25», &c.) 

Do you remember that man 

I do remember him. 

Do yoa remember seeing hii 

I do not. 

1 do remember it. 

What do you remember f 

I remember nothing. 

I do not remember falling d 

To tit down. 

Sit down, (impera.) 

Are you sitting down f 

I am sitting, thou art sitting 

Is he sitting down f H 

I shall or will sit down. 

He sits near the fire. 

He is sitting near the fire. 

To run ttwafft to fy. 

Did you run away t 

I did not run tkwyy. 

Why did that roan run away ff 

He ran away because he was afraid. 

Who has run away t 

Ho has. 



I > II est aasis pres du feu. 



They have. 



Se Micoer, 1, t'enfuir,* 2. (50K) 
Vous 6tes-vous aauvi ff 
Je ne me suis pas saiw^ 
Pourquoi cet homme a'est-il sauvd ff 
II s'est sauvd parce qu'il a eu peur. 
Qui s*e8t enfui ff 
Qui s'est sauv6 ff 
I U s'est enfui. Us se sont aaovda. 

GnrQiTAimi et VKiiMi THfimi. 2de Sec 
You8 I vez Pair d'avoir froid^ approchez-vous du fea. Je n'oee pas 
m'en approcher. Pourquoi n'osez-rous pas? Je crains de me 
DhUer. Cela tous plait k dire. (47*.) Votre neveu s'Sloigne-t-il du 
feu parce qu'il craint de se briUer? Non, mais parce qu'il n'a plus 
froid, je pense. Nou, ce n'est pas pour cela. Et pourquoi done? 
11 a laisse tomber in quart de dollar, et il veut le ramasser. Tenez, 
lo voili pres du sofa. Ramassez-le pour lui. De quel cdte du sofa? 
De ce cdt^-ci; lA, pres de votre pied. Bon, je le vois i present. Je 
'ai, je vais le lui rendre. Tenez, voici votre quart de dollar. Merci. 
Oa rien. Ah ! M. I ucien, vous reppelez-vous le nom du medeoin 



Digitized 



by Google 



FIFTT-FIB8T LESSON. (3.) MB 

da general 7 Non, je ne me le rappelle pas. — Qui s'assted snr ee 
frateoii ? Personne ne s'asaied dessus. Alors, je vals m'y asseoir. 
Comme il voua plaira; il est k votre service. — ^Pourquoi le petit 
Joles s'6loig»e-t-ii 7 H a honte de ne pas 8*^tre souvena de vous 
porter men billet 

Do you remember anything pretty 7 I remember nothing at all ; 
I am too sleepy. — ^What does your uncle recollect 7 He recoUeGta 
whai you have promised him. — ^What have I promised him 7 Yo« 
hare promised him to go to France with him next winter. Ha^e 
you not 7 I intend to do so, if it is not too cold. — ^Why do you with- 
draw from the fire 7 I have been sitting near the fire this hour and 
a half, (il y a,) so that I am no longer cold. — Does your friend not 
Uke to sit near the fire 7 He likes, on the contrary, much (beaucoup) 
to sit near the fire, but only (seulement,^ adv.) when he is coId.-^May 
one approach your uncle 7 One may approach him, for he receives 
everybody. — Will you sit down 7 I will not sit down; I have to 
work. — Where does your father sit down 7 He sits down near me, 

in that large red velvet arm-chair, (grand faut de v. n.) — Where 

shall I sit down 7 You may sit near me. 

Do you sit down near the fire, or on the sofa ? I do not sit down 
near the fire, for I am afraid of being too warm. — Do you recollect 
my brother 7 I recollect having seen him and spoken to him once. — 
Do your parents recollect their old friends 7 They do recollect them. 
— ^Do you recollect these words 7 1 do not recollect them. — ^Have 
you recollected that 7 I have recollected it — Has your uncle recol- 
lected those words 7 He has recollected them. — ^Have I recollected 
my exercise 7 You have recollected it. — Have you recollected your 
exercises 7 I have recollected them, for I have learned them by 
heart ; and my brothers have recollected theirs, because they have 
learned them by heart. — Is it long since you saw your friend from 
Pari<« 7 I saw him a fortnight ago. {Obs. 1 14.) 

VooABFLAiBs. 8me Seo. 



Jb Uk4 letter^ topr^er. 

Do you like to stay here better than 

going out? 
I like staying here better than going 

out 
He likea to f^y better than to stodj. 
Do yoii like to write better than to 

spoak? 
I like to sp6«k better than to write. 



Aimer nUettx, (no prep. § 170 — 2.) 
Aimez-voos mieux rester ioi que da 

Bortirl 
J.'aime mienx Tester ici que de sortir, 

(mieux wmM <f»r0e% q/W ^ Mrft.) 
B aime mieux jouer quo d'^tudier. 
Aimez-voos mieux 6crire que da 

parler? 
J^aime mieox parler que d^^orire. 
Mieux . . . qti4 de, (avant un inflnitUL] 



Oaiy, when Mparoted fh>m the verb, \& sefUemerU, 



Digitized 



by Google 



FIFFT-FIRIT LXStON. (8.) 



He likes to do both. 

I like beef better than mutton. 

Do you like bread better than cheese f 

I like neither the one nor the other. 

I like tea as much as cofiee. 

Jnat at much, hardly so much. 

A calf, calTes. Some, any yoal. 

Aloud. Low, too low. 

Does your master speak abud or low f 

He speaks aloud and slowly. 

In order to learn French, one must 
speak aloud and quick. 

Quicker, faster. As fast as you. 

Nh to-puek, Utt quidt. 

He eats quicker than I. 

Do you learn as fast as I ff 

I learn faster than you. 

I do not understand you, because you 
speak too fast. 

To sell cheap. 

To sell dear. 

Does he sell cheap f 

He does not sell dear. 

He has sold to me Terj: dear. 

This man sells everything so dear, 
that one cannot buy anything of 
him. 

You speak so fast that I cannot under- 
stand you. 

To buy something of some one. 

I have bought it of him. 



n aime a foire I'un et I'tiitre. 
J'aime nienoL le bcsuf que le moutoa 
Aimes-voua miouz le pain que la 

fromage f 
Je n'aime ni Tuu ni Tautre. 
J*aime tout autant le th^ que le cafSf 
Tout autant 1 a peine tant. 
Un veau, des veaux. Du vean. 
Haul, a haute voiz. Bas, tzop bai 
Votre mattre parle-t-il hant on baa i 
II parle haut et lentement. 
Pour apprendre le Fran^ais, il hm\ 

parler haut et vite. 
Plus vite. Aussi vite que vous. 
Fas ft vitCf mains vite. 
n mange plus vite que moi. 
Apprenez-yons aussi vite que moi f 
J'apprends plus vite que vous. 
Je ne vous comprends pas, parce que 

vous parlez trop vite. 
Vendre d hon marchi, 
Vendre eher. 
Vend-il a bon marchd f 
II ne vend pas cher. 
II m'a vendu fort cher. 
Get homme vend tout si cher, qu'oa 

ne pent rien acheter chez lui. 

Vous parlez si vite que je ne puts 

vous comprendre. 
Acheter quelque chose a quelqu*iiB. 
Je le lui ai achet^.* 



CiMQUANTB ET xmiiMB Tniicx. 8me Seo. 

Ramassez le gant de chamois de Mile. Clara, qui vient de le laisser 
tomber. {Obs, 115.) Adrien Pa deji ramasse. — ^Votre neven vient 
de finir son devoir, n'est-ce pas % Non, ii ne Pa pas encore fait 
Moi, je croyais qu^tl Vavait (he had) fait. Vous vous Stes Iromp^. 
(43*.)— Vous sortez 1 Passez-vous pres du musee % Noif, je passe 
loin de-li. N'importe. — Charles, Tenez me voir ce soir, (come and 
see me. } 150 — 12) voulez-vousl Je suis tres-occupe, cependant' 
j'irai, si je m'en souvieas. — Si vous avez tant k faire, vous tomberez 

1 Acheter d queltiu*un means to buy of or for some one. Ex. Tai «tkeii 

tsiketal d votre frire^ I have bought that horse of your brother; i.e. /< 

. Tat a^eti de lui, I have bought it of him. Tai atAeti un gdteau a man 

enfantf I have bo-aght a cake for my child : i. e. Je Vai adieti pour lui, I 

have bought it for him. 



Digitized 



by Google 



riFTT*FIRflT LK§80N. (3.) 269 

malade. Ne le eiaignez-vouB pas? Moi, je ne le cndns pas, mais 

mon pere le craint. Ponrquoi vous dtes-vo 

hier soirl Titais (I teas, imperfect) tres-prc 

faire ? Vous le savez bien. J'avais a appienc 

vous (were you, imperf.) press^ lorsque vous < 

de gftteaux % Quand etais-je 1&? N'y etiez-^ 

Je n'y ^tais pas. II vend trop cher. Ses g&U 

baas que ceux des autres marchands, et ils so: 

Do your scholars like to learn by heart 1 
dBam by heart; they like reading and writii 
ty heart. — ^Do you like cider better than wi 
than ci3er. — Does your brother like to pla 
better than to play. — Do you like veal bette 
the latter better than the former for breakfast ; but I like the former 
better than the latter for dinner. — Do you like to drink better than to 
eat? I like to eat better than to drink; but my uncle likes to drink 
better than to eat — Does the Frenchman like fowl better than fish? 
He likes fish better than fowl.— Do you like to write better than to 
speak? I like to do both. — ^Do you like honey (miel) better than 
sugar? I like neither. — Does your father like coffee better than tea? 
He likes neither. 

Can you understand me ? No, Sir, for you speak too fast. — ^Will 
you be kind enough {avoir la bonte de ne pas, f 171 — 7) not to speak 
so fast? I will not ^>eak so fast, if you will listen to me. I am 
ready to listen. — Can you understand what my brother tells you in 
Ffench? He speaks so fast that I cannot understand him. — Can 
your pupils understand you? They understand me when I speak 
slowly; for in order to be understood one must speak slowly. — Is it 
necessary to speak aloud to learn French ? It is necessary to speak 
aloud. — Does your master speak aloud 7 He does speak aloud and 
flow.— Why do you not buy anything of that merchant ? He sells 
so dear that I cannot buy anything of him. — Will you take me to 
another? I will take yon to the son of the one from whom you 
bought last year, (Vannie passie. )^^Does he sell as dear as this one! 
He sells cheaper. — Do your children like learning Italian better than 
Spanish 7 They do not like to learn either ; they only like to learn 
French. — Do you like mutton ? I like beef better than mutton. — Do 
yonr children like cake better than bread? They like both. — Has 
lie read all the books which he bought? He bought so many (tant) 
ikat he cannot read them. — Do you wish to write some exercises? 
I W/e written so many that I cannot write any more. — Why does 
tkat lad run away so fast? Will any one touch him? h^n him? 
2ft 



Digitized 



by Google 



an nVTT-lKCOVE LSIfOV. (1.) 

Mbona wiUhiiitbim; botbewillbepiiiuBhedbjrhif 
hftTiiig (pour fM fof aooN') done his task. (fl71 — ^7.) 



FIFTY-SECOND LESSON, S2d.—Cinq[uanU'deuxiime Lif^ 58m. 
TooABUxjoBB. Ire Seo 
leMde, 



MfltUtideef, By. 
To piM by the side of some one. 
I bsre passed by the side of you. 
Htfo yov passed by tbe side of my 

bffotbsrff 
I lia:fe passed by the side of him. 



Passer a cot^ de (/aelqa*im. 
J'ai pa886 & c6U de yoos. 
ATex-Yons paas6 a eot^ de oon frdrt f 

• 'ai pass6 a eM de lai. 



Gh§, 119. Prepositions formed with d, ok, or ma, and a nomi, reqoirs 
the preposStkm d« after them ; almost all others require none. 



To pati by a ptaee, 
I have passed by tbe theatre. 
He has passed by tbe eastis. 
You have passed before my ware- 
house. IFUdkiMf did they pass f 
To dare. 

I dare not go tbitber. 
He dares not do it 
Ifdid not dare to tell him so. 
Towuktuutf, to «««. Used, use it 

Do yon use my copy-book f 

I do use it 

Does your &tber use it f 

He does use it. 

Hare you used ray gun t 

I have used it. 

They have used your books. 

They have used them. 

To inotrt^, instructed, instroot 

I instruot, tbou instruotest, he ib* 

structs. 
Totoaeh, 

To tmek iomo one Momaking. 
He teaches me srithmetic. 
I teach yon Fk'ench. 

have taught him French. 
To teach some one (how) to do som» 

thing. 
Qs teaches me (how) to read. 
ton teach them (how) to write. 



t Patter auprit d^un endraU. 
t J*ai pas86 aupres du th^&tre. 
t n a pass6 anpr^ dn chftteau. 
Vous avex pased devant mon \ 

sin. Far on ont-ils pass6 f 
Oter, 1, (point de pr^ioeition.) 
Je n'ose pas y aller. 
n n'ose pas le faire. 
Je n*ai pas os^ le lul dire. 
So tervir,* S, do, (50>) servi, i 

vons-en. 
Vous servez-vous de mon cahier f 
Je m'en sers. 
Votre pere s'en sert-il f 
n 8*en sert. 

Tons dtes-vous servi de mon fiisil f 
Je m'en suis servi. 
Us so sont servb de vos livrea. 
Us s'en sont servis. 
InHruiro,* 4, instruit, inMmises. 
J'instruis, tu instruis, il insiniit 

Entetgfier, 1. Apffromdro,* 4. 
Enteigner qudque dote i qneHqu tm 
n m'enseigne le caleuL 
Je vous enseigne le Franfus. 
Je lui ai enseign4 le Flranfai^ 
Apprendre i quelqu'un a iairs qmi 

que chose, ou Enseigner a . . . • 
II m'apprend a lire. 
Vous leur apprenei a toire. 



Digitized 



by Google 



FirTT-sxcoKO j:.xf8oii. (2.) 207 

GmavAHn-PBUzziia Th^ms. lie Beo. 

Pai ou avez-T0U8 pass^ ponr venir chez noust J'ai passe aupr^ 
da pont de fer, du quai Buena Vista, et du mus^e. Vous avez done 
fait UQ grand tour, {taken a long walk.) Oui, j'aime k me promenei, 
et j'aime mieux xne promener de bonne heure qu'a midi. Vous 
avez raison^ il ne fait pas si chasd alors. C'est pour cela que je U 
fais. Vous aerrez-Tous de TOtre paiapluie 1 Non, je ne m'en sen 
pas. — ^Prenez-le. Serrez-vous en. MercL De rien. — Avez^TOYM 
rencontre le neveu de P^picier? Non, mais j'ai pase^ k c6t^ de 
celui de Papothicaire. Que vous a-t-il dit? Rien. Je Pai aper^n; 
tnais il ne m'a pas aper^u, de sorte que nous avons passe k c6\k 
Pun de Pautre sans nous parler. — ^Arez-Tous dit k votre cousin ce 
qu'on a dit de lai ? Je n'ai pas os^. Pourquoi n'avez-yous pas ose % 
je ne aaie pas exactement pourquoi je n'ai pas os6 ; mais je ne le 
iui ai pas dit. Ne le lui direz-vous pas ? iFourquoi lui dire ? Cela 
ne lui fera pas plaisir. 

Have your new books been found? They have been found.— 
Where *? Under the bed. — Is my coat on the beti? It is under it.^ 
Are your brother's stockings under the bed ? They are upon it- 
Have I been seen by anybody 1 You have been seen by nobody .«- 
Have you passed by anybody ? I have passed by you, and you did 
not see me. — ^Haa anybody passed by you ? Nobody has passed by 
me. — Where has your son passed ? He has passed by the theatre. 
Shall you pass by the castle 1 I shall pass there. — Why have you 
not cleaned iny trunk? I was afraid to soil my fingers. — ^Has my 
brother's servant cleaned his master's guns? He has cleaned them. 
Has he not been afraid to soil his fingers ? He has not been afraid 
to soil them, because his fingers are never clean, (jiropre.)— Do you 
vme the books which I have lent yon ? I do use them. — May I 
( jmis-je) use your knife ? Thou mayest use it, but thou must not 
cut thjTself, nc" spoil the knife. — ^May my brothers use your books? 
They may use them. — May we use your gun ? You may use it, 
but you must not spoil it. — What have you done with my wood? 
I have used it to warm myselfl — ^Has your father used my horse 1 
He has used it — ^Have our neighbors used our clothes ? They have 
not used them, because they did not want them. — ^Who has used 
my hat ? Nobody has used it, for nobody has dared use it. 

YocAMULAtBM. 2de Seo. 

Lfl inattre de Fron^ais. 

Ls mattre Fraofaia. 



The French master, (meaning the 
master of the French language.) 

T%m FrencA master, (a Frenclunan, 
w ha ttve r ha teaches.) 



Digitized 



by Google 



riFTT-tSOOVD LSttOir. (t.) 



To tkave, to $kave om^i ity, 

Thgettkavtd. 

To dreas, to nndren. 

To dress one*s sdf. 

To undress onis sslf. 

Have you dressed jooraelf t 

I have not yet dressed mjselt 

HfliTe you dressed thA child? 

I iiBTe dressed it. 

To nndo, undone, undo. 

To get rid of. 

Are you getting rid of your damaged 

sugar? 
I am getting rid of it. 
Did you get rid of your old ship f ^ 

I did get rid of it. 

To part with. 

The design, the intention. 

To intend, to have the intention of. 

I intend to go thither. 

We have the intention to do it. 

Do you intend to part with your 

horses f 
£ hare already parted with them. 
He has parted with his gun. 
Have you parted ¥rith (discharged) 

your servant f 
I have parted with (discharged) him. 
To gei rid of some one. 
I did get rid of him. 
Did your father get rid of that man t 

Jle did get rid of him. 



Baser f I, Miuttr, m«es-«s«s. 

t Se /aire raser. 

Habiller, 1. D^shahiUer, 1, 

SrhahUler, 1. 

Se dssiabiaer, 1. 

Vous Stes-vous habilld f 

Je ne me suis pas encore habilltf . 

Avez-Tous babiU6 l'en£mt f 

Je I'ai habUU. 

D^faire,* 4, diSmS, d^finlas 

(oonune /aire, 25\ 27>.) 
Se difaire,* de. 
Vous d^faites-vous de votre sucim 

avarid f 
Je m'en difaia. 
Vous dtes-Tous difidt de votre Tiewa 

vaisseauf 
Je m'en suis d^£ut. 

Le dessein. 

Avoir dessein, {de avant un infim.) 

J'ai dessein <ry aller. 

Nous avons dessein do le faire. 

Avez-vous detseiQ de Toua difiura 

de vos chevauz t 
Je m'en auis d4ja d^ait. 
II a'est d^ait de son fusil. 
Votis Stes-vous difait de votre do 

mestique f 
Je m'en suis ddfdt. 
Se dihartasser de qudqu^tm. 
Je me suis ddbanraas^ de lui. 
Votre pere s'est-il d^barrasstf de eet 

homme f 
II s'en est d^barrass^. 



CiNQnAKTi-DxiTxiftxi THfixB. 2de Sec. 

Vous Ites seul ; voos vous ^tes enfin debarrass^ de ce vaurien. Ja 
m'en suis en fin debarrassS. — Pourqnoi votre pere e'est-il defait de sea 
chevaux? S'en est-il defait? N^en savez-vous rien? Je n'en ai 
pas entendu parler. Le maitre de Fran<;ai8 vient ce matin, n'est-ce 
pas? C'est son jour, du moina, et je pense qu'il viendia. Serez- 
vous prSt lorsqu'il arriverat J'''ai k me raser et k m'habiller, cai 
Fous voyez que je ne suis ni ras^ ni habille. Eh bien ! rasez-Yoaa 
et habillez-vons. Qu'est-ce qui vous en emp^ohe ? Rien ne m'ea 
emplcbe, et je vais dans men appartement pour cela. Appelex- 
moi, s'il vient avant mon retour. Je i'y manquerai pas. — GuiUaumeb 



Digitized 



by Google 



FirTT-fX€ONI> LB«SOK. (3.) 9Sb 

qu avez-TOUs desBein de faire de votie fusil Anglais? Le maitie 
Fran^ais m'a pri^ de (has asked me to) le lui prater. Allez-voaa 
le ltd porter ? Pendant qa'il s'habille et se rase; U a envoy6 ce petit 
gargou; pour le chercher, (gel it) Allez-vous le confier k ce petit 
gargon ? Croyez-vous qu'il le g&tera? J'en ai peur. Alprs je ferai 
mieux de le lui porter nioi-m^me. 

Have you shaved to-day 1 I have shaved. — Has your brothei 
shaved 1 He has not shaved himself, but he got shaved.— Do yoa 
ikave often ? I shave every morning, and sometimes also in the 
evening. — When do you shave in the evening? When I do not 
dine at home. — How many times a day does your father shave 1 
He shaves only once a day, but my uncle shaves twice a day.— 
Does your cousin shave often ? He shaves only every other day, 
(de deux jours Vun,) — ^At what o'clock do you dress in the morning? 
I dress "as soon as I have breakfasted, and I breakfast every day at 
eight o'clock, or at a quarter past eight. — Does your neighbor dress 
before he breakfasts ? He breakfasts before he dresses. — At what 
o'clock in the evening dost thou undress ? I undress as soon as I 
retum from the theatre. 

Dost thou go to the theatre every evening? I do not go every 
evening^ for it is better to study than to go to the theatre. — At what 
o'clock dost thou undress when thou dost not go to the theatre? 
I then undress as soon as I have supped, and go to bed at ten 
o'clock. — ^Have you already dressed the child ? I have not dressed 
it yet, for it is still asleep, (dort encore.) — ^Did you at last get rid of 
that man ? I did get rid of lum. — ^Why has your father parted with 
his horses? Because he did not want them any more. — Has your 
merchant succeeded at last in getting rid of his damaged sugar ? He 
has succeeded in getting rid of it — Has he sold it on credit ? He was 
able to sell it for cash, so that he did not sell it on credit. — Who has 
taught you how to read ? I have learned it with {chez) a French 
master. — ^Has he taught you to write * He has taught me to read 
and to write. 

YocABiTLAiBx. 8me Sec. 



ToMjake. 

To awake, 

I generally awake at six o* clock in 

the morning. 
My aervant generally wakes mo at 

ids o'clock in the morning. 



tvemer, 1. BHeOUr, 1. 

S*iveUler, 1. Se riveiUer, 

Je m'^veille ordinairement a aa 

heurea du matin. 
Mondomeatique m*€veilleordinairi 

ment a six hew da matin. 



Digitized 



by Google 



FirTT-SBOOVX ItSttOV. (8.) 



A atigkt DoiM wftkes me. 
A dream kas waked me. 
I do not make a noiae, in order not to 

wake bim. 
A dream. ^, 

Generally. 

To oome, or go down. 
To alight from one's horae, to die« 

momit. 
To oonduct one's self. BehaTO well. 

TobdMve. 

I conduct myself well. 

How does he conduct himself t 

Ttwardt, 

He behares ill towards that man. 

Bb has behaved ill towards me. 

To be worth while to. 

Is it worth while to .... f 

It is worth while. 

lb it worth while to do it T 

It is not worth while. 

Is it worth while to write to him f 

It is worth nothing. 

Is it better f It is better. 

WUl it be better! It will. 

It is better to do this than that. 

It is better to stay here than go a 
walking. 



Vn broit Uger me r<VMlla 

Un songe m'arSreilld. 

Je ne &is pas de omit, pour na paak 

rtfveillcr. (^ 171—7.) 
Un songe, un rSve. 
Ordinairement. 

I)esoendre» 4, deacenda, dsacMilBg 
Descendre de cheraL 

Se oondnire,* 4. Cdndoisea^voM 

bien. 
Sc cofftpoTteTf 1. 
Je me conduis bien. 
Comment se conduit-il f 
Envert or vera. 

n se comporte mal enTers oet homaM. 
II a'eat mal comport^ eitTers mm 
t Valoir la peine de. 
t Vaut-il la peine de . . . . 
t Cela en vaut la peine. ($ 50.) 
t Vaut-il la peine de le (aire T 
t Cela n'en Taut pas la peine. 
. t Cela raut-tl la peine de hii foire f 
[ t Eat*ce la peme de hii Sctin f 
t Cela DO Taut rien. (39*.) 
t Vaut-il mieux t II Taut mieox. 
t Vaudra-t-il mieux t II Taadra 

mieux. 
t II Taut mieux faire ceci que de faire 

cela. 
t II Taut mieux rester iei que de aa 

promener. 



CuiQUAXTi-Dauxitei TRftMB. 8me Seo. 

VouB hies descendu seul. N'arez-vous pas dit k rotre Mrm de 
ieecendre! Non, je n'ai pas os^ le lui dire. Pourqnoi n'srez- 
Tous pas ose ? Parce qa'il do.t. Ne ravez-TOOs pas r6veiI16 ? NoOy 
ea Terite. Je n'ai pas os^. £t poorquoi doao? II est temps de se 
lever, n'est-ce pas 1 Oui; sans doute ; mais il m'a dit de ne jamais 
(i 171'-— 7) I'^veiller qnand il dort. £t si yous P^veillez, qu'arri* 
vera-t-il ? 11 me battnu Est-il assez mechant pour le faire t II le 
(ait qnand cela lui convient — Qui a appris le caleul k Totre petit 
fiere? Un maitre Fran^ais le lui a enseign^. — M'appelez-vous f 
Je Tous appelle. — Que vous plait-il? Pourquoi ne yous levez-vous 
pas? Ne savez-vous pas qu'il est dejk tard? Que me demaodez- 
^usl (40^) J'ai penlu tout mon argent, et je viens vous prin dt 



Digitized 



by Google 



rirTT*tiriftft lbmom. (1.) 271 

(be^ ) m'en prater. — Qtielle beure est-dl ? II est d^jll six henros •! 
on quart, et tous arez assez dormi. Y a-t-il long-temps que toub 
^tes leve ? II y a une heuxe et demie que je le suis. — Voulez-vous 
faire un tour avec moi ? Je ne peux pas aller faire un tour, car j'at 
tends mon maitre de FianQais. 

Do you rise as early as 11 I do not know at what o*clock yon 
(ise, but I rise as soon as I awake. — Will you tell my senrant to 
wake me to-morrow, at four o'clock 1 I will tell him. — ^Why hare 
you risen so early? My children have made such a (tarU de) noise 
that they wakened me, and hindered me from sleeping. — Have yoa 
slept well t I have not slept well, for the dogs have made so much 
noise, and barked so loud, that I have not been able to sleeps — A% 
what o'clock did the good captain awake ? He awoke, as usual, at 
a quarter past five in the rooming. 

How did my child behave ? He behaved very well. — How did 
my brother behave towards you? He behaved very well towards 
me, for he behaves well towards everybody. — Is it worth while to 
write to that man? It is not worth while to write to him. — ^Is it 
worth while to dismount from my horse to buy a cake ? It is not 
worth while, for it is not long since you ate. — Is it worth while to 
dismount from my horse to give something to that poor man? He 
seems (jNmaft) to want it; but you can give him something without 
dismotttithig lipik^mi horse. — Is it better to go to the theatre than 
« ftady? I^ ui^MiiS^ to do the latter tnan the former, {eici qiu 
uUi^y — ^Is it better to learn to read French than to speak it? It is 
not worth while to learn to read it without learning to speak it — ^Is 
it better to go to bed than to go a walking? It is better to do the 
latter than the former. — Is it better to go to France than to Germany? 
It is not worth while to go to France or to Germany when one haa 
BO wish to travel 



FIFTY-THIRD LESSON, 6Zd,^Cinquante4r<nsiime Le(09«, bdme. 

VooABiTLAiBB. Irs Seo. 

Tp hope, €9peet. Hope cvtr. f JB^pdrtf. (^ 144—5.) EtpSrettoujow, 

ikjpe^ thouhopettt kehopes, onekope$» Tetpirt, tu espires, U Mp^e, om 

I etpirt. 

* M^n latttT and fotmer apply to actions, translate by : ceet and ctla , 
•St by : celttt-ci and ed%\-U^ which refer only to defiDite nouns or otjeela 
138, N. 5.) 



Digitized 



by Google 



s» 



FirTT-THIEB LSBtOS. (1.) 



V9 ywBL hope t We do loager hope. 

To yield. To settf (as a finror granted.)* 
I yield, thoa yieldest, he yields, one 

yields. 
Will yon sell me yonr horse t (or, I 

wish yn woold sell me, dec) 
I will, to oUige yon. 
Do yon expect to find him there T 
I do expect it. 

To change, (meaning, to exchange.) 
To change one thing for another. 

I change my hat for his, or 

We ei^ange teof # . 

To change, (meaning, to put on other 

Do yon change yonr hat f 

I do change it. 

He changes his linen. 

They change their clothes. 

To mix, among, amongst. 

I mix among the men. 

He mixes among the soldiers. 

To recognise or to acknowledge. 

Do you recognise that man f 

It is so long since I saw him that I 

do not recollect him. 
I hare more bread than 1 can eat. 



Esp^ez-TSOB? Nons B^etp^fOBi 

pins. 
Cider, I. (^lU- 5.) 
Je cede, tn cedes, il cede, on cede. 

Vonlei-Tousme oMer Totre cfaeralf 

Je Tons le c^crai pour ¥on» eiUgm. 

Esp^ez-vous Ty trooper t 

Je Tespere. 

Changer, 1, (fiontre, pour, de,) 

Changer quelque chose oontre q«efr 

que chose. 
Je change mon chapean four le asask 
Nous changeons de plaouj '^Sm.) 
Changer, 1, (takes de before m snb- 

stantiTC.) 
t Changez-vous de chapeaut 
t J'en change, 
t n change de linge. 
t lis changent iThabits. 
t Se miler, I, parmu 

t Je me mSle parmi les homme*. 
t II se mSle parmi les soMats. 
Reconnakre,* 4. Reconnais$eM,iimp^ 

(comme ConnaUre, 25', 33M 
Reconnaissei-Tous cet homme f 
II y a si long-temps que je ne I'ai im 

que je ne le reconnais plus. 
J'ai pluM de pain que je n'eii pas 



manger. 

06t. 120. When there is a comparison between two sentenees, the M<b 
«vUch follows pins or moIm, requires the negative ne. (49>, O&f. 114^) 



That man has more money than he 

will spend. 
There is more wine than is necessary. 
Ton haTe more money than you 

want. 



Cet homme a plus d'argent quHl 

rCen d^pensera. 
II y a plus de vin qu*il it* en lant^ 
Vous avez plus d Vgent qu'il ne i 

enfKoU 



CzHauAKTX-TBOiBiteB Th^ms. Ire Sec. 
Pourquoi n'6tez-T0ii8 pas votre chapean lorsque yous ^tes dans Im 
maison ? Paioe qne je sois aoeontam^ k le gorder. Si vous changes 
de oheval aveo Pierre, (Peter,) esp^rez-vons en avoir un meillenr 1 Je 
ae sais pas si le sien vaut mieux que le mien ; mais je sais qu* 1 eat 
pins joli, etc'est pour cela que je veux changer aVec lui. II ne vaot 



' To give up, (as a favor, in order to oblige, r 



Digitized 



by Google 



>IPTT- THIRD LS8S0N. (2.) Mi 

pas la peine d'en changer, ear le sien ne vaut rien. — 0^ est Piene 1 
U se mele arec ces vauriens qui jouent tant aux cartes. (51'.) £st-il 
change 1 II Pest beancoup ; de sorte que tous le reoonnaltrez k 
ueine quand vous le verrez. J'espere qu'il se conduira mieux lors- 
que son pere sera revenu. Je I'espere aussi. II a peur de son pere. 
Croyez-vous qu'il ne se melera plus avec ces vauriens ? II n'osera 
pas tant se mklet avec eux. Si vous avez plus de miel qu'il ne vous 
en faut, j'espere que vous m'en cederez un peu. Oui, volontiers; je 
penx vous en ceder antant que vous en voudrez. 

Do you hope to receive a note to-day 1 I hope to receive one.— 
Prom (jde) whom ? From a friend of mine. — ^What dost thou hope 1 
I hope to see my parents to*day, for my tutor has promised me to 
take me to them. — Does your friend hope to receive anything? He 
hopes to receive something, for he has worked well. — Do you hope 
to arrive early in Paris ? We hope to arrive there at a quarter past 
eight, for our father is waiting for us this evening. — Do you expect 
to find him at home ? We do expect it. — For what have you ex- 
changed your (24*, Obs. 55.) coach, of which you have just spoken to 
jne 1 I have exchanged it for a fine Arabian (26*) horse. — Do you 
wish to exchange your book for mine ? I cannot, for I want it to 
study French. — Why do you take your hat off 1 I take it off because 
I see my old master coming, (je vois venir.) 

Do you know why that man does not eat ? I believe he is not 
hungry, for he has more bread than he can eat. — Have you given 
your son any money ? I have given him more than he will spend. 
Will you give me a glass of cider 1 You need not drink cider, for 
there is more wine than is necessary. — Am I to sell my gun in order 
to buy a new hat? You need not sell it, for you have more money 
than you want^Db you wish to speak to the shoemaker? I do not 
wish to speak to him, for we have more shoes than we want. — Why 
do the French rejoice ? They rejoice because they flatter, them- 
selves they have many good friends. — Are they not right in rejoicing, 
(jde se rejouir ?) They are wrong, for they have fewer friends than 
Ihey imagine. — Did you recognise your cousin when you met him 
at the wire bridge t No, he has changed so much that I did no* 
recognise him at all. — Did he recognise you ? Instantly. He says 
I hdve not changed at all. — How long has your nephew had this 
pretty little bird ? He hat had it long. It has been given to him by 
a Greek merchant. 

yocABuiJLiBs. 2de Sec. 

rhat man has fewv frionds than he i Get Lomme a moina d'amis qa'U m 

I pause. 



Digitized 



by Google 



ifH 



riFTT-THIED LBtflOlT. (t.) 



Tofimey. 

fo think. 

To earn, to gam, to gel. 

Has your fother already started T 

Me ifl ready to depart. 

To make one** tdf ready. 

To keep one^e se^ ready. 

To tplii. ^ 

J^ break eomebody's kearL 

Yoa break that man's heart. 

Whose heart do I break t 

These fine eyes will break more than 

one heart. 
To tpiU, tpread. To spread, 
Th expatiate, to lay §tres§ upon. 
That man is always expatiating upon 

that subject. 
The subject. 

To stretch one*s self ak>ng the floor. 
To hang to, oit or upon. 
The wall. The garden wall 
I hang my coat on the wall. 
He hangs his hat upon the tree. 
We hang our shoes upon the nails. 
The thief has been hanged. 
Who hung the basket on the tree T 
The thief. The robber. 
The highwajrman. The robber. 

You are always studious, and will 
always be so. 



S'imagiaerr 1. • 

Penser, 1. 

Oagner, 1. 

Votre pere cst-il d^ja parti t (19*.) 

II est prdt d partir. (19*.) 

Sepriparer, 1. 

Se tenh^ prH, 

Fendre, 4. 

Fendre le emur i qudqn*wn, 

Vous fendez le coBur a cet homsM. 

A qui est-ce que je fends 7« coonr f 

Ces beaux yeux fendront plus d*aa 

ccBur. 
Bipandre, 4. Mitendre, 4. 
S'itendre sur. 
Cet homme s*^tend to^jonrs ma oe 

sujet. 
Le Biqet. 

S*^tendre sur le plancher. 
Pendre, A,dou tur. 
he mur. Le mnr du jardbi. 
Je pends mon habit au mnr. 
n pend son chapean a Tarbre. 
Nous pendens nos sooliers aux doiiA 
Le Toleur a 6tA pendu. 
Qui a pendu la panier & Tarbre f 
Le iroleur. 
Le brigand, le volenr de grand che- 

min. 
Vous dies tot^oura studieux, et rous 

le serei tovjours. 

Ob», 121. The personal pronouns are almost alwajrs repeated in French 
before every verb of which they are the nominative case, whether they are 
repeated in English or no' , but when they are not in the nominatrre case 
they must always be repeated. Ex. 



Your brother is, and will always be 
good. 

A well-educated son never causee 
his fiuber any grief; he loves, hon- 
ors, and respects him. 

Hid he t He had. He had not got it. 

Did you know t I did know. I did 
not. 



Votre fi'dre est tOHJours sage, et tl le 

sera to^jours. 
Un fils bien 6ler6 ne cause jamais 

de chagrin & son pere ; U I'aime, 

rhonore, et le respeote. 
Avait-ii r II avait. II ne Tavait pas. 
Saviez-vouaf Je savais. Je ne 

savais pas. 



CmauANn-TBoisiiin THim. 2de Sec. 
Saviez-voos que votre oncle est ici ? Je ne le savab pas. Ne le 
■BTiez-vouB pas vraiment ? Non, je vous assure que je ne le savaH 
pas. Quand est-il arrive ? Hier soir. Je serai bien aise de le Toir. 



Digitized 



by Google 



rif TT*FOVftTH LStlOK. (K) IM 

k4 fl eneore k9o mtmes habits, on en a-t-il ohan|^ 1 L en a change, 
n a nn bel habit bleu au lieu du vienx bran qn'il avait. — Pcmrquoi 
rone en allez-Tous si t6t ? Ne tous anmsez-vous pas ioi 1 Tons rovm 
trompez si vons pensez qne je ne m'amuse pas ici ; car, je vous 
assure qne je trouve beaucoup de plaisir k causer (converse) aveo 
vous. Pourquoi vous en a]lez*vous done % Je croyais que vous le 
aaviez. Qu'est-ce 1 On m'attend (I am expected) an concert d'uh 
de mes parents. II doit commencer k neuf heures^ ^ f 0U4 Voyez 
qu'il est neuf heures xnoins un quart Je ne savais pas cela. Adieu. 

Are you ready to depart with me? I am so. — Does 3rbtii' uncl^ 
depart with us? He departs with us if he pleases, (s'ttl^ veti^.)-* 
Will you tell him to be ready to start to-morrow at six o'clock in the 
evening? I will tell him so. — ^Is this young man ready to go out? 
Not yet, but he will soon be ready. — ^Why have they hanged that 
man ? They have hanged him because he has killed somelody. — 
Have they hanged the man who stole (38') a horse from your 
brother ? They have punished him, but they have not hanged him ; 
they hang only highwaymen in our country. — ^What have you done 
with my coat? I have hanged it on the wall. — ^WiQ you hang my 
hat upon the tree? I will hang it thereon. 

Have you not seen my shoes ? I found them under your bed, and 
have hanged them upon the nails. — ^Has the thief who stole your 
gun been hanged? He has been punished, but he has not been 
hanged. — ^Why do you expatiate so much upon that subject? Be- 
cause it is necessary to speak upon all subjects. — If it is necessary 
to (s'tl faut) listen to you, and to answer you when you- expatiate 
upon that subject, I will hang my hat upon the nail, (repeat the pro* 
noun je before each verb,) stretch myself along the sofa, listen to 
you, and answer you as well as I can. You will do well. — ^Your 
ne >hew leams French, does he not? To be sure. — How long has 
he been learning it? These five months. — Does he know as much 
as you ? He knows more than I. — I thought you knew more than 
he. You made a mistake. He has been learning it onger than I. 



FIFTY-FOUBTH LESSON, 64th.-^tn9iMm<s-9tialrtrms Le^i, 64me 
YooABULAnui. Ire Seo. 



Bow do you do T 
I am well. 



t Se p0rter bien. 

t Comment tous porte toob t 

t Je me porte bien. 



Oh§. 122. The Verbs to he dM to do, are both eipressed in French by tlie 

d by Google 



Digitized b 



IW yUTTT-rOVRTH LXffOM. (1.) 

nflaetiro Terb t« jMrter, when they are uied in Eogliah to inquire al^Tt « 
to speak of a peraon'a health. 

How is jrour father ? I Comment ae porto monsieur votM 

I pere t 

O&f. 123. The qualifications of wunuieur, Mr. ; madawte, Mrs. ; sierfs 
maUelU, Miss ; usually precede the possessive pronouns in French, when 
we speak to a person respecting his parents, relations, or friends, and wish 
to pay them some respect. 



U se porte mal. 
t Mon^eur Totre frere. 
t Monsieur votre cousin, 
t Messieurs vos fireres. 



He is ill. 
Your brother. 
Your cousin. 
Your brothers. 

Ohs. 124. It may be seen that the plural of monsiem 
being changed into mef . 

Y3ur uncles. 

To doubt a thing. 

To question anything. 

Do you doubt that f I do. 

I do not doubt it. 

I make no question, hare no doubt 

of it. 
What do you doubt f 
I doubt what that man has told me. 



s me$8u»rt, 



I t Messieurs tos oncles. 

> J)outerf 1, de qudque ikote, 
I Doutez-vous de cela T J'en 

> Je n'en donte pas. 



The doubt. Without doubt, no doubt. 
To agree to a thing. 

Do yon agree to that f 

I do agree to it. 

How much have you paid for that 

hat? 
I have paid three crowns /or it. 

Obi. 125. When one of the prepositions, for, at, is used in English t4 
ezpresi »iie price of a thing, it is not rendered in French. (40^, Ob§. 93.) 



De quoi doutez-vous T 

Je doute de ce que cet homme m'a 

dit. 
Le doute. Sans doute. 

Convenir,* 2, de qudque choMt, (con 

jugated like its primitive, vemr.*. 
Convenez-vous de cela f 
J'en conviens. 
t Combien avez-vous pay^ ce cha- 

peau? 
t Je Tai pay5 trois ^cus. 



I bought this wine at 6 dollars a bas- 
ket. (^ 7.) 
I bought some at tlO a basket. 



J'ai achetd ce vin 6 dollars le pamer, 
(ou a 6 dollars.) 
J*en ai achet^ a ilO le panicr. 



GiNQUANTB-QUATBiiMi TndMB. Ire Sec. 
Oti est M. votre oncle % H YoyBgp, Y a-t-il long-temps qu'il TOy^ 
age? n y a d6]k quelqnes mois. Se porte-t-il bien? Oai, il ee 
porte beaucoup mieux depuis qu'il voyage. Que pense-t-il de 1'Eq- 
rope ? Qnelques pays lui plaisent, d'autres ne lui plaisent pas.— - 
A-t-il ^t^ en France ? Oui, il y est passe ; mais comrae il ne paiie 
pM le Fran^ais, il ne I'aime pas beaucoup. Comment ! M. votia 



Digitized 



by Google 



riFiT*rouRTH Lsssoii. (2.) 991* 

oficle lie parle pas Fran^ais! Non, il ne I'a jamais a{^m. — Com* 
ment se porte-t-on cbez vous? Tout le nionde s'y porte biea. £t 
chez M. Totre neveu ? Le domestique dit qu'on y est malade. Qai 
y est malade ? Je ne sais pas. Comme j'ai I'intenlion d'y aller, je 
n'ai rien demand^ au domestique. Je doute de ce que ce valet dit 
Je ne le crois pas toujours. — Ou avez-Tous achet^ ce joli bdton ? he 
tioQYez-Tous joli % Oui, cbarmant. Combien Pavez-vous pay6 ? Je 
n'en ai donne que tioia quarts de gourdes^ (doUais.) Ce n'est pM 
eber. ^tes tous convenu d'aller demain a Burlington? J'en sum 
convenu. Prenez de notre rin k $12 le panier. J'en prendnu. 

How is your father? {Monsieur voire pere f) He is (only) ao so. (85*.) 
— How is your patient? He is a little better to-day than yesterday* 
— Is it long since you saw your brothers ? {Messieurs vosfrires ?) 1 
saw them two days ago.—How art thou ? I am tolerably well.— 
How long has your cousin been learning French? He has been 
learning it only eight months. — Does he already speak it? He 
already speaks, reads, and writes it better than your brother, who 
has been learning it these two years. — ^Is it long since you heard of 
my uncle ? It is hardly a fortnight {qumze jours) since I heard of 
him. — ^Where is he staying now ? He is staying at Berlin, but my 
father is in London. — Did you stay long at Vienna? I stayed there 
a fortnight — ^How long did your cousin stay at Paris? He stayed 
there only a month. 

Has your uncle at last bought the garden ? He has not bought it, 
(or he could not agree about the price. — ^Have you at last agreed 
about the price of that picture ? We have agreed about it. — How 
much hive you paid for it? I have paid fifteen hundred francs for 
it — ^What hast thou bought to-day ? I have bought two fine horses, 
three beautiful pictures, and a fine gun. — For how much hast thou 
bought the pictures ? I have bought them for seven hundred fh^cs. 
— ^Do you &id them dear? I do not find them dear. — ^How much 
nave you spent, then ? I have spent and paid nearly four thousand 
franos.— How many dollars (gourdes) is that? About 800. It is a 
good deal of moneys — Have you already heard of your cousin who 
is gone to Hungary 1 He had agreed to write to me, but he has wt 
yet done it; however, I have written to him. 

YocABULAiaa. 2de Sec. 



Tbepnce. 

Have you agreed about the price ? 
We have agreed about it. 
About what have you agreed f 
4bom the price. 
24 



Le prix. 

Ktea-Toufl convenus du prix T 
Nous en aommes convenua. 
De quoi dtea-vona conTenua f 
Da prix. 



Digitized 



by Google — 



198 rifTT-rovBTH lbmos. (f») 



CnrQUAvn-QVATBiftia TRfin. 2de See. 

Qae^qne chose ne t91m plait pae. C'eit mi. Je m'attends k 
tweeroj nn present, et il ne yient pas. Ne soyez pas (41') imptt* 
lient, il tiendia, si on Tons Pa promis. — Qui vous fait oe doni Le 
secretaire da g^n^ral m'en a promis nn. — ^Le oonsin de I'apothi- 
caire a-t*il consenti k voas c^der son dictionnaire Anglais et Fran^ais 
Q n'y a pas encore consenti. T consentira-t-il 1 J'espere qu'il r 
eonsentira. — Qu'allez-vous porter ce printempst Je n'ai pas encore 
Cut de choix. Je ne sais pas ce que je portend, Moi, je porterai 
des habits fences an printempa, et qnelqne chose de clair en ^t^. 
N'aTiez-vous pasun surtout clair I'hiTer passe ? Si &it. J*ea ai 
poite nn tout Phiver. Je le croyais. Moi, je ne les aixne plus claim 



Digitized 



by Google 



rirTT^FevBTH lshok. (9b) fTi 

Je les ai aimes autre ibis. — Ayez-Toxu vendn rotre gram k 75 e^Dta 
U h9iMs»tmt (a boaheL i 7.) Pen ai eu 80 cents le boisseau. 

Have you agreed with yoxa partner ? I have agreed with him. — 
Does he consent to pay yon the price of the ship 1 He consents to 
pay me the price agreed upon, (convenu.)^— Do you consent to go 
to France 1 I do. — Do <>ou too ? H No.-^Have you uen your old 
(rienddgom* (r«ootr,* comme voir,* 25*, 33^.) I have ween him 
•gain. — Did you leoognise himi I could har^ f e po g ai s e hkd; 
for, contrary to his custom, he wears a large lUitJ MB ai^ i tfhel He 
«fi very weU. — ^What garments does he wearl He weai^ biet^dlfllBd 
new garments. — Have you taken notice of what your boj Has dcmei 
[ have taken notice of it — Have you (Ven) punishea nim for iti I 
^iave punished him for it. — Has your father already written to you? 
Not yet ; but I expect (je m^atUnds) to receive a note from him 
lo^ay. 

Of what do you complain? I complain of not being able to 

procure some money. — Why do these poor men complain ? They 

complain because they cannot procure aujrthing to eat — ^How are 

your parents? They are, as usual, {comme d V ordinaire f) very well. 

— Is your uncle well ? He is better than he usually is. — Have you 

already heard of your friend who is in Germany ? I have already 

written to him several times; however, he has not answered me 

yet — Why have you punished your boy ? I did it because he broke 

my best glass. I had given him some syrup and water, and instead 

of drinking it, he spilt it on the new carpet, which we bought ten 

days ago; and what do you think he did afterwards? — ^Did he 

break the glass? Yes, he did,' and then I gave him a few blows. — 

What did you pay for a yard of your new carpet ? I paid dear for 

t: $1.60. 

VooABtiLAiBa. 8me Sec. 

To make fan of fome on< or some- \ _ 
fl^j^g c ae moquer de qoeiquun on oe quel* 

To laugh at aomt one or something. ) ^^ chose. 

He langha at everybody. > *! j . i ' . 

He ciirU!i.e. everyW. S ^^ ^ ""^"^ ^^ "^^^ ^*^ '"^"^*'- 



He cntidaee everybody. 

Do yoa Jaugh at that man ? 

t do not iaagh at him. 

To tiopt to stay. Stop, wait, hold on. 

Rave you-stayed long at Berlin f 

stayed there only three days. 
TȤ^4mm. To staff. 
Where does your brother stay at 

prsaentf 
4t piesent, actually. 



Vona moqoez>voii8 de cet bommef 
Je ne m'en moque paa. 
S*arriter, 1. Arritez-vous, 
Vona dtea-voua arrSt^ long-temps I 

Berlin t 
Je ne m'y suia arrSt^ que troia joenL 
SSJonmtr, 1. 
Ou Monsieur votre tin s^jottmet'i 

actuellement f 
Actusllement 



Digitized 



by Google 



PirTT-rorKTB lbssoit. (S.) 



The randenoct uUjt abode. 

Paris is a fine place to Uto in. 

After reading. 

After cutting my9e]£. 

After dressing yourself. 

After dressing himself. 

After shaTing ourselTes. 

After warming themselvea. 

I retBmed the book after reading it. 

I threw the knife aYtny after catting 
myself. 

Vou went to the concert after dress- 
ing srotirself. 

He went to the theatre after dressing 



Les^jionr. 

t C'est nn beau s^jonr qoe Pa 

t Apres avoir lu. (40>.) 

t Apres m*Sire coup€. 

t Apres Tons 8tre habilltf. 

t AprSs s'Stre habill^. 

t Apres nbns dtre ras^. 

t Aprds a'dtre chanffte. 

t J*ai renda la liTie apraa Ta 

t J*ai jetd le coateaa apc^ a'toi 

coupd. 
t Vous Stes all6 aa joncert apres 

Tous @tre habill^. 
t II est alld an thditra apres s'toa 

habill^ 
t Nous sTona d^emtf apr^ nooi 

dtreras^. 
t Us aont aortis aprds s'dtra chanJKa. 

Le malade. 

Asaez bien, pissablement. 

n est bien tard. C*est bien loin. 



We breakfasted after shaTing oar- 
selves. 

They went out afler warming them- 
selves. 

The sick person, (the patient.) 

Tolerably well. 

It is rather late. It is rather far. 

CniQUAirTB-auATBiiMi THftiok 8me Soo. 

Tu arrives tard, moa oher Armand, t'es*ta aii^t^ ea chemin t Je 
auifl parti un pea tard, et je me Bois arr^t^ en chemin, (on the way.) 
Poorquoi t'es*ta arr&te ? Je me suis air&t^ ponr yoir mi volem de 
grand chemin qu'on a pris de bonne heture ce matin. Je ciois que 
tu as des vltements neufis ? Oui, j'ai mis a\. jonrd'hui les v^tements 
dont men bon oncle m'a fait present lis si^nt beaux; mais je orois 
que Phabitest un pen trop grand: qu'en ^nses-tu? Je ne peox 
pas bien Toir derriere ; devant, il va bien, n'est-ce pas 7 A mer- 
veille ; mais ici et Ikj il est nn pen trop largw. Comment va le gilet? 
Parfaitcment bien. Et les pantalons (pahtaloons) comment yont- 
ils? lis Tont bien aussi. Ne sont-ils ni Uop longs ni trop larges! 
Non ; ils sent juste ce qu'il £ant. 

Do you like to speak to my uncle ? I liwe much to ^>eak to him; 
but sometimes he laughs at me, (se moque de.) — ^Whydoes he 
laugh at you ? He laughs at me because I speak badly. — ^Why has 
your brother no firiends ? He has none, because he criticises ereiy- 
body. — Why are you laughing at that man ? I do not intend (jft 
n^aipas dcssein) to laugh at him. I beg you not (prier de, 4 171 — 7) 
to do it; for you will break his heart if you laugh at him. — Do 
you doubt what I am telling you ? I do not doubt it.— -Do yoc doubt 
what that man has told you? I doubt it, for he has often tdd 
itiwies, {meniirf* 44».) — ^Have you at last bought the horse whfch you 



Digitized 



by Google 



rirtT-FiriB LmisoN. (1.) 981 

wished to buy last month? I have not bought it, for I hare not 
been able to procore money. 

What have you done with the books which the English captain has 
lent you 1 I have returned them to him, after reading them. — Why 
have yon thrown away your knife 1 I have thrown it away after 
cutting my8€^. — When did I go to the concert? You went after 
dressing yourself. — ^When did your brother go to the ball? lie 
went after dressing himself. — ^When did you breakfast ? We bieak* 
fasted after shaving ourselves. — When did our neighbors go out! 
They went out after warming themselves. — ^What did you do this 
morning ? I shaved, after rising, and went out after breakfasting.— 
What did your father do last night? {hier soir?) He supped after 
going to the play, and went to bed after supping. — Did he rise early 1 
He rose at sunrise. 

A USEFX7L Hint. Some of the observations have been given in Frenchi 
to show the pupil that it can easily be done. Let him now translate in 
French all the English he finds in the book, aa a part of hia daily task. 



FIFTY-FIFTH LESSON, 55th.— Ctn^tMmte-ctn^tVnM Le^or^ 55me. 

YooABULAiBs. Iro Sec 

DEFINITE ARTICLE, Frmisihe.— Article Dijini, Fiminin, 

Sing, and plor. The, of, from the, to the, for the. 

SinguUer.* La, V, de la, de T, & la, a T, pour la, pour 1*. 

PlnrieL Les, dea, aux, pour les. 

Ohs, 126. It will be observed that the plural of the definite article is alike 
lor both genders. (9'.) 

When the definite article stands before a vowel or an A mute, in the m 
gular, it is also alike for both genders, viz. T. 



Sing. Flur. 


Singulier. 




Plurid. 


The woman, womop. 


La femme. 




les femmes. 


The mother. 


La mere. 




les meres. 


The daughter or the girl. 


Lafille. 




les filles. 


The sister. 








The eindle. 






1. 


The bottle. 






1. 


The key. 








She, it. They, (nominatives.) 






ninat 


Her, it. To her, to it. Of, from her. 






En 


Of, from it. 


(^47.) 






Them. To them. To them. Of, from 


Les. Lenr 


(21' 


.) Y, (21M D'altas 


them. 


en. En. 






Dssshof She has. Hasshenott 


A-t-ellef 


Elle 


a. N'a-t-ells pas f 


24* 









Digitized 



by Google 



J0II PltTT-PirTB LBMOK. (1.) 

Hftfeihty ? They hxft, they hsre not. | Ont-ellas f EUetont, eUet n'<mt f«» 



My, (ftminin nnguliar ) Mm, 

Thy. T», 

Hit, her, its. Sa, 

My, (plur. dee deux genree.) Mes, 



Of, from, 
da me, 
deta, 
dose, 
de mee, 



ima, 

iee, 

ernes. 



WOk. 



O&ff. 127. In the plorel, the poeoeseive prononns ere elwsye alike ior Wife 



(9».) 

The father and Ait eon or Ait daugh- 
ter, a 32.) 

The mother and her eon or Aer daugh- 
ter. 
The child and Ua brother or itt sietftr. 



Sing, 
My pen, 
Thy fork, 
His or her nut. 
Our hand. 
Your mouth. 
Their door. 



Plur. 
my pene. 
thy forke. 
bis or her nuts, 
our hands, 
your mouths, 
their doore. 



Le p^re et sen file oil ss fiOa 
La mere et com file ou ta fiUe. 
L* enfant et $<m frere ou $a eoBU 



SingMlier, 
Ma plume, 
Ta fourchette, 
Sanoiz, 
Notre main, 
Votre bouche, 
Leur porte. 



PlurieL 
mee plumes, 
tee fourchette*. 
sesnoix. 
nos mains. 
Tos bouches. 
leursportee. 



Oht. 128. The persopal pronoun leur must not be mietaken for the poe> 
sessive Uur, The former nerer tekee an c, while the latter does, when the 
person or thing possessed is in the plural Ex.. Je leur parle, I epeak to 
them ; je Tois leurg iireree et leurs SGeurs, I see thoir brothere and their sisters. 



The pretty woman. (9 S00~4.) 

The pretty women. 

The smsU candle, the «nali candles. 

The Isrge bottSe, 4.e large bottlee. 



La jolie femme. 
Lee jolies femmes. 
I«a petite chandelle. 

La grande bouteille, 



lespetttes 
chandellec. 
lesgrandes 
bouteilleai 

GnranAKTB-cnfQniiMs TRfixx. Ire Sec. 
Commeat w porte Madame voire mere ? Je yous remeicie, elle 
se porte paMablement Et Meedemoiselles vos sGemBt EUes ne 
se portent pas si bien qu'& Pordinaire. Qu'ont-elles ¥ Elles n'oot 
pas grand' choee; mais ellee se plaignent un pen. Lea iiBminas 
aiment k se plaindre, n'est-ce pas ? Elles ne se plaignent pas plug 
que les homraes. La fille du ministre est-elle mieuzt On dk 
qu^elle est plus mal. Mange-t^elle quelque chose t Non, elle a 
Crop mal k la bouche pour manger. — 6riile-t-on des chandeUes om 
da ^z chez votre soBur? On y brule du gaz. On pense que 00 
n'est pas si cher que les chandelles. — Ou Sophie a-t-elle mb la deft 
La elef de auoi? La olef du pupitie Fran^ais. Je c» aais paa^ 
Mais void nxa clef; elle ouvie le pupitre. N'impoite. Je n'ai paa 
' I d# I'cmvnr. A-t-on i^port^ les booteillea ^ Les boiiteiUes di 



Digitized 



by Google 



PIFTT-riPTH LBStOW. (J8.) 181 

qnm f Let boutaiUes de Tin. Ooi, les roici, (hera they are,) derriere 
la porte. Combien ayez-vons paye la bouteille ? J'ai paye presque 
on demi*dollar la bonteille. — Avez-youB tu la jolie femme qui a 
paas^ par ici ? Qnand a-t-elle pass^ ? II y a un moment. J'^taid 
alon oeoup^ k oaseer mes noix, de sorte que je n'ai pas pu la voir. — 
Ma plume d'acier est dans mon grand portefenille, preoez-la, si yona 
la youlez. MeroL De lien. 

Has your sister my gold ribbon 1 She has it not. — ^What hat she I 
She has nothing.— ^Has your mother anything? She has a fine gold 
fork. — ^Who has my large botde 1 Your sister has it — Do you some- 
times see my mother ? I s^e her often. — When did you see youi 
sister 1 I saw her a fortnight ago. — Who has my fine nutsi Your 
good sister has them. — Has she also my silyer forks? She has them 
not — ^Who has them ? Your mother has them.— nVhat fork haye 
you 1 I haye my iron fork.— Haye your sisters had my pens ? They 
haye not had them, but I belieye that their children haye had them.— 
Why does your brother complain ? He complains because his right 
foot aches. — Why do you complain ? I complain because my left 
eye aches. 

Among you country people (parmi v<ms autrea (i41i) gens dt 
campagne) there are many fools; are there not? asked (demanda) a 
philosopher, lately, X^'czu'^^ j^>**^)) ^^ ^ peasant, {d un paysan,) The 
latter answered, (repondit :) " Sir, they are to be found (on en trouve) 
in all stations, (VetatJ^) " Fools sometimes tell the truth, {la verile^") 
said (dit) the philosopher. — ^What did the philosopher ask of the 
countryman ? He asked if there were not (n't/ avait pas) many 
fools among country people ? — What did the countryman reply to 
the philosopher ? He answered that there were some in all stations. 
— Was the philosopher pleased with the peasant's answer? (la rS» 
ponUf fern.) I think he was pleased with the answer. — ^What do 
you think of the peasant's answer ? I think it .... (L'ecolier pent 
finir la r^ponse.) — ^Do you noi like that young lady's face? Yes, I 
do ; but not her hair, (plur.) — ^Has not that young woman too much 
tongue 1 Yes, she hais a litde too much; at least, so they say, (on 
UdU.) 

YooAxuLAiBM, 2de See. 



Which woman t Which women f 

Which danghur f Which daughters f 

Which, what one t Which ones f 

This, that woman. 

These, those women. 

This lady, these ladies. t 

That young lady, thoee young ladies. 



Quelle femme 7 Quelles femmea I 
Quelle fiUe f QneUes fillee 7 
Laquelle 7 Leaqueiles ? 

Cette iemme. 
Ces femmes. 

Cette dame-ci, ces dames-ct 
Cette demoiselle-li, ces demoi 
sslVBtiL 



Digitized 



by Google 



y 



§64 



ttVTT-FirTH LESSOM. (2.) 



The hwadt the hsnde. La main, U 

The right band. La main droite. 

The left band. La main gauche. 

I have a sore band. J'ai mal a la main. 

Obt, 129. Avoir mal is used with the preposition d, to 
part of the body ia affected with illness or pain. (23^) 



exfnm ikmk ■ 



Tbe tooth, the teeth. 

Have you the toothache t 

I have tbe headache. 

I feel a pain in my side. 

His feet are sore. 

The face. The mouth. The cheek. 

The tongue. The language. 

The door. The window. The street. 

The town. The linen. The old woman. 



La dent, les dents. 

Atoz-vous mal auz dents f 

J'ai mal a la tSte. 

J'ai mal au cotd. 

U a mal auz pieds. 

La figure. LaboAche. Lajona. 

La langue. 

La porte. La fendtre. La me. 

La yille. La toile. La yieille femme.'' 



Remark. From what precedes, this principle may be deduced : — The 
characteristic ending of French feminine nouns and adjectiyes is the letter «. 
There are, however, some ad(jectiTes which also bsTO this ending in tbe 
masculine, and then they are of both genders, as : 

Un bomme aimable. 

Une femme aimable. 

La chambre. 

La chambre de devant, (on du de 

vant, ou sur le devant.) 
La chambre de dcrriere, (ou du der- 

riere, ci sur le derriere.) 
La cbambro d'en naut, (ou du hant.) 



An amiable man. 
An amiable woman. 
The room. 
The front room. 

The back room. 

1 he upper room. 



INDEFINITE ADJECTIVE PRONOUN.— Article Partiti/; JVmtntH. 
SomCt Of, from some. To tome, With tome. 
Bing. (11^*.) De la, T, de, a de la, \\ ^vec de la, 1*. 

Plur. Des, de, ades, avec des. 

OU. 130. For the plunl of this article, and when it stands before a» 
•dijective, (!!>*<.) 



Some light. Some silk. 
Some good soup. 
Some good apples. 



De la lumiere. De la soie. 
De bonne soupe. 
De bonnes pommes. 



Oh». 131. Most adjectiTsa ending in eZ, et7, xen^ on, and ef, double thsii 
final consonant before the e mute of the feminine. Ebcamples : 



A cruel certitude. 
Such a promise. 
An old acquaintance. 
A good truth. 
A dumb woman. 

, Ght. 132. In the masculine, the above aajectives would be emtt, 
, (on, muet. 



Une crudXe certitude. 
Une pareUle promesse. 
Une ancienne connaiseanca. 
Une bonne vdrit6. 
Une femme miMffe. 



Digitized 



by Google 



^xrTT-FIFlH LX880K. (8.) 9B$ 

INDEFINITE ARTICLE, FBXaivs%.—Artide IndiMh Fipiinm. 
S.ormn, of, from a, to a, with «• Une, d'une, a me, avec tuMt 
A. Tirrjoufl woman. | Une femme vertueuse. 

O&0. 133. AdjectiTes ending in the masculine in x become feminine by 
jcnaggiiig 9 into ce as, masc. vertueuxf fem. vertueuae^ virtuous. 

K happy young lady. | Une demoiselle heureuse.^ 

GiNQUAKTS-ciNQniiMS ThAhe. 2de Sec. 

Sont-ce les Demoiselles Cavaignac ? Oui, ce sont elles. Youlez* 
#ou8 me prtserUer d elles f (introduce me to them. 4 64.) Yolontiers. 
\renez. Attendons un moment, car tous voyez qu'elles parlent k 
ces dames en bleu. Quelles sont ces deux dames en bleu, elles 
sont jolies, n'est-ce pas? Je ne les connais pas. Approchons k pre- 
sent. Mesdemoiselles, voulez-vous me permettre de yous presenter 
mon ami, M. de Montcalme? Nous sommes bien aises, M. de 
Montcalme, de fiire rotre conncdssancej (acquaintance.) — Mesde- 
moiselles, tout le plaisir est de mon cdt^. Yous avez bien de la 
honti, (literally goodness, here, politeness.) — Mile. Clara va-t-ellejouer 
du piano 1 Non, elle n^en touch^ra pas (will not play) ce soir, paice 
qu'elle a mal k la main droite. Comment s'est-elle fait du mal ? 
Elle s'est fait du mal avec ses ciseauz. — Quel bruit est cela? C'est 
la porte de la rue (street door) qu'on yient de fermer. — Pourquoi 
Mile. Sophie tient-elle son monchoir sur sa joue? y a-t-elle mal? 
Elle n'a pas mal k la joue, mais aux dents. Cette femme muette 
est-elle heureuse ? Qui, elle est heureuse, parce qu'elle est bonne 
et vertueuse. 

Is your ^ster writing N3, Madam, she is not. — Why does she 
not ? Her right hand is sore. — Why does not the daughter of your 
neighbor go out ? She does not, because she has sore feet. — Why 
does my sister not speak ? Because she has a sore mouth. — ^Hast 
thou not seen my silver pen ? No, but I have seen your sister's steel 
pen. — Hast thou a front room ? I have a back one, (une de der- 
ricre,) but my brother has a front one. — Is it (est-ce) an upper room ? 
It is ore, {e'en est tfn«.)— Does the wife (la femme) of our shoemaker 
go out already ? No, my lady, she does not go out yet, for she is 
still very ill.— Which bottle had your little sister? She had our 
mother's, {ulle de.) — ^Have yon eaten of my soup or of my mother's? 
I have eaten neither of yours (de la vdtre) nor your mother's, but 
of that of my good sister. 

Have you seen the lady who was with me this morning ? No, but I 
•sw her amiable daughter^— Has your mother hurt herself? She 
bas not hurt herself. — Can you write with this steel pen ? Which ? 

* From the masculine hmnrmiM. 

Digitized by Google* ' 



m riPTT-PIPTH LBB80K. (3.) 

(/a qudUt) Sophia't? Yes, Sopkia's. No, but I shall mite ^rith 
die golden ooe, {eelU <i'or.)--£aoh (ehaqiu) woman thinks betaelf 
amiable, and each (ehacune) is conceited, (a de Vamour propre.) 
The same as {de mime que) men, my dear friend. Many a aom 
(tel) thinks himself {se croU) learned who is not so, (ne Vext jms,) 
and many icen (bun de* kommus) surpass (surpoiser) woman an 
▼anity, {en vaniti.) — What is the matter with youl Ncthing is the 
matter with me. — Why does your sister complain '" Because she 
has a pain in her cheek. — Has your brother a sore cheek ? No, bi t 
be feels a pain in his side. — ^Where is the silkl It has fallen ^oa 
the window in the street — Did this old woman pick it upl Yes, 
she did ; but she did not pick up the linen. — Did the linen fall also 
from the window ? Yes, it did. 

VocABULAnuB. 8me Sec. 
An active young woman. | Uae jeone persoone* actire. 

Ohi. 134. Adjectives ending in the masculine in /, become feminine by 
changing / into oe, ae, masc. aetif; fem. active, active. 



A new gown. 

An uigenuoua proposal. 

Have you my pen I 

No, Madam, I have it not. 

Which bottle have you broken f 

Which door have you opened f 



Une robe neuve.' 
TJne proposition naive.' 
Avez-voufl ma plume 7 
Non, Madame, je ne I'ai pas. 
Quelle bouteille aves-vons caasfa f 
Quelle porte aves-vous ouverte f 



Olt, 135. The past participle agrees with its direct object, ir^rwu dirtetJI 



■ JPcrvoRM, as a pronoun, is msseuUne ; as a sabstsntiire it h Imibm. 

* From the masculine neuf 

* FVom the masculins ne^. 

Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



rXfTT-FIfTH XiKSSOM. (3.) W 



{Vienx, |,j,„,.. 



" Vn komme mou ef efimindt** a weak and effeminate man. We read, 
bowever, in Bnfibn, ** Cet Cltii9i< foul det peuplet mols" the Chineee an 
«n efiendnate people. 



Digitized 



by Google 



118 rxFTT-rirTii Lstsox. (3.| 

promesse 1 Oui, elle en a fait one pareille^ i ma KBar, k mm connne^ 
et k moi. (^64 — 2.) Comment se portent Mesdemoiselles toi 
BGBurs ? Elles se portent tres-bien depuis quelques jours. Ou demeu- 
rent-elles ? EUes demeurent a Wilmington. — Est-ce une petite ville ? 
Ooi, c'est une petite ville dans Vetat de Delaware^ (the state of Dela- 
w«ro.) Quel jour les Turcs celebrent-ils ? lis celebrant le veadiedi ; 
les Juifs celebrent le samedi, et les Chretiens le dimanche. Qo^ 
four est-ce que les negres celebrent 1 Les negres celebrent le joor 
dB leur naissance, (their birth-day.) 

Is your sister as old as my mother ? She is not so old, but she is 
taller. — Has your brother purchased anything? (fait des emplettest) 
He has purchased something, {il en a fait.) — What has ha bought^ 
He has bought fine linen, good pens, old candles, and napkins. — 
Has he not bought some silk stockings? He has bought some.^ 
IJave you a sore nose ? I have not a sore nose, but I have the tooth- 
ache. — Have you cut your finger? No, my lady, I have cut my 
hand. — ^Will you give me a pen ? I will give you one. — Will yon 
have this or that? I will have neither. — ^iVhich {laqucllc) one do 
you wish to have ? I wish to have that which your sister has. — Th 
you wish to have my mother's good black silk (bonne s(ne noire) or 
my sister's ? I wish to have neither your mother's nor your sister's, 
but that which you have. 

Do you open the back window ? I open it, because it is too warm. 
-Which windows has your sister opened ? She has opened those 
of the front room. — Have you been at the ball of my old acquaint- 
ance ? I have been there. — Which young ladies have you taken to 
the ball? I took my sister's friends and companions (fem.) there.— 
Did they dance ? They danced a good deal. — Did they amuse them- 
selves ? They amused themselves. — Did they remain long at the 
ball ? They remained there two hours. — Is this young lady a Turk ? 
No, she is a Greek. — Does she speak French ? She speaks it. — Does 
she not speak English? She speaks it also, but she speaks French 
better. — Has your sister a companion ? She has one. — Does ehe Uke 
her? She lies her very much, for she is very amiabld. — ^Thal 
active young woman is ingenuous, is she not? Yes, she is (both) 
active and ingenuous. — ^What do you think of his sister's new silk 
gown? Her new silk gown? Yes, the silk one. Her new silk 
gown pleases me much. 



Digitized 



by Google 



FIFTT-SIZTH LESSOR (1.) 28 

FIFTY-SIXTH LESSON, 56th.— Ctn^uonte-sixim^ Ltpn, 56m 
YooABULAiBS. Ire Sec. 

To 00 to the coontry. 

To be pleased in the coustry. 

fo go to the bank. 

(*o nop at the bank. 

Fe or at the exchange. 

r» or at the river. 

Vo or at the kitchen. 

I '> TT at the cellar. 

1*0 or at church. 

To or at school. 

'f o or at the French school 

To or at the dancing school, singing 

• *hool. The play. 

The opera. 
To go a hunting. 
Is he a hunting t 
To hunt. To 68h. 

To go a fishing. 
To get tired of fishing. 
The whole day, all the day. 
The whole morning. 
The whole eyening. 
The whole night,,^ll the night. 
The whole year. 
•.:^Le whole week. 
Tbo whole society. 



AUer a la campagne. 
8*amuaer a la campagne. 
AUer a la banque. 

a la banque. 

rse. 

sre. 

ine. 

B. 

e. 

de Franfais. 
A 1 ccQiG de dense, a V6co\e de 
La com^e. 

L'op^ra, (a masculine noon.)' 
t AUer a la chasse. 
t Est-il a la chasse f 
Chasser, 1. Pdcher, 1. 

AUer a la pdche. 
S*ennuyer a la pSche. 
Toute la joumle. 
Toute la matin6e. 
Toute la soiree.* 
Toute la nuit. 
Toute Tannic.* 
Toute la semaine. 
Toute la societe. 



*■ A A nouns ending in a are of the masculine gender, except $4pia, sepia ; 
an J ti'pa, a tumor, which are feminine. 

* The words dajt mo^yiing, and evening, are expressed by jour, matin, and 
jotr, when we speak of a part of them, and hyjaumie, matinie, and soirie, 
when their whole duration is to be expressed. Ex. // vient me voir toua 
ks joure, he comes to see me every day ; fai reeti ekez moi, toute tnjoumde^ 
I suyed at home all the day long ; je me promine tout lee matine pendant 
une keure, I take an hour's walk every morning ; il a plu toute la matinie, 
it has been raining all the morning ; firai voue voir demain au »oir, I shall 
call upon 3rou to-morrow evening ; oA paeeerez-wme la eoirie f where shall 
yeu spend the evening 7 

* Year is expressed by an when we wish to express one or more units of 
a twelvemonth, and by annde when it is considered as a twelvemonth in its 
dvation. Ex. Il y a eix one que man frere ne m'a ierit, it is six years 
since my brother wrote to me ; une annie heureuet est edle que Von paeee 
eune ennut et ^»ans infirmitd, a happy year is that which is spent withovt 
lidiousness or infirmity. 

3ft 



Digitized 



by Google 



fW FIfTT-SIZTH LKSS9V. (1.) 

All at onca. 



Tout a la foii. 

Tout a coup. 

Soudainement 

Cette semaine. 

Cette ann€e. 

La aemaine paaate. 

La semaine proehame. 

Toutes lea femmea. 

Une Ibis, toutea ka ibia, chaqaa kirn 

Toutea lea aemainea. 

Une table. Cette table d'l 



Suddenly, all of a audden. 

Thia week. 

Thia year. 

Laat week. 

Next week. 

£Tery woman. 

Once, one time, eTery time. 

fiyery week. 

A table. Thia mahogany Uble. 

CnrQUAim-sixiiiai THfiioi. Ire Seo. 

Yenez-vons de la campagne ponr aller A la banquet Oci, j'ai 
dessein de changer an billet de banque en aigent. — ^Irez-vouB i U 
bourse avant de retoumer A la campagne ? Non, mais j'irai acheter 
quelque chose pour aller A la peche. Aimez-vous la peche 1 J 'aime 
assez A pdcher. P^hez-Tous toute la joum^e ? Non, nous p^x-hoiia 
toute la matinee ou toute la soiree. — Quiva A P^ole de'chez voaal 
Jean va AP^cole d'Auglais et de Fran^ais, Sophie A P^cole de duibe 
at de chant, et Fredirie ne va A aucune. — Qa'allez-vous faire cette 
eemaine k la campagne 1 Nous aliens couper notre grain. — ^Voa 
cousins Tont-ils en Califomie la semaine prochaine ? lis n'iront que 
dans deux semaines. Leurs femmes et leurs filles iront-elles avec 
eux 1 Non, elles n^iront pas. — ^N'ayez-Yous pas nettoy6 mes bas de 
sole, mes pantalons, mon habit bleu, et mon gilet blanc 1 Non, pas 
encore, je ne peux pas fiadre tout A la fois. On ne peat pas iia:re 
tout A la fois, o'est yrai; mais je croyais que tous aviez eu assez ^t 
temps pour faire chaque chose k son tour. 

I hear a noise in the cellar; who b in it ? The old dumb womaD, 
I suppose. — What does she want from (dans) the cellar t She wants 
•ome wood or coal. — ^I have your steel fork ; have you mine ? 1 
hare not yours, but hers, and Henry's is on the table, in the other 
room.— Which table 1 The mahogany table.— Where is 3ronr mo- 
dier? She is at church. — ^Is your sister gone to school? She is. — 
Does your mother often go to church? She goes every morning 
and every evening, — ^At what o'clock in the morning does she go to 
choroh % She goes as soon as she gets up. — ^At what o'clock does 
she get up ? She gets up at sunrise. — Dost thou go to school, to- 
day! I do. — ^What dost thou leam at school? I learn to read| 
write, and speak there. — ^Where is your good mother? She is gone 
to shop (fiOP) with my litde sister. — Do your sisters go this evening 
to the opera? No, Madam; they go to the dancing and singing 
■phool. — Do they not go to the Frenoh eehool? They gj in th« 



Digitized 



by Google 



riFTT-SIZTH LX«IOK. (2.) 



281 



morning, but not (mots non) in the evening. — Is your father gone a 
hunting? He has not been able to go a hunting, for he has a cold. 
— Do you like to go a hunting? I like to go a fishing better than a 
hunting. — ^Is your father still in the country? Yes, Madam, he is 
still there. — ^What does he do there ? He goes a hunting and a fish- 
ing. — Did you hunt in the country 1 I hunted the whole day. — ^How 
long did you stay with my mother? I stayed with her the whole 
evening. — ^Is it long since you were at the casde ? I was there last 
week. — Did you find many people there ? I found only three pei^ 
sons there, the French teacher, his wife, and their daughter, who 
dances so well. 



]four aunt. 

Your niece. 

Year coushis. 

Any person. 

The earache. 

The heartache. 

His sister has a violent headache. 

POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 
Singular. 
Mine, thine, bis, (hers, its.) 

Ours, yours, theirs. 

Plural. 
Mine, thine, his, (hers, its.) 

Ours, (O. 9, 4.>) yonra, theirs. 
Were you doing t (imper£»ct.) / was. 
IVhat were you saying f I was not 

saying anything. 
Have you my pen or hers f 
1 was sajring that I had hers. 
What do you wish to send to your 

auntf 
I wish to send her a tart. 
Will you send her some fruit also f 



I will send her some. 


Have you sent the books to my sis- 


ters f 




I have sent them to them. 


The iche, pain, 


I& douleur. 


i ue tart, 


la tourte. 


The poach. 


lipdcho. 


The strawberry. 


lafraise. 


The cherry, 


la cerise. 


The newspaper, 




the gasette. 


la gasette. 



YooABiTLAiBs. 2de Sea 

Madame votre tante. 

Mademoiselle votre niece. 

Mesdemoiselles vos cousines. 

Touts peraonne. (55*, N. 1.) 

t Le mal d'oreille. 

t Le mal de coeur. 

t Sa soBur a un violent mal de tfite. 

Pronoms Po»ses»\fs.Ahsolus, Fimintn, 
Singulier. 
La mienne» la tienne, la sienne 
La ndtre, la votre, la leur. 

Plurid. 
Les miennes, les tiennes, les siennes. 
Les notres, les votres, lea leurs. 
FaisieZ'Vous t (imparfiedt) Jefaisais, 
Que disieZ'Vous t Je ne disais 

rien. 
Avez-vous ma plume ou la sienne ? 
Je disais que j'avais la sienne. 
Que voulez-vous envoyer a votre 

tante r 
Je veuz lui envoyer une tourte. 
Voulez-vous lui envoyer aussi des 

fruits? ^ 
Je veux lui en envoyer. 
Avez-vous envoys les livres a met 

BceursT 
Je les leur ai envoyds. 
The aunt, la tante. 

The female cousin, la cousins. 
The niece, la niece. 

The maid-servant, la servanCe. 
The female relation, la parenta. 
The female neighbor, la voisine. 
The female cook, la cuisnii^re. 



Digitized 



by Google 



999 



PXPTT-0IXTH LKB0ON. (9.) 



Tlie merchandiMf 

(goods,) la marchandiM. 

What was you doing f I was making 

a^herry tart for my niece. 
Were you telling the maid-servant to 

fasten the windows f I was. 



The brother-in-law, le beanfreMt 
The sister-in-law. la belle-MMV. 
Que faisiez-Tous t Je Busaia una 

tourte aux cerises pour ma niecs. 
Disiez-vous a la senrante de fenneff 

les fenStres f Je le lui disais. 



CiKQUASTs-sixiim Th&hx. 2de Sec. 

Mile., Totre niece est-elle k la maison ? Je ne sais pas. Je ' 
•nroyer la senrante pour voir si elle est dans sa chambre. N'im- 
porte; je n'ai pas le temps de m'arr^tex k present Yonlez-Toos 
ftToir la bont^ de lui presenter ces peches, en mon nomf Oh! 
elles sont superbes ! Je tous remerci^, en son nom. Mais k pre- 
sent que j'y pense, comment se porte Madame votre belle-soeur! 
J'^tais chez elle bier soir. Elle se porte bien, merci. Presentez-hd 
mes compliments quand tous la reverrez. Je n'y manquerai pas. 
J'ai Phonneur de yous saluer. Adieu, M. — La parente du general 
a-t-elle mal d'oreille? Mai d'oreille! Noii, elle n'a pas mal 
d'oreille. Pourquoi le cropez-vous ? — La cuisiniere de notre Toiane 
n'a-t-elle pas envoy^ une tourte aux cerises k notre petite fille, cette 
semaine ? Si fait, elle lui en a enroy^ une ; non pas cette semaine, 
mais la semaine pass^e. — Que faisiez-vous Pannle passee ? Petaii 
marchand. — N^fetes-vous pas I'associe de votre beau-frere t Je n'ai 
point de beau-frere, de sorte que je ne puis pas etre son associe. — 
On m'a dit que votre belle-soBur avait une excellente cuisiniere, 
est-ce vrai? On en trouve k peine une bonne, mais la sienne 
I'est En Stes-Yous sure ? Oui, du moins ma belle-scBur le dit. 

Are these girls as good (sage) as their brothers ? They are better 
than they. — Can your sisters speak German? They cannot, bm 
they are learning it. — ^Have you brought anything to your modier? 
I brought her some good fruit and a fine tart. — What has your niece 
brought youl She has brought us good cherries, good strawberries, 
and good peaches. — Do you like peaches 1 I like them much. — 
How many peaches has your neighbor (fem.) given you? She has 
given me more than twenty. — Have you eaten many cherries, this 
year? I have.— Did you give any to your litde niece ? I gave her 
so many that she cannot eat them all. — ^Why have you not given 
Any to your good neighbor? (fem.) I wished to give her some, but 
she would not take any, because she does not like cherries 

We^ there any pears {la poire) last year ? There were not marr. 
— Ha» your cousin (fem.) any strawberries ? She has so many that 
•he cannot eat them all. — Do you expect to see your niece, to-day? 
I hope to see her, for she has premised me to dine with n8.---l 
admire iadmirer) that family, {la ftmille,) for it e father is the long 



Digitized 



by Google 



PIFTT-SiXTH LKS80M. (3.) 



JQI 



■ud me mother is the queen of it The children and the servant! 
are the subjects {le sujet) of the state, {Vitat.) The tutors of the 
ehiidien are the ministers, who share ( partager) with the king and 
queen the care {le soin) of the goyemment, {le gouvememerU.) The 
good education {Viducationf fern.) which is given to children (O&f. 
101 — ^2) is the crown, {la cowronne) of monarchs, {le monarque.) 

YocABULAiBB. 8me Sec. 

O&f . 136. The three subttantiTes auteur, author , peiniret painter ; 
poet, are of the masculine gender only, and are used for both aezes. 



She is a poetess. 

Is she a painter f 

She is an author. 

To hire, to let. 

Have you already hired a room f 

To admit or grant a thing. 

To confess a thing. 

Do you grant that f 

I do grant it. 

Do you confess your fault t 

I confess it. 

^ confess it to be a fault. 

To confess, to avow, to own, to ac- 
knowledge. 

To confess. 

So much, so many. 

She has so many candles that she 
cannot bum them all. 

To catch a cold. 

To make sick. 



Elle est poete. 

Eet-elle peintre t 

Elle est autenr. 

Loner, 1. 

Avez-vous d<ja lou^ una cbau tee f 

i ' Convenir* de quelque chose. 

Convenez-voua de cela f 

J'en conviens. 

Convenes- vous de votre iaute f 

J'en conviens. 

Je conviens que c'est une faute. 

Avouer, 1. 

Confesser, 1. 

Tant. 

Elle a tant de chandelles qu*elle as 

pent pas les bnilct toutes. 
t S'enrhiuner, 1. 
t Rendre malade. 

Obt, 137. To make, before an acljective, must be translated by : rendrg. 
If you eat so much it will make youl Si vous manges tant, cda vous ren* 
sick. I dra malade. 

Oht, 138. When the English pronoun it relates to a preceding iircum 
stance, it is translated by cda ; when to a foUowing circumstance, by f7. 



Does it suit you to lend 3rour gun f 

It does not suit me to lend it. 

It does not suit me. 

Where did jrou catch a cold f 

y 3%ucht a cold in going from the 

<»pcra. 
To have a cold. 
The cold, the cougfi. 
( have a cold in my head. 
You have a cold on your IroasU 
TIm brain, the chest. 



Vous convient-il de prSter votre fhsilf 
/{ ne me convient pas de le prdtcr 
Cela ne me convient pas. 
t Ou vous Stes-vouB enrhum^ t 
t Jo me suis enrhum^ en sortant dl 

Vop^ra. 
t fitre enrhumc. 
Le rhame, la tou^. 
t J'ti un rhume de cerveau. 
t Vous avec un rhume de poHriM, 
Le corvean, la poitrine. 



Digitized 



by Google 



9M riTTT-SlXTH LESSON. (9.) 

Has she not a bad oongh f I N'a-t-elle pas one mauTaiM fo«z f 

Vea. she haa (one). I Si fait, elie eo a une maaTaias. 

CiNQUANTB-sixiiifB Tutux. 8me See. 

Ayez-YOUB bien dormi la nuit passee ? Non, je n'ai pasbiea dam 
du tout On a fait tant de bruit que cela m'a empeche de donnii; 
Ou avez-Yous passe la soiree hier ? Je Pai pass6e ohez moii bean* 
frcre. Y avez-Yous vu votre belle-scBur? Je Vj ai vue. Commant 
Be porte-t-elle ? Elle se porte mieux qu'a Pordinaire. Ayez-Yoofl 
joul? Nous n'avons pas joue, pas mCme aux echoes; mais nous 
avons lu de bons livres ; car ma belle-sosur time mieux lire q^ie d« 
jouer. — Avez-vous lu la gazette de ce matiu ? Je Pai lue. Y a-t-il 
quelque chose de nouveau dedans ? II y a toujours du nou veau ; mais 
lien de bien inieressant. Que dit-on du roi et de la reine % Celni-li 
est occupe du soin du gouYernement, et celle-ci du soin de safamiUe. 
N'^tait-elle pas k la campagne quand yous y ^ez? Non, elle n'y 
6tait pas alors; mais elle y 6tait la semaine demiere. — Sa fille est 
interessante, n'est-ce pas ? C'est ce que je disais. Le commis di- 
sait-il ou fai^ait-Q quelque chose ? II disait quelque chose, mais, il 
ne faisait rien. Qui faisait quelque chose ? Charlotte faisait une 
couronne de cerises. 

Why do your sisters not go to the play ? They cannot go thither 
because they have a cold, and that makes them Yery ill.— Where 
did they catch a cold? They caught a cold in going from the opera 
last night. — Does it suit your sister to eat some peaches 1 It does 
not suit her to eat any, for she has already eaten a good many, and 
if she eats so much it will make her ill. — Have you already hired a 
room? I have already hired one. — Where hav^ you hired it? I 
have hired it in William-street, (dans la rue or rue Guillaumej) num- 
ber one hundred and fifty-two. — ^At whose house {chez qui) have you 
hired it ? At the house of the man whose son has sold yon a hoiae. 
— For whom has your father hired a room ? He has hired one for 
his son, who has just arrived from France. — Why have you not kepi 
your promise ? (la promesse,) Which promise ? I do not remember 
what I promised you. — Had you not promised us to take us to the 
concert last Thursday ? I confess that I was wrong in promising 
you ; the concert, however, haa not taken place. 

Does your brother cq ifess his fault ? He confesses it. — What c gps 
your uncle say to (de) that note? Ho says that it is wiitten very 
well, but he admits that he has been wrong in sending it to the l^ap• 
lain. — Do you confess your fault now? I confess it to be a fault- 
Where have you found my coat? I have found it in the blue room 
UD stairs. The front room or tJ:ie lac): > com * The beck room. (Oh$, 



Digitized 



by Google 



FIFTT-SBTBSrTH LKSBOlf. (1.) 



SM 



61.) — Will you hang my hat on the tree ? I will hang it thereon.— 
How are you to-day? lam not very well. — What is the matter 
with you ? I have a violent headache and a cold. — Where did you 
catch a cold? I caught it last night in going ft'om the play. — 
How old is your niece ? She is ahout 10 years old. 



The meat. 
Fresh meat. 
Fresh beef. 
The food. 
The dish. 
Salt meats. 



Salt meat. 



Cool water. 

Some good Tictaala. 

The dsonty dishes. 

Milk-food. 
To wwch^ to wik, to dtp, 

Ob$, 138h. Martker mnit not be mistaken for «e promtmtr, (44'.) 
former means to walk, and the latter to walk for pleasure. 



7b quettiony the question. 

The craTat, carriage, house. 
The letter, family, promise. 
The leg, the right leg, the left 
This throat This sore throat 
We hare all a sore throat 



•, 1 (2V), la question. 
La cravate, la voitnre, la maison. 
La lettre, la famille, la promesse. 
La jambe, la jambe droite, la gaoche. 
Cette goige. Ce mal de gorge. 
Nous avons tons mal k la goi;ge. 
La yiande. De la viande sal^e. 

De la yiande fraiche. 
Da boBof finds. De I'eau fhdche. 
L'alimetit De bona aliments. 

Le mets. ljd» entremets. 

Des mets salds. Dn laitage. 
lf<vdbsr, 1. 

Th 



I have walked a good deal to-day. 
I have been walking in the garden 

with my mother. 
To walk or travel a mile. 
To walk or travel a league. 
To walk a step. 

To take a step, (meaning to take 
^ measures.) 
To go on a journey. 
To make a speech. 
A piece of business. 
Ail affair. 

To transact business. 
To meddle with something. 
What ere you meddling with f 
I am meddling with my own business. 
I do not attend to it any longer. 
That traveler always meddles with 

other people's business, 
r dc not meddle with other people's 

business. 
Otken, other people, • 



J'ai march6 beaucoup avjourd'huL 
Je me suis promend dans le jardin 

avec ma mire, 
t Pure un mille. 
t Faire une lieue. 
t Faire un pas. 
t Faire une d-marche. 

t Faire un voyage, 
t Faire un disoours. 

I • Une aflaire. 

Faire des afiaires. 

t Se miler de qudque ehote, 

De quoi vousmfilez-voust 

Je me mSIe de mes propres aflaireik 

Je ne m'en mSle plus. 

Ce voyageur se mSle tovgours dei 

affaires des autres. 
Je ne me mSle pas des affaires d'aa 

trui. 
Autrui, (indefinite pronoun, withool 

gender or plural.) 



Digitized 



by Google ^^ 



S9i FIFTT-SSTSSTTH LIBBOST* (1^) 

Did7oawiah,waiit? IcUd,On^pezf.) | yoiiIies-TOiii?(U7)JeToa]ai%(nB|^ 

The art of puntiiig. | La peintnre. 

Chemiftry. The chemist. | La chime. La chimirte 

CiNQUiLirEB-BEPTiiEMS Th^mb. Ire Seo. 

On m^a dit que Tons Touliez me qnestionner f Om, c^est vral, 
J^ai nne qnestaon & Tons Cure. De qm est la lettre que Tons aref 
re9ne ? La lettre que j^ai re^ne I Ah I c'est nn secret. Que tous 
ne Tonlez pas me conner, n^est-oe pas? Ooi^ c'est nn seeret qne 
j'aime mieox garder. Eh, bien I gfffdez-le. — La Toitnre est deTsnt 
a porte de la maison, ^tes-Toos prSt k partir ? Pr^t; mais non, 
je ne saTais pas qne la Toitnre allait Tenir sitot. — ^Nons oroyions qne 
Tons le saTiez. Qu'aTez-Tons encore ^ faire f J'ai h mettre ma 
craTate. (Test I'affaire d'nne minnte. L'affaire d^one minntel pas 
aTeo moi. cTaime k aToir nne craTate bien mise, bien arrang^ 
Alors ne parlez pins et faites-le Tite. £h, bien I Laissez-moi; 
alii z-Tons-en, (go away.) Je Tais en has, je descends, ponr pre- 
parer Totre chapean, tos gants, et votre paraplnie. ifon, non, 
iaissez tont cela et m6lez-Tona de tos propres a£Qiiree. Si je me 
mMe des Tdtres, c'est qne je Tom aime. 

Will yon dine with ns to-day % With mnoh pleasnre. — ^What haTo 
you for dinner t (^25 mets avex-vous ?) We haTe good sonp, some 
fresh and salt meat, and some milk-food. — Do you like milk-food t 
I like it better than (preferer d) all other food.— Are you ready to 
dine ? I am. — Do you intend to set out soon 1 I intend setting out 
next week. — Do you travel alone? (seul?) No, Madam, I travel 
with my uncle. — Do you travel on foot or in a carriage % (42*.) We 
travel in a carriage.— -Did yon meet any traveler in your last journey 
(dans votre dernier voyage) to Berlin ? We met many travelers*-^ 
How do you intend to spend your time (49*) this summer? I intend 
to take a short (petit) journey. 

Did you walk much in your last journey ? I like much to walk, 
but my uncle likes to go in a carriage. Did he not wish to walk ? 
He wished to walk at first, (d^abordj) but he wished to get into the 
eoach (monter en voiture) after having taken a few steps, so that I 
did not walk much. — Does ho no longer do any business? He no 
longer does any, for he is too old to do it. — ^Why does he meddle 
with your business ? He does not generally (ordinatrement) meddla 
with other people's business, but he meddles with mine becauw be 
loves me. — ^Has yonr master made von recite your lesson to-day ' 
He has made me recite it. — Did yon know it? I knew it pretty 
well. — Have you also done some exercises ? ' I have done some 
bat I have not quite finished my lesson. 



Digitized 



by Google 



FIFTT-SBTBlfTH LS880N. (2.) 



297 



The art 

Strange. 

It ia strange. It is a pity. 

To en^ptoy ayf$ adfin. 

To 



YoGABULAiRB. 2de Sec 
That art Ib easy. - 



To look at wme one. 

I 60 not Uke to meddle with things 

that do not concern me. 
That concerns nobody. 
To care odotd. To care about it. 



est/iofa. 
nage. 
i 1, qua- 



t Je n'aime pa« * me mMer de c« 

qni ne me regarde pas. 
Cela ne regarde personne. 
f Se KfuatTy 1, (6. S*en soucier. 



GU, 139. St touder cfe, is not freqnently used affirmatively. 

Aves-vonB envie d*aller en ItaHe ? 
• f Je ne m'en sonde pas. 



Do you wish to go to Italy ? 

I have no great wiah to ffo. I do not 

cai« about it. Fd rawer not 
She used to like dancing, but she 

cares no more about it. 
We*d rather not sing. 
To attract. 

Loadstone attracts iron. 
Her singing attracts me. 
To charm. To enchant. 

I am charmed with it. 
The beauty. The goodness. 



EUe aimait (i liT) la daoae, maia ellt 

ne s'en soucie plus. 
Nous ne nous soucionspasdecA'Siifcr. 
Attirer, 1. 

L'aimant attire le fer. 
Son chant m* attire. 
Charmer, 1. Enchanter, 1. 

J'en suis charm6, (fern. 6e.) 
La beauts. La bont^. 



05ff. 140. All nouns ending inti, and expressing properties or qr alitiest 
re feminine. 



The harmony, the voice, the power. 

To repeat. 

The repetition, the rehearsal. 

The wisdom. Study. 

The lord. Our Lord. 

A.memorand(im,abil]. A nightingale. 

All beginniags are difficult. 

To create. 

The Creator, the creation. 

The fear of the Lord. 

The benefit. Heaven. The earth. 

Solitude. The meeting. 

Flour, meal. Some wheat. 

The mill. Marriage. Death. 



L'harmonie, la voiz, 

Ripiter, 1. 

La r^pdtition. 

La sagesse. 

Le seigneur. 

Vw mdmoire. 



le pouvoir. 



L'dtude. 
Notre Seigneur. 
Un rossignol. 



Tons les commencements sont diffi- 

ciles. 
Crier, 1. 

Le Cr^ateur, la creation. 
La crainte du Seigneur. 
Le bienfait. Le ciel. La terra 
La solitude. L' assemble. 

La farine. Du froment. 

Tjfi moulin. Le manage. La roort 

CnvQUAiVTK-SEPniini Th^me. ^dc Sec. 

N'admirez-vous pas la beaute de cette dame ? Si fait, iDaia j'ad 
mire encore plus sa bonte. — Prefi'irez-vors la bonte k la bemiUA* 



Digitized 



by Google 



f98 FIFTT-8STSNTH LIBBOV. (I.) 

Sans donte. Qui ne la pr6flre pas ? Beanoonp de personnes. — Lm 
farine de rotre bonlanger est-elle bonne ? EUe est qnelqoe fbi« 
bonne et qnelque foia enre, (sour.) — Oti se tenaient lenrs assem- 
ble? Lenrs assemblies se tenaient dans la solitude des boi& 
Madame de Beanmont ya-t-eUe an concert ? Non, eQe a o&l^ sa 
place a sa nidce. Antrefbis elle aimait le chant, k present elle ne 
s'en sonde plus.— N'iront-elles pas an bal ? Non, elles n'iront pa& 
car elles ne se soncient pins de la danse. Be quo! te soncies-tn? 
Je ne me soncie pas de grand' chose, (/ am indifferent to almost 
everything,}— OiSi est le maitre'de chant ? D est a la r6p6tition. — 
Gombien de repetitions y a-t-il par semaine ? II y en a nne toa# 
les matins. L'art de peindre eet-il facile? Demandez k Mile. 
Caroline, qni s'occnpe ae la peintnre. — ^La bont4 est nn bienfait da 
cieL n'eet-cepas? OtiL O^estnn bienfait que le Cr^atenr a ao- 
cord§ k la terre. Avez-vons appris le manage de votre oonsin ? 
Ooi, il m'en a inform^. O'est aommage, n'est-ce pas? Je ne dia 
rien ; maii^ Je n^en pense pas moins. La mort dncapitaine est 
strange, n'cBt-oe pas ? Onif elle est tr^s-6trange. 

What have you been doing (f 145) at school, to-day? We have 
been listening to our professor. — What did he say new and interest- 
ing? He made a long (grand) speech on the goodness of God. 
After saying (40i) " Repetition is the mother of studies, and a good 
memory is a great benefit of Grod," he said, ''God is the Creator of 
heaven and earth ; the fear of the Lord is the beginning of all wis- 
dom.'' — What are you doing all day in this garden ? I am walking 
in it. — What is there in it that attracts youT (qu'est-ce qui vousy 
attire 7) The singing of the birds attracts me, (m'jf attire.) — ^Aie 
there any nightingales in it? There are some in it, and the har- 
mony of their singing enchants me. — Have those nightingales mcne 
power over (sur) you than the beauties of painting, or the voice of 
your tender (tendre) mother, who loves you so much ? I confess 
the harmony of the singing of these little birds has more power 
over me than the most tender words (que les paroles les plus tendres) 
yt my dearest friends. 

How does your niece amuse herself (or pass her time) in hei 
solitude? She reads a good deal, she plays on the piano, she is 
fond of painting, and she writes letters to her absent mother. — How 
does your uncle amuse himself in his solitude ? He used to find 
(f 147) much pleasure in society, in the woxid; but now he does not 
care about it; he is only fond of fishing and chemistry. Why do 
you not call on Frederick ? What is that to you? (qu'est-ce que ceia 
tons fait) I beg, {je vous prie?) I do not generally meddle with 
things that do not concern me ; but I love you so much that I con* 



Digitized 



by Google 



FIFTT-KIOHTH LKISOV. (1.) 



9M 



cem myself much- about {qtu je rnHnthesse heaucoup a) what yon ant 
doing. — Does any one tronblo his head about you? No one troubles 
his head about me, for I am not worth the trouble, {je n^en vaux poM 
la peine,) 



FIFTY-EIGHTH LESSON, bSih.--Cinquanie'huitiime Ltfcn, 58m». 
VooABULAiBa. Ire Beo. 
SECOND FDTURE.— J»<ttr PoMti ou Composi. 
The Futur pass^, like the second future, is formed from the future of tht 
auxiliary, and the past participle of the verb to be conjugated. Ex. 



I shall have loved. 

Thou wilt have loved. 

He, she, or one will have loved. 

We shall have loved. 

Ton will have loved. 

They will have loved. 

I shall have come. 

l*hou wilt have come. 

He will have come. 

She will have come. 

We shall have come. 

Tou will have oome. 

They will have come. 

They will haive comev/nn. 

I shall have been praised. 

Thou wilt have been praised. 

He will have been praised. 

She will have been praised. 

We shall have been praised. 

Tou will have been praised. 

They will have been praised. 

They (fern.) will have been praised. 

I shall have risen. 

Thou shalt have gone to bed. 

Shall he have trndresaed himself! 

She will not have dressed herself. 

Will any one have praised one's self? 

We shall have made a mistake. 

Shall you have taken a walk f 

Shall they not have sat down f 

Shall they not have sat down ff 



J'aurai aim^. 

Tu auras aim^. 

II, elle, ou on aura aimS. 

Nous aurons aim^. 

Vous aurez aim€. 

lis (/em. elles) auront aim^ 

Je serai venu, Fern, venue. 

Tuserasvenu, '* venue. 

II sera venu. 

Elle sera venue. 

Nona serons venus, Fern, venues. 

Vous serez venus, " venues.' 

lis seront venus. ) n« ^*. — »« 
T:nt ^ I UnseraveniL 

lilies seront venues. > ^ 

J'aurai 6t6 lou^, JFesi. lou6e. 

Tu auras ^t^ loud, " loude. 

II aura 6t6 lou6. 

Elle aura 6x6 loude. 

Nous aurons M lou^s, fern, loutfeSi 

Vous aurez 4t6 lon6a, " ou^. 

Us auront M loufo. 

Elles auront 4t6 bu^s. 

Je me serai levd, fern, lev^. 

Tu te seras oouch6, " oouch^. 

Se sera-t-il ddshabilld f 

Elle ne ae sera pas habill^. 

Se sera-t-on lou6 1 

Nous nous serons trompds. 

Vous seres- vous promend f (sing.)^ 

Ne se seront -ils pas assis f 

Ne se seront-elles pas i^aes f 



I It is hsrdly necessary to remark, that if one person only is spoken to, 
t e. when the second person plursl, tout, is employed instead of the second 
person sintnilar f«, no « is put to the past participl*. 



Digitized 



by Google 



80Q FIFTT-KIOHTH LKSIOM. (1.) 



To Aave Itfl. 

When I have paid for the horse I shall 

have only ten crowns lef^. 
How much money have you lef^ ff 
I have one franc left. 
I have only one fra^ic left. 
How much has your brother left f 
He has one crown left. 
How much has your sister left f 
She has only three sous left. 
How much have your brothers left f 
They have one louis left. 



t RaUr^ 1. 

Quand j'aurai pay^ le ch«¥iC & • 

me restera que dix 6cufl. 
Combien d' argent vous reiite-l«>ii I 
II me reste un franc. 
II ne me reste qu'un franc. 
Combien reste-t-il a votre frere f 
II lui reste un £cu. 
Combien reste-t-il a votre soBor \ 
II ne lui reste que trois sous. 
Combien reste-t-il a voe freres f 
n leur reste un louis. 



OU. 141. In English the present (Oftf. 106, A&) or the perfect is oaed 
after the conjunctions, teft«fi, oj won oj, or after, when futurity is to be 
expressed; but in French the future must in such instances always i« 
empbyed. 

CiHQUAKTB-BXTiTiftiia Th^mx. Ire Sec. 

Lorsque yous serez venue nous yoifj nous irons "^tms voir, car 
vous savez que vous nous devez wm tnsite. Comptez-vous lee 
visites de cette maniere % Non, e'est seulement pour vous rappeler 
qu'il y a long-temps que nous n'avons eu le plaisir de vous voii 
chez nous. — Aussitdt qu'ils auront ^t6 apportes, envoyez-les-moi, 
entendez-vous? Je n'y manquerai pas. — Quand irez-vous voir les 
De Couici ? (4 140 — 5.) Nous passerons chez eux aussitdt que nous 
serous informes de leur retour. — Charles ira-t-il se promener kcheval 
apr^ qu'il aura din^? Non, il ira faire une visite k son oncle 
dont la femme est morte, (is dead.) Sa femme est morte, et de 
quoi ? EUe est morte du cholera. C'est doromage. C'^tait une 
tres-bonne dame. — Le marchand a-t-il envoye le baril de farine ? 
Non, il ne Pa pas encore envoye. Quand il Paura envoye, faites do 
pain. J'en ferai aussitdt que la farine sera venue. — Saviez-vous que 
Thomas est tnart^ ? (married?) Non,je ne le savais pas; maisje 
savais que Martho est marine, et bien marine. Avec qui est-elle 
marine t Elle est marine avec M. Dubois. Le marchand ? Non, 
I'avocat. J'en suis charmee. 

Will your parents go into the country to-morrow ? They will not 
go, for it is too dusty. — Shall we take a walk, to-day ? We will not 
take a walk, for it is soon going to rain. — ^Will it rain before 12 
o'clock 1 I believe it will. — Do you see the casde of my relation 
behind {derriere) yonder mountain ? (eette tnontagne-ld?) I see it. — 
Shall we go in? We will go in, if you like.-rWill you go into thai 
room ? I shall not go into it, for it is smoky. — ^I wish you a good 
fcoming. Madam, (26*.) — Will you not come in 1 Will you not si< 
ioimt I will sit down upon that laige arm-chair. — Will you t^ 



Digitized 



by Google 



FIFTT-XIOHTH LSSSOlf. (2.) 



aoi 



me vrhat has become of your brother 1 I will tell you.-^Where id 
your sister? Do you not see her? She sits upon the bench. — Is 
your father seated upon the bench? No, he sits upon the sofa of 
mahogany. 

Hast thou spent all thj money *? I have not spent all. — How much 
Hast thou leil? I have nc^. much left; I have but five francs left.-* 
How much money have thy sisters left? They have but three 
crowns left. — Have you money enough left to pay your tailor ? Y 
hare enough left to pay him ; but if I pay him I shall have buf 
little left. — How much money will your brothers have left? They 
will have a hundred crowns left. — ^When will you go to Italy ? I 
shall go as soon as {aussitdt que) I have learned Italian. — When will 
your brothers go to France ? They will go as soon as they know 
Fiench. — When will they leam it ? They will leara it when they 
have found a good master. — ^How much money shall we have left 
when we have paid for our horses? When we have paid for them, 
we shall have only a hundred crowns left. 

VocABULAiBB. 2de Seo. 



U ben they have paid the tailor, they 
will have a hundred firancs left. 

Yf hen I am at my aunt's, will you 
come to see me T 

After you have done writing, will you 
take a turn with me f 



You will play when you have finished 

your exercise. 
What will you do when you have 

dined ? 
When I have spoken to your brother, 

I shall know what I have to do. 



Does it rain ff 
It rains. 
Does it snow t 
It snows. 
Is it muddy f 
It is muddy. 

Is it muddy out of doors f 
It is very muddy. 
Is it dusty r 
It b very dusty. 
Is it smoky ff 
It IS too smoky 
Oatofdwrs. 
26 



Quand ils auront payS le tailleur, it 

leur restera cent francs. 
Quand je terai chez ma tante, vien- 

drez-vous me voir f (06*. 106, 46>.> 
Aprit que vout aurez fini d'^crire. 

viendrez-vous faire un tour avec 

moi T 
Vougjouerez lorsque voitt aurez jint 

votre th@me. 
Que ferez-vous quand vous aurez 

d!n6ff 
Quand j'aurai parld a votre firere, je 

saurai ce que j*ai a faire. 

Idioms with Faibb. 

t Fait-il de la pluie ff II en fait, 
t II fait de la pluie. 
t Fait-il de la neige ff II n*en fait pas 
t n fait de la neige. 
t Fait-il de la boue ff 
t Dfaitde la boue. 
t Fut-il sale dehors f 
t II fait tr^s-sale. 
t 

t wiere. 

t 
t 
Out of the window. Dehors. Par la fco^trt. 



It does. 
It does not. 



Digitized 



by Google 



FIFTT-XIiHTH LXIIOV. (t.) 



Ta emier, to go i%, to come m. 

Will you go into my room ff I will 

go in. 
Will yon go in f I shall go in. 
To Bit down. 
r?tiittohe tmted, 
03 is seated apon the large chair. 
Bhe is seated upon the bench. 
ToJiU . . . with, jE/2 op . . . with. 
Fill this bottle with wine. 
What do you fill up with water f 
What does he fill his purte with f 
He fills his purse with money. 
The pocket. My vest pocket. 



Eniter, 1, daiu. 

Voulei-Yous entrer dans ma chaai 

bre t Je veux y entrer. 
Y entrercz-vous ? J'y entreraL 
S'asseoir,^ 3. (51«,^ 
Eire aseit ; fem. as«tf e. 
II est assis sur la grande chaise. 
Elle est assise sur le banc 
Semplir, 2 . . . de, rempltMeez ... A 
Remplissez cette bouteiile de Tin. 
Que remplissei-vous d'eau t 
De quoi remplit-il sa bourse t 
II remplit sa bourse d* argent.* 
La pmAe. La poche de mon gilei. 



CufQUAXTs-Hmniia THfixB. 2de Seo. 

Oh est Mile. Emilie? EUe est assise Bar le banc sens le groe 
aibre dans le jardin. II fait tres-humide, n'a-t-elle pas peur de s'ec- 
rhumer? Elle craint plus la ponssiere qne Vhumiditij (dampness.) 
Que fera-t-il aussitdt qu'il aura fini son th^me 1 jouera-t-il du violon 1 
Non, il n'en jouera pas ; car Phmnidite a cass^ deux cordes (strings) 
de son violon. Quelles cordes sont-ce? Ce sont les deux phia 
petites. N'a-t-il pas d'autres cordes? Non; mais quand il aura 
fini, il ira en acheter. Jouerez-vous du piano quand il jouera du 
▼iolon ? Je ne xne soncie pas de jouer aujouidliui ; mais nous jouons 
tres-souvent ensemble. II fait de la pluie, appelez Mile. Emilie, on 
elle sera mouillee. Vous tous trompez ; ce n'est pas de la plme, 
mab de la neige. Je crois que vous avez raison, et j'en suis bien 
iAche, car il fera ties-«ale dehors, il fera tres-mauyais marcher. Je 
commence k avoir troid; entrons dans mon bureau; il y fait plus 
chaud. 

Do you gain {gagner, 53') anjrthing by (4) that business! I do 
not gain much by it, {y,) but my brother gains a good deal by it 
He fills his purse with money. — ^How much money have you gained 1 
I have gained only a little, but my cousin has gained much by if 
He has fiUed his pocket with money. — ^Why does that gardener not 
work ? He is a good-for-nothing feUow, for he does nothing but eai 
•11 the day long. He fills himself up with fresh and salt meat, so 
that he will make hin^self (se rendre) ill if he continues to eat so 
much.— With what (de quoi) have you filled that bottle ! I have 
filled it with wine.^ — ^Will this man take care of my horee ? He wffl 

' The ambiguity conveyed by: 11 remplii ta hourte d*argent, might be 
■voided by saying : Il remplit d^ argent ea houne ; but the Frendh have not 
fsl adopted the latter construction. Hence I have used the former. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



rXFTT-BXOHTH i. CIION. (8.) 



801 



take care of it. — Who will take care of my senrant ? The laDiiloid 
will take care of him. 

Does your senrant take care of your horses 1 He does take c are 
of them, and my cousin's. — ^Is he taking care of your clothes 1 He 
takes care of them, for he brushes them every morning. — Have you 
ever drunk French wine ? I have never drunk any. — Is it long since 
you ate French bread ? It is almost three years since I ate any.-^ 
Have you hurt my brother-in4aw ? I have not hurt him, but he has 
eut my finger. — What has he cut your finger with % With the knife 
which you have lent him. — ^Is your father arrived at last? Every- 
body says that he is arrived, but I have not seen him yet.-'-Has the 
physician hurt your son ? He has hurt him, for he has cut his finger. 

YOOABULAIBLB. 8m6 SOC 



Etes-Toos vena tout seal ? 

Non, j'ai amend tout mon monde. 



Have you come quite aloDe f 

No, I have brought all my men along 

with me. 
To bring. 

Ob$. 142. Awuner must, in French, not be mistaken for apporter. 
former is used when the object can walk, and the latter when it cannot. 
He has brought all his men along 

with him. 
Have you brought your brother along 

with you t 
I have brought him along with me. 
Have you told the groom to bring me 

the horse T 



The groom, the ostler. 
Are you bringing me my books t 
I am bringing them to you. 
To take, to carry. 



Amener, I. 



n a amend tout son monde. 
Aves-vous amend votre fr^ f 



fhs 
Ex. 



Je Tai amend. 

Avez-vous dit au palefrenier de m'a 

mener le cheval T 
Le palefrenier, le valet d*dcurie. 
M'apportez-vous mes livres T 
Je vous les apporte. 
Mener, 1. 



Ohe. 143. The same distinction must be observed with regard to 
and porter, as with amener and apporter. 



Will you take that dog to the stable f 

I will take it thither. 

Are you carrying this gun to my 

father ? I carry it to him. 

The cane, stick. The stable. 

To come down, to go down. 
To go down into the well. 
To go or come down the hill. 
To go down the river. 



Voules-vous mener ce chlen a I'd 

curie f 
Je veux Vy mener. 
Portez-voos ce fusil a mon pere f 
Je le lui porte. 
La canne. L^^curic 

Descendre, 4. 
Descendre dans le puita. 
Descendre la montagne. 
Descendre la riv'ere.' 



I The verb de$eendre takes the auxiliary avoir in its compound tensss 
when, as in these examples, it is construed with the accusative ; otherwise 



Digitized 



by Google 



•Oi 



FXFTT^SXGHTR LSMOM. (t.) 



To alif kt Irom one's bone, to die- 
mount. 

To alight, to g^t out. 

To go up, to wumnt, to atcend. 

To go up the mountain. 

Where is your brother gone to f 

He has ascended the hiU. 

To mount the horse. 

To get into the coach. 

To get on board the ship. 

To desire, to beg, to pray, to request. 

Ask him to do it. 

Ask your brother to come down. Do, 
(I beg you would,) pray. 

The river, (if it empties in a sea.) 

The river, (empties in another river.) 

The river Schuylkill empties in the 
Delaware. 

The beard. The stream, torrent. 

To go or come up the river. 



Desoendre de chevaL (3fli.) 

Descendre de voiture. 

MotUer, 1. 

Monter la moniagne. 

Od votre frere est-il all^ t 

U a mont^ la ooUine.' 

Monter & chevaL 

t Monter en voiture. 

Monter sur un vaisseau. 

Prier, 1, (de av. Tinfin.) 

Priei-le de le faire. 

Priez votre frere de descendre, ji 

vous en prie. 
Le Jleuve, (se jette dans unt sier.) 
La riviire, (se jette dans un fleovf.) 
La riviere Schuylkill se jette dans h 

fleuve Delaware. 
La barbe. Le torrent. 

Remonter la riviere. 



CniQUAiTTE-HTnTiixi THfim. 8me Sec. 

Le voyageur a-t-il descendu la montagne ? II a descendu la mon 
tagne, et il a remoate le fleuye. Voire nereu est-il descenda da 
cheval pour ramasser le gant de sa compagne 1 Nod, un voyageur 
a eu la bont^ de le ramasser et de le rendre k la demoiselie.—Jouez 
Hail Columbia potir nous. Je ne me soucie pas de jouer k present 
Ah ! jouez-le, je vous en prie. (Oh 1 do, play it.) Je le ferai poor 
▼ous obliger; mais je ne pourrai pas bien le jouer, je vous assure, 
car je ne suis pas en trcdn. (I do not feel like it ; in the humor.) — Qui 
est ce M. i la barbe bleue ? C'est le ministre de notre eglise. Le 
palefrenier a-t-il mene le nouveau cheval k la vieille ecurie ? Oui, 
il Vy a mene. Voulez-vous amener votre soetir aveo vous et apporter 
son cahier de chant? Je Pamenerai, mais je n'apporterai pas son 
cahierde chant — J'ai oublie ma canne dans Pecurie; allez-Py cher- 
cher pour moi. Attendez-moi un instant, je reviendrai de suite. 

Has the joiner's leg been cut off 1 {couper t) They have out it off 
to preyent his djdng. — ^Are you pleased (content) with your senranti 
I am much pleased with him, for he is fit for anything, (propre d 

it takes itre. Ez. Il a descendu la montagne, he has gone down the moun- 
tain ; eUe est deseendue d*une famille honorable, she is descended from an 
honorable family. 

' Monter also takes avoir when, as in these examples, it is construed wxA 
the accusative, and itre when otherwise. Ex. /{ est montS par degris mmm 
pius hautes charges mUUaires, he has ascended by degrees to the highsel 
viKtarj employments. 



Digitized 



by Google 



PirTT-MINTH LJB880N. (l.) 



ao§ 



taiU,) — What does he know ? He knows everything^ (tout.) — Can 
he ride ? {monter 4 cheval ?) He can. — Has your brother returned at 
last from England ? He has returned thence, and has brought you 
a fine horse.— Has he told his groom to bring it to me 1 He has.— 
What do you think {que dites-vous) of that horse ? I think {je dU) 
that it is a fine and good one, (^t^'il ^st beau et borij) and beg you to 
lead it into the stable. — How did you spend your time yesterday? 
I went to the concert, and afterwards (ensuiU) to the play. 

When did that laborer {ouvrier) go down into the well 1 He went 
down into it this rooming. — ^Has he come up again already? {rtmtm* 
Urf) He came up an hour ago. — Where is your brother? He is in 
his room. Tell him to come down, pray, do, {je vous en prie,) I 
will tell him so, but he is not dressed (52*) yet. — Is your friend still 
(toujours) on the mountain 1 He has qilready come down. — Did you 
go down or up {remonter) the river? We went down. — Did my 
cousin speak to you before he started ? He spoke to me before he 
got into the ceach. — Have you seen my brother ? I saw him before 
I went on board the ship. — ^Is it better to get into a coach than to go 
on board the ship? It is not worth while to get into a coach or to 
go on board the ship, when one has no wish to travel. 



FIFTY-NINTH LF^SON, 59th. — Cinquante-neuvieme Legorij 59mi. 

VooABULAiaa. Ire Seo. 
OF THE IMPERFECT.— 2>«rAiq»rAti«,(^ 147.) 
For Its formation and use see ($ 147). That paragraph ninst be eareftiUy 
studied. 

When I was at Berlin I of^en went 

to see my friends. 
When you were in Paris yon often 



went to the Champs- Elys^s. 
At the death of Lucretia Rome was 

governed by kings. 
Washington was a great man. 
Cicero was a great orator, (lued to he.) 
Our ancestors went a hunting every 

day, (used to go.) 
The Romans cultivated the arts and 

sciences, and rewarded merit. 

Were yon walking t 
I was not walking. 



Qaand j Vfaif & Berlin, yallaU sou- 
vent voir mes amis. 

Quand vous itiez aJ'aris, yous oZZtas 
souvent auz Champs-EIjrs^s. 

X la mort de Lucrece Rome dtait 
gouvem^e par des rois. 

Washington ^tait un grand homme. 

Cic^ron ^tait un grand orateur. 

Nos ancStres allaient tous les jours 
a la chasse. 

Les Remains cahivaient les arts ec 
les sciences, et rdcompensaient !• 
m^te. 

Vous promeniez-voua ? 

Je ne me promennis oas. 



Digitized 



by Google 



n» 



FirrT-iriHTH ieiion. (1.) 



Wme you in Parii when the king j 
was there f 

i was there when he was there. 

Where were you when I was in Lon- 
don! 

A.t what time did you breakfast when 
you wore in Germany t 

I breakfasted when my father break- 
fasted. 

Did you work when he was working t 

I studied when he was working. 

Boms fish. Some game. 

When I lived {uted to live) at my 
father's, I rose (u$ed to rise) earlier 
than I do now. (^ 145—1.) 

When we lived in that country, we 
went a fishing often. 

When I was ill, I kept in bed all day. 

Last summer, when I was in the 
country, there was a great deal of 
fruit. 



£ties-vous a Paris l^rsqiae le roi f 

^taitt 
J*y ^tais lorsqu'il y ^twt. 
Ou ^tiez-vous lorsqie j'^tais i LfOO* 

dres f 
Quand d^jeuniez-vous lorsque voos 

^tiez en Allemagne t 
Je d^jeunais lorsque men pero d6^ 

jeuuait. 
TravaiUiez-vous loisqu'il travaillsil I 
J'^tOdiais lorsqu*il traraiUait. 
Du poisson. Du gibier. 

Quand je demeurais chez mon p^n^ 

je me levais de meilleure heurs 

que je ne le fais a pr^nt. (53', 

Oht. 120.) 
Quand nous deroemions dsoa as 

pays-la, nous aliions souvent i la 

pdche. 
Quand j'^tais malade, je gardais Is 

lit touts ia journ^. 
~X'^t^ pass^, pendant que j'^tais a la 

campagne, U y avait beaucoup de 

fruit 



ClNQUANTB-HEUniMB TflfiXK. IrO SoO. 

Qui cherckiez-vous ? Je cherchab mon,petit frerei que je ne peux 
irouver ni ea haut ni en bas. Si vous le cheichez encore; il fiaut 
aller pres du fleuve.' Que £edt-il Ik ? II pSche, assis sur le banc quo 
vous y avez Out mettre, {had or got placed.) II n'etait pas tres-biea 
hier ; I'humidite ne le reudra-t-elle pas malade ? J'espere que non.— > 
n y a & la porte un gar^on qui youa demande. Faites-le entrer. 
Que me voulez-vous ? Je vous apporte vos habits. Pourquoi ne lei 
avez-vous pas aoportes avanti lis n'^taient pas faits, de sorte que 
je ne pouvais pas les apporter; mais les voici. C'est bon. Mettez- 
les sur cette chaise. Quand je les aurai essay^s, jo passerai chez le 
tailleur. Tres-bien, M. — ^Vous avez appris votre loQon, pourquoi 
Totre soeur ne savait-elle pas la sienne? Elle a fait uno longui 
(long, f(§m.) promenade avec notre chere mere, de sorte qu'elle n's 
pas pu Tetudier. Ou ont-elles 6te ? Elles ont d'abord ete pres de la 
riviere qui est derriere notre jardin, ensuite elles ont passi devant la 
grande maison neuve, dont elles ont fait le tour, et enfin, elles soot 
montees sur la montagne. £t tout cela k pied ? Oui ; mais je tom 
assure qu'elles ^taiont bien fatigu^es. Je le crois 

Were you loved when you were at Dresden? (X)r«aJ«?)— I wm 
not hated. — Was your brqdier esteemed when he was in London! 



Digitized 



by Google 



rirTT-KINTH LX8S0K. (2.) 



dm 



fie was loyea and e6teemed.-^When were you in Spain ? I was 
there when you were there.— Who was loved and who was hated ? 
Those that were good, aasiduous, and obedient, were loved, and those 
who were naughty, {michantj) idle, and disobedient, were punished, 
hated, and despised. — Were you in Berlin when the king was there ? 
I was there when he was there. — Was your uncle in London when 
I was there 1 He was there when you were there. — Where were 
you when I was at Dresden ? I was in Paris. — Where was youi 
£athei when you were in Vienna 1 He was in En^and. 

At what time did you breakfast when you were in France ? 1 
breakfasted when my uncle breakfasted. — Did you work when he 
rvas working ? I studied when he was working. — Did your brother 
work when you were working T He played when I was working. — 
On -vhat {De quoi) lived our ancestors? They lived on nothing bpt 
fisb and game, for they went a hunting and a fishing every day. — 
Were you ascending the river (Jleuve) while it rained ? Yes, we 
were ascending it while it was raining very fast; and as we had no 
umbrellas, we got very wet. — Did you often go to see your friends 
when you were at Berlin? I went to see them often; 5 or 6 times 
a week. — Were you writing to John? I was writing to him, his 
cousin Julius, and his friend Alfred. (64 — 2.) — ^Did you sometimes 
go to the Champs-Elysees when you were at Paris 1 I often went. 

VooABTnjoBX. 2de Sec. 



A thing. The same thing. 

The same violin. The same JIvee. 
It is all one ; it is the same ; it makes 

no diflerence ; no matter, &«. 
iSim:&. 

Such a man. Such men. 

Such a woman. Such things. 
Such. 
Such men merit esteem. 

Out, 

Out of the city, (the town.) 
Without or out of doora. Who ii ont t 
The church stands outside the town. 
2 shall wait for you before the town 

gate. 
The town or city gate. 
The barrier, the tompike-gate. 
Sekbm, (rarely.) Some brandy. 
The life. To get one's livelihood by. 
I get my livelihood by working. 
He gets his living by writing. 



Une chose. La mdme chose. 

Le mdme violon. La mSme flute. 
t Cett igal ; c'est la mSme chose ; 

fa nefait rien ; cela ne fait rien. 
Mas. Un td ; fern. Une telle, 
Un tel homme. De tels hommes. 
Une telle femme. De telles choses. 
Pareil ; fan. pareille. 
De pareils hommes m^ritent de 

I'estime. 
Hon de, 
Hors de la ville. 

Dehors. Qui est dehors f 

L*^Use est hors de la ville. 
Je vouB attendrai devant la porte ds 

la vUle. 
La porte de la ville. 
La barridre. 

Rarement. De *'eau de vie. 

La vie. Gagner sa vie i 

Je gagne ma vie a travaiiler. 
n gsgne sa vie a ^crire. 



Digitized 



by Google 



rXFTT-JIIlfTH LKftlOM. (S.) 



I gain my money by working. 

By what does (hat man get his live- 
lihood t 

To proceedt to go on, to continue. 

He continues his speech. 

A good appetite. 

The narratire, the tale. 

The edge, the border, the shore. 

The edge of the brook. 

The sea-shore. 

On the sea-shore. 

The shore, the water-side, the coast, 
the bank. 

People or folks. 

They are good folks. 



Je gBgne roon arge:U m iravatUar. 
A quoi cet hommt gagne-t-il stt vis I 

Continuer, 1, {de or il, ey. Tiiif.) 

II continue son disconrs. 

Un bon app^tit. 

Le conte, (la narratios ) 

Le bord. 

Le bord da ruisseao. 

Le bord de la mer. 

Au bord de la mer. 

Le rivage, la riye. 

Gens. 

t Ce sont de bosnes gens. 

Oho, 144. The a4jectiyes that precede gens must be feminine, tbeee Aal 
follow it, masculine. 

Hiose people are despised. I Ces gens-l& sont mdpris^. 

Those wicked people are despised. I Ces m^hantes gens sont rodpris^ 

GmQUANn-KxtmiMB TeiMB 2de Sec. 

Qui est dehors? Personne n'est dehors. — ^Thomas, fermez les 
portes et les volets. — Lemaichand de vin a-t-il envoy^ Peau-de-yie? 
Nod, il n'a pas encore pn Penvoyer, parce que son garden est ma- 
lade . A-t-il bu trop d'eau-de-vie ? C'est cela m^me, {the very thing.) 
— Oil serez-vous oblige d^attendre votre neveu et votre niece 1 Nous 
les attendrons : elle, k la barriere, lui, a i- atelier. — Les attendiez-vous 
au mus^e hier? Non^ je les attendais au pant couyert. — Faisait-ii 
de I'orage alors 1 Oui, U en faisait. Le toncerre grondait, il pleuvait 
et il grllait Sont-ils venus apresPorage S lis ont era que je n'etais 
pas sorti. — Quel conte ce yoyageur vous tf-f-tl fait t {did he relate f) — 
U m'a fait un conte auquel je n'ai riencompris; il m'aditdeschoses 
etranges et extraordinaires. — C'est dommage que les yoyageurs 
exagirent {exaggerate) comme ils le font. Y aura-t-il beaucoup de 
fruit cette ann^e-ci ? II y en aura beaucoup, des pommes, surt-ivt^ 
{especially.) — Que faisiez-yous lorsque yous demouriez dans ce pays- 
l^ ? Quand nous y deineurions, nous alliens souyent chasser sur le 
oord de la mer.— Quels gens ayiez-yous la t Nous y ayions de 
bonnes gens, mais ils ne sont pas heureux. 

Do you rise early ? Not so eady as you, but when I lived at my 
uncle's I rose earlier than I do now. — Did you sometimes keep in 
bed when you lived at your uncle's? When I was ill I kept in bed 
all day. — Is there much fruit this year? I do not know: but last 
summer, when I was in the cotmtry, there was a great deal of fruiL 
What do you get your livelihood by ? I get my livelihood by woA- 
Mig. — Does your friend get his liv^hood by writing % He gets it b| 



Digitized 



by Google 



SIXTIETH LX88QK. (1.) 



301 



jpeakkg and writing. — ^Do these gentlemen get their lirelihood by 
working t They get it by doing nothing, {d ne rien faire^) for they 
are too idle to work. — What has your nephew gained that money 
by? He has gained it by working. 

What did you get your livelihood by when you were in England 1 
I got it by writing. — Did your cousin get his appetite by writing 1 
He got it by working. — Have you ever seen such a person? I have 
aever seen such a one, {une pareille,) — ^Have you already seen our 
church? 1 have not seen it yet. — Where does it stand? It stands 
outside the town. If you wish to see it, I will go with you in order 
to show 'a, you. — What do the people live upoa that live on the sea- 
shore ? They live on fish alone. — Why will you not go a huutins 
any more ? While I was hunting yesterday, I killed nothing but an 
ugly bird, so that I shall not go any more a hunting. — ^Why do you 
not eat? Because I have not a good appetite. — Why did your bi\> 
ther eat so much ? Because he had a good appetite. — Do yon make 
faults in your exercises ? I do sometimes. You must not (t2 ne faut 
pas en) make any, for you have all ({91) you want to prevent you 
from making any. 



SIXTIETH LESSON, 60th.— ^SotxanttMM lefon, 60iiie. 

yooABVLAxax. Ire See. 

IMPERFECT CONTINUED.— /mpar/aa Continui. 



I forgot, thou forgottest, he or she 

forgot. 
We forgot, you forgot, they forgot. 

When we went to school we often 
forgot our books. 

When you went to church you often 
prayed to the Lord for your chil- 
dren. 

I paid, thou paideat, he or ahe paid. 

We paid, you paid, they paid. 

When we received aome money we 
employed it in purchasing good 
books. 

When you bought of that merchant 
yoQ did not always pay in cash. . 

Ilaa your sister soeceedeo in mend- 
ing your cravat f 
81m has succeeded in it. 



J'oubliais, tu oubliaia, il ou elle ou* 

bliait. 
NoasoubltVonSy-vouB oublttez, ila on 

elles oubliaient. (^ 147—5.) 
Qnand nous alliens a T^cole nous 

oubltumf souvent nos livres. 
Qnand vous alliez a T^glise vous 

prttes souvent le Seigneur pour vos 

enfants. 
Je payais, tu payais, il ou elle payait 
Nous payiofM, vous paytes, Us ou 

elles payaient. (^147—6.) 
Quand nous recevions de Targent 

nous remploytt>n« a acheter de 

bona livres. 
Quand vous achetiex chez ce mar 

chand voua ne paytrx pas toujoun 

comptant. 
Votre SGBur est-elle parvenue ^ rao 

commoder votre crsvate ? 
Elle y est parvenue. 



Digitized 



by Google 



me 



•XXTIXTH LX9S0N. (I./ 



La femme e8t-«Ue revenue du ma 

chd? 
Elle n'en est pas encore revenue. 
Lea femmes sont-elles convemieff di 

cela ? 
Elles en sont conyenaes. 
Ou Totre acBur eat-eHe all6e f 
EUe est all^ a VigUae. 

POTENTIAL. IMPERFECT.— CondUionneh Simple ou PtUmUk. 
f^or ita formation and use see ($148.) That paragraph must be well 
ftudied. 



Has the womaq returned from the 

market ? 
She has not yet returned. 
Did the women agree to that f 

They did agree to it. 
Where is your sister gone to f 
She is gone to the church. 



I would go if I had time. 

If he knew what you have done he 

would scold you. 
To Bcold, Do not tcM if you can 

prevent it. 
if there were any wood he would 

make a fire. 
Should the men come, it would be 

necessary to give them something 

to drink. 
Should we receive our letters, we 

would not read them until to-mor- 
row. 
Not ufUUt (meaning not before.) 
Most I go r 
Yon must go. 
You must not go. 
To guess. 
A.n acquaintance. An .... of mine. 



J*irais si j' avals le temps. 

S'il savait ce que vous sTez fait il 

vous gronderait. 
Gronder, 1. Ne grondet ptu »i yova 

pouvez Tempdcher. 
S'il y avait du bois il ferait du feu. 

Si les hommes venaient, il faudrait 
leur donner quelqiie chose a boire. 



Si nous recevions nos lettres, 
ne les lirions pas avant demain. 

Pom avantt {<U av. Tinfini.) 

Faut-il que j'aille f 

n faut que vous allies. 

II ne faut pas que vous allies. 

Deviner, 1. 

Une connaissance. Une de mes . . . 



SoiziLNTiiMB TniMB. Ire Sec. 

Attendez-vous quelqu'un? X present? Non. J'attendais in 
mvrur (workman) k six heiires, et comme il n'est pas vena, je ne 
Tatlends plus. S'il venait, remploieriez-vous ? (§ 144 — 3.) Non, si 
oet ouvrier venait k cette heure-ci, je ne Pemploierais pas s'il 
n'avait pas une excellente raison k me domier pour avoir manque 
de vecir. Vous avez raison, il n'y a rion de tel (Ohs. 7) que d'etre 
ponctuel.— Saviez-vons que M. N. D— ^tait mort? Oui, je Pavais 
appris avant d'arriver. — £tait-ce une Je yos eonnaissancesy Oui, 
c'etait une de mes plus anciennes connaissances. Combien y avait-il 
que vous le conraissiez ? II y avait environ. . . .Devinez. — Deviner! 
Je ne peux jamais deviner. — Dites-le moi. Eh! bien, il y avail 
quinze ans. Oixfcad-il que faille? II faut que vous alliez chez le 
maichand de bijoux. — C^ez le hijoulier ? Oui, chez le bijoutier.— 
Et pourquoi faut-il que j'y aille? Je voulaif fairs faire (34^) quelqne 



Digitized 



by Google 



•XZTIITH LK8S0N. (2.) 811 

oliose ; male con^me j'ai chang^ d'intention, il faut que vous alliei 
le lui dire, tout de suite, x^ur Pempecher de coinmencer Pouvrage. 

Did you use to forget anjrthing when you went to school ? We 
often forgot our books. — ^Wheredid you forget them? We forgot 
them at the school. — Did we forget anything? You forgot nothing. — 
Did your mother pray for any one when she went to church ? She 
prayed for her children. — For whom did we pray ? You prayed 
for your parents. — For whom did our parents pray ? They prayed 
for their children. — When you received your money, what did you 
do with it 1 {qu'en faisiez-vous 7) We employed it in purchasing 
some good books. Did you employ yours also in purchasing books 1 
No, we employed it in assisting the poor, (a secourir les pauv, es.) — 
Did you not pay your tailor? We did pay him. — Did you uways 
pay in cash, when you bought of that merchant ? We alwa} j paid 
in cash, for we never buy on credit 

Has your sister succeeded in mending your stockings? SLa has 
succeeded in it. — ^Has your mother returned from church? SLe has 
not yet returned. — She would return if it did not rain ; would she 
not? Yes, she would. — Where has your aunt gone? She has 
gone to church. — Where have our cousins (fem.) gone ? They have 
gone to the concert — Have they not yet retumed from it ? They 
have not yet returned, for the carriage will go for them onl> in a 
quarter of an hour. — ^Would you give me something pretty if I 
were (♦ 148 — 3) good ? If you were very good, and if you worked 
well, without meddling in other people's business, I would give 
you a fine book. — Would you have money if your father were 
here ? I should have enough if he should arrive. 

YooABiTLAiBs. 2de Sec. 

POTENTIAL, VERFECT.—Conditiannel, Pa»»i on CoupjML 

For its formation and use, see (^ 149.) That paragraph must be well 
aludied. ^ 



If they had got rid of their old horse, 

they would have procured a better 

one. 
If he had washed his hands, he would 

have wiped them. 
If I knew that, I would behave dif- 

ferently. 
If I had known that, I would have 

behaved differently. 
If thou hadat taken notice of that, 

thou wooldat not have been mis' 

taken. 



S'ils s'dtaient d^faits de leor vieux 

cheval, ils s*en seraient procure un 

meilleur. 
S*il 8*^tait lav^ les malna, il se les 

aerait esauy^a. 
Si je savais cela, je me '««importeraia 

diflSremment. 
St j'avaia su cela, je me serais eoni- 

pof t^ autrement. 
Si to t'^taia aperQu de cela, tu ne Is 

serais pas tromp^. 



Digitized 



by Google 



SIS 



SIXTIltH LESSON. (2.) 



Would ]wa leam French if I learned 

itr 
I would learn it if you learned it. 
Would you have learned German if 

I had learned it ? 
I would have learned it if you had 

learned it. 
Would you go to France, if I went 

thither with you f 
I would go thither, if you went thither 

with roe. 
Would you have gone to Germany, 

if I had gone thither witb you f 
Would you go out if I remained at 

homer 
I would remain at home if you went 

out. 
Would you have written a letter if I 

had written a note f 
There is my book. Behold my book. 
Here is my friend, my niece, my 

book. 
There he or it is. There she or it is. 
There they are, we are, you are. 
Here I am, here ]rou are, thou art. 
Here is some. There are 2 or 3. 
That is the reason why. 
Therefore I say so. 
A pair of gloves, of chickens. 



Apprendries-vous le Franfaii m Jt 

Tapprenais f 
Je Tapprendrais si vous Tapprenies. 
Auriez-vous appris TAllemand d je 

Tavais appris f 
Je I'aurais appris si vous Taviez ap 

pris. 
Iriez-Tons en France, si j'y nOam 

avec vous f 
J'irais, si vous y alliez atbc mtn. 

Seriez-vous alld en Allemagne, si 

j*y ^tais all€ avec vous f 
Sortiriez-vous si je restais a la mai- 

sont 
Je resterais a la maison si voos sor- 

tiez. 
Auriez-vous 6cnt une lettie d j'cfaia 

6cnt un billet f 
Voila mon livre. 
Voici mon ami, ma niece, mon livre. 

Le voila. La voila. 

Les voila, nous voill, vous voila. 

Me voici, vous voici, te void. 

En voici. En voila 2 oa 3. 

Voila pourquoi. 

Voila pourquoi je le dis. 

Une paire de gants, de pouleta. 



SoiXAKTiixs THJbn. 2de See. 
Ou sent mes gants de chamois? Les voici, derriere votre chft* 
peau. S'ils n'etaient pas ici; iriez-vous les cheicher? S'ils nV 
vaient pas ete ici, j'aurais et^ les cheioher. Je ne vouscroyais pas d 
complaisant Vous vous trompiez. — ^Mes coudns sont-ils en hauti 
Faut-il que j'aille voir? Non, les yoilk. De qui parliez-voust 
Devinez. Je ne puis deviner. Nous parlions de MM. Ducomb, 
(♦ 140—5,) et les Toili.— Ai-je des souliers propres ? Je ne sais pas 
11 faut que vous alliez voir. Oui, en voici. Donnez-m'en une paire 
En voici deux. Si je vous en avals demand^ deux paires, voua 
ne m^en auriez montr^ qu'une. En voici deux, choisissez la paira 
que vous voudrez. — Ou est Thomas? Le voici. Ou? je ne le 
vois pas. n etait ici il y a un moment; mais il s'en est all6. — Faut-3 
que j'aille le chercher? N'importe. Parle-t-il espagnol? II pour- 
mjt le parler, s'il voulait. Vous voulez dire qu'il le parierait s'il 
pouv^. Auriez-vous ^le k Baltimore si votre pere et votre mdi» 
y avaient M ? Oui, ils m'y auraient men^ avec eux. Ne senez- 



Digitized 



by Google 



•IZtlKTH LEilOJr. (8.) 



SM 



nm8 pas vanue jdas t6t, si voos aviez pu? Si fiait, je serais venna 
avant eux si j'avais pu le faire. Ou faut-il que vous alliez ? Nulle 
part 

Who is there ^ It is I, (c^est moi.)— Who are those men 1 They 
are foreigners, who wish to speak to you. — Of what country are 
they? '^^^ are Americans. — Where is my book? There it is.— 
And my pen ? Here it is. — Where is your sister ? There she is. — 
Where are our cousins? (fem.)— There they are. — Where are yon, 
John? {Jean.) Here I am. — ^Why do your children live in France? 
They wish to learn French ; that is the reason why they live in 
France. — Why do you sit near the fire ? My hands and feet are 
ooid ) that is the reason why I sit near the fire. — ^Are your sister's 
bands cold? No, but her feet are cold. — What is the matter with 
your aunt? Her arm hurts her. — Is anything the matter with yco? 
My head hurts me. — What is the matter with that woman ? Her 
tongue hurts her rery much. 

Why do you not eat? I shall not eat before I have {avant d^avoir) 
a good appetite. — ^Has your sister a good appetite ? She has a very 
good appetite ; that is the reason why she eats so much. — ^If you 
have read the books which I lent you, why do you not return them 
to me? I intend reading them onoe more, {encore une fois;) that 
is the reason why I have not yet returned them to you ; but I will 
letum them to you as soon as I have read them a second time^ 
{four la secwide /ots.)— Why have you not brought my shoes* 
They were not made ] therefore I did not bring them ; but I bring 
them you now ; here they are. — ^Why has your daughter not learned 
her exercises ? She has taken a walk with her companion, (fem. ;) 
that is the reason why she has not learned them ; but she promises 
to learn them to-morrow, if you do not scold her. — What ailf her 
horse ? It has a sore leg ; that is why she did not ride. 

VocABULAiBi. dme Sec. 



i gU€$Mi 1 reekoBt (so much used here.) 
• I guess yon have it. 
An atmosphere. A dry atmosphere. 
The temperature. A high .... 

A low temperature. A mean 

A plate. A soup-plate. 

The son-in-law. 

The step-son. The husband. 
The daughter-in-law. 
Th3 «iep-daughter. 
The progress. 

To profit. To improve. 

27 



JeprdsumeiJepensetTosedire, qns . • 
Je Buis presque sthr que vous I'aves. 
Une atmosphere. Une .... seche. 
La temp^ature. Une .... €lev^. 
Une temperature basse . . . moyenne. 
Une assiette. Une assiette a soupe 
Le beau-fils, le gendre. 
Le beau-fils. Le roan. 
La belle-fille, la brn. 
La beUe.fiUe. 
Le progres. 
•t Faire das progres. 



Digitized 



by Google 



SIA IXXTIETH LXIIOlf. (3.) 

To in^yroTe in learning. 
The progress of a malady. 



The feiher-in-law, the step-father. 
The mother-in-law, the step-mother. 
Most I be f You must be. 

Most I not be here at 9 o'clock f 



t Faire des progres dans lea ^tnte 

dans les sciences. 
Le progres or les progres d*ane mala 

die.> 
Le beau-pere. 
La belle-mere. 
Faat-il qne je sois f II faut que "mm 

aoyez. 
Ne faat-il pas que je sois ici m t 

heures f 
n ne faut pas que vous y soyex. 
Ou faut-il que Tous soyez demain t 
II faut que je sois a Boston. 
Pourquoi faut-il que vous y sojrea f 
II faut que j'aille voir M. Abbott. 



It is not necessary for you to be here. 

Where must you be to-morrow t 

I mast be in Boston. 

Why must you be there ? 

I must go and see Mr. Abbott. 

SoixANTiimB Tniia. 8me Sec. 
Ou faut-U que vous soyez demain soirl Pour aniver a Boston, 
apresHiemain matin, il faut que je sois i New York demain soir. 
Votre gcndre va-t-il avec vousi J'y vais seul; sans compagme qua 
celle du petit Joseph, qui m'accompagne. Si votre fille n^etait paa 
malade, Totre gendre, son mari, ne vous accompagnerait-il point? 
Non : il ne le pourrait pas, parce que c'est la saison des affaires.— 
Ce petit gan?on n'a-t-U pas froid aux pieds? Pourquoi le cioyei- 
vous^ Parce qu'il a de si mauvais souliers, (sack had.) II aurait 
froid s'il nV etait pas accoutume.— Qui est parti pour le Canada? 
Le beau-pere de Pavocat et sa belle-mere, sa beUe-saur et son beau- 
frere sont toun partis. N'etait-U pas parti avant eux ? Lui? Iln'eat 
pas encore parti. Je croyais qu'il Petait. N'auriez-vous pomt ecrU 
k votre chero petite coisme et a votre grand cousin, si vous aviez ra 
que le capitidne passerait k Newark? J'aurais ecrit a Tune, ma» 

non pas k I'autre. . i. , • rp 

Would you be glad if I were to lend you an mterestmg bookT lo 
be sure I would be glad. (Dir. 6.) You know very well that I am 
fond of reading. But have you any interesting bookt What do 

you think of one of W 's works? I should like very well 

(beaucoup) to read his last work. Would you, indeed ! (translate 
merely : indeed !) Then what will you give me if I lend it to you! 
You are jesting; are you not? Why do you think so? Because I 
think you say so only to jilagae me, (me tracasseTf 1.) To plagn© 
you ! You know that I do not like to plague you. You ! You do 
not like to plague me ? You plague me every day. I vrould lik« 

I All nouns ending in m are feminine. This ending frequently 
te the English termination y. 



Digitized 



by Google 



• XXTIBTH LKSIOlf (3.) 818 

to plague yon ; but I cannot, you are so good. — Would the robber 
have been punished, if he had been taken ? He would have been 
punished, if they had been able to prove (prouver) that he was 
culpable, {coupable.) — Would your cousin progress so well, if she 
did not study so much? She does not study so much as you think. 
She does not study as much as I (do) ; and, notwithstanding, «he 
makes more progress, (or she improves more.) How is thai t (Com^ 
m^it cela se fait-il ?) She learns more easily {aisement) than I. 

KiSsuMi POUR LA 60mx Lx<;o5. 

Avez-vous trouve le bracelet (bracelet) que j'ai perdu ? Avez-vous 
perdu un bracelet 1 Oui, j^en ai perdu un d'or, comme celui-ci. Je 
suis fache de vous dire que je n'en ai pas trouve. Y a-t-il long- 
temps que vous Pavez perdu ? Je les ai mis tous les deux, il y a i 
peu pres une heure, et k present je n'ai que celui du bras gauche, 
dtes-vous sortie depuis que vous les avez mis? Non, j'ai cepen- 
dant ^t^ k la porte de devant, pour y accompagner une demoiselle 
de ma connaissance qui est venUe me voir. Avez-vous, depuis, 
cherch^ votre bracelet-1^? Oui, il n'y est pas. Si vous n'etes pas 
sortie, votre bracelet n'est pas perdu, il n'est qu'egare (egarer, to 
mislay.) ISgare ou perdu, c'est k peu pres la meme chose ; il n'est 
plus sur mon bras. Vous le retrouverez, ayez patience. Tenez, je 
snis presque sur (I guess) que vous avez cru mettre (28', Obs, 65) 
les deux bracelets, et que vous n'en avez mis qu'un. Vous plai- 
santez, (you jest,) n'est-ce pas? Non, je ne plaisante pas. Je suis 
presque sti que vous le trouverez en haut sur votre table ou sur 
votre toilette. Je vais voir. 

M. Saint-Cir, fait-il froid dehors? Froid! Non, il fait un temps 
oha^mant; plus frais que hier, mais agreable. Agreable, pour 
ceux qui marchent ou qui se promenent, mais froid, pour ceux qui 
restent long-temps assis pour ecrire ou pour lire. Cela se pent 
Quant a moi, je le trouve tres-agreable. Mais asseyez-vous done. 
Voici un fautenil. Non, gardez le fauteuil, vous qui avez froid; 
moi, je vais m'asseoir ici, sur ce siege. Se porte-t-on bien choz 
vous? Nous nous portons tous bien, except^ ma petite fillo 
Qu'a-t-elle? Je ne sais; mais elle est malade; aujourd'hui, mal 
aux dents; domain mal de tete, une autre fois un rhume . . . . Mais 
voici Louis. Quant k celui-la, il n'est pas malade, je vous assure 
Bon jour, Louis, comment va? Tres-b-en, M., merci. Dormez-voui 
bien? Oui, je dors bien. Mangez-vous, buvez-vous, joTnez-vouw 
bien? Oui, il fait tout cela k merveille. 6tudie-t-il bien? Oui, 
e'est un bon ecolier. Tenez, je crois qu'il est venu pour me mon 
\rer nuelque chose au'il a traduit. N'est-ce* oas, Louin'* 



Digitized 



by Google 



SKI lIZTT-riABT LK8801I. (1.) 

C'est xae petite anecdote^ papa. Voulez-Tous lui permettre de It 
lire % Sans donte, je serai charme de Pentendre. — Cette tradudiom 
{translation) n'a pas ete corrigeo, de sorte qu'il peut y avoir des 
fiiutes. Que vous aurez la boQte d'excuser.^-Sans doute. Qui ne 
fait pas de fautes? lis ta traduction. J'ai peur, papa. Quoi! To 
ms penr. Tiens, (come.) Nefais pas Venfant, {do not be ckUdisk; 
from : faire Venfanty to he ekildish.) lis. — ^Traduction. Un officer 
Franpais ^tant arriv^ k la cour (court) de Yienne, Pimp^ratiice 
Th^rese lui demanda, (asked, 4 153 — 3,) s'il croyait que la princesde 

de N qu'il avait Yue la veille, (the day before,) etait rraiment, 

comme on le disait, la plus belle femme du (in the) mondef 
Madame, r^pliqua Poffioier, je le croyais hier. — C'est bien, Louis. 
Mais, dis-moi, comment as-tu epel6 le participe pass^ : vuf Je I'm 
^pele, V, u, €, f^minin. Pourquoi % Faroe que son regime direct, 
Que, est avant. C'est la reg^e. Tu as raison. C'est bien. 

La r^ponse de Pofiicier Fran^ais ^tait ingenietue, (ingenious.) 
On la regarde comme telle ; car chaque nation la raconte, et change 
le lieu. Oui, c'est rrai ; les Anglais la placent k la cour d'Angle* 
terre, sous le regno de leur reine favorite, Elizabeth ; les Fran^ais 
k la cour de France ; les Espagnols k Madrid, &o. &c. Les bonnes 
anecdotes appartiennent k tout le monde. Louis, peux-tu nous 
raconter celle du vieux monsieur et du jeune homme k P^glise! 
Je ne sais pas si je pounai la dire, mais je pourrais la lire si je 
I'avais ici. Non, non, essaie de nous la dire. Je vais essayer; mais 
je c rains de ne pas reussir. Commence, nous sommes pr^ts k 
t'6coutel.— Un jeune homme ^tant dans une ^glise, peu attentif an 
service, et ne sachant que fjire, (resdess,) demanda (k 153 — 3) iuo 
vieux monsieur qui ^tait dans le banc voisin, (next pew,) Connais- 
sez-vous, Monsidur, une regie sans exception ? Oui, r^pondit-d,' on 
homme bieh elev6, (a gentleman,) se conduit toujours bien, et par* 
ticulierementy (especially,) k F^glise. 



SIXTY-FIRST LESSON, 6lst.Soixante et unieme Legon, Blm. 
VooABULAiRB. Iro 8ec. 



What has become of your aunt f 
I do not know what has become of 

her. 
What has become of yoar sisters f 
[ cannot tell you what has become of 

them 



Qa'est devenue votre tante f 

Je ne sais pas ce qu'elle est devcnnsw 

Que sent devenues tos somrs T 
Je ne peuz pas voos dire ce qa^eUsi 
sont devennes. 



Digitized 



by Google 



• IXTT-riElT LSSION. (1.) 



811 



Mourir,* 2, mort, ne moorez paa 
Je meura, tu meura, il ou elle meurt. 
Mourrez-voua f (46*.) Je mourrai. 
L'bomme est mort ce matin, et m 

ferame est morte aussi. 
L*homme eat mort. 
La femme est morte ce matin. 
£tre viTant-s, dtre Tiyante-a. 
t Le vin se vend bien. 
t Le Yin se yecira bien I'ann^a pro* 

cbaine. 
t Cette porte se ferrae facilement. 
t Cette fendtre ne s'omTO pas facile- 
ment. 
t Ce tableau se ?oit de loin. 
De loin. De bien lob 

t Lea vilements d'luTer ne se por- 
tent pas en ^t^. 
t Cela ne se dit pas. 
t Cela ne se confoit pas. 
Concetotr, 3. 
C'est clair. 

t Selon lea ciroonstance*. 
La circonstance. 

t C*est selon. 

Bien aise, ((fe, av. Tinf.) 
Content {de), (47», OU. 109.) 
Fftch^ {de.) Mtfcontent {de.) 
t Faut-il que j'aie f II fant que vooi 

ayez. 
t Ne faut-il pas que tous ayez f 
It is not ... . C'est necessaire. Ce n*est pas .... 

8oiXA2fTB ZT uKiiMB ThShs. Ire Sec. 

Vous Bonciez-vous d'aller au mus^e? Oui, je voudrais bien y 
aller; mais il faut que j'aille k la maison. Et pourquoi donct 11 
faxX que j'y sois avant 9 heures, et que j'aie fait mou devoir ayant 
10 heures. Vous ^tes ponctnel, et tous ftdtes bien. La femme qui 
^tait si mal hier au soir, est-elle morte? Le medecin croyait qu'elle 
ne passerait pas la nuit; mais je presume qu'elle n'est pas morte, 
car nous n'en aTons pas entendu parler. Les m^decins se trompenl 
quelque fois aussi bien que les autres. Eh ! pourquoi ne se trom- 
peraient-ils point ? lis sont sujets k se tromper comme les autrea 
peiBonnes. — ^Le coton se vend-il bien cette ann^e ? Oai; le priz est 
on peu plus haut k Liyerpool. S'est-il bien yendu Pannee n««a^e 1 



J\f die (lose life), died, do not die. 
I die, thou diest, he or she dies. 
Shall or will you die f I shall. 

The man died this morning, and his 

wife died also. 
The man is dead. 
The woman died this morning. 
To be aliye. 
Wine sells welL 
Wine will sell well next year. 

That door shuts easily. 

That window does not open easily. 

That picture is seen far off*. 

Far off, from a&r. From a great dis- 
tance. 

Winter clothes are not worn in sum- 
mer. 

That is not said. 

That cannot be comprehended. 

To coneetvey to comptAend, 

It is clear. 

According to circumstances. 

The circumstance. 

That is according to circumstances. 

It depends. 

Glad of 

Pleased with . . . (not pZu , but 

Sorry of or for . . displeased at, with . . 

Must I haye f Tou must. 



Must you not haye f 
It !s necessary. 



Digitized 



by Google 



ns 



• IXTT-riRST LE88OW. (2.) 



Oui, il 8^ eat tres-biea vendu. — ^^tes-vous contente de votre Donv^e 
paire de souliers? J'en suis assez contente; mais je Panrais M 
davantage, si les souliers n'etaient pas tout-ii-fait si grands. — Qua 
pensez-vous de Salomon, qui est sorti ce matin avec son maiiteaa 
d'hiver? Cela ne se conpoit pas. H faut quHl sait (he must be) 
malade. — ^Luil ♦ Non j ce n'est que pour avoir Pair singulier. 

What has become of your uncle? I will tell you what haa 
become of him. Here is the chair (la chaise) upon which he oAea 
sat, {Hre ttssis, 51».) — Is he deadl He is dead. — ^When did he die? 
He died two years ago, (47*.) — I am very sorry for it. Why do 
vou not sit down ? If you wUl stay with {aupres de) me I will sii 
down; but if you go, I shall go (along) with you. — What has 
become of your aunt ? I do not know what has become of her.^- 
Will you tell me what has become of your niece ^ I will tell you 
what has become of her. — Is she dead ? She b not dead, but a)i?e. 
— What has become of her ? I guess she is gone to Vienna. — What 
has become of your sisters? I cannot toll you what has become of 
them, for I liare not seen them these two years. — Are your parent! 
still alive ? They are not alive, but dead. 

How long is it since your cousin (fem.) died? I guess it is six 
months since she died. — Did wine sell well, last year? It did not 
sell very weU, {pas trap bien;) but it will sell better (mtnix) next 
year, for there will be a great deal, and it will not be dear. — ^Why 
do you open the door? Do you not see how it smokes here ? I see 
it, but you must (il faut) open the window instead of opening the 
door. — ^The window do^s not open easily ; that is the reason why I 
open the door. — When will you shut it ? I will shut it as soon as 
there is (58*) no more smoke. — Did you often go a fishing when 
you were in that country ? We often went a fishing and a hunting 
— If you will go with us into the country, you will see my father's 
rastle. — ^You are very good, Sir; if I had not seen that casde, I 
would willingly accept, (accepter ;) but I have already seen it. — 
Never mind ; you must go with us. — Can I ? You know that I 
must be at b ^me this evening, and that I have 20 miles to go. (57'.) 

VooABULAiBB. 2de Sec. 

£ite8-vous riche f Je le suis. 
Les femmes sont-elles bien f 
EUes le sent, ellea sent ncliet «i 

belles, 
fites-vous de Franco f J'en suis. 
De quel pays est-elle f 
Elle est de France. 
Seriei-vouB i&ch^ si voos ^ex rich* I 



Are you rich T I am. 

Are the women handsome f 
They ore, they are rich and hand- 
some. 
Are you from France f I am. 
What countrywoman is she f 
She is from France. 
WouM yon be sorry if you were rich t 



Digitized 



by Google 



8IXTT-FIR8T LESSON. (2.) 



819 



I should not be sorry for it. 

To he angry wilh tamebody. 

To he angry about someihing. 

What are you angry about f 

Are you sorry for having done it T 

I am sorry for it. 

Honest, polite. Impolite, dishonest. 

Polite, courteous. Uncivil. 

Happy, lucky. 

Unhappy, unlucky. 

Easy, not hard. Easy to do. 

Difficult, hard. Hard to say. 

Useful. seful to know. 

Useless. It iS useless to repeat it. 

Is it useful to write a great deal f 

It is useful. 

Li it well (right) to take the property 

of others ? 
It is bad, (wrong.) 
It is not well (right) or it is wrong. 
Wellf right. Badt wrong. 
Of what use is that ? 
That is of no use. 
What is that f 
I do not know what that is. 
What is it ? 

I do not know what it is. 
Does he toish me to come t 
He wishes you to come alone. 
He does not. 

Must I come without her T 
Yo ■ must come without her. 



Je n'en serais pas fach^. 

Btre fdchd contre quelqu*un. 

£tre fdchi de quelque chose. 

De quoi §tes-vous fach^ ? 

fetes- vous flch6 de T avoir fait f 

J*en suis flch^. 

HonnSte. Malhonn3te. 

Poli. Impoli. 

Henreux, fern, heureuse. 

Malheureux, " malheureose. 

Facile, ais^. Facile a faire. 

Difficile. Difficile a dire. 

Utile. Utile a savoir. 

Inutile. II est inutile de le r^pfater 

Est-il utile d'^crire beaucoup T 

C'est utile. 

Est-il bien de prendre le bien dea 

autres f 
C*est mal. 
Ce n*est pas bien. 
Bien. Mal. 

t A quoi cela est-il bon 7 
t Cela n'est bon a rien. 
t Qa'est-ce que c'est que cela f 
t Je ne sais pas ce que c'est que cela. 
t Qu'est-ce que c'est T 
t Je ne sais pas ce quo c'est. 
Veut'U queje vienne f (^ 151.) 
11 veut que vous veniez seui. 
n ne veut pas que vous vcniez scul. 
Fant-il que je vienne sans elle t 
II faut que vous veniez sans elle. 



SoiXAMTE, ET UNiiMx Th^me. 2de Sec. 
l^tes-vous da meme pays que cette darae-lii? Non, je suis 
Fran^aise, et elle est Suisse. — De quoi votre beau-fils se pl^t-il I 
II se plaint de son beau-frere. — Comment appelez- vous cette demoi- 
selle-cil Ceci est Madame de Balmont. Cette jeune personne est- 
elle mariee ? Sans doute. Elle semble (seem) ^tre si jeune, quo 
je ne le croirais pas, si vous ne me le disiez pas. Elle n'est pas si 
jeune qu'elle semble Petre. Non ! Quel ^ge a-t-elle done ? De- 
vinez, si vous pouvez. Si je devine, je dirai seize ans. Vous n-avez 
pas r^ussi k deviner. — Le jeune commis n'est-il pas fach6 centre 
Yousi Non, il n'est pas fdche contre moi, car je ne lui ai rien fait. 
Contre qui est-fi done fdch6 ? II est mecontent de vous qui avez 
oass^ sa jolie petite canne. Ne Pai-je pas payee ? Si fait; mais la 
prir n'est pas la canne. C'est selon : quelque fois Pun vaut mioux, 



Digitized 



by Google 



SW IIZTT-FIBST LXSIOll. (3.) 

quelqne fois I'autre. — Dit-on : rempliBsez d'eau la bonteille ? Noiv 
cela ne se dh pas. Que dit-on donci On dit: remplissez la bou* 
teille d^eau. 

Where did you take this book from ? I took it out of (dans) tha 
room of your friend, (fern.) — Is it right to take the books of oth^ 
people 1 It is not right, I know ; but I wanted it, and I hope that 
your friend will not be displeased, for I will return it to her as sooo 
as I have read it. — What is your name ? My name is Williani, 
{GuUlaume,) — What is your sister's name? Hei name is fUeanor, 
{Lionore.) — ^Are the ladies handsomer in Paris than in Londoof 
Strangers say they are. — Are the women handsome here ? Yea, 
they are. — Are they rich? Some are rich, others are poor. — Aie 
they industrious ? They used to be. — ^You seem mihappy ; are you 
angry at any one ? Yes, I am angry at my husband, wh J has not 
been willing to (or would not) take me to Boston. He is not rich 
enough, perhaps. 

Avis aux Lecteurs. — ^Nous aliens des aujourd'hui, (from to-day,) 
laisser une partie des questions sans r^ponses, pour aocoutmnar 
P^colier k les faire lui-m^me. 

What countrywoman is she? — ^Are you, too? — ^Would you be 
sorry if you could go travelling ? — Would you not have been pleased 
if she luid not died? — What are you mad at? — ^That merchant it 
honest; pec^le can do business with him, can they not? — ^Whom 
do you say is so polite ? — ^That man and his wife are happy, are 
they noti — ^This young girl is very interesting; is she not happy ?— 
Are your gloves easy or difficult to put on ? — Does that foreigner 
bring good wines? — ^What do they sell cheap?— What is useless?* 
What is impolite ? — Is the German hard (difficult) to translate ? — Ib 
it, to pronounce ^ — Is it not, to speak ? — If this (ceci) is useful, why 
do you not do it1->-'If to get up early is usefiil and easy, why do 
yot: not get up earlier than you do? (49*, Obs. 114.)— Is it right to 
speabiU of the absent?— Do not fill that bottle with wine.— \lliat 
would you fill with cofiee, if you had any? — ^Would he hav« 
drunk that brandy, if I had given it to him?— What is that good 
for? 

VooABuumui. 8me Sec. 

What is your name f 
My name is Charles. 
What do you call this in French f 



How do you express this in French f 
What is that called f 
G eor g e the Third. 



t Comment voos appelez-voua t 

t Je m'appelle Charles. 

t Comment cela 8*appelle t-il en 

Francaisf 
t Comment dit-on oela en Fi ^-aftts f 
Comment appeUe*t-on cala f 
George trois. 



Digitized 



by Google 



SIXTT-riRHr LKBION. (3.) 



Ob§. 145. After the Christian name of a aoyereign, the French employ 
Jie cardinal numbers without an article, while the English use the ordinal 
Lewis the Fourteenth. I Louis quatorze. 

Henry the Fourth. I Henri quatre. 

Ob*, 146. First and second, however, are exceptions to this rule : (or Jirst, 
the French use premier; and for second, either detue or second. QuitU 
instead of cinq is also used in speaking of the emperor Charles V. and of 
the pope Sixtus V. 



Henry the Fu-st. 

Henry the Second. 

F^pe Sixtus the Fifth. 

Charles the Fifth spoke several Eu- 
ropean languages fluently. 

Europe, European. 

Fluently. 

Bather, 

Rather . . . than. 

Rather than squander my money, I 
will keep it. 

I will rather pay him than go thither. 

I will rather bum the coat than wear 
it. 

He has arrived sooner than I. 

A half- worn coat. 

To do things imperfectly, (by halves.) 

To reign. Does she reign t 

A foolish discourse. Infernal. 

His, her maiesty. Their majesties. 
(57*. Obs 40.) 



Henri premier. 

Henri second or Henri deux. 

Le pape Sixte- Quint. 

Charles- Quint parlait courammen« 

plusieurs langues euiop^nnes. 
L'Europe, europ^n. 
Couramment. 
PlutSt . . . que, 
Flutot . . . que de. 
Plutot que de dissiper mon vgent, je 

le garderai. 
Je le paierai plutdt que d'y aller. 
Je br^erai plutot I'habit que de le 

porter, 
n est arrive plus tot que moi. 
t Un habit a demi-us^. 
t Faire les choses a demi. 
RIgneryl. (28*.) Regne-t-elle t 
Un sot discours. Infernal. 
Sa miyestd, {nom fim.) Leurs ma- 



jestds. 

SoiXAifTX wt mnina Th^x. 8me Sec. 
Qui regno en Angieterre? La reine Victoria premiere. Quel roi 
regne en Franco ^ Aucun roi n'y regno. Quel en 6tait le dernier 1 
Louis Philippe premier. Quel a et^ le dernier Charles d'Espagne 1 
£tait-ce Charles trois ou quatre 1 £)'a 6te Charles quatre. Quel a 
^t^ son successeur, (successor?) (p'a et^ Ferdinand sept. Combien 
de George y a-t-il eu en Angleterre? n y en a eu quatre. Y en 
a-t-il eu en France ? Non, il n'y en a eu aucun. Y a-t-il eu un 
Henri quatre dans ce dernier pays ? Qui, il y en a eu un, qu'on 
Domme Henri le Grand. Sans reponse. — Pouvez-vous faire des 
reponses en Franpaisl — Auriez-Tous pu en faire k la premiere 
lepon ? — Que faut-il que j'aie 1 — Veut-il que j'aille chez le bijoutier ?— 
Si vous etioz riche comme Etienne Girard Petait, que feriez-yous 1— 
Ne portait-il pas toujours un habit k demi-use ? — Qui fait les choses 
kdemil — Que leriez-vous plutdt que d^etre marchand? — Quel roi 
de France a et^ m'lsk mort, (put to death?) — On voulez-vous que 
I'aille? 



Digitized 



by Google 



WSKl SIXTY-SECOND LES80M. (1.) 

What did Charies Y. say of European languages? Charles 1. 
who spoke fluently several European languages, used to s^ 
{avait coutume de dire) that we should speak {quHl fallait parltr) 
Spanish with the gods, Italian with our (son) friend, (fern.,) Frencb 
with our friend, (mas.,) German with soldiers, English with geese, 
{une <ne,) Hungarian {hongrois) with horses, and Bohemian {bokS- 
mden) with »the devil, {le diable.)^J)o you admire what Charies V. 
said of languages? I do not, I assure you. I think, on the con- 
trary, that it is a very foolish speech. — Why do you think so ? Be- 
cause those languages must be spoken {ilfmt parler ces langiMes) to 
the people who speak them, and not to geese, horses, and the 
devil. — ^How did his majesty (sa majest^) the emperor, Charles V^ 
know that the Bohemian suited his infernal majesty % (sa majeste 
infemale.) — Are not all the majesties relations? 

Questions sans reponses, — How is that called in French 1 — ^What is 
the French of: companion? — of: a female companion? — of: an 
acquaintance of mine ? — Do you know, or do you not know, that of. 
a haJf-wom-out hat? — Is that young lady called Eleanor? — Is her 
brother called Stephen? (fitienne.) — ^Where did George III. reign* 
—Was Charies the First put to death ? {mettre d mort ?)— Was Six- 
tus V. a pope (pape) or a king ?— Are all kings happy ? — Have there 
been many popes ? — Is it correct to say : happy as a king or a pope^ 
—Who would not rather be a farmer than a king?— What must I 
have?— Where must you go?— You wish me to be kind; be so 
yourself. — Does she wish me to come and play at her concert ^ 



SIXTY-SECOND LESSON, 62d.— Sotwmtc-rfcuxtVmf Legon, 62ine. 

YocABULAiRX. Ire Sec. 

As to, aa for. Ae to me ; to them. I Quant a ; quant a moi ; a eux, • dim 
Aa to that, I know not what to say. | Quant a cela, je ne sals que dire. 

Obt, 147. Ne is used without paa with the four verbs :— 
To eeaset to dare, to beableor know how. 
I do not know what to do. 
Do you not know where to go ? 
She does not know what to answer. 



We do not know what to purchase. 
YovL do not cease importuning me. 
She continually complains. 
I dare not aak you for it. 
<%© dares not tell jrou. 



Cesser^ oaer, pouvoir,* ae«»tr.* 
Je ne sais que faire. 
Ne savez-vous ou aller f 
EUe ne sait que r^ponurv. 
Nous ne savons qu'acneier. 
Yous ne cessez de m'importuner 
Elle ne cesse de se plaindre. 
Je n*ose vous le demandet. 
Elle n'ose vous le dire. 



Digitized 



by Google 



• IXTT-8SC0KD LXI80K. (1.) 



I cannot go to the covered bridge. 
I cannot tell you, (would not know 

how.) 
Can you not believe it T 
To die of a disease, {malady.) 
f^ho died of the varioloid. 
Did he not die of apoplexy t 
They died with the cholera. 
The, a, ferer. The yellow fever, 
K ehUl. The intermittent fever. 

The apiiplexy. An attack of a ... . 
He has a chill. He has a fever. 
He has had a fever. 
His fever has relumed. 
He was struck with apoplexy. 
To strike, knock, rap, at the door. 
What has happened to that priest f 
What has happened to her f 
She had a dreadful accident. 
To shed, pour out. Pour me out a 

drink. 
A tear. To shed tears. 

To pour out a drink— ^orae water. 
I pour out some drink for that man. 
With tears in his, her, our, or my 

eyes. 
Sweet, mild. Sour, acid. 

Some sweet wine. A mild air. 
A mild zephyr. A soft sleep. 
Ne thing makes life more agreeable 

than the society of, and intercourse 

mith, our friends. 



Je ne puis aller an pont coavart. 
Je ne saurais voub le dire. 

Ne sauriez-vous le croire t 
Mourir d'une maladie, 
Elle est morte de la variole. 
N*e8t-il pas mort d'apoplexie t 
lis Bont morts du cholira. 
LajEivre. < LajUoreJaKna. 

Un/rif son. Lnfivre intermiUeHU. 
L^apoplezie. Une attaque d*a .... 
II a un frisson, t La fievre I'a pria. 
t II a eu la (un acces de) fievre. 
t La fievre Ta repris. 
II a 4t6 frappd d'apoplexie. 
Frapper, 1, frapper a la porta. 
Qu*est-il arriv^ a cat eccl^iat iqua f 
Que lui cst-il arriv6 ? (50«.) 
II lui est arrive un accident affreua. 
Verser, 1. Versez-moi a boira. 

Une larme. Verser des laimes. 
Verser a boire — de Tean. 
t Je verse a boire a cet homme. 
Les larmes aux yeuz. 

Doux ; fern, douce. Sur. 

Du vin doux.. Un air doux. 

Un doux z^phir. Un doux sommeiL 

Rien ne rend la vie si douce que ia 

soci^t^ et le commerce de noa 

amis. 

SoiXAKTi-Dxuziiifi Th^mz. Ire Sec. 

AUez-TOUs Tous Terser k boire ? Moi, non ; mais quant k Henri, il 
ne cesse de se verser 4 boire. II faut qu'il ait soif. C'est ties proha- 
dfe. — Versez k boire an jardinier. Que lui verserai-je ? De Peaa, 
de Teau-de-vie, ou du vin doux 1 Comme il a eu la fievre, versez- 
lui un peu de vin doux. Est-ce bon pour la fievre? On le 
dit. — ^Votre cidre est-il doux ou sur ? II n'est ni doux ni sur. — Ain?e- 
t-il le cafe doux ? Non, il le prend sans sucre. — Qu'est-ce qui rend 
la vie do ice 1 — Mile. Clara a-t-elle encore la fievre intermiltente ? 
6a fievre est passee. Quel accident est arrive k Pecclesiastique ? 
n est tombe de cheval, et il s'est fait beaucoup de mal a la jambe 
gauche et au pied droit. 

Sans reponses. — Vous ^tes-vous associ^ avec le maichand qtii 
rend si bon marche 1 — A-t-on du vous dire de quelle maladie It 



Digitized 



by Google 



m SIXTT-SKCOIIX LEItOM. (2.) 

rieil ecclemartigoe est mort 1 — Ce vin n'est-il pas on pea 8ul— -Cat 
cerises soat-elles douces?— Moa the est trap doax, Teisez-y vn pen 
d'eau et de lait. — Yotre fils ne craint-il pas la fievre janne k la 
Nouvelle (Means, on Pa-t-il d^k ene 1— Qae dit le m^decin 1 Croit-xl 
que cette attaque d'apoplexie tnera le vieil Spicier t — ^Ne fant-il pas 
que vous veniez ? 

Of what illoess did youi sister die ? She died of (de la) fever. — 
How is your brother? My brother is no longer living; he died 
tbree months ago. — ^I am surprised {iUmni) at it, for he was very 
well last summer, when I was in the country. — Of what did he die ? 
He died of apoplexy.— How is the mother of your friend % She i^ 
not well ; she had an attack of ague, the day before yesterday, anil 
this morning the fever has returned. — ^Has she an intermittent fever 1 
1 do not know, but she o^n has chills. — ^What has become of 
the woman whom I saw at your mother's ? She died this morning, 
of apoplexy. — Do your schdars learn their exercises by heart! 
They will rather tear them than leam them by heart. — ^What does 
this man ask me for? He asks you for the money which you cure 
him. 

Sans reponses. — ^How do you like this wine 1 — Shall I pour you 
out a c^ass of brandy and water 1 — Does she not prefer a glass o£ 
mineral water, with sjrrap? — Do you not know what to eatt— 
Where must you be to-night? — ^How many of your cousins are 
alive? — How much syrup shall I pour out for her? — Did you not 
hear a knock at the front door? — ^Why does she shed tears? — Haf 
an accident happened ? — ^What has happened to them ? — Does he 
not quit (cease) speaking? — How does your mother like our food? 
— ^Why does she not eat any more ? 



VooABTTLAixx. 2de 8eo. 



A case. 
The report. 



Ten cases of cholera. 
Is the report favorable t 



Diminitkt 



To augmentt increase. 

decrease. 
TorepoH, 

Do they report all the cases T 
Does the cholera increase or not f 
It seems to be diminishing now. 
How many cases have they reported f 
OaZjT 7 for the last 24 hours. 

To crjt to Mcreamt to shriek. 

To kMpt aoiitt, some one to do a thing. 

I help him to do it. 



Un cas. 
Le rapport, 

abler 
AngnkrUer, 1. 



Dix cas de chol^a. 
Le rapport est-ii favor 



Diminuer, I. 



Rapporter^ 1. 

Rapporte-t-on tons les was f 

Le cholera angmente-t-il ou non ? 

II sen^ble diminuer a present 

Combien de caa a-t-on rapportd t 

SeuUmetU 7 pour les demicres VK 

heures. 
Crier, 1. 

Alder, 1 , quelqu'nn d faire une €hom 
Je Taide a le faire. 



Digitized 



by Google 



tlXTT-tSGOMD LXSSOM. (2.) 



( nelp yott to writ*. i 

I will help you to work. I 

To cry out for help. 

The help. 

Ttf inquire after tome one. 

Whom are you inquiring after I 

Has he inquired after our residence f 

Where, when you pleaae. 

At youpleaao, you like ; at your plea- 

8Ur3. 

As soon as you like it. 

7*0 truet some one. Trust no one. 

I trust nobody. 

Do you trust him f her f them, (/em.) f 

I do trust him, her, them. 

He does not trust me, them, iwuu.) 

We must not trust everybody. 

To distrust one, mistrust. 

Do you distrust that lawyer t 

She distrusts her maid-servant. 

In your place, I would distrust him. 

A seat, a place. A public square. 

Make me a little room. 

To laugh at something, laughed, 

laugh. 
I laugh, thou laughest, he, she, one 

laughs. 
Do you laugh at that f I do, with 

all my heart, and he does also. 
At what do they laugh f 



Je TouB aide a ^ire. 

Je veuz vous aider a traTailler. 

Crier a Taide. 

Appeler du secours. 

L'aide,' le secours. 

S* informer, 1, de quelqu'un. 

De qui Tous informez-vous f 

S'est-il inform^ de notre demeurof 

Ou, quand "X 

Comme ( ., , . 

(46s. 06*. 107.) pl^oi-Pl*^ 
Aussitdt qu' , des qu' J 
t Sejier, 1, a quelqu*un. Ne Youa 

fiez a personne. (^ 55.) 
t Je ne me fie a personne. 
t Vous fiez-Tous a lui, i elle, a elles t 
t Je me fie a lui, a elle, a elles. {% 64.) 
t II ne se fie pas a moi, a euz. 
t II ne faut pas se fier a tout le monde. 
t Se dijier de quelqu^un. 
t Vous d6fiez-vous de cet avocat ? 
t Elle se defie de sa domestique. 
A Totre place, je me d^fierais de lui. 
Une place. Une place publique. 
Faites-moi iin peu de place. 
Rire,* 4, de quelque chose, ri (p. p,), 

riez. 
Je ris, tu ris, il rit, elle rit, on rit. 

Riez-Tous de cela f J* en ris de tout 

mon^coenr, et lui aussi. 
Do quoi rient-ils f rient-elles f 



SoixANTE-DBuxiiia TRfiMS. 2de Sec. 
Quel est le rapport da cholera % II est moins favorable que hier. — 
Combien de cas dans les 24 benres? 11 y a eu 42 cas et 17 inortA. 
— C'est plus que hier; car il n'y avait que 35 cas et 14 morts. — Cela 
augmente un jour et diminue Pautre. — II faut etre prudent et moderif 
(prudent and moderate.) — Combien de cas a-t-on rapporte k St 
Louis? Seulement 12. — Ce n^est pas aular/. que la derniere fois. 
Aidez-vous voire cousin k faire son devoir ? Seulement lorsqu'il est 
trop difficile. Quant k mon frere et k moi, nous ne nous aidoni 
jamais Tun Pautre. — Pourquoi cet enfant crie-t-il? H s^est fait da 
mal k la jambe gauche. X. quoi sert de crier? X rien; mais lei 
enfants orient. 

■ Aide, in the signification of hetp, is feminine ; it is masculine when it 
oieans an assistant, 
28 



Digitized 



by Google 



8M SIXTT-8KC0MD LE880K. (2.) 

Sans reponses. — ^Rit-elle parce que ce Monsieur e«t tomW*— 
Riez-vous toujours quand vous voyez tomber queU ,Q'un I— Ne coo- 
naissez-vous pereonne qui crie alorsl — ^Vous fiez-vous ace boucher* 
— Ne se fie-t-elle pas i sa domestique ? — Nous pouvons nous fiei 4 
celle-ci, n'est-ce pas? — Ne nous trompera-t-elle point? — Savez-v^oua 
le Fran^ais de : As you plefce? — N'avez-vous pas entendu frapper? 
^^ue vous verse-t-elle?— N'appelle-t-on pas au secoursl Sentes- 
vous '3 doux zephirl — ^Ne faut-il pas que j'ai un chapeau neuf? — 
Seriez-vous filch^ si je m'en allais? — Quel est le nom de votre noa- 
velle connaissance ? 

Have you inquired after the merchant who sehs so cheap ? I 
have; but nobody would' or could {personne n^a votdu ou n^afu) 
tell me what has become of him. — Never mind ; yc i will ea^y 
find another who sells as cheap. — I vnsh I coxdd^ (/« voudrais 
pouvoir;*) for I have but little money. — Did the general's nephew 
die of a disease or of an accident ? He died of the yellow fever. 
—Has not a dreadful accident happened to the apothecary^s old 
clerk? He fell and broke his arms or legs. (Dir. 2—24', Ohs. 55.) 
— His arms and legs, did you say ? No, only his arms or legs. — 
Would she cry for help, if I should beat her? (§ 148—3.) If yon 
should hurt her, I guess she would cry. — ^Would they not laugh, if 
I was to tell them that tale ? No, I guess they would be angry .^ 
Must I not go for some cigars? Yes, you must go for some. — Must 
I not have the money to pay for them ? Yes, you must have it ; 
here it is. — After you have paid for them, (46', Ohs. 107,) you will 
have six cents left; you may keep them. 

Sans reponses. — What dost thou ask me for? — ^Will you pass me 
the bottle, if you please ? — ^Have you not drunk enough ? — Shall I 
give you {faut-il votis verser) some wine? — Why do you not eat? — 
Who knocks at the door ? — Why does he cry ? — What has happened 
to yon? — Where will you go to, this evening? — Where will your 
brothers go to ? — Why do you go to town ? — Will you go with me ?— 
Must I sell to that man on credit? — Has he already deceived {trom- 
per) anybody? — Must I trust those ladies? — Do those meichanti 
trust you? — Whom do those gentlemen Uugh at?— Why do those 

> Translate could, by: j'ai pu, il a pu, il pouvait, &c. Would, by: j'ai 
▼oulu, il a voulu, je voulais, Sec, when they refer to past actions instead of 
future ones. (^ 148"- 4.) 

*/ iomA, in such phrases as, I wish I could, I might, I had, Sic, or any 
f ther imperfect tense, whore it means, / should like to, must be translated 
oy : Je voudrai pouvoir, avoir, Sec. When / wish, does not mean, / shmM 
Itke to, but merely. 1 want, translate it by : Je veux, Slc., as : I wish to see yvv, 
Je 9eux ou disire vous voir. 



Digitized 



by Google 



tlXTT-IKCOMS LK880N. (3.) 



sr 



peo];d6 laugh at nsl — Ought we to laugh {faut-4l se moquer) at 
persons who speak badiy? — ^What are you laughing all — How long 
{depuis quand) have you been wearing it so large ? {grand.) 

VooABULAZBB. 8mc Sec. 



To rmg, A hdh a tmaU hdl. 

To ktar a rir^s* Heard a ring. 

He must go. 

Where muet she go f 

Do you wish him to be good or not f 

I wish him to be good, and I wish 

her also to be good. 
Must he not have a new coat f 
He musi coznt with me to the tailor's. 

To Uiugh in •% pcvttKi^s face. 

We laughed^in liis face. 

To laugh at, to deride gome one. 

I laugh at (deride) yoa. 

Were you laughing at us T Were 

you making fan of us I 
We did not laugh at you. 
Full. 

\. book full of errors. 
To afford. 

Can you afford to buy that horse ? 

I can afiR>rd it. 

I cannot afford it. 

Who is there ? Who is it f is that ? 

It is I, he, she, we, you, thou. 
Is it he ? It is not he. 

Are they your brothers ? (473.) 

It is they. It is not they. 
Is it she f It is dHe. 

It is not she. 

Are they your sisters I 

It is they, (feminine.) 
It is not they. " 
It is I who speak. 

b it they who laugh ? 

It u jTou who laugh. 

It is thou who hast dons it. 



SonneVf 1. Une clo(^. Une clochette. 
Entendre $onner, Entendu sonnor, 
n faut qWU aille. 
Ou faut-il qu,' elle aille 7 
Voulez-vous qu'iZ goit bon ou nont 
Je Teux qu*il soit bon, et je yeux 

aussi qu'elle soit bonne. (^ 151.) 
Ne faut-il pasqu'tlait un habit neuf f 
II faut qu'i/ vienne avec moi chez Is 

tailleur. 
Eire au nez de qudqu'un. 
Nous lui avons ri au nez. 
Se rire ou ge moquer de quelqu^un, 
Je me ris (me moque) de vous. (54*.; 
Vous riiez-vous de nous f ' Voui 

moquiez vousde nous t (^ 147—1.) 
Nous ne nous riions pas de vous. 
Plein, pleine. 
Un livre plein de fames, 
t Avoir leg moyeng, (de before in 

linitive.) 
t Avez-Tous les moyensd*acheter ce 
chevnl 7 J'en ai les moyens. 
t Je n'en ai pas lea moyens. 
Qui est-la f Qui est-ce f Qui est 

cela? 
Cost moi, iui, clla, nous, vous, toi 
Est-co lui f Co n'eet pas lui. 

Sont-ce vos frerea ? or, 
Est-co que ce sont voe &Sres t 
Ce sont euz. Co ne sont pas eux 
Est-ce elle r C'eet elle. 

Ce n*est pas ello. 
Sont-ce Tos sceura? or, 
Est-ce que ce sont tos sceurs f 
Ce sont dies. 
Ce ne eont pas ellcs. 
C*cst moi qui parle. 
Sont-ce eux (elles) qui rient f or, 
Est-ce que ce sont eux (ellss) qv 

rient f 
C*e8t Tons qui ries. 
C'esttoiquiras&it. 



Digitized 



by Google ^ 



SIZTT-SXCOHD LXSSOH. (8.) 



It ia yout geuilemeD, who kave said 

that. 
Wo iearn French, my brother and L 



C'eet Tous, Memeim, qui «vti A 

csla. 
t Mon frere ct moi noua apprenooi 

le Fran^ais. 

Obt. 148. The uniting pronoun hmm or twu* must be placed beicca • 
terb, when it has two or more nominatives of difierent persons. ($ 38.) 

You and I will go into the country. t Vous et moi nout irons a laciB- 
Ton and he will stay at home. 



pagne. 
t Vous et lui vMfs resterei a la mai> 

son. 
Instituteur. 



'1 Qtor, preceptor. 

SoiXA5TS-Dsnziim Tuha, 8me Seo. 

N'a-t-on pas sonn^ ? Je crois que it, {si au lien de om : la qcas- 
don est negative, 10', Ohs, 26.) — La doraestique est-elle allee k la 
porte ? Je ne Pai pas entendue. II faut qu'elle y aille plus vite — 
Elle n'a peut-^tre pas entendu la clochette. C'est pcssiblo. Est-ce 
eUe qui court ? Je presume que oui. Oui, c'est elle. Qui etait-cel 
On a apporte le bonnet de Madame. Portez-le-lui. — Qui va a« 
concert ce soir ? Vous et moi nous irons si nous avcns le temps.-^ 
Votre instituteur vous gronderait-il si vous ne faisiez pas Fotrs 
devoir? Non, mais il serait ikche, Quand faut-il que la voitoie 
Boit prite? II faut qu'elle le soit k lOi heures. X quelle heme 
faut-il que Charies vienne 1 H faut qu'il vienne un quart dlieure 
avant. La voiture sera-t-elle pleine ? Elle sera pleine. Ne pou^ 
rions-nous pas aussi prendre la petite Emilie *? Non, il ne faut pv 
qu^elle vienne; elle oriera. — ^Est-ce vous qui riez comme celat 
Rit-elle au nez de cet Stranger? De qui se moquent-ils? — Vow© 
voisin ne se moque-t-il pas de vos enfants paioe qu'ils se levent bi 
tard 1 — Cet auteur n'a-t-il pas fait un livre plein de fautes t — Ce reiiB 

de quoi est-il plein 1 — On m'a dit que M. P , voulait acheter la 

grande maison de B au coin de Broadway, en a-t-il les moyens? 

Sont-ce vos amis qui viennent 1 

Is it rour sister who is playing on the piano ? It roust be sb^) 
(tV fatjit que ce soit elU) for no other person plays. — ^No, it is not 
she, for here she is. — Who is it, then ? It is our cousin Elise.— Aw 
•hey your sisters who are coming? It is they. — Are they jo^ 
neighbors (fem.) who were laughing at you? They are not ora 
neighbors. — Who are they ? They are the daughters of the countess 
^hose brother has bought your house. — Are they the ladies yoo 
aave spoken of to me ? They are. — Shall you learn German ? ^^1 
brother and I will learn it. — Shall we go to the country, to-mwJow1 
I shall go to the country, and you will remain in town. — Shall w/ 
lister and I go to the opera ? You and she will remain at hom^ 



Digitized 



by Google 



SIXTY-THIRD LS880N. (1.) 821 

and your brother will go to the opera. — What did you say when 
your tutor was scolding you 1 I said nothing, because I had nothing 
to say ; for I had not done my task, and he was in the right to scold 
me. 

Sans rtfonses. — ^You must come to my house, to-morrow, to bring 
me back the books which I have lent you j do you hear ? — Who is 
to play at the concert, to-night 1 — Is it thou who hast soiled my fan 1 
— Could he learn this by heart, before to-morrow'? — Could she leaia 
it yesterday ? (N. 2, 62'.)— Would she not go to Baltimore, last 
week ? — ^Would her nieces go there next week, if ihey could 1— 
I wish I could travel; don't youl (et vousi)' — ^We wish we were 
^earned ; does she not ? — Does she not care about the piano % 



SIXTY-THIRD LESSON, 63d.— Soixan*«-rrwswm« Xe^ow, 63fii€. 
YooABULAiBi. Ire Sec. 



T<» geL iiUo a had icrape. 



To get out of a had icrape. 

I got out of the scrape. 

That man always gets into bad 

scrapes, but he always gets out of 

them again. 
Between. Between them. Among us, 

among acquaintances. Between 

friends. 
T9 wtake iome one^i acquaintance. 
To hecomc acquainted with one, 
I have made his or her acquaintance. 

I have become acquainted with him ^ J'ai fait sa connaiasanca. 
or her. 



t S^attirer^ 1, (sefaire,) de mauvai- 

tee affairea. 
t Se tirer, 1, d^ affaire. 
Je me suis tu-^ d'afl^re. 
Cet homme s' attire toujours de maik 

vaises affaires, mais il s'en tirt 

toujours. 
Entre. Entr'euz. Entr'elles. Entrs 

nous, entre connaissaoces. Entr'a* 

mis. 
Faire connaiseanee avec guelqu'un, 
Faire la connai$sance de quelqu'un. 



iw'a 

Are you acquiunted with him, her I ) ^e (la) connaissei-vous f 
Do you know him, her f ) 

> We have aeen, (18>, OU. 38,) that n^ett-ce pas was used to ask a negative 
interrogation in the $ame person as a preceding affirmation, but now, we say, 
when the interrogation, whether negative or not, is in another person ^ use the 
conjunction et with any required personal pronoun. Don*t you f Et vous t 
Don't he f Et lui t Don't she f we f they f JBt die f nous f eux 1 1 know him t 
io you t Et vous T — Does he f she T Peter, &c. : Et lui t et eUet et Pterre f 
But, does any one T must be translated by : Quelqu'un le connalt-il f 

* The verb to know is always expressed by connaiire* when it signifies (• 
he acquainted with, and by savoir* in all other cases. Ex. I know that man, 
that lady, Je connate cet homme^ cette dame ; I know my lesson, Jesaisma 
^^^on ; I know what you wish to say, Je sais ce que vous voulet dirs, 
28* 



Digitized 



by Google 



880 



SIXT /-THIRD LSS80N. (1.) 



I am — 1 do. I am not — ^I do not. 

He is an acquaintance of mine. 
She ia my acquaintance. 
He ia not a friend, he is but an ac- 
quaintance. 
To enjoy. 
Do you ei^oy good health f 

7^ bf veil. 

She is well. 

Docs she enjoy a great fortune f 

Does he enjoy a good reputation f 

To knagine, 

Otr fellow creatures. 

Ho has not his equal or his match. 

To resemble fome one^ to look liJte 

some one. 
I'hat man resembles my brother. 
That beer looks like water. 
We resemble each other. 
They do not resemble each other. 
h it time that I . . . thou ... he . . 

she . . . we, See, 
Is it time for me . . . thee . . . him . . 

her... us, &c., to..? 
Is it time for us to go, come, have, be f 
It LB time for us to go, come, hare, 

be. 



{; 



Je le (la) connaia. Je ne la < 

point. 
II est de ma connaiasance. 
EUe est de ma connaissanco. 
Ce n*est pas un ami, ce n*est qu'oiM 

connaissance. 
Jouir, 2, de, 

Jouissez-vous d'une bonne aantiff 
Btre hien portantt portants. 

re en bonne santi, 
t EUe est bien portante. 

EUe se porte bien. 

EUe est en bonne sant6. 
Jouit-elle d'une grande fortune f 
Jouit-il d'une bonne reputation t 
S^imaginer, 1. 
Nos semblables. 
a n'a pas aon semblable. 
t RessembUr^ 1, d mulqu^un, cMind 

the ss and die a.) 
Get homme ressemble a mon firere. 
Cette biere ressemble a de I'eau. 
Nous nous ressemblons. 
Us ou elles ne se ressemblent pas. 
Bst-U temps que je . . . tu . . . il . . . 

eUe . . . nous . . . vous ... ils . . . 

elles . . ., (govern the subj. ^ 15L) 

Est-il temps que nous allions, veni* 
ons, ayons, soyonsf II est tempi 
que noua allions, que nous vein 
ons, ayons, soyons. 

SoiXANTE-TBOISliMB Th&MB. IfB SeC 

Est-il temps que nous aUions k Washington pour PafTaire de Fre 
derio ? Oui, il faut que nous y soyons domain ou, au plus lard, 
apr^s-demain. II y a une mauvaise affaire; je ne sais comment il 
s'en tirera. Lui! U se fait sou vent de mauvaises afiairos, mais il s'en 
tire loujours. C'est vrai, il est tres-heureux. — Ne jouit-elle pas d*una 
fortune considerable ? Si fait, son pere lui a laisse uuo grande for* 
tune, dont elle jouit, et dont elle fait bon usage. Jouit-elle d'tuia 
bonne sante ? Oui, pour une personne riche, eUe jouit d'une trea* 
bonne sante. Sa sceur est-elle bien portante? Non, il faut qa'^e 
so:, souvent malade, car eUe n^a pas bon air. — Ce monsieur, n'est-O 
pas une de vos connaissances 1 Lequel? Celui qui est entrc lea 
deux dames en jaune ? Non, celui qui est entre la table et la fenf- 
ire. — Ressemblez-vous a votre stBur? — ^Vous ressemble-t-elle ? — A 
qui ce commis ressemble-t-il ? — Mon frere et moi, nous ressemUon^ 



i 



Digitized 



by Google 



SIXTY-THIRD LXtfSON. (2.) 



881 



nous ? — Ces deux fiCBurs ne se ressemblent-elles pas Ciinime deitx 
gouttes d^eauy (2 drops* of water?) — Pourquoi cat homme s'enfuit-il 
comme ga ? II faut qu'il ait fait quelque chose de mal^ ne le croyez- 
vouspas? 

What is the report of the health-office, to-day V du comiti de 
$jnU?) The report has increased to-day. — How many cases are 
there ? 53, and only 11 deaths. We must hope that it will diminish 
8oon. — A certain {certain) good-for-nothing fellow liked brandy 
much, but he found in it (iut) two bad qualities, (une qualite :) " If 
I pnt water to it," said he, " I spoil it; and if I do not put any to it, 
it spoils me." — Does your cousin resemble you? He resembles me. 
^Do your sisters resemble each other? They do not resemble 
each other; for the elder {Vainee) is idle and naughty, and the 
younger (la cadette) assiduous and good-natured towtrds eveiybody. 
— How is your aunt ? She is very well. — Does youi mother enjoy 
good health? She imagines she enjoys {sHmagme jouir) good 
health ; but I believe she is mistaken, for she has, these six months, 
Had a cough, of which {dont) she cannot get rid. 

Is it right to laugh thus at everybody ? If I laugh at your coat, I 
do not laugh at everybody. — Does your son resemble any one ? He 
resembles no one. — Why do you not drink? I do not know what 
to drink, for I like good wine, and yours looks like vinegar. — If you 
wish to have some other, I shall go down (descendre) into the cellar 
to fetch you some. — You are too polite. Sir; I shall drink no more 
to-day. — Have you known my father long? I have known him 
long, for I made his acquaintance when I was yet at school. We 
often worked for one another, and we loved each other like 
b/others. — I believe it, for you resemble each other. — ^When I had 
not done my exercises, he did them for me ; and when he had not 
done his, I did them for him. 

VocABULAiBi. 2d6 Sec 



Each other, one another. Of each 
other. Without one another. 

The brother and the sister.' love each 
other. 

Are you pleased with each other 7 

We are. 

A$f at wdl as ; as well as we ; they. 

Th9 appearance, the countenance. 

To Bhow a diMpoaitum to. 

That man whom you see shows a 
deaire to approach us. 

To look pleased with some one. 



L'on Tautre Tune Tautro. L*un de 
Tautre. L'une sans i'autre. 

Le firere et la soeur s^aiment Tun 

^ I'autre. 

Etes-vouB contents Tun de Tautre t 

Nous le sommcs. 

Ainsi que ; ainsi que nous ; qu'eax. 

La mine. 

Faire mine de. 

Cette homme que vous voyei fiai 
mine de nous approcher. 

Fairo honne mine d qutiqu^un. 



Digitized 



by Google ^ 



•IZTT-THIRD LK880M. (S.) 



To letk er0i§ at $awu ame. 

When I go to see that man, instead 

of receiving me with pleasure, he 

looks displeased. 
A good-looking man. 
A bad-looking man. 
Bad-looking people, or folks. 
To go to see some one. 

To pay some one a visit. 

To frequent a place. 

To frequent societies. 

To associate toUh some one. 

To look liktt to appear. 

How does he look f 

He looks gay, (sad, contented.) 

You appear very welL 

You look like a doctor. 

She seems angry, to be in a oad 

humor. 
l*hey look pleased. They appear to 

be in a good humor. 
To look ^od, to appear to be good. 
To drink to some one. 
To drink some one's health. 
I drink your health. 
It is all over with me ! her ! them . 

(fem.) 
It is all over. 
It 18 better for me, him, yon, them, 

ns, thee : or I, he, yon, we, thou 

hadst better .... 
It is better for mo to do it, for ns to 

do it, for you to do it. (I had better 



Faire manvaist wuut i qudqu^mt^ 
Quand je vais voir cet homme, an hmm 

de me faire bonne mine, il me (ma 

mauvaise mine. 
Un homme de bonne mine. 
Un homme de mauvaise mine. 
Des gens de mauvaise mine. 
Aller voir quelqu'un. 
FaireunevisiteJ. , ,^ 
Rendre visite S 
Fr^uenter un lieu, (endroiu) 
Frequenter des society, 
t Frequenter quelqu'nn. 
Avoir Voir, 

Qnelle mine a-t-il f Quel air a-i-il v 
n a Tair enjou6, (triste, contents 
Vous avez I'air bien portant. 
Tons avez Pair d*un m^decin. 
Bile a Tair de mauvaise humev. 

lis ont Tair content. lis ont Tan 

d'dtre de bonne humeur. 
Avoir Pair bon. 
t Boire a qnelqu'un. 
Boire a la sant^ de qnelqu un. 
T Je hois a votre santd. 
t C*en est fait de moi ! d'cllc * 

d'elles! 
t C'en est fait, 
t II vaut mieux que je, il, vous, eik», 

nous, tu, (must be followed by tht 

mbjunctive.) 
H vaut mieus que je le faeee, nmm 

le faetione, voui U fa$tie». 



do it, &c.) 

OoixAim-TiioisiiMi THftm. 2de Sec. 

Pourquoi frequei tez-voas ces gens-ljil Je les frequeote parca 
qu'ils me sent utiles. — Si vous ne cessez de les frequenter, vonj 
vous attirerez de mauraises affaires, car lis ont beaucoup d'eone- 
mia. Vous croyezi Alors je ne continuerai plus k les voir. A 
vaut mieux que vous fassiez ce que vous dites. Ces gens font mine 
de nous approcher. Que nous veulent-ils ? Le leur demanderai-je 1 
Oui, faites-le. Que voulez-vous, mes amis? lis ont Pair de ne pas 
m'entendre. II faut quails soient etrangers. — Quels sont ces hommet 
de mauvaise mine qui viennent par ici ? Si ce sont dea vdeiira, 
o'en est fait de nous. N'avez-vous pas peur ? — Le jeuna dootenr mi 
kn homme de bonne mine, n'est-ce pa8?^Qui alUz-vous vco'f— ^ 



Digitized 



by Google 



• IXTT-THI&D LISSOM. (8.) 838 

/oas aviez le temps, iriez-yoas rendre visite k vos cotwinesl — Fr6 
qtientez-vous le thed^tre 1 — Quels endroitS; quels lieux fr^quentent- 
ilsl — Ce maichand a toujours Pair d'etre de mauvaise humeur, est-fl 
malade? 

Why did you not crine to dinner ? I have been hindered. I am 
sorry I made you wait (Je suis fdchi de , ,, .)' — Until what time 
did you wait? We waited for you till a quarter past four; and, as 
you did not come, we dined without you. — You did right. I wish 
I had (62«, N. 2) sent you a boy to inform you that I could not come; 
but J thought I could come.' — Never mind; did you drink my 
health ? We drank yours {d la votre) and that of your parents. — 

How does your uncle look ? {quelle mine a ?) He looka [a Voir) 

rery gay, (enjouiy) for he is much pleased with his children. — Do 
his friends look {ant-ils la mine) as gay as he ? They, on the c vi 
trary, look sad, because they are discontented. My uncle has do 
money, and is always contented, and his friends, who have a good 
deal of it, are scarcely erer so. 

Is that man angry with you ? I think he is angry with me, be- 
cause I [de ce que je) do not go to see him ; but I do not like to go to 
his house, for when I do, instead of receiying me with pleasure, he 
looks displeased. — You must not believe that; he is not angry with 
yon, for he is not so bad (mechant) as he looks, {quil en a Voir.) He 
is the best man in the {du) worid ; but one must know him in order 
to appreciate him, {p<mr pouvcir Vappricier,) — ^There is a great dif- 
ference (la difference) between you and him, (lut ;) you look pleased 
with all who come to see you, and he looks cross at those who call 
on him, (go to see him.) 

VocABULAiai. 8me Sec. 



To pleaao (oblige) some one. 
You oblige (please) her much. 
To hurt some one's feeliogs.to grieve. 
Have you hrrt that man^s feelings ? 

I did not. 
You grieve me, (hurt my feelings.) 
If you know a good place to swim 

in, oblige me by ahowing it to me. 



t Faire plaisir i quelqu*un. 
t Voua lui faitea grand plaisir. 
t Faire de la peine a quelqa'un. 
t Avez-vous fait de la peine i cei 
homme f Je ne lui en ai pas fait 
t Vous me faitea de la peine. 
Si vous connaisaez un bon endroit 

pour nager, faitea-moi le plaisir de 

me le montrer. 



■ When the same nominative I, I, he, he, dcrc, ia repeated in the second 
vaember of a compound sentence, as : /am sorry / have made you wiit ; 
the French, instead of the second nominative, use an infininve, (with or 
without preposition.) Thus, instead of saying : Je fuis fdcht que je vctit 
mi/ail attendre ; they say : Je $uii fidd de vout avoir fait attendre. (R. 3.^ 
(W, 06a. 65.) 



Digitized 



by Google 



884 



glXTY-THIRD LBBSOH. (8.) 



To experience, to undergo. 

I have experienced a great many 

misfortunes. 
To tuffer, to bear, suffered, suffer. 
Do not sufler it. 

Dost thou suffer f I do. He sufTers. 
To feel a pain in one*8 head, foot. 
1 felt a pain in my eye. 
To neglect. 

Let us never neglect our duty. 
We must yield to necessity. 
T: spring, dart forward. 
The cat springs upon the rat. 
To leap on horseback. 
An increase, an augmentation. 
For more bad luck. 
For more good luck. 
For more bad luck I have lost my 

purse. 
To lose one's wits. 
That man has lost his wits, and he 

does not know what to do. 
Obstinately, by all means. 
That man wishes by all meana to 

lend me his money. 
To/ollow. 

I follow, thou foUowest, he or she 

follows, people follow. 
To pursue. 



£lprouvei, 1. 

J'ai ^prouvd beaucoup de malheurs 

Souffrir,* 2, souffert, souffre% 

Ne le souffrez pas. 

Souffres-tu ? Je souifre. II souffie 

t Souffrir de U tSte, du pied. 

t J'ai souffert do I'oBiL 

Nigliger, 1, {de, av. Pinf. ^ 14i— 3: 

No n^ligeons jamais notre devoir. 

II fsut c^der a la n^cesait^. 

t S" /lancer. 

Le chat 8*elance sur le rat. 

S'^lancer sur son cbevaJ. 

Un surcrott. 

Pour aurcroit de malheur. 

Pour surcrott de bonheur. 

Pour surcrott de malhenr j'ai perdv 

ma bourse. 
Perdre la t8te. 
Cet homme a perdu la t6te, et 11 nc 

salt quo faire. (62», Obs. 147.) 
A toute force. 
Cet homme veut a toute force m» 

prSter son argent. 
Suivre,* 4 ; pres. part, suivant ; pa« 

part, suivi. 
Je suis, tu suis, il ou elle suit, oo 

suit. 
Poursuivre,* 4. (Is conjugated like 

suivre.) 
Conserver, 1. 



To preserve to save. 

SoiXAHTB-TS)i8iiia Th^mk. 8me Seo. 

f. faut que nous nous en allions. — Pourquoi faut-il qae nous nooi 
en allions? Je n'aime pas la mine de ces gens-l^ lis nous suivent 
je crois. lis viennent par ici, tournons par-l^. N'ayez paspenr 
d^eux. — Quand irons-nous nagerl Nous irions a present m^me, si 
nous pouvions trouver un bon endroit. — Qu'a-ce petit gar^on ? D 
souffre de la tete. N'a-t-elle pas souffert de la gorge ? — ^Ne faites- 
vous pas de la peine k yotre tante ? — Ne font-ils pas de la peine i 
leurs parents? — A qui cherchez-vons k faire plaisir? — Si j'aUais au 
theatre, cela ferait-U plaisir k xnon oncle ? — N'a-t-il pas fait de la 
peine asa belle-sceur? — Si un voleur attaquait (attacked) M. Ran- 
dolph, son gros chien ne s'elancerait-il pas sur le volearl — ^Ne crie- 
t-eUe point, parce qu^il faut c^der k la n^cessite ? 

What is the matter with you ? It is all over with me. — ^Why dt 



Digitized 



by Google 



SIXTT-FOURTR LSS80N. (1.) 88ft 

you cry thus ? Why do I cry ? I have been robbed of my gold 
rings, {une bague d^or,) my best clothes, and all my money; that ia 
the reason why I cry. — Do not make (ne faites pas) so much noise^ 
for it is we who have taken them all. {tout cela,) in order to teach 
you to take better care (avoir plus de soin, 50^) of your things, 
[affaires,) and to shut the door of your room when you go out.— 
Why do you look so sad ? I have experienced great misfortunei. 
After having lost all my money^ I was beaten by bad-looking men; 
and to my still greater ill-luck, I hear that my good uncle, whom I 
love so much, has been struck with apoplexy. — You must not afflict 
yourself (s^affliger) so much, for you know that we must yield to 
necessity. 

Do you know a good place to swim in ? I know one, but it is 
rather far. — ^Where is it? If you will go with me, I will tell you.— 
1 will go if it is not too far.--On that side (38^) of the river, behind 
• the wood, {la ferity) near the high road, {le grand cAemtn.)— When 
shall we go to swim 1 This evening, iif you like. — ^Will you wait 
for me before the city gate ? I shall wait for you there ; but I beg 
of you not to forget it. — ^You know that I never forget my promises. 
— Where did you become acquainted with that lady 1 I became 
acquainted with her at the house of one of my relations. — Why 
does your cousin ask me for (40*) money and books ? Because he 
is a fool ', of me, (ear d mot,) who am his nearest relation, (son pliis 
proche parent,) and his best friend, he asks ndlhing. — Can you get 
rid of that man? (52^). I cannot get rid of him, for he will abso- 
lutely {d toute force) follow me. — Has he not lost his wits? It may 
be, (cela se pent.) — What does he ask you for? He wishes to sell 
me a horse which I do not want. 



SIXTY-FOURTH LESSON, 64th.— Sotxanfe-guafmiw Le^on, 6im» 
YooABULAiKX Ire Seo. 

Obt. 149. H&w, how much, how many, before an exclamation, are trans 
lated by que. Ex. 

How ffood vou arc ! i. ^^® ^^^^ ^*** ^^ ' 

* ^ ' ( Que de bont^ vous avex ! 

How f^oliih he is, not to go ! 1 Qu'il est sot, de ne pas y aller I 

O&f . 149i. The adjective which in English follows how, stands in Frene^ 
■her the verb : and when ^ue is followed by a substantive, de must alwayi 
precede the latter. 



Digitized 



by Google 



886 



gIZTT-FOURTH LBllON. (1.) 



How foolish tbe is to believe him ! 

How rich that man ia ! 

How handaome that woman ia ! 

How much kindnesa you have for 
me ! 

How many obligationa I am under to 
you ! 

T» fte undtT MigatioH$ to tome one, 

I am under many obligationa to him. 

How many people ! 

How happy you are ! 

How much wealth that man haa ! 

How much money that man haa 
spent in hia life ! 

To be obliged to aome one for some- 
thing. 

To be indebted to some one for some- 
thing. 

I am indebted to him for it. 

To thank. 

To thank one for something. 



Qu*eUe est sotte de le croire ! 
Que cet homme est riche ! 
Que cette fomme eat belle ! 
Que de bont6 voua avez pour moi 1 

t Que d'obligations je vous ai ! 

t Avoir dee obligations d queiqu*UM. 

t Je lui ai beauooop d'obligmtiDiiA. 

Que de monde ! 

Que vous Stes heureux ! 

Que de richessea cet homme a ! 

Que d* argent cet homme a d^pensl 

dans sa vie ! 
Etre oblige a quelqu*nn de quelqns 

chose. 
Btre redevable a quelqu'un de qo^- 

que chose. 
Je lui en suis redevable. 
Eemercier, I, (has no prepos. before 

the pers. but de before the object.) 
Remercier quelqu'un de quelqne 

chose. 
Voulei-vous me passer cet tfventaO f 

Ayes la bont^ de me 

Faites-moi le plaisir de me 

Voua prierai-je de me 

VeuUlez (imp^r.) me 

Obt. 150. Never use remercier before the performance of the aotion, but 
one of the opposite phrases, or any of similar import 

I thank you for the trouble yov have I Je vous remercie de la peine qot 
taken for me. voua avez priae pour moi. 

Soixantb-quatbiAmx THfim. Ire Sec. 
• 
Que ce petit gar^on est sot de crier comme cela ! Qae vous fttes 
impoli de Pappeler sot! £t reus, que vous Mes impertineni de 
zn'appeler impoli ! — ^Vous a-t-il r^pondu ainsi, lui qui vous a tarn 
d'obligations ! II est riche^ et il a oubli6 toutes les obligations qu^ 
m'a. — Qui n'a point d'obligations k ses semblables! — Nous nous 
devons des secours les uns aux autres. — C'est vrai. Quel est ce 
jeune homme en habit bleu ? C'est le neveu d'un de nos premiers 
marchands. Que d'argent ce neveu a depens^! Que MaHame 
Lewis est belle ! n'est-ce pas? Et qu'elle est aimable ! Quelqu'un 
vous a-t-il remercie des dons que vous nous avez faits? Cela n'en 
yaut pas la peine. Faites-moi le plaisir (I will thank yon) de nm 
tes montrer. — Volontiers. Montons dans la chambre do (fevaiit 



I will thank you for that fan, or 
Shall I thank you for that fan ? 



Digitized 



by Google 



8IXTT-F0URTH LESSON. (2.) 881 

aouB les y trouverons. — ^Venillez ramasser ma plume d'acier, (PU 
thank yon to. ... ) La voici. Je vous remercie. De rien. A qui 
cet officier est-il redevable de sa compagniej (company.) n en est 
redevable k son oncle, le general. — ^A qui est-il redevable de sa 
place f (situation ?) 

How many people there were at the ball ! Then you enjoyed 
yourself {s^amuser) a good deal, I presume 1 No, not at all. Why 
so 1 There was there such a multitude, that one could hardly get 
in. How many invitations they must have sent! Could you 
iance? (N. 62^.) No, there was not room (place) enough. — ^I 
bring you a pretty present, with which you will be much pleased, I 
hope. How good you are! What is it? A silk cravat. How 
many obligations I owe you ! Where is it ? I have got it in myr 
coat-pocket. Here it is, in this paper. Shall I open it ? Yes, open 
it. Now I see the cravat How beautiful it is! Does it please 
you? It pleases me much, and I thank you for it, with all my 
heart. I hope you will at last accept (accepter) something from 
me. What do you intend to give me ? I will not tell you, for if I 
did, you would have no pleasure when I should give it to you. 

Where do you wish me to go for you ? Where do I want you to 
go for me 1 It is rather far. — No matter, {nHmportej) I am so much 
indebted to you, that I will go wherever {ou) you please. (463, Obs. 
107.)— How kind you are ! Not more than you, {pas plus.) — How 
foolish Clarissa is, to stay at home when she could go travelling ! 
Now she is almost too old, but say how foolish she was not to go 
15 years ago, when she could have gone 1 With whom could she 
have gone 15 years ago ? With her cousin's family, from Virginia, 
(/a rtVgtnie.)— Had she lost her wits? Perhaps, or perhaps her 
heart. — ^Make haste ; you and I must be at home in a quarter of an 
hour. Come, then; I am ready. I am not, (pas moi;) for, before 
I go away, I must have my pencils. — ^Here they are. I am much 
obliged, and under many obligations to you. 

VooABULAiai. 2d6 Sec. 



How large 7 Of what size is the dog 7 
How high 7 0» what height is the tree 7 
How deep 7 Of what depth is the pond f 



De quelle grandeur est le chien f 
De quelle hauteur ... est I'arhre 7 
De quelle profondeur ... est Vitang f 



Ohs. 1501. When speaking of dimetasions, the English use the verb 
f* he, while the French use avoir, with the preposition de before the nooii 
■r sdjective of dimensions. — How thick is this 7 Combien ceci a-t-il d'dpau^ 
tmrr 

' In general, the substantive is more elegantly used than the adljecttre 
but deep cannot be expressed by de profond, nor thick by iT/poif . 
29 



Digitized 



by Google ^"" 



SIXIT-FOURTH LK8I0V. (2.) 



How high if hia 6r her ho ue T 

It is nearly fifty fee: high. 

Our hooee is thirty feet hroad. 

That table is six feet long. 

Ihal river is twenty feet deep. 

The size. What is yonr size I how 

tall... 
1 am 5 feet 9 inches. 
Of what size is that man f 
He ia bat 5 feet 1 inch. 
How was that child dressed f 
It was dressed in green. 
The man with the blue coat. 
The woman with the red gown. 
Is it true that his house is burnt f 
It is true ; it is but too true. 
Is it not, (or is it not true f) 
I shall perhaps go there ; but not he. 

0&9. 151. 
of: aller. 

To aharef to divide. 

Whose horse is this t It is mine. (29».) 

It is my horse. It is mine. (^ 38, N. 3.) 

It is mine, or it belongs to me. 

Whose horses are these 9 

Are these gloves 3rours ? 

Tbey are mine, or they belong to 

me. 
Whose house is that t 
It is mine, or it belongs to me. 
Whose houses are these t 
They are mine, or they belong to 

me. 
It is not your purse : is it f 
These are not your notes : are they f 
No, they are not. 



t Combien sa muaon a*t-eQs li 

haut ou de hauteur f 
t Elle a environ cinquante pieds il 

haut ou de hauteur, 
t Notre maison a trente pieds di 

large ou de largeizr. 
t Cette table a six pieda de longss 

de longueur, 
t Cette riviere a vingt pieds de pro 

fondecX.' 
La taiile Quelle est votre taiUsf 

t J*ai 5 pieds 9 pouces. 
De quelle taiile cet homme est-ilt 
t II n*a que 5 pieds 1 peace. 
Comment cet enfant €tait-il habilUt 
t n dtait habill^ de (ou en) vert, 
t L*homme a Thabit bleu, 
t La femme a la robe rouge. 
Elst-il vrai que sa maison est braWef 
C'est vrai, ce n*est que trop vrai. 
N*est ce pas, (n*est-il pas vraiT) 
J'irai peut-6tre ; mais il n*ira pas. 

F (there), must not be used before the future and conditioBil 



Partager^ 1. 

X qui est ce cheval ? II est ft WM» 

C'est mon cheval. C'est le mieo. 

C*est le mien, ou il est a moL 

A. qui sont ces chevauz ? 

Ces gants sont-ils a vous f 

Ce sont les miens, ou ils sont a iiM> 

(47». OU. 110.) 
A qui est cette maison T 
C*est la mienne, ou elle est a mol 
A qui sont ces maisons T 
Ce sont les miennes, ou elles soot f 

moi. 
Egt-ee que e'est ' votre bourse I 
Eet-ee que ce eoni* vos billets f 
Non, ce no les sont pas. {% 39—3.) 



* See note on page 337. 

■ When a simple interrogation is used after a negation, as : Tou hivewd 
■¥ rtfi^, Mtoe tfou t The French merely use the interrogative form : JBfi-^ 
ffM . . . as: E$t-ce que wnu avez ma hague t You may use : Avex-vent m» 
haguef but the other corresponds better with the doubt which the EngHik 

^"i seems to ooD7ey. 



Digitized 



by Google 



SIXTY-FOURTH LX880N. (2.) 88S 

SoizANTi-avATBiftMX ThAmi. 2de See. 

Avez-vou« vu la nouvelle maison de Pavocatl Oai, je I'ai vue. 
fit Tous, ne Pavez-vous pas encore ▼isit^e'? Non, il faut que j'aille 
ia voir bientot. II vaut mieux que vous alliez en voir la grandeur. 
Oombien a-t-elle de hauteur 1 Elle a au moins 56 pieds de hauteur. 
— Combien de largeur a-t-elle ? Elle a, laissez-moi yoir, Iob deux 
salons ont chacun 18 pieds de largeur et le vestibule a peu pres 8,ca 
qui fait 44 piedS; dt I'ipaisseur (the thickness) des murs k pou pres 4 
autres pieds. Alors le tout fait de 48 k 50 pieds de largeur, n'est-ce- 
past C'est une grande maison pour un petit homme. Quelle est 
sa taille f II a environ 5 pieds 3 pouces; car j'ai au moins 6 poucea 
de plus que lui. Votre fOs n'est-il pas grand 1 Si fait, il a plus de 6 
pieds. — A qui sont ces deux beaux chevaux noirs ? Ah ! quails sont 
beaux ! Ce sont ceux du rainistre Americain. N'est-ce pas le Mon- 
sieur k rhabit noir, au gilet blanc, et k la cravate bleu mazarin ? — 
Combien cette riviere a-t-elle de profondeur ? — Combien cette table 
d'acajou a-t-elle de hauteur? N'est-il pas temps que nous allions voir 
le pont-neuf 1 

Whose houses are those ? They are mine. — Do these pens belong 
to you ? No, they belong to my sister. — Are those (sotit-ce Id) the 
pens with which she writes so well ? They are the same. — Whose 
gun is this ? It is my father's. — Are these books your sister's ? They 
are hers. — ^Whose carriage is this ? It is mine. — Which is the man 
of whom you complain ? It is he (celut) who wears a red coat.— • 
How were they dressed? Some were dressed in blue, some in 
green, some in yellow, and several m red. — ^Who are those men ? 
The one who is dressed in gray is my neighbor, and the man with 
tbe black coat the physician whose son has given my neighbor a 
blow with a stick. — Who is the man with the green coat ? He is one 
of my relations. — Are there many philosophers in your country 1 
There are as many there as in your^. — ^How does this hat fit me ? It 
fits you very well. — How does that coat fit your brother ? It fits him 
admirably. — Is your brother as tall (grand) as you ? He is taller 
than I, but I am older {dge) than he.---Of what size {de quelle taille) 
'ts that man 1 He is five feet four inches (un pouu) high. — How high 
IS the bouse of our landlord? It is sixty feet high. — Is your weil 
deep ? YeS; Sir, for it is fifty feet deep. — " There are many learned 
men (tin savant) in Rome, are there not, {n'est-u pas ?") Milton asked 
a Roman. " Not so many as when you were there," answered 
[ripondit] the Roman. 

YocABVLAiaa. 8me Sec. 

T$ run up, run up, p. p., run up i Aeeourir,* 2, accouru; aecourex vite, 

9ukk. I {oofijugui conm9 Courir.) (46*, 48^) 

Digitized by Google ^ 



MO 



fIXTT-FOVRTH LCS-fON. (3.) 



Miny men had run up ; but instead of 
extinguishing the fire, the wretches 
Bet to plundering. 

To run to the assistance of some one. 

To Mavtt to deliver from danger. 

To save anybody's life. 

To plunder, (to rob.) The pillage. 

To set about something. 

Elare they succeeded in extinguish- 
ing the fire ? 

They have succeeded in it. 

The watch indicates the hours. 

To indkaie, to mark. 

To Quarrel. 

To quarrel with one. 

To ditpute (to contend) about somC' 
iking. 

What are those officers disputing 
about? 

They are diq;»uting about who shall 
go first to the attack. 

To be ignoramt of something, or 

Not to know something. 

The eve, the day hefore. 

The day before that day was Satur- 
day. 

The day before Sunday is Saturday. 

What day comes before Sunday f 
f ii time for me to take t It is time 
that you should take, we should take. 

Although lean, thou canst, he can. 

We can or may, you can or may, they 

may. 

For the formation of the subjunctive 
To cuie, heal. To cure one's self. 



Beaocoup d'honunes ^taieni aeeo« 
' rus, mais au lieud*^teindre le len 

les missrables s'^taient mis a piller 
Accourir,* 2, au secours (a Tassiat 

■nee, a I'aide) de quelqu'un. 
Sauver, I, du danger. 
Sanver la via a quelqu'un. 
Filler, 1. Le pillage, 

t Se mettre* a quelque chose. 
£^t-on parvenu a dteindre le fen ff 

On y est parvenu. 

La montre marque les heurea. 

Marquer, 1 ; indiquer V 

Sequereller, 1. 

t QuersUer quelqu'un. 

Disputer sur quelque dtose. 

Sur quoi ces officiers diai utent*ils f 

t lis disputent a qui ira le premier i 
Tattaque. 

Ignorer, 1, quelque chose, {.noprtp.) 

La veille, (de avant le nom qui suit^ 
t La veille de ce jour-la etait un 

samedi. 
t La veille de dimanche est samedi. 
Quelle est la veille de dimanche f 
Est'il temps queje prenne t U eai 

temps que vous preniea — que noue 

prenions. 
Quoique je puisse, tu puisses, il 

puisse. 
Nous puissions, vous puissie%, Um 

puissent. 
present, see ($ 151.) 
Guirir, 2. Seguirir. GuirisseX'Veme, 



SoiXAKTE-QUATaiiMK TfifiMB. Sme Sec. 

Esl-il Yiai que votre oncle soit arrive ? Quoiqu'on m'ait dit qu^ll 
est arrive^ je ne le crois pas, je vous assure. — Le ministre vous a-t-U 
assure de son assistance 1 Oui, je vous assure que c'est vrai. — N'est-il 
pas temps que nous premons le the ? Si fait, il est temps que nous 
)e prenions. — Irez-vous k I'assemblee ? Quoique je puisse y aller, 
je n'irai pas, parce que m'a mere ne desire pas que j'y aille. — Com* 
ment se trouve Emma aujburd'hui ? Quoiqu^elle soit mieux, elh 
Q^est pas encore bien Sort-eUe? Oui, qucdqu'elle ne soit pof 



Digitized 



by Google 



SIXTT-riFTH LX880N. (1.) 841 

gu^rie, eUe sort.— Se querellent-as tonjonrsl lis se qu^relent, 
mais il est temps qu'ils soient amis. — Sur quoi disputez-vous? Nona 
disputons sur le rapport du comite de sante. Disputerez-vous tou- 
jours T Pourquoi ne disputerions-nous pas? — Ne vous a-t-elle pas 
sauve d'un grand danger? — L'attaque a-t-elle eu lieu? — A-t-elle 
reussi? — Ou etiez-vous la veille de ce jour-lit? — ^Ignoriez-vous lo 
mariage de M. Francois? — Quelle est la veille de lundi? — Quelle 
est la veiHe du douze? N'entendez-vous pas crier au feu ! {firtl) 
. au feu ! — A-t-on sauv^ la maison ? — A-t-on pu sauver P^curie ? — S 
I'on avait eu plus d'eau, la maison aurait-elle brfile? 
" What is the difference {la difference) between a watch and me ?" 

* inquired (demanda) a lady of a young officer. — "My lady," replied 
. he, " a watch marks the hours, and^ near [aupres de) you, one fo^ 

gets them."-— How many obligations I am under to you, my dear 
friend ! You have saved my life ! without you I should have been 
lost.— Have those miserable men hurt you ? They have beaten and 

* robbed me, and when you ran to my assistance they were about to 
(tis tdlaient) strip (dhhahiller) and kill me. — I am happy to have 
delivered you from the (des) hands of those robbers. — How good 
you are ! I shall always be indebted to you for it ! — It is not worth 
mentioning, (speaking about it.) 

Why are those officers quarreling? They are quarreling because 
they do not know what to do. — Have they succeeded in extinguish- 
ing the fire ? They have at last succeeded in it ; but it is said (on 
dit) that several houses have been burnt. — Have they not been able 
to save an3rthing? They have not been able to save anjrthing; for, 
instead of extinguishing the fire, the miserable wretches {les fitisl- 
rabies) who had come up, set to plundering. — What has happened ? 
A great misfortune has happened. — Why did my friends set out 
without me ? They waited for you till twelve o'clock, and seeing 
that you did not come, they set out. — What is the day before Mon- 
day called ? The day before Monday is Sunday. — Why did you uot 
nm to the assistance of your neighbor whose house has been burnt? ^ 
I was quite (entiirement) ignorant of his house being on fire, {que U 
/eu fid d sa maison ;) for, had I known it, I would have run to his 
assistance. 



SIXTY-FIFTH LESSON, 65lh.— Soixonle-ctn^'mc Legon, 66«e. 

VooABULAiBX, Ire 8eo. 
T0 propose, I Se propoeer, 1, (de before intm.) 

I piofoae going on that joomey. | Je me propose de faire ce voyage 
29» 



Digitized 



by Google^ 



S42 



8IZTT-FIFTH I.B880M. (1.) 



He proposes joining a hunting party. 

To play a^ame at chess. 

A game at billiards. 

A game at cards. 

A party, a soiree ; a musical party. 

To iuceeed. • 

Do you succeed in doing that I 

I do succeed in it. 

T? endeavor. 
endeavor to do it. 

i endeavor to succeed in it. 

EIndeavor to do better. 

Since, seeing, considering that. 

Since you are happy, why do you 
complain ? 

To he thoroughly acquainted toith a 
thing. 

To make one^s self thoroughly ac- 
quainted with a thing. 

That man understands that business 
perfectly. 

I understand that well. 

Since or from. From that time. 

From my childhood. 

From morning until evening. 

From the beginning to the end. 

From here to there. 
To Uow, to blow out. Strongly, hard. 
Bast, the east, to the east, east wind. 
The north, to the north, the north 

wind. 
The west, to the west, the west wind 
The south, to the south, the south 

wind. 
The north-west. The south-east. 
To encourage. To unroot, pull. 



II se propose d'aller i uno ^artit da 

chasse. 
t Faire une partie d'echeca. 
Une partie de billard. 
Une partie de cartes. 
Une partie, ou soirSe; une 9nr4§ 

musicale, 
Riussir, 2, {d before infin.) 
R^ussissez-vous a faire cela f 
J*y reussis. 

Tdcher, 1, (de before infin.) 
Je tache de le faire. 
Je tSche d*y r^usair. 
Ttchez de faire mieux. 
Puisque. 
Puisque >*ou8 dtes heureux, pourquGl 

vous plaignez-vous f 
£tre aufait de quelque chose. 

Se mettre au fait de quelque chose. 

Get homme ^st au fait de cette af- 
faire. 

Je euis au fait de cela. 

Depuis. Depuis ce moment-ia. 

Depuis ma jeunesse. 

Depais le matin jusqu'au soir. 

Depuis le commencement jusqu'a la 
fin. 

Depuis ici jusque la. 

S&uffler, 1. Fort. 

Est, Test, a Test, le vent d'est. 

Le nord, au nord, le vent de nord. 

Vouest, a Touest, le vent d'ouest 
Le sud, au sud, le vent de sud. 



Le nord-ouest. Le sud-est. 

Encourager, 1. (^144—2.) D^ra 
ciner, 1. 

SoizANTB-ciNQUitMB TefiifB. Ire Sec. 
Vous proposez-vous de faire un petit voyage cet ete ? Je me pro- 
pose de faire -jn petit tour. N'est-il pas temps que vous partiez ? 
(♦151.) Je me propose de le faire dans quelques jours. Si vous 
n'^tes pas occupy, allons faire une partie de billard. II y a si long- 
temps que je n'ai ]orje au billard; que vous n'auriez aucun plaisir h 
Cairo une poitie avec moi ; mais si vous aimez les ^hecs; j'en* ferai 
one partie aveo vous. J'aime les ^hecs le soir quand on osEt tran 



Digitized 



by Google 



SIXTY-FIFTH LKSSON. (1.) 849 

quiUe — ^Mais ne fftut-il pas que nous allions nous preparer pour la 
soiree de Madamd Rush? Quoiqu'elle m'ait fait I'honneur de m'tn- 
vittTy (to invite me,) je ne pourrai pas y aller. T^chez d'y venir. 
Puisque vous le desirez, je tiU^herai d'y aller. Y jouera-t-on aux 
cartes ? II y a toujours une partie de cartes. — Ce jeune Irlandais est- 
il au fait? — ^Votre servante est-elle au fait de son devoir? — Ce com- 
mis est au fait, n'est-ce pas? — ^Yous dites que votre cousine est 
toujours de bonne humeur, pourquoi done se plaint-elle du matin 
jusqu'au soir^ — Quant k la danse, il est au fait, n'est-ce pas? — Est- 
ee qu'il s'est bien conduit depuis sa jeunesse? (64*, N. 2.) — Quel 
bruit est cela ? N'est-ce pas le vent qui souffle ? Oh ! Comme il 
souffle /orf / Est-ce que c'est un vent d'ouest ol de nord? 

The wind has been blowing (^45) from the east these (depuis) 
three or fdur days, are you not astonished that we have no rain ? (subj. 
H^l*) Yes, I am; for when the wind blows from the east, we 
generally have rain. — Is your west wind warm or cold? The west 
wind is not very cold, but the north and the north-we-»t winds are 
usually strong and very cold. — Are they not cool in summer? Yes, 
they 'are. — I presume your south wind is warm, is it not? It is our 
warmest wind. — And the south-west ? That is pleasant. — Does the 
wind blow hard here ? It sometimes blows hard enough to unroot 
trees, {diraciner des arbres.y-U Miss Clara is at Mrs. M.'s party, 
will you present me to her ? I will, with pleasure. — Have you been 
long acquainted with her? I have known her these 2 years. — Does 
she understand the/gt«fes of quadrilles? (Est-elle au fait des figures 
des quadrilles ?) She knows them very well, or understands them 
perfecUy, do you? (64*, N. 2.) 

Who won the game of chess ? I endeavored to do it, but I could 
not (62*, N. 1.) — Your cousins frequendy play chess, do they not? 
No, they more frequently play billiards or cards. — I wish I could 
translate my exercises without mistakes ; but, although I try to dc 
*t, I cannot succeed. Try again. It is the only means to succeed. 
Since you encourage me, I will continue. — If she was not unhappy, 
would she complain? There are people who always complain.— 
Why are you without a light? The wind blew it out when yoL 
came in. — What does your French master make you do? He 
makes me read a lesson ; afterwards he makes me translate English 
exercises into French on the lesson which he made me read ; and 
&om the beginning to the end of the lesson he speaks French to 
m?, and I have to answer him {il me foot lui repondrc) in the very 
laLguage (dans la langue mime) which he is teaching me. — Have 
you already learned much in that manner ? You see that I have 
ilieady learned something. 



Digitized 



by Google 



844 



•IXTT-FIFTH LXItOV. (2.) 



YooABULAixi. 2de Sec. 



R^duis-tu t 



riduii. 
Je r^aiB, elle r^dnil 



Tf reduce, abate, reduced. Reduce. 
Dost thoa reduce? I reduce, she 

reduces. 
Tc translate, translated. TranshUe. 
To introduce, to present. 

T>ii>dace the price. 
Reduce the price a crown. 
To translate into French. 
Shall I translate French into English ? 
Translate from one language into 
another. 

I introduce him to you. 

I introduce you to him, her. 

He will present us to them. 

He himself has told it me. 

He has told it me, to myself, (not to 

another person.) 
One does not like to flatter one's self. On n'aime pas a se flatter soi-mSme. 

Ohs. 152. Sometimes the word mime is an adverb, and answers to th« 
English word even. 



Traduire,*i. Traduit. Tradui^eM 

Introduire,* 4, (as rcduire.) Pr4 
senter, 1. 

R6duire le priz. 

RMuisez le priz d'lm 6cn. 

Traduire en Fran^aia. 

Traduirai* je du Fran^aia en Angls^ t 

Traduisez d*une languo dans una 
autre. 
; Je Tintroduis chez tous. 
[ t Je Yous le pr^ento. 

t Je vous prints i lui, a elle. 

t II nous pr^ntera a enz, a elles. 

n me I'a dit lu>m^e. (4U.) 

II me Ta dit a moi-mSme. 



He has not even money enough to 
buy some bread. 

We must love everybody, even our 
enemies. 

Again, (anew.) 

Ho speaks again. 

To fall, to lower. 

The price of the merchandise falls. 

To deduct 

To raise, lift up, put up, rise, increase. 

Is flour higher or lower ? 

She has lowered the window ; raise 
it up. 

The provisions. Produce has risen. 

To overcharge, to ask too mudk. 

Not having overcharged you, I can- 
not deduct anything. 

An ell. A yard. 

A metre, (measure.) 

To produce, (to yield, to profit.) 

flow much does that employment 
yield you a year f 

An emplojrment. 

To permit, permitted. Permit. 



II n*a pas mdme assez d* argent poor 

acheter du pain, 
n friut aimer tout le monde, m6me 

nos ennemis. 
De nouveau. 
n parle de nouveau. 
Baisser, 1, (toaiJber, 1, 51'.) 
La marchandise baisse de priz. 
Rahattre, 4, (see baUre, 4, 36<.> 
Lever, 1. (^ 144—4.) Raussv, 

La farine a-t-elle hauss^ ou baiasd t 
Elle a baissd la fenStre, levoz-la. 

Lesdenrdes. Lesdenr^esonthaused. 

Surfairt,* (like/atre.*) 

Ne vous ayant pas suritut, je ne em* 

rais rien rabattre. 
Une aune. Une yard ou verge. 

Un mitre. 
Rapporter, 1. 
Combien cet emploi (cctte charge) 

vous rapporte-t-il (elle) par an f 
Un emploi, une charge. 
Permsttre,*i (de), pemtf. JPcnnsfla^ 

(mettre.) 



Digitized 



by Google 



■ IXTT- FIFTH LK880N. (3.) 925 

SoizAivTi-oiNQUiiMB Th^mk. 2de Seo. 

A-t-il leduit le prix de son velours de soie? Non, il (fit qu'il nh 
rabat^ rien. Ce marchand sorfait trop. II assure qu'il ne surfait 
pas du tout, mais que comme ses maichandises sont de la meilleure 
qualite, il est oblige de vendre plus cher. — ^Voulez-vous m'introduire 
k un autre ? Je tous introduirai avec plaisir. — Qui a pr^sent^ ce 
jeune avocat au president? Le ministre le lui a present^. Le roi 
a-t-il ite present^ au ministre 1 Non, mais le ministre Pa ^t^ au 
foi.— Puisque vous connaissez M. Martin, voulez-Tous me le pre- 
senter ? Je vous le pr^senterai. II vient par ici. Dr. Prudieu, per' 
metlez moi (permit me) de vous presenter M. Martin, de Louisville. 
Dr., je suis charme d'avoir le plaisir de votre connaissance. C'est 
a ec beaucoup de plaisir, M., que je fais la votre. — ^Vous ?'a-t-il dit 
lui-m^me ? Non, mais sa femme elle-mfcme me Pa dit. — Votre pere 
vous a-t-il permis (from permctire, to permit) d'acheter 3 aunes de 
ce drap? II me Pa permis. — Leur permet-il de se servir de son 
cheval 1 — ^Avez-vous leve la fenStre ? — ^Le coton hausse-t-il ? 

What is the price of this cloth 1 I sell it at three crowns and a 
half the ell. — ^I think (trcuver) it very dear. Has the price of cloth 
not fallen 1 It has not fallen ; the price of all goods (la marckandise) 
has fallen, except that of cloth, [excepte celui du drop.) — I will give 
you three crowns for it, {en.) — I cannot let you have {donner) it for 
(d) that price, for it costs me {coiUer, 1) more. — Will you have the 
goodness to show me some pieces (la piece) of English cloth ? With 
much pleasure. — Does this silk suit you 1 It does not suit me. — 
Why does it not suit you ? Because it is too dear; if yon will lower 
the price, {en rabattre quel^ chose j) I shall buy twenty yards of it. 
— Not having asked too much, I cannot take off anything. — You 
learn French; does your master let yDU translate? He lets me 
read, write, and translate. 

Had cotton risen in England, by the last news? Yes, it had 
nten } of a penny. — Then it will rise here. — Probably, {proha' 
blement.) — Is it true that produce and provisions are lower? I be- 
lieve they are the same, {au mime prix ;) that they have neither 
risen nor sunk, {lowered.}— Wh^Li is the price of a yard of your 
iilk velvet? It is 4 dollars a yard. It is high. How beautiful it 
is! See! — Is flour high? Five dollars a barrel. — Will it not be 
lower in the fall ? It may lower, fall. — Will you permit me to use 
your fan ? If he would reduce the price of his house, would you 
lake it for your family ? — Would he purchase 2 barrels of floo, if it 
was 4 J doUars a barrel? — How do you do, to-day? I am very 
unwell, (tres-mal) — How do you like that soup? I think {trouver) 
k is very bad; but since I have lost my appetite, {Vappititj) I do 



Digitized 



by Google 



846 



SIXTY-SIXTH LESSON. (1.) 



not like anjrthing, {je ne trouve rien de bon.) — ^How much doei 
that employment yield to your father ? It yields him more thao 
four thousand {mille has no 5 in the plural) crowns. 



SIXTY-SIXTH LESSON, 66th.— 5ot»m<e-stxteme Le^, 66me. 
Yooabulahli. Ire Sec. 



A kindt »ortt (a specie*.) 
What kind of fruit is that t 

A stone (of a fruit). A plum stone. 
A stone of a peach, an apricot. 
Stone-fruit. Break these stones. 

One must break the stone before one 

comes at the kernel. 
A kernel. 

An almond. Kernel-fruit. 

A sweet almond. A bitter almond. 
It is a kernel-fruit. 
To gather, gathered. Gather, 
r gather, thou gatherest, he gathers. 
To gather fruit. 

To serve up the «(mp, the breakfast. 
To bring in the dessert. 
The fiTiit. An apricot. A peach. 
A plum. An anecdote. Roast meat. 
To cease, to leave off. 
I leave off reading. 
She does not leave off speaking. 
To avoid. 
To escape. 

To escape a misfortune. 
He ran away to avoid death. 

Tofiee, to taketojlight, one's heelSfScc. 

To do without a thmg. 

Can you do without bread ? 

I can do without it. 

lliere are many things which we 

must do without. 
To depend, belong to, be connected 

with. 
This employment and the duties 

connected with it. 
That lesson and the exercises be> 

longing to it. 



Une espice. 

Quelle espSce de fruit est cela, (or 

est-ce la ?) 
Un noyau. Un noyau de prune. 
Un noyau de peche, d'abricot. 
Fruits a noyau. Cassez ces noyaux 

(9«.) 
n faut cesser le noyau pour en avob 

1' amende: (a proverb.) 
Une amande, un pepin. 
Une amande. Fruits a pepin. 
Une amande douce, amere. 
C'est un fruit a pepin. 
Cueillir,* 2, cueilli. Cueillez. 
Je cueille, tu cueilles, il cueille. 
CueUlir du fruit. 

Servir la soupe, le dejeuner. 

Servir le dessert, 

Le fruit. Un abricot. Une pdche. 
Une prune. Une anecdote. Duroti. 
Cesser, 1, de. 
Je cease de lire. 
Elle ne cesse de parler. (62<.) 
£viter, 1, {de before infin.) 
l^chapper, 1. 

t J^chapper a un malhetu*. 
II a pris la fuite pour ^chapper a It 

mort. 
Prendre la fuite. 
Se passer de quelque chose. 
Pouvez-vous vous passer de pain f 
Je puis (je peux) m'en passer. 
II y a bien des choses dont il faut ss 

passer. 
D^pendre, 4, de. 

Get emploi et les devoirs qni en d^ 

pendent. 
Cette le^on el los thimes qvien dl 

pendent. 



>.. 



Digitized 



by Google 



fllXTf-ilXTH LESSON. (1.) 847 

SoiZAKTB-sizitinB THfiMK. Ire Sjo. 

Aimez-Yous les amandes ? Oui, je les aime douces.- -L'^piciei 
dn coin vend-il de bonnes p^hes seches 1 Non, les pSches seches 
qu'il vend sont sures, trop sures. C'est dommage. — N'est-il pas 
bientdt temps que nous ayons des abricots ? Des abricots 1 Ce n'est 
pas encore la season (season.) II faut que les cerises et les fraises 
riennent (subj. § 151) avant. Nous n'avons pas encore eu cesfruits-I^ 
Dans la naison des fruits j'aime beaucoup les desserts. — ^Jean, si vous 
■llez dans le jardin, ne cueillez pas les fruits. Non, je n'en cueillerai 
pas ) mais no faut-il pas que je cueille un bouquet? Si fait, cueille? 
en un pour votre cousine Marie. — Quelle espece de fruit est cela? 
Ce n'est pas un fruit. Qu'est-ce done ? C'est une tomate (a tomato.) 
Elle ressemble k un fruit, n'est-ce pas 1 Dans la saison des tomate^, 
je ne peux pas m'en passer, et vous? (62^, N. 1.) — Mon fils ne pent 
pas se passer de pain, les v6tres s'en passent-ils ? Pourquoi 6vitez* 
vous M. Charles ? — Mile. Amanda a ete bien heureuse d'echapper 
k la mort. — Elle a echappe k un accident affreux, ne le saviez-vous 
pasi 

You must speak, (subj.) you must not be afraid. — I am too bashful 
{timide) to speak. I should like to (je voudrais bien) know why I 
am 80 bashful. — ^You would not be so bashful if you studied better, 
Do you think so ? To be sure, I do. — Have they already brought in 
the dessen? They have brought it in. — Do you like fruit? I like 
firuit, but I have no more appetite. — Will you eat a little cheese? I 
ivill eat a little. — Shall I help you to English or Dutch cheese? 1 
^ill eat a little Dutch cheese. — What kind of fruit is that? It ia 
rone-fruit. — What is it called? It is called thus. — Will yon wash 
your hands? I should like to (je voudrais bien) wash them, but I 
have no towel to {pour) wipe them with. — I will let you have {/aire 
Conner) a towel, some soap, and some water. I shall be much 
obliged (fort oblige) to you. 

May I ask you for (oserais-je vous demander) a little water ? Here 
is some, (en void.) Can you do without soap ? As for soap, I can 
do without it, but I must have a towel to wipe my hands with. — Do 
you often do without soap ? There are many things which we must 
do without. — Why has that man run away ? Because he had no 
Ovher means of escaping the punishment (la pnnition) which he had 
deserved, (miriter.) — Why did your brothers not get (se procurer) a 
better horse ? If they had got rid of their old horse, tiiey would 
have got a better. — Has your father arrived already ? Not yet, but 
we hope that he will arrive this very day, (aujoiird^hui meme.) — Has 
foiT friend set out in time, (a temps ?) I do not know, but I hope 
he has (quHl sera, 58', Obs. 141) set out in lime 



Digitized 



by Google 



948 



fIXTT-IIZTH LKSIOIf. (S.) 



YocABTJLAiBM. 2de Seo. 
T» ttteeuU a conunia»ion. ^ 

To aequii one^s idf of a commia- VS'aequitter, 1, d'unei 

noHt to do an errand. J 

I have executed your commissioD. I Je me euis acquitt^ de Totre com 

I mission. 

r Vous dtes-^rous acquitt6 de ma com 
Hare you executed my commission t i mission k 

( Ayez-Tous fait ma commission ff 



i have executed it. 

To do one' a duty. 

To dueharget to do, or to fulJU one* a 

duty. 
That man always does his duty. 
That man always fhlfiis his duty. 

Th rdy, to depend upon aometking. 
He depends upon it. 

I rely upon you. 

You may lely upon him. 

J%at u to aay, (i. e.) Et eatera, (etc.) 
My pen (quill) is better than yours. 
They will warm the soup. 
Dinner (or supper) is on the table, (is 

serred up.) 
tX) you choose any soup f 
Shall I help you to some soup f 
I will trouble you ibr a little. 
To aerve up, to attend. 
Not that I know of, you know of. 



It ia bnpoaaUde that I should receive 
it in time, (for me to receive it.) 

i akould like to know, I wonder whj 
he says it. 

I wonder whether, (should like to 
know if . . .) 



Je m*en suis acquitte. 
Faire son devoir, 
Remplir son devoir. 

Get homme fait toiyowrs son d&roir. 

Get homme s*acquitte tonjours de 
son devoir. 

Conner, I, sur qudque chase. 

II y coropte. 
( Je compte sur vous. 
c Je me fie a vou&. 
r Vous pouvez vous fier a lui. 
-j Vous pouvez vous y fier. 
I Vous pouvez compter sur lui. 

Ceat-i-dire. Savoir. Etewtira, (ate^ 

Ma plume est meilleure que la vdtr«« 

On fera chaufler la soupe. 

On a servi. 

> t Vous servirai-je de la soupe f 

t Je vous en demanderai un peu. 

Servir,* 

Pas que je aa^e, voua aaekiez, (sob 

^ 151.) 
11 eat impossiUe que je le regoived 

temps, 
Je voudraia bien aavoir, Je voudraia 

hien aavoir pourquoi il le dit. 
Je voudraia bien savoir si . . . 



SoiZAKTE-siziiMB Th^mb. 2de Sec. 

• Que faut-il que nous fassions aujourd'huit Je voua donne k 
^tudierle vocabulaire de la soixante-sixieme le^on, seconde section, 
et ^ preparer les themes Fran<?ai8 et Anglais qui en depctufen/ (belong 
to it; connected with it.) TAchez de ne point faire de fautea. 
Pessue toujours, mais je n'y r^ussis pas. Pierre (Peter) s'est-il ac- 
({iiitt^ de ma commission 1 Pas que je sache. — ^Votre cousine parlo* 



Digitized 



by Google 



BIXTT-81XTH LBS80M. (3.) 84fi 

c-eUt; plus que yotre sgbut ? EUe le fait ; non yaice qu'elle parle 
mieux, mais parce qu'elle n'est pas si timide. — J'ai une commissior 
importante k faire, pour laquelle je compte sur vous. — Vous pouvez 
compter sur moi. Je m'en acquitterai de mon mieux. Je voudrais 
bien savoir si Ton peut compter sur notre domestique ! — Mile. Emilie 
n'est pas encore revenue, faut-il qu'On tienne (H51) la soupechanda 
poor ellel — Vous servirai-je un peu de soupe?< — Pourquoi n'en 
pvenez-YOUs pas, si vous no pouvez pas vous en passer ? — Que vouft 
■enrirai-je ? — Mon neveu va a Norristown, voulez-vous qu^il y iassa 
qaelque commission? 

Have you executed my commission > have executed it. — ^Has 
your brother executed the commission which I gave him ? He has 
executed it. — ^Would you {voudriez-vous) execute a commission for 
me ? I am under so many obligations to you that I will always 
execute your commissions, when it shall please you to give me 
any. — Will you ask the merchant whether (5t) he can let me have 
(me ttonrur) the horse at the price (au prix) which I have offered 
him ? I am sure that he would be satisfied if you would add a few 
crowns more. — If I were sure of that I would add a few crowns 
more. — Good morning, my children! have you done your task? 
You well know that we always do it ; or else {ou bien) we must be 
sick, or we must have a good excuse^ {une excuse.) 

I wonder whether yon could tell me an anecdote? Will yon try 
to relate one to us? (ncusenracontervmel) — ^In English or in French! 
Not in English \ but in French. It is impossible for me to relate it 
without making many mistakes. We think so ; therefore we will 
excuse them, (excuser^ 1.) — One of the valets de chambre (un des 
wdets de chambre) of Louis XIV . (de Louis XIV.) requested that prince^ 
as he was going to bed, (comme U se mettaU au lit,) to recommend 
(defaire recommander) to the first president (d Monsieur le premier 
prisident) a lawsuit (un proces) which he had against (contre) his 
father-in-law, and said, in urging him, (en le pressant:) "Alas, 
(Helasj) Sire, (Sire^) you have but to say one word." "Well,'' 
(Eh !) said Louis XIV., " it is not that which embarrasses me, (ct 
n^est pas de quoi je suis en peine ;) but tell me, (rfts-moi,) if thou weil 
in thy father-in-law's place, (d la place de,..,,) and thy father-in-law 
in thine, wouldst thou be glad (bien aise) if I said that word ? 

VooABVLAiBB. 8me Sec. 



Jb iufieet he iujfieient, answer. 
Is that bread sufficient for you f 
It is tuffieient for me. 
I siifice, thoa dost suffice. 
80 



Sufire,* 4, tmfisant, ntjftt. 
Co pain vous suffit-il f 
II me suffit. 
Je suffis, tu i 



Digitized 



by Google 



aoo 



lIXTT-fllXTH ^CSgON. (3/^ 



Will that money be sufficient for that 
man? 

It will be sufficient for him. 
Little wealth suffices for the wise. 
Bas that sum been sufficient for that 

man? 
Was that man contented with that 

sum f With those three dollart t 
He was (satisfied with it, with them.) 
He has been contented with it. 
To be contented with something. 
It would be sufficient for him if you 

would only add a few crowns. 
He would be contented if you would 

only add a few crowns. 
To add. Add nothing to it. 
To embarkf to go on board. 
A sail. 
To set sail. 
To set sail for. 
To sail for America. 

To sail. 

Under full sail. 

To sail under full sail. 

He embarked on the sixteenth of last 

month. 
He sailed on the third instant. 
The instant, the present month. 
The fourth or fifth instant. 
The letter is dated the 6th instant. 
To If ok at. Look at it, (him or her.) 

SorxoTS-sixzftMB Tnfixs. 8me Sec. 
Je voudrais bien savoir quand le b^timent mettra k la voile ? Le 
eapitaine ne le dit-il pas dans sa lettre du qninze du courant ? Je ne 
m'en souviens pas. Regardez-la. 11 dit seulement : Hon b&timenf 
fera voile ttictssamment, ce qui veut dire : sans dekd, bient6t, dans 
quelques jours. — Quelle est la date aujourd^hui? C'est le 20 du 
courant. — Faut-il que vo^is sachiez le jour que le bfttiment fera voile 1 
n est important queje lesache. (} 151.) — Ce que vous avez sur votre 
liste de provisions sufifira-t-il ? La regarderai-je ? Ne I'avez-vout 
pas encore regscrdee? Non. Si je Pavais regard^e, je saurais si 
ce que vous avez suffirait. £b bien! regardez-la. Du fromagO) 



3et argent suffira t-il a cet homme I 

(uiually in the 3d pen. iing. 4* 

plur.) 
II lui suffira. 

Peu de bien suffit au sage. 
Cette somme a-t-elle suffi a oet 

homme f 
Cet homme s*est-il content^ de oette 

somme T De ces 3 gourdes t {f6m.) 
Elle lui a ftuffi. Eiles lui ont suffi. 
II s'en est content^. 
Se contenter de quelque chose. 
Elle luisuffirait, si vous vouliez «€!<{«• 

ment y ajouter quelques ^cus. 
II se contenterait, si vous vouliei 

$ealement y syouter quelques ^ns. 
Ajouter, 1. ITy ajoutez rien. 
S'embarquer, 1. 
Une voile.* 
t Mettre a la voile, 
t Fau-e voile pour. 
Fah-e voile pour TAmftiquo, (all« 

en Am€rique.) 
Marcher. 

A pleines voiles, (a toutes voiles.) 
Marcher a pleines voiles, (cingler.) 
II s'est embarqu6 le seize du moil 

dernier, 
n a mis a la voile le troie courant. 
Le courant. 

Le quatre ou le cinq du courant. 
La lettre est du six du courant. 
Regarder, 1. Regardez-le, (la.) 



' Voile f meaning a veUt a cover ^ is masculine. 
eZZe $'e$t aeheti un voUe. 



Ex. She has bought a veil 



Digitized 



by Google 



SIXTY-SEVENTH LESSON. (1.) 851 

du Tin, de Peau de yie, du biscuit, du beurre, des axk^andep. dea 
prun«(w<x, (pmnes,) des raisins sees, {raisinSj) du bceuf. Si roua 
n'avez pas de langues sdiesy (sdt t(mg^esJ) il faut en ajouter. Com 
bien en ajouterai-je ? II faut que vous en ajoutiez au moins 5 ou 6. 
Vous passerez-vous d^omfs 7 {eggs ?) Non, ni de poulets ; car j'aime 
beaucoup les oshSb et les poulets. Ajoutez-les k la liste. 

What is that vessel coming under full sail? It is tlie packet 
( paquehot) Susquehanna, from Liverpool. How fast it sails ! It sailed 
from Liverpool the 3d instant It will soon come {ttrriver) to the wharf. 
Let me finish looking at your list, and then we will go and see who is 
in the packet. The last articles are chickens and eggs. — Will twelve 
pair of chickens be sufficient? I would think so. — And how many 
eggs will you want? (vous faudra-t'tl?) About welve doaen, (rfoit- 
zainesj) or one hundred and fifty, will answer, [suffiront.] — ^WiU you 
not want two hundred ? No, I guess twelve dozen will be enough. 
You will do well to put them up in salt. I wish I had everything 
arranged. I also. — On the list is there any tea, sugar, coffee, choco- 
late, pepper, and vinegar? Yes, I see all those articles. — Have you 
sent aujrUiing on board ? (d bard 7) I have already sent several chests 
full on board. We must, in going (en allant) to the Liverpool 
packet, see if they have been received, and where they have been 
put. 

Have they served up the soup ? They have served it tip some 
minutes ago. Then {dors) it must be cold ; I like soup only when 
it is hot. They will warm it for you. You will oblige me, {ohliger.) 
— Shall I help you to some of this roast meat ? I will trouble you for 
ft little. — Will you eat some of this mutton ? I thank you, I like fowl 
better but a very small piece will suffice me. — May I offer you {vous 
offrirat'je) some wine ? I will trouble you for a little. — Is this bread 
sufficient for you ? It would be sufficient for me if I was not very 
hungry. — When did your brother embark for America? He sailed 
on the 30th of last month. — Do you promise me to speak to your 
brother ? I promise you, you may depend upon it. I rely upon 
you. — Will you work harder {mieux) for next lesson than you have 
done for this? (53*, and ^200.) I will work harder.— May I rely 
upon it? You may. 



SIXTY-SEVENTH LESSON, e7ih.-^oixarUe'septume Legm, 67mi 

VoCABULAiBB. Ire See. 

T) be a judge of eomething. I t Se connaitre en quelque choee. 

Are you a judge of cloth f I t Vous connaissez-vons en drap t 



Digitized 



by Google 



868 



•XXTT-8XTXNTH LKSSOH. (1.) 



I am a judge of it. 

I am not a judge of it. 

I am a good judge of it. 

I am not a good judge of it. 

To draw. 

To chaUtt to trace, (Co eounterdraw.) 

To draw a landscape. 

To draw after life. 

The drawing. The drawer. 

N^ature. Natural. 

To manage, or to go about a thing. 

How do you manage to make a fire 

without tongs 7 
I go about it so. 

You go about it the wrong way. 
I go about it the right way. 
How does your brother manage to do 

that T 
Skilfully, handily, dexterously, cle- 

verly. 
Awkwardly, unhandily, badly. 
To forbid. 

I forbid you to do that. 
To lower. 

To cast down one*s eyes. 
The curtain (of a theatre). 
The curtain rises, falls. 
The stocks have fallen — risen. 
The day falls. 

Night comes on. It grows dark. 
It grows late, it is rather late. 
To ftayp. 



Je m*y connais. 

Je ne m'y connais pas. 

Je m'y connais tres-bien. 

Je ne m*y connais pas beaucoupi 

De$iiner, 1. 

Caiquer, 1. 

Dessiner un paysage. 

Dessiner d'apres nature. 

Le dessin. Le dessinateor. 

La nature. Natural, naturelle. 

S*y prendre. 

Comment to us y preneL-vous poiu 

faire du feu sans pincettes f > 
Je m'y prends comme cela. 
Vous vous y prenez mal. 
Je m*y prends bien. 
Comment Totre frere s*y jlrend-U 

pour £iire cela ? 
Adroitement. 

Maladroit ement. 

Difendre, 4, (4e av. Tinf.) 

Je TOUB defends de faire cela. 

BaiMter, 1. 

t Baisser les yeuz. 

Latoile (d'un theatre), le rideaa. 

t La toile (le rideau) se leve, se baisse. 

Le change a baiss^ — ^hauss^. 

Le jour baisse. 

n se fait nuit. 

II se fait tard. 

Se baiiier. 



SoDLANTE-sKPTiiMB THim. Ire Sec. 

Je voudrais bien savoir (I wonder) qui se connait bien en ch« 
yaux 1 M. Lenoi: I'y connait. £tes-yous eta qn'il s'y connaisM 
bien? (4 151.) Qui, j'en suis b^li; car je m'y connais moi-m^me. 
niais il s'y connait mieux que moi. — ^Vous dessinez, je sais. Des* 
sinez-Yous d'apres natore^ ou copiez-vous ? Je copie, g^neralement 
— ^Voulez-vous que je dessine quel que chose pour vous? Je vou- 
drais avoir une copie (a copy) de ce paysage. Jean pent vous en 
dessiner une copie. Croyez-vous qu'U veuille le faire ? (i 151.) Eo 

> AU nouns ending in tte are feminine, except the two following : un nam- 
Istte, an amulet ; un squeUtte, a skeleton ; and some compounds, mi mm 
forte-wtmckettet, asnufTer-stand ; un tire-hotte, a boot- jack ; unca$se'ntndU§* 
viit-crackers. 



Digitized 



by Google 



flXTT-fEYKNTH LKgSON. (S.) 35S 

eas qo'il ne Teaille pas, {In case he would nptj) ne pouvez-vous paa 
le calquer? Comment youlez-vous le calquer, lorsqu'il est sous 
wene 1 C'est vrai. Je n'y pensais pas. Ne peul-on pas Pdter du 
cadre f (frame.) Sans doute, on le peut. Comment vous y pren- 
driez-Tous pour l'6ter ? II faut d'abord 6ter les clous qui tiennent 
le d:s du cadre. Mais pour cela il faut que nous ayons des pin* 
cettes. J'ai une paire de pincettes. La voici. Voili un clou d*6te, 
(3*, 06s. T.y En yoilk deux d'dt^s, en voili trois. Ah ! II n^y en 
a que trois. Alors ils sont tous 6tes. Mais attendez done ; ne nout 
est-il pas defendu d'6ter les gravures (engravings) des cadres poui 
calquer? 

Are you a judge of cloth ? I am a judge of it. — Will you buy 
?ome yards for me ? {ni'en ?) If you will give me the money, 1 
will buy you some, {vous en.)— You will oblige {obliger) me. — Is that 
clerk a judge of cloth ? He is not. — How do you manage to do 
that? I manage it so. — Will you show me how you manage it? I 
will, {je le veux hien») — What must I do for my lesson of to-mor- 
row ^ You will copy your exercises properly, leam the next voca« 
bulary, {vocahxdaire sutvont,) and write the exercises belonging to 
it. — How do you manage to get goods {des marchandises) without 
money? I buy on credit — How does your sister manage to leara 
French without (52*) a dictionary? She manages it thus. She 
manages it very dexterously. 

But how does your brother manage it? {Mais M, voire frere com- 
ment s^y prend'il ?) He manages it very awkwardly ; he reads and 
looks for the words in the dictionary. — He may {peut) leam in this 
manner twenty years without knowing how to make a single sen- 
tence, {une seule phrase.) — Why does your sbter cast down her eyes ? 
Is it because she is bashful ? She casts them down because she is 
ashamed of not having done her task. — Shall we breakfast in the 
garden, to-day ? The weather is so fine, that we should {quHl faut) 
take advantage of it, {en profiter.) — How do you like that coffee ? 
I like it very much, (excellent.) — I wonder why you stoop ? I stoop 
to pick up the handkerchief which I have dropped, and in which I 
have put some money. 

VooABULAiBi. 2d6 Sec. 



To tmdl, to fed. 

fie smells of garlic ; she, of mutk. 

To feel some one*8 pulse. 



Senttr.^ (54«.) 

n sent VaU; elle, le mu$e. 

t Tfiter le pouls a quelqu*un. 



I After a noun, the past participle (used as an adjective, that is, withovl 
Ml mudliary) must be preceded by de or iT. (B\ Obi. 7.— 30^ Obi, 71.) 
80* 



Digitized 



by Google 



154 



• 1XTT-»£VENTH LESSON. (2.) 



To content to a thing, 

I consent to it. 

To hide, to conceal. To hide one* t self. 

The wit, the mind. Indeed. Iq fact. 

The truth. The effect. True. 

A. true man. 

This is the right place for that pic- 
ture. 

To think much of one ^ (to esteem one,) 
Tj eeteem some one, 

' do not think much of that man. 

^ think much of him, (I esteem him 

much.) 
/^e flower, the bloom, the blossom. 
« ^ a level with, even with, 
rhat maii has his eyes on a level 

with his head, (prominent eyes.) 
To blossom, ito flourish.) 
To grow, growing, grown. 
I grow, thou growest, he or she 

grows, one grows, people grow. 
To grow rapidly, (fast.) 
To grow tail or big, grown tail. 
That child grows so fast that wa 

may even see it. 
That child has grown very fast in a 

short time. 
That rain har 7.1 ade the corn grow. 
Corn. Indian corn. 

What a fuie carnation ! What a 

good odor! 
Has mignonette a fine scent, odor, or 

smell f does it smell good, nice T 
Thai heliotrope has a delightful scent. 
To be witty, ur irt, talented. 



Consentir* i quelque chose, (54*.) 

J'y consens. 

Cachet', I, Se cacher, Cachez-votu 

L' esprit. En v^rit4. En effet 

La vdrit^. L'effet. Vrid. 

Un homme vrai. 

Voila la vraie place de ce tableau. 

Faire cas de qudqu'un, Estimer, 1, 

quelqu^un. 
Je ne fais pas grand cas de 06t 

homme. 
Je fais grand cas de lui, (je Testimc 

beaucoup.) 
La fleur. 
A fleur de. 
Get homme a les yeux a fleur de 

tSte. 
Fleurir, 2.' 

Croitre,* 4, croissant, cr^. 
Je crois, tu crois, il ou elle croit, 6a 

crott. 
Croitre rapidement. 
Grandir, 2, grandi, 

t Cet enfant grandit a vue d'oeil. 

Cet enfant a bien grandi en peu de 

temps. 
Cette pluie a fait grandir les bUs. 
Du ble. Du maTs. 

Quel hel csUlet! Quelle bonne 

odeur ! 
Le risida sent-il 5on f ou a-t'U une 

bonne odeur? 
Cet heliotrope a une odeur delicieusr- 
t Avoir de Tesprit. 



BoiXANTK-sBPTitinE THiBos. 2de Sec. 

Quelle bell* (what a fine) fleur vous avez-li! Sent-elle bonl 
iJentez-la et regardez-la. Elle est belle ; raais elle ne sent pas bon. 
Quelle espece de fleur eHt-ce ? Ne la connaissez- vous pas'? C'est 

' Fleurir, to blossom, is regular ; but when it means to flourish, its pre- 
sent participle is florissaiU, and its imperfect mdicntiye florissait,flortssawnt, 
Ex. Un empire florissant, flourishing empire ; une armie florissante, a 
flourishing array ; cet auleui jUi^,.\t^a sous son rigne, that author floariaiied 
ender his reign ; les arts <l I«« , ces florissaient alors, arts and •«»•*•»«*« 
were then flourishing. 



X 



Digitized 



by Google 



8IZTT-9XYENTH LK8S0N. (3.) d5t 

on dahlie. — Ce beurre sent Tail. L'aimez-yous quand il a le gout 
d'ail ? Je ne Paime ni quand il sent Pail ni quand il en a le gout. 
(24*, Obs. 65.) — Que pensez-vous des ouvrages de W. Irving? J'en 
fais grand cas. Et de ceux de C. D. ? Je n'en fais pas grand cas. 
II y a trop do mots dedans. — ^Votre cuifine est-elle k fleur de terre ? 
Oui, comme presque toutes les cuisines modemesj ou que Ton batit k 
present. Les anciennes cuisines n'etaient pas a fleur de terre ; mas 
au dessous. — Que cachez-vous? Quelque chose que je ne veux 
pas que vous voyiezj (H51.) En verite ! Je suisfdcke que vsus le 
ioehiez} {S 151) en avez-vous honte ? N'importe, cela me concerne, 
ct ne vous concerne pas. En eflfet, cela ne me regarde pas ; mais je 
ne croyais pas que vous en auriez fait un secret — ^Votre neveu grandit 
beaucoup, n'est-ce pas ? — Sa soBur ne grandit-elle pas k vue d'ceil 1 — 
Qui ne grandit plus ? 

Which is the most flourishing city of the United States? {des £tatS' 
Unis ?) It is New York, I think ; but there are many other flourish- 
ing cities in the U. S., {£}. U.) — Which are the other flourishing 
places? {endroits 7) Philadelphie, Baltimore, Boston, Cincinnati, La 
Nouvelle-Orleans, Pittsbourg, &c. &c. — Does Indian corn grow well 
this season ? Yes, it looks very welL The last rain we had (have 
had) has made it grow very fast. The mind always shows itself— 
it cannot be hidden. — ^That lawyer is witty, is he not ? Yes, indeed. 
How witty {d^ esprit) is that young lady ! — Truth has always a good 
eflect, has it not? No, not always; truth sometimes make us ene- 
mies. — Is your portrait (portrait) in its right (true) place ? No, the 
light comes from the wrong (mauvais) side. Your portrait ought to 
t>e on the other side of the parlor. Then it would be in its true 
light, (jour.)— Had you not better change its place ? The family will 
aot consent to it. 

That engraving would be in its true place, there ; and your portrait 
in its, here : if I were you, I would change them. It is indifferent 
to me, and as the rest of the family have arranged it so, I will not 
meddle with it. — Do you like the smell of this little flower? It is 
delightful. — Is it not a piece of mignonette ? No, it is a piece of 
heliotrope. — Why do your sisters hide themselves? They would 
not hide themselves if they did not fear to be seen. — Whom are they 
afraid of? They are afraid of their governess, {une institutrice.) who 
scolded them yesterday because they had not done their tasks, {leur 
devoir.)— Have you already seen my son ? I have not seen hiio 
yet; how b he ? He is very well ; you will not be able to reoogniat 
oim, for he has grown very tall in a short time. 



Digitized 



by Google 



865 



tlXTT-tXYXNTH LESSON. (S.) 



YooABULAixs, 8me See. 
A corer. A shelter. A cottage, a hut. | Un gtte. Un abri. Une chaumlen 
To8heIterone*8Belf from something.) ^^ « i, i • j i > 

To tiik* «h«ker from «om«ihinir \ ^ "nettre a 1 abn de quelque ch^ee. 

the 



To take shelter from something. 
Let us shelter ourselves from 

rain, the wind. 
Let us enter that cottage in order to 

be sheltered from the storm, (the 

tempest.) 

Everywhere, all over, throughout. 
All over (throughout) the town. 
A shade. Under the thade, 

I«et us sit down under the shade of 

that tree. 
To pretend. 

That man pretends to sleep. 
That young lady pretends to know 

French. 
They pretend to come near us. 

Now, From, tince. 

From morning. 

From the break of day. 

From the cradle, from a child. 

From this time forward. 

Ag goon ag. As soon as you please. 

As soon as I see him I shall speak to 

him. 
For fear of. 
To catch a cold. 
I will not go out for fear of catching 

a cold. 
He does not wish to go to town, for 

fear of meeting with one of his 

creditors. 
Be does not wish to open his purse, 

for fear of losing his mr^ney. 
To transcribe fairly. 
4 grammar, A French grammar. 



Mettons-noua a Tabri de lapluie,dc 

vent. 
Entrons dans cette chaumiere, poui 

§tre a couvert de la tempdte, on 

pour Stre a I'abri des injures ^ 

temps. 
Fartout, 

Par toute la ville.- 
Une ombre. 1 A V ombre, 

Allons nous aseeoir a IVmbre Us cet 

arbre. 
Faire gemhlant de. 
Cet homme fait semblant de dormir. 
Cette demoiselle fait semblant de 

savoir le Fran^ais. 
lis font semblant de B*approcher de 

nous. 
Maintenant, Dig. 

Des le matin. 
Des le point du jour. 
Des le berceau. 
Des a present. 

Dig que, Des que vous voudres 
Des que je le verrai je lui parlerai. 

De crainte oade peur de. 

Prendre froidy g*enrhumer. 

Je ne veuz pas sortir, de pear de 

m*enrhumer. 
n ne vent pas aller & la ville, de peuf 

de rencontrer un de ses cr^ancieri 

II ne veut pas ouvrir sa bourse, de 

peur de perdre son argent. 
Meltre* au net. (33».) 
Une grammaire. Une grammaire 
Fran^aise. 

BoizAirTS-ssPTiiMS THiME. 8me See. 
Le ciel est couvert, ne ferons-nous pas mieux de prendre chacDO 
an paraplaie? Oh! non, cela n'en raut pas la peine. S'il plect; 

^ Omkre, a shadow, is feminine ; but omhre, a kind of fish, and I omh t i 
game at cards, are masculine. 



Digitized 



by Google 



tlXTT-SXYXMTH LXttON. (3.) 801 

nouB trouverons quelqu'abri. Sans doute, nous trouverons quelque 
maison ou quelque chaumiere. Allons, allons. — ^Tenez, mainte- 
nant il fait du soleil, et un soleil bien chaud. II faut que nous pre- 
nions (H51) le c6te de I'ombre. Qui, toos avoz raison, allons ii 
Tombre. Lorsque nous anrons passe par toute la yille, nous senli- 
rons assez le soleii k la cainpagne. Passerons-nous k Pombre. 
CJuanl k moi, je ne m'en soucie pas. Je n'ai pas trop chaud de ce 
3dt^*ci, mais je ne vous empSche pas d'aller k Pabri des maisons, 
n vous ayez trop chaud au soleil. Jacques (James) et moi, nous 
■lions k Pombre, tous autres, (47^, 1,) faites comme vous Toudr«^z. 
— Samuel fait semblant de ne pas (^ 171 — 7) avoir peur du chaud, 
cependant, il le sent aussi bien que nous autres. — ^Tenez, {Obs. 94,) 
voyez done ! Thomas a-sa grammaire Fran<?aise ! Eh bien ! qu'y 
trouvez vous d'oxtraordinaire 1 Si j'ai le temps j'etudierai. J'ai 
d^ji mis mes tliemes au net, et vous, avez-vous mis les vdtres au 
net? Je les mettrai ce soir. 

Why does that man give nothing to the poor ? (oux pauwes ?) He 
is too avaricious, {avart ;) he does not wish to open his purse, fo) 
fear of losing his money. — What sort of weather is it ? It is very 
warm ] it is long since we had any rain ] I believe we shall have a 
storm, {un orage.) — It may be, {cela se peut Wen.) The wind blows, 
il thunders already ; do you hear it ? Yes, I hear it, but the storm 
b still far off, {encore bUn /otn.)— Not so far as you think ; see how 
it lightens. — It rains, it pours; what a shower! {futile averse!) — If 
we go into some place {quelque part) we shall be sheltered from the 
ktorm. — Let us go into that cottage, then, {done ;) we shall be shel- 
tered there from the wind and the rain. — The storm has ceased. 
We must go. 

Let us thank these good people for the shelter they have giveu 
us. We are much obliged to you. Adieu ! You are welcome.— 
Where shall we go now? Which road shall we take? The 
shortest 'court) will be the best. — ^We have too much sun, and I am 
still very tired ; let us sit down under the shade of that tree. — Who 
is {quel est) that man who is sitting under the tree ? I do not know 
him. — It seems he {il parait qu^U) wishes to be alone, {seul;) for 
when we offer {vouloir*) to approach him, he pretends to be 
asleep. — He is like your sister : she understands French very well, 
{fort bien ;) but when I begin to speak to her, she pretends not to 
understand me. — Has not your uncle given the clerk (Dir. 3) some- 
thing to transcribe ? Yes, he has. — I wonder whether it is important 
that he should transcribe it (} 151) immediately? Yes, t is, foi 
faai the gendeman should go without the copy, (H51.) 



Digitized 



by Google 



898 



5IXTY-EICHTH LK8S0N. I.) 



SIXTY-ElGHTH LESSON, GSih.SoixantC'huitieme l^foii, 68mi 

VocABULAiRB. Ire Sec. 

SECOND IMPERFECT TENSE.— Preterit. 

For its formation and use, see (♦ 153,) and study it carefully. 

nnriNiTivK. nfPEBFKcr. fektxrii. 

to have, Avoir, I had. J»en«, tu ens, il aot, noos e&roes, vou« eOtct, ii earent. 



To be, Etre, I was. Je fas, fna, 
Had you money enough ? I had I 

enough. I 

Had be the pleasure ^f teeing her t | 
No, he was deprived o * u. (To de- 
prive.) 
Had they no soup on that day 7 
They had none, but we had some. 

Had I less good luck than they f 
You had as much as they, (fem.) 
Wast thou happy in thy choice f 
I was not at all. Who was f 

We were, they were ; but jrou were 

not. 
Togo, Aller, I went. J'allai, 
To find, Trouver, I found. Je troavai, vas, 
To bring, Apporter, I broaght. J'apportai, tas, 



fat, fames, f(it«s, furcat. 

Eiites-vous assec d'argeat ? J'ev 

eus assez. 
Eut-il le plaisir de la loir f 
Non, il en fut priv5. {Priver, ..) _ 

N*eixent-ils pas de soupe ce jour-Ii \ 
lis n'en eurent pas, maia nous eo 

eiimes. 
Eus-je moins de bonheur qu*eux t 
Vous en eutes autant qu'elles. 
Fu8*tu heureux dans ton choiz T 
Je ne le fus pas du tout. Qui le fat f 
Nous le fumes, ils le furent ; mail 

vous ne le fltes pas. 

alias, alia, allames, all&tes, alldrant 
va, vftmes, vilea, vdrent. 
ta, tanes, tites, threat 



Where did you go last night ? (^ 153.) 

I went nowhere, I stayed at home. 

Who went to the minister's ball ? 
None of the family went, but Sarah 

and Fanny will go to the coruuVa 

ball. 
Did not the consul give one 3 weeks 

Bgof 
Not the consul, but the amhattadcr 

and his w\fe gave one then. 

And it was there that his wife wore 

her beautiful toreatht was it not ? 
Di 1 you find what you were seeking ? 

[ did, but aftei looking long for it. 

Was the battle decisive t 

It was completely so. 

The year before last. The week . . . 

flu tteamboat. A xteamship. 



Ou allates-vous hier soir? (time 

past.) 
Je n'allai nulle part, je restai a la 

maison. 
Qui alia au bal du ministre t 
Personne (^ 153 — 3,) de la famille 

n'y alia, mais Saraet Fanny iront 

au bal du comul. 
Le consul n*en donna-t*il pas un il y 

a trois semaines I 
Pas le consul, (^ 153 — 3,) mais ram- 

btttsiideur et son epouse en donnd- 

rent un alors. 
Et ce fiit la que aon Spouse porta son 

Buperbe bandeau, n*est-ce pas? 
Trouvateff-vous ce que vous chai- 

chiez ? 
Je le tronvai, mais aprea I'atoir 

chei^h^ long-temps. 
La batailU fut-elle decisive t 
Elle le fut compUtement. 
Vavant demiire annie. Semain* 
Ce bateau a vapeur. Un noatri i 

vapeur. 



Digitized 



by Google 



tlXTT-EIOUTH LESSON. (1.) 



On hoard the steam packet. 
Niew and f Aen, from time to time. 
Be gave it up on that account. 



A lord du paquebot L vapeur. 

De tempe en temps. 

11 Vabandonna d cautc de tela. 



SoiXA.NTE-HTriTitME Th^me. Iro Sec. 

Que trouv^tes-vous dans le sac que vous lamassates \ J'y trouvai 
an mouchoir, une jolie bourse et un morceau de g&teau. Trouvdtes- 
T31I8, Bur le mouchoir, le nom de la personne k qui il appartienti 
Je Vj trouvai. All&tes-vous le lui rendre 1 Je Vy envuyai par It 
domestique. L'ambassadeur eut-il beaucoup de mondj hier? II 
c^eut presque personne ) il faisait trop chaud. Restaleo-vous long- 
temps k Saratoga? Je n'y restai que quelques jours; mais mes 
freres y resterent plus de 3 semaines. Eutes-vous le temps d'y voir 
ie consul 1 Non, il n'etait pas encore arrive quand je quittai I'en- 
droit; mais mes freres eurent le temps et le plaisirde Py rencontrer 
— ^Jackson etait-il a la Nouvelle Orleans quand vous y arrivites? La 
bataiHe du 8 Janvier fut-elle decisive? Le fut-ellc aussi complete- 
ment que celle de Waterloo? Eurent-elles de bonne musique k 
leur concert? Ne fus-je pas complaisant? Ces petites filles ne 
lurent-elles pas obeissantes? Elles s'en allerent; n'est-ce pas? 

Did you not go last week to see the great panorama ? I was 
nnwell, so that I did not go ; but almost all the family went. — Were 
you obliged to transcribe that note more than once ? I was obliged 
to transcribe it three times. — Did not your cousin get (avoir) the 
yellow fever when he was in Mobile the year before last ? No, he 
did not get it ; but my nephew and my niece had it. — ^Had they a 
light or a violent attack ? The latter had a light attack of it, but the 
former had a violent one, and he could hardly escape death, (cefut 
avec peine quHl.) — Did you find your father at Burlington ? I was 
lucky enough to find him there, at the moment he was going oi^ 
boaid the steamboat. — Did you both stay in Burlington then ? No, 
he took me on board the steamboat with him and brought me here. 

What steamboa* was it? (ctait-ce?) It was the John Stevens. — 
Were there many persons on board ? {y avait-il ?) Th^re were not 
many. — Did the office (employment, la charge) which your uncle 
bad, produce much to him ? The office and all the functions which 
belonged to it, produced him between 1500 and 2000 dollars a year, 
(15 cents et 2 mille gourdes.) — Had he much to do? (not past.) Ves, 
he had a great deal to do. — Did his occupation [occupQti(m) make 
{use to make) him sick now and then ? Yes, now and then he waa 
{fised to be) sick. — Had he not, once, more to do than usual ? (past.) 
Ves, once he had a great deal more to do. — Was he sick then ? (past.) 
Ves, he was very sick that time. — Was he sick a long time ? Did 
he give up his office on that account ? Where did we go 00 that 
Account ? Did wo give it up on that account ? 



Digitized 



by Google 



8IXTT-EI0UTH LE8S0K. (2.) 

YooABULAias. 2de Sec. 
IMPERFECT CONTINUED.— Pf^«^rt< Conlinui, 



To ponish, panir, 

Tonicceedi r6aB8ir, 

To rc»lore, rendrc, 

To owe, devoir, 



IMPXRFXCT. 

I punished, Je pnnis, 
I Bucceedei, Je r^uwin, 
I restored, Je rendis, 
I owed, Je das, 



FKXmtlT. 

nis, nit, nlmes. 



nftes, nireot 

sis, sit, slraes, sttes, urent. 

dis, dit, dimes, dites, dirent. 

dus, dat, dfimes, dOtes, darent. 



J* avals fini de lire quand U descendU 

Avais-je trouv4 ma bourse quand 
vous perdUes la votre ? 



I had done reading when ke canie 

down. 
Had I found my purse when you lost 

yours ? 

These examples, and some previously given, show that 

THE FLVFEKFECT.—Le PlusquepatfaU. («1M.) 
ii formed in French as in English, with the imperfect of the auxiliary and 
the past participle of the verb to be conjugated. 



We had dined when he arrived. 
The king had named an admiral when 

he heard of you. {To name.) 
After having spoken, you went away 

with the colonel. 
After shaving, I washed and wiped 

my face. 
After having warmed themselves, 

they went into the. garden. 
As soon as the bell rung, you awoke 

and you rose, (got up.) 
As soon as they called me, I got up. 
As soon as he was ready, he came to 

see me, and so did the colonel. 
As soon as we had our money, we 

agreed to that. 
As soon as he had his horse, he came 

to show it me, and we tried it. 
After trying several times, they suc- 
ceeded in doing it. 
As soon as 1 saw him, I obtained 

what I wanted. 
As soon as I spoke to him, he kept 

his word, and did what I told him. 
The business uuzi soon over. 
His word (meaning promise) of honor. 



Nous avions din^ lorsqu'il arrtva, 
he roi avait nomm€ un omtroZ, quand 

on luiparla de vous. (Nommerf 1.) 
Apris avoir parl^, vous vous en id- 

Idtes ayec le colonel. 
Apres m*dtre rase, je me htvai et 

m*essuyai la figure. 
Apres 8*itre chauff^s. Us allirent au 

jardin. 
Dis que la cloche sonna, vous vous 

riveUldtes, et vous vous levdtcM, 
Dis qu*ils m^ appdireni, je me UvaL 
Aussitdt qu*il/tt< prSt, il vint me 

voir, et le colonel vint aussi. 
Aussitdt que nous eAmes notre ar 

gent, nous convinmes de cela. 
Aussitdt qu'il eut son cheval, il vini 

me le montrer, et nous ressayime$. 
Apris avoir essay6 plusieurs fois, ill 

parvinrent a le faire. 
Aussitdt que je le vis, yehtins ce 

dont j'avais besoin. 
Aussitdt que je lui parlai, il tint sa 

parole, et fit ce que je lui dis. 
L' affaire /ttf bientot faite. 
Sa parole (not mot) d'honneur. 



SoixANTE-HiriTiiHE ThSmb. 2de Sec. 

Que faisiez-vous quand il arriva ? Nous nous preparions h, sortir.— 

rerdites-YOUs la partie d'echecs ? Oui, je la perdis, mais je gagnai 

la partie de billard. — Que demand&tes-vous an capitaine lorsqua 

Tons le rencontr&tes au (|uai? Je Itii demandai si son colonel aVMl 



Digitized 



by Google 



■ IXTT-SIflHTH LX880V. (2.) 861 

M voir I'ambassadeur Anglais 1 Repondit-il que oui? H ne me 
i^pondi; lien. C'etait tres poli, n'est-ce pas ? Je crois qu'ii n'entendit 
pas ma question. C'est different. Yous aurait-il repondu s'il Toua 
avail entendu 1 Je n'en doute pas, car il est extr^mement poli et 
affable. — Est-il important que vous passiez chez le marchand de 
8oie % — N'y passerent-ils pas sans vousV- Vous donna-t-elle des CBufs 
pour dejeuner! — ^Vous en donnera-t-elie de nouveau? — ^Nous en 
dennsriez-vous si nous ne les aimions pas? 

Did not Mr. N. Biddle sell his beautiful black horse tc his sistor-in- 
liw'* No, she did not buy it. — Why did she not buy it? Because 
the was afraid of the price. — What did he ask her for it? I was 
told that he had asked her 450 dollars for it. — When did Sarah finish 
her task ? She finished it at i past 9. — Did you finish yours before 
that hour ? I finished mine 1 hour before. Who arrived thi5 morn- 
ing by the steamboat? I do not know who arrived this morning, 
but Julius arrived yesterday, (past,) by the steam packet. — What 
news has the steamer brought ? It brought favorable news.' Cotton 
and provisions kept up (mdntenir) their prices, and the continent of 
Europe was a little more quiet. 

At what time does your uncle William generally get up ? He 
rises generally early. I thought so. — Did he get up early to-day ? 
No, he did not, (not jws/.)— Did he get up early yesterday? (past.) 
No, he did not — Why did he not get up to-day and yesterday (mind 
the distinction to be observed in French) as early as usual ? Because 
he was a litde unwell (not has been), and is y at so. Do you not take 
your drawing lessons (legons de dessin) early every other day ? Yes, 
we take them pretty early. — Did you receive the last as early as 
usual? No, we received it only after breakfast. — Why did you 
receive it only after breakfast? Because our teacher did not come 
before. — Did you buy yorjr books at Appleton's, comer of Chestnut 
and 7th ? (de la 7me f) Yes, I did : it is there that I always buy 
books. 

' Although, speaking of Julius's arrival, the French may use the Pritirii 
and say : /I arriwi hier, hecause, on his landing, there was a completion of 
the action ; yet they cannAt, speaking of the steamer, translate : A brougii 
favorahle news, by : II appoHa de$ nouvdlesfavorahles, because we are not 
yet fully acquainted with the news it brought, and, of course, there is no 
oompletion of the action. This is a nice distinction, which the judicious 
pvpfl must treasure up. But had the steamer been in port two 'or three 
wevKS, J I apporta det nouvdles favorahle* , might be used ; becacsa the 
knowledge of the news it brought might be supposed complete, and we 
waux recollect that the Pritirit is used, on/y, when '* the event or aetiom v 
f^m mi^ jinishcdr 
SI 



Digitized 



by Google 



96i IIZTT-XIOHTH LXftSOM. (3.) 

VocABULAiBB. 8me Sec. 
SECOND PLUPERFECT.—Pre'fertf Antlrteur* 

For its ibnnation and use see (^ 155.) That article must be eai 
learned. 
To elucidate the two rules giTon in it, we here put a few examples. 
On 1st Rule. — The conjunctiTe adverb connected with the simple 



ifdif 



Had we not dined when he came t 



Had she finished when you called 
hert(* 155—1.) 

Had we not dined when he came, or 
used to come ? 

She had finished when you were call- 
ing her, or used to call her. 

Here, the Flutqueparfait is used, whether the simple tense is the FarfaU, 
the Pr$teritt or the Imparfait, 
Rule 2d. The conjunctive adverb connected with the compound tense. 



N'avions-nous pas dtni quand it 

vintt 
Avait-elle fiji quand vous TappelllM^ 

ou Taves appel6e T 
N*avions-nous pas dtn^ quand i! 

venait f 
EUe avait fini quand vomm Tappeliei. 



Quand Us eurent achevi de jouer, ils 
te mirent a chanter. (Fr^t.) 

Quand ils avaient fini de jouer, ils 
•e mettaient a chanter. (Impart) 

Quand j*eK« dtni, midi »onna, 

AussitSt que \* avals dini, midi ssft- 
nait, (Impuf.) 

n eutfini en un moment. 

n avait fini en un moment 



When they had done playing, they be- 
gan to sing. (^ 155 — 2.) 

When they had done playing, they 
usually began to sing. 

When I had dined, it struck 12. 

As soon as 1 had dined, it used to 
strike 12. 

He had done in a moment, (if only 
once.) 

He had done in a moment, (i{ more 
than once.) 

SoizANTi-Hmniiai Th^ms. 8me Sec. 
Que f ites-vous quand vous elites fini votre lettie ? J'allai chez 
mon frere, qui me mena au paquebot & yiq>eury ou j'eus le plaisir da 
trouver une de mes anciennes amies que je n'avais pas vue depuis 
plusieurs annees. — Que faisait-elle des qu'elle arait fini de prendre 
sa leQon de chant? EUe aliait chez sou amie Jeanne, et toutet 
deux sa promenaient dans le jardin, ou elles cueillaient, ou dei 
fleurs pour le salon, ou dea firuits pour le dejeuner. — Qu'as-tu £ai! 
•pres t'^tre lev^ ce matin % (not past) — ^Apres aroir lu les lettres do 
oomte polonais, j'ai M voir le the&tre du prince, que je n'avais pat 
encore tu. — Que fis-tu bier matin apres t'^tre levl? Pallai an 
maroh^.pour y acheter nos provisions, et quand je fus reveno 4 la 
maison, je lus mes lettres at j'y repondis. — Que faisaient roe amii 

> There is another Pritirit Antirieur, called the Pr4tirii AsUirigmr tm 
M/tni, which is, however, seldom employed. 



Digitized 



by Google 



tlXTT-MINTH LX880N. (1.) ^ 868 

ties matinis k la campagne Veii deraier? lis prenaient leun 
fosilB et se reodaient {se rendre, 4, to repair, to go) k I'hotel du 
village pour y prendre leors papiers et leurs lettres. 

What did the colonel do when he had breakfasted, this morning * 
He shaved and went out, (not past.) — Did he shave and go out yes« 
tarday, after breakfast, also ? {past.) No, he shaved before creak* 
fast, and went out after. — Had he gone out when you came inf 
He had gone out long before. — Did he read the gazette before h« 
went outi No, he read something else, {quelqu^atUre chose. y^Aftet 
reading, did he do an3rthing else before he went out ? He smcke^ 
a cigar. — Did he use to smoke when he was in the woods? Nn 
he did not, because he could not get good cigars, and rathex thar 
smoke bad tobacco, he would not smoke (62", N. 1) at all. — What did 
your friend do after he had been walking ? He went to the baron ^s 
house. — Did the baron receive him well? Yes, he received him 
as well as he had {avait) received him before. 

When do you set out? I do not set out till {je ne pars que) to 
mr iow ; for before I leave I will once more see my good friends.—* 
What did your children do when they had breakfasted? They 
went a walking with their dear preceptor, (precepteur.) — Where did 
your uncle go after he had warmed himself? He went nowhere. 
After he had warmed himself he undressed and went to bed. — ^At 
what o'clock did he get up ? He got up at sunrise.— Did you wake 
him ? I had no need to wake him, for he had got up before me.— 
What did your cousin do when he heard of the death (la mart) of 
bis best friend? He was much afflicted, (tres-affligiy) and went to 
bed without saying a word. — Did you shave before you break- 
fasted? I shaved when I had breakfasted. — Did you go to bed 
when you had eaten supper ? When I had eaten supper 1 wrot9 
mj letters, and when I had written them I went to bed. 



SIXTY-NINTH LESSON, 69th.— iSotawm/e-neuvwiiu Le^on^ 69me. 

VooABULAiBS. Ire Sec. 

To get beaten, (whipped.) 

To get paid. 

To get one's self invited to line. 

At first. 

Firstly. (^ 170.) 

Secondly. 

Thirdly, &c. 

U your mother at home 7 



t Se faire battre. 

t Se faire payer. 

t Se faire invlier a diner. 

D'abord. 

PremiSrement, en premier lieu. 

Secondement, en second lien. 

Troisiemement.en troisieme lien. 

Votre mere est-elle chez elle ? 

Votre mdre est-elle a la maisen t 



Digitized 



by Google 



864 



IXITT-MTNTH LESSON. (1.) 



She is. She is not. 

I am' going to her house. 

A cause, a reason. 

A cause of complaint. 

A cause of sadness. 

She has reason to be sad. 

Grief, sorrow, sadness. 

Is that woman ready to go out f 

She is. Is she not t 

Notwithstanding, in spite cf. 

Notwithstanding that — you. 

In spite of him, her, them. 

To contrive^ to manage. 

Do you manage to finish your work 

every Saturday night t 
Do you manage to have your work 

done every Saturday night f 
Try to do that to oblige me. 

I will do everything to oblige you. 
To command, look upouy ove* look. 
The window looks into the street. 
The window looks out upon the river. 
The back-door looks into the garden. 

To fasten, to tie. To tie his shoes. 
He was fastened to a tree. 
Until you get home. (^ 151.) 



EUle y est. Elle n'j est |w» 

Je vais chez elle. 

Un siyet, une raison, une caq^e, 

Un sujet de chagrin. 

Un si^et de tristesse. 

EUe a un sujet de tristesse. 

Le chagrin, la tristesse. 

Cette femme est-elle prdte k sortir i 

Elle Test. Ne Test-elle p» f 

Malgrij en dijni de, 

Malgre cela. En d^it de vona 

Malgrd lui, elle. En d^pit d*eux. 

Faire en sorte de, 

Faites-vous en sorte de finir votre 

ouvrage tous les samedis soir T 
Faites-vous en sorte d!avoir fini votrt 

ouvrage tous les samedis soir f 
Faites en sorte de faire cela pni» 

m* obligor. 
Je ferai tout pour vous obliger. 
Donner sur. 

La fenStre donne sur la rue. 
La fengtre donne sur la riviere. 
La porte de derriere donne sur te 

jardin. 
Attacher, 1. Attacher ses Soulier a. 
On r attache a un arbre. 
Jusqu^d cs que vous arriviet a la 



maison. 
SoixANTB-KBinn&MB ThSmb. Ire Sec. 

Comme M. Salomoa vient tard pour nous faire visite ! II vient 
pour se faire inviter a dliier. — ^All^tes-vous chez le colonel arant- 
hier? Non, je n'y allai pas. Y etes-vous all6 ce matin? Non, o! 
je n'irai pas avant sa soiree musicale. Et pourquoi pas ? D'abord^ 
parce que je ne lui dois point de visite, et secondement, parce qu'on 
pourrait croire que je veux me faire inviter. — Ce garpon ne s^est-U 
pas fait battre? II est si mechant qu'il se fit battre deux fois la 

semaine passee. — M. D vous doit-il encore? Non, je me suia 

fait payer. — Quel sujet de chagrin cette jeune dame a-t-eile ? A-t- 
elle perdu son mari 1 Non, elle a perdu son oiseau favori. Est-ce 
\k ce qui cause son chagrin ? Je crois que oui. — lis ne veulent paa 
que vous fassiez cela. N'importe, je le ferai en depit d'eux. — Fera- 
t-elle en sorte de venir? — Lorsqu'il sut qu'elle n'irait pas, il fit en 
sorte de s'y rendre, n^est-ce pas? 

When had you finished your task ? I had finished it when you 
came in. (H55 — 1, 2.) — As soon as Cssar {Ciscar) had crossed 



Digitized 



by Google 



tlXTT-NIMTH LESSON. (2.) 



d65 



{passer) the Rubicon, he had no longer to deliberate, {deliberer:) he 
was obliged {devoir) to conquer (vaincre) or to die. — An emperor {un 
empereur) who was irritated at {irriti eontre) an astrologer, (un astro- 
logue,) asked him : '' Wretch ! what death {de quelle) dost thou believe 
thou wilt, die V " I shall die of a fever," replied the astrologer. 
" Thou liest," said the emperor, " thou wilt die this instant of a vio- 
lent death." As soon as he was seized, (soistr,) he said to the em* 
peror, ' Sire, {Seigneur j) order some one to feel {ordonnez qu^on nu 
UUey my pulse, (24', Obs. 65) and it will be found that I ha^e a 
fever." This sallj {cette saillie) saved his life. 

Do you perceive yonder house 1 {cette maison Id'has ?) I do. — Had 
you perceived it before 1 I had not. — Would you bav^a perceived it 
if I had not shown it to you? May be so, {pent etre que 9ui,) may 
be not But now that you have shown it to me, what kind oi a 
house b it ? It is an inn, {une auberge.) — If you agree, we will go 
into it, to drink a glass of wine or cider, for I am very thirsty. Try 
(fcdtes en sorte) to keep your thirst until you get home. It does not 
suit men like us to enter {dans) inns. I see that the inn overlooks 
the river. And as the house is high, it commands a large portion 
of the country. — You appear sad ; what cause of grief have you ? 
If you were as thirsty as I am, you would also have a cause for 
grief. — Are you always thirsty when you see an inn ? I once saw 
a small black horse that managed to stop at every inn before which 
he passed. Ah ! ah ! I guess he was thirsty too. — Did the colonel 
pay you last week ? No, he could not. He might have done it, if 
his nephew had not spent all his money ; but he will manage to pay 
me to-morrow. 

YooABULAiBB. 2de See. 



7b aTOWH* 

To drovm a dog, a cat. 
To be drowned, to be drowmng. 
To drown one's self, to gel drowned. 
To leap through the window. 
To throw out of the window. 
I am drowning. 
He jumped out of the window. 
The cattle. 

To keep warm. To keep cool. 
To keep clean. 

To keep one's self up, straight. 
Keep yourself properly. 
To keep on one's guard against some 
one. 



Noyer, 1. 

Noyer an chien, un chat. 

Se noyer. 

Sauter par la fenStre. 

Jeter par la fendtre. 

Je me noie. (144 — 3.) 

II sauta par la feoStre. 

Le b^tail ; plur. les bestiaux. 

t Se tenir chaud. t Se tenir frtiaw 

Se tenir propre. 

Se tenir droit. 

Tenez-voua comme il faut . . . bien. 

t Se tenir en garde eontre queiqv oa 



' Ordonner que . 
81 • 



. (order that . . .} requires the subjunctive after it. 



Digitized 



by Google 



806 



IIZTT-MIMTH LXSSOM. (2.) 



Keef on your guard against that 

man. 
To take care (to beware) of somebodtf 

or something. 
If you do not take care of that horse, 

it will kick yo^. 

Take care that you do not fall. 

To keep on one*s guard agamtt some 

one. 
To beware of somebody or some- 

thing. 
Keep on your guard against that 

man. 
Take care. 

A thought. An idea. A sally. 
To be struck with a thought. 
A thought strikes me. 
That never crossed my mind. 
To take it into one's head. 
He took'lt into his head lately to rob 

me. 
What is in your head t 



t Tenez-Tons en garde oontre mi 

homme. 
Prendre garde d quelqu^un ou d 

quelque choae. 
Si vous ne prenez pas garde a c« 

cheval, il vous donnera un cosp 

de pied. 
T Prenez garde de tomher. 
* Se tenir (dtre) sur see gardet mm 

quelqu'un. 
t Se garder de quelqu*un ou quelqua 

chose, 
t Tenez-vous sur vos gardes avec 

cet homme. 
Prenez garde. 

Une pens^e. Vne id^.' Une saillie. 
Venir en pensfo, (a Tidee, a reeprit.) 
II me vient une pens^. 
Cela ne m*est jamais venu a Tcsprit 
t S^aviser^ 1. 
t II s*avisa T outre jcrjr de me voler 

t De quoi vous avisez-vous f 



SoixANTx-Nxun&MB Tfliiiv. 2de Sec. 

Ayez-Yous vu ce mechant petit gai^on attacher ce pauvie petit 
obien, le jeter dans la riviere, et le noyer ? Si je Pavais vu, j'auraifl 
fait en sorte de Pen emp^cher. J'ai essaye de le faire ; mais je n'ai 
pa y reussir. — La petite fille qui tomba dans Peau, de la fenetre da 
bateau k vapeur, se noya-t-elle ? Non, on la sauya, dans ua petit 
bateau. — Le voleur fut-il pris? Non, il sauta par la fenetre et fit ea 
sorte de se sauver. — ^Vous ^tes sur un banc casse ; prenez garde de 
tomber. J'y prendrai garde. — ^Voyez comme cette jeune deoKHselle 
aux oheveux noirs se tient bien ! Oui, c'est un plaisir de Toir comme 
elle se tient ! — Si vous vous approchez trop de ce cheval, il tods don- 
nera un coup de pied. J'y prendrai garde. — Faites-vous des affiurefr 
avec cet homme la-bas 1 Lequel ? Celui au chapeaa blanc. Non, 
j'en faisais autrefois ; mais k present je me tiens sur roes gardes 
oontre lui. — Ne s'avisa-t-elle pas de revenir ici Pautre jour? Ne 
traignez rien. II ne s'avisera plus de le faire. 

You appear yery well satisfied ; what thought struck you 1 Some- 
ihing which had never crossed my mind before. — What is it ? Should 
i tell you, (if I were,) you would be as wise as I. — Did William 
jump out of the window 1 Yes, he did. — What did he do after 
lamping out of the window ? After he had jumped, he first ran to 
Clie garden gate, opened it, and then ran towards the bridge.—Did bf 



Digitized 



by Google* 



8IXTT-NIKTH LB8S0N. (3.) 



S07 



go as far as the bridge ? No, there were some cattle in the road, and 
he was afraid of them, so that he stopped. Are the cattle as large here 
as there ? No, the cattle (bestianx) are larger there than here. — How 
can I keep myself warm t Put on a warmer coat. — Where must I 
put the butter to keep it cool ? You must put it in the cellar. — Who 
*s that little boy't He is the baker's son. — I admire him, for he 
always keeps himself so clean. — Does your cook keep her kitchen 
ri«an t Why do the cattle go in the shade ? 

Did Thomas dare {a^amser) to ask you for money ? Yes, he did.— 
Did you lend him any ? No, I was on my guard against him.—- 
What was the cause of your quarrel with the gardener's boy ? He 
look it into his head (or he dared) to call me a fool. — Did you not 
beat him after he had called you so ? I did, soundly, {eommi ilfaut.) 
— Why do you laugh at me ? I do not laugh at you, but at your 
eoat. — Does it not look like (63') yours? It does not look like it, for 
mine is short {court) and yours is too long, {lotig ;) mine is black and 
yours is green. — Why do you associate with (63>) that man? I 
would not associate with him if he had not rendered me great ser- 
vices, (le service.) Do not trust him, {ne voits y fiez ^f) for if you 
are not on your guard, he will cheat {tromper) you. 

VocABULAiEB. 8mQ Sec. 



In my, your, his or her place. 
We must put everything in its place. 
A.round, round. All arooDd. 

We sailed around England. 

They went about the town to look at 
all the curiosities. 

To go around the house. 

To go about the house. 
H8w much does that cost yo . f 
How much does this book cost you f 
It costs me three crowns and a half. 
That uble costs him twenty crowns. 
AUme, hy <me^$ self. ^ 

I was alone. One woman only. 
One God. 

God alone can do that. 
The very thought of it is criminal. 
A single reading is not sufficient to 
satisfy a mind that has a true taste. 
To kill by shooting. 
To blow out some one*8 brains. 



A. ma, vatre, ta place, 

II iaut mettre chaque chose a sa place. 

Autour. Tout autour. 

Nous naviguames autour de 1* Angle- 

terre. 
t lis all^rent ^ et la dans la ville, 
pour en voir toutes les curiosity 
Aller autour de la maison. 
Fairs le tour de la maison. 
Aller ^ et la dans la maison. 
Combien cela vous ooute-t-il f 
Combien ce livre vous coiite-t-il f 
11 me coiite trois ^cus et demi. 
Cette table lui oofite vingt ^us. 
SetU ; fern, eeule, 
J'^tais setd. Une s6ule femnre. 
Un seul Dieu. 
Dieu seul peut faire cela. 
La seule pensde de cela est crimineUe 
Une seulo lecttve ne suffit pas pouf 
contenter un homme qui a du goftt 
Tuer (Tkh coup d'arme i feu, 
Bruler la cervelle i quelqu'nn. 



Digitized 



by Google 



868 SIZTT-MIMTB LXStOM. (3.)' 

To ikoo ; one'i self with a pistol 



Ho has blown out bis brains. 

He has blown ont his brains with a 

pistol. 
He served for a long time, acquired 

honora, and died contented. 



Se br61er la cenrelle d no coip di 

pistolet. 
II s'est brul^ la cervelle. 
n 8* est brul^ la cenrelle d'an coup 

de pistolet. 
II seryit long-temps, parvint am 

honneurs, et roourut content. 



O&s. 153. In narratiTes, when the verbs are in the same tense, the pro- 
Boons of the third person are not repeated. 

He arrived poor, grew rich in a short i II arriva pauvre, devin« ricbe ec pet 
time, and lost all in a still shorter de temps, et perdit tout en moinf 
time. I de temps enocne. 

Soi^AKTB-NSUViiini Th^mb. 8me Sec 

A Yotre place je ne laisserais pas mes livres et mes iiapiers (^k et 
J^ niais je mettrais chaque chose k sa place. Je t&che de tenii 
chaqne chose k sa place ; mais je ne puis y reussir. — Pourquoi a-t-on 
mis cela autour de ce jfeune arbre ? Pour empecher le betail de le 
mordre et de le casser. — Le capitaine navigua-t-il autoor de Pen- 
droit? II navigua tout au tour dans son bateau. Ne descendit-il 
pas ? Si fait, il descendit. N'attacha-t-il pas son bateau k un arbre ? 
II Py attacha. — Lut-il le livre 1 II le lut en un seul jour, — ^fitail-elle 
seule quand le voleur entra? Oui, elle etait seule. Voulut-il Ini 
bruler la cervelle d'un coup de pistolet? Oui; mais comme eUe 
allait prendre une prise de tabac, elle jeta tout son tabac dans les 
yeuz du voleur, qui tira son coup sans la toucher. II lui vint une 
heureuse idee, n'est-ce pas 1 Oui, elle eut vraiment une heureuse 
pens^e. — Combien ce parapluie vous coute-t-il? — Ce drap-14 voua 
a-t-il coilite 4 gourdes la verge 1 — Cette maison lui co^tera aumoins 
15,000 gourdes, n'est-ce pas ? — ^Dieu seul connait notre dcstiniCj (fate,) 
n'est-ce pas ? 

What is th 9 matter with you ? Why do you look so melancholj 1 
(avoir Voir melaneolique ?) — I should not look so melancholy if I had 
no reason to be sad. I have heard just now (49") that one of my 
best friends has shot himself with a pistol, and that one of my wife's 
best friends has drowned herself.— Where has she drowned herself? 
She drowned herself in the river which is behind her house. Ye«K 
terday, at four o'clock in the morning, she "X)se withoat saying a 
word to any one, [d personnel) leaped out of the window which 
looks into the garden, and threw herself into thn river, where she 
vras drowned. — I have a great miifd (grattde envie) ^o bathe {s$ 
hmgner) to-day. — Where will you bathe ? In the rivr*. — Are yon 
lot afraid of being drowned ? Oh, no ! I can swim.- Who taogb! 



Digitized 



by Google 



SXVBNTIXTH LXS90N. (1.) 



8ff9 



yon % Last summer I took a few lessons in the swimmirjg-school, 
(4 Vecole de natation.) 

Were you not afraid to go into the water before you could swim '' 
A little, but I could not have learned without going into the water. 
— You did not think like the man who said : I will go into the water 
only when I know how to swim. There are many who, like that 
man, think that they will try to speak French only when they know 
how. — Do they not know that if they do not try to speak they can* 
not leara? I guess they forget it. — Why do you work so much! 
I work in order to be one day useful to my country. — Would you 
copy your exercises if I copied mine ? I would copy them if you 
copied yours. — ^Would your sister have transcribed her letter if I had 
transcribed mine ? She would have transcribed it.— Would she have 
set out if I had set out? I cannot tell you what she wou d have 
done if you had set out. 



SEVENTIETH LESSON, 70th.— 5oix(m/« et dixiime Le^in^ lOme, 

VocABULAisB, Ire Sec. 

As we began to use the verb in the Imperative mood from the 8th lesson, 
and referred to the article in the Synopsis in the (25S), and all subsequent 
leaaons, 

THE IMPERATIVE MOOD— Vlmpiratif 

will be nothing new to the student. However, as that mood roust be found 
somewhere, we place it here. See, for its formation and use, (^ 150.) That 
article must be carefully studied. 

Ayez patience. 

Soyez attentif, patient, affable. 
Allez-y. N'y allez pas. (^ 150—8.) 
Donnez-le-moi. Ne me le donnei 

pas. 
Envoyez-le-lui. 
PrStez-le-moi. 
Ayez la bontd de me passer ce plat. 

Empruntert 1 . . . d. 

Je vcux V0U8 emprunter de I'argent 

Je veux vous emprunter cet argem. 

Empruntez-le-lui. 

Ne le lui empnmtez pas. 

Je le lui emprunte. 

Ne le Ini ditcs pas. Dites-le-lai. 

Rendez-lc, (-laO-leur. 



Have patience. 

Be (you) attentive, patient, affable. 
Go (ye) there. Do not go there. 
Oiye it to me. Do not give it to me. 

Send it to him. 
Lend it to me. 
Have the goodness to hand me that 

plate. 
To borrow . ... of or from. 
I will borrow some money of you. 
I will borrow that money of you. 
Borrow it of (or from) him. 
Do not borrow it of him. 
I borrow it from him. 
Do not tell him or her. Tell her. 
Rcturi: it to them. (^ 150—8.) 



Digitized 



by Google 



fmy 



• IVCNTIKTH LK680N. (1.) 



Do not retorit it to them. 

Patience, impatience. 

The neighbor. 

The snuff-box. The segar-boz. 

Be ye good. Be not (so), (i 150—6.) 

Know it. Do not. 

Obey your masters, and never give 
thfsm any troable. 

Pay what yon owe, comfort the af- 
flicted, and do good to those that 
have offended you. 

Love God, and thy neighbor as thy- 
self. 

To obey. Obey your father. 

To comfort. Comfort them. 

To offend. Ofiend no one. 

Liet us always love and practise vir- 
tue, and we shall be happy both in 
this life and in the next. 

To practise. 

Let us see which of us can shoot best. 

To express. 

Express your wish to your friend. 

To express one's self. Express your- 
self. 

To make one's self understood. 
Make yourself understood. 

To accustom. 

Children must early be accustomed 
to labor. 

To aceustom one's self to something. 

To he accustomed to a thing, 

r am acrostomed to it. 



Ne le leur rendei pas. 

La patience, I'impatience. 

he prochain. 

La tabatiere. La boite a cigaits. 

Soyez bons. Ne le soycz pas. 

Sachez-le. Ne le sachez pas. 

Ob^issez a vos mattres, et ne lem 

donnez jamais de chagrin. 
Payez ce que vous devez, consoles 

les malheureux, et futes du bieo a 

ceux qui vous ont offenses, 
t Aimez le bon Dieu, et le prochain 

comme vous-mdme. 
Ob^ir, 2, d, Ob^issez a votre pcre. 
Consoler, 1. Consolez-les. 

Offenser, 1. N'offensez personne. 
Aimons et pratiquons toujours la 

vertu, et nous serons heureux dans 

cette vie et dans I'autre. 
PratiqucTt 1. 

Voyons qui tirera le mieox. 
JExprwieTf 1. 

Exprimez votre souhait a votre ami 
S'exprimer, 1. Exprimez-voos. 

Se faire comprendre. Faites-vous 

comprendre. 
Accoutumer, 1, a (av. I'inf.) 
n faut, de bonne heure, accoutumer 

les enfants au travail. 
S'accoutumer a quelque chose. 
Etre accoutumi d quelque chose, 
J'y suis accoutume. 



SoixANTB BT Dixiftm Th^me. Iro Sec. "" 

Ayez de la patience, soyez attentif, et vous r^ussirez. Je ferai en 
sorte d'etre patient et attentif. — Si vous ave^ ma Vie de WashiDgton, 
donnez-la-moi. Je vous Paurais de]k donn^e, si vous aviez ete ici. 
Hier des que je Peus finie, je la mis dans mon pupitre pour vous la 
dotmer, mais vous ne vintes pas. — Faites vos thSmes ; pourquoi ne 
les faites-vous pas 1 Mon frere n'est pas k la maison. II ne faut pas 
que vous les lui fassiez faire. Je ne les lui fait pas faire, mais il a 
la clef du pupitre. Non, la voici. Ouvrez-le, prenez votre livre, 
▼otre cahier, et tout ce qu'ii vous faut, et commencez. Je tais m'y 
mettre k Pinstant. — Que fait Sara? Elle lit le livre que vous lui 
mvez pr^te Elle a tort d'etre toujours k lire. Dites-lui de dessiner 
06 paysage. (67'.) Et Idtsqu'elle Paura fini, pourra-t-elle se mettre k 



Digitized 



by Google 



SKYKNTXKTH LX660N. (2.) 



871 



U lecture t (reading?) Non, sdors faites-lui dicUner (t.o decline) quel* 
ques noxns avec des adjectifs.' Comment? Comme ceci : La belle 
pomme, de la belle pomme^ k la belle pomme. Les poires mures, 
(ripe pears;) des poires mures, aux poires mi^u-es. 

Have patience, my dear friend, and be not sad ; for sadness alten 
{changer) nothing, and impatience makes bad worse, {empirer le 
wud.) Be not afraid of your creditors; be sure that they will do you 
no harm. They will wait, if you cannot pay them yet. — Pay me what 
70a owe me, will you ? As soon as I have money, I will pay all 
Jiat yon have advanced {avancer) for me. Don't you forget ! you 
hear ! I shall not forget, you m jiy depend apon it, for I thmk of it 
[fy pense) every day. I am your debtor, {le dibiteur,) and I shall 
never deny (nier) it. — What a beautiful inkstand you have there ! 
pray lend it me. — What do you wish to do with it ? I wish to show 
it to my sister. — Take it, but take care of it, and do not break it. — 
Do not fear, {Ne craignez rien.) 

What do you want of my brother ? I want to borrow some money 
of him. — Borrow some of somebody else, (d un autre.) — If he will 
not lend me any, I will borrow some of somebody else. You will 
do well. — Do not wish for {soukaiter) what you cannot have, but be 
contented with what Providence {la Providence) has given you, and 
remember that there are* many men who have not what you have. 
As life is short, {courtj) let us endeavor (65^) to make it (56*, Obs. 
137) as agreeable {agriable) as possible, (quHl est possible,) But let 
us also remember that the abuse {Vabus) of pleasure (in the plural 
in French) makes it bitter, {amere, fem.)— What must we do in order 
to be happy? Always {i 170) love and practise virtue, and you wiU 
be happy both in this life and in the next. 

YocABVLAiKB. 2de Sec. 



To have the habit of. 

I cannot express myself in French, 
for I am not in the habit of speak- 
ing. 

You speak properly. 

7^9 eonversej to chatter, to prate, 

A prattler. 

A chatterer. 

To practise. I practise speaking. 

To permUt to aZZoio. 



Permit me to go (there.) 



I do. 



Avoir rhabitude de . . 

Je ne puis pas bien m*exprimer en 

Franks, parce que je n'ai pas I'ha- 

bitude de parler. 
Yous parlez comme il faut. 
Causer^ 1. Bavarder, 1. Jaftr^ I. 
Un causeur, fern, euse.' 
Un jaseur^/em. euse. 
Exercer, 1. Je m'exerce a parler. 
Permettre,* 2, de. (Comnue wuttre 

25», 33».) 
Fermettez-moi d'y aller. Ja vouf 

le permets. 



Une eauieune means also a small sofa for two penont. 



Digitized 



by Google 



m 



8XVXMTIKTH LXS80N. («.) 



I do not permit her to go. 

The permiBsion, the permit. 

Do good to the poor, have compassion 
on the unfortunate, and God will 
take care of the rest. 

7^0 do good to some one. 
^ To have compassbn on some one. 

Ck>mpfl88ioD. Pity. The rest. 

If he comes, tell him I am in the gar- 
den, under the jasmin hower. 



Je ne lui permets pas d y alier. 

La permission, ie permis. 

Faites du hien aux paurres, ayea 
compassion des malheureuz, et le 
bon Dieu aura soin du reste. 

Faire du bien d quiiqu'im, 

Aroir compassion de quelqu'iin. 

La compassion. La piti^. Le rest«. 

S'U vient, dites-lui que je suis an jar* 
din, sous le berceau de jasmin. 



Oht, 154. The letter suffers elision in the conjunction it, if, befare the 
liersonal pronouns, iZ, he ilt, they ; but not before die or eUee. (21«, Ob$. 47.) 
Ask the merchant whether he can let | Demandez au marchand t'U pent me 

me have the horse at the price : donner le cheval au prix que ie loi 

which I have offered him. ai offert. 

I read, and was told. J ai lu, et Von m*a racontc. 

Ohs. 155. The indefinite pronoun on takes a euphonic V after the words 
et,ou,oHt til 9^t and quL 



There they laugh and weep by turns. 
If they knew what yon have done. 
The country where diamonds are 

found. 
You have been, or will soon be told. 

We say with precision what we un- 
derstand well. 

Whom do people love T Those to 
whom they owe their happiness. 

Can one be great without being just ? 

One can be great onlr inasmuch as 
he is just. 



On y rit et Von y plcure tour a tour. 
Si Von savait ce que vous avez fait. 
Le pays ou Von trouve le diamant. 

On vous a dit, ou Von vous dira 

bientot. 
Ce que Von con^it bien e*6nonoe 

clairement. 
Qui aime-t-on ? On aime ceux a qui 

Ton doit son bonheur. 
Peut-on etre grand sans -Stre juste ? 
On ne pent Stre grand qu'ainact 

que Ton est juste. 

Ohs. 156. But- the euphonic V is omitted, when on is followed by f«, la. 
or les. Say : Je ne veux pas qu*on le tourmentei I do not wish him to be 
molested, and not que Von le, &c., which would be harsher than qu*on le. 

SoixAiiini VT Dixitini Th&mi. 2deSeo. 

Bon jour, MUe. N ... . Ah! vous voil^ enfin. Je vous ai attendue 
avec impatience. — ^Vous etes une causeuse, je crois. Vous me par 
donnerez, n'est-ce pas, ma chere ? Je n'ai pas caus^, je vous assure , 
mais je n'ai pas pu venir (N. 62^) plus tot. Permottez-moi de voii 
ce que vous avez apporte. Vous permettre de le regarder ! Je I'a* 
apporte expres (on purpose) pour vous le montlrer. Tenez, le voila, 
prenez-le —Je le tiens. Ah! que c'estjoli! "Vous oxercez-vous ft 
. tfindre ? Je pratique quelque fois. Mais comment se porte madame 
-utre mdre ** On dit qu'elle se porte mieux depuis qu'eUe est aux eaus 



Digitized 



by Google 



•£TXMrT-FIR8T LXSSOV. (1.) 8f7S 

• 

[at ttu sprmgs) et Ton croit qu'elle sera bientdt guerie. Que je soU 
diamine de I'apprendre ! — ^Votre pere vons pennit-il d'aller au bal 
avant-hier? Oui, des que je lui eus demand^ il m'en donna la per^ 
mission. — Salomon a-t-il compassion des pauvres? Lui! II n'a 
compassion de personne. — Parlons Fran^ais. Ayez la bont6 de par- 
ler, vous, et moi, je vous repondrai en Anglais. Vous parlez tout 
arssi bien que moi. Vous piaisantez^ (plaisantei, 1, to jest.) Non, 
]< ne plaisante pas. Vous me flattez pour me faire parier. 

Since {pttisque) we wish to be happy, let us do good to the poor, 
and let us have compassion on the unfortunate ] let us ob^y our mas- 
ters, and never give tHem any trouble ; let us comfort the unfortunate 
{Us infortunisj) love our neighbor as ourselves, and not hate those 
(et ne haissonspas ceux) that have offended us; in short, (en un motj) 
let us always fulfil our duty, and God will take care of the rest. — My 
son, in order to be loved you must be laborious {lahorieux) and good. 
Thou art accused {on Vaccuse) of having been idle and negligent 
{negligent) in thy affairs. Thou knowest, however, {pourtantj) that 
thy brother has been punished for having been naughty. Being 
lately {l^autre jour) in town, I received a letter from thy tutor, in 
which he strongly {fort) complained of thee. 

Do not weep, {jdeurer;) now go into thy room, learn thy lesson, 
and be a good boy, {sage^) otherwise {auirement) thou wilt get nothing 
fo^ dinner, {d diner.) I shall be so good, my dear father, that you 
will certainly {certainement) be satisfied with me. — Has the little boy 
kept his word ? {tenir* parole ?) Not quite ; for after having said 
that, he went into his room, took his books, sat down at the table, 
(5e mit d une tabUj) and fell asleep, {s^endormit.) " He is a very 
good boy when he sleeps," said his father, seeing him some time 
{quelque temps) after. — Do you understand all I am teUing you ? I 
understand {entendre) and comprehend {comprendre*) it very well; 
but I cannot express myself well in French, because I am not in the 
habit of speaking it. That will come in {avec le) time. I wish {sou- 
hotter) it with all my heart 



SEVENTY-FIRST LESSON, 7 M.^-^oixante-onzieme Legon^ 7Lm 

VocABULAiBB. Ire Sec. 

Eire debout. Rester debou , 
VouIcz-voiiB mc permettre d'all >r i 



7ti itand up. To remain up. 

WiU you permit me to go to the 

market T 
T» hoiteHf to make haste. 
82 



march^ ? 
t Se dep9cher, 1 , de. 



Digitized 



by Google _ 



874 SXTXllTT-FXRflT LK8S0V. (l.j 

Make haste, and retarn soon. i IXpdchez-Toiis, et reTenez btentOc. 

Go amd tell him that I cannot come Allez loi dire que je ne puis Tenii 
to-day. I ai;gourd*hui. 

0b9, 157. In French the rcrbs tdler,* to go, and vciitr,* to come, art 
always followed by the infinitive instead of another tense used in English* 
and the conjunction and is not rendered. (^ 150—12.) 



SoiZAHTB-oKsiiMB TflfiMB. Ire Seo. 

Pleurez-vous, mon petit bon hommej (a familiar expression eoQp' 
■tantly used for : my little boyj) parce que vous Ites oblige de restw 
dddout? Oai, il 7 a si long-temps que je suis debout que je soif 
tri»-fmtigu6. Si Pon vous permettait de vous asseoir, seriez-vcns plvf 



Digitized 



by Google 



8XTXMTT-F7JIST LKSSON. (2.) 875 

sage one autre fois ? Je tAcherais de P^tre. Je compte sur votrt 
parole. Asseyez-Tous llt-bas, (yonder.)— Si vous aviez touch6 cette 
petite fille^ elle aurait pleur6, car elle pleure pour la moindre chose. 
Je suis itonne ^u'elle (f 151) ne pleure pas, car je lui ai donne un 
coup. Alors, il est vraiment etonnant ^'elle ne pleure pas. — Aux 
d^pens de qui avez-vous fait ces belles emplettes? X mes propreu 
d^pens; je n'en fais jamais aux d^pens d'aotrui. — ^Votre, ami obtien- 
dra-t-il I'eroploi qn'il desire % C'est selon : cela d^pendra des circon- 
•tances. Si cela d^pendait de votre cousin, le secretaire, I'obtien- 
drait-il '^ Oui ; mais cela ne depend pas de lui. — Lorsque la chose 
Alt mrrir^e, cela n'etonna-t-il pas tout le monde ? Oui, chacun en 
fnt eionne. — ^Vous surprenez tout le monde, mais votre neveiT ne sur- 
prend personne. II me surprend. 

Can you stand one hour on one foot without mc^ ing 1 I have 
never tried,«but I think I could. If you were to try (es:ayieZj imparf.) 
you would find out your mistake (erreuVj fern.) befcJre i an hour. — 
Is your letter wr^en ? No, not quite. Make haste to finish it. — And 
why should I make haste to finish it ? You must make haste, ( H 5 1 ,) 
if you wish it to go by the steamship. I thought it went only {ne 
mettait d la voile j que) on Wednesday next. (N. p. 167.) That is true ; 
but from Boston, not New York. And my letter must go ( } 1 51) from 
here to Boston by the nuxily {le courrier.) So that I must make haste, 
as you say. Go then and tell WHliam to get ready, so as to carry it 
to the post ofiice {la poste) as soon as I finish it. Do not be afraid, 
you have yet time enough. Do not speak to me, or else I shall not 
be able to finish it in time. 

• Do you wonder at {de) what takes place? No; now, nothing 
astonishes me. Everything is now so astonishing, so wonderful, that 
nothing appears extraordinary. — Wliy does that woman weep ? Has 
her child been dead long "? — ^This little girl weeps because she has 
lost a five cent piece; have you not one to give her? — Does that 
man live at his own expense, or at that of other people ? — Does it 
depend on him to do that? — Does not that marriage depend on his 
brother-in-law 1 — On whom does it depend then 1 — I wonder whethei 
(66«) the general will be elected? {Hire,* 4, like h>«.)— Shall 1 go 
and tell them to make l«ss noise ? — Shall I go and buy you a botde 
of cologne ? 

VocABULAiRE. 2de Sec. 
Done, 



7*hen, thuftf consequently. 
Therefore. Ennui. 

The other day. Lately. 
In a short time. In. 



C'eat pourquoi. Ennui, Tennui. 
L* autre jour. Demierement. 
Dana peu de temps. VanSf en. 



Ob§. 158. When speaking of time, dan$ expresses ths epoch, and en the 
duration. 



Digitized 



by Google - 



nil 



• XTKNTT-riRST LXS80M. (S.; 



He will arrive in a week, (when a 

week IB elapsed.) 
It took him a week to make thia 

journey. 
He will have finished his studies in 

three months. 
He finished his studies in a year. 
He has applied himself particularly 

to geometry and mathematics. 

He nas a good many fi-iends. 



U arrivera dams hnit jonrv. 

H a iait ce voyage en huit jonra. 

n aura fini ses dtudes dans troia 

mois. 
n a fini ses Etudes en an an. 
II a fait ane €tade particnli^ de la 

gtemdtrie et des mathtoatiqiMS. 
n a bien des amis. 
II a beaucoup d'amis. 



Obs. 159. The word bten is aiwajrs followed by the article, and 
by the prepositk>n de. 



Y:\x have a great deal of patience. \ 

They have a great deal of money. 

You have a great deal of courage. 

T# make a present of something to 
someone. 

Mr. Lambert wrote to me lately, 
that his sisters would be here in a 
short time, and requested me to 
tell you so ; you will then be able 
to see them, and to give them the 
books which you have bought. 
They hope that you will make 
them a present of them. Their 
brother has assured me that they 
esteem you, without knowing you 
personally. 

To voant amusement. 

To get OT be tired. 

How could I get tired in your com- 
pany f 

He gets tired everywhere. 

Agreeable, (pleasing.) Tiresome. 

To be welcome. 

You are welcome everywhere. 



Vous avez bien ie la patience. 

Vous avez beaucoup de patience. 

lis out bien de Targentu 

Vous avez bien du courage. 

Faire prisent de quelque those i 
quelqu^un. • 

Monsieur Lambert m*^rivit T autre 
jour que mesdemoiselles bbb soeurs 
viendraient ici dans poude temps, 
et me pria de vous le dire. Vona 
pourrez done lea voir, et leur donner 
les livres que vous avez achet^ 
Elles esperent que vous leur en 
ferez present. Leur frere m'a as- 
sure qu'elles vous estiment, sana 
vous connattre peraonnellement. 



> t S^ennuyer^ 1. 



t Comment pourrais-je m'ennuyw 

aupres de vous T 
II s'ennuie partout. 
Agr^able. Ennuyeuz— euae,/fsi 
t Etre le bienvenu. 
t Vous 8tes partout le bienvenv. 



SoiXANTE-ONziiHi Th^e. 2de Sec. 
Voudriez-vous n^avoir rien a faire ? Non, je vous assure, car je 
m'ennuierais comme tous ceux qui n'ont pas d'occupations. Voim 
avez bien raison. Cependant il y a bien des jeunes gens qui vod 
draient ne point avoir d'occupation. lis ne savent pas ce qu'ils d^ 
*ent. lis s'ennuieraient s'ila n'en avaient point. — Que faisait-il der- 
nieremont^ Rien, c'est pourquoi il mourait d'ennui. — Le colonel 
i^arrivera-l-il pas dans peu de temps ? Au contraire, il va joindrt 



Digitized 



by Google 



8BV£NTT-BEC01II> LX880N. (1.) 971 

ion rigimmt, {Xo join his regiment.) — X quel regiment appartient-il 1 
II appartient au cinquieme regiment. — ^Que dessina-t-elle Pautre 
jourl Quand je la vis, elle dessinait le nouveaiv paquebot. — J'en- 
tends toujours Mme. G . . . . gronder sa demoiselle parce qu^elle ne 
se lient pas droit, la voili, ne trouvez-vous pas qu'elle se tient comroe 
il faut? Elle se tient aussi droit qu'il le faut. — Quand le capitaine 
joindra-t-il sa compagnie ? II la joindra dans 3 jours.— Combien d9 
jours lui faut-il-pour faire le voyage ? II lui en faut 8, et commo ii 
est en chemin depuia 5 jours, il lui en faut encore 3 pour le finir. 

Will you drink a cup {une tasse) of tea 1 I thank you ; I do not 
like tea. — Do you like coffee? I like it, but I have just (49*, Ohs. 
115) drunk some. — Do you not get tired here? How could I get 
tired in this agreeable society 1 As to me, I always want amuse- 
ment. — If you did as I do, you would not want amusement, for I 
listen to all those who tell me anything. In this manner I learn 
many anecdotes, a thousand agreeable things, and I have no time 
to get tired; but you do nothing of that kind, {de tout cela,) that is 
the reason why you want amusement. I would do everything like 
{comme) you, if I had no reason to be sad. — Have you seen Mr. 
Lambert 1 I have seen him ; he told me that his sisters would be 
here in a short time, and desired {prier) me to tell you so. 

When they have arrived (463, Qbs. 106) you may give them the 
gold rings {la hague) which you have bought to make them a present 
of. Will they receive them ? Oh ! yes, for they love you without 
knowing you personally. — Has my sister already written to you? 
She has written to me many time^ and I am going to answer her, 
for her letters are always agreeable and welcome, {hienvenues.) — 
Shall I {faut'il) tell her that you are here 1 Tell her ; but do not tell 
her that I am waiting for her impatiently. — Why have you not 
brought (58*, Obs, 142) your sister along with you? Which one? 
The one you always bring, the youngest. — She did not wish to go out, 
because she has the toothache. — ^I am very sorry for it, for she is a 
very good girl. — How old is she 1 She is nearly fifteen years old. 
She is very tall {grande) for her age, (Vdge.)—liow old are you ? 1 
am twenty-two. Is it possible 1 I thought you were not yet twenty. 



SEVENTY-SECOND LESSON, 72d.—S(wa:an<c-ef(n/r.rmc Legoti 7jm« 
VooABULAiBK. Ire See. 
. or NEGATIONS.— Dej NigatioM 
See (tl7D ibr the manner of using them, and consult the aillclQ ^ 
ftooeMary. 
82* 



Digitized 



by Google 



178 



SBYKNTT-fXCJHD LC880N.'(1.) 



Have y^u none of my copybooks ? 
I heve none, and I have seen none. 

Have you neither Seen nor heard the 
great Utdy singer t (^ 171—4.) 

Nfo, and I shall neither see nor hear 
her. 

I neither care about seeing nor hear- 
ing her. 

What did he do as soon as he had 
recognised his sister 7 

No sooner had he recognised her 
than he threw himself in her arms. 

Touch neither the flowers nor the 
fruits. 

I shall touch neither these nor those. 



Does that seanutress earn but two 

dollars a week ? 
That seamstress earns but two. 

Would she not gain more if she was 
a mantuo'inaker t 



iV*avezovoas cMcun de mes cahien* 
je n*en ai aucun^^t jeit'oK ai v« 

aucun. 
i\ravez-vous ni vn st entenda la 

grande cantatriee t 
Non, et je ne la verrai ni ne I'efr 

tendrai. 
Je ne me sonde ni de *a voir sit da 

Tentendre. 
Que fit-U auseitot qu'il eut reconira 

sasoBort 
II fM Tout poM plutU reconnae ^s'il 

se jeta dans ses bras. 
Ne touchei ni les fleurs ni les fruits. 



Je ne toucherai ni ceuz-ci ni celles- 

la. 
Cette eouturiire ne gagne-t-eUe que 

deux gourdes par semaine ? 
Cette couturiere n*en gagnu que 

deux. 
N*en gagnerait-elle pas davantage si 

elle dtait faiMeute de robes f 

Ainsi nous voyons qu'avec les temps simples ne se place toi^ours avanc, 
et le complement, toujours apres le verbe. 



Moreover, besides. Besides that. 
Besides what I have just said. 
There are no means of finding money 

now. 
To push, shove, jog. Do not . . . me. 
Along the road. Along the street. 

All along . . 

All the year round. 

To enaUe to. 

To enable John to . . . 

That enabled me to go. 

To be ahle to. 

He is able to do it. 

To the right. On the right side or 

hand. Straight on. 

To the left. On the left side or hand. 
CoiiM you not tell me which is the 

nearest way to the city gate ? — to 

the bridge f 

PoUow (or go along) this street, and 
you are at uVe end of it, 



En ontre, d'ailleurs. Outre cela. 

Outre ce que je viens ^e dire. 

n n*y a pas moyen de trouver de 

r argent a present. 
Pousser, 1. Ne me poussez pas. 
Le long du chemin. Le long do la 

rue. 
Tout le long de . . . 
t Tout le long de Tann^. 
Metlre d mime de, 
Mettre Jean a mSme de . . . 
Cela me mit a mSme d'y aller. 
Etre en dtafou itre d wUme do, 
II est en ^tat (a mdme) de le faire. 
A droite. Sur la droite. Totd 

droit. 
A gauche Sur la gaudie. 

Ne pourriez-vous pas me dire quel 

est le chemin le plus court poof 

arriver a la porta de la villa f — a« 

pontf 
Suivez {allez tout le long de) cevU 

rue, et qnand vous serez au 



Digitized 



by Google 



• KTXMTT-8KC0ND LXSSOlf. (1.) 919 



tarn to the right, and you will find 
a cros8-way, which you must go 
through. 
And then, where shall I go 7 
You will then enter a hroad street, 
which will bring you to a public 
square, on the right you will see a 
^ind alley or court. 



you must leave the blind alley on 
your left, and pass under the arcade 
that is near it. 

Then you must ask again. 

An arcade. The cross* way. 

A blind alley. A court. 

To cross f to cross over. Let us cross. 



toumez a droite, vous tiuuTcrez an 
carrefour, que vous traversero%. 



Et puis, ou irai-je 7 

Puis vous entrerez dans une rue as- 
sez large, qui vous menera sur une 
grande place publique, a droite 
vous verrez un cul-de-sac ou une 
impasse, 

Vous laisserez le cul-de-sac a laain 
gauche, et vous passerez sous les 
arcades qui sont a cotd. 

t Ensuite vous demanderez. 

Une arcade. Le carrefour. 

Un cul-de-sac. Une impasse. 

Traverser, L Traversons. 

BoiZANTE-DOiJziiME Th^me. Iro Sec. 

Est-elle en etat d'allerli pied jusqu'li la promenade publique f 
Non, elle n'est pas en ^tat de s'y rendre a pied. D^ailleurs, ie me- 
decin n'a-t-il pas defendu qu'elle aille (H51) k pied? Oui, 11 Pa 
defendu \ d'ailleurs, elle ne peut plus mettre ses souliers. U faut que 
nous ayons une Toiture. Par ou passerons-nous ? Nous irons tout 
le long de notre rue, jutfqu'au jardin public, \k nous nous arr^terons 
quelques instants. Pour la laisser reposer, n'est-ce pas ? Ooi, et en 
outre, pour la laisser jouir du frais, (de lafrcdchtur^ cool, coolness.) — 
Apres cela, ne traverserons-nous pas le jardin public ? Non. Per- 
sonne n'y passe en yoituie. — Ou irons-nous done % Nous tournerons 
k gauche, et nous passerons sous Parcade du coin, ou elle pourra 
prendre le verre d'eau minerale ordonnee par le m^decin. N'en 
prendrons-nous pas aussi? Si fait; quoique le docteur ne Pait pas 
ordonnee. — De quel cdte toumerons-nous ensuite ? A droite, jusqu'i 
I'impasse du voleur. Nous laisserons cette impasse k gauche, et 
nous irons tout droit jusqu'^ la promenade publique. L^, nous 
doscendrons. — La couturiere est-elle venue 1 — ^La faiseuse de robes 
a-t-elle envoye les robes neuves? — Qui est votre faiseuse de robes? 

Who pushes me so? I cannot write, if you do it any more. No- 
body pusnea you. No, nobody pushes me now, but somebody did 
push me a little while ago. Nobody has pushed you. You write 
badly, and you will blame us for it. — Why does that officer push that 
man all along the street ? Because he is a good-for-nothing fellow, 
who will do nothing. — What is the gardener going to put all along 
this wail? He is going to put some trees there. Fruit-trees? (Du 
mhres fruitiersty Plum-trees here, pear-trees there, further on 

' PSche, pecker f peach-tree ; pomme, pommier, apple-tree ; thricot, ahri 
totter, apricot-tree ; hence, vrunier ceritier. amandier. rosier, ffose-bush.) 



Digitized 



by Google 



880 



SXYKNTT-SKCOND LESSON. (2.) 



peach-trees.- -Is he not going to put cherry-trees there t No, because 
they grow too big, [ils viennent trop gros,) and so do apple-trees- 
Is it difficult to get money now ? No, it is not difficult to find, bu) 
as usual you must give a good security, (bonne securiU,) — Can you 
procure me any? — What security have you to give? — Is not my 
name sufficient ? A single name is not sufficient for capitalists, (un 
eapitdiste ou rentier.) 

What did you do for him? I lent him a horse, and that ha* 
enabled him to join his regiment in time. — Why did he not start on 
horseback ? He did not, because he depended on the steamboats. 
-^What has become of them? One has been burned, so that he 
eould not have continued his journey (voyage) if I had not lent him 
a honse.— Has he sent him back? (renvoyery 1.) I suppose the horse 
is on the way ; but as it r^uires four days for the journey, he will 
arrive only the day after to-morrow. — Did the colonel write to you by 
mail, or did he send a message by the electric telegraph ? We have no 
electric telegraph along our roads, so that he wrote me by mail. — In 
the forests there must be (il doit y avoir) many cross-ways, (bien desy) 
how can the mail-riders (Ics courriers) recognise them? They are 
ased to them. 

VocABtTLAiBi. 2de Sec. 
Dans lea temps compost. (^ 171 — 4, 5.) 



Were any of the workmen called f 
Not one of them was called. 
Nobody has been called. 
Would ahe hav« done but that 7 
She would have done but Uttle more, 

or, she would not have done much 

more. 
Has she left my book anywhere f 

She left it nowhere. 

7b get (or be) married. Do not get m. 

To marry gomdiody. 

To marry, (to give in marriage.) 

Mj cousin, having given his sister in 

marriage, married Miss Delby. 
Is your cousin married 7 
No, he is still a bachelor. 
Is your niece married T 
No, but ahe is going to be married 
To be a bachelor. An old bachelor. 
An old girl, maid. 
Bmbarratted, jmacUedf at a loss. 
An mnbtrrassmant, a puxsla 



A-t-oh appel^ aucun des ouvriers T 
On fi'en a appel^ aucun. 
On n'a appel^ personne. 
i^Taurait-elle fait que cela 7 
EUe n*en auniit fkit guire fhu, ou 
elle iCen aurait guire plui fait. 

A-t-elle laise^ mon livje quelqut 

part T 
Elle ne Ta laias^ nulle part. 
t Se marier, 1. Ne vous mariei pas. 
£pou9er, 1, quelqu'un. 
Marier^ {donner en martajf«.) 
Mon cousin, ayant mari^ sa tcBor 

^pouaa Mademoiselle Delby. 
M. votre cousin est-il mari^ T 
Non, il est encore garQon. 
Votre niece est-elle mari^ t 
Non,'mai8 elle va se marier. 
£ire garfon. Un vieuz gargou. 
Une vieille fills. 
Embarraaai. 
Un embairas. 



Digitized 



by Google 



■ JBTCMTT-SXCOND LXSSOlf. (2.) 



981 



Toa embtrraas (pazzle) me. 
You pu2zle (perplex) me. 
He aaks my sister in marriage. 
The measure. 
To take measures. 
I shall take other measures. 
'JooCneBB I how rapidly time passes 
in your society ! 

The compliment. 

Yon make me a compliment which I 

do not know how to answer. 
It is not my fault. 
Do not lay it to my charge. 
To lay the fault to one's charge. 
Who can help it T Whose fault is it 7 

I cannot help it. 

The delay. He does it without delay. 
I must go, (must be off.) I am off. 
Go away ! Begone ! 

To jest, joke, be in fun. Bo not trifle. 
The jest, joke. 
You are jesting. 



Vt'us m'embarrassez. 

Vous me mettez dans rembarraa. 

II dcmande ma sgbut en mariage. 

La mesure. 

Prendre des mesures. 

Je prendrai d*autres mesures. 

Mon Dieu ! que le temps passe vitt 

dans Yotre soci^t^ ! (en yotre com* 

pagnie.) 
Le compliment. 
Vous me faites un compliment au- 

quel je ne sais que r^pondre. 
Ce n*est pas ma faute. 
Ne me I'imputez pas. 
Imputer, 1, la faute a quelqu'un. 
A qui est la faute 7 



^ Je ne sais qu'y faire. 
( Je 



ne saurais qu'y faire. 
Le delaL II le fait sans d^lai. 
Je me sauve. Je vais me sauTei. 
Sauvez-vous ! Allez-vous-en ! 
Plaisanter, 1. Ne plaisantez point. 
La plaisanterie, le badinage. 
Vous badinez. Vous vous moquez. 

Si la negation forme le uominatif, il y a un changement dans la maniert 
de renu)loyer. (^ 151—6.) 



Does anything please them ? 

No, since their return nothing pleases 

them. 
Nobody cares to have them. 
Neither suit me. 
Neither these nor those houses will 

sell dear. 
None of my friends is going. 
No one knows it. 



Quelque chose leur plait-il 7 

Non, depuis leur retour rien ne leur 

plait. 
Personne ne se soucie de les avoir. 
JVtTun rn'rautre neme conyiennen%. 
Ni ces maisons-ci ni celles-la ne se 

vendront cher. 
Aucun de mes amis n'y va. 
Nulj {pas un) ne le sait. 



SoixANTB-DOiTZiiHB Th^mx. 2de Soo. 
Votre sceur, m'a-t-on dit, se marie bientdt. — Oui, elle se mariem 
la semaine prochaine. Ne devait-elle pas se marier le mois passe ? 
Si fait, mais le colonel qu'elle va eponser n'a pas pu quitter son 
regiment alors. Est-il ici pour long-temps 1 Non, il n^y restera 
que quelques semaines. C'est dommage (57^) qu'il soit oblige 
(4 161) de partir si tot, n^est-ce pas? Je pi^sume qu^il aura le temps 
de passer la lunt de mid (honey-moon) ici. En outre, s'il ne reste 
oas, ce n'est pas sa faute. II prendra, peut-^tre, des mesures poui 

ne pas partir si tdt Mile. S , ne va-t-elle pas se marier? Non, 

elle a tant d'admirateurs (admirers) qu'elle est embarrass^e dani 



Digitized 



by Google 



168 BSVEITTT-SBCOIID LESSOH. (2.) 

■on ohoix. — Qui vous bl&me % Mon oncle me bUime, mass j« n« 
sauiais qu'y hire, £st-co mm faute, si j'ai mauvaise m^moire t H 
me faut si long-temps pour apprendre mes le^^ons, que je m'ennuie, 
que je m'endors, et que je n'apprends rien. — Votre oncle Jacques esl 
un yieuxgar^onj n'est-ce pas? Non^ il est marie, mais 11 n'a pa« 
d'enfants. — Votre cousine est presque vieille fillc, n^est-ce pasi Oui, 
c'est tout-&-fait une vieille fiile. 

Bless me ! how rapidly time passes in your society ! — ^You make 
me a compliment which I do not know how to answer. — Have yoo 
bought your watch in Paris? I have not bought it; my uncle haa 
made me a present of it, (en.)^What has that woman intrusted 
you with ? She has intrusted me witli a secret about a {d^un) great 
count who is in great embarrassment about the (d cause du) marrlnge 
of one of his daughters. — Does any one ask her in marriage ? The 
man who demands her in marriage is a nobleman of the neighbor- 
Hood, {U voisinage.) — Is he rich % No, he b a poor devil, {diable,Y 
who has not a sou, {le souj) and who, besides, is old and disagreea- 
ble. — You say you have no friends among your schoolfellows, {le 
condisciple;) but is it not your fault ? You have spoken ill {mat parle) 
of them, and they have not offended you. 

What are you astonished at ? I am astonished to find yon still in 
bed. — If you knew how {comhien) sick I am, you would not be 
astonished (fem.) at il. — John, (Jean!) — What is your pleasure, Sir? 
Bring some wine. Presently, Sir. — Henry ! Madam ? Make the 
fire, {du feu.) The maid-servant has made it already. — Bring rae 
some paper, pens, and ink. Bring me also some sand {du sable) or 
blotting-paper, {du papier brouillardj) sealing-wax, {de la cire d 
catheter j) and a light, {de la lumiere.)—! am going for the blotting^ 
paper, the sealing-wax, and the light ; but we have no sand. — ^Never 
mind the sand. Afterwards you will go to my sister's, to tell her 
not to wait for me. Be back again before 12 o'clock, to carry my 
letters to the post-office. Very well. Madam. — Do not fail, for you 
know that the mail closes {se ferme) at 12, and the letters must be 
{il faut que, H^l) in the post office before {avant que, i 151) the 
hour strikes. — I will not fail, Madam ; you may depend upon it 

1 Those two ezpressions : Mon Dieu ! and DiahlCj are constantly used 
by the French. The first is their only interjection for a host of English 
ones, such as : Bless me ! Oh ^ear t Dear me ! Gracious ! Goodness ! &c. ^tc 
The second is connected with every sort of epithets ; such as : htm diaUtt 
(good or cfever fellow) ; mauvait diahle, (bad fellow,} vilain, viemx, pcfrf, 
grandt gro§, beau, dtc. Slc. Whoever wishes to speak French with French 
people, ought to become familiar with the terms, if not to use them himselfi 
at least to understand those who do.' Hence, however reluctantly, we inl* 
lew the text of OUendorfT. 



Digitized 



by Google 



• STXNTT-SBGOND LXfSOV. (a) 



YooABULAiBB. 8me See. 
Aree Tinfinitif. {% 171 — ^7.) That artible must be carefully studied. 



Be likes to do nothing. 
Has she ever promised not to touch 
your i^atch f No, never. 

What are they afraid of 7 Not to 
.•lave done their t<uk in time. 

Does your cousin expect many people 
to her soiree f 

She is afjraid she will have but few. 

He cannot take a joke, is no joker. 

To beg iome one*i pardon. 

To pardon, Tardon me. 

I beg your pardon. 

The pardon. The time-piece, house 

clock. 
To advance^ go too fast. Is it too fast T 
The watch goes too fast, (gains.) 
Tb retard^ go too slow. Is it too 

slowf 
The time-piece goes too slow, (loees.) 
My watch has stopped. 
To go right, to stop, to go wrong. 
Where did we stop f 
We left offat the fortieth lesson, page 

one hundred and thirty- six. 
To wind up a {town clock,) a watch. 
To regulate a watch, a time-piece, a 

clock. 
Your watch is twenty minutes too 

fast, and mine a quarter of an hour 

too slow. 
It will soon strike twelve. 
Has it already struck twelve f 
To strike. Make the clock strike. 
What hour is striking T It is one. 

On condition, or provided. 

I will lend you money, provided you 
will henceforth be more economi- 
cal than you have hitherto been. 

nereafUr, for the futnre, henceforth. 
The future. My prospect, fiite. 
BooBoinicai. 



II aime a ne rien faire. 

A-t-elle jamais promia de ne pai 

toucher votre montre 7 Non, 

jamais, 
De quo! ont-ils peur 7 De ne pie 

avoir fait leur tdche a temps. 
Votre cousine attend-elle beauooup 

de monde a sa soir^ 7 
Elle craint de n'en avoir que pen 

(288. Obs. 65.) 
t II n*entend pas raillerio. 
Dewiander pardon 4 qudqu^un, 
PardonncTf 1. Pordonnez-moi. 
Je vous demande pardon. 
Le pardon. Cette pendule, 

Avancer^ 1. Avance-t-elle 7 

La montro avance. 

Betarder, 1. Retarde-i-elle 7 

La pendule retarde. 

Ma montre 8*est arr8t^. 

AUer bien, s'arrdter, 1, aLer mat. 

t Ou en ^tions-nous 7 

t Nous ^tions a la le^n quarante, 

page cent-trente-six. 
Monter uno horloge, un6 montre. 
R^ler une montre, une pendule, una 

horloge. 
Votre montre avance de vingt mi* 

nutes, et la mienne retarde d'ua 

quart d*heure. 
n va sonner midi 
Midi est-il d^ja sonn^ 7 
Sonner, 1. Faitee sonner la pendule. 
Quelle heure sonne-t-il 7 C*Mt una 

heure. 
A condition. 
Sous condition. 
Je vous prdterai de T argent, a con* 

dition que vous serez d^rmait 

plus dconome que vous n*avez 4x4 

jusqu'ici. 
D^sormais, dorenavant, a I'avenir 
L*avenir. Moo avenur. 

£conome, tonomique, mfoofir 



Digitized 



by Google 



864 



tXYENTT-SBCOND LESSON. (3.) 



Renoncer au jeu. RenoDcez-7. 
Suivre un oomeil. Suivez lea 



To renounce gambling. Renounce it. 
To follow advice (counael). Follow the 

good. 
You look BO melancholy. 
Adieu, farewell. 
€k>d be with you, good-by. 
Till I see you again. | Au plaisir de vous re voir. 

I hope to see you again soon. | Sans adieu, au revoir. 

Quand le veroo est omis (omettre,* 4, to omit.) (^ 151 — 6.) Study il 
Mireiully. 



Vous avez Tair si m^lancoIlquA. 
Adieu. 



What is he afraid of? Nothing. 
Whom is she afraid of? Nobody. 
Whom does she fear ? No one. 
Do you want five ? Not more than 
two. 



De quo! a-t-il peur ? De rien. 
De qui a-t-elle peur ? De personne. 
Qui craint-elle » Personne. 

Vous en faut-il cinq ? Pas plus de 
deux. 



SoixANTE-DouziiHs Th^e. 8me Sec. 

Quelle heure est-ill II est plus d'une heure et demie. — Vont 
dites qu'il est une heure et demie; et & ma montre, il n'est que midi 
et demi. En moins de vingt-cinq minutes deux heures sonneroat 
Pardonnez-moi; une heure n'est pas encore sonnee. Je vous assure 
qu'il est deux heures moins vingt-quatre minutes, car ma montre ya 
tres-bien. — ^Va-t-elle aussi bien qu'un chronometre ? Je crois qu'elle 
va mieux que bien des chronometres. Elle va mieux que notre 
horloge, qu'on est oblige de regler toutes les semaines. — Comment 
va Totre pendule ? Elle va supirieurement aussi. Ni ma montre ni 
notre pendule ne varicnt {variery 1, to vary) d'une minute dans six 
mois. EUes vont toujours ensemble. Votre montre doit etre arret^e 
ou dcrangUj (out of order.) Est-elle montee? Je Pai montee hier 
soir en me couchant. — A quelle condition le feriez-vous? — Suivez 
•on conseil a condition qu'il suive {H51) le vdtre. — Son avenir ne 
serait-il pas moins incertain s'il 6tait plus econome? Ne le serait-il 
pas encore moins s'il renon<?ait au jeu ? Donnez-lui en le conseil 
Je n'y manquerai pas. Adieu, au plaisir. Sans adieu. 

Your schoolfellows have done you good, and nevertheless you 
have quarrelled with them; why did you? Was it my fault? I 
think it was theirs. Never mind. You must, without delay, make 
your peace with them. — Dialogue {le dialogue) between a tailor and 
his journeymanj {le gargon.) — Charles, have you taken the clothes to 
the Count Narissi ? Yes, Sir, I have taken them to hira. — ^What did 
hfi say ? He said nothing but {sinon) that he had a great mind to 
give me a box on the ear, {des soujflets, plur.,) because I had not 
brought them sooner. — What did you answer him ? Sir, said I, I do 
not understand that joke : pay me what you owe me ; and if you ^ 



Digitized 



by Google 



SXrSMTT-THIRD LS880M. (1.) 



9» 



aot do 80 instantly, I shall take other measures. Scarcely had I said 
that, when he pat his hand to his sword, (porter la main d son epeey) 
and I ran away. 

Has it alresuly struck twelve ? Yes, madam, t is already half* 
past twelve. — Is it so late ? Is it possible 1 That n not late, it is 
itill early. — Does your watch go well 1 (hien ?) No, Miss N., it is a 
quarter of an hour too fast And mine is half an hour too slow. 
P«r>jips it has stopped. In fact, you are right. — Is it wound up 1 — 
it If wound up, and yet {pourtant) it does not go. — Do you hear 3 it 
.1 fitiiking one o'clock. Then I will regulate my watch and gc 
home. — Pray {de grdce) stay a little longer, [encore un peu!) I can- 
not, for we dine precisely at one o'clock, {4 une heure precise,) Adieu, 
then, till I see you again. — ^You say you want fifty dollars; I will 
lend them to you with all my heart, but on condition that you will 
renounce gambling, {renoncer au jeu,) and be more economical than 
you have hitherto been. I see now that you are my friend, and I 
love you too much not to follow your advice. 



SEVENTY-THIRD LESSON, ISd.—Soixanie'ireiziemA Legon, 78«m 



YocABULAiBE. Ire Sec. 



To last, (to wear well,) stand. A 

short time. 
That cloth will wear well. 
How long has that coat .asted you ? 
It lasted me a year, 
lliat color is not a standing one. 

To my, hiB, her, their, our liking. 
To everybody's liking. 
Nobody can do anjrthing to his liking. 
A boarding-house. A boarding-school. 
To keep houee, (a hoarding-house,) 
To board with any one or anywhere. 

To be a hoarder. 
To exclaim. 
To make uneasy, 
TV gft or grow uneasy. 
To be uneasy. 

Why do 3ro < fret, (are you uneasy t) 
( do not fret, (am not uneasy.) 
That news makes me uneasy. 
( am uneasy at not receiving any 

aefts. 
88 



Durer, 1. 



Peu de temps 



Ce drap durera bien. 

Combien de temps cet habit voos 

a-t-il durd t II m' a dur^ un an. 
Cette couleur n'est pas de dur6s. 

(11», Ohs. 27.) 
1 mon, son, leur, notre, gri, 
Au gr^ de tout le monde. 
On ne pent rien (aire a son grd. 
Une pension. 

Tenir maison, Tenir pension. 

Etre en pension. Se mettre ea 

pension. £tre peneiomHairs. 

S*4crier, 1. 
Inquiiter, 1. 
S^inquUter, 

Eire inquiet, fern, inquidte. 
Pourquoi vous inqui^tez-vous 1 
Je ne m'inquiete pas. 
Cette nouvelle m'inquiite. 
Je suis inquiet de ne point 

de nottvelles. 



Digitized 



by Google 



886 



BEYXNTT-THIRD LK880N. (1.) 



She IB uneasy about that afiair. 

Do not be uneasy. 

The uneasiness, trouble. 

Quiet. Be quiet, just wait, stop. 

To quiet. Compose yourself. 

To change, alter, fade, pass away. 

That man has altered a great deal 

since I saw him. 
To he of UMe. 

Of what use is that to you t 
Tuat is of no use to me. 
Of what use is that to your brother f 
It b of no use to him. 
Of what use is that stick to you f 
I use it to beat my dogs. 
Of what use are those baskets to 

your brother ? 
He uses them to carry his vegetables 

to market. 



EUe est inquiete sur oette a&in. 

Ne Yous inquidtez pas. 

L'inqui^tude. 

Tranquille. Soyes tranquilla 

TranquiUiMer, 1. Tranquillisez-voua 

Changer, 1. La couleur change. 

Cet homme a beauooup chang^ de 

puis que je :«e Tai vu. 
t ServiTf* 2, d qudque cfto«e. 
t A quoi cela vous scrt-il f 
t Cela ne me sert a rien. 
t A quoi cela sert-il a rotre frer^ ? 
t Cela ne lui sert a rien. 
t A quoi ce bfiton tous sert-il i 
t II me sert a battre mes chiens. 
t A quoi ces paniers senrent-ils * 

voire frere t 
t lis lui servent a porter ses legumes 

au marchd. II s*en sert poo^ 

porter ses legumes au m^rche. 

SoiXANTS'TBBiziiMS ThAmx. Ire Sec. 

De quel drap ferez-vous emplette t Je veux du drap vert ; mais 
je veux qu'il dure et que la couleur tienne (i 151), qu'elle ne passe 
pas Si vous voulez de bon drap, 11 faut aller chez les Messieurs 

. Ne demeurent-ils pas au coin de cette rue-ci ? Si fait, c'est 

\k qu'ils out leur magasia. Au dessus du (above the) roagasin n'y 
a-t-il pas une pension bien teoue 1 Si fait, 11 y a ce qu'on appeDe 
une pension d la mode^ (a fashionable boarding-house.) — Vous con 
naissez-vous en drap ? Oui, assez bien. — ^Youlez-vous venir m'aider 
& en choisir? Volontiers. — Mais ne vous inquietez pas, soyez 

tranquille ; car si vous achetez le drap chez ces MM. , il sera 

bon et la couleur tiendra, elle ne changera pas, je tous aasore. — 
Votre cousin a beauooup ohang^ demierement} a-t-U ^t^ malade 1 
Son Spouse est encore plus changee. — Sont-Us dans une bonne pen- 
sion T-— Combien de pensionnaires y a-l-il ? — Quel est le prix de la 
pension ? — Si votre associe reste dans une mauvalse pension, 4 quoi 
lui sert son argent? — Est-il avare 1 — S'U esi mari^, pourquoi ne tlent-iJ 
pas maison 1 — La pension leur con vient-elle ? 

Sir, may (oser) I ask where General B lives t He lives new 

the arsend, {arserudj mas.,) on the other side of the river. — Could you 
tell me which road I must {je dois) take to go there? You must go 
(4 151} along ^e shore, and at the end take a little street {quand 
wniB serez au bout, prenez une petite rue) on the right, which wiU 
Itad you straight to his house. It is a fine house ; you wUI find it 
•aaily. I thank you, Sir. — Does Captain N live here ? Yes, 



Digitized 



by Google 



SEYKXTT-THIRD LEfSOV. (ft.) 



991 



Sii , walk in, {donnex-vous la peine d^efUrerj) if yoa please. — Is tht 
captain at home ? I wish to have the honor (Vhonneur) to speak 
to him. Yes, Sir, he is at home. — Whom shall I have the honor tc 

announce? {annoncer ?) I am from B , and my name is F . 

— Who keeps this fashionable boarding-house 1 Miss P , an 

old maid. 

Last summer, when we were a hunting together, {ensemlUf) 
night grew upon us (la nuit nous surprit) at ten leagues (une lieue) at 
least from our country seat, {la maison de camj)agn«.)— Well, (Eh 
bien,) where did you pass the night ? I was very uneasy at first, 
but your brother, not in the least, (pas le moins du monde;) on the 
contrary, in his opinion (gre) it was an agreeable incident ; he tran- 
quillized me so that I lost my uneasiness. After some time we 
found a peasant's hut, where we passed the night. Here I had an 
opportunity to see how clever your brother is. A few benches and 
a truss of straw (une hotte de paille) served him to make a comforta 
ble (commode) bed ; he used a bottle as a candlestick, another bundle 
of straw served us as a pillow, and our cravats as nightcaps. When 
we awoke in the morning, we were as fre^ and healthy (bien par' 
tant) as if we had slept in our own beds. 

YocABULAULB. 2de Sec. 



Of what use are these bottles to your 

landlord T 
They serve him to put his wine in. 
To stand inttead^ to be as, 
I use my gun as a stick. 
This hole serves him for a house. 
He used his :ravat as a nightcap. 

Fo avaU. 

What avails it to you to cry T 

It avails me nothing. 

Opposite to. 

Opposite that bouse. 

Opposite the garden. 

Opposite to me. 

Right opposite. 

He lives opposite the arsenal, 

I live opposite the king's library. 

To get hold of,.. J Seize upon it. 

To take possession of. i 

To witness. To show. 

To give evidence against some one. 



t A quoi ces bouteilles servent-elles 

a votre bote 7 
t EUes lui servent a mettre son ?in. 
t Servivy* de. 

t Mon fusil me sert de b&ton. 
t Ce trou lui sert de maison. 
t Sa cravate lui a servi de bonnet de 

nuit. 
t ServiTf* {de before inf.) 
t A quoi vous sert-il de pleurer f 
t Cela ne me sert a rien. 
Vis-a-vis de. 

Vis-a-vis de cette maison. 
Vis-a-vis du jardin. 
Vis-a-vis de moi. 
Tout vis-a-vis. 

II demeure vis-a-vis de VarsencL 
Je demeure vis-a-vis de la bikiio- 
tlieque royale. 

S*emparer de,., Empares-vous-eR 

T^moigner, 1. 

T^moigner contre quelqa'on. 



Digitized 



by Google 



SEYSNTT-THIRD LS880N. (2.) 



He hai shown a great deal of friend- 
ship to me. 

To torn some one into ridicule. 

To become ridiculous. 

To make one's self ridiculous. 

To he horn. 

Where were you bom t 

I was bom in this country. 

Where was your sister bom t 

She was bom in the United States of 
North America. 

Where were your brothers bom t 

They were bom in France. 

The game. The game-bag, pouch. 

A horse -hair. The feathers. 

A pillow. A cushion, down. 

A hair cushion. A down pillow. 



The boarder. 



The pensioner. 



n m'a t^oignd beaucoup d'l 

Touraer quelqn'un en ridicule. 

Tomber dans le ridicule. 

^ rendre ridicule. 

Eire ni. 

t Ou Stes-Tons nd T 

t Je suis n6 dans ce pajrs-ci. 

t Ou votre scBur est-elle n^ T 

t Elle ost n^e aux £tat8 Unia d« 

I'Am€nque du Nord. 
t Ou ^os freres sont-ils n4s f 
t lis sont n€s en France. 
Le gibier. La gibeciete. 

Un crin. Lea plumes. 

Un oreiller. Un coussin, le duvec. 
Un coussin de crin. Un oreiller d« 

duvet. 
Le pensionnaire . . . du gouveme- 

ment. 

SoiXANTE-TABIZliMB Th^B. 2de SOC. 

X quoi lui sert de savoir le FranQais, si elle ne le parle, ni ne le 
lit, ni ne le pratique ? {§ 171 — 3.) II lui servira qoand elle voyagera 
en Europe. — Se sert-il de sa gibeciere pour oreiller? Oui, lorsqu^il 
se couche sous les arbres k la campagne. — A quoi vous sert de vous 
alfliger ? Je ne peux m'empecher d'etre afflig^ du malheur arriT^ 
k mon ami. — Son cheval lui sert-il k quelque chose ? II se promene 
k cheval tous les jours. — Ou son fils est-il n^l U est ne k Pbiladel- 
phie. Sa fille y est-elle n6e aussi? Oui, elle est nee dans la 
maison vis-i-vis. — Si vous etiez ne en £cos8e, mon petit bon homme, 
que seriez-vous? Je serais ecossais, n'est-ce pas? C'est vrai. Et 
votre sGBur que serait-elle, si elle y etait nee ? Elle serait ecossaia 
aussi Non pas ecossaisj mais icossaise, — De quoi le voleur s'est-U 
empare ? li s'est empar^ de tout ce qu'il a pu.— Qui a t^moigne 
contre lui? Le bijoutier qui demeurait vis-i-vis de la poste, et 
I'aubergiste qui demeure au coin de la place ou se trouve la bibli- 
olheque de la ville. — Ne toumez personno en ridicule. Aimeriez- 
vous a etre toum6 en ridicule 1 — Ne ferai-je pas bien de le battre, s'il 
me toume en ridicule ? 

Which is the shortest {court) way to the arsena ? {un arsenal f) 
Go down {suivez) this street, and when you come to the end (ov 
houty) turn to the left, and take the cross-way, {vous truuverez un — 
que votis traverserez ;) you will then enter into a rather narrow {etroit) 
street, which will lead you to a great square, (1.1 place,) where yon 
will see a blind alley. — ^Through {par) which I mutt pasii? No, for 



Digitized 



by Google 



BEYEXTT-FOUBTH LS880N. (1.) 889 

ihere is no outlet, {une issue.) Yon mnsi leave it on the right, and 
pass under the arcade which is near it — ^And then ? And then you 
must inquire, (further.) — I am very much obliged to you. — Do not 
mention it, (il n^y a pas de 91101'.)— Are you able to translate an 
English letter into French ? I am. — Who has taught you 1 My 
French master has enabled me to do it. — Was your French teacher 
bom in France ? No, he was not 

Your mother is wrong to fret about her eldest son; for, although 
he is ( H51) in the army, {d Varmeej) he knows how to get out of a 
bad scrape.-^A candidate (un candidat) petitioned (demanded a) the 
king of Prussia (de Prusse) for an employment, (un emploL) This 
prince asked him where he was bom. " I was bom at Berlin,'* 
answered he. " Begone !" said the monarch, (le monarquej) " all 
the men of Berlin (un Berlinois) are good for nothing." " I beg 
your majesty's pardon,'' replied the candidate ; " there are some good 
ones, and I know two." '^ Which are those twc ?" asked the king. 
* The first," replied the candidate, " is your majesty, and I am the 
■econd." The king could not help laughing (ne put s^empecher de 
rire) at this answer, and granted {accorder) the request, (la de- 
mande.) 



SEVENTY-FOURTH LESSON.— Soiion^'.-gucrforziVmc Le^on, 74«u. 
YooABULAiKB. Ive Sec. 



To lose sight of. 

The sight. My sight is good. (I 

have good sigLt.) 
I wear spectacles because my sight 

is bad, (or I have a bad sight.) (24*, 

Obs, 55.) 
Are yon near-sighted, or .ong-sighted T 
I am near-sighted. 
The ship is so far off, that we shall 

soon lose sight of it. 
I have lost sight o that. 
As it is long since « was in England, 

I have lost sight of your brother. 



As it is long since I have read any 
French, I have lost sight of it. 



Perdre de vue. 

La Tue. t .rat bonne tme, 

Je porte des lunettes parce que j'ai 
laTuemauvaise, (oumauvaise vue.) 



t Avez-vous la vue courte oulongue f 

t J'ai la vue courte. 

Le batiment est si loin, qua nous It 

perdrons bientot de vue. 
J*ai perdu cela de vue. 
Comme il y a long-temps que je n'ai 
€t6 en Angleterre, j*ai perdu votie 
fr^re de vue. 
Comme il ya long- temps que jen'ii 
lude FrancaiSfjeTai perdu deviMi. 
Ohs. 160, Ought and should (when it means ought) are rendered iule 
French by tin eonddionnel (^ 148) of the verb devoir, to owe. Ougki It 
, should have, by the eondiiionnd passi, {% 149.) 
S3« 



Digitized 



by Google 



100 



• KTBHTT-FOURTH LS880M. (1.) 



Yon &mgkt u or Mhauid do that. 

He ought not to speak thus to hit 

father. 
We ought to go thither earlier. 

They thould listen to what you say. 

you ahould pay more attention to 

what I say. 
Vou ought to have done that. 
He 9hould have managed the thing 

better than he has done. 
You thould have managed the thing 

differently. 
They ought to have managed the thing 

as I did. 
We ought to have managed it difler- 

ently iirom what they did. 

You ought to have played on the flute 

while I was playing on the violin. 
I wished to do it, but my flute was 

out of order. 
He ought to have wished it to you. 
A stay* a sojourn. To make a stay. 
Do 3rou intend to make a long stay in 

the town? 
I do not intend to make a Ion/ stay 

in it. 



Vous denri£% fake oeU. 

U ne devrait pas parler ainai a mi 

pere. 
Nous devriont y aller de meilleur* 

h&ure. 
Us devraient ^couter ce quo Tons 

dites. 
Vous devries £ure plus d'attention i 

ce que je dis. 
Vous auriez du faire cela. 
II aurait du t*y prendre mieuz qu'il 

n'a fait. 
Vous auriez dH vous y prendre d'une 

maniere diff^rente. 
lis auraient JA «*y prendre oomme 

je m'y suis pris. 
Nous aurione du nous y premdrt 

d'une autre maniere qu'ils ne s'y 

Bont pris. 
Vous auriez du jouer de la flute pen 

dant que je jouais du violon. 
Je souhaitais le faire, mais ma flute 

€tait derangde. 
II aurait du vous le souhaiter. 
Un s^jour. Faire un s^jour. 

Comptcz-vous faire un long s^jov 

dans la ville t 
Je ne compte pas y faire un long sd- 

jour. 



SonLANTE-QUATORZitMS Th^ms. Iro Sec. 

Y a-t-il long-temps que vous n'avez vu Pavocat? Oui, je I'ai 
perdu de vue. — ^Voyez cet oiseau, comme il est haut I II est presqne 
d parte de vue^ (out of sight) — Pourquoi, lui qui a la vue courte, ne 
porte-t-il pas de lunettes? II ne s'en soucie pas. — ^Vous derriex 
faire ce que votre mere desire. Je Paurais fait, si j'avais pu ; mais 
quoique j'aie cssay^ trois fois, je n'ai pas pu reussir.-r-Vous voilA 
deji de retour ! Vous auriez du faire un plus long sejour aupres de 
votre vieille taute. JPy eu ai fait un assez long, ne vous deplmsej 
(please your honor.) — Quei sejour y avez-vous fait? Vous croirez k 
peine que j*y ai fait un sejour de six semaines et deroie. — Ce n W 
pas possible ! Si fait, c'est tres-possible. J'etais aupres d'elle le 14 
Juin, et je ne Pai quitt^e que bier; et reus savez que c'est aujouT" 
d'hui le 4 d'adut; ainsi comptez. Je ne me le serais pas imaging 
Voas m'ayez perdu de yue saiis chagrin. 

A peasant, {paysauy) having seen that old men, (le vieUlardf) 
vhose sight was bad, used spectacles to read, went to an opticiao 



Digitized 



by Google 



SBVEHTT-yOURTH LESSON. («.) 9ift 

[un opticien) and asked for a pair The peasant then took a book, 
and, having opened it, said the spectacles were not good, (fern.) 
The optician put another pair of the best which he could find in his 
shop {la boutique) upon his nose ; but the peasant being still unable 
to read, the merchant said to him : * My friend, perhaps you cannot 
read at all V^ " If I could," said the peasant, *' I should not want 
your spectacles.*' — I thought that you would be thirsty ; that is the 
reason I brought yon to the apothecary's shop to take a glass of 
mineral water and syrup. Give us two glasses of mineral water.— 
What sjrrup, Misst No matter which, {n^importe le quel;) I like 
mem all. 

I have seen six players {le joueur) to-day, who were all winning 
{gagner) at the same time, {en mime /emps.)— That cannot be, for a 
player can only win when another loses. — You would be right if 1 
were speaking of people who play atcards or billiards, (06«. 118, 
51*;) but I am speaking of flute and violin players, {dejoueurs (U 
flidi et de violon.)— Do you sometimes practise (/aii i*) music 1 {de 
la musique?) Very often, for I like it much. — What instrument 
(055. 118, 5T) do you play*? I play the violin, and my sister plays 
the piano. My brother, who plays the bass, {la basse,) accompanies 
{accompagner) us, and Miss Stolz sometimes applauds {applaudir) us. 
— Does she not also play some musical instrument ? {un instrument 
de musique ?) She plays the harp, (la harpe,) but she is too proud 
{fiire) to practise music with us. 

YooABULAiBE. 2de See 

To suspect t to guess. Se douter^ I, (de, av. Tinf) 

I suspect what he has done. i Je me doute de ce qu'il a fait. 

Ho does not suspect what is going to i II ne se doute pas de ce qui va lui 

happsn to him. | arriver. 

To think of some one or of sonmfhing. i Penser d qudqu^un on d queique 

I chose. 
A qui pensez-vous 1 
Je pense a mon ami — amie. 
Y pensez-TOus souvent ? (^ 50, 2.) 
J*y pense tres-souvent. 
A quoi pensez-vouB f 
t S*agirde, 
II 8*agit de. 
II ne s'agit pas de votre plaisir, msM 

de vos progres. 
Vous jouez, Monsieur, mais il m 
Skagit pas de jouer, il s'agit d'ta 
dier. 
What is going on f | De quoi 8*agit-il f 



Oi whom do you think ? 

I toink of my friend. 

Do you think often of him — ^her t 

I do, very often. 

Of what do you think f 

To t^m upon. To he the question. 

It is questioned, it turns upon. 

The questron is not your pleasure, 

but your improvement. 
You play, Sir, but playing is not the 

thing, but studying. 



Digitized 



by Google 



tKTKVTT-rOURTH LS880K. (2.) 



The qoettiou ii to know what we 
•hall do to paas the time agreeably. 

Onpurpote, 

I beg your pardon, I have not done 

it on pnrpose. 
To be aiient, being ailent, been ailent. 
Be ailent, quit talking. Huah, I say. 
Are you silent T Do you cease talking T 
I am. I do. He is never silent. 
After speaking half an hour he was 

silent, he ceased speaking, &^. 

Oh», 161. Could {% 149} is rendered by the eondiiumnd of pottvotr, (to 
be able.) Might, by the conditionnel modified by peut-itrCf perhaps. Couid 
lev«, might have, by the conditionnel passd. 

PourrieZ'Vou8 parler si vous et 

tayiez t 
Je pourrait peut-itre, mais je suia 



n s'agit de saToir ce que nous feraaa 
pour passer notre temps agr^able 
ment. 

Exprit, 

Je Toos demande pardon, je ne Jm 
pas fait ezpres. 

t Se taire,* 4. Se taiaant-— to. 

t Taisez-voos. Taisez-Yous dooe. 

t Vous taisez-vous 1 

t Je me tais. U ne se tait jamais. 

Apres sToir parl^ pendant une diMni 
henre, il se tut. 



Could you speak if you tried T 
1 might, but I am sure he could. 



Could you iing before a large audi- 

■ enceT 

/ could not, but Miss B., (could,) 

might. 
Could they have danced the Polka T 
They might, but I know she could 

{have danced it.) 
Could you have played before those 

great musicians T 
We could not, but Henry might have 

played before them. 



Bur qu'il pourrait. 
Fourries-voue chanter devant (49*, 

06*. 116) une grande audience t 
Je ne pourraie pat, mais Mile. B. 

(pourrait,) pourrait peut'itre. 
Auraient'Ue pu denser le Polka ? 
llaauraient peut-itrepu, mais je saia 

qu'elle Vaurait pu. 
Auriex-voue pu jouer deyant cet 

grands musiciens t 
Noua n'auriona pae pu, mais Henri 

aurait peut-itre pu jouer deTant 

eux. 



SoiXAKTE-QUATOBziiMi ThImb. 2de Sec. 

Savez-yous ce qu'il atirait fait si je n'aTais pas ^t^ ici ? Je me 
doute de ce qu'il aurait voula faire. — Aundt-il pu r^ussir % II y serait 
peut-^tre panrenn. — ^A qui pensez-Tous quand tous ne pensez k 
rien 1 Je pense k la personne qui fait cette belle question. — Dc 
quoi 8'agit-i ? II s'agit du musicien, de Phonneur de la famille. — 
De quoi s'agissait-il ? De savoir s'il avait cass^ le chandelier 
expres ou non. — Moi, je crois qu'il I'ayait fait ezpres. S'il I'arait 
fait expres, il ne pleurerait pas de cette maniere. Ce n'est que pool 
nous faire croire qu'il ne Pa pas fait expres. — ^Taisez-Yous, vous Im 
Unputez toujours des torts. Je ne me tairai pas pour vous. Laissons 
eela, et racontez-nous une anecdote. — ^Une rille assez pauvre fit tme 
d^pense considerable en f^tes et en illuminations, k Poccasion da 
passage ie son prince. Celui-ci en paraissant ^tonn^, un couidaaa 



Digitized 



by Google 



ftXYSMTT-FirTH LXbiOK. (1.) 30i 

\a courtier) dit, '^ £Ue n'a &it que ce qu'elle devait k votre majesty .^ 
** C^est vrai," reprit un autre, " mabelle doit tout ce qu'elle a fait." — 
C'est tres-bien, je ne me doutais pas que vous auriez si biou reussL 
Je vous remercie du compliment 

A thief haying one day entered a boarding-house, stole three 
cloaks, {le manteau.y^ln going away he was met by one of the 
boarders, who had a fine laced {gdonne) cloak. Seeing so many 
cloaks, he asked the man where he had taken them. The thief 
answered boldly {froidemerU) that they belonged to three gentlemen 
of the house, who had given them to be cleaned, (d dcgraisser.) 
^^ Then you must also clean {degraissez done aussi) mine, for it is 
very much in need of it, (en avoir grand besoin/^) said the boarder; 
"but," added he, "you must return it to me at three c'clook." "I 
shall not fail, (y manquer,) Sir," answered the thief, as he carried 
oif (etnporter) the four cloaks, with which he (quV) is still to return, 
{n^a pas encore rapportis.) 

You are singing, {chanterj) gentlenien, but it is not a time for (il 
ne Skagit pas de) singing ; you ought to be silent, and to listen to what 
you are told. We are at a loss. — What are you at a loss about? I 
am going to tell you : the question is with us how we shall pass our 
time agreeably. Play a game at billiards or at chess. (51'.)— We 
have proposed joining a hunting-party; do you go with us? (etes-vous 
des n6tres7) I cannot, for I have not done my task yet; and if I 
neglect it, my master will scold me. Every one according to his 
liking ; if you like staying at home better than going a hunting, we 

cannot hinder you. — Does Mr. B go with us? Perhaps. — I 

should not like to go with him, for he is too great a talker, {tr^p 
bavardj) excepting that, {dcela preSj) he is a clever man, a fine fellow, 
(t n excellent houme.) 



SEVENTY- FIFTH LESSON, Tbih.—Soixante-quinzienu Le^on^ 75nu 
VooABULA.nLB. Ire Sec. 



T^owardt, (physically,) (morally.) 

He comes towards me — as. 

He has behaved very well towards me. 

Wo must always behave well towards 
everybody. 

rhe behavior of others is but an 
echo of our own. If we behave 
well toward* them, they will also 



Vers. Envera. 

II vient vers moi — ^nous. 

II 8* est tres-b'en comporte enven 

moi. 
II faut toujours nous bien comporter 

enters tout le monde. 
La conchiite dea autres n'est qa'un 

^cho de la notre. Si nous nous 

comportons bien envers euz, ils m 



Digitized 



by Google 



im 



8EYEHTT- riFTH LESSOR (1 J 



behave well towarde us ; but if we 
use them ill, we must not expect 
better from tbem. 

To treat or to use somebody wdL 
To use somebody ill. 
As you haye always used me well, I 
will not use you ill. 

As be has always used me well, I 
have always used him in the same 
manner. 

To delay, {to tarry.) 

Do not be long before you return. 

I shall not be long before I return. 

Il9Hgtoar for. 



componeront bien aiusi envws 
nous ; mais si nous en neons mal 
avec eux, nous ne devons pas at- 
tendre mieux de leur part. 

En user bien avec quelqu^UK, 

En ttser mal avec quelqu^un. 

Comme vous en avez us^ to^joura 
bien avec moi, je n*en user&i pas 
mal avec vous. 

Comme il en a toujours bien use avse 
moi, j*en ai toijyours usd de b 
mSme mani^re avec lui. 

Tarder, 1, (takes d av. Tinf.. 

Ne tardez pas d revenir. 

Je ne tardcrai pas d revenir. 

f Ume tarde . . . (unipersonnel.) 



Obs. 162. The subject of the verb long, must be rendered in French bj 
the indirect object, me, te, lui, nous, vous, or leur. (39^ Obs. 90.) 



I long to see my brother. 

He longs to receive his money. 

We long ibr dinner, because we are 

very hungry. 
They long to sleep, because they are 

tired. 
To postpone, to put off. 
Let us put that off until to-morrow. 
Let us put off that lesson until another 

time. 



t n me tarde de voir mon frere. 
t II lui tarde de recevoir son argent 
t II nous tarde de diner, parce que 

nous avons bien faim. 
t II leur tarde de dormir, parce qu'iU 

sont fatigues. 
Eemcttre,* i. 
Remettons cela a demain. 
Remettons cette le^on a une autre 
fois. 



SoiXANTB-QITINZltMX TfifiMS. IrO SOC. 

Comment Jacques se conduit-il eavers ees parents ? II do se con- 
duit pas bien envers eux. — A-t-il des amis ici ? II n'en a pas, car 
il se comporte mal envers tout le monde. — Qu'aurait-il du faire lors- 
qu'il me vit? II aurait du s'avancer vers moi et me souhaiter une 
honneannee^ (a happy new year.) — ^Ne leur tarde*t-il pas de se baigner* 
{to bathe?) Si fait, il leur tarde beancoup: mais Feau de la riviere 
est encore trop froide. — Ne vous tarde-t-il pas que le courrier arrive ? 
( H 51 .) Si fait ; mais il me tarderait beaucoup plus si je n'avais pai 
enlendu parler de mon ami. — ^Ne tardez pas k revenir, entendez- 
vous? Je ne tarderai paj car il me tarde de partir. — Remettrons- 
nous I'affaire a demain? Non, ne la remettons pas; car li notts 
tarde qu'elle soit finie. (i 151.) — Que voudriez-vous savoir? II nous 
tarde de connaitre le resultat (the result) de Pelection. — Comment 
t'est il comporte envers sa femme ? Pendant la lune do miel, 11 
•'est comporte comme il faut Et ensuite ? Mal, oomme il le fiut 
savers toutes ses connaissances. 



Digitized 



by Google 



• STEVTT-riFTH LBBSON. (2.) 



aoB 



As yoi hare always used me well, I will use you in the same 
manner. I will lend yon the money yon want, but on condition that 
you will return it to me next week. — ^You may depend upon it.— 
How has my son behaved towards you*^ He has behaved well 
towards me, for he behaves well towards everybody. His father 
»old him often : The behavior of others is but an echo of our own. 
If we behave well towards them, they will also behave well towards 
IS ; but if we use them ill, we must not expect better from them.— 
May I see your brothers? Yoa will see them to-morrow. As they 
kave just arrived from a long journey, (le voyage,) they long for sleep,' 
for they are very tired. — What has my sbter said ? She said that 
she longed for dinner, because she was very hungry. 

I have the honor to wish you a good morning. How do you do % 
Very well^ at yow *ervice. — And how are all at home 1 TcJerably 
well, thank God ! My sister was a little indisposed, {indisposiej) but 
the is well, (retablie ;) she told {charger de) me to give you her best 
compliments. — I am glad (charmc) to hear that she is well. As for 
you, you are health itself, {la sante mime;) you cannot look better, 
{vous avez la meilleure mine du monde.) — I have no time to be ill 
my business {mes affaires) would not permit me. Please {donnez' 
vous la peine) to sit down ; here is a chair. I will not detain (dt5- 
traire) you from your business, {les occupations;) I know that a mer- 
chant's time is precious, {que le temps est prideux. d un nigociant,) 

. 2de Seo. 

£tre d son axMe. 

Mire mal d son aise. 

Je suis bien a mon aise sur cett« 

chaise. 
Vous Stes mal a votre aiae sur votrt 

chaise, 
t Qu*e8t-C6 que cela peut ^tre f 
Norus sommes mal a notre aise dam 

cette pension. 
Get homme est a son aise, car il ■ 

beaucoup d* argent. 
Get homme est mal a son aise, parce 

qu'il est pauvre. 
Se melt re d eon aiee. 
Mettez-voQS & votre aise. 
^re gini, 

Se gSner, 1. 



VOOABTTLAIBX. 

To be at one* e ease. To be comfortable. 

To be uncomfortable. 

J am very much at my ease upon 
this chric. 

You are ancomfortable upon your 
chair. 

What can that be t 

Wo are uncomfortable in that board- 
ing-house. 

I'hat man is well off, for he has 
plenty of money. 

That man is badly off, for he b poor. 

To make one's self comfortable. 
Make yourself comfortable. 
T(9 be uncomfortable. 
To inconvenience one's self. 
To put one's self out of the wa)'. 
Do not put yourself out of the way. 
That man never inconveniences him- 
self; ht never does it for anybody. 



Ne vous gSnei pas. 
Get homme ne se gSne jamais; Q i 
se gdne jamais pour personat. 



Digitized 



by Google 



tBTJEXTT-FIFTH LBItOV. (8.) 



Cao yoa, without potting yourself to 

inconteDience..Icnd me ten dollars 

and your gun t 
Ta make entreaiiet. 
To beg With entreaty, 
I employed erery kind of entreaty 

to engage him to it. 
To solwUt to prees, to gue, to oiUreat. 
Qere and there, up and down, all 

about. 
Now and then. From time to tine, 
fndifierently, (as good as bad.) 
I have done my composition tolerably 

well. 



PouYSZ-^us, sans ^us gtoer, hp 
prSter diz gourdes, et sans inoon 
v^nient me prSter Totre fusil t 

Faire dee tnitanees. 

Prier avee instanees. 

Je Ten ai sollicit6 ayectoutes les in 
stances possibles. 

SoUiciter, 1. 

Par-ci, par-la ; ici et la. 



De lo jfi en loin. De temps en temps. 
Tant bien que mal. 
J'ai fait ma composition tant bien 
que mal. 

SoixANTE-QiTiKziiME Th^me. 2de Sec. 

J'ai perdu de vue les enfants de Madame R . Sont-ils chei 

elle ? lis sent en pension. — Comment s'y trouvent-ils % Le flls se 
trouve mal dans sa pension, il s'en plaint, 11 n'y est pas a son aise.— 
Et les filles, sont-elles k leur aise dans la leur? Elles s'en plain- 
draient si elles ne s'y trouvaient pas bien, si elles n'y etaient pas a 
leur aise. Si yous ayez chaud. levez le chassis^ (the sash,) mettez-vous 
k Totre aise. — Ce m^decin est-il a son aise ? D n'irait pas k pied s'il 
etait k son aise. — Ou allez-vous vous promener? Je vais par-ci, par- 
Ul. Quelque fois je monte la rue, d'autre fois je ia descends.— 
Voyez-vous M. le general ? De temps en temps, de loin en loin. 
Comment avez-vous fait votre thftme? Tant bien que mal. — Le 
commis da negociant fait-il son devoir'? Il le fait tant bien que mal ; 
mais le negociant n'en est pas content. — Ou sont nos messieurs ? Bis 
ne se g^nent pas ; ils sont k fumer dans le salon. — ^Les avez-Tous 
pries d'aller fumer dehors ? Je les ai pri^s avec instances de le 
faire, mais ils n'ont pas envie de se gener. 

Have you made your French composition f I have made it — 
Was your tutor pleased with it ? He was not ; for it was difficult, and 
I made it but i^ifferentlyy {tant bien que md,) — ^Are you comfortable 
in your fashio:^able boarding-house ? I am. — Is there not too much 
etiquette there for you ? A little etiquette is necessary. I do not like tc 
be always with people who put themselves too much at their ease, 
who use no ceremony, {sont sans ceremonie.) — When the dog was 
attacking you, did you not entreat them {prier avec instances de) to 
Bome to your assistance ? I did earnestly beg them to come, but 
Jiey would not, {time expired.)— Did the dog bite and hurt you much* 
He bit me a little here and there. — At what o'clock were they tc 
'ae*, Obs. 84) play off that game of billiards, before they (28«, Obs. 65J 
put it off% They rere to play it at 6 o'ol<^k in the morning. — Whf 



Digitized 



by Google 



BSTSVTT-riFTH LK88OI1. (3.) 



807 



dki they postpone it ? They did so, because one of them was obliged 
to go to New York, bat he will return in a day or two. 

Who got you that situation 1 Cousin James did. — How do you 
like to be a clerk ? I like it pretty well. — What does it bring you ? 
Not much now, because I am not thoroughly acquainted with the 
business, but when (46^) I am I shall earn more. — Why are you going 
away so soon ? Stay. I have nothing pressing (de presse d) to do 
now, my courier is already despatched, (mon courrier est dejd czpedie.) 
I shall not stay any longer. I only wished in passing (en passant par 
ict) to inquire about your health. Yon do ^e much honor. — It is 
Tery fine weather tonday. If you will allow me, I shall have the 
pleasure of seeing you again (revoir*) this afternoon, (cette apres 
diruej] and if you have time we will take a litde turn together. 
With the greatest pleasure. In that case I shall wait for you. I will 
come for you {venir prendre) about {vers) seven o'clock. Adieu, then, 
till I see you again. I have the honor to bid you adieu. 

YooABULAiBE. 8me Sec. 



To wnpart aomelking to BomAody, 

Have you imparted that to your 

father f 
I have imparted it to him. 
To look .... to speak in vain. 

In vain I looked all aroand, I saw 
neither man nor house: not the 
least aign of settlement 

A dwelling, habitation, settlement. 

In vain I speak, for you do not listen 
to me. 

In vain I do my best, I cannot do 
anything to his liking. 

Voa miy say what you please, no- 
body will believe you. 

It is in vain that they eari' money, 
they will never be rich. 

We seaich in vain, for what we have 
lost we cannot find. 

To salute, bid adieu, good day, bow. 
I have the honor to bid you adieu. 
Preaent my compliments to him, (to 
"her.) 

Remember me to him» (to her.) 
84 



Faire part de qudque chose d quel- 

qu^un. 
Avez-vous fait part de cola a votre 

pere? 
Je lui en ai fait part, 
t Avoir beau regarder . . . avoir beau 

parler. 
J'avaia beau regarder tout autour da 

moi, je ne voyaia ni bomme, ni 

maifion: pas la moindre apparence 

d* habitation. 
Une habitation. 
J'ai beau parler, vous ne m'^coutes 

pas. 
J'ai beau faire de mon mieuz, je ne 

peuz rien faire a son gr^. 
Vous avez beau dire, personne ne 

vous croira. 
lis ont beau gagner de 1' argent, ill 

ne seront jamais riches. 
Nous avons beau chercher, nous ne 

pourrons pas trouver ce que nous 

avons perdu. 
Saluer, 1. 
J*ai i'honneur de vous saluer. 

Dites-lui bien des choses de ma ptfi 



Digitized 



by Google 



SyS 0EV£NTT-nrTB LBS80N. (9.) 



Je fovLB prie de fidre mm eompH 
ments a Mademoiselle votre mbot 

Pr^eentez-lui mes ciyilit^ (mes 
tres-humbles respects.) 

Je n'y manquerai pas. 

Le present. 

Le pass^. L'aTvnir, le fiitw. 

La perte du temps. 
Jouiasez de toas les plaisurs que la 
vcrtu permet. 



Pray present my ooroplinients to 

your sister. 
Remember me (present my compli- 
ments) to him, (to her.) 
I shall not fail. 
The present, (the present time or 

tense.) 
The past. The future. 

The loss of time, 
finjoy all the pleasures that virtue 

permits. 

SoixAKTK-aiTiNzitiis THixi. 8me Seo. 

Bon jour, Mile., j'espero que vous vous portez bien ! J'ai Thoo- 
neur de vous saluer, M. Je suis bien portante, je vous remercie. — 
En effect, vous avez tres-bonne mine. Et tous, youb dtes la saLie 
m^me. Vous voulez-vous moquer de moi! car, je suis k demi- 
mort. Non, vraiment, je trouve que vous avez tres-bonne mine, 
Vous avez beau dire, Mile., je sens que je ne suis pas la sant^ 
meme. Vous, M., vous avez beau dire, vous ne me ferez pas croire 
que je n'y vois pas. — ^Avez-vous fait part k quelqa'nn de la nouvdle 
dent je vous ai fait part hier ? Oui, j'en ai fait part It mon cousin, et 
je me proposals d'en faire part k quelqu'autre personne. Iltait-ce 
un secret? Non pas exactement. — M. F. est riche, est-il de la 
bonne societe? Non, il a beau etre riche, on ne veut pas Vy 
admettre. — Le fils du consul a perdu beaucoup de temps; mais il 
peut le reparer s'ii s'applique. Vous avez beau dire, la perte da 
temps est irreparable. On a dit avec verit^ : D n'est permis d'&tre 
avare que du temps. 

That old woman is always scolding, {est toujours d grander ,) in 
vain I do my best. No one can do anything to her liking. — You 
may say what you please; no one will believe you. It is true, 
nevertheless. — Cin /aj, without putting yourself to inconvenience, 
lend me one hundred dollars ? As you have always used me well, I 
will treat you in the same manner, and will lend you that sum.-^ 
Have you imparted to your brother what I told you to tell him ? As 
he was very tired, he longed to go to sleep ; so that I have postponed 
imparting it to him till to-morrow. — Will that do % Yes, it will. 

The loss of time is an irreparable loss. A single minute cannot 
oe recovered (se recouvrer) for all the gold in the (du) world. It is, 
(hen, of the greatest importance to employ well the time, which 
consists {consister) only of (en) minutes, of which we must make 
good use. We have but the present; the past is no longer an}'thing, 
(n'est plus rierij) and the future is uncertain, {incertain.) — ^A great 
many people ruin themselves (se ruiner) because they widi to 



Digitized 



by Google 



tEYKSTT-SIXTR LKSSOV. (1.) 



aoi 



indulge tbemselyes too mnoh, (d force de vouloir sefaircdu Inen.) 
If most men (la plupart dea homines) knew how to content them 
selves (se contenter de) with what they havo; they would be happy 
but their greediness (leur avidiU) very often makes (rendre) them 
nnhappy. — In order to be happy we must forget the past, not trouble 
ourselves about {ne pas sHnquuter de) the future, and enjoy the 
present. — I was very much dejected {triste) when my cousin came 
to me, (vint me trouver,) '^ What is the matter with yon V^ he asked 
me. " Ohj (ah !) my dear cousin," replied I, " in losing that money 
I have lost everything." "Do not fret," said he to me; "fci I 
have found your money." 



SEVENTY-SIXTH LESSON, Jeth.-Soixante'seiziime Le^(m, 7r>me. 



TooABVLAm. Ire Sec. 



Do you read ? 
Are you reading T 



I do. 
I am. 



They 



kie they making a noise f 

are (making one). 
Is she coming T She is. 

Were you scolding T I was so. 

ill he not be dressing himself? 
Yes, he will. 
To mean. 

<^hat do jrou mean ? 
I mean what I was saying. 
What does that man mean 7 Nothing. 
He means nothing. 
Wh^t does that mean T 

• What does : *' Je suis d lire,** mean ? 
That means : I am reading. 
That does not mean anything. 
I do not know what that means. 
To be elott. To he particular. 

I do not like to deal with that man, 
for he is too particular. 

To grow tmpatient, to fret. 

Do not fret about that. 

7\r tit upf to waidk. I am mtting up. 

I have sat up all night. 



Lisez-TOQs f Jo lis. . 

^Etes-vous a lire (^ 144 — 6.) Je suia 

a lire. 
Sont-ils a faire du bruit 7 lis sont a 

en faire. 
Est-elle a veoir 7 Elle est a venir. 
£tiez>vons a gronder 7 J'^tais a 1< 

faire. 
Ne sera-t-il pas a s*habiller 7 Si 

fait. 
Vouloir dire. 
t Que voulez-vous dire 7 
t Je veuz dire ce que j*^tais k dire, 
t Que vcut dire cet homme 7 Rien. 
t II ne veut rien dire, 
t Que veut dire cela7 Qu'estvce 

que cela veut dire 7 
t Que veut dire : Je iuis d li-e t 
t Cela veut dire : I am reading, 
t Cela ne veut rien dire, 
t Je ne aais pas ce que cela veut dire, 
t Y regarder de pre». 
t Je n'aime pas a faire des affairti 
avec cet homme, car il y regards 
de trop pres. 
t S^impatienter de. 
Ne vous impatientez pas de cela. 
VetUer^ 1. Je snis a veiller. 
J'ai veill^ tovte la nuit. 



Digitized 



by Google 



IttO 



IKYKMTT-SIXTH LK880M. (1.) 



To advisB He is adTising him to . . . 

The dreas, the costume. An elegant 

dreaa. 
To dreat one^t tdf. 
That man alwaja dreaaea welL 
To jind fault with something. 
Thai man alwaya finda fault mth 

everything he aeea. 
Do you find fault with that f 
I do not find fault with it. 
A trick J (a turn, a round: Ts play 

a trick. 
To play a tnck upon aome one. 
To take a tu^n. 

I have taken a turn round the garden. 
He has taken a couple of tuma round 

the garden. 
To take a little turn. 
To travel throngh Europe. 
More (meaning) besides. 

Yon have given me three books, but 

I want three besides. 
Lest. Many less. 

Three less. Three too many. 



ConseOUr, 1, de . . II est a le MS 

aeiller de . . . 
Lia mise. Une miae ^legant«« 

Semettre* A, 

Get homme se met toujoura bien. 
t Trouver d rediro d queiquo tksoo. 
t Get homme trouve toiyoara a redkc 

a tout ce qu'il voit. 
t Trouvez-voua a redire a celaf 
t Je n'y trouve rien a redire. 
Un tour, Jouer un toor. 

Jouer un tour aquelqu'un. 
t Faire un tour, 
t J'ai fait un tour de jardin. 
t II a fait deux toura de jardin. 

t Faire un petit tour. 

t Faire le tour de T Europe. 

De plus. (30», Ohs. 71.) Upr^ ' 

nam ou nomhre.) 
Vous m'avez donn^ troia livrea, vim 

j*cn veux troia de plus. 
De moins. Beaucoup de moina. 
Trois de moins. Trois de trop. 



SoiXANTE-BBiKiiia Th^mb. Ire Sec. 

Ah ! vous voilft. Oui, c'est moi-meme. Venez-vous de fiaire un 
petit tour ? Non, je viens du magasin de M. D., ou je voulais achetei 
des gants de peau (kid) mais je n'ai pas pu. £t pourquoi dooc ? 
n'en a-t-il pas? Si fait, il en a de superbes; mais il y regarde de 
trop pres. Que voulez-vous dire par cela? Ge que je Teux dire? 
C'est tout simple, (it is plain.) Je veux dire qu'il vend cher et qu'il 
ne "Vent rien rabattre. Je sais qu'il n*a qu'un prix ; mais je ne crois 
pas qu'il y regarde de trop pres. N'avez-vous pas trouve k redire k 
son prix ? Si fait, ei je lui ai dit qu'il demandait 12 sous et demi de 
plus que les autres marcbands. Et vous lui avez peut-etre oflfert 25 
sous de moins que son prix ? Non, mais 12 sous et demi. Alors, 
ne vous plaignez pas : ne trouvez pas k redire k sa conduite, oai 
n'y regardez-vous pas daussi pres que lui ? Moi ! y regarder d'anssi 
pres que lui !— ^Jean, qu'es-tu k faire ? Je suis k nettoyer mon fusil.— 
Quo fait Anne ? Ne I'entendez-vous pas? Elle est k pratiquer sop 
piano et k chanter. Est-ce elle qui est k pratiquer? Je croyais quo 
t'Stait Julie qui etait k le faire. Anne a fait beaucoup de progref 
lepuis que je ne I'ai entendue. 



Digitized 



by Google 



8KVENTT-8IXTH LESSON. (2.) 



401 



Did you mean to say that you and your cousin Henry are going 
(62*, Obs. 148) to make the tour of Europe ? No, I meant to say 
that he and I are going to make the tour of the United States of 
North America. De VAmerique du nordy are four words too many, 
United States is enough. — You like to find fault ; but who is that 
young lady so elegantly dressed ? (mise si ilegamment ?) Is it not the 
one whc was drinking a glass of mineral water at the comer ? Oh * 
it is not the same. She looks like her. At any rate {apris tout) she 
has on an elegant dress. She b walking, (a marcher.) How well 
she walks 1 Now she is laughing. How pretty are her teeth ! Hush ! 
hrish ! you make me mad (vous mHmpatientcz) with your exclama- 
tions ! Hush yourself. You have no taste. What does that mean, 
Sir? That means that although you dress (H51) well yourself, yo« 
are too particular about other people's dress. — Do not play a trici 
upon me. I will not play one upon you. 

Why have you played a trick upon that man ? Because he alwayt 
finds fault with everything he sees. — ^What does that mean, Sir* 
That means that I do not like to deal with you, because you are toe 
particular. — I wonder why your brother has not done his task. I\ 
was too difRcult. He has sat up all night, and has not been able to 
.aO it, because it was too difficult. — ^Why are you so sad ? You d<s 
not know what makes me uneasy, my dear friend, (fem.) Tell me^ 
for I assure you that I share {partager) your sufferings (la peine) at 
well as your pleasures. — ^I am sure that you feel for me, {jprendre* 
part d mes peines,) but I cannot tell you now (en ce moment) what 
makes me uneasy. I will, however, tell you when an opportunity 
offers, (a Voccasion.) 



YooABULAi&E. 2de Sec. 



My, Am, her reach. The child's reach. 

Within my reach. Out of my reach. 
Those things ftre not within the reach 

of everybody. 
Within gon«8hot. 
A gun-shot, (meaning distance.) 
Two gun-shots, ( *' .) 
How many shots have you fired f 

I wonder whj that man makes such 

a noise! 
Sslong a$. 
So long as you behave well, people 

will love you. 
To cany off. 
84» 



A la port^ de 



Afa, §a portSe. 

Tenfant. 

A ma port6e. Hors de ma port^. 
Ces choses ne sont pas a la port^ 

de tout le monde. 
A la port^e du fusil. 
Une port^e de fusil. 
Deux portles de fusil. 
Combien de coups de fusil avez-voui 
tir^st (48«.) 
Je voudrais bien savoir pourquoi cat 

homme fait un tel bruit f 
Tant que. 
Tant que vous vous ooroporterei 

bien, on vous aimera. 
Enlever, 1. 



Digitized 



by Google 



4m 



SITBHTY-SIXTH LKSSOIT. (2.) 



Une bouch^e. Une bonne Loaohte 

Combler, 1. 

Combier quelqu'un de joie. 

G^Q^reux, geodreose, gSnereuaes 

Bienfaisant, charitable. 

Vou8 m'avez combl^ de bien&its 

Sincere. Sincerement. 

Un arantage. 

Le d^saTantage. 

Je ne dirai jamais nen a votro M 

eavantage. 
Se rendre, 4. 

Lea tjnnemis so BOLt rendua. 
Prefertr. 
Je pr^fere T utile a I'agr^ble. 

All adjectives and verbs used substantively are masculina. Ex. 

Le boire. 

Le manger. 

Regarder, 1. 

Regard ez ces superbes fleurs an teint 

si frais et si dclatant. 
La couleur, le teint. Le lis. 

La violette. La germandr^e. 
La rose. Un embleme. 

La verdure fraiche fait da bien a noa 

yeux. 
Qu'^tait-il a faire quand on vient loi 

annoncer I'arriv^ de son cousin t 
n ^tait a prendre sale^on de musique. 



A. mouthful. A aweet mouthful. 

To overwhelm . to heap, to load. 

fo overwhelm some one with joy. 

Generous. 

Charitable, beneficent. 

Vou have heaped benefits upon me. 

Sincere. Sincerely. 

\n advantage. * 

The disadvantage, prejudice. 

' thaii never say anything to your 

disadvantage. 
i^o Burrender, 

v*he enemies have surrendered. 
-\> prefer. 
. prefer the useful to the agreeable. 

Obi, 163. 

Tke drinking. 

The eating. 

To behold. 

Behold those beautiful flowers with 

their colors so fresh and bright. 
The color, tho complexion. The lily. 
The violet. The forget-me-not. 
The rose. An emblem. 

Fresh verdnre ps salutary tooor eyes. 



What was he doing when he was told 

of his cousin^s arrival T 
He was taking hia mualc lesson. 

SoixANTX-SKizi^HK Th^mb. 2de See. 
Je voudrais bien saroir pourquoi cette petite ^e fait tant de bruit! 
EUe crie de cette maniere parce qu'eUe veut cette tasse verte et 
jaune, qui est hors de sa portee. Je suis piesque Bin que c'est one 
enfant fec-g&t^e ; car, si elle ne P6tait pas tant, elle aimerait mienz 
attendre que de crier. Mais comme la tasse est k votre portee, 
donnez4a-lui, pour comhler ses souhaits, (satisfy.) Voyez, regardez, 
yous I'avez combine de joie. Vous ixi'avez fait faire une actica 
charitable. — Pourquoi ce petit garden ne tire-t-il pas k Poiseau qd 
est sur I'arbre ? Ne le voit-il pas ? II sait que Poiseau est hors de 
la portee de son fnsil ; mais il est ^ le veiller, il s^approche peudprn, 
(little by little.) A present, regardez, il va tirer. II a touch^ PoiseaQj 
mais il ne I'a pas tue. — L'amie de Sophie est-elle sincere ? Je la 
wois tres-charitable et tres-sincere. — Qui est genereux et bienfais&nt? 
— Parle-t-il sincerement?— A-t-il trouv6 quelque chose k rediro k it 
Bonduite de ravocaf^ — A-t-il parle k son desavantage 1 — ^Maria tou 



Digitized 



by Google 



IKTERTT-SEVKIITH LK880N. (1.) 4M 

drait bieu savoir qui a enley^ son portefeuille Fran^ais. •— -Le teint de 
cette demoiselle est superbe, n'est-ce pas? 

What do you think of the man who spoke to us at the concert? 
He is a man of much understanding, {de heaucoup d^espritj) and not 
at all proud (fier) of his merit. — As soon as Mr. Flausen sees me, 
he begins to speak English, in order to practise, and overwhelms 
me with politeness, (d^honnetete,) so that I often do not Jcnow what 
to answer. His brothers do the same, («n/ont outont.) However, 
they are rery good people j they are not only {non seulement) rich 
and amiable, but they are also generous and charitable. They love 
me sincerely, therefore I love them also, and consequently {par 
consequent) shnll never say anything to their disadvantage. I should 
love them still more, if they did not make so much ceremony, 
{tant de cerimonics ;) but every one has his faults, {le defaut,) and 
mine is to speak too much of their ceremonies. 

Behold, ladies, (Mesdames,) those beautiful flowers, with their 
colors so fresh and bright ; they drink nothing but water. The white 
lily has the color of innocence, (Vinnocenu;) the violet indicates 
gendenoss, (marque la douceur ;) you may see it in Louisa's eyes. 
The forget-me-not has the color of heaven, our future dwelling, and 
the rose, the queen of flowers, is the emblem of beauty and of joy. 
You see all that personifled (personnifie) in seeing the beautiful Ame- 
lia, (Amelie.) How beautiful is the fresh verdure 1 It is salutary to 
our eyes, and has the color of hope, {de Vesperanctj) our most faith- 
ful (fidele) friend, (fem.,) who never deserts {quitter) us, not even in 
death, {4 la morf.)— One word more, my dear friend. What is your 
pleasure ? I forgot to tell you to present my compliments to youi 
mother. I thank you for her, {de sapart;) I shall not fail Fare- 
well, then. 



SEVENTY'SEYENTHI£Sf^K'-S<nxanie<ltX'septterneLe^n,17mi. 

rVoOADULAIBE. IrS SeC. 



A silk gown. 
A kitchen table. 
A mahogany table. 
A brick house. 
A stone house. 
A windmill. 
A cofiee-mill. 



Une robe de soie. 
Une table de cuieine. 
Une table d' acajou. 
Une maison de briqae. 
Une maieon de pierre. 
Un moulin a vent. 
Un moulin d cafj. 



Ohg. 163i. We have seen (8') that the preposition de is put letween two 
enbetaatives, the latter of which expresses the substance of which the fbrmeff 
a made ; but the preposition i is made use of when the latter ezpresMs tfas 



Digitized 



by Google 



404 



SKYKirTT-SKyXMTH LSfSOM. \1.) 



uae of the former. In both cases the order of the two •obstautir^i 
inverted in French when they make a compound in English. 



A Telvet bonnet. 

A silver tankard. 

A water-mi.l. 

A steam- mill. 

Gunpowder. 

Fire-arms. 

A one-horse wagon. 

A four-horse carriage. 

A two-wheeled wagon- 

A four-wheeled carriage. 

A one-story house. 

A two-story house. 

A three-story house. 

To exaggerate, amplify, heighten. 

That man exaggerates all that he 

says and does. 
To take the place of, to be in ttead of. 

That man is a father to me. 

That umbrella serves him as a stick. . 

Dn a small scale. On a large scale. 
Thereabouts, nearly. 
Alternately, turn by turn. 
To endeavor, to ttrive. 
To give one't %df up to grirf. 
To melt. To melt in tears. 

To thake. 

Shake that tree, and the fruit will 
fall down. 



Un chapeau de velours. 

Un pot (/'argent. 

Un moulin d eau. 

Un moulin a vapeur 

De la poudre a cano> 

Des armes d feu. 

Une voiture d xm ch»vM. 

Une voiture d quatre cheraai. 

.Une voiture d deux roues. 

Une voiture d quatre roues. 

Une maison d un ^tage. 

Une maison d deux Stages. 

Une maison • trois Stages. 

Outrer, 1. Exag^rer. a 

Get homme outre tci t ce qu''i J.t v 

tout ce qu'il fait. 

Tenir lieude Scrvu- de (73*.) 

t Get homme me tient lieu de pere 

t Get homme me sert de pere. 

t Ge parapluie lui tient lieu de canne. 

t Ge parapluie lui sert de canne. 

En petit. Ev grand. 

A peu pres. 

Tour a tour. 

t S'eforeer, 1, {de av. Tini.) 

S^'ahandonner d la douleur. 

Fondre, 4. Fondre en larmes. 

Seeouer, 1. 

Secouez cet arbre, et les fruits cq 

tomberont. 



SoizAKTE-Dix-SBPTiiia THim. Ire See. 

Demeurez-vous dans nne maison de pierre on de bois ? Nous 
occupons une maison de briqne. Presque toutes Ips maisons se 
oAtissent en brique dans ce ^iwirttVr-ci, (qua^Jer, distiict.)— Voulcz- 
yous faire emplette d'un moulin k eau ou k vent ? Je pr^fere lei 
moulins k eau^ et je presume que j'en acheterai un. — ^Madame, 1# 
moulin k cafe vient de se casser. Ah ! c'est un malheur ! Avez- 
youB moulu (to grind, moudre,* 4) assez de cafe? Non, Madame, 
pas encore. Envoyez la petite Marguerite emprunter (R. 2) le 
moulin du voisin. — Les voitures k deux roues ne sont plus k h 
mode. On a partout des Toitures k 4 roues. — Est-il k voyager en 
Toiture? Non, il est k voyager par la route de fer^ (the railroad.) — 
Comment preferez-vous voyager ? Par le bateau k vapeur. Sophie 
i'6il-«Ue pas k coudre (coudre,* to sew) sa robe de soie ? EUe 6tait 



Digitized 



by Google 



ajcvxhtt-sktxnta lssson. (1.) 400 

i la coudre hiei^ mais roaintenant elle doit itre d cotidre^ (she mufit 
60 sewing^ sa robe de satin. — Voulez-vous qii'elle couse qaelque 
ckose pour vous ? 

Has yonr sister been out to-day 1 She has been out to buy seve' 
ral things.— What has she bought? She has bought [s^est achete) a 
silk gown, a velvet bonnet, and a lace veil, (un voile de dentelle.) — 
What have you done with {de) my silver tankard ? It is on the 
kitohen-table, together with (avcc) the oil-bottle, the milk-pot, the 
pitcher, the mustard-pot, and the coffee-mill. — Do you ask for a 
orine-bottlo ? No, I ask for a bottle of wine, and not for a wine- 
bottle. — If you will have the goodness to give me the key of the 
wine-cellar, (la cave au vin,) I shall go for one. — What does that 
man want of ni